Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of...

180
Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational Research Published by Sucharitha Publications 48-12-3/7, Flat No: 302, Alekya Residency Srinagar, Visakhapatnam – 530 016 Andhra Pradesh – India Email: [email protected] Website: www.ijmer.in

Transcript of Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of...

Page 1: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019

Volume 8 Issue 11(1) November 2019 International Journal of Multidisciplinary

Educational Research

Published by Sucharitha Publications 48-12-37 Flat No 302 Alekya Residency Srinagar Visakhapatnam ndash 530 016 Andhra Pradesh ndash India Email victorphilosophygmailcom Website wwwijmerin

Editorial Board Editor-in-Chief Dr K Victor Babu Associate Professor Institute of Education Mettu University Metu Ethiopia

EDITORIAL BOARD MEMBERS Prof SMahendra Dev Vice Chancellor Indira Gandhi Institute of Development Research Mumbai ProfYC Simhadri Vice Chancellor Patna University Former Director Institute of Constitutional and Parliamentary Studies New Delhi amp Formerly Vice Chancellor of Benaras Hindu University Andhra University Nagarjuna University Patna University Prof (Dr) Sohan Raj Tater Former Vice Chancellor Singhania University Rajasthan ProfRSiva Prasadh IASE Andhra University - Visakhapatnam DrVVenkateswarlu Assistant Professor Dept of Sociology amp Social Work Acharya Nagarjuna University Guntur Prof PDSatya Paul Department of Anthropology Andhra University ndash Visakhapatnam Prof Josef HOumlCHTL Department of Political Economy University of Vienna Vienna amp Ex Member of the Austrian Parliament Austria Prof Alexander Chumakov Chair of Philosophy Russian Philosophical Society Moscow Russia Prof Fidel Gutierrez Vivanco Founder and President Escuela Virtual de Asesoriacutea Filosoacutefica Lima Peru

Prof Igor Kondrashin The Member of The Russian Philosophical Society The Russian Humanist Society and Expert of The UNESCO Moscow Russia Dr Zoran Vujisiaelig Rector St Gregory Nazianzen Orthodox Institute Universidad Rural de Guatemala GT USA ProfUShameem Department of Zoology Andhra University Visakhapatnam Dr NVSSuryanarayana Dept of Education AU Campus Vizianagaram Dr Kameswara Sharma YVR Asst Professor Dept of Zoology Sri Venkateswara College Delhi University Delhi I Ketut Donder Depasar State Institute of Hindu Dharma Indonesia Prof Roger Wiemers Professor of Education Lipscomb University Nashville USA Dr NS Dhanam Department of Philosophy Andhra University Visakhapatnam DrBSNMurthy Department of Mechanical Engineering GITAM University Visakhapatnam

DrSV Lakshmana Rao Coordinator AP State Resource Center Visakhapatnam DrSKannan Department of History Annamalai University Annamalai Nagar Chidambaram

Dr B Venkataswamy HOD amp Associate Professor Dept of Telugu PAS College Pedanandipadu Guntur India DrE Ashok Kumar Department of Education North- Eastern Hill University Shillong

DrKChaitanya Department of Chemistry Nanjing University of Science and Technology Peoplersquos Republic of China

DrSandeep Narula Dept of Management Sciences IIHMR University Jaipur Dr Bipasha Sinha S S Jalan Girlsrsquo College University of Calcutta Calcutta Prof N Kanakaratnam Dept of History Archaeology amp Culture Dravidian University Kuppam Andhra Pradesh Dr K John Babu Department of Journalism amp Mass Comm Central University of Kashmir Kashmir DrTVRamana Department of Economics Andhra University Campus Kakinada

DrTon Quang Cuong Dean of Faculty of Teacher Education University of Education VNU Hanoi

Prof Chanakya Kumar Department of Computer Science University of PunePune

Prof Djordje Branko Vukelic Department for Production Engineering University of Novi Sad Serbia Prof Shobha V Huilgol Department of Pharmacology Off- Al- Ameen Medical College Bijapur ProfJoseph RJayakar Department of English GITAM University Hyderabad ProfFrancesco Massoni Department of Public Health Sciences University of Sapienza Rome ProfMehsin Jabel Atteya Al-Mustansiriyah University College of Education Department of Mathematics Iraq Prof Ronato Sabalza Ballado Department of Mathematics University of Eastern Philippines Philippines Satheesha H Mettu University Mettu Ethiopia DrJBChakravarthi Assistant Professor Department of Sahitya Rasthritya Sanskrit Vidyapeetha Tirupati DrNi Luh Putu Agustini Karta Department of Tourism Triatma Mulya Institute of Economy Bali Indonesia

copy Editor-in-Chief IJMERreg

Typeset and Printed in India

wwwijmerin IJMER Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational Research concentrates on critical and creative research in multidisciplinary traditions This journal seeks to promote original research and cultivate a fruitful dialogue between old and new thought

C O N T E N T S

Volume 8 Issue 11(1) November 2019

S No PgNo

1 Religious Teaching Methods and Diversity Practices Based on Five Pillars Phenomenological Hermeneutic Paul Ricour Studies of Sai Culture Study Group Denpasar (SSG) Bali Province

Made Redana

1

2 Identity Politics A Master Stroke of Polarization P M N Shankar

12

3 Multiple Regression Analysis of Value Drivers of Earnings Per Share (EPS) An Analytical Study of the Wipro Ltd

Sangamesh Hugar and A S Shiralashetti

16

4

28

5 Learning Styles of the Postgraduate Students of Library and Information Science of Karnataka State An Empirical Study

Yashavanth K N and B S Maheswarappa

32

6 Food Security in Assam A Case Study of Lakhimpur District Bikash Hazarika

46

7 Overview of Self Esteem in Personality Development D Vishnu Priya

59

8 Isolation and Identification of Bioactive Molecules Produced by Entomopathogenic Bacteria Comamonas Testosteroni

Deepa I

64

9 A Study of Leadership Behaviour of Special Educator and General Educator in Inclusive School

Deepti Gupta and Mala Tandon

75

10 Process Validation Increasing Effectiveness and Safety of the Drug Products

Dhruvi Siyola Pragnesh Patani and Nishkruti Mehta

84

11 व ीकरण क दौर म फ़ल रह ह द

ज मोहन राव

94

12 Quercetin as an Antiurolithiatic Drug Against Ethylene Glycol Induced Calculi in Male Rats

G Subashini Hebsibah Elsie B Asha S and ShobaK

98

13 Four Historic Visits of Mahatma to Assam Gautam Sarmah

112

14 Skyscrapers Linked with Impending Financial Crashes Girisha Nayak S and Gaurav Lodha

116

15 Assessment of Knowledge and Practice of Women Regarding Plastic Waste and Prevention of its Usage in Selected Urban Area Tirupathi A Descriptive Study

M Lakshmi Devi and PNeeraja

121

16 A Study on Quality of Work Life of Employees in Banking Sector

Libina Babu and Koshy C J

130

17 Impact of Aqueous Fruit Extract of Haritaki (Terminalia Chebula) on Immunonological Parameters of Mammalian Model (Albino Rats)

Kumari Babli Tarkeshwar Kumar Manoj Kumar and MP Sinha

143

18 Marital Rape Manrsquos Fantasy and Womanrsquos Nightmare A Brief Study About Non-Criminalized Crime In India

Koneru Anuradha

151

19

157

20

164

Dr K VICTOR BABU

MAMAMPhilPhDPDF (DLit) Associate Professor Institute of Education amp Editor-in-Chief International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational Research (IJMER) amp Sucharitha A Journal of Philosophy and Religion Mettu University Metu Ethiopia

ISSN 2277 ndash 7881 Impact Factor 6014 (2019)

Index Copernicus Value 516

Editorialhelliphellip

It is heartening to note that our journal is able to sustain the enthusiasm and covering various facets of knowledge It is our hope that IJMER would continue to live up to its fullest expectations savoring the thoughts of the intellectuals associated with its functioning Our progress is steady and we are in a position now to receive evaluate and publish as many articles as we can The response from the academicians and scholars is excellent and we are proud to acknowledge this stimulating aspect

The writers with their rich research experience in the academic fields are contributing excellently and making IJMER march to progress as envisaged The interdisciplinary topics bring in a spirit of immense participation enabling us to understand the relations in the growing competitive world Our endeavour will be to keep IJMER as a perfect tool in making all its participants to work to unity with their thoughts and action

The Editor thanks one and all for their input towards the growth of the Knowledge Based Society All of us together are making continues efforts to make our predictions true in making IJMER a Journal of Repute

DrKVictor Babu

Editor-in-Chief

SOCIAL SCIENCES HUMANITIES COMMERCE amp MANAGEMENT ENGINEERING amp TECHNOLOGY MEDICINE SCIENCES ART amp DEVELOPMENT STUDIES LAW

wwwijmerin

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 1

RELIGIOUS TEACHING METHODS AND DIVERSITY PRACTICES BASED ON FIVE PILLARS PHENOMENOLOGICAL HERMENEUTIC

PAUL RICOUR STUDIES OF SAI CULTURE STUDY GROUP DENPASAR (SSG) BALI PROVINCE

Made Redana E-mail redanaihdnacid WA 08193108031965 Phone Number 081999824999

Abstract

The presence of Sai Study Group (SSG) gives a new color to multicultural education based on Five Pillars concept (Satya Dharma Prema Santih Ahimsa) as seen in the Sarwa Dharma symbol promoted by SSG by showing the existence of various symbols of the worlds major religions which is incorporated into a circle of lotus flowers the existence of these symbols can be explored interpreted and explored their meaning according to Paul Ricoeurs thinking paradigm to find profound religious spiritual and social meanings especially the true objective meaning in order to obtain an essential truth

This study aims to (1) identify the application of religious teaching

methodology in the culture of learning among Denpasar study group devotees (2) find principles or abstractions that can explain how the five ideological values of the five pillars are the core values in the practice of diversity Denpasar Group (SSG) and (3) interpret the meaning of the five pillar concepts according to Hermeneutics Paul Ricourand are implemented in actions and interactions among SSG Denpasar devotees and all religious people The method used is a qualitative research method that places researchers as playing instruments to help analyze the problem of ideographic research

Descriptive explorative research results show that in an effort to transfer

knowledge and transfer of community values SSG Denpasar transforms the teachings of Bhagawad Sri Sathya Sai Baba with multi methods namely Dharma Tula (Study Circle) Dharmawacana Dharma Ashrama (Balvikas PNK) Dharma Gita (Gita group Pesantian) DharmaSadhana (Youth camp Balvikas Camp Sadhana Camp) Dharma Kriya (Seva Mutual Cooperation Blood Donor Gramma Seva) Dharma Shanti for devotees Study Circle in practice is a form of discussion in which participants (devotees) sit in a circular manner in a topic set by the SSG management referring to the teachings of Sri Sathya Sai Baba

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 2

The five pillars (Satya Dharma Prema Santhi and Ahimsa) cannot be separated from elements of human behavior and dharma as a form of manifestation of these five elements in the blast of society This means that humans must always be able to show behavior that is in harmony with the values of the five pillars

Key words Methods of Religious Teaching Five Pillars Hermeneutics Paul Ricour INTRODUCTION

Now days in the lives of Balinese people spiritual cultural approaches are believed to be still held firmly and implemented adaptively and flexibly in developing the paradigm and operationalization of life practices in various dimensions such as development and improvement of appreciation for diversity through tolerance in religious life environmental management development of social life artistic life development of religious education programs and others based on spiritual culture Regarding appreciation for diversity empirical evidence shows that Hindus since ancient times valued diversity as a dynamic in interacting with other people Although textually normative religious concepts are related to appreciation of differences and the non-violent teachings of religions empirically and applicatively there seems to be a gap between theory and practice as shown by the existence of conflicts and cases of violence based on SARA and the difference in the perspective of a religious adherent to another religion Empirical evidence about cases of religious based violence is found in Indonesia and in various parts of the world The emergence of various forms of SARA-based violence is allegedly influenced by the presence of modern views that confront religion with what Hidayat and Nafis (2003 13) refer to as epistemological crises in religion this crisis rooted in what is called Religions Way of Knowing (RWK) Sociologists see the symptoms of the modern human crisis as a regression (regress) which is characterized by damage in the fabric of the structure of human behavior in peoples lives which first takes place on a personal level (individual) related to motives perceptions and responses (responses) including status and role conflicts Second with regard to religious norms which are related to the destruction of rules that must be a standard of behavior life which Durkheim calls life without normlessness

According to Levinson three distinct groups present different conceptions of multicultural education These groups are political and educational philosophers educational theorists and educational practitioners In the minds of the members of these groups multicultural education has different and sometimes conflicting aims within schools Philosophers see multicultural education as a method of response to minorities within a society who advocate

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 3

for their own groups rights or who advocate for special considerations for members of that group as a means for developing a childs sense of autonomy and as a function of the civic good Educational theorists differ from philosophers in that theorists seek to restructure schools and curriculum to enact social justice and real equality (Levinson 2010 p 433) According to Banks (2013) a major goal of multicultural education is to change teaching and learning approaches so that students of both genders and from diverse cultural ethnic and language groups will have equal opportunities to learn in educational institutions

At the cultural level the crisis is related to a shift in values and knowledge of society which is called the cultural language phenomenon That material values and knowledge grow rapidly far beyond the things that are spiritual so that people lose their balance Unfortunately the crisis also affected the world of education including religious education which was characterized by the dominance and hegemony of the practice of national education which tended to ignore the values of religious humanism because it was dominated by capitalist market ideologies that tended to be materialistic (Sukadi 2007 4) based on sacred moral values more and more time tends to show symptoms of secularization (Piliang as quoted by Widja 2007 74-87) here the world of education like the world of secular countries tends to separate between the interests of religious ideology and the ideology of science Whereas in the reality of Indonesian society in general and Balinese society in particular such ways of thinking and values conflict with the values of religious society (Azra in Maliki 2004) But in curriculum schools where the education process focuses on teaching eclectic bodies of knowledge and skills teachers need to use multicultural education to promote such highly valued outcomes as human development education equality academic excellence and democratic citizenship (see Banks amp Banks 2001 Nieto 2000)These attitudes distort multicultural education and make it susceptible to sporadic and superficial implementation if any Textbooks provide a compelling illustration of such an attitude The little multicultural content that they offer is often presented in sidebars and special events sections (Loewen 1995) This practice of education is suspected to detail the Indonesian generation towards materialism hedonism consumerism instincts glamorism and the like In addition as a result of religious learning and learning activities become dry from the touch of spiritual cultural values and highlight the increase in intellectual intelligence that tends to be rationalistic-materialistic (Sumantri 2001 85 Sukadi 2006 4) Furthermore Amin Abdullah in Abdul (2007 73) said that In the context of the epistemology of learning culture at the Sai Study Group Denpasar this study attempts to examine the application of religious teaching methodologies that lead to the formation of strong

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 4

characters and religious dimensions through intense interpretation of Spiritual Teacher discourses Intense interpretation of religious symbols and their active implementation in actions and interactions in community religious life is an imperative to create ideal conditions according to the expectations of the teachings of Hinduism The specific problem in this study which is also a strategic issue focused on the study of religious teaching methodologies applied in Panca-based religious practices and their implementation in action and interaction among the Sai Study Group (SSG) in Denpasar Religious harmony that is constructed through the exploration of religious values with their spiritual culture taught in religious learning groups at SSG Denpasar Efforts to construct religious harmony with a frame of religiosity humanism perennialism that is appreciative of diversity The existence of SSG Denpasar through its multicultural education encourages people to increase

DISCUSSIONamp RESULT Deep understanding of Sais identity must be recognized by various Sai

staff members followed by all Sri Satya Narayana adherents or devotees known as Sai Baba There are several important elements that need to be considered namely (1) The nature identity of Sai (nature) as a source of Sais identity (2) Vision Sai (Sai Vision) as a basis and purpose which is nothing but natural or teak din itself (3) Sais mission (Mision) aimed at realizing realizing Sais Vision (4) Sai Culture (culture which is implied in Sais mission (5) Sai personality and personality formed and principles The sovereignty that has been cultivated is reflected in ones views and attitudes (6) the differentiation or uniqueness of Sai (differentiations) as the most basic distinguishing element and Sai and (7) the position of Sai (positioning) important principles taught by Sri Satya Narayana (Sai Baba) who is at the same time an orientation in carrying out actions and interactions in community life and religion are There is only One Religion based on Love There is only one language - Heart language There is only one humanity caste There is only one God - He is everywhere and in the heart of every creature (SSGI 2010 31)

The statement in the form of the motto must be used as a reference in interacting with human in various dynamics of life in the context of building harmony both horizontally and vertically To strengthen the realization of the dynamics of life based on the values of sincerity compassion and mutual respect in religious and community life he built the concept of Five Pillars (Satya Dharma Prema Shantih and Ahimsa) as the main buffer in interacting in life human being in society The Satya Sai organization is based on five things as a fundamental and fundamental orientation for all Sai organizations and behavioral guidelines for their followers The principle of Sais organization consists of 1 Vedas - Sanathaa Dharma (Eternal Truth) as described by Sad Guru Bhagawan Sri Sathya Sai Baba 2 Panca Pillars of Sathya Sai

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 5

Humanitarian Values as follows 1) Sathya Truth 2) Dharma Virtue 3) Prema lsquoLove 4) Shanti aianPeace rsquo 5) Ahimsa No Violence 3 Nine Code of Conduct as follows 1) Meditating and praying or praying every day 2) Singing hymns (bhajans) and praying or praying with all family members once a week 3) Participate in educational programs for children organized by the organization 4) Following the hymns (bhajans) and prayers conducted at the organizations activity centers at least once a month 5) Participate in community service activities and other programs carried out by the organization 6) Regularly study Sag discourses of Guru Bhagawan Sri Sathya Sai Babas teacher 7) Talk softly to anyone 8) Do not talk about the ugliness of others both when the person is present especially when the person is not there 9) Running a life of limiting desire and using savings from the results of controlling that desire for humanitarian services 4 Ten Life Principles as follows 1) Regarding and upholding the homeland the place of birth as something sacred by cultivating a heroic attitude towards the nation and the nation and never having a bad dream in the mind or even in a dream to do something that can make the country miserable as soon as birth 2) Respecting all religions 3) Establishing brotherly relations between same people 4) Cleaning the house and the surrounding environment to improve harmony and health together this is actually useful and helps himself 5) Carrying out generosity encouraging but not supporting the spirit of dissemination by giving money but by providing food clothing or shelter or helping with other means that do not make him lazy 6) It is not giving or accepting bribes in solving all problems 7) It is not jealous and jealous of others by developing insights and views and treating all people equally equally without distinguishing castes nations religions groups and beliefs 8) Carry out all your own needs yourself as well as go personally in doing community service and service activities by not controlling other people or helpers for a rich person 9) Developing and cultivating devotion to God fear of sinning avoiding disgraceful deeds 10) Following and not violating all the express and implied laws of the State Law and being good telada citizens (SSGI 2003 21-23) The organization of the Sri Sathya Sai Bali Foundation only oversees Prema Sai K Kindergarten

Generally Sai Study Group activity classification based on age groups namely 1) Age Group 4-12 years is called Balvikas 2) Age Group 13-35 years old is called Youthvikas 3) Age Groups 35 years and above are called Wredhavikas (or groups that have entered the gates of Grhasta or family)

Each age group has its own teacher based on their talents and abilities including the license they have to teach National-scale education must be taught by PNK Teams who have licenses from Jakarta or Education centers such as India Thailand Philippines Zambia and Malasia Indonesia includes

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 6

Zone III (Asian region) which is incorporated with the above mentioned countries

The education of Sathya Sai or the Human Values Education at the Sai Study Group is more appropriate to be called semi-ashram The reason is Sai Study Group is in the form of a permanent place as the center of all activities in a particular area to reflect the work program of the three wings namely Spiritual Seva (Service) and Education according to the author of the three wings are sourced from the teachings of CaturMarga Yoga which can be implemented on three wings namely 1) Bhakti Marga Yoga is represented in Bhajan activities (hymns Sankirtan singing sacred songs (Sai Gopi group) mewirama (Sai Gurnita group) meditation (Sathya Sai Meditation) Yoga and Tirtayathra 2) Karma Marga Yoga is represented in Seva activities (services) such as Medical Camp Giving Sembako Visiting while providing assistance to nursing homes orphanages free clinics and providing scholarships to underprivileged children 3) JnanaMarga Yoga is represented in the activities of Human Values Education where Youthvikas children come to the villages to provide free Human Values Education for Raja Marga Yoga it is not applied because the level of King Marga Yoga is the final point of a spiritual seeker to the level of moksha

Raja Marga Yoga is the end point of human life However if one has been able to carry out the three wings mentioned above it is not impossible for them to be able to penetrate to this final level Spiritual education is very consistent with the fulfilment of self-realizing (spiritual awareness) balance of the soul not fed with a variety of worlds of materialism which he considers only virtual form Sathyam Brahman Jagan Mithyam (that truth is only brahman while the world is virtual) According to the SSGD Administrators in the discussion held before Bhajan on Thursday September 6 2018 in Tegeh Kori Denpasar it was explained that the various methods used in the SSG community group in transforming the teachings of Bhagawan Sri Sathya Sai Baba include Dharma Tula (study circle) Dharmawacana Dharma ashrama (balvikas PNK) Dharma Gita (group gita pesantian) Dharma Sadhana (Youth camp Balvikascamp Sadhana Camp) Dharma kriya (seva mutual cooperation blood donor gramma seva ) Dharma Shanti (celebrating every year for devotees)

The word value from the translation of the word value is then translated into Indonesian into values derived from Latin valere or Ancient French valoir (Encyclopedia of Real Estate Terms 2020) The denotative meaning valere valence value or value can be interpreted as price However when the word has been associated with an object or perceived from a certain point of view the price contained in it has various interpretations There are prices according to economics psychology sociology anthropology politics and religion The

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 7

difference in interpretation of the price of a birth value is not only due to differences in human interest in material things or scientific studies but more than that the price of a value needs to be articulated to realize and utilize the meanings of life (Rohmat 2008 7) Another opinion from AloLiliweri states that value is a belief based on a code of ethics in society Values show right good and bad and also show how we should live now and in the future as well as how life experiences in the past

The dimension of value is a unit of interrelation of several values that exist in a continuum of interests Value is something abstract about the goals that we build through language symbols and verbal and non-verbal (Liliweri 2002 108) Psychologist Gordon Allport defines value as occurring in a psychological area called belief Therefore he considered that Value is a belief that makes a person act on the basis of his choice Confidence is placed in the psychological area that is higher than other areas such as desires motives attitudes desires and needs Because the decision is right wrong good and bad beautiful is not beautiful in this region is the result of a series of psychological processes that then direct the individual to actions and actions that are in accordance with the value of his choice

Value is a normative benchmark that influences humans in making choices among alternative ways of action (Kupperman 1983) Therefore one of the most important parts in the process of value judgment is the involvement of normative values that apply in society Rohmat believes that the value is always related to education (2004 117) Value is not possessed by an object in itself This situation cangive rise to different values from various subjects in appreciating the same object The purpose of education itself is to shape human character to be perfect (the aim of education is character) Human consciousness must be increased at the highest level (Jumsai 2000 86-87)

Etymologically reviewed the Sai Study Group is a study group that examines the vedas which are based on teachings discourse by their spiritual teacher Bhagawan Sri Sathya Sai Baba Furthermore the Sai Study Group is shortened to SSG All SSGs in the territory of Indonesia are covered by the Central Sai Study Group Indonesia (SSG) based in Jakarta One branch of the Sai Study Group in Bali is better known as the Sai Study Group Denpasar or SSG Denpasar because it is within the Denpasar city area referring to the teachings of ancient highways originating from Vedas Literature and Upanishads carrying four sacred missions namely 1 Veda Poshanais upholding the holy teachings of the Vedas 2 VidvatPoshana is nurturing scholars who study Vedas 3 The Rakshaka Dharma is protecting the truth of the Vedas 4 Bhakta Rakshaka is protecting people who are devoted to God The Sai Study Group organization especially in Bali has developed and has a branch or wing of 32 Sai Study Groups (SSG) covering eight regencies

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 8

throughout Bali plus branches that are in the village area and officially received PHDI Center since January 1994 with letter No 26 Perny I PHDIP 1994 dated January 14 1994 Each has a branch or branch in the Rural area The teachings developed by the Sai Study Group refer to the five pillars described in this paper namely Truth (Sathya) Virtue (Dharma) Peace (Shanti) Compassion (Prema) and Non-Violence (Ahimsa) According to Kasturi (1987 150) the Sai Study Group has three wings or three fields in developing Sai Babas teachings namely 1 Spirituality (Spiritual) 2 Field of Service (Seva) 3 Field of Education (Human Values) In this study the basis of this research is in the third program namely the field of education which incorporates values in teaching education to its devotees According to the teachings of Sri Sathya Sai Baba states that education without character is futile So the end of education is forming

The three wings of the organization in conducting activities consist of 1) Wings first wings move in the Spiritual field namely Bhajans (holy songs mewirama meditation yoga tirtayathra) 2) Wings second wings are engaged in Seva (services) such as Medical Camp Basic food donations to the poor free Polyclinics Visiting Orphanages and Nursing Homes giving scholarships to the poor and so on 3) Wings third wing is engaged in the field of Education namely Debriefing of Human Values Education (PNK) to Balvikas teachers kindergarten teachers satsang (discussion) Workshop Seminar founded the Sathya Sai Kindergarten school In the opinion of the author the three wings are sourced from the teachings of CaturMarga Yoga which can be implemented on three wings namely 1) Bhakti Marga Yoga is represented in Bhajan activities (hymns Sankirtan singing sacred songs (Sai Gopi group) mewirama (Sai Gurnita group) meditation (Sathya Sai Meditation) Yoga and Tirtayathra 2) Karma Marga Yoga is represented in Seva activities (services) such as Medical Camp Giving Sembako Visiting while providing assistance to nursing homes orphanages free clinics and providing scholarships to underprivileged children 3) JnanaMarga Yoga is represented in the activities of Human Values Education where Youthvikas children come to the villages to provide free Human Values Education

Basic Ideological Values of the Five Pillars Become the SSG Religious Foundation Denpasar Five Pillars (truth virtue affection peace nonviolence) someone who lives on the path Sai will present as a wise and loving person where his discourse always conveys the truth his actions always enlighten virtue his feelings are always filled with peace and his views always implies a nonviolent attitude Efforts to understand basic uniqueness can then distinguish between Sai organizations and other similar social organizations Every view attitude or activity carried out is always seen as an effort to realize and develop self-spirituality through SAI = See Always Inside unity - purity - divinity

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 9

(Always seen as an effort to build and develop Unity - Purity - Godhead) With regard to the basic values of character Sais organization provides policy recommendations such as (1) Sais Bhakta should be aware of his own character identity and make Sais Vision the basis and purpose of his spiritual journey Embodied in the perspective of nature attitude behavior and seen from how he interpreted and responded to every situation (2) Sais devotion is obliged to carry out the Inisi Sai and build Sais personality and culture with love and service Not only intended for those who are deities in semanusiar but also for all people and all beings in the universe (3) All components of Sais organization should be able to position Sais organization as a vehicle for developing self-spirituality by promoting the principles of spirituality in life (4) Sai Bhakta should realize the implicit meaning of the symbol of Sai that emphasizes the principles of values (values) and the principle of universality and (5) Sai Bhakta must understand the depth of Sais teachings both through the existing literature through the activities of Study Circle Sathya dharma discourse and through other spiritual practices Sadhana (both proclaimed by the organization and in the daily lives of devotees) and try to make life appropriate with the mandate of Sad Teacher (Your life is My Messages)

The position of Sai devotees before the teacher sad All Sai devotees have the same position before Sad Guru Bhagavan Sri Sathya Sai Baba This relationship is personal direct without intermediaries Sai iniracles (Sais miracle) It must be realized that Sais most valuable miracle is the transformation of love within oneself Even if Bhagavan often shows miracles in the form of creating material things for someone it is only personal and is seen as a business card or as a reminder of him Sai Bhakta is expected not to stop there Sais Bhakta should not be bound to what given then forget who gave it (Sai VidyaPrashanti 2013 326-328) The concept of PancaPilar which consists of satya (truth) dharma (virtue) shanti (peace) prema (love) and ahimsa (without violence) is required by sad teacher to be the basic capital that must be a reference and guide for all devotees in doing actions and interactions in peoples lives

Methods of spiritual culture-based religious learning that can be used to develop the ability to understand (Jnatum) See (Drashtum) and Diaini (Paveshtum) depth and echo of conscience which are connected with the reality of life and life Contemplation and internalization (contemplation tracing and strengthening) is like the first spiritual kitchen that cultivates the connection between reality and the principles of Sais teachings with the reality of life that must be lived The end and this stage will present a deeper insight awareness and belief (SSGI 2010 144)

Transformation ultimately leads someone always in Gods consciousness Gods consciousness (divinity) can only be achieved with purity

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 10

and the purity of the heart born and the unity of view and action (unity) To build purity through unity of view and action resources and techniques for supporting transformation are needed The sources techniques and means of supporting Sai transformation are related to (1) devotional service (devotion) (2) duty (3) (3) discipline (discipline) (4) discrimination ability and (5) determination (determination) (SSGI 2010 40) (1) Bhakti (Devotion)

Until now devotional service still keeps a number of hearts in the heart Words cannot even describe how a person feels when he is filled with devotion The secret behind the bond between the creator and the one created is truly inaccessible with rationality (2) Duties and obligations (Duty) everything in the universe is governed by a law called duties and obligations or often referred to as Dharma (3) Discipline (Discipline) Discipline is very much needed in the process of transformation As explained in the dharma description that there is no one in the universe that moves on its own all are governed by their own rules which are called dharma or duties and obligations (4) Ability to distinguish (Discrimination) basically each person is given the ability to distinguish between good and bad and which are allowed or not to be done

The ability to distinguish is called intellect or Viveka Intellect or viveka is higher in level and in the mind whose work is only to gather knowledge build passion emotion ego and love (5) Determination (Determination) Transformation cannot be possible without determination A person will be able to have determination if he is aware and believes that these changes can provide better and earlier benefits lsquoDetermination is needed so that the spirit of transformation is maintained The technique means of Sai transformation consists of prayer bhajan service sathsang always strives in the consciousness of God PancaPilar As the Foundation for the Development of Integrity and Adaptation Integration and adaptation is the stage to build connectivity and space for adjustments between views awareness or beliefs that have been built up with action plans This is the most central stage in the transformation process Views awareness and beliefs will have no meaning if It is not integrated in life Awareness that has remained in the area of view should be integrated linked and adjusted with action plans so as to bring awareness of actions or often referred to as karma yoga Karma is action and yoga is calm The Meaning of Five Pillars through the Implementation of the Teachings of Karma and Dharma Bhakti The five pillars (Satya Dharma Prema Santi and Ahimsa) cannot be separated from elements of human behavior and dharma as a form of manifestation of these five elements in social life

This means that humans must always be able to show behavior that is in harmony with the values of pillars because every action taken will have consequences that are accepted according to the quality of the actions

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 11

performed Honor the Atma in each individual because Atma is God who resides in every being Your job is to help do service or Dharmabakti Do your heart with all your heart please help with love that is genuine and blameless CONCLUSION In an effort to transfer the knowledge and transfer of values to the SSG Denpasar community transforming the teachings of Bhagawad Sri Santhya Sai Baba with multi methods namely Dharma Tula (study circle) Dharmawacana Dharma Ashrama (balvikas PNK) Dharma Gita (Group Gita Pesantian ) DharmaSadhana (Youth camp Balvikas Camp Sadhana Camp) Dharma Kriya (Seva Mutual Cooperation Blood Donor Gramma Seva) Dharma Shanti (celebrating every year for devotees) Study Circle in practice is in the form of discussion where all participants (devotees) sit in a circular manner in a trending topic chosen by the SSG management referring to the teachings of Sri Sathya Sai Baba FivePilars (Truth Virtue Compassion Peace Non-violence) is considered as basic values as well as ideology that is used as a reference or goal to be achieved in guiding and guiding his devotees in improving self-quality identification of identity and effort to realize and develop self-spirituality The five pillars (Satya Dharma Prema Santi and Ahimsa) cannot be separated from elements of human behavior and dharma as a form of manifestation of these five elements in the blast of society This means that humans must always be able to show behavior that is in harmony with the values of the five pillars References 1 Banks James An Introduction to Multicultural Education 4th edition

2008 Pearson AllynBacon ISBN 9780205518852 2 Levinson M (2009)Mapping Multicultural Education in Harvey Seigel

ed The Oxford Handbook of Philosophy of Education (Oxford University Press)

3 Loewen J W (1995) Lies my teacher told me Everything your American history textbook got wrong New York New Press

4 Nieto S (2000) Affirming diversity The sociopolitical context of multicultural education (3rd ed) New York Longman

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 12

IDENTITY POLITICSA MASTER STROKE OF POLARIZATION

P M N Shankar Department of Political Science Sharavathi First Grade College

konandur-postThirthahalli-Taluk SHIMOGA-Dist

The past few months have seen several social groups protesting sometimes violently to either protect or extend special privileges to their members This resurgence of identify politics sits uncomfortably with a liberal constitutional order that is built on the rights of the individual The congress government in Karnataka agreed to give minority status to the Lingayat and Veerashaiva communities in March 2018 Dalit groups have taken to the streets to protest against a recent Supreme Court order to fortify The Schedule Castes and the Scheduled Tribes (Prevention of Atrocities) Act 1989 against misuse Earlier there have been demands for special privileges from relatively affluent communities such as the Jats in Haryana the Patidars in Gujurat and the Marathas in Maharashtra The two main national parties have at different times played caste and communal politics to further their electoral agendas Many regional parties too have played identity politics with equal if not grater panache Indian electoral politics essentially does not allow any major political party to take a stand against the grant of special privileges to a community with a substantial number of votes

Identity Politics

Caste

Religio

LanguagGender

Ethnicit

Urban Rural

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 13

The Power of Politics In the ldquoFirst past the postrdquo system of electing representatives the power of democratic mobilization gives communities a veto over the rights of the individual In an Indian election a political party has to cultivate a small number of communities which can deliver block votes And when the swing of a few percentage of votes can change the electoral verdict even being able to wean off a faction of a community away from the rival party may work wonders Why the Resurgence What is at stake is the number of benefits enjoyed on wearing the minority badge A number of central and state government schemes are meant exclusively for the minorities The educational institutes run by minorities enjoy much greater autonomy These perverse incentives in the name of secularism ndash which in really actually distort Indian secularism ndash have given rise to numerous such demands by communities to gain minority status Ethnic fragmentation of the kind India has allowed full play to identity politics This fragmentation also makes it difficult for communities across fault line to come together to mobilize on economic issues The middle class which is often expected to agitate for better economic policies in place of community based hand-outs has responded by exiting government delivered services in favour of private service providers If one community is being given undue favour by a ruling party other communities can unite to overthrow it in the next election With an upper cap on quotas introducing new communities into these privileges angers the original backward communities get minority status it will mean less funds for each minority group The political scientist Devesh Kapur has blamed this phenomenon of different groups demanding a greater share of public resources for Indiarsquos traditionally high fiscal deficits low public investment and stunted economic growth rates Low economic growth rates mean that even the favoured communities donrsquot end up faring much better

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 14

Role of Judiciary In such a scenario it is no surprise that the order on the SCST Act has come from a non-elected institution the Supreme Court The judiciary often leans towards activism but it still remains the one institution that can be expected to stand for the rights of the individual when they are in conflict with privileges of a community It is almost futile to hope that a political party will come to the rescue of an individual at the receiving end of the draconian provisions of the atrocities law The Supreme Court ndash an important institution to uphold republican values and protect them from democratic excesses ndash has stepped in to put a cap on the quotas granted to communities As more communities demand special privileges the government may end up committing greater fund for the welfare of select communities at the expense of development projects and public goods meant for all This has in fact been happening in India The bottom lines is that Indian democracy will be much more prosperous if the Indian republic ndash or each individual is empowered References 1 A Prasad (1997) Summary of issues Judgement and directions in Indra

Sawhney V Union of Indiarsquo in A Prasad Reservation Justice to other Backward Classes p308

2 Ashutosh Varsheney (1993) ldquoContested Meanings Indiarsquos National Identity Hindu Nationalism and the policies of Anxietyrdquo pp 113-16

3 C Jaffrelot (2003)Indiarsquos Silent Revolution ndash The rise of the lower caste in North Indian Politics pp 156-59

4 Constituent Assembly Debates (1989) Vol I Loka Sabha Secretariat P59 (Nehrursquos inaugural speech before the constituent Assembly on 13 December 1946)

5 James Manor (1977) Political Change in an Indian State Mysore 1917-1955 p60 O Chinnappa Reddy (1990) Report of Karnataka Third Backward Classes commission Vol 1 PP 11-12

6 P Radhakrishnan lsquoBackward Classes in Tamil Nadu 1872 ndash 1988 pp 509-517

7 Report of the backward classes commission First Part P 21 8 Ronald Ingleharr and Christine Welzel (2005) Modernization Cultural

Change and Democracy P21 also Pippa Norrs and Ronald Inglehart (2004) Scared and Secular Religion and Politics World P33

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 15

9 Samuel Huntington (1983) American Poltics The Promise of Disharmony pp 96-98

10 Yogendra Yadv and VB Singh (1996) Survey of Center for the Study of Developing Societies (CSDS) India Today August 15 1996 p32-35

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 16

MULTIPLE REGRESSION ANALYSIS OF VALUE DRIVERS OF EARNINGS PER SHARE (EPS) AN ANALYTICAL STUDY OF

THE WIPRO LTD

Sangamesh Hugar PhD Research Scholar

Dept of Studies in Commerce Karnatak University

Dharwad

Dr A S Shiralashetti Professor and Dean

Dept of Studies in Commerce Acting Vice - Chancellor

Karnatak University Dharwad

Abstract The Earnings Per Share (EPS) is a key factor which affects the

shareholder value It is an indicator of net addition to the shareholdersrsquo wealth EPS is influenced by several variables like operating leverage financial leverage tax effect ratio etc In view of this multi-variable nature of the EPS in the present study an attempt is made to explore the value drivers of the EPS to examine their individual contribution rates (ie beta coefficients or EPS drivers) based on operating and financial data collected from Annual Reports of the Wipro Ltd for period from 2008-09 to 2017-18 by applying Simple Linear Regression Analysis and MVAR Technique

Keywords Earnings Per Share (EPS) Earnings Before Interest and Tax (EBIT) Earnings Before Tax (EBT) Earnings After Tax (EAT) Operating Leverage Financial Leverage Tax Effect Ratio (TER) Introduction

Business enterprises are not the charitable entities Basic purpose of their existence (raison drsquoecirctre) is to earn or add a fair return to the shareholders after meeting out all external obligations so that the existing shareholders are motivated to park their funds in the same company This whole exercise of earning reasonable return on shareholdersrsquo wealth depends fundamentally upon

i how a company can increase sales (revenue management or marketing decisions)

ii how a company can effectively manage the operating cost (both variable operating cost and fixed operating cost ndash cost management decisions)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 17

iii what kinds of investment is required (investment in additional fixed assets or investment in net working capital) and

iv what pattern of financing (equity or debt or both) In nutshell it is said that shareholder value creating capacity of

company is the ultimate effect of actions reactions and interactions of operating investment and financial decisions or strategies NEED FOR THE STUDY Shareholder Value Creation has become a buzz word in recent years There is direct nexus between the shareholder value and the EPS But the EPS itself is governed by the several variables (called value drivers in the current financial literature) like Net sales direct cost of goods sold fixed operating cost Interest on debt Tax Effect Ratio ability of the company to magnify the effect of change in sales on EBIT (ie Operating Leverage) and the effect of change in EBIT on EPS (ie Financial Leverage) The very existence of the company and its contribution to the socio-economic development of the economy depends upon its value creation process Regular review of their modus operandi will enable them to examine the current financial status and to explore the key value drivers which are affecting the EPS Hence a need was felt to assess the impact of different value drivers on EPS REVIEW OF LITERATURE

In the empirical studies done so far the researchers have concentrated on the determinants of equity market prices To mention a few

i Collins (1957) studied on the determinants of market pries of equity shares of American Bank and concluded that the book value (BVs) and the dividend per share (DPS) were the major determinants of market prices

ii Stern Stewart (1990) based on the data of 618 US Companies concluded that the EVA rather MVA is the major determinant of performance evaluation

iii Pradhan (2003) based on the analysis of financial statements of companies listed on Nepal Stock Exchange Ltd concluded that the DPS was the prime determinant of shares

iv Khan (2009) also based on data collected from the companies listed on Dhaka Stock Exchange concluded that the DPS was the main determinant of equity prices

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 18

v Nirmala Sanju and Ramachandran (2011) based on the data collected from Indian Companies concluded that the DPS and the PE ratio were the significant determinants of share price

vi Nisa and Nishat (2012) found that ROI Growth Factor and Stock Valuation factor had positive impact on the share price and that risk and volatility had negative impact on the share prices of Sensex and Nifty

vii Malhotra and Tandon (2013) applied regression model for examining the factors affecting the stock prices of 100 companies listed on the NSE and found that the variables like Book Value EPS and PE ratio had positive relationship with the market prices of shares Whereas the dividends yield had the negative relationship with the market price

viii Madhu Malik (2004) examined the relationship between shareholder wealth and financial variables like EPS RONW and ROCE and found that there was high positive correlation between EVA and ROCE and low positive correlation between EVA and EPS

STATEMENT OF THE RESEARCH PROBLEM In corporate financial literature the firmrsquos ability to increase the size of shareholder wealth year-by-year is fundamentally determined by the Leverage effect and Tax Effect Ratio (TER) Leverage Effect is of three types viz operating leverage effect financial leverage effect and joint effect If each effect is favorable the firm enjoys magnifying power and its shareholdersrsquo wealth is increased whereas if each effect is unfavorable the firm does not enjoy the magnifying power and the shareholdersrsquo wealth is destroyed The magnifying power associated with operating leverage is governed by the quality of operating decisions relating to sales management cost management and the magnifying power associated with financial leverage is governed by the quality of capital structure decisions The favorable joint effect of those two effects on EPS will not be diluted only when the Tax Effect Ratio is either equal to one or very near to one and the quality of this TER depends upon sound corporate tax planning and management decisions Against this background an attempt is made in the present paper to explore the value drivers of EPS and their contributing capacity individually and collectively in the process of shareholder value creation process based on the operating and financial data collected from the Annual Reports of the WIPRO Ltd for the period from 2008-09 to 2017-18 Hence the title of the study

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 19

ldquoMULTIPLE REGRESSION ANALYSIS OF VALUE DRIVERS OF EARNINGS PER SHARE (EPS) AN ANALYTICAL STUDY OF THE WIPRO LTDrdquo OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY 1) To identify the main value drivers of the EPS of WIPRO Ltd 2) To test the significance of the explanatory power of value drivers collectively

and individually for assessing the variation in EPS 3) To examine the goodness of fit of the Regression Model used in the study 4) To measure and detect the problem of Multicollinearity 5) To resolve the issue of Multicollinearity by applying Variance Inflation

Factor (VIF) RESEARCH METHODOLOGY Scope of the Study The present study is restricted to the case study of the WIPRO Ltd and deals with the identification of the key drivers that either drive-up or drive-down the EPS and also the cause-effect analysis of EPS value drivers Nature of the Data The study is primarily based on secondary data collected from the Annual Reports of the WIPRO Ltd for a decade period from 2008-09 to 2017-18 Statistical Tools used for Analysis For the purpose of processing the data and interpreting the results generated therefrom the statistical tools like Simple Linear Regression Analysis (SLRA) Multiple Linear Regression Analysis (MLRA) Analysis of Variance (ANOVA) VIF besides the tools like ratio analysis draw from the literature of corporate finance Identification of the Drivers of EPS

The EPS is the ultimate indicator of the performance of the company and it throws light on the net addition to the shareholder wealth on per share basis EPS is the quotient arrived by dividing the Earnings after Interest and Tax (EAIT) by the total number of equity shares outstanding

(1) If the EPS is positive it implies that (a) Shareholders Wealth is increased

(b) both business risks and financial risks are covered and

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 20

(c) the firm contributed towards its CSR in the form of Income Tax (2) If the EPS is zero it implies that (a) It has no impact on or growth in shareholder wealth (b) both Business Risk and Financial Risk are covered (3) If the EPS is Negative it implies that (a) both business risk and financial risk are not covered (ie if Sales ndash Varaible Operating Cost = Zero) (b) Business risk is covered but the financial risk is not covered (ie if Sales - Variable operating cost ndash Fixed Operating Cost = 0)

No firm with commercial motive is interested in arriving at the ultimate business result of either zero EPS or negative EPS Financial literature or things today reveals that the EPS is either driven-up or driven-down depending upon the way in which the following are managed

(1) Net Sales (2) Cost of goods sold (3) Fixed operating cost (4) Fixed interest obligation on long term debt (5) Tax Burden The above EPS drivers are denoted by X1 X2 X3 X4 and X5

respectively in the present study Multiple Regression Model Used Yt = β0 + β1X1t + β2X2t + β3X3t + β4X4t + β5X5t+Et Where Yt = Dependent Variable (EPS) β0= Y Intercept (ie value of Y when the influence of all independent -variables together is zero) β1 = Partial regression coefficient of X1 β2 = Partial regression coefficient of X2 β3 = Partial regression coefficient of X3 β4 = Partial regression coefficient of X4 β5 = Partial regression coefficient of X5 Et= Random Error (with t=1helliphellip10)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 21

Hypotheses Formulated (1) For testing the significance of overall regression model

H0 β1=β2=β3=β4= β5= 0 H1 At least one β1 is not equal to zero

(2) For testing the significance of partial regression coefficients i Net Sales (X1)

H0 β1 = 0 H1 β1 ne 0

ii Cost of goods sold (X2) H0 β2 = 0

H1 β2 ne 0 iii Fixed operating cost (X3)

H0 β3 = 0 H1 β3 ne 0

iv Interest on long-term debt (X4) H0 β4 = 0 H1 β4 ne 0

v Tax Burden(X5) H0 β5 = 0 H1 β5 ne 0

ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION OF DATA Analysis and Interpretation of data is outlined in three parts Part-A Testing the significance of overall model in explaining the extent of variation in EPS by all independent variables together by using F-test and also the significance of each partial regression coefficients of independent variables by using t-test Part-B Detecting the Multicollinearity problem Part-C Measuring the Multicollinearity and resolving Multicollinearity problem PART-A Testing of Hypotheses For the purpose of analysis and processing so as to derive logical conclusions relating to the Joint effect of all the EPS drivers together and individual effect of each value driver on the EPS the input data used in study are shown in Table 1

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 22

Table 1 Input Data relating to Dependent Variables (ie EPS) and the Independent Variables (ie the EPS drivers)

(Rs in millions)

Year EPS (Yt)

Net Sales (X1)

Cost of Goods Sold (X2)

Fixed Cost (X3)

Interest (X4)

Tax Burden (X5)

2008-09 2681 256995 178958 33062 2400 6460 2009-10 3178 272129 185649 34529 1232 9163 2010-11 2172 310385 211943 41871 776 9695 2011-12 2288 371878 211945 99364 3439 13845 2012-13 2507 374300 210774 96349 2894 16865 2013-14 3237 434238 236612 111867 3834 21234 2014-15 3528 469510 252328 125939 3499 25101 2015-16 3647 512478 276606 143628 5484 25158 2016-17 3497 554484 295052 169323 5942 25214 2017-18 1685 544871 291162 170955 5830 22399

(Source Computed from the operating and financial data collected from Annual Reports of the company) The above input data are fed in the MS-Excel software and the resultant excel output is shown in Table 2 Table 2 Excel Output For Multiple Linear Regression Model for analysis of EPS Regression Statistics

Multiple R 0902419101 R Square 0814360234 Adjusted R Square 0582310527 Standard Error 4334998428 Observations 10

ANOVA

df SS MS F Significance F

Regression 5 3297489545 659497909 3509421515 0123782418 Residual 4 7516884548 1879221137 Total 9 4049178

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 23

Coefficients Standard Error t Stat P-value Lower 95 Upper 95

Intercept 254648423 2112427886 1205477473 0294452581 -3318555835 8411524294 Net Sales -0000748739 0000918002 -0815618439 0460498905 -000329752 0001800042 Cost of Sales 0000822917 0001014168 0811420447 0462646071 -0001992866 0003638699 Fixed Cost 000017568 000078872 0222740094 083464943 -0002014158 0002365517

Interest 0005642198 0002655337 2124852056 010079 -0001730199 0013014595

Tax 0004487349 0002719957 1649786703 0174331484 -0003064463 0012039162

Table 2 reveals that (1) As the F- Value(calculated) 351 lt F(α=00554)= 1552 the null hypothesis

that β1=β2=β3=β4= β5= 0 needs to be accepted Hence it is inferred that all the value drivers together do not have significant explanatory power to account for the variation in EPS R2 value (081) appears to be more than 2 simply because of more independent variables than the sample size in the model As the number of independent variables (regardless of the quality of variables) goes on increasing the R2 value gets increased But it does not mean that the explanatory power of the model has increased But in fact the percentage of explained variation in the dependent variable by the model has declined to 058 as denoted by 2

(2) As t-values(calculated) of all independent variables appearing in Table 2 are less than the critical t-value(α=00254) of plusmn2776 the hypotheses relating to the partial regression coefficients of all the five variables also need to be accepted No doubt the partial regression coefficients of X2 X3 X4 and X5 are not infact equal to zero but are very very near to zero Similarly the partial regression coefficient of the variable X1 also is not equal to zero but has negative value which is also very very near to zero Hence it is inferred that the value drivers have influenced the change in the EPS not in a substantial way but in a negligible way

PART-B

Checking the presence of Multicollinearity In a Econometrics theory it is postulated that when independent

variables included in the model are highly correlated with each other they will adversely affect the regression results In such a situation the signs of regression coefficients of independent variables will not be in consistent

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 24

with the signs of correlation coefficients between the independent variables Hence a multicollinearity matrix is prepared and the correlation results are given in Table 3 Table 3 Correlation Matrix (Dependent and Independent Variables)

EPS Net Sale Cost of Goods Sold

Fixed Cost Interest

Tax Burden

EPS (Y) 1 Net Sales (X1) 0225446 1 Cost of Goods Sold (X2) 0192969 0982302 1 Fixed Cost (X3) 0158958 0986948 09488977 1 Interest (X4) 0192725 0922605 089057601 0945189 1 Tax Burden (X5) 0423779 0952386 090320405 0930673 0836026 1 Table 3 reveals that there is no consistency between the partial regression coefficient sign of X1 variable (it is minus in Table 2) with the sign of correlation coefficient of that variable with the dependent variable EPS (it is plus in Table 3) Hence there is a problem of multicollinearity PART - C Measuring Multicollinearity and resolving the issue For measuring mutlicollinearity the Variance Inflation Factors (VIFs) are computed by applying the following formula VIFj =1(1-Rj

2) Where Rj

2= Coefficient of determination when ith independent variable is regressed against the remaining k-1 independent variables Generally if VIF of ith variable lt 5 Multicollinearity is not considered as a problem for that independent variable If VIF ge 5 it implies that the correlation between independent variables is too extreme and therefore the said variable needs to be removed from the model

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 25

The information relating to variance inflation factors of independent variables used in the study is given in Table 4

Table 4 Variance Inflation Factors of Independent variables Table 4 reveals that the VIFs of all the independent variables are less than five and therefore it is inferred that the is mutlicollinearity will not pose any problem among the independent variables though there is inconsistency between the regression sign of X1 (Net Sales) and its correlation coefficients sign with the dependent variable (EPS) FINDINGS AND SUGGESTIONS The major findings of the study and the suggestions relating thereto are listed below (1) The overall regression model results reveal that the Null Hypothesis(H0)

β1=β2=β3=β4=β5=0 is accepted against its H1 Hence as per the principles of econometrics it needs to be inferred that explanatory power of the model is zero However it is to be further noted that the partial regression coefficients of all independent variables are not in fact equal to zero but are very near to zero Therefore it is inferred that the overall regression model has moderate explanatory power to the extent of 058

(2) The Null hypotheses relating to individual independent variables also need to be accepted as their calculated t-values are less than the critical t-value(α=00254) of plusmn2776 However it is to be noted that their regression coefficients are not exactly equal to zero but are very very near to zero Hence it is inferred that they have negligible power to explain for the change in the value of the EPS

(3) There is mutlicollinearity problem as there is inconsistency between the regression coefficients of X1 and its correlation coefficient value with the dependent variable EPS

(4) Though there is mutlicollinearity problem an analysis of Variance Inflation Factor (VIFs) of all independent variable reveals that mutlicollinearity will not be a serious problem as the VIF of X1 happens to be less than five Hence it need not be removed from the model This is also in consistent with

Independent Variables VIF Factor Net Sales (X1) 0000205 Cost of Goods Sold (X2) 0001140 Fixed Cost (X3) 0005293 Interest (X4) 0005293 Tax (X5) 0005293

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 26

the priori reasoning in finance theory that the variable net sales(X1) is the prime and predominant factor of influencing the EPS if properly managed

(5) The correlation coefficient between the EPS and Tax factor (X5) is the highest (042) when compared with its correlation coefficient values with other variables Hence tax planning and management practices need to be streamlined

(6) Next highest correlation coefficient is between the Net Sales (X1) and the EPS followed by the correlation coefficient between the EPS and Cost of goods Sold (X2) Hence there is a need for increasing the volume of sales through effective marketing strategies and also for reducing cost of goods sold by adopting strategic cost management tools like ABC Target-Costing etc so as to improve the power of X1 and X2 variables in increasing the size of the EPS

CONCLUSION In view of priori reasoning in finance that all the variables (X1 X2 X3 X4 and X5) in the model have together the potential power to influence the extent of positive change in the EPS it is concluded by saying that it is imperative on the part of firm to streamline all the functional areas of management viz marketing (X1 variable) production and operations (X2 variable) cost management (X3 variable) to reap the magnifying power of the operating leverage capital structure policy (X4 variable) to take the advantage of favorable financial leverage and tax planning and management practices (X5 variable) so as to reduce the tax incidence LIMITATIONS OF THE STUDY

The study is confined to an analysis of impact of only five quantitative financial variables on EPS Further the study is primarily based on secondary data collected from the Annual Reports of the firm under study for the respective years SCOPE FOR FURTHER RESEARCH There is ample scope for undertaking further research studies relating to analysis of impact of both quantitative and qualitative variables on EPS Research studies relating to an assessment of value drivers on EPS in each functional area of management viz production marketing HRM etc

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 27

REFERENCES 1) Bryman A and E Bell (2011) Business Research Methods 3rd Ed

Oxford University Press 2) Cooley William W and Paul R Lohnes (1971) Multivariate Data Analysis

New York John Wiley and Sons 3) Cooper R D PS Schilder and J K Sharma (2012) Business Research

Methods McGraw ndash Hill Education (India) Pvt Ltd 4) Dixit RK 1986 Behaviour of Equity share prices and Investment in

India Deep and Deep publications New Delhi 5) Dougherty Christopher (2007) Introduction to Econometrics 3rd Ed

Oxford University Press 6) Geetha E and Swaaminathan M (2015) A study on the factors

influencing stock prices A Comparative study of Automobile and Information Technology Industries stocks in India International Journal of Current Research and Academic Review 3(3) 97-109

7) Gujarati Damodar (2017) Basic Econometrics 5th Ed TMH New Delhi 8) Hawawini and Viallet (2002) Finance for executives Managing for value

Creation 2nd Ed Thomson Learning Press USA 9) I M Pandey (2015) Financial Management 11th Ed Vikas New Delhi 10) Nirmala PS PS Sanju and M Ramachandran 2011 Determinants of

share prices in India Journal of Emerging Trends in Economics and Management Sciences 2(2)pp124-130

11) Nisa MU and M Nishat 2012 The determinants of stock prices in Pakistan Asian Economics and Financial Review 1(4)pp276-291

12) Pushpa Bhatt P and Sumangala J K 2012 Impact of Earnings per share on Market Value of an equity share An Empirical study in Indian Capital Market Journal of Finance Accounting and Management 3(2)

13) Sharma S and B Singh 2006 Determinants of equity share prices in Indian corporate sector An empirical study The ICFAI Journal of Applied Finance 12(4) pp177-189

14) Tandon K and malhotra N 2013 Determinants of Stock Prices Empirical Evidence from NSE 100 Companies International Journal of Research in Management and Technology (IJRMT) ISSN2249-9563

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 28

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 29

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 30

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 31

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 32

LEARNING STYLES OF THE POSTGRADUATE STUDENTS OF LIBRARY AND INFORMATION SCIENCE OF KARNATAKA STATE AN EMPIRICAL

STUDY

Yashavanth K N

Research Scholar Department of PG Studies and Research

in Library and Information Science Gulbarga University Kalaburagi

B S Maheswarappa

Professor (Retired) Department of PG Studies and Research in

Library and Information Science Gulbarga University Kalaburagi

Abstract The main purpose of the present study was undertaken to determine individual differences in the three patterns of learning styles and the constraints of the 397 students with [Feminine 255 viz (642) and Masculine 358 respondents (142)] who enrolled for the Library and Information Science regular programs offered by the 10 universities and 2 postgraduate centres mdash located in the different places within the Karnataka State India Further a questionnaire was designed to collect the response on a face-to-face basis from arbitrarily selected the 397 respondents for research work Besides the quantitative data were analyzed using crosstabs in SPSS version 21 Consequently the produced results have exhaustively organized with mathematical calculation in tabular forms mdash while the qualitative data probed deductively and inductively set up on the research questions to draw the pattern of results Finally the findings revealed that the lsquoVisualrsquo learning style has offered the highest numeral with 219 respondents viz 552 followed by the 126 lsquoAuditoryrsquo students videlicet 317 and the rest of them lsquoTactilersquo learners who stood in the third position at 52 (131) of the overall Pupils involved in this research study Keywords Behavior Constraints Educators Impediments Learning Preference Learning Problems Obstacles Students University 1 Introduction An educates have both pros and cons towards the way they acquire knowledge but a series of steps to be carried out for specific learning behaviour to extend the strength of their learning skills (Heffler 2010) as long as they learn more efficiently and sharpen their learning styles to overcome in their area of weakness (Stice 1987) Besides where there is classroom communication between the teaching and learning processes the personalized student has a responsibility for hisher own learning skills (Heffler 2010) Further students customize this kind of learning exercise have become masterminds shows with characterized by good substantial quality dynamic systematic and the capacity to reach higher grade or obtaining greater success in academic prospective (Myers amp McCaulley 1985) Besides greater awareness of the learning styles serving as an essential component to open better communication between the educators and the pupils (Montgomery amp Groat 1998) Moreover ldquoa good teacher also needs both to

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 33

motivate students to continue learning and to teach them the skills and strategies needed for continued learningrdquo (Pintrich amp Lin 1985) Learning is a holistic process of four-stages viz a) lsquoFeelingrsquo b) lsquowatchingrsquo c) lsquothinkingrsquo d) lsquodoing from all this every learner interchange between a concrete experience reflective observation then thinking analyzing and testing the information (Heffler 2010 Kolb 1984) Learning styles play a very important role especially learning environment which mainly divided into three subdivisions that are to say a) visual learner study by the mind map notes taking visualization of the concept in mind and information gathering through reading b) Auditory learner collecting information through the acoustic or Podcast c) Kinesthetic (Tactile) learner possesses information through physical involvement laboratory works and model construction (El-Farargy 2010) Besides Instruction training is distinct as ldquothe situation when the entire content of what is to be learned is presented to the learner in final formrdquo (Simon 2000 p 43) Also (Simon 2000) examined that Exploration training providing the learner to ldquofreedom to impose their own structures on learningrdquo Gardner (1995) expresses an excellent opinion of educators to develop educational models to increase the confidence and qualities or abilities of students to lend a hand them work towards their career goals according to their talents abilities Personal values and needs Later on after a few years ago (Roebber 2005) recommended that educators should bridge the gap between how students learned in the classroom and what they did in many challenging real-life work settings to increase studentsrsquo abilities as well as their employment potentials 2 Objectives of the Study

The paper discusses to fulfil the specific research objectives are as follows Identify the demographic characteristics and socioeconomic status of the

respondents Discover the learning styles and their associated variables of the pupils Determine the obstacles of the students in the learning process

3 Research Design The primary principle of this research intends to analyse the learning styles and constraints on the learning process of postgraduate students enrolled in Master of Library and Information Science professional program [two years duration (4 semesters) regular mode] offered by the 10 universities in Karnataka state selected for the study of the universe Table 1 Ten universities in Karnataka State offering the regular mode Postgraduate program in Library and Information Science

Sl No Name of the University

Year of Estd

Name of the Departments

Both MLISc II amp IV Semester Total QD QR

01 The University of Mysore Mysore ndash 570006 1916 Department of Library amp Information

Science 60 59

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 34

01 (a)

Dr BR Ambedkar Post Graduate Centre Chamarajanagara- 571313

2015-16

Master of Library and Information Science program (PG centre ndash University of Mysore)

26 18

01 (b)

Government First Grade Women`s College Holenarsipur-573211

2016-17

Master of Library and Information Science program (affiliated to University of Mysore)

23 16

02 Karnatak University Dharwad -580003 1949 Department of Library and

Information Science 39 39

03 Bangalore University Bangalore ndash 560056 1975 Department of Library amp Information

Science 74 68

04 Gulbarga University Gulbarga ndash 585106

1979-80

Department of PG Studies amp Research in Library amp Information Science

35 35

05 Mangalore University Mangalore ndash 574199 1982 Department of Studies In Library amp

Information Science 17 16

06 Kuvempu University Shimoga - 577 451 1993 Department of Library amp Information

Science 50 44

07

Akkamahadevi Womenrsquos University Vijayapura ndash 586108

2003 Department of Library amp Information Science 34 32

08 Tumkur University Tumkur- 572103 2004 Department of Studies amp Research

in Library and Information Science 52 41

09 Rani Channamma University Belgaum ndash 591156 2010 Department of Library amp Information

Science 26 17

10 Vijayanagara Sri Krishnadevaraya University Ballary- 583104

2010 Department of Library amp Information Science 19 12

Total 455 397 Note a) Questionnaires Distributed (QD) b) Questionnaires Received (QR)

31 Research Procedure A designed questionnaire has a main method of tool to collect the required data from the respondents for the research study Further the questionnaire has separated into 3 main parts namely Part I Demographic characteristics and socioeconomic status of the students while Part II discovers the Learning Style Inventory (httpwwwsisuedu) forming of 24 items has employed to investigate the various learning styles of the learners prefer to process the information for learning Subsequently Part III consists of 10 items dealing with constraints on the learning process Moreover with the help of the Statistical Package for Social Sciences (SPSS) inferential statistical analysis was conducted through the data collected from the questionnaire were tabulated and transformed into Frequency and Percentage 32 Rationale for the study The analysis carried out with quantitative and qualitative data collected through the designed questionnaire (open and close-ended questions) for the research work Further three points Likert scale (scores mentioned in the learning style inventory) namely a) Often (5) b) Sometimes (3) c) Seldom (1) has used to evaluate participants responses on learning styles inventory broadly classified as three sections viz a) Visual (8 items ie Qii Qiii Qvii Qx Qxiv Qxvi Qxix Qxxii) students prefer to learn from the seeing words in books or the chalkboard and workbooks b) Auditory (8 items ie Qi Qv

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 35

Qviii Qxi Qxiii Qxviii Qxxi Qxiv) learners prefer to process information through oralaural c) Tactile (8 items are Qiv Qvi Qix Qxii Qxv Qxvii Qxx Qxxiii) students prefer to learn best by the hands-on experiences with materials Finally Constraints of the students on Learning process discovered by five-point Likert scale Viz a) Very easy [1] b) Easy [2] c) Neutral [3] d) Difficult [4] and e) Very difficult [5] 4 Analysis and Interpretation of Data This section especially focuses on the detailed analysis and interpretation of the participantsrsquo response collected through the formulated questionnaires and specified objectives for the research work Further statistical analysis of data presented in the tabular form with frequencies and percentages as under follows Table 2 Demographic Characteristics and Socioeconomic Status of the Respondents

Variables Categories Frequency Percent

Age Group

21-22 192 484

23-24 130 327

25-26 48 121

27-28 27 068

Total 397 100

Gender Male 142 358

Female 255 645

Total 397 100

Marital Status Married 26 065 Unmarried 371 935

Total 397 100

Semesters II 208 524 IV 189 476

Total 397 100

Annual Income

Low 289 728 Middle 69 174

High 39 094 Total 397 100

Occupation

Farmer 253 637 Business 38 096

Government 55 139 Private 29 073 Skilled worker 15 038 Unemployed 07 018 Total 397 100

Table 2 emphases the demographic characteristics and socioeconomic status of the respondents of ten universities of Karnataka state Further age is one of the important factors which influence of sub-sections of the learning styles of the learners Besides groups the respondent categories as 4 divisionrsquos viz 21-22 23-24 25-26 and 27-38

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 36

respectively to analysis and interpretation of the age-wise data in terms of frequency and percentage The high frequencies (192) with the percentage of (484) were recorded from participants between 21 and 22 years old followed by age group formulating 23 to 24 years old respondents presents frequency of 130 (327) as well as the third position of the age band in percentage of 121 and a frequency of 48 of the respondents grouped between 25 and 26 years old Finally the age group of 27 to 38 years old respondents indicates the quite lesser frequency (27) and (68) out of the total numbers (397) of samples selected for the study Gender considered as the variable which influences the learning approach in many ways Consequently the lsquoFemalersquo respondents collected the highest frequency of 255 (642) and remaining Male participants record a frequency of 142 with a minimal 358 only in the total unit of the population The marital status of learners namely lsquoMarriedrsquo and lsquoUnmarriedrsquo viewed as variable to identify the learning approaches and associated relationship of the respondents As table 1 shows that lsquounmarriedrdquo 371mdasheducatee obtained the greatest percentage of 935 as well as remaining of them were lsquomarried respondents projected a frequency of 26 with a minimum of 65 Opted the study on semester wise basis of 10 universities mdash 397 postgraduate students of Karnataka state table 2 exhibits the second-semester learners attained a higher lsquoFrequency of 208 respondents with 524 whereas the rest of the respondents recorded 476 viz 189 participants belong to the lsquoFourth Semester Annual income-wise study of the parents has one of the most significant variables in calculating the socioeconomic status of the students parents Besides based on the Kuppuswamy socioeconomic status scale mdash annual income was categorized into three social class income level namely Low (lt ` 20000) Middle (` 20001- ` 50000) and High (gt ` 50001) to generate tables with frequency and percentage In addition to students coming from the lsquoLowrsquo income category family demonstrating the highest frequency of 289 respondents that is to say 728 followed by lsquoMiddlersquo annual income familiesrsquo projected 69 respondents 174 Whereas lsquoHighrsquo annual family earns the lowest with 39 (94) participants of the overall students involved in the study As figures shown in table 2 demonstrate occupation is a variable to significantly study different occupations of the parents mdash have classified as 6 parts based on their line of work The farming community presents the highest number of frequencies 253 with 637 followed by the parents working on the lsquoGovernmentrsquo sector register 55 as follows139 out of the total population as well as the business-oriented participants list 38 viz 096 At the same time 15 to wit 038 shows the respondents from the lsquoskilled workerrsquo sector and the remaining lsquounemployedrsquo present 07 respondentsrsquo videlicet 018 in their participation

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 37

Table 3 Learning Styles of the Educatee Learning Styles Frequency Percents Visual 219 552 Auditory 126 317 Tactile 52 131 Total 397 100 Figure 1 Learning Styles of the Educatee

Learning styles are imperative to facilitate the learning process of students at any level of their academic or studentrsquos life Therefore Table 3 described three main types of lsquolearning stylesrsquo mdash Visual Auditory and Kinesthetic (Tactile) which account for the differences in learning aptitudes Out of the 397 randomly selected participants 552 that is to say 219 tabulated under the lsquoVisualrsquo learning style and 317 as follows 126 respondents obtained under the lsquoAuditoryrsquo mode of learning At the same time as 131 videlicet 52 Tactilersquo oriented respondents contributed the least percentage among the total number of respondents take part learning style survey Table 4 Age group-wise Comparison of Learning Styles of the Students

Age Group Learning Styles Visual Auditory Tactile Total

21-22 100 457

69 548

23 442

192 484

23-24 80 365

36 286

14 269

130 327

25-26 24 110

13 103

11 212

48 121

27-38 15 068

08 063

04 077

27 068

Total 219 100

126 100

52 100

397 100

Every student adopts individualized approach learning as per their age perceptions of the postgraduate studentsrsquo age groups vary from 21 to 38 years old in the selected

55 32

13 VisualAuditory

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 38

universities mdash learning styles were parted as 3 learning approaches such as Visual Auditory and Tactile Table 4 discovers that the 21-22 age categories indexed the highest percentage of 457 (100) postgraduate students followed by 365 (80) within the age range of 23-24 who learn by the visual mode Even as the remaining age groups namely 25-26 and 27-38 brought in 110 (24) and 068 (15) respondents take part lsquoVisualrsquo learning style Beneath the lsquoAuditoryrsquo approach to learning the data reveal that the 21-22-year-old candidates polled in 548 viz 69 and the 22-24 age group owned 36 respondents to wit 286 At the same time as the 25-26 age bands displays 13 participants that are to say 103 even as the 27-28-year-old correspondences managed only 063 with 08 responses Thereafter the lsquoTactilersquo fashion of the learning shared 442 with 23 respondents within the age of 21 and 22 years old Subsequently 23-24 and 25-26-year-old learner record a performance of below 30 that is 269 (14) and 077 (04) responses Finally the slightest total percentage was collected in the 27-38 age bands with 27 namely 068 and the maximum performance were contributed by the 21-22-year-olds with 192 viz 484 of respondents in this table Table 5 Gender-wise Classification of Learning Styles of the Participants

Gender Learning Styles Visual Auditory Tactile Total

Male 72 329

48 381

21 404

141 355

Female 147 671

78 619

31 596

256 645

Total 219 100

126 100

52 100

397 100

Figure 2 Gender-wise Classification of Learning Styles of the Participants

33 38 40

67 62 60

01020304050607080

Visual Auditory Tactile

o

f Par

ticip

ants

Learning Styles

Male

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 39

Table 5 discloses that 355 (141) male 645 (256) female respondents sub-classified under the 3 learning styles of participants selected in the universities for the survey Besides under the lsquoMalersquo respondent category mdash Table 5 reveals that out of 141 respondents 72 with 329 of the respondents opted for the visual mode of learning as well as 48 viz 381 chose the auditory style and 21 to wit 404 prefer the tactile mode of learning in the institutions Moreover the highest number of male respondents remained in the lsquovisualrsquo style The lsquoFemalersquo partakers revealed the highest 147 responses at 671 of learners prefer the visual learning style followed by 78 female respondents with 619 who opted for the auditory learning style and 596 as follows 31 respondents learning through the hands-on experience (Tactile) Table 6 Marital Status versus Learning Styles of the Respondents

Marital Status Learning Styles Visual Auditory Tactile Total

Married 14 064

08 063

04 077

26 065

Unmarried 205 936

118 937

48 923

371 935

Total 219 100

126 100

52 100

397 100

Figure 3 Marital Status versus Learning Styles of the Respondents

Table 6 exposes the 397 participants in the universities under the learning styles out of which 371 (935) owned the lsquoUnmarriedrsquo section and the remained 26 (65) respondents were selected lsquoMarriedrsquo status The visual-auditory- tactile learning styles registered 064 (14) 063 (08) and 077 (04) respectively in the married respondents Thereafter the unmarried respondents have unlikely rendered greater percentages under the 3 learning styles with 936 viz 205 visual-oriented learners mdash at the same time 937 viz 118 auditory related candidates and the rest of the 923 as follows 48 learners who opted for the tactile learning approach

020406080

100

Visual Auditory Tactile

6 6 8

94 94 92

o

f the

stud

ents

Learning Styles

MarriedUnmarried

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 40

Table 7 Semesters-wise Comparison of the Learning Styles of the Learners

Semesters Learning Styles Visual Auditory Tactile Total

Semester 2 120 548

64 508

24 462

208 524

Semester 4 99 452

62 492

28 538

189 476

Total 219 100

126 100

52 100

397 100

Figure 4 Semesters-wise Comparison of the Learning Styles of the Learners

To understand the learning styles of the 397 respondents enrolled in Post-Graduate studies in Library and Information Science programme of the students were categorized on a semester basis viz II amp IV semesters to award the degree of the candidates Table 6 illustrates the semester-wise (Semesters 2 and 4) within the visual auditory and tactile approaches to learning At first glance second-semester mdash learners came upon of 208 respondents with 524 discovered top order with the highest percentage in the table However the lsquoFourthrsquo semester respondents recorded 476 viz 189 for the semester-wise representation Table 7 rendered the numerical illustration of the collected responses underneath the visual learning style mdash statistics in Semester 2 with 548 (120) and 452 (99) in Semester 4 Subsequently Semester 2 recorded 508 (64) and unlike Semester 4 showed a lesser percentage of 492 (62) auditory learners in the universities Finally the tactile learners showed the maximum percentage in Semester 4 with owned 538 as follows 28 respondents mdash whereas 462 viz 24 reported their responses in Semester 2

55 51 46 45

49 54

0102030405060

Visual Auditory Tactile

o

f the

Pup

ils

Learning Styles

II Semester

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 41

Table 8 Total Annual Income-wise crosstabs of Learning Styles of the Educatee

Income Learning Styles Visual Auditory Tactile Total

Low 154 703

97 770

38 731

289 728

Middle 39 178

18 143

12 231

69 174

High 26 119

11 087

02 038

39 098

Total 219 100

126 100

52 100

397 100

Table 8 illustrates the total annual income-wise allocation of the educates parents within the learning styles Besides students coming from the Low-income category family standing above the frequency of 289 viz 728 followed by the lsquoMiddlersquo register 69 candidatesrsquo viz 174 and the lsquoHighrsquo annual income family projects the lowest with 39 respondents at 98 of the total correspondents approached for the study The total yearly earnings of the visual learners showed that the low-income category received the highest percentage of 703 with 154 respondents whereas the high-income category recorded 119 with 26 participants followed by 39 visual-oriented respondents at the same time as the middle-income category earned 178 While low-income class displayed 97 auditory learners of 770 while the middle and high-income categories displayed 143 (18) and 087 (11) aural learners Ultimately Table 8 statistics showed that the 38 that is to say 731 of respondents portray the low income 12 viz 231 projecting the middle-income earners and 02 viz 038 were reflecting the high-income class Table 9 Occupation of the Parents versus Learning Styles of the Respondents

Occupation Learning Styles Visual Auditory Tactile Total

Farmer 140 639

82 651

31 596

253 637

Business 12 055

16 127

10 192

38 096

Government 33 151

16 127

06 115

55 139

Private 19 087

08 063

02 038

29 073

Skilled Worker 11 050

03 024

01 019

15 038

Unemployed 04 018

01 08

02 038

07 018

Total 219 100

126 100

52 100

397 100

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 42

Table 9 exemplifies profession of the parents to evaluate the learning styles of the students under the 3 learning qualities and 6 categories of service sectors Besides the lsquoFarmerrsquo class compiled the utmost total number of 253 (637) respondents and the least data projected the lsquoUnemployedrsquo at the bottom directory with 07 (018) participants The farmersrsquo registered 140 visual-oriented learners with 639 described the maximum figure whereas the 04 unemployed showed 018 as the least collected data Similarly the businessmen and skilled workers displayed a minor inconsistency in visual learning such as 12 videlicet 055 and the latter registered 11 to wit 050 response as well as the 33 Government employees projected 151 in the same context mdash whereas 19 private employees indexed 087 of the visual learners Subsequently the auditory learners owned 82 viz 651 of parents belong to the farming community and 16 respondents equally tallied 127 from the government and business classes Even though the unemployed registered 01 to wit 08 and the 08 private workers recorded 063 under the auditory learning style Later on 024 attained with 03 skilled workers Thereafter the farmers achieved the maximum percentage with 31 respondentsrsquo namely 596 under the tactile learning style Whilst the last figure of 019 displayed by 01 skilled worker as well as the private employees (02) and unemployed (02) balanced equally with 038 responses each Finally the 10 businessmenrsquos noted 192 and the 06 Government employees led to 115 respondents under the tactile learning style Table 10 Study the Constraints of the students in Learning

Statements

Learning Constraints

Very Easy Easy Neutral Difficu

lt

Very Difficult

Total

Identifying supporting ideasexamples

83 209

165 416

129 325

17 043

03 08

397 100

Reading carefully to understand a text

77 194

192 484

90 227

28 071

10 025

397 100

Identifying key ideas 69 174

148 373

106 267

63 159

11 028

397 100

Understanding the organization of a text

52 131

169 426

118 297

49 123

09 023

397 100

Taking a brief relevant notes

62 155

163 411

103 259

53 134

16 040

397 100

Using own words in note-taking

70 176

150 378

104 262

63 159

10 025

397 100

Reading quickly to get the overall meaning

56 141

117 295

115 290

101 254

08 020

397 100

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 43

Reading quickly to find information

57 144

150 378

122 307

59 149

09 023

397 100

Working out the meaning of difficult words

47 118

119 300

123 310

90 227

18 045

397 100

Understanding specialist vocabulary

50 126

106 267

106 267

109 275

26 065

397 100

Table 10 discovered the learning variance of the 397 respondents faces constraints in their learning process for instance reading quickly note-taking identification of ideas concepts usage of owning words and vocabulary are a few of the identified constraints faced by learners Further table 10 panoramic views of 10 lsquoStatementsrsquo and responses to learning constraints of respondents analyses by five-point Likert scale notably mdash Very Easy Easy Neutral Difficult Very Difficult The maximal numbers of 165 as follows 416 of the easy learners draw attention to that lsquoIdentifying supporting ideasexamplesrsquo whereas the learners who acknowledged that lsquoReading carefully to understand a textrsquo easy reaches its maximum at the 484 viz 192 learners While Table 10 chronicles 129 viz 325 neutral responses in the identification of supporting ideas and or examples followed by lsquoReading carefully to understand a text register 90 to wit 227 of the responses in neutrality Similarly 17 (043) and 03 (08) of learners consent that it is difficult and very difficult in lsquoIdentifying supporting ideasexamples lsquoas well as 28 (071) and 10 (025) of the respondents agree that lsquoReading carefully to understand a textrsquo has difficult and very difficult respectively Subsequently 83 (209) and 77 (194) of the learners determine minimum statistical variance that very easy for them to carry out the lsquoIdentifying supporting ideasexamples and Reading carefully to understand a textrsquo On the one hand 148 as follows 373 of the learners agree that it was easy to identify the key ideas and 267 viz 106 learners were neutral for this statement on the other hand lsquoUnderstanding organization of a textrsquo recorded 169 viz 426 of the learners who say it had easy and 118 namely 297 of the respondents noted a neutral stand under the same statement At the same time as 11 (028) said that it was very difficult to identify the key ideas the 09 (023) of the learners approved that lsquoUnderstanding organization of a textrsquo had very difficult Later on Table 10 shows that lsquoIdentifying the key ideasrsquo obtained 69 (17 4) of the respondents mentioned that this task was very easy unlike 52 viz 131 of the responses underpin that lsquoUnderstanding organization of a textrsquo are very easy Finally 63 (159) and 49 (123) of the learners endorsed that it was difficult to identify key ideas and understand the textual organization respectively lsquoTaking brief relevant notes lsquoUsing own words in note-taking and lsquoReading quickly to get overall meaning go along with the minimum percentages of 16 (040) 10 (025) and 08 (020) find it very difficult to carry the assigned tasks as well as 101 learners found that lsquoReading quickly to get overall meaningrsquo recorded 254 also 63 (159) respondents approved that it is difficult to fulfil tasks mdash lsquoUsing own words in note-takingmdash even as and 53 correspondences at 134 of the total 397 partakers conceded that it had equally difficult to understand Although out of 397 respondents 115 viz

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 44

290 104 viz 262 and 103 that is to say 259 of the students concurred that they share a neutral perspective when it comes to lsquoReading quickly to get overall meaningrsquo lsquoTaking brief relevant notes lsquoUsing own words in note-taking respectively At the same time as 163 (411) show the highest number of learners found it easy in lsquoTaking a brief relevant notes and 150 viz 378 of the responses proved that its easy in lsquoUsing own words in note-taking mdash 117 (295) of the respondents acquiesced that lsquoReading quickly to get the overall meaning has an easy task for them The learners who find the tasks under the following statements particularly lsquolsquoTaking a brief relevant notes lsquoUsing own words in note-taking and lsquoReading quickly to get overall meaning as very easy are recorded as 62 (155) 70 (176) and 56 (141) respectively At the same time as the learners found lsquoreading quickly to find informationrsquo very easy registered the highest percentage at 144 followed by those who agreed that lsquoUnderstanding specialist vocabularyrsquo very easy obtained 126 respondents who found lsquoWorking out the meaning of difficult wordsrsquo very easily stand at the lowest figure of 118 with 47 learners Out of the 397 total respondents 378 (150) agreed that lsquoReading quickly to find informationrsquo easy mdash whereas 300 (119) conceded that lsquoWorking out meaning of difficult wordsrsquo an easy task and 267 (106) share similar opinion when it comes to lsquoUnderstanding specialist vocabularyrsquo Whilst out of the 397 respondents lsquoReading quickly to find informationrsquo lsquoWorking out the meaning of difficult wordsrsquo and lsquoUnderstanding specialist vocabularyrsquo attained 307 31 and 267 neutral students respectively Subsequently lsquoReading quickly to find informationrsquo lsquoWorking out the meaning of difficult wordsrsquo and lsquoUnderstanding specialist vocabularyrsquo recorded the difficultrsquo responses like the following 59 (149) 90 (227) and 109 (275) concurrently However the very difficult learnersrsquo responses to these 3 statements record the minimum percentages at 09 (023) 18 (045) and 26 (065) respectively 5 Summarisation The teacher knows the students various learning styles can allow the educator to respond correctly to the diverse group of students for instance their questions and comments Consecutively help students to improve their learning styles mdash teachers have to be aware of studentsrsquo learning obstacles to educate efficient learning strategies to help students decipher their learning troubles Besides learning is more effective by using diagrams sketches photographs schematics flow charts pictures videos computer graphics and demonstrations in training programmes and their everyday working environment (Ictenbas amp Eryilmaz 2011) Further the learning attributes of the participants were incorporated to empathies and comprehend the nature passing to acquiring the information in different situations Moreover taken as a whole mdash the results of this research motivate students to adopt the dynamic systematic and more appropriate learning styles to learn an individual enhance their learning aptitude and confidently achieving academic grades

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 45

References 1 Heffler B (2001) Individual learning style and the learning style inventory

Educational studies 27(3) 307-316 2 Crosstabs procedure (nd) Retrieved August 26 2019 from httpswwwibmcom

SupportknowledgecenterenSSLVMB_2400soupsbaseidh_xtabhtml 3 El-Farargy N (2010) The views attitudes and learning style preferences of Higher

National Chemical Engineering students Education for chemical engineers 5(4) e55-e71

4 Flowerdew J amp Miller L (1992) Student perceptions problems and strategies in second language lecture comprehension RELC journal 23(2) 60-80

5 Gardner H (1995) Reflections on multiple intelligences Myths and messages Phi Delta Kappan 77(3) 200

6 Ictenbas B D amp Eryilmaz H (2011) Determining the learning styles of engineering students to improve the design of a service course Procedia-Social and Behavioral Sciences 28 342-346

7 Kolb DA (1984) Experiential Learning Experience as the source of learning and development Englewood Cliffs NJ Prentice-Hall

8 Learning Style Inventory (nd) Academic success Retrieved November 30 2018 from httpwwwsjsuedueopcurrent-studentsworkshopsACADEMIC_Learning 20Style20Inventorypdf

9 McKeachie W J (1995) Learning styles can become learning strategies In The National Teaching and Learning Forum 4(6) 1-3

10 Montgomery S amp Groat L (1998) Student learning styles and their implications for teaching CRLT Occasional Papers 10 Educational Center for Research on Learning and Teaching at the University of Michigan

11 Myers I B McCauley M H amp Most R (1985) Manual a guide to the development and use of the Myers-Briggs type indicator Consulting psychologists press

12 Roebber P J (2005) Bridging the gap between theory and applications Bulletin of the American Meteorological Society 86(4) 507-518

13 Simon S (2000) The relationship of learning style and training method to the end-user Computer satisfaction and computer use A structural equation model Information Technology Learning and Performance Journal 18(1) 41-59

14 Stice J E (1987) Using Kolbs Learning Cycle to Improve Student Learning Engineering education 77(5) 291-96

15 Weaver III J B amp Kirtley M D (1995) Listening styles and empathy Southern Journal of Communication 60(2) 131-140

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 46

FOOD SECURITY IN ASSAM A CASE STUDY OF LAKHIMPUR DISTRICT

Bikash Hazarika

Assistant Professor North Bank College

Lakhimpur Assam India Abstract Food self-sufficiency and nutritional security are the essential components of food security Food and nutritional security is very must important for living an active and healthy life Again health is also an important determinant for human resource development and productivity So adequate amount of quality food should be avail by all people at all time is very must necessary Food insecurity is a major problem of the state like Assam because of shortage of food grain production poverty and lack of nutritional knowledge In the present study an attempt has been made to assess the present level of food security among different sections of the society of Lakhimpur district of Assam For finding out the level of food security from primary data Per Capita per day Calorie Intake (PCCI) and Food Insecurity Gap (FIG) have been employed Calculated per capita calorie intake of sample household has been compared with the 2730 and 2230 kilocalories which is recommended by Indian Council of Medical Research for an adult man and woman doing moderate activity respectively (NIN 2010) For obtaining final sample multistage mix-sampling technique has been used It has been found that out of 511 sample households only 267 are food secure ie only 5225 percent another 4775 percent households are food insecure For understanding the depth and severity of food insecurity of sample household Total food Insecurity Gap and Squared food Insecurity Gap have also been calculated Key Words Food Security Food Insecurity Gap Lakhimpur Per Capita per day Calorie Intake 1 INTRODUCTION Ensuring the food security continues to be a challenging issue of vital importance for the developing countries like India Removal of malnutrition and hunger from the country is not only socially desirable but also necessary for improving overall economic development as healthy people contribute more to the economy with their relatively higher level of productivity and efficiency

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 47

Hunger and malnutrition put enormous cost burden on the society A World Bank Report states that malnutrition brings down three percent of countries GDP annually The Indian planners right from the beginning realized the need to attain self-sufficiency in food grains as one of the impotent goals of planning (Singh 2013) Food security refers to a householdrsquos physical and economic access to sufficient safe and nutritious food that fulfils the dietary needs and food preferences of that household The Universal Declaration of Human Rights in 1948 recognized right to foodas a core element of an adequate standard of living Following this and more especially from world food crisis of 1972-74 food security became an important ldquoorganizing principlerdquo in development Following are the some important definitions of food security

World Development Report (1986) defined food security as ldquoaccess by all people at all times to enough food for an active healthy liferdquo The 1996 World Food Summit redefined food security as ldquoFood security exists when all people at all times have physical and economic access to sufficient safe and nutritious food to meet their dietary needs and food preferences for an active and healthy liferdquo

In 2001 the FAO Expert Consultation on Food Security gives a working definition of food security Food security exists when all people at all times have physical social and economic access to sufficient safe and nutritious food which meets their dietary needs and food preferences for an active and healthy life Food insecurity exists when people do not have adequate physical social or economic access to food as defined above Food insecurity thus is just an opposite situation of food security Worldwide around 852 million people out of 635 billion are chronicallyhungry due to extreme poverty while up to 2 billion people lack food securityintermittently due to varying degrees of poverty (FAO 2003) At the global levelthe South Asian region is home to more chronically food insecure people than anyother region in the world and Global Hunger Index (2008)placed India in 94thrank among 119countries The Indian State Hunger Index (International Food Policy Research Institute 2009) placed Assam among the ldquoalarmingrdquo state in terms of undernourishment MadhuraSwaminathan Research Foundation (2003) in collaboration with World Food Programme prepares food security map of both rural and urban India and accordingly has given a broad indicative picture of the level of food security of different states of the country According to their report Assam is among the ldquomost food insecurerdquo states of India As a part of state Lakhimpur district has also been suffering the severe problem of food insecurity

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 48

Till now the available literature is concerned there have not been found any research work assessing householdsrsquo food security among different sections of the society in Lakhimpur district The proposed study is induced by necessity to fill this gap to some extent Moreover the proposed study has important policy implications as well 2 OBJECTIVES The present study has been conducted with the following major objectives- (1) To assess the level of food security of different section of the society of

Lakhimpur district (2) To identify the determinants influencing the level of food security 3 DATABASE AND METHODOLOGY Since the study area is Lakhimpur district of Assam the micro level analysis is mainly based on primary data collected by carrying out field survey from the district The sample has been collected through a process of multistage mix-sampling (ie mixed of random and purposive sampling) As per 2011 census there are nine community development blocks in the district From these nine blocks three have been selected purposively on the basis of block having highest percentage of household under Below Poverty Line (BPL) namely Dhakuakhana Ghilamara and Narayanpur block In the second stage five villages from each block have been taken for household survey Lastly 20 percent household has been selected randomly from each sample village and finally 511 households have been surveyed A structured scheduled has been used to collect the necessary information on household food security status For finding out the level of food security from primary information the Per Capita per day Calorie Intake (PCCI) and Food Insecurity Gap (FIG) have been employed The survey has been conducted as per the guideline prepared by Smith and Subandoro (2007) of International Food Policy Research Institute For analyzing the level of food security per consumer per day calorie intake has been calculated for each household based on average nutritive value of Indian food (Gopalan et al 2000) Calculated per capita calorie intake of sample household has been compared with the 2730 and 2230 kilocalories which is recommended byIndian Council of Medical Research for an adult man and woman doing moderate activity respectively (NIN 2010) The householdsrsquo calorie intake above the recommended level has been considered as food secure and food insecure otherwise 4 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Food security is a multidimensional concept and it is a complex issue that has been raised over time So the level of household food security has several

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 49

determinants ie level of income occupational pattern level of education size of household type of the family cast and community and government policy have different impact on incidence of food security 41 Level of Food Security in terms of Per Consumer unit Calorie Intake (PCCI) By using Per Consumer unit Calorie Intake (PCCI) level of food security of the sample households has been summarised in the following Table 41 The table shows that per consumer unit calorie intake across the study area are 2489 kilocalories Among the sample households 5225 percent are food secure ie these households have calorie intake with higher than daily recommended level of Indian Council of Medical Research (ICMR) Another 4775 percent households are food insecure in terms of PCCI Table 41 Level of Food Security of the Sample Households in terms of Per Consumerunit Calorie Intake

Blocks PCCI

No amp Percentage of Food Secure Households

No amp Percentage of Food Insecure Households

Total

Dhakuakhana 2397 85(4645) 98(5355) 183(10000)

Narayanpur 2548 98(5731) 73(4269) 171(10000)

Ghilamara 2521 84(5350) 73(4650) 157(10000)

Overall 2489 267(5225) 244 (4775) 511(10000)

SourceCalculated from primary data (Figures in the bracket indicates percentage to total) 42 Level of Food Security among Different Occupational Categories Table 42 reveals that the level of food security is different among the sample household with different occupation of the household head From the table it is clear that the level of food security among daily wage labour is lowest ie 2955 percent with compared to it the level of food security is slight better among the agricultural labour (3548 percent) The highest level of food security has been found among government service holders ie 9355 percent followed by retired employees (8182 percent) Although more than 60 percent of the sample households have been involve with cultivation as their primary

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 50

occupation but among them only 5225 percent households are food secure another 4775 percent households are food insecure It is a severe problem for economic efficiency and productivity Table 42Level of food security among sample households of different occupational categories

Occupation

No amp percentage of food secure households

Noamp percentage of food insecure households

Total

Cultivator 161(5244) 146(4756) 307(10000) Agricultural labour 11(3548) 20(6452) 31(10000)

Animal Husbandry 6(6667) 3(3333) 9(10000)

Other daily wage labour 26(2955) 62(7045) 88(10000)

Service 29(9355) 2(645) 31(10000) Trading and self-employment

17(5000) 17(5000) 34(10000)

Retired 9(8182) 2(1818) 11(10000) Total 267(5284) 244 (4716) 511(10000)

SourceCalculated from primary data (Figures in the bracket indicates percentage to total) 43 Level of Food Security among Households with Cultivation as Primary Occupation inLakhimpur The following Table 43 depicts per consumer unit calorie intake among the households with cultivation as primary occupation Percentage of farming household that are food secure have been found overall area is 5244 percent It has been found highest in the Narayanpur block (5833 percent) and lowest in Dhakuakhana block (4529 percent) Among the three block average calorie intake is highest in Ghilamara block (2491 kilocalories) and lowest in Dhakuakhana block (2333 kilocalorie) Again among the food insecure households average calorie intake is highest in Ghilamara block (1907 kilocalories) and lowest in Narayanpur block (1782 kilocalories)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 51

Table 43 Food Security among the Households with Cultivation as Primary Occupation

Blocks Total Households

Food Secure Households

Food Insecure Households

Dha

kuak

hana

PCCI 2333 2885 1876

Number () 117 53 (4529) 64 (5471)

Nar

ayan

pur

PCCI 2459 2943 1782

Number () 108 63 (5833) 45 (4167)

Ghi

lam

ara PCCI 2491 2971 1907

Number () 82 45 (5488) 37 (4512)

Ove

rall

PCCI 2428 2933 1855

Number () 307 (100) 161 (5244) 146 (4756)

SourceCalculated from primary data (Figures in the bracket indicates percentage to total) 44 Level of Food Security among Households with Different Level ofEducation The following Table 44 shows that incidence of food security is different among household with different educational level of household head From the table it is clear that there is a positive relationship between level of food security and level of education In all the three blocks household head with below primary and primary to high school level education shows low level of food security On the other hand household head having graduate post graduate or professional degree has shown high level of food security But some of the households having higher degree also have found to be food insecure because of

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 52

underemployment In all the three blocks some post graduates and a significant portion of the graduates are involved with agriculture for their livelihood Table 44 Level of Food Security among Sample Householdrsquos with Different Level ofEducation of the Householdrsquos Head

SourceCalculated from primary data (Figures in the bracket indicates percentage to total)

Blocks Educational level

No amp percentage of food secure households

No amp percentage of food insecure households

Total

Dha

kuak

hana

Below Primary 6(3529) 11(6471) 17(100) Primary to High School 31(4247) 42(5753) 73(100)

Matriculates and undergraduates 34(5075) 33(4925) 67(100)

Graduate 11(5000) 11(5000) 22(100)

Post graduate 1(5000) 1(5000) 2(100) Professional degree 2(10000) 0(000) 2(100)

Nar

ayan

pur

Below Primary 8(4211) 11(5789) 19(100) Primary to High School 41(5325) 36(4675) 77(100)

Matriculates and undergraduates 35(6140) 22(3860) 57(100)

Graduate 11(7333) 4(2667) 15(100) Post graduate 2(6667) 1(3333) 3(100) Professional degree -- -- --

Ghi

lam

ara

Below Primary 2(3333) 4(6667) 6(100) Primary to High School 26(4561) 31(5439) 57(100)

Matriculates and undergraduates 40(5714) 30(4286) 70(100)

Graduate 12(6316) 7(3684) 19(100) Post graduate 2(5000) 2(5000) 4(100) Professional degree 1(10000) 0(000) 1(100)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 53

45Determinants of Food Security Since the food security is a multidimensional concept So the level of food security of a household has been influence by various socio-economic factors At the time of field survey it has been found that some socio-economic factor has significant impact on the level of food security viz income of the household size of cultivable land family size educational attainment occupation type of the family cast amp community and PDS beneficiary etc To identify and assess the determinants significantly affecting Household Food Security (HFS) following regression model has been formulated- HFS= α + β1PCHI + β2SCL + β3EA + β4FS + β5PCFOWN + δ1OPD1 + δ2OPD2 + δ3OPD3 + λ1COMD1 + λ2COMD2 + γFTD + μ BPDSD + Ui Explanation of the Explanatory Variables Per Capita Household Income (PCHI) It is the average income earned by per household member in a specified year Income generally determines the purchasing power of a household and hence higher is the level of income better will be the level of food security So we expect the coefficient of the variable to bear a positive sign Size of Cultivable Land (SCL) Basically the size of food grain production depends upon the size of agricultural land Again food supply or food availability is a major determinant of food security Hence we expect the coefficient of the variable to bear a positive sign Educational Attainment (EA) This variable represents the level of education of the head of the household Education is a categorical variable with ndash 0 = illiterate 1 = below primary 2 = primary to high school 3 = matriculate and undergraduate 4 = graduate 5 = postgraduate 6 = professional degree Education creates awareness about proper diet and nutrition and also educated people can earn more Hence higher is the level of education better will be the level of food security So we expect the coefficient of the variable to bear a positive sign Family Size (FS) Generally among large family the ratio of dependency is high with compared to small family Hence size of the family has adverse impact on the level of household food security So we expect the coefficient of the variable to bear a negative sign Percentage Contribution of Foodgrains of Own Sources (PCFOWN) At the time of field survey it has been found that majority of households without farming as primary occupation often go for farming Since food availability is a major determinant of food security and hence higher is the level of own contribution of foodgrain better will be the level of food security So we expect the coefficient of the variable to bear a positive sign

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 54

Occupational Dummies (OPD1 OPD2amp OPD3) Taking occupation as reference category four occupational dummies have been used viz OPD1 OPD2 and OPD3 where OPD1 = 1 for cultivator = 0 otherwise OPD2 = 1 for agricultural labour = 0 otherwise OPD3 = 1 other daily wage labour = 0 otherwise Community Dummies (COMD1amp COMD) Taking community as reference category three dummies have been used vizCOMD1 and COMD2 where COMD1= 1 schedule tribe = 0 otherwise COMD2 = 1 schedule caste = 0 otherwise Family Type Dummy (FTD) = 1 for nuclear family = 0 for otherwise Beneficiary of PDS Dummy (BPDSD) = 1 for beneficiary of PDS = 0 for otherwise The coefficient of COMD1 and COMD2 may bear either positive or negative sign The coefficient of FTD and BPDSD are expected to be positive Regression has been run by taking Household Food Security (HFS) as dependent variable It is the level of food security of the household measured as per the value of index calculated from per consumer unit calorie intake The results of the regression analysis have been summarized in table 45 The results of the regression analysis indicate that the coefficient of the variables PCHI SCL EA FS PCFOWN and FTD have been found statistically significant Coefficient of variables PCHI SCL EA PCFOWN and FTD are significant with a positive sign This implies that household with high per capita income large size of cultivable land higher level of educational attainment of the household head higher percentage of foodgrain consumption from own sources and nuclear family system have better food security level and vice-versa The negative sign of the coefficient of variable indicates that as the household become larger the level of household food security become lower From field survey it has been found that majority of the large families are joint family and among joint family dependency ratio is high Hence bigger the size of the family lower the level of food security The other variables have been found statistically insignificant and hence play no role in determining the level of household food security

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 55

Table 45 Results of Regression Analysis Taking HFS as Dependent Variable in terms of PCCI

VariablesConstant Estimates of the Coefficients t - value

PCHI 0000082 (0000012) 582226

SCL 0002213 (0003133) 312462

EA 0010577 (0004214) 2874937

FS -007893 (0005361) -357332

PCFOWN 0002133 (0001031) 4130215

OPD1 0053217 (0030768) 0991633

OPD2 - 0000131 (0000122) -0007436

OPD3 0007542 (0005328) 0009773

COMD1 - 0007632 (0005985) -0130713

COMD2 - 00084421 (0007421) -0112722

FTD 0311722 (0100438) 3572181

BPDSD 0089221 (0066594) 0758323

Constant 0630517 (0296773) 2501321

R2 0875

F [12 495] 5782 Figures in ( ) and [ ] indicates Standard Error of coefficients and degrees of freedom respectively indicates significant at 15 and 10 percent respectively 46Computation of Food Insecurity Gap For computing the extent of food security gap food insecurity gap of the households has been calculated ie total food insecurity gap and squared food insecurity gap has been calculated separately

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 56

Food insecurity gap (FIGi)Food insecurity gap of ithfood insecure households is define as ܩܫܨ = (ோ)

(Guja 2012) Where TCRi= Total per capita calorie requirement for ith food insecure household TCCi= Total per capita calorie consumption by ith food insecure household Total Food Insecurity Gap (TFIG)which indicates the depth of food insecurity among the food insecure households is expressed as-

ܩܫܨ = ܩܫܨ

ୀଵ

Here m=total number of food insecure households In this study ΣFIGi= 5612 m=244 TFIG=023 Or TFIG= 23 Squared Food Insecurity Gap (SFIG)which indicates severity of food insecurity among the food insecure households is given as-

ܩܫܨ = 2(ܩܫܨ)

ୀଵ

In this study Σ(FIGi)2=1291 m=244 SFIG=00529 Or SFIG=529 5 POLICY IMPLICATIONS In order to solve the serious food crisis faced by the district the government

should adopt technological measures to boost the agricultural production Application of HYV seeds organic fertilizer pesticides etc and farm mechanization technique through the use of tractors power-tiller pump-sets tube-wells threshers harvester combines etc all these technological measures have helped the farmers to raise the agricultural output considerably Hence growth of agriculture sector will provide direct sources for food and income for buying food

Production of fruits and vegetables should be increased But fruits and vegetables are highly perishable and have many post-harvest losses To overcome this they may require different infrastructure for handling value-

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 57

addition processing and marketing This will help in augmenting farm income generating employment and in bring a number of additional stakeholders in the food-supply chain

Cooperative farming could be examined as an effective technique for enhancing agricultural productivity that will increase the supply of food-grains in the district and also will increase the farmerrsquos income

The policy of Minimum Support Price for incentivizing farmers through fair value of their products should be implemented effectively

The flow of credit particularly to small and marginal farmers should be made speedier and easier

For ensuring economic accessibility of food government should create stable income earning opportunities for the rural poor by developing rural non-farm activities on sustainable basis

The identification of target households modernization of the delivery system and effective monitoring of the food security programme are the main areas that need attention

Food system must focus on stability of production and prices of food-grains Intensifying the provision of better-quality education and vocational training

for women to ensure food security for all Government can arrange awareness programme about food and nutritional

security in rural areas under the department of Food and Civil Supplies or Health the NGOs also can play a significant role in this respect

6 CONCLUSION The findings of the present study confers that the level of food security of the households of Lakhimpur district is not good It has found that only 5225 percent household are food secure and another 4775 percent are food insecure It shows that almost half of the sample households have been found to be food insecure The result of the study indicated that food insecure households are 23 percent far off from the minimum level of calorie requirement Again it has found that the severity of the food insecurity of the study area is about 529 percent Although central government as well as state government formulating various policies and launching several schemes for reducing the level of food insecurity the achievement is far away from the satisfactory level It is only because of improper implementation of government policies and lack of awareness about adequate diet of the general people Hence proper implementation of the government policies and nutritional knowledge of the people is very much necessary for reducing the level of food insecurity

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 58

References 1 Basu K (2011) ldquoIndiarsquos Foodgrain Policy An Economic Theory

PerspectiverdquoEconomyampPolitical Weekly Vol XLVI No 5 2 FAO (1996) ldquoRome Declaration on World Food Security World Food

Summitrdquo Rome Food and Agriculture Organization 3 FAO (2001) ldquoExpert Consultation on Energy in Human Nutrition

Interim ReportrdquoFoodand Agriculture Organization of the United Nation Rome

4 FAO (2003) ldquoWorld Food Security A Reappraisal of the Concept andApproachesrdquo Director Generalrsquos Report Rome

5 Gopalan et al (2012)ldquoNutritive Value of IndianFoodsrdquo ( Revised amp updated by BSNarasingaRao YG Deosthaleand KC Pant) National Institute of NutritionIndian Council of Medical Research Hyderabad

6 Guja MM (2012) Household Food Security Status and Coping Strategies in HumboWereda Snnprs Ethiopia InternationalJournal of Sciences Basic and AppliedResearch Vl 6 No 1 pp 64-82

7 ICMR (2010) ldquoNutrient Requirements and Recommended Dietary Allowances for Indiasrdquo A Report of the Expert Group of the Indian Council of Medical ResearchNational Institute of Nutrition Hyderabad

8 Sing PS (2013) ldquoSupply-Side Challenges of the National Food Security Billrdquo KurukshetraVl 62 No 1

9 Smith L amp A Subandoro(2007) ldquoMeasuring Food Security Using Household Expenditure Surveysrdquo International Food Policy Research Institute Washington DC

10 World Bank (1986) ldquoPoverty and Hunger and Options for Food Security in Developing Countriesrdquo World Bank Policy Study Washington DC

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 59

OVERVIEW OF SELF ESTEEM IN PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT

Dr D Vishnu Priya Reader in Commerce

PG Department of Commerce Besant Theosophical College Madanapalli

Abstract We all know that Self- esteem can be an important part of success Too little self-esteem can leave people feeling depressed It can also lead people to make bad choices fall into distractive relationship similarly too much of self esteem can certainly be off putting and can even damage personal relationship Self esteem levels at the extreme high and low ends of the spectrum can be damaging so the idle is to stick balance somewhere in the middle Hence the main purpose of this article is to focus on overview of self esteem in personality development with the following objectives Objectives 1) To identify the different components of self esteem 2) To trace out causes of low self esteem and its impact on personality

development 3) To identify the ways for developing a positive self esteem Introduction Self esteem is the term used to describe a personrsquos own measurements of his or her self worth It is also how we think of our self and the collection of believes we have relating to our abilities and worthiness In psychology the term ldquoSELF ESTEEMrdquo is used to describe a personrsquos over all sense of self worth or personal value Self esteem is often seen as ldquoA PERSONALITY TRAIT ldquowhich means that it tends to be stable It also involves a variety of believes about the self such as-

1) Appraisal of onersquos own appearance 2) Own believes 3) Emotions 4) Behaviors

Self esteem is the positive or negative state of mind that an individual posses himself In simpler language it means the opinion one holes for himself

The personality of a human being is complex and interestingldquoSELF ESTEEMrdquo forms a crucial segment of the same if to a great extent determines the nature and social behavior of an individual It also noted that individuals self

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 60

esteem may be different in different situations and in different set of social environment

Components of Self Esteem According to ldquoBRAMDENrdquo there are 3 components of self esteem

1) Self esteem is an essential human need i e vital for survival and normal healthy development

2) Self esteem a raise automatically from onersquos believes and consciousness

3) Self esteem occurs in conjunction with a personrsquos thoughts behaviors feelings and actions

Characteristics of self Esteem

Any self esteem consists of the following 8 basic characteristics These are 1) Living consciously 2) Learning from mistakes 3) Listening to others point of view 4) Taking care of us physically emotionally mentally and spiritually 5) Respecting other peoplersquos differences 6) Taking responsibility for our own life 7) Being able to speak and act from our own convenience 8) Having a sense of purpose and direction

The whole concept of self esteem can be seen in the following diagram

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 61

Types of self Esteem Any individual could have only two kinds of self esteem

1) High self esteem [Positive self esteem ] 2) Low self esteem [Negative self esteem ] 1) High (or) Positive self esteem

People who have high self esteem generally feel good about their abilities to participate confident in social situations and happy with the way generally the high self esteem possesses the following characteristics

Believing in a set of firmly place rules and principles Being able to make choices trust own Judgment and not feel guilty about

choices if someone does not agree Not living in the past or future and not caring about ldquoWhat ifrsquos ldquoand fully

living in present Believing in their capacity to solve problems just for failures and ask for

assistance Believe that they are valuable and that others enjoy spending the time with

them Participating in and enjoy many activities and hobbies Resisting manipulation by others Being sensitive to the feelings and needs of others aspect and abide by the

social norms Considering themselves self worthy and equal to others irrespective of

differences in finances and other personal causes

2) Low or Negative self esteem Low esteem is a hopeless condition that keeps individuals from

realizing their full potential a person who as low self esteem feels in competent unworthy and incapable lsquoShillingrsquo states that Low self esteem is a trait of financially unsuccessful people which in turn results in poor decision making The low self esteem possesses the following characteristics

Heavy self criticism having high dissatisfaction about their self or themselves

Hyper sensitivity to criticism leading to feeling attacked Continuous in decision due to the fear of making mistakes Having chronic irritation and easily angered even over minor things General negativity about life and often an inability to enjoy life

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 62

CAUSES OF LOW SELF ESTEEM Since low self esteem is dangerous and it leads to self killing and so it should be remove completely to overcome the attitude of low self esteem it is better to tries out the causes of low self esteem The following are some of the main causes for low self esteem 1) Negative self talk 2) Environment 3) Education 4) Poor role models 5) Making unfair comparison 6) Failures or success 7) Unrealistic expectations of perfection 8) Lack of discipline 9) Learning negative values 10) Fully down or labeling has put down Impact of Lowself Esteem Low self esteem can have an effect on various aspects of a personrsquos life This can be clear from the following statements

1) A person with low self esteem problem says a lot of negative things about themselves they might criticize themselves They might put themselves down or balm themselves

2) Low self esteem affect a personrsquos performance at work they might consistently achieve lower productivity because they believe that they are less capable them others They will avoid challenges in work life for fear of not doing well

3) Low self esteem also affects the peoplersquos personal relationships People will low self esteem might became disturbed or upset by any criticism or this approval and so they avoid to meet the people and talk to them

Building high self Esteem People who have high self esteem generally feel good about their abilities to participate confident in social situations and happy with the way to have positive personality every person needs to develop positive self esteem Steps for Building a Positive self Esteem Positive self esteem can be develop by adopting the following steps 1) Turn scars in to stars 2) Learn intelligence ignorance 3) Do something for other who cannot repay in cash 4) Learn to give and receive compliments

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 63

5) Accept responsibility 6) Practice discipline 7) Set goals 8) Associate with people of high moral character 9) Get our self positive suggestions 10) Our great strengths can become our great weakness 11) Hare passions Conclusion

In this article I considered the nature origin consequences causes for low self esteem and steps to build positive self esteem while the main focus is on improving self image through positive thinking Having a more positive attitude can make you open to a world of physical changes In addition to changing your way of thinking you can also change your behavior and abilities by learning new skills

References 1 Abraham T (1988) toward a self-evaluation maintenance model of social

behavior 2 Adler N and stewart J 2004 self-esteem psychological working group 3 Branden N (1992) the power of self esteem Deerfield beach 4 Burton N (2015) self-confidence vs self-esteem-psychology today 5 Council on Alcoholism and drug abuse- image amp Self-esteem-mentor

resource center 6 Cooper Smith (1967) The antecedents of self-esteem 7 Davis W Gteller K amp Thaut M (2008)- An introduction to Music therapy 8 Demo D H (1985) The measurement of self esteem Refusing our methods

Journal of personality and social psychology 9 Edberg H (2013) how to improve your self-esteem 10 Maslow A H (1943) a theory of human motivation 11 Robinson J Shaver P(2010) measures of personality and social

psychological activities

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 64

ISOLATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF BIOACTIVE MOLECULES PRODUCED BY ENTOMOPATHOGENIC BACTERIA COMAMONAS

TESTOSTERONI

Deepa I Guest Faculty

Department of Botany and Biotechnology Milad -E- Sherief Memorial (MSM) College

Kayamkulam Alappuzha India Abstract

The entomopathogenic nematode isolate Rhabditis (Oscheius) species was collected from the soil of Bangalore Electronic City Karnataka and was selected for this study In the present study cell free culture filtrate of the symbiotic bacterium Comamonas testosteroni was prepared and separated into aqueous and organic fractions Insecticidal nematicidal and antimicrobial activity of organic fraction was evaluated For the separation of bioactive molecules the concentrated organic fraction was subjected to silica gel column chromatography Elution was carried out using a gradient of solvent mixtures of increasing polarity starting from a non-polar solvent (hexane) followed by mixtures of dichloromethane in hexane (5-100) ethyl acetate in dichloromethane (1-100) and finally with methanol in ethyl acetate (1-100) The fractions after concentration were tested for antibacterial and antifungal activity Purification of organic fraction was further then done using column chromatography TLC and HPLC The pure compound was subjected to various spectral analysis (UV-visible spectrum FTIR NMR and MS) and the structure was elucidated and identified as Cyclo (Pro-leu) a derivative of diketopiperazine (DKPs) Thus the above study concluded that Rhabditis (Oscheius) species and Comamonas testosteroni could be used as a promising source of bioactive compounds with antimicrobial activity

Keywords- Entomopathogenic nematode Rhabditis (Oscheius) Comamonas testosteroni Introduction Entomopathogenic nematodes are soft bodied non-segmented roundworms that are obligate or sometimes facultative parasites of insects Entomopathogenic nematodes occur naturally in soil environments and locate their host in response to carbon dioxide vibration and other chemical cues (Kaya and Gaugler 1993) Species in two families (Heterorhabditidae and Steinernematidae) have been effectively used as biological insecticides in pest

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 65

management programs (Grewal et al 2005) Entomopathogenic nematodes fit nicely into integrated pest management or IPM programs because they are considered non-toxic to humans relatively specific to their target pest(s) and can be applied with standard pesticide equipment (Shapiro-Ilan et al 2006) The bacterial symbiont is Photorhabdus in nematodes of the genus Heterorhabditis and Xenorhabdus in nematodes of the genus Steinernema In addition to Xenorhabdus and Photorhabdus sp a novel entomopathogenic bacteria is isolated from a new entomopathogenic nematode Rhabditis (Oschieus) sp of the family Rhabditidae (Mohandas et al 2004) Entomopathogenic bacteria are potential source of antibacterial antifungal antiulcer anti cancerous insecticidal and nematicidal compounds which might become promising pharmaceutical antibiotics or bio pesticides EPB produce bioactive molecules which inhibit the growth of a wide range of bacteria fungi and other microbes (Khushbu et al 2016) Materials and Methods Microorganisms and culture maintenance EPN culture The nematode isolate BEC collected from the soil of Bangalore Electronic City Karnataka was selected for this study It was taken from the nematode culture collection maintained in CTCRI laboratory Test pathogens Test bacteria their source and maintenance The following four bacteria Bacillus subtilis MTCC 2756 Escherichia coli MTCC 2622 Staphylococcus aureus MTCC 902 and Pseudomonas aeruginosa MTCC 2642 were purchased from IMTECH Chandigarh and are maintained on Nutrient agar (NA) slants and sub cultured using standard aseptic laboratory techniques every 2 weeks Test fungi their source and maintenance Aspergillus flavus MTCC 183 Fusarium oxysporum MTCC 284 and Rhizoctonia solani MTCC 2644 were purchased from IMTECH Chandigarh All fungi were maintained and sub cultured biweekly on potato dextrose agar (PDA) slants Culturing of EPN Soil samples were processed with insect baiting method (White GF 1927) 250g soil sample was taken in a plastic bottle and baited with Galleria mellonella larvae After two days dead larvae were placed in White Traps (Rosa et al 2000) and when there was emergence of infective juveniles (IJrsquos) they were harvested The IJs were collected in a beaker and rinsed 3 times with sterile distilled water and stored at room temperature Nematode isolate was passed through G mellonella every 6 months for sub culturing (Woodring and

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 66

Kaya 1988) G mellonella larvae were reared (Park and Yu 1999) by giving artificial diet Isolation of EPB The entomopathogenic bacteria used in this study were isolated from EPN belonging to the Rhabditis (Oscheius) species recovered from soil collected from Bangalore Electronic City Karnataka and maintained at CTCRI Bacterial isolate used in this study were taken from culture collection maintained in CTCRI laboratory Production of Bacterial Metabolites Standardization of incubation time and preparation of cell free culture filtrate

A pure culture of the bacterium was obtained from the third stage infective juveniles of the nematode isolate BEC and bacterial fermentation was carried out using Tryptic Soya Broth (TSB) Aliquots of the stock culture were added separately into 100 ml sterile medium The flasks were incubated in a gyrorotatory shaker (150 times g) at 30degC for 24 hr When the optical density of the culture at 600 nm was approx 17 the bacterial cultures were transferred asceptically into 400 ml sterile medium (TSB) and incubated in the gyrorotatory shaker (150 times g) at 30ordmC Fermentation was carried out for 4 days during which samples (100 ml) were withdrawn at regular intervals (24 hr 48 hr 72 hr and 96 hr) The culture media were then centrifuged (10000 times g 20 min 4degC) followed by filtration through a 045 microm micro filters to obtain cell free culture filtrate Separation of cell free culture filtrates into aqueous and organic fraction Fifteen litres of TSB culture filtrate were separated into aqueous and organic fractions For this the filtrate was neutralized with concentrated hydrochloric acid and extracted with an equal volume of ethyl acetate thrice The ethyl acetate layers were combined dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate and concentrated using a rotary flash evaporator at 30ordmC The dry residue was weighed and reconstituted in 6 ml methanol and stored at -20ordmC for further studies Antibacterial activity

Antibacterial activity was studied by agar well and disc diffusion method (Bauer et al 1966) Samples to be tested were filtered through 022 microm micro filters The level of activity was measured by the diameter (mm) of the zone of inhibition Antifungal activity

The antifungal activity of organic fraction was tested using agar-well diffusion method (Perez et al 1990) Wells were made on the agar surface with 6 mm cork borer The sample of 50 microl was poured into the well using sterile syringe The plates were incubated at 37degC for 48 hr The plates were observed for the zone formation around the wells

Purification of the organic compounds

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 67

Purification of organic fraction was done using column chromatography TLC and HPLC Column chromatography

The ethyl acetate extracts were chromatographed on a silica gel column (silica gel 60 45 x 25 cm)Two active sub fractions were collected from column through solvent systems such as dichloromethanehexane and methanolethyl acetate These were mixture of compounds and purification was done by preparative TLC and crystallization process The single compounds obtained from column were further purified by crystallization process Thin layer chromatography

The separation of the organic fraction was carried out by thin layer chromatography (TLC) The solvents used for the separation of sub fractions were Benzene-hexane acetone-benzene and methanol-chloroform combinations (Table 1) These solvent systems were found to be the most suitable ones

Each sub fraction was spotted (2 microl) on TLC plates in order to check the separation of the compounds The sub fractions were found to have mixture of compounds Hence number of bands and Rf values were calculated After standardization following solvents were used for thin layer chromatography Table 1 Sub fractions and solvents used for TLC

Slno Sub fractions Solvents used for TLC 1 DCMhexane benzenehexane 2 ethyl acetateDCM acetonebenzene 3 methanolethyl acetate methanolchloroform

High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC)

After performing the TLC only the pure compounds were subjected to HPLC using methanol as mobile phase Elucidation of the structure of the compound

The pure compounds obtained were subjected to NMR (H113C) (Brucker AMX-500 at National Institute for Interdiciplinary science and Technology (CSIR) Thiruvananthapuram) FTIR (Perkin Elmer at Sree Chitra Thirunal Institute of Science and Technology Thiruvananthapuram) and optical rotation (Rudolph Research analytical Autopol N polarimeter at Tropical Botanical Garden and Research Institute Thiruvananthapuram) were carried out The mass spectrum was recorded by JEOL-JMS mass spectrometer at National Institute for Interdiciplinary science and Technology (CSIR) Thiruvananthapuram) for the elucidation of the structure of the compound

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 68

Antimicrobial activity of the compound was tested Results

Isolation of EPB The entomopathogenic bacteria were isolated from the

entomopathogenic nematode isolate collected from soil samples of Bangalore Electronic City Karnataka The bacteria were isolated on Nutrient agar medium and re isolated on NBTA medium After incubation for 48 h on nutrient agar single colonies were isolated which were appeared to be circular slightly granular irregular margin opaque with 2-25 mm diameter Only one type of bacterial colony found to absorb bromothymol blue from the NBTA plate and the colony appeared red in colour The bacterial culture was maintained in nutrient agar by sub culturing This bacterium was identified as Comamonas testosteroni (Accession no HQ200410) Preparation of cell free culture filtrate and its separation

15L TSB was prepared The cell free culture filtrate of 72 hr showed maximum antimicrobial activity and the cell free culture filtrate was separated into aqueous and organic fractions Organic fractions were concentrated and were used for antimicrobial assay Antibacterial activity

Bacillus subtilis (which is very sensitive to EPB antibiotics Webster et al (2002) is used to monitor activity during isolation and identification of EPB bioactive compounds The diameter of zone of inhibition against the test bacteria are shown in Table 2 and displayed in Figure 1-6

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 69

Table 2 Antibacterial activity against B subtilis E coli S aureus and P aeruginosa

Zone of inhibition ( dia in mm) Concentration (microl)disc

Organic fraction

P aeruginosa S aureus

E coli B subtilis

Nil 9 14 10

Nil 10 18 11

Nil 11 16 12

Nil 12 19 14

50 50 50 50

24 hr 48 hr 72 hr 96 hr

Antifungal activity

The antifungal activity of organic fraction was tested against A flavus F oxysporum and R solani It is displayed in Figure 7-12 and diameter of zones of inhibition is given in Table 3

Table 3 Antifungal activity against A flavus F oxysporum and R solani Zone of inhibition (dia in mm)

Concentration (microl)disc

Organic fraction

R solani F oxysporum A flavus

NIL 14 20 15

NIL 17 16 19

NIL 19 27 18

50 50 50 50

24 hr 48 hr 72 hr 96 hr

Purification of the organic compounds The dichloromethanehexane ethyl acetatedichloromethane methanolethyl acetate fraction of TSB obtained after column chromatography were dissolved in 300 microl methanol and stored at -20oC for further purification and assay of bioactivity TLC profile indicated a single spot which indicate the purity of the compounds From the three sub fractions only one pure compound was obtained

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 70

in powder form with Rf value of 058 (TLC profile on Figure 13) and the yield of the compound was 157 mg The pure compound on HPLC indicated a single peak (Figure 14) and the retention time of the compound was 546

Figure 13 TLC Profile of Compound

F Figure 14 HPLC elution profile of Cyclo (pro-leu) C -18 reverse phase column 50 methanol ndashwater as the mobile phase Identification of compounds

NMR (C13 and H1) was recorded (Figure15 and 16) Mass was determined as 210 Da It had a melting point of 169ordmC (Figure17) and optical rotation of 1397 The IR was also taken for the compound (Figure18) The compound was identified as Cyclo (pro-leu) (Figure19) based on the above spectral analysis

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 71

Figure15 C13 NMR of Cyclo (pro-leu)

Figure16 H1 NMR of Cyclo (pro-leu)

Figure17 Melting point of Cyclo (pro-leu)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 72

Figure18 FTIR of Cyclo (pro-leu)

Figure19 General Structure Structure of Cyclo (pro-leu) Antimicrobial activity of compound Table 4 Antimicrobial activity of Compound against test organisms Discussion

The entomopathogenic bacteria associated with the EPN of Rhabditis (Oscheius) species isolated from Bangalore Electronic City Karnataka was used in this study This bacterium was found to have 99 sequence similarity with Comamonas testosteroni CNB-2 complete genome (Accession No CP001220) The sequences obtained in this study have been assigned in the

Microorganism Zone diameter(mm)

Bsubtilis 23 S aureus 19 A flavus 20 Foxysporum 16 Rsolani 13

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 73

NCBI GenBank under the accession number HQ200410 The 16s rDNA sequencing is the most trusted and widely used method in bacterial identification Among the three fractions the ethyl acetatedichloromethane was obtained in pure form Based on NMR FTIR and mass spectra the structure was elucidated and it was identified as a derivative of diketopiperazine (DKPs) The compound is identified as Cyclo (Pro-leu)

DKPs have received continuous interest because of their spectrum of pharmacological activities and are used as antibiotics synthetic vaccines and in cancer chemotherapy (Funabashi et al 1994)

It is the first time that the Diketopiperazine derivative ie Cyclo (pro-leu) has been isolated purified and identified from this nematode-bacterium system Both the TLC and HPLC methods were applied to the analysis of the bioactive compounds obtained from the symbiotic bacterial isolate BEC The compound possessed strong antimicrobial activity This is effective against human pathogenic bacteria and fungi and agriculturally important F oxysporum and R solani The metabolites of the antagonistic bacteria may be developed to an effective antibiotic

Acknowledgement The authors are grateful to the director of Central Tuber Crops Research Institute for providing the facility and financial support References [1] Bauer AW Kirby MM Sherris JC and Truck M 1966 Antibiotic

susceptibility testing by a standardized single disk method Am J Clin Pathol 45 493-496

[2] Funabashi Y Horiguchi T Iinuma S Tanida Sand Harada S 1994 J Antibiot 47 1202-1218

[3] Grewal PS Ehlers R-U and Shapiro-Ilan DI 2005 Nematodes as Biocontrol Agents CABI New York NY

[4] Kaya HK and Gaugler R 1993 Entomopathogenic nematodes Annual Review of Entomology 38 181-206

[5] Khushbu S Suresh W Sudershan G and Aditi K 2016 Analytical characterization of secondary Metabolites from Indian Xenorhabdus Species the symbiotic bacteria of entomopatathogenic nematode (Steinernema spp) as antifungal agent National Academy Science Letters 1-6

[6] Mohandas C Sheela MS Mathews S and Naveen Raj DS 2004 Rhabditis (Oscheious) Spp (NematodaRhabditidae) a new pathogenic nematode of crop pests National Sympo Green Pesticides for insect pest management 51-52

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 74

[7] Park SH and Yu SU 1999 Isolation and identification of a symbiotic bacterium from Steinernema carpocapsae Biotechnology and Bioprocess Engineering 4 12-16

[8] Perez C Paul M and Bazerque P 1990 Antibiotic assay by agar-well diffusion method Acta Biol Med Exp 15 113-115

[9] Rosa JS Bonifassi E Amaral J Lacey LA and Simoes N et al 2000 Natural Occurrence of Entomopathogenic Nematodes (Rhabditida Steinernema Heterorhabditis) in the Azores J Nematol 32 215 -222

[10] Shapiro-Ilan DI Gough DH Piggott SJ and Patterson Fife J 2006 Application technology and environmental considerations for use of entomopathogenic nematodes in biological control Biological Control 38 124-133

[11] Webster J M Chen G and Hu K Li J 2002 Bacterial metabolites In Gaugler R (ed) Entomopathogenic nematology CABI Publishing New York 99-114

[12] White GF 1927 A method for obtaining infective nematode larvae from cultures Science 66 302-303

[13] Woodring JL and Kaya HK 1988 Steinernematid and Heterorhabditid nematodes Hand book of biology and techniques South cooperative Ser Bulletin Arkans Agricultural ExpStn Fayetteville 331 1-30

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 75

A STUDY OF LEARDERSHIP BEHAVIOUR OF SPECIAL EDUCATOR AND GENERAL EDUCATOR IN INCLUSIVE SCHOOL

Deepti Gupta PhD Scholar

Amity Institute of Education Amity University Uttar Pradesh

Lucknow

Prof (Dr) Mala Tandon Professor

Dy Director and Head of Institute Amity Institute of Education

Amity University Uttar Pradesh Lucknow

Abstract Leadership is the most important feature of the organizational structure of any institution In a school the leadership of teacher plays an important role In an inclusive setup both special educators and general educators are leaders as well as teachers Educators are the role models Effective leadership provided by them in the classrooms leads to effective grooming of young children This study was undertaken to investigate the leadership behaviour of special educator and general educator of inclusive school The study was conducted on the sample of 40 educators (20 special educators including remedial teachers and 20 general educators) of inclusive schools The selection of inclusive school was purposive as there are a selective inclusive school in Lucknow district The leadership behaviour scale developed by Dr Asha Hingar (2005) was used to measure the level of leadership behaviour of teachers Keyword- Leadership Behaviour Special Educator General Educator Inclusive School Introduction Leadership is the most important feature of the organizational structure of any institution Alan Keith of Genentech told that ldquoleadership is inevitably about setting up (making) a route for individuals to help with causing something unprecedented to occurrdquo Leaders plays very important role in the effective performance of the school Beginning from decision of goals to achieving them Many researchers have associated leadership with school effectiveness with the leadership Be it the leadership of the Head of the institution of the school or any organization or the leadership of the teacher in the classroom School effectiveness and accomplishment of goals can not being guaranteed in the absence of effective leadership In the view of Bryk Anthony S Gomez Louis M (2010) the role of teachers is very crucial for educational change and effectiveness They are of

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 76

the view that it is the great challenge for the to create a culture of quality that penetrates into the minutest elements processes and systems of any school According to Farris Berg Kim Derkswager Edward (2012)- Teacher leadership not only focuses on the teaching-learning processe in the class but it also involves matters within and outside the school In the school the leadership of the teacher plays an important role Numerous teachers who practice in the leadership position of educators do not consider themselves to be a teacher It is expected that the term leadership for the teacher refers to a formal occupation of a position of obligation for example Principals Headmasters and in-charge They feel that the teaching is not a part of their job Halverson Rich Kelley Garolyn Shaw (2013) said that In general to improve school performance teachers perspective on teacher leadership has been changed Reason behind this is that leadership practice can improve the quality of student learning In an inclusive setup both special educators and general educators are supposed to be leaders as well as teachers The word educator and teachers are used synonymously Keeping this in mind the following study has been undertaken and the influence of the leadership behaviour of special educator and general educator has been studied in the inclusive school setup Concept of Leadership The concept of leadership is not new From earlier time leadership has been a point of interest for the researchers History on leadership indicates shifting to focus on theoretical orientation While the psychological approach of leadership focused the attention on the lsquoLeaderrsquohimself distinguishing him from non leaders the sociological approach to leadership emphasized organizational goals and relationship According to this methodology there is no ldquoLeaderrdquo without the ldquofollowerrdquo Another approach to the concept of leadership is behavioral approach which emphasizes the observed behavior of the leadership in the specific situations The behavior of leader according to this approach varies widely from one situation to another Leadership among educators- Educators are the role models Effective leadership provided by them in the classrooms leads to effective grooming of young children (special and normal) The approach adopted by educators as leaders makes a difference in the learning of children who have a tendency to follow their teachers as leaders People who are trained and are qualified to be educators are expected to become effective teachers Such teachers when interested with additional responsibilities of holding leadership forget that they are already leaders of their class working as teachers and role models They succumb to the glories of their designations as lsquoPrincipals lsquoHeadmasterrsquo or lsquoInchargersquo forgetting that primary role and

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 77

responsibilities as teachers They gradually give up teaching and direct interaction with the student for which they were initially recruited and hang to their glorified status Thereby seeking their responsibilities very easily and causing national loss and educational damage not only to themselves but for the institution they are working in The management should ensure that such leaders need to stay connected in classroom then only they will know the actual need of the children Thus in the present study researchers took teachers educators as leaders Objective of the study The objectives of the present study are as follows

To find out- 1 Difference between the leadership behavior of female special educator and

female general educator of inclusive school 2 Difference between the leadership behaviour of male special educator and

male general educator of inclusive school 3 Difference between the leadership behaviour female special educator and

male general educator of inclusive school 4 Difference between the leadership behaviour of male special educator and

female general educator of inclusive school Note- in present study remedial teacher is also considered as a special educator since they have done diploma and have experience of 5 years and above Hypothesis

There is- no significance difference in the leadership behaviour of - 1 Female special educator and general educator of inclusive school 2 Male special educator and male general educator of inclusive school 3 Female special educator and male general educator of inclusive school 4 No significance difference between male special educator and female

general educator of inclusive school Review of related literature- NEA (The National Education Association) (2011) portray instructor pioneers as experienced proficient who have earned of their students and associates and have picked up a lot of aptitudes that empowers them to work successfully and cooperatively with partners They work intimately with principals who have been prepared to create and execute viable systems of help for teachers and teacher leaders Teachers as leaders are those who need to remain firmly associated with the classroom and students however are eager to accept new obligations that

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 78

afford them leadership authority in or outside the classroom while remain teaching as a full or part-timerdquo Dozier T (2009) mentioned that many research show that in order to stay in the occupation teachers the need to participate in basic leadership activities at the school and region level A strong and positive culture in the sschool cultivates cooperation and successful correspondence proficient opportunities that incorporate profession teamwork opportunities leading to innovation in-depth opinion and support from organizations and associates time set aside for uniform coordinated efforts and reasonable pay and a separated pay structure which incorporates remunerating exceptional execution gaining new information and aptitude which help students in their learning process Kolderie (2014) emphasizes ldquoIf teachers can control what is important for student achievement teachers will acknowledge responsibility for student achievementrdquo NET 2011 In leadership role teachers work in partnership with principals and other school administration by supporting them to improve instructions and encouraging peers to improve their learning outcomes By this teachers as leaders support school leaders (Principals) in promoting new features and establishing cultures of success in school Leadership of teachers can neither be viable nor fruitful without the support of principals however neither can the principal expand his or her performance without tackling the talents and ability of teachers in leadership roles Methodology The population constitutes of all the special educator and general educator of inclusive school of Lucknow district The teachers belong to different socio-cultural groups and to both genders Sampling technique The researcher used purposive sampling technique as there are few inclusive schools in Lucknow district Sampling The total sample consists of 40 teachers from inclusive schools 20 teachers are special educators (teachers) and 20 general educators were selected From the 20 special educators 10 females and 10 males were part of the study (male teachers are remedial teachers who have done diploma in special education and have experience of 3-5 years and more) 10 are female and 10 are male comprised of 20 general educator Variable of the study In the present study leadership behaviour was the only variable

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 79

Tool used Leadership Behaviour Scale (LBS) which was developed by DrAsha Hingar professor Department of Psychology University of Rajasthan Jaipur LBS has five point likert type scale consisting 30 items based on six dimension of leaderrsquos effectiveness focusing on positive and constructive dimension- Emotion Stabilizer (ES) Team Builder (TB) Performance Orientor (PO) Potential Extractor (PE) Socially Intelligent (SI) and Value Inculcator (VI) Scoring Procedure The responses of the respondent were rated on a five point scale viz Always Usually Sometimes Rarely Never Score five being assigned to lsquoAlwaysrsquo four to lsquoUsuallyrsquo three to lsquoSometimesrsquo two for lsquoRarelyrsquo and one to lsquoNeverrsquo Statistical techniques used- mean SD and t-value was calculated to analysis the data Analysis and Interpretation of Data Testing of Hypothesis To fulfill the objectives in the study hypothesis were formulated and tested 1 Comparison of leadership behaviour of female special educator and

female general educator of inclusive school was done (Hypothesis 1) To test hypothesis 1 t-test were used and the following results were obtained (table 1)

Table 1 shows that the calculated t-value (086) at 005 level of significance and df =18 is less than table value(210) Therefore the null hypothesis (H1) is

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 80

accepted Thus there is no significant difference in the leadership behaviour of female special educator and female general educator of inclusive school Further table 1 also shows that there is no significant difference in the different dimension viz emotional stabilizer team builder performance orientor potential extractor socially intelligent and value inculcator of leadership behaviour of female special educator and female general educator of inclusive school

2 Comparison between the leadership behaviour of male special educator and male general educator of inclusive school

After testing hypothesie 2 following result were obtained (table 3)

From the above table 2 shows that the calculated t-value (202) at 005 level of significance and df= 18 is less than the tablevalue (210) Therefore accepting the null hypothesis (H2) is accepted Thus there is no significant difference in the leadership behaviour of male special educator and male general educator of inclusive school From the above table no significant difference is found in the different dimension- emotional stabilizer team builder performance orientor potential extractor socially intelligent and value inculcator of male special educator and male general educator of inclusive school 3 Comparison between the leadership behaviour of female special

educator and male general educator of inclusive school

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 81

To test hypothesis 3 t-test were used and the following results were obtained (table 3)

Table 3 shows that the calculated t-value (202) at 005 level of significance and df= 18 is less than the table value (210) therefore the null hypothesis (H3) is accepted Thus iy is clear from the above table that there is no significant difference in the leadership behaviour of female special educator and male general educator of inclusive school It is also clear that there is no difference in the different dimension of leadership behaviour of female special educator and male general educator of inclusive school

4 Comparison between the leadership behaviour of male special

educator and female general educator of inclusive school

Table 4 shows the calculated t-value (202) at 005 level of significant and df =

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 82

18 is less than the table value (210) Therefore the null hypothesis (H4) is accepted As the calculated value of dimension- emotional stabilizer team builder performance orientor potential extractor socially intelligent and value inculcator is 075 116 067 022 136 and 083 respectively at 005 level of significant and df= 18 is less than the table value (210) so it is clear that there is no significant difference between the leadership behaviour of male special educator and female general educator of inclusive school Discussion and result The above findings shows that no significant difference was found between the leadership behaviour of female special educator and female general educator of inclusive school male special educator and male general educator of inclusive school female special educator and male general educator of inclusive school male special educator and female general educator of inclusive school The purpose of this study was to describe the exiting patterns of leadership behaviour of special and general educators of inclusive school at district level It is obvious that leadership behaviour of different inclusive school could be differ as they come from the different environment set up have different attitudes perceptions values and different personality The perceive the problems of their selection in their own unique way But in this study it was observed that there is no difference in the leadership behaviour of special educator and general educator of different inclusive school Both types of teachers (special and general educators) of different inclusive school were capable of providing emotional stability to their students They have an absence of prejudices and it was found that they were managing the emotion of self and others The special educator and general educator and general educator of different inclusive schools were in proper alliance and with clear communication with the other teachers students and parents It was also noted that the special educator and general educator of different inclusive school possess a team spirit and they avoid unhealthy competition among the students for better achievement Both educators focus on overall development along with utilizations of skills and abilities of students It was also found that both special and general educators were capable of exploring and channelizing the latent potentialities in a proper manner Thus the special educator and general educator of different inclusive school possess high effective leadership behaviour Conclusion The present study shows that both special educator and general educator work in coordination in inclusive schools They take their responsibilities in the classroom with sincerity and dedication and provide effective leadership and support system for each other Thereby from this we may conclude that in

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 83

schools it would be important to have special educator along with general educators so that the overall upliftment of the quality of teaching and students is ensured References 1 Bryk Anthony S Gomez Louis M 2010 Getting Ideas into Action

Building Networked Improvement Communities in Education Frontiers in Sociology of Education Springer Publishing

2 Farris-Berg Kim Dirkswager Edward J 2012 Trusting Teachers with School Success What Happens When Teachers Call the Shots Rowman amp Littlefield Publishers

3 Halverson Rich Kelley Carolyn Shaw Jim 2013 Comprehensive Assessment of Leadership for Learning Formative Assessment for School-Wide Improvement Submitted as a conference paper for the 2013 Annual Conference of the University Council for Education Administration

4 NEA 2011 Teacher Leader Model Standards Teacher Leadership Exploratory Consortium ltlthttpw wwneaorg assetsdo csTeach erLeaderModelStandards2011pdfgtgt

5 Kolderie (2014) Teaching as a Leadership The Highly Effective Teacherrsquos Guide to Closing the Achievement Gap

6 Dozier T (2007) Turning good teachers into great teachers Educational Leadership65(1) 54-55

7 Kolderie Ted 2014 The Split Screen Strategy Improvement + Innovation How to Get Education Changing the Way Successful Systems Change Beaverrsquos Pond Press Edina MNltlthttpw wweduca tionevo lvingorgpdfBook-Innovation-Plus-Improvementpdfgtgt p 135

8 Hingar A (1984) Leader Behaviour Scale National Psychological CorporationAgra 7

9 Hingar A (1984) Manual for Leader Behaviour Scale National Psychological Corporation Agra

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 84

PROCESS VALIDATION INCREASING EFFECTIVENESS AND SAFETY OF THE DRUG PRODUCTS

Dhruvi Siyola Dr Pragnesh Patani Dr Nishkruti Mehta

A-one Pharmacy College Naroda Ahmedabad

Abstract Quality assurance techniques must be used in pharmaceutical industry process validation performs this task ensuring that the process does what it purports to do Processes Validation is important for process design elements and maintaining process control during commercialization and communicate that process validation is an on-going program and align process validation activities with product lifecycle It is also a regulatory requirement The purpose of this review to cover need of process validation principle of process validation types of process validation phase of process validation strategy for process validation

Keywords-Process validation Process control Regulatory requirement

Introduction The process of drug development involves drug discovery laboratory testing animal studies clinical trials and regulatory registration To increase the effectiveness and safety of the drug product after approval many regulatory agencies such as the United States Food and Drug Administration (FDA) also require that the drug product be tested for its identity strength quality purity and stability before it can be released in industrial market for use For this reason pharmaceutical validation and process

controls are important in spite of the problems that may be encountered [1]

The concept of validation was first proposed by two Food and Drug Administration officials Ted Byers and Bud Loftus in the mid 1970rsquos in order to improve the quality of pharmaceuticals [2]

PROCESS VALIDATION The word validation means ldquoassessment of validation or action of proving effectivenessrdquo The collection and evaluation of data from the process design stage throughout production which establishes scientific evidence that a process is capable of consistently delivering quality products is known as Process

Validation[3]

WHY IS VALIDATION REQUIRED In pharmaceutical industry expensive materials sophisticated facilities amp equipment and highly qualified personnel are used The efficient use of these resources is needed for the continued growth of the industry The cost of product failures rejects reworks and recalls complaints are the significant parts of the total production cost If we want to control failure and improve productivity as well as Quality then Detailed study and

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 85

control of the manufacturing process and validation is necessary The pharmaceutical industries are concerned about validation because of the following factors

1 Assurance of quality 2 Cost reduction 3 Government regulation [45]

Validation is establishing documented evidence which provides a high degree of assurance that a specific system will consistently produce a product meeting its predetermined specifications and quality attributes Principle for process validation[111213141516171819]

1Installation Qualification (IQ) The process or equipment meets all specifications is installed correctly and all required components and documentation needed for continued operation are installed and in place Design features of equipment (material of construction cleanability) Equipment Installation conditions (wiring utility functionality etc) Calibration preventative maintenance cleaning schedules Safety features Supplier documentation prints drawings and manuals Documented Software Environmental conditions of the manufacturing area (such as clean room 2Operational Qualification (OQ)Check whether The process or equipment are operating correctly Operational qualification (OQ) should follow Installation qualification Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 86

Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material 1 Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) 2 Software parameters 3 Specifications of raw material 4 Operating procedures for the process 5 Material handling requirements 6 Material handling requirements 7 Training 3Performance Qualification (PQ)Check whether the process or equipment performs as intended in a completion of Installation qualification and Operational qualification PQ

PQ considerations include Actual product and process parameters and procedures established in OQ bullAcceptability of the product 1Actual product and process parameters and procedures established in PQ 2 Acceptability of the product 3 Assurance of process capability as established in PQ 4 Process repeatability long term process stability 4Re ndash Qualification This formal review should include consideration of re-qualification of the equipment Minor changes or changes having no direct effect on final or in-process product quality should be handled through the documentation system of the preventive maintenance program[5]

Based on the stage of the production lifecycle at which process validation is performed it can be of four types[2021222325] 1 Prospective Validation This type of validation is performed before production during a productrsquos development stage A risk analysis is performed to assess the production process by breaking it down

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 87

into separate steps These are individually evaluated and based on past experience the likelihood of each one leading to critical situations is determined[6] Once yoursquove identified the critical sub-processes these are the steps you should follow Evaluate individual risk for each one Investigate and assess o Potential causes o Probability of situations arising o The extent of their effects Draw up the trial plans Set priorities for the validation After this you can begin with the trials and make an over assessment Prospective validation is essential for limiting the risk of quality lapses and errors occurring during the actual production[7] 2 Concurrent Validation You should monitor the first three batches produced on a production-scale as closely as possible The data gathered through this step can provide an in-depth detail of the fundamentals which greatly impacts the effectiveness of concurrent validation Together with comprehensive trend analysis which includes other aspects like stability you should perform concurrent validation throughout a productrsquos life to whatever extent it is needed[89] 3 Retrospective Validation It involves examining the past experiences of the process and evaluating the final control tests This evaluation is done while assuming that the procedures composition and equipment remains unchanged To determine how well the process parameters adhere to the permissible range you can also conduct a trend analysis Retrospective validation should not be considered a one of quality assurance measure rather it should be performed only in certain circumstances like when yoursquore introducing validation requirements for the first time It is more useful for establishing priorities for validation so avoid this technique for new products or processes[10]

4 Revalidation

Revalidation is essential for ensuring that any changes made to the process or its environment have not resulted in adverse effects on product quality or process characteristics It can be divided into two sub-types Revalidation after Changes ndash Whenever yoursquove introduced any new elements

in the manufacturing process revalidation needs to be performed to ascertain their effects There can be a number of changes in the manufacturing or standard operating procedures that impact product quality These can be Changes in Starting Materials ndash Changes in physical attributes can alter the mechanical properties of compounds and materials which can consequently have adverse effects on the product or the process Changes in Packaging Material ndash If you switch packaging materials you may also be forced to make changes to the procedures followed during packaging which can impact product stability

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 88

Changes in Process ndash Any time you alter the manufacturing process the subsequent steps can be affected and thereby the product quality too Changes in Equipment ndash Repairs maintenance and replacement of key components is unavoidable but be sure to assess whether quality is affected and how much Changes in Support System or Production Area ndash Rearrangement of support systems or production areas can also affect product quality especially critical systems like ventilation VALIDATION PROTOCOL[242526] The validation protocol should be numbered signed and dated and should contain as a minimum the following information Title Objective amp Scope Responsibility Protocol Approval Validation Team Product Composition Process Flow Chart Manufacturing Process Review of Equipments Utilities Review of Raw Materials and Packing Materials Review of Analytical and Batch Manufacturing Records Review of Batch Quantities for Validation (Raw Materials) Review of Batch Quantities for Validation (Packing Materials) HSE Requirements Review of Process Parameters Validation Procedure Sampling Location Documentation Acceptance Criteria Summary Conclusion The Three Stages of Process Validation The definition of Process Validation from the FDA is as follows ldquoThe collection and evaluation of data from the process design stage through commercial production which establishes scientific evidence that a process is capable of consistently delivering quality productsrdquo[3031]

The Three Stages of Process Validation are

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 89

Stage 1 ndash Process Design Stage 2 ndash Process Qualification Stage 3 ndash Continued Process Validation Stage 1 ndash Process Design[32]

This is the research and development phase and involves defining a process for manufacturing the product It usually includes the following Creation of a Quality Target Product Profile (QTPP) Identifying Critical Quality Attributes (CQAs) Defining Critical Process Parameters (CPPs) Defining Critical Material Attributes (CMAs) Conducting risk assessments From a regulatory point of view an essential component of this stage is meticulous and comprehensive record keeping That said the collection and evaluation of data as part of this Process Validation stage also has business benefits too This is because you can use the data to optimise your production process create efficiencies and troubleshoot problems Stage 2 ndashProcess Qualification[3334]

This stage evaluatesqualifies the process designed earlier to ensure it can reproduce consistent and reliable levels of quality It involves collecting and evaluating data on all aspects and stages of the manufacturing process This includes The building and facilities ie ensuring they adhere to local regulations as well as pharmaceutical manufacturing regulations The transportation of raw materials Storage of raw materials The knowledge training and working practices of production line employees Every step of the process to turn raw materials into the finished product This includes having pre-defined sampling points at various stages of the process Finished product packaging storage and distribution Another useful component of this stage of Process Validation is to develop contingency plans for situations where things go wrong Stage 3 ndash Continued Process Verification Continued Process Verification involves ongoing validation during production of the commercial product to ensure the process designed and qualified in the previous stages continues to deliver consistent quality One of the main aims of this stage is to detect and resolve process drift The stage involves product sampling analysis and verification at various points in the manufacturing process and requires the involvement of employees with quality control training Again comprehensive record-keeping is required at this stage including logging anomalies and issues with product quality

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 90

Reason Why Process validation that increasing safety of drug product[2829]

1 Simple process 2 Moisture sensitive and heat sensitive product 3 Consistent through output 4 Reduction in rejection and rework 5 Fewer complaints about process related failure 6 Reduce testing in process and finished goods 7 Easier scale-up from development work 8 Easier maintenance of equipment 9 28More rapid and accurate investigation of process deviation 10 Increase confidence about process reproducibility and product quality 11 Improve employee awareness of process

Conclusion It is necessary before approval of a new drug that an accurate and reliable assessment for its effectiveness and safety for the intended indication and target patient population is demonstrated Validation is the key element in assuring that quality goals are met References 1 Sharp JR The Problems of Process ValidationPharm J 1986 143-5 2httpenwikipediaorgwikivalidation(drugmanufacture) Dated20th september 2011 3US Department of human and health services Food and Drug Administration Center for drug evaluation and research (CDER) Center for biologics evaluation and research (CBER) Center for veterinary medicine (CVM) Guidance for industry Process Validation General principles and practices 2008 4Patel C Desai D G Seth AK Process validation of artemether and lumefantrine 80480 mg tablet Pharma Science Monitor 6(1) 233-243 (2015) 5 Patel C Desai D G Seth AK Process validation of artemether and lumefantrine 80480 mg tablet Pharma Science Monitor 6(1) 233-243 (2015) 6Recommendations on Validation Master Plan Installation and Operational Qualification Non-Sterile Process Validation Cleaning Validation PICS September 2007 7 Guidelines for Process Validation of Pharmaceutical Dosage Form ndash Saudi Food amp Drug Authority Version 2 February 1992 8 FDA Guide on APIs 1998 48 PIC Guide 1999 32 Gold Sheet 1996 9Chaitanyakumar G Rout RP Ramtake S Bhattacharya S Process Validation The Indian Pharmacist 2005 14-19 10 Elsie Jatto Augustine and O Okhamafe An Overview of Pharmaceutical Validation andProcess Controls in Drug Development Tropical Journal of Pharmaceutical Research December 2002 1 (2) 115-122

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 91

11 Requirements for the Registration of Pharmaceu- ticals for Human Use Geneva ICH-QZA 1995 12 Health Canada Health Products and Food Branch Inspectorate Validation Guidelines for Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms (GUI ndash 0029) December 2009 13 Donald M lsquoVector Corporationrsquo 14 FDA Presentation lsquoICH Q7A GMP Guidancefor API and its use DuringInspectionsrsquolsquohttpwwwfdagovcdrmeetingICH_Q7Aindexhtm 2002 15Nassani Mowafak ldquoCleaning Validation in the Pharmaceutical Industryrdquo Institute of Validation Technology 38 16Shah DH QA Manual 1-7 17Alcock P and Motise P FDA statement Human Drug cGMP Notes 18GMP training Organization websites [httpgmptrainingcomnewshtml] 19 Donald M Rosendale lsquoValidation group managerrsquoVector corporation validation of Pharmaceutical Process Equipment 20 Sharma S Khurana G Gupta R A review on pharmaceutical validation and its implications Indian Journal of Pharmaceutical and Biological Research 1(3) 100-104 (2013) 21 Ojha A Bharkatiya M Santosh K Pharmaceutical process validation of solid dosage forms a review World Journal of Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Sciences 3(6) 476-484 (2014) 22 Pandita R Rana AC Seth N Introduction and general overview of pharmaceutical process validation review International Research Journal of Pharmacy 3(6) 60- 64 (2012) 23 Ahir K B Singh K D Yadav S P Patel H S Poyahari C B Overview of validation and basic concepts of process validation Scholars Academic Journal of Pharmacy 3(2) 178-190 (2014) 24 Ch Sandhya Brahmaiah B Pusuluri D L S Konkipudi V S Process validation an essential process in pharmaceutical industry International Journal of Advances in Scientific Research 1(4) 179-182 (2015) 25 Health Canada Health Products and Food Branch Inspectorate Validation Guidelines forPharmaceutical Dosage Forms (GUI ndash 0029) December 2009 26 Guide to Inspections of Oral Solid Dosage Forms prepost Approval Issue for Development and Validation issue (194) January 2010 27 Rockville MD Guideline on General Principles of Process Validation US Food and Drug Administration US FDA 1987 28 Alam S Pharmaceutical Process Validation An Overview J Advanced Pharm Edu Res 2012 2(4) 185-200 29Ajay S Seema S International Journal of Research in Pharmacy and Science Int J Res Pharm Sc 201312 30Kathiresan K Moorthi C Prathyusha Y Gade B R Reddy B K Manavalan R An overview of pharmaceutical validation Research Journal of Pharmaceutical Biological and Chemical Sciences ISSN 0975-8585 October ndash December 2010 RJPBCS 1(4)1026 31 Kathiresan K Moorthi C Prathyusha Y Gade B R Reddy B K Manavalan R An overview of pharmaceutical validation Research Journal of Pharmaceutical

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 92

Biological and Chemical Sciences ISSN 0975- 8585 October ndash December 2010 RJPBCS 1(4)1026 32ICH Q7A Good Manufacturing Practices Guideline for Active Pharmaceutical Ingredient 2001 33 Guidance for Industry Process Validation General Principles and Practices US Department of Health and Human Services Food and Drug Administration Centre for Drug Evaluation and Research (CDER) Centre for Biologics Evaluation and Research (CBER) Centre for Veterinary Medicine (CVM) January 2011 34 ASTM E2709-10 Standard Practice for Demonstrating Capability to Comply with a Lot Acceptance Procedure 35 FDArsquos guidance for industry Quality Systems Approach to Pharmaceutical Current Good Manufacturing Practice Regulations 36 Guidelines for Process Validation of Pharmaceutical Dosage Form ndash Saudi Food amp Drug Authority Version 2 February 1992 37 ASTM E2281-03 Standard Practice for Process and Measurement Capability Indices Operating procedures for the process

Material handling requirements Process change control Training

Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 93

Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 94

व ीकरण क दौर म फ़ल रह ह द

ज मोहन राव शोधाथ ह द वभाग

आ व व ालय वशाखप टणम

आ दश

भारत क असली ताकत हद भाषा ह आम बोलचाल क हद तानी हद को दश क आधी स अिधक जनस या बोलती समझती ह विभ न भाषा-भा षय क बीच अिधकतर हद ह सवाद सत का काम करती ह

यवसाय क स दख तो बाजार बकन वाली व त क ताकत को दखता ह

हद भाषा म वह ताकत ह यह कारण ह क आज सवािधक व ापन भी हद म आत ह

इटरनट और सोशल मी डया पर भी हद का भाव बढ़ रहा ह अब कई सॉ टवयर और हाडवयर अतिनिमत हद यिनकोड क स वधा क साथ

आ रह ह

व ीकरण बाजार करण और सचना ाित क इस दौर म त ण बदलत व क प र य क बीच हद भाषा एक नए जोश क साथ उभर रह ह आज भारत व क अथजगत म महाश बनकर उभर रहा ह व क सवािधक श शाली मान जान वाल दश अम रका क पव रा पित बराक ओबामा तो अपन दश क नाग रक को कई बार हद सीखन क सलाह द चक ह य क उ ह भी लगता ह क भारत एक उभरती हई व श ह और भ व य म हद सीखना अिनवाय होगा भारत क असली ताकत हद भाषा ह आम बोलचाल क हद तानी हद को दश क आधी स अिधक जनस या बोलती

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 95

समझती ह विभ न भाषा-भा षय क बीच अिधकतर हद ह सवाद सत का काम करती ह

हद भाषा म वह ताकत ह यह कारण ह क आज सवािधक व ापन भी हद म आत ह इटरनट और सोशल मी डया पर भी हद का भाव बढ़ रहा ह अब कई सॉ टवयर और हाडवयर अतिनिमत हद यिनकोड क स वधा क साथ आ रह ह इसस हद क तकनीक सम याए लगभग समा हो गई ह अब समय ह क सभी इटरनट यो ा रोमन िल प म हद िलखन क बजाय दवनागर म ह हद िलख अिधकाश बड़ सचार कपिनय को हद म बड़ा उपभो ा बाजार दख रहा ह जसस व हद तकनीक पर सभी स वधाए दान कर रह ह भारतीय यवा ldquoय यबrdquo पर सवािधक 93 ितशत वी डयो हद म दखत ह

हद पर तरह स स म और समथ भाषा ह इसक सबस बड़ वशषता तो यह ह क इस जस बोला जाता ह वसा ह िलखा भी जाता ह यानी हद भाषा पर तरह स विन और उ चारण आधा रत भाषा ह यह खबी व क अ य कसी भी भाषा म नह ह अ जी स हत व क अ य भाषाओ क िलखन और बोल जान म काफ अतर होता ह हद भाषा का ज म स कत भाषा स हआ ह व ािनक ारा स कत और हद भाषा को विन व ान और दरसचार तरग क मा यम स अत र और अ य अ ात

स यताओ को सदश भज जान क िलए भी सवािधक उपय पाया गया ह

कछ वष पव तक हद को गवार जा हल और कम पढ़-िलख लोग क भाषा माना जाता था ल कन व ीकरण और बाजार करण क इस दौर म यह सोच तजी स बदल रह ह भारत का कॉरपोरट जगत मजबर म ह सह हद को हाथ -हाथ वीकार कर रहा ह भारत म उपभो ा व तओ क वह बाजार को आज अनदखा करना असभव ह वदशी कपिनय क िलए भारतीय बाजार क खलन क साथ ह कई बहरा ीय कपिनय न भारत म पदापण कया वपणन माक टग और यापार म भारतीय स कह यादा मा हर इन कपिनय का यह अनभव था क कसी भी दश म वहा क भाषा स कित और जायका

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 96

जान बना अपन पाव जमाना आसान नह ह ऐस म इन कपिनय न अपन उ पाद को भारतीय ज रत क हसाब स ढालकर पश कया अपन उ पाद क वपणन क िलए इन कपिनय न हद भाषा को चना य क यह भाषा सबस बड़ ल य समह तक पहचती ह

ट इ डयन िम डल लास स सबध रखन वाल इस बाजार म 50 ितशत स अिधक लोग या तो हद भाषी ह या दसर भाषा क तौर पर हद

का योग करत ह ऐस म यह एक सकन दन वाला समाचार ह क हद भाषा का भारत म ह नह ब क समच व म व तार हो रहा ह यहा हद स पयाय सा ह य क किल भाषा स नह ह ब क आम बोलचाल क भाषा स ह जसका उपयोग आज का मी डया खलकर कर रहा ह ऐस म हद क कछ परोकार बदलत सा कितक प र य म भाषा क बदलत बगड़त व प क ित िचितत भी दखाई द रह ह ल कन इस बीच यह भी प हो रहा ह क हद को अ जी स सीध तौर पर कोई खतरा नह दखाई दता आज यापार को व तार क िलए हद का दामन थामना पड़ रहा ह और हद बाज़ार क साथ आग बढ़ रह ह

मी डया और व ापन म हद का योग बहत अिधक बढ़ा ह हाला क इसका उ य हद क सवा कदा प नह ह ब क बहरा ीय और दशी कपिनय क नजर हद भाषी उपभो ाओ क एक बड़ बाजार पर ह पछल एक हजार वष स अिधक समय स भारत म हद का यापक उपयोग होता आ रहा ह अप श स ारभ हआ हद का रचना ससार आज प रप वता क चरम पर ह हद भाषा अनक प म आचिलक और थानीय बोिलय क प म भी चिलत ह अ ज क भारत आगमन स पव ह हद न अपनी जड़ समच

भारतीय उपमहा प म जमा द थी उस समय का भारत आज क ह तरह व यापार का एक मह वपण भागीदार था इसिलए इस दश क जनता क साथ काय यवहार करन क िलए हद का समिचत ान होना आव यक था

भारतीय स वधान म हद को राजभाषा बनान का उपबध 14 िसतबर 1949 को जोड़ा गया था इसिलए हर साल 14 िसतबर को हद दवस क प

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 97

म मनाया जाता ह 26 जनवर 1950 को स वधान क लाग होन क साथ ह स वधान क अन छद 343 क उपबध एक क अतगत दवनागर िल प म िलखी जान वाली हद को भारतीय सघ क राजभाषा का दजा दया गया हद को राजभाषा का दजा तो द दया गया ल कन इसी अन छद क उपबध तीन म यह ावधान कया गया क राजभाषा हद क साथ-साथ अ जी को अगल 15 वष

तक सहभाषा क प म जार रखन का अिधिनयम दश क ससद बना सकती ह बाद म 1967 म त कालीन धानम ी इ दरा गाधी न राजभाषा अिधिनयम म सशोधन कर अ जी को अिन तकाल क िलए भारत क सहभाषा बना दया यह उपबध हद क वकासपथ पर एक बहत बड़ा रोड़ा सा बत हआ और आज भी क और कई रा य का कामकाज अ जी म ह चल रहा ह

राजनीितक इ छाश क अभाव म और वाद क कारण हद को पया शासक य सर ण ा नह हो सका रह -सह कसर दश क दश क अ जी पर त नौकरशाह न पर कर द ए ज ह न अ जी को ह रा भाषा क तरह गल लगाया हद भाषा अ जी और चीनी क बाद व म सवािधक सार वाली तीसर भाषा ह हाला क व तार क कोण स दख तो अ जी

क बाद हद सबस वशाल म बोली जान वाली भाषा ह दिनया क 150 स अिधक व व ालय म हद भाषा पढ़ाई जाती ह हजार क स या म वदशी छा हद सीख रह ह और भारत क कई िश क भी वदश म हद को व तार दन क पनीत काय म जी-जान स जट ह आशा ह क आन वाल समय म हद गवार जा हल और कम पढ़-िलख क भाषा होन क अिभषाप स पर तरह स म हो जाएगी

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 98

QUERCETIN AS AN ANTIUROLITHIATIC DRUG AGAINST ETHYLENE GLYCOL INDUCED CALCULI IN MALE RATS

G Subashini PhD scholar

Department of Biochemistry DKM College Vellore

Tamil Nadu India

Hebsibah Elsie B Asst Professor

Department of Biochemistry DKM College for Women Vellore

Asha S Asst Professor

Department of Biochemistry DKM College for Women Vellore

ShobaK Asst Professor

Department of Biochemistry DKM College for Women Vellore

Abstract

Kidney is vital in the maintenance of homeostasis through the excretion of catabolites like urea creatinine and uric acid and elevated concentration of these indicate compromised renal function Due to the presence of kidney stones there is an obstruction to the outflow of urine in urinary system and the glomerular filtration rate (GFR) decreases The data revealed that ethanol extract of leaves of euphorbia hirta have significant inhibitory activity on calcium oxalate crystallization Laboratory investigation of hypercalciuria hyperuricosuria hyperoxaluria cystinuria hypocitraturia renal tubular acidosis urinary tract infection and reduction of urinary volume is based on the results of 24-hr urine collection and a spot urine for urinary sediment culture and pH Blood analysis for creatinine calcium and uric acid must be obtained Current knowledge does not support calcium restriction recommendation because it can lead to secondary hyperoxaluria and bone demineralization Reduction of animal protein and salt intake higher fluid intake and potassium consumption should be implemented Medical treatments involve the use of thiazides allopurinol potassium citrate or other drugs according to the metabolic disturbances The correction of those metabolic abnormalities is the basic tool for prevention or reduction of recurrent stone formation Further the flavonoid compound quercetin had also shown effective anti-urolithiatic activity

Keywords Kidney stones Nephrolithiasis Hypercalciuria Osteopenia Calcium Quercetin Oxalate Introduction The kidneys are two bean-shaped organs in the renal system one of a pair of organs located in the right and left side of the abdomen The kidneys remove waste products from the blood and produce urine As blood flows through the kidneys the kidneys filter waste products chemicals and unneeded water from the blood Urine collects in the middle of each kidney in an area called the renal pelvis It then drains from the kidney through a long tube the ureter to the bladder where it is stored until

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 99

elimination The kidneys also make substances that help control blood pressure and regulate the formation of red blood cells

Urinary calculus (kidney stones) is one of the painful disorders of the urinary tract urolithiasis refers to the solid nonmetallic minerals in the urinary tract It is estimated that 10 of the population in the industrialized areas of the world are affected by urinary tract stone disease with an incidence of 05ndash19In India upper and lower urinary tract stones occur frequently but the incidence depends on regional climatic and socioeconomic conditions (Marshall and Stoller 2004)Approximately 80 are of calcium-containing stones are in the form of pure calcium oxalate (CaOx) (50) or calcium phosphate (1) and a mixture of both (45) and other stones are Struvite (10) uric acid (9) and cystine (1) (Kirtikar and Basu 2005) Among the several types of kidney stones the most common are calcium oxalate stones representing up to 80 of the analyzed stones Although the mechanisms involved in the formation of calcific stones it is generally agreed that urinary lithiasis is a multifaceted process involving a series of events such as supersaturation of urine crystal nucleation aggregation and growth of insoluble particles that are finally retained in the urinary tractTubular cell injury facilitates CaOx crystal formation and deposition in the renal tubules( Pons 2011)

Kidney Stone Inhibitors and Promoters

Inhibitors are substances which decrease the initiation of supersaturation nucleation crystal growth rate of aggregation or any other processes required to stone formation Normally urine contains chemicals that prevent crystal formation Inhibitors in urine includes small organic anions such as citrate small inorganic anions such as pyrophosphates multivalent metallic cations such as magnesium or macromolecules such as osteopontin glycosaminoglycans glycoproteins urinary prothrombin fragment-1 and TammndashHorsfall proteins (Gaitondeacute andJetmalani 2017) These inhibitors do not seem to work equally for everyone therefore some people form stones But if crystals formed remain tiny usually it travels through the urinary tract and passes out from the body with urine splash without being noticed Inhibitors may act either directly by interacting with crystal or indirectly by influencing the urinary environment When inhibitory compounds adsorb onto the surface of the crystal it inhibits nucleation crystal growth aggregation or crystal-cell adherence ( Visavadiya and Narasimhacharya 2005) In contrast promoters are substances which facilitate stone formation by various mechanisms Some of the promoters include cell membrane lipids (phospholipids cholesterol and glycolipids) calcitriol hormone enhancement via parathyroid hormone stimulation] oxalate calcium sodium cystine and low urine volume Among recurrent stone formers urinary oxalate excretion was found to be higher whereas citrate excretion was lower (Joshi et al 2008)Studies indicated that oxalate can increase chloride sodium and water reabsorption in the proximal tubule and activate multiple signaling pathways in renal epithelial cells In general an imbalance between urinary stone inhibitors and promoters has been suggested to be the cause for stone formation (Meeploy et al 2008)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 100

Herbal Therapy The use of plants or plant extracts for medicinal purposes (especially plants that are not part of the normal diet (Gupta et al 2006)Herbal medicine is also called botanical medicine or phytomedicine It is refers to using a plants seeds berries roots leaves bark or flowers for medicinal purposes (Nigam and Sodhi 2014) Herbalism has a long tradition of use outside of conventional medicine It is becoming more mainstream as improvements inanalysis and quality control along with advances in clinical research show the value of herbal medicine in the treating and preventing disease( Vijayakumar et al 2013) Herbs Herbs are any plant or a part of a plant that are used for medicine food flavoring or perfume Herb consists of flower buds bark seeds leaves or any other parts of the plants Examples of herbs are ginsing chamomile basil thyme etc Herbs journals deals with complete details of plants used on medicine used in the maintenance of health as like in the prevention diagnosis improvement and treatment of illnesses( Gupta and Sharma 2006) Quercetin The name quercetin (33457-pentahydroxyflavone) comes from the Latin word ldquoQuercetumrdquo which means Oak Forest belongs to the class called flavonols that cannot be produced in the human bodyIt is yellow color and is poorly soluble in hot water quite soluble in alcohol and lipids and is insoluble in cold water (Fig -115) Quercetin is said to be one of the most widely used bioflavonoids for the treatment of metabolic and inflammatory disorders (Salvamani et al 2014) Occurrence It is one of the most abundant dietary flavonoids found in fruits (mainly citrus) green leafy vegetables as well as many seeds buckwheat nuts flowers barks broccoli olive oil apples onions green tea red grapes red wine dark cherries and berries such as blueberries and cranberries The highest concentrations of flavonols were found in vegetables such as onions and broccoli fruits such as apples cherries and berries and drinks such as tea and red wine ( Sultana and Anwar2008) 3Materials and Methods 31 Exvivo study Plant collection The leaves of Euphorbia hita were collected from vellore district The plant was identified at Euphorbia hita the Botany Department DKM Collage vellore The voucher specimen of the plant was deposited at the college for further reference Preparation of Extracts Leaves of Euphorbia hirta were shade dried and powdered to get coarse granules which were stored in an air tight container in the dark The 25 g of the powder was subjected to continuous extraction in Soxhlet apparatus using absolute ethanol for 7 h The extract was filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to give a viscous mass The

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 101

concentrated crude extracts were stored at 4degC in a refrigerator and used for further study Ex Vivo Turbidity Assay The oxalate crystal inhibition potential of Euphorbia hirta extract and fractions was also carried out in rat plasma to provide the biological environment The plasma sample was diluted with equal volume of calcium chloride and sodium oxalate (60thinspmmolL each) separately Resulting plasma solutions containing either calcium chloride or sodium oxalate were used for nucleation assay The 950thinspμL of plasma containing sodium oxalate (60thinspmmolL) was mixed with 100thinspμL of Euphorbia hirta extractsfractions at the different concentrations (50-100-150thinspμgmL) Crystallization was carried out by adding 950thinspμL of plasma containing calcium chloride (60thinspmmolL) The mixture solution was incubated for 1thinsph and the temperature was maintained at 37degC The OD of the crystallized suspension was measured at 620thinspnm and the inhibition potential was estimated by comparing with control The percentage of aggregation inhibition was then calculated by comparing the turbidity in the presence of the extract with that obtained in the control using formula Percentagethinspthinspofthinspthinspinhibition=(1minusTurbiditysampleTurbiditycontrol)times100 32 In vivo studies Drug administration The reference drug and isolated compounds (quercetin) were administered orally through stainless steel oral feeding tube Sodium CMC 1 of the weight was added to the isolated compounds for preparing the test doses 25 mg and 50 mg body weight orally given for 10 days Animals Eight healthy male Wistar albino rats weighing between 100 and 150 g were used for the study The animals were housed separately in polypropylene cage at temperature of 23 plusmn 2о`C and 50-60 relative humidity with a 12 h lightdark cycle respectively for one week before and during the commencement of experiment Animals were allowed to access standard rodent pellet diet and drinking water The animals were acclimatized for 10 days before experiments commenced The animals were housed in polypropylene cages and maintained under standard laboratory conditions They were fed with standard pellet diet and water ad libitum Experimental design Invivo study Ethylene glycol- induced urolithiasis The male wistar albino rats were divided in four groups each of six animals Group I Control rats - received normal pelleted diet Group II Urolithiasis induced rats - received 075 vv ethylene glycol and 2 ammonium chloride wv in water for 10 days Group III Urolithiasis induced rats received 075 vv ethylene glycol and 2 ammonium chloride wv in water along with quercetin (25 mgkg body weight) by oral administration for subsequent 10days at a rate of 00025 g of body weight rat day Group IV Urolithiasis induced rats received 075 vv ethylene glycol and 2 ammonium chloride wv in water along with quercetin (50mg kg body weight) by oral

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 102

administration for subsequent 10 days at a rate of 0005 g of body weight rat day The drug were given once daily by oral route Assessment of Antiurolithiatic Activity Serum analysis At the end of 11 days of the experimental period rats were sacrificed anaesthetized and blood collected from the retro-orbital region centrifuged at 10000 times g for 10 min The serum was for urea and creatinine using the respective diagnostic kits by a colorimetric method Estimation of biochemical parameters 1Estimation of creatinine (Bonser and Taussky 1945) The concentration of creatinine was estimated in serum and urine by the method of Roscoe (1953) 1 ml of working reagent was added to all eppendorfs 100 μl of serumurine was added for test while in blank purified water was added and mixed well as shown above and allowed to stand at room temperature exactly for 20 minutes The optical density of Blank (B) Standard (S) and Test (T) was measured immediately against purified water at 520 nm 2Estimation of uric acid (Fossati et al 1980 Young et al 1997 Newman et al 1999) 1 ml of uric acid reagent was added to all eppendorfs Thereafter 20 μl urineserum was added for the test while in blank uric acid reagent was added They were then mixed well and incubated at room temperature for 5 min The absorbance was read at 546 nm 3 Estimation of Urea (Young et al 1997) The concentration of urea was estimated in serum and urine by the method as described by Young et al( 1997)

Test tubes were labeled as Blank (B) Standard (S) and Test (T) and serum samples and reagents were added Tubes were mixed well and incubated at 37oC for 5 minutes Absorbance of Standard followed by Test was measured at 578 nm 4Estimation of alanine amino transferase (ALT) activity- Reitman and Frankel (1957) The method of Reitman and Frankel (1957) was followed to determine alanine transaminase activity in serum 1 ml of working reagent was added to all eppendorfs 100 μl of serum was added for testwhile in blank purified water was addedTubes were mixed well and incubated at 37oC for 5 minutes Absorbance of Standard followed by Test was measured at 340nm 4Estimation of aspartate amino transferase (AST) activity- Reitman and Frankel (1957)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 103

The aspartate transaminase (AST) activity was assayed in serum by the method of Reitman and Frankel (1957) 1 ml of working reagent was added to all eppendorfs 100 μl serum was added for test They were mixed well and incubated at room temperature for 2 min and Absorbance of Standard followed by Test was measured at 340nm 5Estimation of alkaline phosphatase (ALP) activity - Malloy and Evelyn (1937) 1 ml of working reagent was added to all eppendorfs 20 μl serum was added for test while in blank purified water was added They were mixed well and absorbance was read at 405 nm The mean absorbance change per minute (ΔA min) was determined Histopathological studies The rats were killed by high doses of ether abdomen was cut opened and the kidneys were removed The abdomen was cut open to remove both kidneys from each animal on 11th day The kidneys were stored in formalin (10) fixed in bouin liquid soaked in paraffin cut at 2ndash3 μm intervals and the slices were stained using hematoxylin and eosin Tissue slices were photographed using optical microscopy under polarized light architecture of the kidney Statistical Analysis Results were expressed in terms of mean plusmn standard error mean Differences among data were determined using one-way ANOVA test followed by Dunnetts multiple comparison test (SPSS Software) and P lt 005 was considered statistically significant The value of probability less than 5 (P lt 005) was considered statically significant 4 RESULTS Exvivo Study In order to provide the biological environment Antiurolithiatic activity of an extract of Euphorbia hirta was carried out in rat in rat serum by Exvivo assay It was found that the ethanol extract was responsible for the inhibition of calcium oxalate crystal formation It was found that ethanol extract showed 7311 of inhibition at 005g and 9632 of inhibition at 010gmWhereas at 015 gm the percentage of inhibition was found to be 9823 99 (Figure 41 ) Thus the percentage of inhibition increases as concentration increases This phenomenon may be due to the presence of copound quercetin which in turn inhibits glycolate oxidase Invivo studies Physical parameters Action of drug on change in body weight At the start of the body weight of the animals in all the animals in all the groups were found to be 10005 plusmn 878 with no significance But after 10 days body weight was found to be significantly lowered in Ethylene glycol induced group (11011 plusmn 59 p value lt 001 ) as compared to normal animals (130688 68)Whereasquercetin at 25 mgbwt (12118 plusmn 86) showed no significance when compared to the control group A

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 104

significance rise in body weight was showen in quercitin (50 mgbwt-12552 plusmn 84 p value lt001) treated groups as compared to Ethylene glycol induced rats(Table 41) Effect on water intake The level of water intake in ethylene glycol induced rats showed a level of 79 plusmn 09 with a significance of plt005 when compared to the control group (1313 plusmn 30)whereas the quercetin administered animals exhibited a decreased intake level of 88 plusmn 08 and 101 plusmn 011 with no significance when compared to induced animals (Table 42)

Figure 41 Effect of different concentration of ethanol extract of leaves of Euphorbia hirta on calcium oxalate crystallization in rat plasma by Exvivo model Bio chemical parameters Action of drugs on creatinine The serum creatinine levels was significantly increase in the nephrolithiatic group (262 plusmn 043 with p value of lt 0001) when compared to all the control groups (125 plusmn 034)Treatment with quercetin showed a significant decrease (plt001) in the creatinine levels in the serum compared to the nephrolithiatic animals with a concentration range of (160 plusmn 037 and 153plusmn035respectively) However in the 25 mg kg bwt quercetin administered group of serum creatinine levels remained lower than the quercetin (50 mgkg bwt) treated group (Table 41 ) Action of drugs on uric acid The serum uric acid levels were significantly higher in the group 2 animals (2345plusmn 00 4 lt005)when compared to the group 1 animals whereas treatment group at both dose (25 and 50 mgkg bwt) showed a significant reduction in the serum uric acid levels (17 plusmn 006 and 13plusmn 004 plt001 respectively) compared to the group 2 animals Among

0

005

01

015

02

005 01 015 O

F IN

HIB

ITIO

N

CONCENTRATION OF ETHANOL EXTRACT

Ex vivo study

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 105

the treated groups quercetin at 50 mgkg b wt showed a better results than 25 mgkg b wt (Table 41) Action of drugs on blood urea nitrogen The effect of the administration of quercetin was assessed on the BUN and the data is represented in Table 41 The ethylene glycol indued group showed an signicant elevation (6015 plusmn34 plt0001)in the BUN values than control group (3145plusmn51) A significant decrease was found in the BUN levels in both the quercetin treated groups 3 and 4 (4089plusmn34 and 3566plusmn51plt005 respectively)On comparison among the quercetin treated groups the higher concentration showed a higher activity Table ndash 41 Alteration in the level of biochemical parameters in various test group in experimental male albino rats

Sno Parameter Group -1

Group -2 Group -3 Group -4

1 Body weight (gm) ndash Initial

10005 plusmn878

10005 plusmn878 10005 plusmn878 10005 plusmn878

Final 130686plusmn 8

11011plusmn 59 12115plusmn 86 12552plusmn 84

2 Water intake (ml)

135plusmn 30 79plusmn 09 88plusmn 08 101plusmn 011

3 Creatinine (mgdl)

125plusmn 034

262plusmn 043 160plusmn 037 153plusmn 035

4 Uric acid (mgdl)

0978plusmn 007

2345plusmn004 17plusmn 006 13plusmn 004

5 BUN (mgdl)

3145plusmn 51

6015plusmn 34 4089plusmn34 3566plusmn51

6 ALT (IUL)

3555plusmn 57

9666plusmn 88 449plusmn 57 4010plusmn 77

7 ALP (IUL)

3222plusmn 42

7822plusmn 72 433plusmn 33 3718plusmn 69

8 AST (IUL)

6823plusmn 74

13042plusmn104 8156plusmn956 7475plusmn 811

Results are expressed as mean plusmn SEM n = 5 indicates p lt 001 indicates p lt 0001 indicates p lt 005 Group 1 - Normal rat Group 2- Ethylene glycol induced rat Group 3- quercetin treated rat (25 mgbwt) Group 4- quercetin treated rat (50 mgb wt) Group II compared with Group I

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 106

Group III and IV compared with Group II Action of drugs on ALT The serum ALT levels in the animals at the end of the experimental regimen was shown in Table 41 There was a significant increase plt001 in the serum ALT levels in the Ethylene glycol induced group (9666 plusmn 88) when compared to the controls group(3555plusmn57)On quercetin administration (Group 3 and 449plusmn57 and 4010plusmn77respectively)there was a significant reduction in serum ALT level as concentration increases when compared to the ethylene glycol All the treated groups showed a significant reduction in serum ALT when compared to the ethylene glycol induced group (plt005 and plt 01 respectively ) Action of drugs on ALP Calculi induced group showed a significant increase in ALP level of 7822 plusmn72 with a significant value of plt005 when compared to the control group (3222 plusmn 42 )In addition group 3 rats showed a significant decreased (433 plusmn 33 p lt005) in the level of ALP when compared to the group 1 rats While group 4 rats revealed a market decreased (3718 plusmn69 plt001) in the activity of enzyme ALP compared to Group 1 rats Among the treated groups Group 4 showed more activity than the Group 3 animals (Table 41 ) Action of drugs on AST On ethylene glycol administration the level of AST (13042 plusmn 104) was found to be remarkedly increased with a significance of p lt 001 compared to normal animals (6823 plusmn 74) However on quercetin administration as treatment drugs (8156 plusmn 956 25 mg kg b wt and 7475 plusmn 8111 50 mg kg b wt) showed a significant decrease (plt005 and plt 001respectively) in the level of AST compared to the ethylene glycol induced animals with a dose dependent activity Thus quercetin shows a concentration dependent activity (Table 41) Histopathological Evaluation of Kidney Liver and Spleen The histopathological evaluation of the kidney of experimental animals was represented in Figure 42 ) Histopathological section of normal control animal kidney revealed no abnormalities like interstitial inflammation and proximal tubules dilation within the renal tissue (Figure 42 a )While Kidney of urolithiasis group animal showed a marked inflammation in the interstitial space of calculi development on continuous administration of the renal tissue along with proximal tubules dilation and deposition of the intratubular and interstitial crystal inside the tubules was a found as a characteristic sign of calculi development on continuing administration of 075 ethylene glycol (vv) (Figure 42 (b) Figures 42(c) and (d) at both quercitine 25 mg and 50 mg treated rats showed a reduced degenerative changes in the kidney tissue like interstitial infiltration of the inflammatory cell and proximal tubules dilation inside the tubules The results revealed that quercetin has a protective effect on kidney liver and spleen as revealed from histopathological results and this supports the therapeutic efficiency of quercetin as an anti ndash urolithiatic drug

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 107

Fig 42 Microscopic images of kidney sections under a light microscope (40x) after hematoxylin and eosin staining from animals of (a) Group -1 (Normal ) (b) Group - 2 (Ethylene glycol induced) (c) Group -3 (Quercetin Treated rats 25mgKg bwt) (d) Group - 4 (Quercetin Treated rats 50 mgKg bwt)

(a) (b)

(c) (d)Fig ndash 43 Microscopic images of Liver sections under a light microscope (40x)

after hematoxylin and eosin staining from animals of (a)Group -1 (Normal ) (b)

Group - 2 (Ethylene glycol induced) (c) Group -3 (Quercetin Treated rats-

25mgKg bwt) (d) Group - 4 (Quercetin Treated rats-50mgKgbwt)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 108

(a) (b)

(c) (d)Fig ndash 44 Microscopic images of Spleen sections under a light microscope (40x)after hematoxylin and eosin staining from animals of (a) Group -1 (normal ) (b)Group ndash 2 (calculi induced group) (c) Group -3 (Quercetin treated group ndash25mgKgbwt) (d) Group- 4 (Quercetin treated rats-50mgKgbwt)

Discussion Kidney is vital in the maintenance of homeostasis through the excretion of catabolites like urea creatinine and uric acid and elevated concentration of these indicate compromised renal function Due to the presence of kidney stones there is an obstruction to the outflow of urine in urinary system and the glomerular filtration rate (GFR) decreases This is also attributed to the rise in tubular pressure caused by renal tubular cell necrosis as a result of intraluminal crystal deposition (Bardaoui et al 2010) Reduction in the GFR leads to accumulation of the waste products particularly nitrogenous substances such as blood urea nitrogen (BUN) creatinine and uric acid in blood and urine (Ghodkar 1994) Urolithiasis or Urinary stone formation in kidney has ever been an annoying urinary disease for human This disease is mainly the result of supersaturation of urine with certain urinary salts such as CaOx and phosphate the most common constituent of kidney stones (Daudon et al 1993) Kidney stone or urolithiasis is a complex process that results from a succession of several physicochemical events including supersaturation nucleation growth aggregation and retention within renal tubules (Atmani et al 2004) Different chemicals used to induced urolithiasis in experimental animals includes ethylene glycol glycolic acid insertion of calcium oxalate crystals in to urinary bladder calculi-producing diet model using Gentamicin and 5 ammonium

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 109

oxalate insertion of zinc disc in to bladder sodium oxalate (Perez et al 1998 Bahuguna et al 2009 Doddola et al 2008) The administration of ethylene glycol in drinking water caused a dose dependent significant reduction in the body weight of rat A significant loss in body weight correlates with the decrease in feed consumption Similar decrease in body weight due to the decrease in the food consumption has also been reported in an earlier study (Ringold et al 2005) A considerable reduction inbody weight and increase in kidney weight in rats was also observed when treated with ethylene glycol in drinking water (Parmar et al 2012) Uric acid concentration highly elevates that causing hyperuricaemia thus leading to associated rise in urinary uric acid (Sakhaee L et al 2002) The superior of crystals of uric acid in CaOx calculi amp uric acid combining proteins are able to combining to CaOx amp regulate crystallization shows its function in calculi formation (Yadav RD et al 2011)An increase in uric acid and associated binding proteins has been shown to play an important role in calcium oxalate crystallisation process (Kalaiselvi et al 1999) Uric acid interferes with calcium oxalate solubility and reduces the inhibitory activity of compounds such as glycosaminoglycans (Divakar et al 2010) In the present study alsowe have observed an elevation in serum and urine uric acid levels in the nephrolithiatic group Acute worsening of renal function due to crystal deposition in the renal tubules results in glomerular dysfunction Renal damage induced by oxidative stress was associated with impaired renal function and a marked increase in serum creatinine calcium urea uric acid and phosphorus (Bhalodia 2010) Histopathological results revealed no serious damage in the hepatic structure and spleen by used concentration The administration of quercetin extract having flavonoids can prevent liver tissue injury in a normal pattern Damaging of liver cells depends on the dose of the extract indicating that our selected dose is appropriate and it can be used for the management of urolithiasis In summary it was demonstrated that B ligulata extract does not have any toxic effect at the mentioned dose(Amer2012) Histopathological evaluation of kidney through microscopic examination showed accumulation of calcium oxalate deposits inside the tubules in calculi-induced animals Marked changes such as dilation of the proximal tubules along with interstitial inflammation were observed in urolithiasis rats The quercitine alone treated significantly decreased the number and size of calcium oxalate deposits in different parts of renal tubules and also reduced damage to the renal tubules quercetin which protect the kidney from oxidative injury by oxalate and crystal deposition Thus Quercetin has the curative effect for the kidney stone formation Conclusion In the present study dried powder of leaves of Euphorbia hirta were subjected to extraction using 70 vv ethanol Ex vivo activity used as a model to study antiurolithiatic potential of ethanol extract using rat plasma From the findings it was found that as the concentration increases from 005 to 015 g the percentage of

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 110

inhibition also found to be increased and this indicates the inhibitory activity of extract towards the calcium oxalate formation The study was extended to evaluate the antiurolithiatic activity of quercetin using ethylene glycol (075) and ammonium chloride (2) induced renal calculi in male albino rats The kidney stone formation induced in rats as a result of 10 days simultaneous administration This was significantly inhibited by oral administration of quercetin at two selected doses (25 and 50 mgkg of body weight) Lithogenic animals showed a marked decrease in body weight and water intake compared to control group while quercetin treatment reversed these changes Induced group of animals showed a significant increase in all the parameters such as serum creatinine uric acid BUN AST ALP ALT levels compared to control group All these changes were brought to near normal level on quercetin administration as a treatment Histopathological changes observed due to ethylene glycol induction also reversed on treatment In conclusion the presented data revealed that ethanol extract of leaves of euphorbia hirta have significant inhibitory activity on calcium oxalate crystallization Further the flavonoid compound quercetin had also shown effective anti-urolithiatic activity Hence it may be concluded that the flavonoid compound quercetin can be used for the treatment of urolithiasis

References bull Abate N Chandalia M Cabo-Chan AV Jr et al The metabolic syndrome and uric

acid nephrolithiasis novel features of renal manifestation of insulin resistance Kidney Int 200465386ndash92

bull Begum AN Terao J Protective effect of quercetin against cigarette tar extract-induced impairment of erythrocyte deformability J Nutr Biochem 200213265ndash72

bull Clarke AM Mckenzie RG Ileostomy and the risk of urinary uric acid stones The Lancet 1969294395ndash7

bull Prasad KVSRG Bharathi K Srinivasan KK Evaluation of Musa (Parasidica Linn Cultivar) Puttubale stems juice for antilithiatic activity in albino rats Indian journal Physiology and Pharmacology 1993 37 337-341

bull Huang HS Ma MC Chen J Chen CF Changes in the oxidant- antioxidant balance in the kidney of rats with nephrolithiasis induced by ethylene glycol Journal of Urology2002 167 2584 2593

bull Atmani F Slimani Y Mimouni M Hacht B Prophylaxis of calcium oxalate stones by Herniaria hirsute on experimentally induced nephrolithiasis in rats British Journal of Urology International 2003 92 137-140

bull AdhiraiM Selvam R Vitamin E pretreatment prevents cyclosporine A-induced crystal deposition in hyperoxaluric rats Nephron 1997 75 77-81

o Huang HS Ma MC Chen J Chen CF Changes in the oxidant- antioxidant balance in the kidney of rats with nephrolithiasis induced by ethylene glycol Journal of Urology2002 167 2584 2593

bull Elias Edwin Jarald Pankaj Kushwah Sheeja Edwin Suhail Asgharand Showkat Ahmad Patni Effect of Unex on ethylene glycol-induced urolithiasis in rats Indian J Pharmacol 2011 Jul-Aug 43(4) 466ndash468

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 111

bull Marshall L Stoller MD Urinary stone disease In Tanagho EA McAninch JW editors Smiths General Urology 16th ed New York McGraw-Hill Lange Medical Books 2004 pp 256ndash91

bull Kirtikar K Basu B 2nd ed vol II International Book Distributors Dehradun 2005 (Indian medicinal plants

bull Pons CA Custer RP Acute ethylene glycol poisoning clinico-pathologic report of eighteen fatal cases Am J Med Sci 2011 211 544ndash52

bull Salvamani S Gunasekaran B Shaharuddin NA Ahmad SA Shukor MY Antiartherosclerotic effects of plant flavonoids Biomed Res Int 2014 2014

bull Blokhina O Virolainen E Fagerstedt KV Antioxidants oxidative damage and oxygen deprivation stress A review Ann Bot 200391179ndash94

bull Sandhar HK Kumar B Prasher S Tiwari P Salhan M Sharma P A review of phytochemistry and pharmacology of flavonoids Int Pharm Sci 2011125ndash41

bull Agrawal AD Pharmacological activities of flavonoids Review Int J Pharm Nanotechnol 201141394ndash7

bull Pal DK Verma P Flavonoids A powerful and abundant source of antioxidants Int J Pharm Pharm Sci 2013595ndash8

bull Prochaacutezkovaacute D Boušovaacute I Wilhelmovaacute N Antioxidant and prooxidant properties of flavonoids Fitoterapia 201182513ndash23

bull Lakhanpal P Rai DK Quercetin A versatile flavonoid Int J Med Update 2007222ndash 37

bull Begum AN Terao J Protective effect of quercetin against cigarette tar extract-induced impairment of erythrocyte deformability J Nutr Biochem 200213265ndash72

bull Xiao X Shi D Liu L Wang J Xie X Kang T et al Quercetin suppresses cyclooxygenase-2 expression and angiogenesis through inactivation of P300 signaling PLoS One 20116(8)e2293

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 112

FOUR HISTORIC VISITS OF MAHATMA TO ASSAM

Gautam Sarmah Assistant Professor

Department of History Rupahi College Nagaon

Assam Abstract

MK Gandhi - The man we have known as Mahatma and father of our nation Who had a very close relation with the people of Assam Gandhi visited Assam in 1921 1926 1934 and 1946 These four historic visits to Assam by Gandhi immensely enriched the history of Assam Gandhi was not only a person he was an institution When he went to a new place in his lifetime thousands of his followers always surrounded him to meet and talk with him People of Assam also was not excepted from this genuine truth Which truth was proved within his all four historical arrivals to Assam Key-words Assam Gandhi Public meetings Swadeshi Visit Introduction History of India was enriched by a new chapter through the emergence of Mahatma Gandhi in 1919 After joining by Gandhi to Indian freedom struggle the whole picture of the contemporary Indias had been changed Gandhi was an iconic figure who united the people of India against British Raj Gandhis four times visit of Assam gave a new power to the people of Assam and also united them against the foreign rules as well as contemporary India In one sentence four visits of Assam by Gandhi made a strong nationalism among all the people of Assam they also became more conscious of their rights and duties Therefore except the discussion of Gandhis four historic visits to Assam the history of Assam is always incomplete Aim and objectives of the study To highlight about the Gandhis visits in different parts of Assam Responsible factors Gandhis visits to Assam also will be focused Treats of the people of Assam towards Gandhi will be discussed Impact on the people of Assam by Gandhis views also will be mentioned Methods of the Study Method of the writing of this paper is descriptive with applying historical analysis Data has been collected from the different secondary sources like books research papers research thesis newspapers souvenirs etc

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 113

Discussion On 18 August 1921 Gandhi first came to Assam along with his eleven companies He first reached at Golakganj Assam Pradesh Congress Committees general secretary a prominent freedom fighter of Assam Nabin Chandra Bordoloi along with his followers received Gandhi from Golakganj On the way people of Dhubri and Goalpara districts of Assam heartily welcomed him to their state By passing those districts when Gandhi finally reached at Gauhati (present Guwahati) he shocked to see a long line of gathering people at Gauhati from Pandu to Bharalumukh They eagerly waiting to see Gandhi from near and talk with him In this first visit to Assam Gandhi stayed at Tarun Ram Phukans residence who was a patriotic figure and prominent leader of freedom struggle also known as Desabhakt of Assam The residence was decorated by the flags of INC In that place or in front of the Tarun Ram Phukans residence of Bharalumukh Gandhi addressed in a public meeting where more than 25000 Gandhis followers were present In that public meeting Gandhis speeches translated into Assamese by Tarun Ram Phukan for the understanding of general people Through the impact of Gandhis speeches a rapid change came into existence It is notable the year of 1921 was the time of Swadeshi movement against British misrule in India By listening Gandhis views on Swadeshi movement at once people of Assam jumped into this movement As the rapid impact of Gandhis speeches in that same day in evening people of Assam started burning the foreign cloths and started a boycott movement against British Raj However in his first visit Gandhi was staying in Assam from 18 August to 30 August 1921 Specially to expand the swadeshi feelings among the people of Assam he also visited Nagaon Jorhat Tezpur Dibrugarh Silchar and Sylhet He visited almost all important districts of undivided upper and lower Assam People of those districts had arranged some public meetings In each meeting Gandhi delivered his powerful speeches on swadeshi movement and self-independence He inspired to all people of Assam to adopt and expand swadeshi feeling in every walk of their life In 1926 for second time Gandhi came to Assam In this time the main reason was to visit Assam by him to attend 41 no INC session at Pandu Gauhati Noteworthy that this was the only and first Congress session accomplished in Assam before pre-independent To this session Gandhi came as an important representative of INC Congresss representatives had set a target of collecting 10000 yards of khadi clothes to decorate the pandal of that Congress session Actually by this work they tried to expand the Gandhis views and activities on Swadeshi movement far and wide To attend the meeting of Harijan Sewak Sangh Gandhi again visited Assam in 1934 in the month of April On 10 April Gandhi reached Assam after a day on 11 April he addressed a meeting at Rupashri Dhubri district of Assam In that meeting he appealed to the people to eradicate untouchability from their

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 114

mind and brain Aiming to the all gathering people he said Im glad to be in Assam again after a very long period This time my mission is in connection with the Harijan movement It is said that there is no considerable untouchability in Assam and Bengal But I dont think that the statement squares with facts We are guilty of untouchability as soon as we make distinctions between man and man and we have grades of high and low Surely there are distinctions enough in Assam In this third visit Gandhi also went to Gauripur Bansbari Chaprakata Sorbhog Howly and Sarupeta In those places on the same day Gandhi attended some another important public meetings where he also said to the people to the removal of untouchability feelings from their mind Next dupay he went to Goreswar Tangla Udalguri Bindukuri Rangapara and Tezpur On 13 April he reached Gauhati by a steamer from Tezpur In Gauhati Gandhi inaugurated a Seva Ashram He also visited a leprosy asylum and the quarters of Harijans in Gauhati On the same day he attended a meeting was arranged by Marwari people of Assam After meeting he went to Khetri Chaparmukh Nagaon and Furkating He attended some public meeting in Golaghat Dergaon and Jorhat Through this third visit to Assam Gandhi adopted and expanded a message to uplift the Harijans Within two weeks staying in Assam Gandhi collected almost 17000 rupees to Harijans of Assam Finally by finishing his great mission he moved to his homeland from Assam In 1946 Gandhi last visited to Assam He came via Brahmaputra by a steamer from Bengal Some prominent leaders of INC like Lokapriya Gopinath Bordoloi Bishnuram Medhi Siddhartha Sarma and others received Gandhi from the river port of Brahmaputra In his last visit he inaugurated the Assam Branch of Kasturba Gandhi National Memorial Trust Under this trust a branch was named the Gram Sevika Vidyalaya was started in Assam Gandhi gave the responsibilities to managing this branch to Amal Prabha Das Gandhi stayed on a small hillock was known as Sarania The owner of this hillock was Dr Harekrishna Das father of Amal Prabha Das He was a faithful follower of Gandhi However when Gandhi was at Sarania suddenly the hillock was surrounded by some poor people to meet and talk with Gandhi about their problems To meet those people by the suggestion of Gandhi at once a temporarily a small hut was constructed by Harekrishna Das Gopinath Bordoloi Bhubaneswar Barua etc INC leaders or followers of Gandhi Later the hillock was donated to the Gram Sevika Vidyalaya by Dr Harekrishna Das and his family where Gandhi was last staying This is fourth or last historic visit of Gandhi to Assam before the independent of our country

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 115

Conclusion Thus we have found that between 1921 to 1946 Gandhi visited Assam for four times to take some important agendas and initiatives like to expand the swadeshi message to uplift the socio-economic status of harijans removal the untouchability from the society and development of nationalist feeling among the people of Assam However in finally undoubtedly we can say that Gandhis these four historic visits to Assam will always remain as a golden chapter of Assam History References 1 Barpujari HK (1992) The comprehensive history of Assam Assam

Publication Board Guwahati 2 Barua SL (1995) A comprehensive history of Assam MM Publication

New Delhi 3 Chandra B (1989) Indian Struggle for Independence Penguin Pub New

Delhi 4 Gait EA (1990) A history of Assam LBS publication 5 Goswami P (2012) The history of Assam from yandabo to partition 1826-

1947 Orient Blackswan Publication 6 Sharma D (1993) Assamese Women in the Freedom Struggle Punthi

Pustak Publication Calcutta

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 116

SKYSCRAPERS LINKED WITH IMPENDING FINANCIAL CRASHES

Girisha Nayak S Research Scholar

Department of Commerce Manipal University Jaipur

Dr Gaurav Lodha Research Supervisor

Department of Commerce Manipal University Jaipur

Abstract Economic experts sometimes call the skyscraper effect the skyscraper curse or Tower of Babel curse a reference to the myth of Genesis in which people have dispersed abroad and received different languages to build a city or tower that reached the heavensThe skyscraper effect is an economic indicator that combines the construction of the tallest skyscrapers in the world with an impending economic recession The theory that there is a positive correlation between the development of megawatt buildings and financial crises was developed by British economist Andrew Lawrence in 1999 The skyscraper effect is also known as the Skyscraper Index The skyscraper index designed by economist Andrew Lawrence shows the relationship between the construction of the tallest building in the world and the business cycle Is this just a coincidence or are skyscrapers causing business cycles The technical foundations of Cantillon effects for a building indicator are presented here proving how essential skyscraper construction components such as technology are linked to key technical concepts in economics such as the construction of production The findings practical and theoretical suggest that the business cycle theory of the Austrian School of Economics can significantly contribute to our understanding of business cycles particularly serious onesTheconcept that any country that creates a record skyscraper will be punished with an economic crisis may at first seem too far-reaching However dig a little deeper and it will become clear that Lawrences theory has some validity The relationship between the construction of a skyscraper taller than the recent height record holder and the aftermath of the economic crisis can be explained in many ways The financial crisis usually occurs after a period of economic boom characterized by higher gross domestic product (GDP) low unemployment rate and rising asset pricesWhen a project such as a worlds tallest building receives the necessary funds to start construction the countrys economy can be seen as one that has developed so much that the probability of a crack shortly is high Keywords Tall buildings new technologies urban design future cities sustainability

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 117

Introduction Historically bull market booms and real estate bubbles primarily commercial real estate go hand in hand The same irrational enthusiasm that convinces average stock investors that everything they touch turns to gold also infects developers who reach for the hilt with cheap money near the top of the cycle And the most visible indicator of this is the skyscraper In the past the completion of record skyscrapers was the proverbial bell that rings at the top of the market At this time the massive construction of super-high residential and business towers especially in Manhattan can signal that the bulls end is near The first skyscrapers were built at the shift of the century In the 1920s the Life Tower metropolis and Singer building were built in Lower Manhattan before panic in 1907 The magnificent Woolworth building was opened as the tallest building in the world a few years later It was soon overshadowed by the Chrysler Building an Art Deco miracle that opened in 1928 followed by 40 Wall Street The Empire State Building which began construction before the stock market crash in 1929 was finally opened in 1931 During the Great Depression Review of Literature In 2015 Jason Barr Bruce Mizrach and Kusum Mundra conducted in-depth analysis regarding the relationship between skyscraper height and the business cycle Economists have theorized that if building the highest structures shows that the business cycle has reached its peak then the plan to make these structures can also be used to forecast GDP growth The researchers compared GDP growth per capita in four countries - America Canada China and Hong Kong - with the height of the tallest buildings in these countries and assumed that both of these factors are tracking each other This means that during the economic boom building developers are increasing the height of buildings trying to capitalize on growing revenues that result from increased demand for more office space In other words how tall a construction depends on how suddenly the economy is expanding but it does not indicate an imminent recession Andrew Lawrence sees the upcoming trouble in skyscraper mushrooms in China and India The man who created the term skyscraper index in 1999 directs research into the Asian regional real estate sector at Barclays Capital Lawrence looks out that India and China are in the midst of a skyscraper boom and claims that it bodes poorly for the economies of these rapidly developing nations This is an argument that has caused strong reactions in the Indian real estate sector Methods of data collection The research-based upon secondary data and hence the data has collected from various books magazines and websites

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 118

Skyscrapers and Economic Crisis

Source Economictimesindiatimes

Source Economictimesindiatimes

Source Economictimesindiatimes

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 119

After the panic in 1907 - which led to the creation of the Federal Reserve in 1913 - the construction of the New York Singer building (612 feet) in 1908 was completed shortly thereafter and the Metropolitan Life building (1900 feet) in 1909 was also marked by a flood of skyscrapers 927-meter-high 40 Wall Street in 1929 1046-meter Chrysler building in 1930 and 1250-meter Empire State building in 1931 Completed in 1972 and 1973 the Two World Trade Centre towers - 1368 and 1362 feet respectively - and the ribbon cutting of the 1445-meter Sears Tower in 1974 It coincided with the oil crisis in 1973 the stock market crash in 1973 I recession in 1973ndash1975 The Asian economic crisis of 1997ndash98 coincided with the opening of the 1483-foot Petronas towers in Kuala Lumpur in 1997 and the dotcom internet bubble burst in 2000 And the construction in Taiwan in the years 1999ndash2004 of 1671 feet And finally the Great Recession of 2007ndash2010 was announced by the construction of the 2717-meter Burj Khalifa in Dubai which was completed in 2010 With China which Bloomberg News calls the skyscraper mania - China is home to 53 of current high-rise construction projects in the world including Sky City 2749 feet in Changsha which is expected to start construction in July The Taipei 101 was completed in 2004 four years after the Internet bubble burst and Burj Khalifa was completed three years after the financial crisis of 2007-10 Yes both are in the range but a few years is an aeon for investors If you tried to measure time on the stock market with the construction of a skyscraper you would make an extremely costly mistake This is a more subtle risk indicator than a precise tool Conclude - Skyscrapers have an harmful connection with the threatening financial breakdown The researchers showed out that the worlds first skyscraper the Equitable Life building in New York was built in 1873 during a five-year depression while the Empire State Building coincided with the Great Depression According to Barclays China may be particularly affected by the current largest skyscraper developer responsible for 53 of the structures currently under construction Barclays Capital analysts said Usually the tallest buildings in the world are simply the construction of a wider boom for skyscrapers reflecting the widespread misallocation of capital and the impending economic correction Investors should therefore pay special attention to China and India they added Barclays Capitals Skyscraper Index has been published every year since 1999

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 120

It was stated Our high-rise index still shows a weak correlation between the construction of the next tallest building in the world and the impending financial crisis New York 1930 Chicago 1974 Kuala Lumpur 1997 and Dubai 2010 Dark announcements were supported by a separate JPMorgan Chase report cited by the BBC He warned that the Chinese real estate market could fall by up to 20 in major cities References 1 A Sev and A Oumlzgen ldquoSpace efficiency in high-rise office buildingsrdquo

METU Journal of the Faculty of Architecture vol 26 no 2 pp 69-89 December 2009

2 J Barr ldquoSkyscraper heightrdquo The Journal of Real Estate Finance and Economics vol 45 no 3 pp 723-753 October 2012

3 J Barr ldquoSkyscrapers and the skyline Manhattan 1895ndash2004rdquo Real Estate Economics vol 38 no 3 pp 567-597 June 2010

4 M M Ali and A Aksamija ldquoToward a better urban life Integration of cities and tall buildingsrdquo in Proc 4th Architectural Conference on High Rise Buildings pp 1-21 Amman Jordan June 2008

5 N W Alnaser ldquoTowards sustainable buildings in Bahrain Kuwait and United Arab Emiratesrdquo Open Construction and Building Technology Journal vol 2 pp 30-45 2008

6 R Lacayo C Estulin and S Jakes ldquoGoing up and up When height is all that mattersrdquo Time vol 164165 no 261 pp 172-173 December 2004

7 R W Helsley and W C Strange ldquoA game-theoretic analysis of skyscrapersrdquo Journal of Urban Economics vol 64 no 1 pp 49-64 July 2008

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 121

ASSESSMENT OF KNOWLEDGE AND PRACTICE OF WOMEN REGARDING PLASTIC WASTE AND PREVENTION OF ITS USAGE

IN SELECTED URBAN AREA TIRUPATHI A DESCRIPTIVE STUDY

M Lakshmi Devi

Research scholar Department of Women Studies

Sri Padmavathi Mahila Viswavidhyalayam

Tirupathi Chittoor Dist Andhra Pradesh

Dr PNeeraja Assistant professor

Department of Women Studies Sri Padmavathi Mahila

Viswavidhyalayam Tirupathi Chittoor Dist

Andhra Pradesh

Abstract A plastic material is a wide range of synthetic or semi synthetic organic solids and typical organic polymers of high molecular substances They are usually synthetic most commonly derived from the petrochemicals but many are partially natural Plastic products become an integral part of our daily life as a result of which the plastic is produced at a massive scale worldwide The present study was aimed to assess the knowledge and knowledge on practice regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage among urban women carried out in tirupati Andhra Pradesh Selected research design was descriptive design from non-experimental research A total of hundred women sample were selected by non probability convenient sampling method Data was collected by administering self answered questionnaire Descriptive and inferential statistics were used to analyses the data Major findings of the study includes 37 of sample were inadequate knowledged 35 of the sample are having moderately adequate knowledge and 28 of the women are having adequate knowledge regarding plastic waste Regarding knowledge on practice 50 of the sample having inadequate 28 of the women having moderately adequate and remaining 22 of the sample are adequately knowledged The observed mean score was 1316 and standard deviation was 345 for knowledge with observed mean of 10 and 291 of standard deviation score for knowledge on practice Demographic characters like age and education were significant at 005 and 001 level respectively

1 Introduction A plastic material is a wide range of synthetic or semi synthetic organic solids and typical organic polymers of high molecular substances They are usually

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 122

synthetic most commonly derived from the petrochemicals but many are partially natural Plastic products become an integral part of our daily life as a result of which the plastic is produced at a massive scale worldwide Plastic materials are inexpensive lightweight strong durable corrosion resistant materials with high thermal and electrical insulation properties Plastic materials are inexpensive available at low cost ease of manufacture versatility and imperviousness to water plastics are used in an enormous and expanding range of products from paperclips to space ships Plastics are replaced by displacing some of the traditional materials like wood stone horn and bone leather paper metal and glass in most of their former uses In developed countries about one third of plastic is used in packaging and another third in building materials such as piping used in plumbing or vinyl siding Other uses includes in automobiles furniture and toys In developing countries the ratio may different like example reportedly 42 of Indiarsquos consumption is used in packaging Global production of plastic crosses 150 million tons per year on an average Its broad range of usage is in packaging films wrapping materials shopping and garbage bags fluid containers clothing toys household and industrial products and building materials Approximately it is estimated that 70 of plastic packaging products are converted in to plastic waste in a short span Once plastic is discarded after its utility is over it is known as plastic waste It is fact that plastic waste never degrades and remains on landscape for several years Most of the plastic waste is recyclable but recycled products are more harmful to the environment as this contains additives and colors The recycling of a plastic material can be done 2-3 times only because after every recycling the plastic material deteriorates after every recycling and its lifespan is reduced So recycling is not a permanent solution for plastic waste is a serious concern due to improper collection and segregation system According to the reports for the year 2017-18 Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) has estimated that India generates approximately 94 million tons of plastic waste (which amounts to 26000 tons of waste per day) and out of this approximately 56 million tons per annum plastic waste is recycled (ie 15600 tons of waste per day) and 38 million tons per annum plastic waste is left uncollected or littered (9400 tons of waste per day) Out of 60 of recycled plastic 70 is recycled at registered facilities 20 is recycled by unrecognized sector 10 of the plastic is recycled at home Plastic pollution is the accumulation of plastic objects in the earth environment that adversely affects wild life habitat and humans Plastics that act as pollutants are categorized in to micro debris meso debris and macro debris based on the size Plastics are in expensive and durable and as a result levels of plastic production by humans are high However the chemical structure of most plastics

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 123

renders them resistant to many natural processes of degradation and as a result they are slow to degrade Together these two factors lead to high prominence of plastic pollution in the environment Plastic pollution can affect land water ways and oceans it is estimated that 11 to 88 million metric tons of plastic waste enters the ocean from coastal communities each year From the year 1950 up to 2018 an estimated 63 billion tons of plastic has been produced worldwide of which is estimated 9 has been recycled and another 12 has been reused Sources of household plastic waste includes salad dressing containers processed meat packages plastic soft drink and water bottles milk bottles shampoo bottles detergent bottles oil jelly cans toys fruit plastic packaging sweet trays frozen food bags squeezable bottles clothing furniture carpet shrink wraps garment bags margarine and yogurt containers caps of the containers egg cottons fast food trays disposable plastic silver ware etc In 1990 ndash 1991 India produced 0363 metric tons of plastics polymer but in a decade an incredible 890 increase leads to total plastic production up to 32 metric tons in 2000 ndash 2001 Plastic production in India further raises to 477 metric tons in 2005 ndash 2006 in 1990 ndash 1991 per capita consumption of plastic in India was 08 kg but within a decade per capita consumption significantly increases to 35kg in 2000 However it is still far below than the global average 18 kg However the projected estimates per capita plastics consumption in 2021 may reach to substantial figure of 109kg which is realistic considering the rapidity with which plastics are replacing its competitive materials Packaging represents the largest single sector of plastic use in the India The sector accountants for 42 of plastic consumption and plastic are the material of choice in nearly half of all packaged goods Apart from the use in packaging plastics are also extensively used in the consumer products such as furniture and house wears building and construction and in industrial sector According to the research findings of National Plastic Waste Management Task Force packaging constitutes 52 of the total Indiarsquos plastic consumption After primary use of this portion of plastic annually 093 metric tons of waste plastics are discarded along with the household waste In this connection the researcher was so much interested towards conducting a study on household plastic waste and prevention of its usage 2 METHODOLOGY Aim The present study was aimed to assess the knowledge regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage among household women residing in urban area Objectives The objectives of the study are as follows To study the knowledge and knowledge on plastic among women regarding

plastic waste and prevention of its usage

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 124

To correlate the knowledge with knowledge on practice of women regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage

To measure the association between the selected demographic variables and knowledge and practice of women regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage

Research hypotheses 1 There is a significant knowledge and knowledge on attitude regarding

plastic waste and prevention of its usage 2 There is a positive correlation knowledge and knowledge on practice of

women regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage 3 There is a significant difference between knowledge and attitude scores with

their selected demographic variables Research approach Non experimental research approach was adopted to achieve the objectives of the present study which is felt to be most appropriate in the field of education Research design As the researcher has attempted to describe the knowledge and knowledge on attitude regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage among resident women in urban mandal Hence adopted research design was descriptive design Variables under study Knowledge and knowledge on practice regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage Population and setting of the study Population of the present study includes women between the age of 20 ndash 50 years residing in urban area Bazar street Tirupathi urban mandal Sample size and sampling technique The selected sample size was 100 household women and sample was selected by non probability convenient sampling technique Development and description of the tool The tool was developed with the help of related literature from various textbooks journals websites discussion from experts The study data was carried out by using structured knowledge questionnaire on plastic waste and prevention of its usage The questionnaire consists of three sections First section consists of seven questions which includes age religion education occupation type of family type of drainage system and available facility for waste disposal Second section consists of thirty four questions related to knowledge on plastic waste and third section consists of seventeen questions on prevention of plastic usage Reliability of the tool Reliability was established by Karl Pearson Split Half Method The tool was found highly reliable with a score of r=088 Plan of data collection The data was obtained by using self administered questionnaire from the participants Analysis of data Data analysis done by the following methods

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 125

Mean Standard deviation Chi-square test lsquoprsquo test

3 Major findings of the study Table 1 Frequency Percentage and Distribution of socio- demographic characteristics

SNo Demographic Variables Frequency Percentage 1 Age 20-35 Yrs 45 450 35-50 Yrs 43 430 50 Yrs and above 12 120 Total 100 1000 2 Religion Hindu 88 880 Muslim 7 70 Christian 5 50 Total 100 1000 3 Educational status Primary education 28 280 Secondary education 35 350 Intermediate and above 37 370 Total 100 1000 4 Occupation Government employee 9 90 Private employee 16 160 Home maker 75 750 Total 100 1000 5 Type of family Nuclear family 85 850 Joint family 15 150 Total 100 1000 6 Type of drainage system Open 36 360 Closed 64 640 Total 100 1000

7 Availability facility for waste disposal

Discarding waste 32 320

Using municipality dustbins 34 340

Throwing in streets 34 340 Total 100 1000

Socio ndash demographic characteristics Above table represents that

More than one third (45) of the respondents are between the age of 20 ndash 35 years

Majority of the respondents are(88) belongs to hindu religion

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 126

72 of the sample studied secondary education and above Majority of the sample (75) are home makers 85 of the respondents are living in nuclear families Majority (64) of the respondents are having closed drainage system in

their home Only 34 of the respondents are using municipality dustbins

Table 2 Distribution of the level of knowledge regarding Plastic waste

Above table findings of the study includes 37 of sample were inadequate knowledged 35 of the sample are having moderately adequate knowledge and 28 of the women are having adequate knowledge regarding plastic waste Table 3 Distribution of the level of knowledge on practice regarding Plastic waste and prevention of its usage

Above table of scores representing regarding knowledge on practice 50 of the sample having inadequate 28 of the women having moderately adequate and remaining 22 of the sample are adequately knowledged

Level of knowledge

Frequency Percentage

Inadequate 37 370 Moderate 35 350 Adequate 28 280 Total 100 1000

Level of knowledge

Frequency Percentage

Inadequate 50 500 Moderate 28 280 Adequate 22 220 Total 100 1000

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 127

Table 4 Mean and standard deviation scores of the level of knowledge and knowledge on practice regarding Plastic waste and prevention of its usage

The above table observed mean score was 1316 and standard deviation was 345 for knowledge with observed mean of 10 and 291 of standard deviation score for knowledge on practice Table -5 Association between socio-demographic variables and the level of knowledge regarding Plastic waste and prevention of its usage

(n=100)

variable Mean Standard deviation

Knowledge on plastic waste 1316 345 Knowledge on practice regarding plastic waste

100 291

SNO Socio-Demographic Variables

Level of knowledge regarding plastic waste and its management among household women Chi-

square

lsquoprsquo-value Sig Inadequate

Moderate

Adequate Total

1 Age 20-35 Yrs 11 13 21 45

1469 000 35-50 Yrs 20 17 6 43

50 Yrs and above 6 5 1 12 Total 37 35 28 100 2 Religion

710

013

Hindu 34 32 22 88 Muslim 1 1 5 7 Christian 2 2 1 5 Total 37 35 28 100

3 Educational status

1029 003

Primary education 6 15 7 28

Secondary education 19 7 9 35

Intermediate and above 12 13 12 37

Total 37 35 28 100 4 Occupation

Government employee 3 2 4 9

312

053

Private employee 4 6 6 16

Home maker 30 27 18 75

Total 37 35 28 100

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 128

5 Type of family

Nuclear family 33 31 21 85 305 021

Joint family 4 4 7 15

Total 37 35 28 100

6 Type of drainage system

Open 13 10 13 36 217

033

Closed 24 25 15 64

Total 37 35 28 100

7 Availability facility for waste disposal

Discarding waste 16 8 8 32 372 044

Using municipality dustbins

11 13 10 34

Throwing in streets 10 14 10 34

Total 37 35 28 100

From above table data there is a Demographic characteristics like age and education were significant at 005 and 001 level respectively

4 Discussion

Man is behind every development endeavor the large Scale production and improper disposal of waste has became a source of Pollution and further accumulation of plastic has resulted in serious deterioration of quality of life environmental damage water pollution and Imbalance in the ecological system in this regard the researcher wants to give some of the suggestions to government as well as to the individuals Various awareness programmes should be conducted by government to

create awareness on prevention of plastic use Plastic bag production companies should be ordered to produce high micron

plastic bags only Make availability of alternative forms of bags People should give preference to use alternative bags instead of plastic People should not buy cups glasses plates spoons wrapped products

packaging material made up of plastic People should try their level best to reuse plastic material instead of single

use

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 129

5 Conclusion Generalizing the present studyrsquos findings indicated that people are less in knowledge regarding plastic waste prevention of its usage The attitude of the people should change towards the plastic usage Every person in the society should have responsibility towards the prevention plastic usage Everyone living in the planet having duty to protect our environment from plastic pollution References 1 UNDIO Report- Recycling of plastics in Indian perspective by Dr Smita

Mohanty 2 httpsourworldindataorgfoq-on-plastics 3 httpcpcbnicinplastic_wastephp 4 Banerjee T and Srivastava R K(2014) Plastic waste management and

resource recovery in India2nd edition world scientific publishing co Singapore

5 Mutha N H Patel M and Premnath V(2006) Plastic materials flow analysis for India Resources conservation and recycling 47 222-244

6 Thompson R C et al Plastics the environment and human health current consensus and future trends Philos TransR SocLondB Biol Sci 2009 364(1526) 2153-66

7 httpenwikipediaorgwikiplasti_bag 8 httpdeb4unleduChemCHEM869ELikswwwplasticresourcecomplasti

cs_101usesuseshtml 9 httprstbroyalsocietypublishingorgcontent36415622153 10 httpcompositeaboutcomodplasticsaEveryday-Plasticshtm 11 httpwwwcseindiaorgnode3705 12 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlePMC3299092 13 httpwwwearthresourceorgcampainscappcapp-background-infohtml 14 httpwwwsustainableplasticsorgnewsindia-issues-rules-plastic-bags-and-

waste-rejects-full-ban 15 httpwwwearthdayorgbloginternational20130306edn-india-launches-

E2809Cbags-earthE29D-campaign

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 130

A STUDY ON QUALITY OF WORK LIFE OF EMPLOYEES IN BANKING SECTOR

Ms Libina Babu Research Scholar

Pazhassiraja College Pulpally

Mr Koshy C J Pazhassiraja College

Pulpally Abstract Public and Private Sector Banks play a significant role in the Indian economy in terms of both investment and employment In recent years there has been an increasing awareness in India of the need to tone up the performance of public sector banks in order to achieve the twin objectives of rapid national development and greater productivitySince the banks are service organizations their productivity and performance depend on the performance of its personnelIn the context of economic liberalization and growing trend towards globalization various banking sector reforms have been introduced in India to improve the operational efficiency and to upgrade the health and financial soundness of banks The banks are said to be providing a lot of benefits to the employees Still the employees are facing a lot of problems in their working environment This will lead to deterioration of the quality of services offered by them This study aims to understand the quality of work life of employees in banking sector The data has been collected from employees of both private and public sector banking companiesTo measure quality of work life in these banks eight dimensions were undertaken They are economic aspect working condition aspect opportunity for career growth and personal development nature of work atmosphere work and total life space social integration superior subordinate relationship and welfare facilities This will lead to provide sufficient information to banks to improve quality of work life among bank employees Keywords- Quality of Work Life QWL Public and Private Sector Banks Banking Employees Introduction Banking Sectors in India play a significant role in the development of the Indian economy and it is one of the fastest growing economies in the world Evidence from across the world suggests that a sound and evolved banking system is required for sustained economic development India has a better banking system than other developing countries but there are several issues that need to be ironed out To keep the pace with the competitiveness derived from the above

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 131

changes the banking industry which is area of concern being manpower intensive must consider the role of human resource as the most significant key to enhance the profitability efficiency and overall organizational effectiveness Public and Private Sector Banks play a significant role in the Indian economy in terms of both investment and employment In recent years there has been an increasing awareness in India of the need to tone up the performance of public sector banks in order to achieve the twin objectives of rapid national development and greater productivitySince the banks are service organizations their productivity and performance depend on the performance of its personnel The increasing pace of technological change is making manpower the key ingredient to the nationrsquos wellbeing and growth Public and Private sector banks enroll a large number of employees both men and women Prosperity of these banks depends on the performance of the employees which in turn depends on their satisfaction with their jobs Job satisfaction is linked to productivity motivation mental and physical health and general satisfaction in life Lack of it accounts for absenteeism tardiness accidents and the like Quality of Work Life The term Quality of Work life (QWL) refers to the favorableness or un-favorableness of a total job environment for employees QWL programmers are another way in which organizations recognize their responsibility to develop jobs and working conditions that are excellent for people as well as for economic health of the organization The elements in typical QWL programme include open communication equitable reward systems a concern for employeersquos job security and satisfying careers and participation in decision making Many early QWL efforts focus on job enrichment In addition to improve the work system QWL programmes usually emphasis development of employee skills the reduction of occupational stress and development of more co-operative labour-management relations

Statement of Problem In the context of economic liberalization and growing trend towards globalization various banking sector reforms have been introduced in India to improve the operational efficiency and to upgrade the health and financial soundness of banks The banks are said to be providing a lot of benefits to the employees Still the employees are facing a lot of problems in their working environment This will lead to deterioration of the quality of services offered by them This study aims to understand the quality of work life of employees in banking sector

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 132

Significance and Scope of the Study This study is exclusively made to understand analyze and measure quality of work life among the bank employees in Wayanad Two kinds of banks namely-Public sector and Private sector banks are concerned The present study only considers public and private sector bank employees To measure quality of work life in these banks eight dimensions were undertaken They are economic aspect working condition aspect opportunity for career growth and personal development nature of work atmosphere work and total life space social integration superior subordinate relationship and welfare facilities This will lead to provide sufficient information to banks to improve quality of work life among bank employees Objectives of the Study To examine the perception level of bank employees relating to the quality of

work life To compare the quality of work life in private and public sector banks To study the satisfaction level of employees from various dimensions of

quality of work life Sample Size Sampling size of 50 employees from six banks consisting of 25 sample from five public sector banks and 25 sample from fiveprivate sector banks in Wayanad district Review of Literature Lau Wong Chan and Law (2001) defined QWL as the favorable working conditions that support and enhance satisfaction by providing employees with rewards job security and career growth opportunities Indirectly the definition reflects that an employee who is not satisfied with reward may be satisfied with the job security and may be possibly enjoying the career growth opportunity available in the organization for personal as well as professional growthSirgy et al (2002) developed a new measure of Quality of Work Life based on need satisfaction and spillover theories The measure was designed to capture the extent to which the work environment job requirement supervisory behavior and ancillary programs in an organization are perceived to meet the needs of employees Seven major needs were identified each having several dimensions Morin et al (2003) indicated that one major issue in the development of Quality of Work Life practices is the primacy of financial growth to the detriment of values such as health and social welfare They also viewed that organizational performance is assessed with two or three financial indicators

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 133

such as return on investment profit per share and net revenues Although these indicators are essential to profitable organizations but they do not give a complete picture of the firmrsquos performance Dargahi (2007)conducted a study to provide the processes used to investigate and implement a pathway for improving of Quality of Work Life as an approach model This researcher evaluated the outcomes of Quality of Work Life managers and employees teams to improve the employeesrsquo Quality of Work Life Guna (2008)concluded that IT industries in many developing countries are experiencing tremendous challenges in meeting the employment market demand A good human resource practice would encourage IT professionals to be more productive while enjoying their work Therefore Quality of Work Life is becoming an important human resource issue in IT organizations Data Analysis and Intrepretation The data has been collected from 50 employees out of which 57 ofrespondents are male and 43 of respondents are female employees Table No11 Working Environment

Opinion Respondents Percentage Public Private Public Private

Participative 18 10 72 40 Autonomy 7 15 28 60 Total 25 25 100 100

Source Primary data INTERPRETATION In public banks 72 of the respondents indicated thatthey are working in participative environment and 28 of respondents are autonomy In private banks employees indicated that 40 of the respondents works in participative and 60 in autonomy Table No 12 Motivational insights

Insights Respondents Percentage Public Private Public Private

Interesting work 4 3 16 12 Recognition 3 5 12 20 Award amp Reward 2 5 8 20 Compensation 15 10 60 40 Other factors 1 1 4 4 Total 25 25 100 100

Source Primary data

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 134

INTERPRETATIONTheabove table shows that 60 of workers in public and 40 in private have interest in work because of compensation they receive For recognition it is at 12 and 20 In case of interest in work it is 16 and 12 8 of employees in public sector is working for receiving awards and rewards while in private sector it is 20 Table No 13 Level of job satisfaction among employees

Opinion

Respondents Percentage

Public Private Public Private Very High 5 2 20 8 High 12 6 48 24 Moderate 5 8 20 40 Less 2 6 8 32 Very Less 1 3 4 16 Total 25 25 100 100

Source Primary data INTERPRETATIONThe above table shows that out of 50 respondents 20 of the respondents in public sector banks are very highly satisfied in job but in private it is 8 only In public sector banks we can see that 48 of the respondents are highly satisfied while in private sector it is only 24 In private there are 20 of the respondents are moderately satisfied but in public it is 40 32 of respondents in private sector indicated that their job satisfaction level is low Table No 14 Problem faced by the employees

Problems

Respondents Percentage Public Priva

te Public Privat

e Work is over burdened 5 8 20 32 Absence of team work 9 5 36 20 Poor cooperation 5 5 20 20 Lack of career development opportunities 4 4

16 16

Discrimination among employees 2 3 8 12 Total 25 25 100 100

Source Primary data INTERPRETATION The above table shows that out of 50 respondents in

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 135

public 20 of respondents feels that the work is overburdened but in private it is 32 In public 36 feels that there exist an absence of team work but in private it is 20 In public and private 20 feels that there is poor cooperation among themselves In public and private 16 feels that there exist lack of career development12 of private sector employees feels that there exist a discrimination among employees QUALITY OF WORK LIFE (QWL) The term Quality of Work life (QWL) refers to the favorableness or un-favorableness of atotal job environment for employees To measure quality of work life in these banks eight dimensions were undertaken They are economic aspect working condition aspect opportunity for career growth and personal development nature of work atmosphere work and total life space social integration superior subordinate relationship and welfare facilities Table No 15 Perception level of an employees in economic aspect

Economic Aspect Mean Value Public Private

Salary is appropriate for the skill amp experience 38 21 Salary is sufficient to accommodate the cost of living 35 24 Salary reflects the present market rates 32 25 Basic pay DA amp HRA as paid as per industry norms 36 29 Annual increment is given as per the standards 36 31 PF gratuity amp pension plan facility are adequate 35 28 Insurance coverage leave travel concession facilities are reasonable

38 32

Adequate fringe benefits are provided 37 27 Leave encashment benefits are satisfactory 33 24 Amount of flexibility in advance salary option is satisfactory

33 25

Average 351 267 Source Primary data INTERPRETATION The above table shows that out of 50 respondents the highest level of satisfaction among different variables in public sector banks is on insurance coverage and leave enhancement (38) and in private sector it is same (32) Among different variables the least level of satisfaction among public sector is seen on their opinion that the salary reflects the present markets rate (32) While in private sector respondents mentioned that they do not feel the salary is sufficient for the skill and experience (21)By taking the average

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 136

value of mean scores we can see that public sector bank employeesare satisfied more than the privatesector employees in economic aspect Table No 16 Perception level of an employees in working condition

working condition Mean value Public Private

Drinking water facility 41 46 Latest technological facility 35 46 Adequate rest time 31 24 Comfort seating system 34 41 Safety and protection measures 29 26 Cleanliness initiatives 35 38 Lighting and ventilation 39 47 Rest rooms 34 39 Recreational activities 34 31 Work space is well designed 28 35 Average 34 373

Source Primary data INTERPRETATION The above table shows that out of 50 respondents the highest level of satisfaction among different variables is on Lighting and ventilation for both public (39) and private sector (47) Among different variables the least level of satisfaction among public sector is on work space (28) While in private sector respondents mentioned that they do not have adequate rest time (24) By taking the average value of mean scores we can see that private sector bank employees is satisfied more than the public sector in working condition aspect TABLE 17 Perception level of an employees in opportunity for career growth and personal development Opportunity for career growth and personal development

Mean value Public Private

Supports career planning and growth 29 35 Recognition and reward for efforts and hard work 26 29 Reward for innovative ideas and suggestions 16 25 Satisfied with periodic and effective training programmers

27 37

Promotion policies of my organization is fair 33 23 Organization encourages me in pursuing higher education

21 26

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 137

Receive enough help equipment and information 32 36 Opportunity provided for develop my abilities and potentials

31 32

Provided appreciation for better performance 26 29 Highlights outstanding individual contribution 27 29 Average 268 301

Source Primary data INTERPRETATIONThe above table shows that out of 50 respondents the highest level of satisfaction among different variables is on promotion policies among public (33) and in private sector they indicated that they receive enough help equipment and information (37) Among different variables the least level of satisfaction among public and private sector is on reward for innovative ideas and suggestions By taking the average value of mean scores we can see that private sector bank employees is satisfied more than the public sector in career growth and personal development Table No 18 Perception level of an employees in nature of work atmosphere

work atmosphere Mean value Public Private

Full liberty to choose my work and assignment 36 21 Duration of working hours is reasonable 39 35 Work is overburdened 31 36 Job is highly repetitive and boredom 35 26 Job is too much stress 32 43 I feel no discrimination in terms of age sex and religion

34 29

Satisfied with job rotation and varieties in job 29 31 Satisfied with job enlargement and enrichment policy

34 24

Providing job security for me 39 14 Grievance redressal procedure is effective 23 31

Source Primary data InterpretationThe above table shows that out of 50 respondents the majority of respondents in public sector banks agree that they feel job security (39) and in private sector they indicated that the job is too stress for them (43) Among least variable we can see that private sector employees agree with the job security they feels (14) and in public sector they feels the grievance redressal

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 138

mechanism is not effective Table No 19 Perception level of employees in work and total life space

work and total life space Mean value Public Private

Enjoy flexible work options 25 21 Able to balance work and family life 36 24 Organization supports in achieving aspirations and ambitions

33 32

I have sufficient time to spend with family members

36 27

I have good friends at work who can understand and help

33 21

Average 33 25 Source Primary data InterpretationThe above table shows that out of 50 respondents majority of respondents in public sector agrees that they have sufficient time to spend with family members (36) and in private sector they indicated that Organization supports in achieving aspirations and ambitions (32) Among different variables the least mean score among public sector is that they are not enjoying flexible work options (25) While in private sector respondents mentioned that they are not having good friends at work who can understand and help (21) By taking the average value of mean scores we can see that public sector bank employees is satisfied more than the private sector in work and total life aspect Table No 110 Perception level of employees in social integration

social integration

Employees are recognized as individuals I have enough opportunity to interact with others Organization encourages involvement in community and cultural activities

Have a good social status Average

Source Primary data InterpretationThe above table shows that out of 50 respondents majority of respondents in public and private sector agrees that they have a good social status Among different variables the least mean score among public sector is on involvement in community and cultural activities (32) While in private sector respondents mentioned that they are not havingenough opportunity to interact

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 139

with others (18) By taking the average value of mean scores we can see that public sector bank employees is satisfied more than the private sector in social integration aspect Table No 111 Perception level of employees in superior subordinate relationship

superior subordinate relationship Mean value Public Private

The supervisory relationship is satisfactory 31 32 Satisfied with the subordinate relationship 28 31 The colleaguepeer relationship is satisfactory 34 29 Get enough encouragement from the superiorfor theachievement

33 25

Management considers me as a member of the organization

32 35

Comfortable with delegation of responsibility among Subordinates

27 31

Trade union function is highly satisfied 42 19 Frank and fair discussions are allowed in meetings 32 29 Management maintains open channels for communication 25 23 Guidelines issued are in a simplified manner 29 28 Average 32 28

Source Primary data Interpretation The above table shows that out of 50 respondents majority of respondents in public sector agrees that their trade union function is highly satisfied (42) And in private sector they feel that management considers me as a member of the organization (35) Among different variables the least mean score among public sector is onopen channels for communication (25) While in private sector respondents mentioned that they are not satisfied with the trade union function (19) By taking the average value of mean scores we can see that public sector bank employees is satisfied more than the private sector in superior subordinate relationship

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 140

Table No 112 Perception level of employees in welfare facilities

Welfare facilities Mean value

Public

Private

Housing education and transportation facilities encourage me to continue the job

37 24

The medical facility available in the organization is satisfactory

29 28

Recreational facilities available helps me to reduce stress 31 23

Toilets washrooms is available 36 34 Education of employees children is systematically designed 35 31

Average 34 28 Source Primary data Interpretation The above table shows that out of 50 respondents majority of respondents in public sector agrees that Housing education and transportation facilities encourage them to continue the job Among different variables the least mean score among public sector is onmedical facility available in the organization (29) While in private sector respondents mentioned that they are not satisfied with the recreational facilities available helps me to reduce stress (23) By taking the average value of mean scores we can see that public sector bank employees is satisfied more than the private sector in employee welfare aspect Conclusion QWL is the need of the hour Quality of working life is not a concept that deals with onearea but it has been observed as an incorporating hierarchy of concepts that not only include the work based factors There is considerable evidence from this study that bank employees of both public and private can be truly empowered through the measures taken by banks to improve the quality of work life

From the analysis regarding satisfaction level of employees at public and private sector banks majority of the employees at public sector bank are satisfied with their various dimensions in an quality of work life aspect except career growth and personal development and working condition aspectThe private sector doesnrsquot fulfill the other dimensions of QWL So they have to take

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 141

necessary decisions to satisfy the jobs in private sector References [1] Adreine E Eaon M E (1992The impact of Quality of work Life Programs and Grievances system effectiveness on union commitment Industrial and labour relation review Vol 45 No3 [2]Akdere M (2006) Improving quality of work-life Implications for humanresources The Business Review 6(1) 173-177 [3] AlirezaBolhari et al (2011) The Relationship between Quality of Work Life and Demographic Characteristics of Information Technology Staffs International Conference on Computer Communication and Management vol5 IACSIT Press Singapore [4] AloysNK (2013) Working Environment Factors that Affect QWL among Attendants in Petrol stations in Kitale Town in Kenya International Journal of AcademicResearch in Business and Social Sciences 3(5) [5] AnandPawar(2013)quality work-life and job satisfaction of employees in VTPS International journal of management research and review March Volume 3Issue 3Article No-72547-2556 [6]Ayesha Tabassum et al (2012) an evaluation of the quality of work life a study of the faculty members of private universities in Bangladesh Int Journal of Economics and Management 5(1) [7]ChandranshuSinha (2012) factors affecting quality of work life Empirical Evidence From Indian Organizations Australian Journal of Business and Management Research 1(11) [8] D Chitraa V Mahalakshmi (2012) a Panimalar Engineering College Chennai India A Study on Employeesrsquo Perception on Quality of Work Life and Job Satisfaction in manufacturing organization ndash an Empirical study International Journal of Trade and Commerce - IIARTC1 (2) [9] David lewis et al (2001) extrinsic and intrinsic determinants of quality of worklife leadership in health sciences MCB university press 14(2) [10] FH Kashani 2012 A Review on Relationship between Quality of Work Life and Organizational Citizenship Behavior (Case Study An Iranian Company)Journal of Basic and Applied scientific research [11]GS sandhyanair (2013) a study on the effect of quality of work life on organisational citizenship behaviour ndashwith special reference to college teachers is thrissur district keralajournal of basic and applied scientific research vol 2(9) [12] H Mohammadiaamp M A Shahrabib (2013)A study on relationship between quality of work life and job satisfaction an empirical Investigation management science letter2

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 142

[13] Havlovic S J (1991) Quality of Work Life and Human Resource Outcomes Industrial Relations 30(3) 469-479 [14] J GnanayudamampAjanthaDharmasiri (2008)The Influence of Quality of Work-life on Organizational Commitment A Study of the Apparel Industry Sri Lankan Journal of Management 12(3) [15] K M Nalwadeamp S R Nikam(2013) Quality of Work Life in Academic A Review of Literatureinternational journal of scientific researchvolume 2 issue 2 [16] K RNiaamp Maryam Maleki (2013) A study on the relationship between quality of work life and organizational commitment of faculty members at Islamic Azad University International Journal of Research in Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management Vol1No 4 [17] Lau RS M amp Brue E M (1998)A win win paradigm for quality of work life and business performance HumanResource envelopmentQualrterly Vol 9 No3 pp211-226

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 143

IMPACT OF AQUEOUS FRUIT EXTRACT OF HARITAKI (TERMINALIA CHEBULA) ON IMMUNONOLOGICAL

PARAMETERS OF MAMMALIAN MODEL (ALBINO RATS)

Kumari Babli

Department of Zoology Ranchi University

Ranchi India

Tarkeshwar Kumar Department of Zoology

Ranchi University Ranchi India

Manoj Kumar

Department of Zoology St Xavierrsquos College

Ranchi India

MP Sinha

Department of Zoology St Xavierrsquos College

Ranchi India

Abstract The effect of aqueous Terminalia chebula fruit extract on immunological parameters in rat during a seven day oral administration of the low dose of 250mgkg and high dose of 500mgkg body weight was investigated The result showed a significant increase in IgG count and a significant decrease in IgM count at the dose of 250 mgkg and 500 mgkg body weight when compared with control However IgA count showed a significant decrease in case of low dose and non significant at the high dose as compared to control The result of this study suggests that Terminalia chebula fruit extract may have a beneficial effect on immunity dependent disorders Keywords Terminalia chebula Immunology IgG IgM IgA Introduction Ayurvedic science treats different ailments through balancing what they call the three pillars of life vat pitta and kaf- the Tridoshas Herbs are given in different combinations for their ability to inhibit microbial growth at various parts of the body and enhance immune functions Recently there has been an upsurge in the clinical usage of indigenous drugs because of their efficacy and negligible toxic side-effects Moreover the rise in antibiotic resistant strains of bacteria and various side effects caused by synthetic drugs have resulted in scientists searching for herbal immunomodulators for the treatment of infections [1] Herbal concoctions also are said to restore and rejuvenate as they act on the immune system coercing it to positively affect the response of the body towards infection [2] Herbal drugs are also said to enhance the natural resistance of the

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 144

body against several infection [3] and their immunomodulatory roles have been observed in plant based studies[4] T chebula Retz (known as Triphla in India) is a plant species belonging to family Combretaceae and is found abundantly in Madhya Pradesh Gujarat Maharashtra Tamil Nadu Karnataka and Bengal [5] It is also referred to as Chebulic Myrobalan in English Harad or Harra in Hindi and Abhaya in Sanskrit [6-8] Pharmacological use of the fruit extract has been described for a number of diseases [9] T chebula extract has been reported in treatment of diabetes [10-12] jaundice digestion cough pitta oedema asthma constipation [13] as a cardio protectant [14] and as an immunomodulator [15] The biologically active compounds in the extract such as chebulagic acid gallic acid and ellagic acid make T chebula a highly potent antioxidant and that may be responsible for its immunomodulatory roles [161718] Despite its extensive medicinal use no information is available related to its effects on immunological profile Hence the present work investigated the effect of T chebula fruit extract on immunological profile of albino rats Materials and Methods Collection of plant material The fresh fruits of Terminalia chebula were collected from Ranchi district of Jharkhand state of India dried in shade six to seven days and then crushed into coarse powdery substance by using electric grinder The coarse powdery substance was dried again and was then sieved to get fine powder using the fine plastic sieve and stored in an air tight bottle in the laboratory until required [19- 21] Extract preparation 50 g of the sieved powder was subjected to extraction in a Soxhlet apparatus at room temperature using ~350 mL distilled water The extract obtained was filtered concentrated in rotary flash evaporator and maintained at 45ordmC the percentage yield of each extract was calculated [22 23] Animals Male Albino rats (175-200 g) were used in the study They were maintained under standard laboratory conditions at ambient temperature of 25plusmn2degC and 50plusmn15 relative humidity with a 12-h light12-h dark cycle Animals were fed with a commercial pellet diet and water ad libitum The experiments were performed after prior approval by the institutional animal ethics committee of Ranchi University Ranchi Acute Toxicity studies Acute toxicity studies were determined by using fixed dose method according to OECD guidelines Healthy adult mice weighing 175-200g were used 20 albino

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 145

rats of either sex were used to determine the LD50 of the aqueous extract of fruit of Terminalia chebula The animals were randomly [24] divided into two groups of 10 rats each and administered and observed for 90 days as follows Group 1 received 1 ml of distilled water orally Group 2 received 250 mgkg body weight of extract orally Group 3 received 500 mgkg of body weight of extract orally Mortality was not observed up to 500 mgkg of body weight in case of aqueous fruit extract of Terminalia chebula Sample Collection At the end of each experimental period the rats were reweighed starved for 24 hours and sacrificed under chloroform anesthesia 5mL of blood was collected from each animal by cardiac puncture using sterile needle and syringe Part of the blood sample was put into test tubes and allowed to clot for 30 minutes before centrifuging at 800g (Wisperfuge 1384 Samson Holland) for 5 minutes The supernatant was used for the lipid analysis The remaining blood sample was put in an EDTA bottles for hematological determinations Analytical procedure Determination of Biochemical Parameters Biochemical studies involved analysis of Immunoglobulins (IgG IgM IgA) count Estimation of hematological profile The hemoglobin (Hb) level was measured by the cyanmethaemoglobin method The Red blood cell(RBC) and Reticulocyte counts were determined by visual method[25]Packed cell volume (PCV) was measured using microhematocrit method and total white blood cell(WBC) count was estimated by visual method[26]The RBC indices were calculated from the RBC count Hb level and PCV estimations[25 26] Statistical Analysis All results were expressed as mean plusmn standard deviation (mean plusmn SD) Data was analyzed using one-way ANOVA followed by Dennettrsquos- test plt005 was considered as statistically significant Results and Discussion The effect of oral administrations of aqueous extract of terminalia chebula fruit on immunological indices of albino rats is presented in (Table-1 and figure 1-3)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 146

The result showed a significant increase in IgG count and a significant decrease in IgM count in case of both low dose and high dose (group 2 and group 3 respectively) as compared to the control (group 1) However IgA count showed a significant decrease in case of low dose (group2) and non significant at the high dose (group3) as compared to control Table-1 Effect of Administration of aqueous extract of Terminalia chebula extract on immunological profile of Rats (Value are expressed as mean plusmn SD n=6 statistical significance was considered to be a plt001 b plt 0025 c plt010 d plt 00001 relative to control)

PARAMETERS GROUP 1 GROUP 2 GROUP 3 IgG (gml) 2493plusmn0089 8521plusmn0013ad 1086plusmn0019aa

IgM (gmL) 236plusmn0049 203plusmn0016bc 1545plusmn0017bb

IgA (gml) 2703plusmn0096 0565plusmn0018cd 206plusmn0012cd

Figure-1 Effect of fruit extract of terminalia chebula on IgG Value

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

1 2 3

CON

C(g

ml

)

GROUP

aa

ad

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 147

Figure-2 Effect of fruit extract of Terminalia chebula on IgM value

Figure-3 Effect of fruit extract of Terminalia chebula on IgA value An investigation of immunological parameters can be used to determine the extent of beneficial effect of extract on the immune system and also give an explanation regarding the possible immune related function Herbs taken as food or medication can increase the bodyrsquos resistance to illness by acting on various component of the immune system The active components of various medicinal plants regulate the immune system by interacting with various immunocytes and regulating their effector mechanism for instance cytokines and their receptors In an earlier study a possible role of ellagic acid (Tannins) has been reported in immune stimulation [27] Terminalia chebula extract also produced a significant increase in primary antibody IgM titer and secondary antibody IgG titer [28] A plant Echinacea on comparing to brahmi and

0

05

1

15

2

25

3

1 2 3

CON

C(g

mL

)

GROUP

0

05

1

15

2

25

3

1 2 3

CON

C(g

mL

)

GROUP

bb bc

cd

cd

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 148

ashwgandha showed that brahmi diet stimulated more secretion of IgA and IgG in the serum compared to Echinacea or ashwgandha Lectin presence in the diet did not affect the increased production of IgA IgG and IgM in spleen lymphocytes after herbal supplement intake A decline in immune system has been seen to cause multiple myeloma (blood cancer) that develops in the bone marrow In this disease which is characterized by bone pain fatigue loss of appetite increased thirst increased urination restlessness urinary tract infection shortening of breath chest pain neuropathy [29] IgM and IgG mainly protect us from infections inside our body tissues organ and blood IgA is present in blood most of the IgA in the body is in the secretions of mucosal surfaces including tears saliva colostrums genital respiratory and gastrointestinal secretions Selective IgA deficiency is one of the most common primary immunodeficiency diseases It has been found that some patients with IgA deficiency have very low levels of IgG (generally Ig2 and IgG4) Recurrent ear infections sinusitis bronchitisand pneumonia are frequently observed in patients with selective IgA deficiency Another grave problem in this disease is the increased frequency in the occurence of autoimmune diseases Allergies are also commonly observed in IgA deficiency resultion in asthma along with other allergic reactions [30] The result of this study suggests that the T chebula extract studied showed positive immunological activities in rats and can be recommended in improving immunity References

1 Hassan J O Curtiss RVirulent Salmonella typhimurium-induced lymphocyte depletion and immunosuppression in chickens Infect Immun 62 2027mdash2031 (1994)

2 Sehar I Kaul A Bani S Pal HC Saxena AK Immune up-regulatory respose of a non-caloric natural sweetener stevioside Chem Biol Interact 2008173115ndash21 [PubMed 18405890]

3 Atal C K Sharma M L Kaul A Khajuria A Immunomodulating agents of plant origin I Preliminary screening J Ethanopharmacol41 185mdash192 (1986)

4 Dua P R Shankar G Srimal R C Husian A Adaptogenic activity of Indian Panax pseudoginseng Ind J Exp Biol 27631mdash634 (1989)

5 Beusher N Bodinet C Neumann-Haefelin D Marston A Hostettmann K Antiviral activity of African medicinal plants J Ethnopharmacol 199442101ndash9 [PubMed 8072303]

6 Chopra R Nayar SL Chopra IC National Institute of Science Communication 1st ed New DelhiIndia CSIR 1956 Glossary of Indian medicinal plants p 242

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 149

7 Chadha YR Vol 10 New Delhi India CSIR 1976 The Wealth of India Raw Materials p 285

8 New Delhi India Dept of ISM and H 1986 API Govt of India Ministry of Health and Family

9 Das B 1991Materia Medica of Ayurveda New Delhi B Jain Publishers 8

10 Sohni YR PKaimal andRMBhatt 1995 The antiamoebic effect of a crude drug formulation of herbal extracts against Entamoeba histolytica in vitro and in vivo J Ethnopharmacol 45(1)43-52

11 Chattopadhyay RR and SK Bhattacharyya 1999Plant Review Terminalia Jammu Tawi154-9 Sukhdev SH Deepak M Joseph GVR Joseph S and Nagar chebula An update Phcog Rev 20071(1) 151-6

12 Kokate CK APPurohit and Gokhale SB Pharmacognosy 200112th ed Pune India NiraliPrakashan p 216-7

13 Nalamolu K and Srinivas N 2006 Antidiabetic and renoprotective effects of chloroform extracts of t chebula retz seeds in streptozotocin- induced diabetic rats

14 Tasduq SA K Singh NK Satti DK Gupta andKASuri 2006 Terminalia chebula (fruit) prevents liver toxicity caused by sub-chronic administration of rifampicin isoniazid and pyrazinamide in combination Hum Exp Toxicol25111-18

15 Cheesbrough M 2000 District Laboratory Practices in Tropical Countries part 2 Low price edition pp267-334

16 Lee HS Won NH Kim KH Lee H Jun W Lee KW Antioxidant effects of aqueous extract of Terminalia chebula in vivo and in vitro Biol Pharm Bull 2005281639ndash44 [PubMed 16141531]

17 Lee HS Jung SH Yun BS Lee KW Isolation of chebulic acid from Terminalia chebula Retz and its antioxidant effect in isolated rat hepatocytes Arch Toxicol 200781211ndash8 [PubMed 16932919]

18 Tejesvi MV Kini KR Prakash HS Subbiah V Shetty HS Antioxidant antihypertensive and antibacterial properties of endophytic Pestalotiopsis species from medicinal plants Can J Microbiol 200854769ndash80 [PubMed 18772940]

19 Kumar M S Dandapat A Kumar and M P Sinha 2014 Pharmacological screening of leaf extract of Adhatoda vasica for therapeutic efficacy Global Journal of Pharmacology 8(4) 494-500

20 Dandapat S MKumar AKumar and M P Sinha 2013 Therapeutic efficacy and nutritional potentiality of Indian Bay leaf (Cinnamomum tamala Buch Hem) International Journal of Pharmacy 3(4) 779 ndash 785

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 150

21 Kumar M S Dandapat and M P Sinha 2016 Antioxidant activity of Chiraita (Swertia chirayita) and Anar (Punica granatum) European Journal of Pharmaceutical and Medical Research 3(2) 267-269

22 Kumar M SDandapatand M PSinha 2015 Hepatoprotective activity of Adhatodavasicaand Vitexnegundo leaf extracts against carbon tetrachloride induced Hepatotoxicity in Rats Advances in Biological Research 9(4) 242 ndash 246

23 Dandapat S M Kumar andM P Sinha 2014 Effects of Aeglemarmelos (L) leaf extract and green nanoparticles on lipid profile The Ecoscan Spl issue (V) 157 ndash 167

24 Demers LM and C Spencer 2006 The thyroid pathophysiology and thyroid function testing In Burtis CA Ashwood ERBruns DE Editor Tietz text book of clinical chemistry and molecular diagnostics 4th edition New Delhi Elsevierrsquos pp2063-2073

25 Adebayo JO AAAdesokan LAOlatuji DOBuoro and A OSoladoye 2005Effect Of Ethanolic Extract Of Bougainvillea spectabilis Leaves On Haematological And Serum Lipid Variables In Rats Biokemistri17(1)45-50s

26 Rogers Kara Ed 2011 Leukocytosis definition Blood physiology and circulation Chicago Britanica Educational Publishing 198

27 NamKoong S Kim Y-J Kim T amp Sohn E-H (2012) Study on the immunomodulatory effects of ellagic acid and their mechanisms related to Toll-like receptor 4 in macrophages Korean Journal of Plant Resources 25 561ndash567

28 Ishrina R and Shakir A 2016 Dried fruit extract of Terminalia chebula modulates the immune response in miceFood and agricultural immunology27 1-22

29 (Primary immuneorggthomegtabout primary immune deficiencies) 30 Kullu AR Wazid T and Sinha MP 2013 Effect of Pisidum guajava

aqueous extracts on hematological profile and serum lipids variables of Albino rats The Bioscan 8(2)743-746

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 151

MARITAL RAPE MANrsquoS FANTASY AND WOMANrsquoS NIGHTMARE A BRIEF STUDY ABOUT NON-CRIMINALIZED CRIME IN INDIA

Dr Koneru Anuradha

Assistant Professor in Law SVD Siddhartha Law College

Kanuru Vijayawada Krishna DT AP

ldquoHappy marriages begin when we marry the ones we love And They blossom when we love the ones we marryrdquo

- Tom Mullen1 Introduction It is not shocking to say that even in modern era which almost all the world countries saying it as a society with equal treatment of men and women women still under the crux of men in several issues One of the best examples for this is lsquomarital rapersquo which is not addressed by many nations through proper law Unfortunately Indian is also one of the nations among the thirty-six nations that still have not fully criminalized marital rape2 One may have a dought that there is a provision in IPC-1860 about marital rape even though researcher saying this concept was not properly addressed in India Yes here is the point still today according to section 375 of IPC says that ldquoSexual intercourse by a man with his own wife the wife not being under fifteen years of age is not raperdquo In fact the marital age of the girl as per law in India is 18 years and what about forced sex of the husband without the will of wife after 15 years More over in several cases court also held that forced sex or deceitful sexual inter course is a violation of women right to privacy under Article 21 of the Constitution of India But under the noble social institution of marriage the human rights and Constitutional rights of the women has been under oppression In India the marital rape is the most common and repugnant form of masochism This violent activity is a manrsquos fantasy and womanrsquos nightmare This shows clearly the male dominated society even at present and women inability due to social religious and moral norms and more importantly because of physical weakness The forced sexual inter course by husband even without wife consent after 15 years can be called as lsquorapersquo yes absolutely one can but this kind of rape under the mask of marriage was not recognized by Indian law Is it not subsided womenrsquos right to equality and justice And is it not violation of women (human)

1 Tome Mullen Quotes httpwwwwisdomquotescomquotetom-mullen 2 Marital Rape in India 36 countries where marital rape is not a crime India today Mar 12 2016

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 152

basic human as well as fundamental rights like Article 14 15 (3) and 21 of the Indian Constitution So the researcher felt that it is the need of the hour to address all these issues to help women to overcome the social chaos religious crux and fight for justice Meaning and Concept of the Marital Rape Though still ages all over the world including in India this forced sexual intercourse under the shadow of marital relation happening but no where it was defined In ancient societies in some tribal groups force sexual intercourse or sexual intercourse without the consent of women or making her in cable to resist or to oppose with a motive to marry her is also accepted In many incidents in offence against women (sexual or any other) viewed by society equal to offence towards cattle or thing Hence it is offence against owner or guardian like father brother husband son etc Though in modern period forced or deceitful sexual inter course recognized as lsquo an offence of rapersquo under IPC Up to Joshape shine v Union of India (2018) the apex court of Indiarsquos historic judgment the sexual intercourse with permission of husband to his wife prevailed in Indian society and excluded from the preview of adultery In this scenario it is highly difficult to say the exact meaning for the word lsquomarital rapersquo But simply one can saw that marital rape is lsquoa undesired intercourse by a husband with his wife with or without her willing by use of force threat of force or physical assault or when she is not able to give consentrsquo The marital rape was classified by scholars in to three categories based on force inflected by husband They are Battering rape

The majority marital rape cases fall under this category Here the women battered and raped by her husband Though sexual inter course itself is a matter related to mental and physical activity In this form physical violence by husband to satisfy his gratification is presents So one can say it as physical as well as sexual violence

Force-only rape

Here the husband only applies a limited force to coerce or to deter his wife to satisfy his gratification More mental force than physical force one can find here Like stop talking to wife betting or scolding children or wifersquos parents and relatives showing aggressive behavior etc

Compulsive Sadistic Obsessive rape

It is more cruel form In this form the sexual intercourse accompanies to much torture and or perverse activities or sadistic activities In this form the frequent pornography may also one can witness3

3 Gosselin DK Heavy Hands An Introduction to the Crimes of Domestic violence (1st ed 2000)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 153

In fact with the invention of technology the marital rapes became more and more violent and in human Though in several countries through feminist movements demanded to criminalize this act still today this inhuman act prevailing in many societies as no offence Ill-effects of marital rape It is fact that this act of marital rape undisputedly results ill-effects on women This marital rape has physical mental short term and long term effects on women During marital rape it will have serious effect on mental condition of the women like fear tension sleeplessness shock depression suicidal tendencies distrust about relation and on opposite gender loneliness attractions towards illegal relations fear to give birth to female child leads to get divorce or separation of bonding and many more these will have short term prevalence if there is repetitive activities then it will have long term effect also the act of marital rape includes mental effect as well as it includes dangerous physical effects like bone breakings bloody nose lips and several parts black eyes smaller or major wounds on body even at privet parts miscarriages infertility problems stillborn babies bladder infections and even prone to get contraction diseases like HIV etc This act of though confined to wife and husband it will also has impact of children families even on society Many times this may lead to other crimes like confinement of women (wife) in house to protect reputation cruel treatment towards wife children other family members displacement of emotional stress in professions against others in the society murders committing rape against own children against others when partner is not available etc many international surveys conducted by the United nations populations fund in 2000 International Center for research on women survey in the year 2011 Committee on the elimination of discrimination against women in year 2014 reveals that one ndash third of Indian men admitting that they are perpetrating some form of sexual violence against their wives and the husbands donrsquot know the seriousness of this issue More over victims also donrsquot know that it is a kind of violence against their basic human rights and the womenrsquos also saying that it is a common factor in almost all houses Many women are not interested to revel the matter because of fear of reputation In fact marital rape is a serious psychological disorder which needs immediate treatment to the actor and protection to the victim Position of Indian law Even though it is harsh one should admit that the first step regarding reorganization of marital rape as offence done during British period through IPC-1860 under section 375 In fact they made this act only up to certain age It exempted act of marital rape after certain age to women (15 years) This exemption has its roots in England law In 17th century Sir Matthew Hale CJ

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 154

in England held that ldquothe husband cannot be guilty of a rape committed by himself upon his wife for by their mutual matrimonial consent and contract the wife hath given herself in kind unto the husband whom she cannot retractrdquo4 Even today it is prevailing in our society It is shame to share that even after 73 years of freedom in India Indian legal system careless about this silent and secret offence Fortunately by the 42nd report recommendations of the law commission of India in the year 1983 section 376A was added to IPC It says that if the husband had forced sexual intercourse with a judicially separated wife separated under any decree or custom or usage then it will be treated as offence While dealing with marital rape law commission held that marriage is note the license to rape Hence under section 376A a husband can now be indicted find and imprisoned up to 2years of punishment Later through the Protection of women from domestic violence Act 2005 at least this marital rape was considered as civil offence that to it is a de facto but not de jure In fact several countries recognized this act as criminal offence After that by the Criminal law amendment Act 2013 many necessary and substantive changes occurred to lsquoconcept of rapersquo under IPC Cr P C Evidence Act etc but it is failed to criminalize marital rape by retaining an exception to Section 376A of the IPC Even though the former CJ Late JSVerma Committee which was established by Central government to recommend on amendment and enhancing laws against rape and sexual assault recommended along with several recommendations to repeal exception to marital rape because it creating the notions of women being the property of their husbands Though based on this committee recommendation the Criminal law amendment Act took place it neglected the committee recommendation on lsquomarital rapersquo Hence one can say that at present only piece meal legislation is available on marital rape but not a commendable law Judicial contribution It is also fact that Indian judiciary has been playing a sympathetic role towards women issues contributing sensitive role and protecting and promoting women rights In number of cases being custodian of the Constitution the higher judiciary in India well addressed the issues of rape and sexual assault against women In Bodhisattwa Gautam v Subhra Chakraborty5 the apex court of India held that rape is a crime against basic human rights and violation of the victimrsquos fundamental rights namely the right to equality dignity privacy and life In Vishaka amp others v the State of Rajastha6 Court has given wider definition as sexual harassment which conveys any unwanted or uninvited physical touch or 4 Hale History of the Pleas of the Crown p 629 (1778) 5 (1996) 1 SCC 490 6 AIR 1997 SC 3011 at 3014

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 155

conduct or showing of pornography or any definable sexual comments or texts will come under the ambit of sexual harassment This kind of activities directly hampers the right of women to work to life and it also affects their dignity to live It also hinders the mental and physical health of women So it shall be avoided and the equality between the genders shall be established at workplace In Chairman Railway Board and Others v Chandrima Das7 the proactive court gave a very extensive definition of life It that rape is an act which invades the privacy dignity and life of the women more over in this case court also held that the victim in the case should be compensated with 10 lake rupees even though this amount will never take back her honor it may helpful her to live with dignity In the State of Karnataka v Krishnappa8 the apex court of India held that ldquosexual violence apart from being a dehumanizing act is an unlawful intrusion of the right to privacy and sanctity of a female and non-consensual sexual intercourse amounts to physical and sexual violencerdquo In Suchita Srivastava v Chandigarh Administration9 the Supreme Court of India equated the right to make choices related to sexual activity with rights to personal liberty privacy dignity and bodily integrity under the Article 21 of the Constitution of India In Justice KS Puttuswamy (Retd) v Union of India10 Court held that right to privacy as a fundamental right of all citizens and held that the right to privacy includes lsquodecisional privacy reflected by an ability to make intimate decisions primarily consisting of onersquos sexual or procreative nature and decisions in respect of intimate relationsrsquo Like above in many cases the Indian judiciary has recognized the right of equality privacy dignity and life of the women It also said the activities of the rape or sexual harassment is the violation of above rights and to abstain from sexual activity for all women irrespective of their marital status as a fundamental right conferred by Article 14 and 21 etc of the Constitution But unfortunately honorable Indian judiciary also fails to address properly this evil practice of marital rape It is evident in Independent Thought v Union of India11 in this case the apex court had a chance to interpret exception 2 of Section 375 of the IPC Supreme Court Justices Madan B Lokur and Deepak Gupta rationalized that IPC Section 375 exception 2 should be understood as less than eighteen years instated of 15 years Here the court held that distinction between the married girl child and the unmarried girl child is contrary to the spirit of the Constitution of India specifically Article 14 15(3) and Article 21 The court also recognized the importance of a womenrsquos autonomy over own

7 (2000) 2 SCC 465 8 (2000) 4 SCC 75 (India) 9 (2008) 14 SCR 989 (India) 10 (2017) AIR 2017 SC 4161 (India) 11 (2017) 382 SCC (India)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 156

body her right to bodily integrity and her right of privacy Forced sexual intercourse by husband with his child bride would be a violation of the Protection of Human rights Act 1993 and fundamental rights under Article 14 and 21 of the Indian constitution Hence from the above interpretation by apex court one can understand that again court also restricted the marital rape extension up to certain age (18 years) In fact in this modern era court has to interpret this marital rape concept irrespective of rape and in widest scope as like many other developed countries Honorable court failed to understand that sexual intercourse with force with married child and unmarried child is not sufficient in fact forced intercourse with women at any age irrespective of marital status should be understand Rebuttal of arguments against criminalization of marital rape It is known fact that every issue will have pros and cons In case of criminalization of marital rape also there are several arguments against the idea The act of marital rape is impossible to prove because it happened within four walls so one should believe the words of women But it is also true that it may be misused by women to black mail their husbands At present in our society one is able to witness many false cases field by women under 498A domestic violence Sexual harassment at work place etc so innocent husbands may be victims of this criminalization of marital rape It may be one of the preventive in case of the possible reconciliation of husband and wife because husband reputation in society will fall down However a study conducted by the joint women programme an NGO found that one out of seven married women had been raped by their husband at least once It is not reporting by women because there is no family support and more importantly law support It is fact that it is a age old silent unreported crime spreading in society Conclusion According to mythology marriage is a devotional institution It should be based on trust belief caring adjustment affection love etc but not with force coerce violence etc undoubtedly forced intercourse by husband with his own wife is a in human activity and it should be stopped Men and women both should have concern towards others each should respect rights of the other If they failed to respect the rights of the others than the law should take that liability so it is the need of the time to recognize marital rape irrespective of age limit and it should be criminalized As it is proved that this in human activity has long term short term physical and mental ill effect on women as well as on society It should be stopped But simply making of law itself is not sufficient for fruitful results women must rise their voice and the society must come out of several myths like husband has every right over his wife rape by onersquos spouse is inconsequential etc

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 157

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 158

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 159

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 160

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 161

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 162

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 163

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 164

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 165

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 166

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 167

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 168

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 169

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 170

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 171

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 172

Page 2: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019

Editorial Board Editor-in-Chief Dr K Victor Babu Associate Professor Institute of Education Mettu University Metu Ethiopia

EDITORIAL BOARD MEMBERS Prof SMahendra Dev Vice Chancellor Indira Gandhi Institute of Development Research Mumbai ProfYC Simhadri Vice Chancellor Patna University Former Director Institute of Constitutional and Parliamentary Studies New Delhi amp Formerly Vice Chancellor of Benaras Hindu University Andhra University Nagarjuna University Patna University Prof (Dr) Sohan Raj Tater Former Vice Chancellor Singhania University Rajasthan ProfRSiva Prasadh IASE Andhra University - Visakhapatnam DrVVenkateswarlu Assistant Professor Dept of Sociology amp Social Work Acharya Nagarjuna University Guntur Prof PDSatya Paul Department of Anthropology Andhra University ndash Visakhapatnam Prof Josef HOumlCHTL Department of Political Economy University of Vienna Vienna amp Ex Member of the Austrian Parliament Austria Prof Alexander Chumakov Chair of Philosophy Russian Philosophical Society Moscow Russia Prof Fidel Gutierrez Vivanco Founder and President Escuela Virtual de Asesoriacutea Filosoacutefica Lima Peru

Prof Igor Kondrashin The Member of The Russian Philosophical Society The Russian Humanist Society and Expert of The UNESCO Moscow Russia Dr Zoran Vujisiaelig Rector St Gregory Nazianzen Orthodox Institute Universidad Rural de Guatemala GT USA ProfUShameem Department of Zoology Andhra University Visakhapatnam Dr NVSSuryanarayana Dept of Education AU Campus Vizianagaram Dr Kameswara Sharma YVR Asst Professor Dept of Zoology Sri Venkateswara College Delhi University Delhi I Ketut Donder Depasar State Institute of Hindu Dharma Indonesia Prof Roger Wiemers Professor of Education Lipscomb University Nashville USA Dr NS Dhanam Department of Philosophy Andhra University Visakhapatnam DrBSNMurthy Department of Mechanical Engineering GITAM University Visakhapatnam

DrSV Lakshmana Rao Coordinator AP State Resource Center Visakhapatnam DrSKannan Department of History Annamalai University Annamalai Nagar Chidambaram

Dr B Venkataswamy HOD amp Associate Professor Dept of Telugu PAS College Pedanandipadu Guntur India DrE Ashok Kumar Department of Education North- Eastern Hill University Shillong

DrKChaitanya Department of Chemistry Nanjing University of Science and Technology Peoplersquos Republic of China

DrSandeep Narula Dept of Management Sciences IIHMR University Jaipur Dr Bipasha Sinha S S Jalan Girlsrsquo College University of Calcutta Calcutta Prof N Kanakaratnam Dept of History Archaeology amp Culture Dravidian University Kuppam Andhra Pradesh Dr K John Babu Department of Journalism amp Mass Comm Central University of Kashmir Kashmir DrTVRamana Department of Economics Andhra University Campus Kakinada

DrTon Quang Cuong Dean of Faculty of Teacher Education University of Education VNU Hanoi

Prof Chanakya Kumar Department of Computer Science University of PunePune

Prof Djordje Branko Vukelic Department for Production Engineering University of Novi Sad Serbia Prof Shobha V Huilgol Department of Pharmacology Off- Al- Ameen Medical College Bijapur ProfJoseph RJayakar Department of English GITAM University Hyderabad ProfFrancesco Massoni Department of Public Health Sciences University of Sapienza Rome ProfMehsin Jabel Atteya Al-Mustansiriyah University College of Education Department of Mathematics Iraq Prof Ronato Sabalza Ballado Department of Mathematics University of Eastern Philippines Philippines Satheesha H Mettu University Mettu Ethiopia DrJBChakravarthi Assistant Professor Department of Sahitya Rasthritya Sanskrit Vidyapeetha Tirupati DrNi Luh Putu Agustini Karta Department of Tourism Triatma Mulya Institute of Economy Bali Indonesia

copy Editor-in-Chief IJMERreg

Typeset and Printed in India

wwwijmerin IJMER Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational Research concentrates on critical and creative research in multidisciplinary traditions This journal seeks to promote original research and cultivate a fruitful dialogue between old and new thought

C O N T E N T S

Volume 8 Issue 11(1) November 2019

S No PgNo

1 Religious Teaching Methods and Diversity Practices Based on Five Pillars Phenomenological Hermeneutic Paul Ricour Studies of Sai Culture Study Group Denpasar (SSG) Bali Province

Made Redana

1

2 Identity Politics A Master Stroke of Polarization P M N Shankar

12

3 Multiple Regression Analysis of Value Drivers of Earnings Per Share (EPS) An Analytical Study of the Wipro Ltd

Sangamesh Hugar and A S Shiralashetti

16

4

28

5 Learning Styles of the Postgraduate Students of Library and Information Science of Karnataka State An Empirical Study

Yashavanth K N and B S Maheswarappa

32

6 Food Security in Assam A Case Study of Lakhimpur District Bikash Hazarika

46

7 Overview of Self Esteem in Personality Development D Vishnu Priya

59

8 Isolation and Identification of Bioactive Molecules Produced by Entomopathogenic Bacteria Comamonas Testosteroni

Deepa I

64

9 A Study of Leadership Behaviour of Special Educator and General Educator in Inclusive School

Deepti Gupta and Mala Tandon

75

10 Process Validation Increasing Effectiveness and Safety of the Drug Products

Dhruvi Siyola Pragnesh Patani and Nishkruti Mehta

84

11 व ीकरण क दौर म फ़ल रह ह द

ज मोहन राव

94

12 Quercetin as an Antiurolithiatic Drug Against Ethylene Glycol Induced Calculi in Male Rats

G Subashini Hebsibah Elsie B Asha S and ShobaK

98

13 Four Historic Visits of Mahatma to Assam Gautam Sarmah

112

14 Skyscrapers Linked with Impending Financial Crashes Girisha Nayak S and Gaurav Lodha

116

15 Assessment of Knowledge and Practice of Women Regarding Plastic Waste and Prevention of its Usage in Selected Urban Area Tirupathi A Descriptive Study

M Lakshmi Devi and PNeeraja

121

16 A Study on Quality of Work Life of Employees in Banking Sector

Libina Babu and Koshy C J

130

17 Impact of Aqueous Fruit Extract of Haritaki (Terminalia Chebula) on Immunonological Parameters of Mammalian Model (Albino Rats)

Kumari Babli Tarkeshwar Kumar Manoj Kumar and MP Sinha

143

18 Marital Rape Manrsquos Fantasy and Womanrsquos Nightmare A Brief Study About Non-Criminalized Crime In India

Koneru Anuradha

151

19

157

20

164

Dr K VICTOR BABU

MAMAMPhilPhDPDF (DLit) Associate Professor Institute of Education amp Editor-in-Chief International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational Research (IJMER) amp Sucharitha A Journal of Philosophy and Religion Mettu University Metu Ethiopia

ISSN 2277 ndash 7881 Impact Factor 6014 (2019)

Index Copernicus Value 516

Editorialhelliphellip

It is heartening to note that our journal is able to sustain the enthusiasm and covering various facets of knowledge It is our hope that IJMER would continue to live up to its fullest expectations savoring the thoughts of the intellectuals associated with its functioning Our progress is steady and we are in a position now to receive evaluate and publish as many articles as we can The response from the academicians and scholars is excellent and we are proud to acknowledge this stimulating aspect

The writers with their rich research experience in the academic fields are contributing excellently and making IJMER march to progress as envisaged The interdisciplinary topics bring in a spirit of immense participation enabling us to understand the relations in the growing competitive world Our endeavour will be to keep IJMER as a perfect tool in making all its participants to work to unity with their thoughts and action

The Editor thanks one and all for their input towards the growth of the Knowledge Based Society All of us together are making continues efforts to make our predictions true in making IJMER a Journal of Repute

DrKVictor Babu

Editor-in-Chief

SOCIAL SCIENCES HUMANITIES COMMERCE amp MANAGEMENT ENGINEERING amp TECHNOLOGY MEDICINE SCIENCES ART amp DEVELOPMENT STUDIES LAW

wwwijmerin

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 1

RELIGIOUS TEACHING METHODS AND DIVERSITY PRACTICES BASED ON FIVE PILLARS PHENOMENOLOGICAL HERMENEUTIC

PAUL RICOUR STUDIES OF SAI CULTURE STUDY GROUP DENPASAR (SSG) BALI PROVINCE

Made Redana E-mail redanaihdnacid WA 08193108031965 Phone Number 081999824999

Abstract

The presence of Sai Study Group (SSG) gives a new color to multicultural education based on Five Pillars concept (Satya Dharma Prema Santih Ahimsa) as seen in the Sarwa Dharma symbol promoted by SSG by showing the existence of various symbols of the worlds major religions which is incorporated into a circle of lotus flowers the existence of these symbols can be explored interpreted and explored their meaning according to Paul Ricoeurs thinking paradigm to find profound religious spiritual and social meanings especially the true objective meaning in order to obtain an essential truth

This study aims to (1) identify the application of religious teaching

methodology in the culture of learning among Denpasar study group devotees (2) find principles or abstractions that can explain how the five ideological values of the five pillars are the core values in the practice of diversity Denpasar Group (SSG) and (3) interpret the meaning of the five pillar concepts according to Hermeneutics Paul Ricourand are implemented in actions and interactions among SSG Denpasar devotees and all religious people The method used is a qualitative research method that places researchers as playing instruments to help analyze the problem of ideographic research

Descriptive explorative research results show that in an effort to transfer

knowledge and transfer of community values SSG Denpasar transforms the teachings of Bhagawad Sri Sathya Sai Baba with multi methods namely Dharma Tula (Study Circle) Dharmawacana Dharma Ashrama (Balvikas PNK) Dharma Gita (Gita group Pesantian) DharmaSadhana (Youth camp Balvikas Camp Sadhana Camp) Dharma Kriya (Seva Mutual Cooperation Blood Donor Gramma Seva) Dharma Shanti for devotees Study Circle in practice is a form of discussion in which participants (devotees) sit in a circular manner in a topic set by the SSG management referring to the teachings of Sri Sathya Sai Baba

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 2

The five pillars (Satya Dharma Prema Santhi and Ahimsa) cannot be separated from elements of human behavior and dharma as a form of manifestation of these five elements in the blast of society This means that humans must always be able to show behavior that is in harmony with the values of the five pillars

Key words Methods of Religious Teaching Five Pillars Hermeneutics Paul Ricour INTRODUCTION

Now days in the lives of Balinese people spiritual cultural approaches are believed to be still held firmly and implemented adaptively and flexibly in developing the paradigm and operationalization of life practices in various dimensions such as development and improvement of appreciation for diversity through tolerance in religious life environmental management development of social life artistic life development of religious education programs and others based on spiritual culture Regarding appreciation for diversity empirical evidence shows that Hindus since ancient times valued diversity as a dynamic in interacting with other people Although textually normative religious concepts are related to appreciation of differences and the non-violent teachings of religions empirically and applicatively there seems to be a gap between theory and practice as shown by the existence of conflicts and cases of violence based on SARA and the difference in the perspective of a religious adherent to another religion Empirical evidence about cases of religious based violence is found in Indonesia and in various parts of the world The emergence of various forms of SARA-based violence is allegedly influenced by the presence of modern views that confront religion with what Hidayat and Nafis (2003 13) refer to as epistemological crises in religion this crisis rooted in what is called Religions Way of Knowing (RWK) Sociologists see the symptoms of the modern human crisis as a regression (regress) which is characterized by damage in the fabric of the structure of human behavior in peoples lives which first takes place on a personal level (individual) related to motives perceptions and responses (responses) including status and role conflicts Second with regard to religious norms which are related to the destruction of rules that must be a standard of behavior life which Durkheim calls life without normlessness

According to Levinson three distinct groups present different conceptions of multicultural education These groups are political and educational philosophers educational theorists and educational practitioners In the minds of the members of these groups multicultural education has different and sometimes conflicting aims within schools Philosophers see multicultural education as a method of response to minorities within a society who advocate

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 3

for their own groups rights or who advocate for special considerations for members of that group as a means for developing a childs sense of autonomy and as a function of the civic good Educational theorists differ from philosophers in that theorists seek to restructure schools and curriculum to enact social justice and real equality (Levinson 2010 p 433) According to Banks (2013) a major goal of multicultural education is to change teaching and learning approaches so that students of both genders and from diverse cultural ethnic and language groups will have equal opportunities to learn in educational institutions

At the cultural level the crisis is related to a shift in values and knowledge of society which is called the cultural language phenomenon That material values and knowledge grow rapidly far beyond the things that are spiritual so that people lose their balance Unfortunately the crisis also affected the world of education including religious education which was characterized by the dominance and hegemony of the practice of national education which tended to ignore the values of religious humanism because it was dominated by capitalist market ideologies that tended to be materialistic (Sukadi 2007 4) based on sacred moral values more and more time tends to show symptoms of secularization (Piliang as quoted by Widja 2007 74-87) here the world of education like the world of secular countries tends to separate between the interests of religious ideology and the ideology of science Whereas in the reality of Indonesian society in general and Balinese society in particular such ways of thinking and values conflict with the values of religious society (Azra in Maliki 2004) But in curriculum schools where the education process focuses on teaching eclectic bodies of knowledge and skills teachers need to use multicultural education to promote such highly valued outcomes as human development education equality academic excellence and democratic citizenship (see Banks amp Banks 2001 Nieto 2000)These attitudes distort multicultural education and make it susceptible to sporadic and superficial implementation if any Textbooks provide a compelling illustration of such an attitude The little multicultural content that they offer is often presented in sidebars and special events sections (Loewen 1995) This practice of education is suspected to detail the Indonesian generation towards materialism hedonism consumerism instincts glamorism and the like In addition as a result of religious learning and learning activities become dry from the touch of spiritual cultural values and highlight the increase in intellectual intelligence that tends to be rationalistic-materialistic (Sumantri 2001 85 Sukadi 2006 4) Furthermore Amin Abdullah in Abdul (2007 73) said that In the context of the epistemology of learning culture at the Sai Study Group Denpasar this study attempts to examine the application of religious teaching methodologies that lead to the formation of strong

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 4

characters and religious dimensions through intense interpretation of Spiritual Teacher discourses Intense interpretation of religious symbols and their active implementation in actions and interactions in community religious life is an imperative to create ideal conditions according to the expectations of the teachings of Hinduism The specific problem in this study which is also a strategic issue focused on the study of religious teaching methodologies applied in Panca-based religious practices and their implementation in action and interaction among the Sai Study Group (SSG) in Denpasar Religious harmony that is constructed through the exploration of religious values with their spiritual culture taught in religious learning groups at SSG Denpasar Efforts to construct religious harmony with a frame of religiosity humanism perennialism that is appreciative of diversity The existence of SSG Denpasar through its multicultural education encourages people to increase

DISCUSSIONamp RESULT Deep understanding of Sais identity must be recognized by various Sai

staff members followed by all Sri Satya Narayana adherents or devotees known as Sai Baba There are several important elements that need to be considered namely (1) The nature identity of Sai (nature) as a source of Sais identity (2) Vision Sai (Sai Vision) as a basis and purpose which is nothing but natural or teak din itself (3) Sais mission (Mision) aimed at realizing realizing Sais Vision (4) Sai Culture (culture which is implied in Sais mission (5) Sai personality and personality formed and principles The sovereignty that has been cultivated is reflected in ones views and attitudes (6) the differentiation or uniqueness of Sai (differentiations) as the most basic distinguishing element and Sai and (7) the position of Sai (positioning) important principles taught by Sri Satya Narayana (Sai Baba) who is at the same time an orientation in carrying out actions and interactions in community life and religion are There is only One Religion based on Love There is only one language - Heart language There is only one humanity caste There is only one God - He is everywhere and in the heart of every creature (SSGI 2010 31)

The statement in the form of the motto must be used as a reference in interacting with human in various dynamics of life in the context of building harmony both horizontally and vertically To strengthen the realization of the dynamics of life based on the values of sincerity compassion and mutual respect in religious and community life he built the concept of Five Pillars (Satya Dharma Prema Shantih and Ahimsa) as the main buffer in interacting in life human being in society The Satya Sai organization is based on five things as a fundamental and fundamental orientation for all Sai organizations and behavioral guidelines for their followers The principle of Sais organization consists of 1 Vedas - Sanathaa Dharma (Eternal Truth) as described by Sad Guru Bhagawan Sri Sathya Sai Baba 2 Panca Pillars of Sathya Sai

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 5

Humanitarian Values as follows 1) Sathya Truth 2) Dharma Virtue 3) Prema lsquoLove 4) Shanti aianPeace rsquo 5) Ahimsa No Violence 3 Nine Code of Conduct as follows 1) Meditating and praying or praying every day 2) Singing hymns (bhajans) and praying or praying with all family members once a week 3) Participate in educational programs for children organized by the organization 4) Following the hymns (bhajans) and prayers conducted at the organizations activity centers at least once a month 5) Participate in community service activities and other programs carried out by the organization 6) Regularly study Sag discourses of Guru Bhagawan Sri Sathya Sai Babas teacher 7) Talk softly to anyone 8) Do not talk about the ugliness of others both when the person is present especially when the person is not there 9) Running a life of limiting desire and using savings from the results of controlling that desire for humanitarian services 4 Ten Life Principles as follows 1) Regarding and upholding the homeland the place of birth as something sacred by cultivating a heroic attitude towards the nation and the nation and never having a bad dream in the mind or even in a dream to do something that can make the country miserable as soon as birth 2) Respecting all religions 3) Establishing brotherly relations between same people 4) Cleaning the house and the surrounding environment to improve harmony and health together this is actually useful and helps himself 5) Carrying out generosity encouraging but not supporting the spirit of dissemination by giving money but by providing food clothing or shelter or helping with other means that do not make him lazy 6) It is not giving or accepting bribes in solving all problems 7) It is not jealous and jealous of others by developing insights and views and treating all people equally equally without distinguishing castes nations religions groups and beliefs 8) Carry out all your own needs yourself as well as go personally in doing community service and service activities by not controlling other people or helpers for a rich person 9) Developing and cultivating devotion to God fear of sinning avoiding disgraceful deeds 10) Following and not violating all the express and implied laws of the State Law and being good telada citizens (SSGI 2003 21-23) The organization of the Sri Sathya Sai Bali Foundation only oversees Prema Sai K Kindergarten

Generally Sai Study Group activity classification based on age groups namely 1) Age Group 4-12 years is called Balvikas 2) Age Group 13-35 years old is called Youthvikas 3) Age Groups 35 years and above are called Wredhavikas (or groups that have entered the gates of Grhasta or family)

Each age group has its own teacher based on their talents and abilities including the license they have to teach National-scale education must be taught by PNK Teams who have licenses from Jakarta or Education centers such as India Thailand Philippines Zambia and Malasia Indonesia includes

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 6

Zone III (Asian region) which is incorporated with the above mentioned countries

The education of Sathya Sai or the Human Values Education at the Sai Study Group is more appropriate to be called semi-ashram The reason is Sai Study Group is in the form of a permanent place as the center of all activities in a particular area to reflect the work program of the three wings namely Spiritual Seva (Service) and Education according to the author of the three wings are sourced from the teachings of CaturMarga Yoga which can be implemented on three wings namely 1) Bhakti Marga Yoga is represented in Bhajan activities (hymns Sankirtan singing sacred songs (Sai Gopi group) mewirama (Sai Gurnita group) meditation (Sathya Sai Meditation) Yoga and Tirtayathra 2) Karma Marga Yoga is represented in Seva activities (services) such as Medical Camp Giving Sembako Visiting while providing assistance to nursing homes orphanages free clinics and providing scholarships to underprivileged children 3) JnanaMarga Yoga is represented in the activities of Human Values Education where Youthvikas children come to the villages to provide free Human Values Education for Raja Marga Yoga it is not applied because the level of King Marga Yoga is the final point of a spiritual seeker to the level of moksha

Raja Marga Yoga is the end point of human life However if one has been able to carry out the three wings mentioned above it is not impossible for them to be able to penetrate to this final level Spiritual education is very consistent with the fulfilment of self-realizing (spiritual awareness) balance of the soul not fed with a variety of worlds of materialism which he considers only virtual form Sathyam Brahman Jagan Mithyam (that truth is only brahman while the world is virtual) According to the SSGD Administrators in the discussion held before Bhajan on Thursday September 6 2018 in Tegeh Kori Denpasar it was explained that the various methods used in the SSG community group in transforming the teachings of Bhagawan Sri Sathya Sai Baba include Dharma Tula (study circle) Dharmawacana Dharma ashrama (balvikas PNK) Dharma Gita (group gita pesantian) Dharma Sadhana (Youth camp Balvikascamp Sadhana Camp) Dharma kriya (seva mutual cooperation blood donor gramma seva ) Dharma Shanti (celebrating every year for devotees)

The word value from the translation of the word value is then translated into Indonesian into values derived from Latin valere or Ancient French valoir (Encyclopedia of Real Estate Terms 2020) The denotative meaning valere valence value or value can be interpreted as price However when the word has been associated with an object or perceived from a certain point of view the price contained in it has various interpretations There are prices according to economics psychology sociology anthropology politics and religion The

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 7

difference in interpretation of the price of a birth value is not only due to differences in human interest in material things or scientific studies but more than that the price of a value needs to be articulated to realize and utilize the meanings of life (Rohmat 2008 7) Another opinion from AloLiliweri states that value is a belief based on a code of ethics in society Values show right good and bad and also show how we should live now and in the future as well as how life experiences in the past

The dimension of value is a unit of interrelation of several values that exist in a continuum of interests Value is something abstract about the goals that we build through language symbols and verbal and non-verbal (Liliweri 2002 108) Psychologist Gordon Allport defines value as occurring in a psychological area called belief Therefore he considered that Value is a belief that makes a person act on the basis of his choice Confidence is placed in the psychological area that is higher than other areas such as desires motives attitudes desires and needs Because the decision is right wrong good and bad beautiful is not beautiful in this region is the result of a series of psychological processes that then direct the individual to actions and actions that are in accordance with the value of his choice

Value is a normative benchmark that influences humans in making choices among alternative ways of action (Kupperman 1983) Therefore one of the most important parts in the process of value judgment is the involvement of normative values that apply in society Rohmat believes that the value is always related to education (2004 117) Value is not possessed by an object in itself This situation cangive rise to different values from various subjects in appreciating the same object The purpose of education itself is to shape human character to be perfect (the aim of education is character) Human consciousness must be increased at the highest level (Jumsai 2000 86-87)

Etymologically reviewed the Sai Study Group is a study group that examines the vedas which are based on teachings discourse by their spiritual teacher Bhagawan Sri Sathya Sai Baba Furthermore the Sai Study Group is shortened to SSG All SSGs in the territory of Indonesia are covered by the Central Sai Study Group Indonesia (SSG) based in Jakarta One branch of the Sai Study Group in Bali is better known as the Sai Study Group Denpasar or SSG Denpasar because it is within the Denpasar city area referring to the teachings of ancient highways originating from Vedas Literature and Upanishads carrying four sacred missions namely 1 Veda Poshanais upholding the holy teachings of the Vedas 2 VidvatPoshana is nurturing scholars who study Vedas 3 The Rakshaka Dharma is protecting the truth of the Vedas 4 Bhakta Rakshaka is protecting people who are devoted to God The Sai Study Group organization especially in Bali has developed and has a branch or wing of 32 Sai Study Groups (SSG) covering eight regencies

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 8

throughout Bali plus branches that are in the village area and officially received PHDI Center since January 1994 with letter No 26 Perny I PHDIP 1994 dated January 14 1994 Each has a branch or branch in the Rural area The teachings developed by the Sai Study Group refer to the five pillars described in this paper namely Truth (Sathya) Virtue (Dharma) Peace (Shanti) Compassion (Prema) and Non-Violence (Ahimsa) According to Kasturi (1987 150) the Sai Study Group has three wings or three fields in developing Sai Babas teachings namely 1 Spirituality (Spiritual) 2 Field of Service (Seva) 3 Field of Education (Human Values) In this study the basis of this research is in the third program namely the field of education which incorporates values in teaching education to its devotees According to the teachings of Sri Sathya Sai Baba states that education without character is futile So the end of education is forming

The three wings of the organization in conducting activities consist of 1) Wings first wings move in the Spiritual field namely Bhajans (holy songs mewirama meditation yoga tirtayathra) 2) Wings second wings are engaged in Seva (services) such as Medical Camp Basic food donations to the poor free Polyclinics Visiting Orphanages and Nursing Homes giving scholarships to the poor and so on 3) Wings third wing is engaged in the field of Education namely Debriefing of Human Values Education (PNK) to Balvikas teachers kindergarten teachers satsang (discussion) Workshop Seminar founded the Sathya Sai Kindergarten school In the opinion of the author the three wings are sourced from the teachings of CaturMarga Yoga which can be implemented on three wings namely 1) Bhakti Marga Yoga is represented in Bhajan activities (hymns Sankirtan singing sacred songs (Sai Gopi group) mewirama (Sai Gurnita group) meditation (Sathya Sai Meditation) Yoga and Tirtayathra 2) Karma Marga Yoga is represented in Seva activities (services) such as Medical Camp Giving Sembako Visiting while providing assistance to nursing homes orphanages free clinics and providing scholarships to underprivileged children 3) JnanaMarga Yoga is represented in the activities of Human Values Education where Youthvikas children come to the villages to provide free Human Values Education

Basic Ideological Values of the Five Pillars Become the SSG Religious Foundation Denpasar Five Pillars (truth virtue affection peace nonviolence) someone who lives on the path Sai will present as a wise and loving person where his discourse always conveys the truth his actions always enlighten virtue his feelings are always filled with peace and his views always implies a nonviolent attitude Efforts to understand basic uniqueness can then distinguish between Sai organizations and other similar social organizations Every view attitude or activity carried out is always seen as an effort to realize and develop self-spirituality through SAI = See Always Inside unity - purity - divinity

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 9

(Always seen as an effort to build and develop Unity - Purity - Godhead) With regard to the basic values of character Sais organization provides policy recommendations such as (1) Sais Bhakta should be aware of his own character identity and make Sais Vision the basis and purpose of his spiritual journey Embodied in the perspective of nature attitude behavior and seen from how he interpreted and responded to every situation (2) Sais devotion is obliged to carry out the Inisi Sai and build Sais personality and culture with love and service Not only intended for those who are deities in semanusiar but also for all people and all beings in the universe (3) All components of Sais organization should be able to position Sais organization as a vehicle for developing self-spirituality by promoting the principles of spirituality in life (4) Sai Bhakta should realize the implicit meaning of the symbol of Sai that emphasizes the principles of values (values) and the principle of universality and (5) Sai Bhakta must understand the depth of Sais teachings both through the existing literature through the activities of Study Circle Sathya dharma discourse and through other spiritual practices Sadhana (both proclaimed by the organization and in the daily lives of devotees) and try to make life appropriate with the mandate of Sad Teacher (Your life is My Messages)

The position of Sai devotees before the teacher sad All Sai devotees have the same position before Sad Guru Bhagavan Sri Sathya Sai Baba This relationship is personal direct without intermediaries Sai iniracles (Sais miracle) It must be realized that Sais most valuable miracle is the transformation of love within oneself Even if Bhagavan often shows miracles in the form of creating material things for someone it is only personal and is seen as a business card or as a reminder of him Sai Bhakta is expected not to stop there Sais Bhakta should not be bound to what given then forget who gave it (Sai VidyaPrashanti 2013 326-328) The concept of PancaPilar which consists of satya (truth) dharma (virtue) shanti (peace) prema (love) and ahimsa (without violence) is required by sad teacher to be the basic capital that must be a reference and guide for all devotees in doing actions and interactions in peoples lives

Methods of spiritual culture-based religious learning that can be used to develop the ability to understand (Jnatum) See (Drashtum) and Diaini (Paveshtum) depth and echo of conscience which are connected with the reality of life and life Contemplation and internalization (contemplation tracing and strengthening) is like the first spiritual kitchen that cultivates the connection between reality and the principles of Sais teachings with the reality of life that must be lived The end and this stage will present a deeper insight awareness and belief (SSGI 2010 144)

Transformation ultimately leads someone always in Gods consciousness Gods consciousness (divinity) can only be achieved with purity

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 10

and the purity of the heart born and the unity of view and action (unity) To build purity through unity of view and action resources and techniques for supporting transformation are needed The sources techniques and means of supporting Sai transformation are related to (1) devotional service (devotion) (2) duty (3) (3) discipline (discipline) (4) discrimination ability and (5) determination (determination) (SSGI 2010 40) (1) Bhakti (Devotion)

Until now devotional service still keeps a number of hearts in the heart Words cannot even describe how a person feels when he is filled with devotion The secret behind the bond between the creator and the one created is truly inaccessible with rationality (2) Duties and obligations (Duty) everything in the universe is governed by a law called duties and obligations or often referred to as Dharma (3) Discipline (Discipline) Discipline is very much needed in the process of transformation As explained in the dharma description that there is no one in the universe that moves on its own all are governed by their own rules which are called dharma or duties and obligations (4) Ability to distinguish (Discrimination) basically each person is given the ability to distinguish between good and bad and which are allowed or not to be done

The ability to distinguish is called intellect or Viveka Intellect or viveka is higher in level and in the mind whose work is only to gather knowledge build passion emotion ego and love (5) Determination (Determination) Transformation cannot be possible without determination A person will be able to have determination if he is aware and believes that these changes can provide better and earlier benefits lsquoDetermination is needed so that the spirit of transformation is maintained The technique means of Sai transformation consists of prayer bhajan service sathsang always strives in the consciousness of God PancaPilar As the Foundation for the Development of Integrity and Adaptation Integration and adaptation is the stage to build connectivity and space for adjustments between views awareness or beliefs that have been built up with action plans This is the most central stage in the transformation process Views awareness and beliefs will have no meaning if It is not integrated in life Awareness that has remained in the area of view should be integrated linked and adjusted with action plans so as to bring awareness of actions or often referred to as karma yoga Karma is action and yoga is calm The Meaning of Five Pillars through the Implementation of the Teachings of Karma and Dharma Bhakti The five pillars (Satya Dharma Prema Santi and Ahimsa) cannot be separated from elements of human behavior and dharma as a form of manifestation of these five elements in social life

This means that humans must always be able to show behavior that is in harmony with the values of pillars because every action taken will have consequences that are accepted according to the quality of the actions

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 11

performed Honor the Atma in each individual because Atma is God who resides in every being Your job is to help do service or Dharmabakti Do your heart with all your heart please help with love that is genuine and blameless CONCLUSION In an effort to transfer the knowledge and transfer of values to the SSG Denpasar community transforming the teachings of Bhagawad Sri Santhya Sai Baba with multi methods namely Dharma Tula (study circle) Dharmawacana Dharma Ashrama (balvikas PNK) Dharma Gita (Group Gita Pesantian ) DharmaSadhana (Youth camp Balvikas Camp Sadhana Camp) Dharma Kriya (Seva Mutual Cooperation Blood Donor Gramma Seva) Dharma Shanti (celebrating every year for devotees) Study Circle in practice is in the form of discussion where all participants (devotees) sit in a circular manner in a trending topic chosen by the SSG management referring to the teachings of Sri Sathya Sai Baba FivePilars (Truth Virtue Compassion Peace Non-violence) is considered as basic values as well as ideology that is used as a reference or goal to be achieved in guiding and guiding his devotees in improving self-quality identification of identity and effort to realize and develop self-spirituality The five pillars (Satya Dharma Prema Santi and Ahimsa) cannot be separated from elements of human behavior and dharma as a form of manifestation of these five elements in the blast of society This means that humans must always be able to show behavior that is in harmony with the values of the five pillars References 1 Banks James An Introduction to Multicultural Education 4th edition

2008 Pearson AllynBacon ISBN 9780205518852 2 Levinson M (2009)Mapping Multicultural Education in Harvey Seigel

ed The Oxford Handbook of Philosophy of Education (Oxford University Press)

3 Loewen J W (1995) Lies my teacher told me Everything your American history textbook got wrong New York New Press

4 Nieto S (2000) Affirming diversity The sociopolitical context of multicultural education (3rd ed) New York Longman

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 12

IDENTITY POLITICSA MASTER STROKE OF POLARIZATION

P M N Shankar Department of Political Science Sharavathi First Grade College

konandur-postThirthahalli-Taluk SHIMOGA-Dist

The past few months have seen several social groups protesting sometimes violently to either protect or extend special privileges to their members This resurgence of identify politics sits uncomfortably with a liberal constitutional order that is built on the rights of the individual The congress government in Karnataka agreed to give minority status to the Lingayat and Veerashaiva communities in March 2018 Dalit groups have taken to the streets to protest against a recent Supreme Court order to fortify The Schedule Castes and the Scheduled Tribes (Prevention of Atrocities) Act 1989 against misuse Earlier there have been demands for special privileges from relatively affluent communities such as the Jats in Haryana the Patidars in Gujurat and the Marathas in Maharashtra The two main national parties have at different times played caste and communal politics to further their electoral agendas Many regional parties too have played identity politics with equal if not grater panache Indian electoral politics essentially does not allow any major political party to take a stand against the grant of special privileges to a community with a substantial number of votes

Identity Politics

Caste

Religio

LanguagGender

Ethnicit

Urban Rural

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 13

The Power of Politics In the ldquoFirst past the postrdquo system of electing representatives the power of democratic mobilization gives communities a veto over the rights of the individual In an Indian election a political party has to cultivate a small number of communities which can deliver block votes And when the swing of a few percentage of votes can change the electoral verdict even being able to wean off a faction of a community away from the rival party may work wonders Why the Resurgence What is at stake is the number of benefits enjoyed on wearing the minority badge A number of central and state government schemes are meant exclusively for the minorities The educational institutes run by minorities enjoy much greater autonomy These perverse incentives in the name of secularism ndash which in really actually distort Indian secularism ndash have given rise to numerous such demands by communities to gain minority status Ethnic fragmentation of the kind India has allowed full play to identity politics This fragmentation also makes it difficult for communities across fault line to come together to mobilize on economic issues The middle class which is often expected to agitate for better economic policies in place of community based hand-outs has responded by exiting government delivered services in favour of private service providers If one community is being given undue favour by a ruling party other communities can unite to overthrow it in the next election With an upper cap on quotas introducing new communities into these privileges angers the original backward communities get minority status it will mean less funds for each minority group The political scientist Devesh Kapur has blamed this phenomenon of different groups demanding a greater share of public resources for Indiarsquos traditionally high fiscal deficits low public investment and stunted economic growth rates Low economic growth rates mean that even the favoured communities donrsquot end up faring much better

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 14

Role of Judiciary In such a scenario it is no surprise that the order on the SCST Act has come from a non-elected institution the Supreme Court The judiciary often leans towards activism but it still remains the one institution that can be expected to stand for the rights of the individual when they are in conflict with privileges of a community It is almost futile to hope that a political party will come to the rescue of an individual at the receiving end of the draconian provisions of the atrocities law The Supreme Court ndash an important institution to uphold republican values and protect them from democratic excesses ndash has stepped in to put a cap on the quotas granted to communities As more communities demand special privileges the government may end up committing greater fund for the welfare of select communities at the expense of development projects and public goods meant for all This has in fact been happening in India The bottom lines is that Indian democracy will be much more prosperous if the Indian republic ndash or each individual is empowered References 1 A Prasad (1997) Summary of issues Judgement and directions in Indra

Sawhney V Union of Indiarsquo in A Prasad Reservation Justice to other Backward Classes p308

2 Ashutosh Varsheney (1993) ldquoContested Meanings Indiarsquos National Identity Hindu Nationalism and the policies of Anxietyrdquo pp 113-16

3 C Jaffrelot (2003)Indiarsquos Silent Revolution ndash The rise of the lower caste in North Indian Politics pp 156-59

4 Constituent Assembly Debates (1989) Vol I Loka Sabha Secretariat P59 (Nehrursquos inaugural speech before the constituent Assembly on 13 December 1946)

5 James Manor (1977) Political Change in an Indian State Mysore 1917-1955 p60 O Chinnappa Reddy (1990) Report of Karnataka Third Backward Classes commission Vol 1 PP 11-12

6 P Radhakrishnan lsquoBackward Classes in Tamil Nadu 1872 ndash 1988 pp 509-517

7 Report of the backward classes commission First Part P 21 8 Ronald Ingleharr and Christine Welzel (2005) Modernization Cultural

Change and Democracy P21 also Pippa Norrs and Ronald Inglehart (2004) Scared and Secular Religion and Politics World P33

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 15

9 Samuel Huntington (1983) American Poltics The Promise of Disharmony pp 96-98

10 Yogendra Yadv and VB Singh (1996) Survey of Center for the Study of Developing Societies (CSDS) India Today August 15 1996 p32-35

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 16

MULTIPLE REGRESSION ANALYSIS OF VALUE DRIVERS OF EARNINGS PER SHARE (EPS) AN ANALYTICAL STUDY OF

THE WIPRO LTD

Sangamesh Hugar PhD Research Scholar

Dept of Studies in Commerce Karnatak University

Dharwad

Dr A S Shiralashetti Professor and Dean

Dept of Studies in Commerce Acting Vice - Chancellor

Karnatak University Dharwad

Abstract The Earnings Per Share (EPS) is a key factor which affects the

shareholder value It is an indicator of net addition to the shareholdersrsquo wealth EPS is influenced by several variables like operating leverage financial leverage tax effect ratio etc In view of this multi-variable nature of the EPS in the present study an attempt is made to explore the value drivers of the EPS to examine their individual contribution rates (ie beta coefficients or EPS drivers) based on operating and financial data collected from Annual Reports of the Wipro Ltd for period from 2008-09 to 2017-18 by applying Simple Linear Regression Analysis and MVAR Technique

Keywords Earnings Per Share (EPS) Earnings Before Interest and Tax (EBIT) Earnings Before Tax (EBT) Earnings After Tax (EAT) Operating Leverage Financial Leverage Tax Effect Ratio (TER) Introduction

Business enterprises are not the charitable entities Basic purpose of their existence (raison drsquoecirctre) is to earn or add a fair return to the shareholders after meeting out all external obligations so that the existing shareholders are motivated to park their funds in the same company This whole exercise of earning reasonable return on shareholdersrsquo wealth depends fundamentally upon

i how a company can increase sales (revenue management or marketing decisions)

ii how a company can effectively manage the operating cost (both variable operating cost and fixed operating cost ndash cost management decisions)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 17

iii what kinds of investment is required (investment in additional fixed assets or investment in net working capital) and

iv what pattern of financing (equity or debt or both) In nutshell it is said that shareholder value creating capacity of

company is the ultimate effect of actions reactions and interactions of operating investment and financial decisions or strategies NEED FOR THE STUDY Shareholder Value Creation has become a buzz word in recent years There is direct nexus between the shareholder value and the EPS But the EPS itself is governed by the several variables (called value drivers in the current financial literature) like Net sales direct cost of goods sold fixed operating cost Interest on debt Tax Effect Ratio ability of the company to magnify the effect of change in sales on EBIT (ie Operating Leverage) and the effect of change in EBIT on EPS (ie Financial Leverage) The very existence of the company and its contribution to the socio-economic development of the economy depends upon its value creation process Regular review of their modus operandi will enable them to examine the current financial status and to explore the key value drivers which are affecting the EPS Hence a need was felt to assess the impact of different value drivers on EPS REVIEW OF LITERATURE

In the empirical studies done so far the researchers have concentrated on the determinants of equity market prices To mention a few

i Collins (1957) studied on the determinants of market pries of equity shares of American Bank and concluded that the book value (BVs) and the dividend per share (DPS) were the major determinants of market prices

ii Stern Stewart (1990) based on the data of 618 US Companies concluded that the EVA rather MVA is the major determinant of performance evaluation

iii Pradhan (2003) based on the analysis of financial statements of companies listed on Nepal Stock Exchange Ltd concluded that the DPS was the prime determinant of shares

iv Khan (2009) also based on data collected from the companies listed on Dhaka Stock Exchange concluded that the DPS was the main determinant of equity prices

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 18

v Nirmala Sanju and Ramachandran (2011) based on the data collected from Indian Companies concluded that the DPS and the PE ratio were the significant determinants of share price

vi Nisa and Nishat (2012) found that ROI Growth Factor and Stock Valuation factor had positive impact on the share price and that risk and volatility had negative impact on the share prices of Sensex and Nifty

vii Malhotra and Tandon (2013) applied regression model for examining the factors affecting the stock prices of 100 companies listed on the NSE and found that the variables like Book Value EPS and PE ratio had positive relationship with the market prices of shares Whereas the dividends yield had the negative relationship with the market price

viii Madhu Malik (2004) examined the relationship between shareholder wealth and financial variables like EPS RONW and ROCE and found that there was high positive correlation between EVA and ROCE and low positive correlation between EVA and EPS

STATEMENT OF THE RESEARCH PROBLEM In corporate financial literature the firmrsquos ability to increase the size of shareholder wealth year-by-year is fundamentally determined by the Leverage effect and Tax Effect Ratio (TER) Leverage Effect is of three types viz operating leverage effect financial leverage effect and joint effect If each effect is favorable the firm enjoys magnifying power and its shareholdersrsquo wealth is increased whereas if each effect is unfavorable the firm does not enjoy the magnifying power and the shareholdersrsquo wealth is destroyed The magnifying power associated with operating leverage is governed by the quality of operating decisions relating to sales management cost management and the magnifying power associated with financial leverage is governed by the quality of capital structure decisions The favorable joint effect of those two effects on EPS will not be diluted only when the Tax Effect Ratio is either equal to one or very near to one and the quality of this TER depends upon sound corporate tax planning and management decisions Against this background an attempt is made in the present paper to explore the value drivers of EPS and their contributing capacity individually and collectively in the process of shareholder value creation process based on the operating and financial data collected from the Annual Reports of the WIPRO Ltd for the period from 2008-09 to 2017-18 Hence the title of the study

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 19

ldquoMULTIPLE REGRESSION ANALYSIS OF VALUE DRIVERS OF EARNINGS PER SHARE (EPS) AN ANALYTICAL STUDY OF THE WIPRO LTDrdquo OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY 1) To identify the main value drivers of the EPS of WIPRO Ltd 2) To test the significance of the explanatory power of value drivers collectively

and individually for assessing the variation in EPS 3) To examine the goodness of fit of the Regression Model used in the study 4) To measure and detect the problem of Multicollinearity 5) To resolve the issue of Multicollinearity by applying Variance Inflation

Factor (VIF) RESEARCH METHODOLOGY Scope of the Study The present study is restricted to the case study of the WIPRO Ltd and deals with the identification of the key drivers that either drive-up or drive-down the EPS and also the cause-effect analysis of EPS value drivers Nature of the Data The study is primarily based on secondary data collected from the Annual Reports of the WIPRO Ltd for a decade period from 2008-09 to 2017-18 Statistical Tools used for Analysis For the purpose of processing the data and interpreting the results generated therefrom the statistical tools like Simple Linear Regression Analysis (SLRA) Multiple Linear Regression Analysis (MLRA) Analysis of Variance (ANOVA) VIF besides the tools like ratio analysis draw from the literature of corporate finance Identification of the Drivers of EPS

The EPS is the ultimate indicator of the performance of the company and it throws light on the net addition to the shareholder wealth on per share basis EPS is the quotient arrived by dividing the Earnings after Interest and Tax (EAIT) by the total number of equity shares outstanding

(1) If the EPS is positive it implies that (a) Shareholders Wealth is increased

(b) both business risks and financial risks are covered and

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 20

(c) the firm contributed towards its CSR in the form of Income Tax (2) If the EPS is zero it implies that (a) It has no impact on or growth in shareholder wealth (b) both Business Risk and Financial Risk are covered (3) If the EPS is Negative it implies that (a) both business risk and financial risk are not covered (ie if Sales ndash Varaible Operating Cost = Zero) (b) Business risk is covered but the financial risk is not covered (ie if Sales - Variable operating cost ndash Fixed Operating Cost = 0)

No firm with commercial motive is interested in arriving at the ultimate business result of either zero EPS or negative EPS Financial literature or things today reveals that the EPS is either driven-up or driven-down depending upon the way in which the following are managed

(1) Net Sales (2) Cost of goods sold (3) Fixed operating cost (4) Fixed interest obligation on long term debt (5) Tax Burden The above EPS drivers are denoted by X1 X2 X3 X4 and X5

respectively in the present study Multiple Regression Model Used Yt = β0 + β1X1t + β2X2t + β3X3t + β4X4t + β5X5t+Et Where Yt = Dependent Variable (EPS) β0= Y Intercept (ie value of Y when the influence of all independent -variables together is zero) β1 = Partial regression coefficient of X1 β2 = Partial regression coefficient of X2 β3 = Partial regression coefficient of X3 β4 = Partial regression coefficient of X4 β5 = Partial regression coefficient of X5 Et= Random Error (with t=1helliphellip10)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 21

Hypotheses Formulated (1) For testing the significance of overall regression model

H0 β1=β2=β3=β4= β5= 0 H1 At least one β1 is not equal to zero

(2) For testing the significance of partial regression coefficients i Net Sales (X1)

H0 β1 = 0 H1 β1 ne 0

ii Cost of goods sold (X2) H0 β2 = 0

H1 β2 ne 0 iii Fixed operating cost (X3)

H0 β3 = 0 H1 β3 ne 0

iv Interest on long-term debt (X4) H0 β4 = 0 H1 β4 ne 0

v Tax Burden(X5) H0 β5 = 0 H1 β5 ne 0

ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION OF DATA Analysis and Interpretation of data is outlined in three parts Part-A Testing the significance of overall model in explaining the extent of variation in EPS by all independent variables together by using F-test and also the significance of each partial regression coefficients of independent variables by using t-test Part-B Detecting the Multicollinearity problem Part-C Measuring the Multicollinearity and resolving Multicollinearity problem PART-A Testing of Hypotheses For the purpose of analysis and processing so as to derive logical conclusions relating to the Joint effect of all the EPS drivers together and individual effect of each value driver on the EPS the input data used in study are shown in Table 1

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 22

Table 1 Input Data relating to Dependent Variables (ie EPS) and the Independent Variables (ie the EPS drivers)

(Rs in millions)

Year EPS (Yt)

Net Sales (X1)

Cost of Goods Sold (X2)

Fixed Cost (X3)

Interest (X4)

Tax Burden (X5)

2008-09 2681 256995 178958 33062 2400 6460 2009-10 3178 272129 185649 34529 1232 9163 2010-11 2172 310385 211943 41871 776 9695 2011-12 2288 371878 211945 99364 3439 13845 2012-13 2507 374300 210774 96349 2894 16865 2013-14 3237 434238 236612 111867 3834 21234 2014-15 3528 469510 252328 125939 3499 25101 2015-16 3647 512478 276606 143628 5484 25158 2016-17 3497 554484 295052 169323 5942 25214 2017-18 1685 544871 291162 170955 5830 22399

(Source Computed from the operating and financial data collected from Annual Reports of the company) The above input data are fed in the MS-Excel software and the resultant excel output is shown in Table 2 Table 2 Excel Output For Multiple Linear Regression Model for analysis of EPS Regression Statistics

Multiple R 0902419101 R Square 0814360234 Adjusted R Square 0582310527 Standard Error 4334998428 Observations 10

ANOVA

df SS MS F Significance F

Regression 5 3297489545 659497909 3509421515 0123782418 Residual 4 7516884548 1879221137 Total 9 4049178

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 23

Coefficients Standard Error t Stat P-value Lower 95 Upper 95

Intercept 254648423 2112427886 1205477473 0294452581 -3318555835 8411524294 Net Sales -0000748739 0000918002 -0815618439 0460498905 -000329752 0001800042 Cost of Sales 0000822917 0001014168 0811420447 0462646071 -0001992866 0003638699 Fixed Cost 000017568 000078872 0222740094 083464943 -0002014158 0002365517

Interest 0005642198 0002655337 2124852056 010079 -0001730199 0013014595

Tax 0004487349 0002719957 1649786703 0174331484 -0003064463 0012039162

Table 2 reveals that (1) As the F- Value(calculated) 351 lt F(α=00554)= 1552 the null hypothesis

that β1=β2=β3=β4= β5= 0 needs to be accepted Hence it is inferred that all the value drivers together do not have significant explanatory power to account for the variation in EPS R2 value (081) appears to be more than 2 simply because of more independent variables than the sample size in the model As the number of independent variables (regardless of the quality of variables) goes on increasing the R2 value gets increased But it does not mean that the explanatory power of the model has increased But in fact the percentage of explained variation in the dependent variable by the model has declined to 058 as denoted by 2

(2) As t-values(calculated) of all independent variables appearing in Table 2 are less than the critical t-value(α=00254) of plusmn2776 the hypotheses relating to the partial regression coefficients of all the five variables also need to be accepted No doubt the partial regression coefficients of X2 X3 X4 and X5 are not infact equal to zero but are very very near to zero Similarly the partial regression coefficient of the variable X1 also is not equal to zero but has negative value which is also very very near to zero Hence it is inferred that the value drivers have influenced the change in the EPS not in a substantial way but in a negligible way

PART-B

Checking the presence of Multicollinearity In a Econometrics theory it is postulated that when independent

variables included in the model are highly correlated with each other they will adversely affect the regression results In such a situation the signs of regression coefficients of independent variables will not be in consistent

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 24

with the signs of correlation coefficients between the independent variables Hence a multicollinearity matrix is prepared and the correlation results are given in Table 3 Table 3 Correlation Matrix (Dependent and Independent Variables)

EPS Net Sale Cost of Goods Sold

Fixed Cost Interest

Tax Burden

EPS (Y) 1 Net Sales (X1) 0225446 1 Cost of Goods Sold (X2) 0192969 0982302 1 Fixed Cost (X3) 0158958 0986948 09488977 1 Interest (X4) 0192725 0922605 089057601 0945189 1 Tax Burden (X5) 0423779 0952386 090320405 0930673 0836026 1 Table 3 reveals that there is no consistency between the partial regression coefficient sign of X1 variable (it is minus in Table 2) with the sign of correlation coefficient of that variable with the dependent variable EPS (it is plus in Table 3) Hence there is a problem of multicollinearity PART - C Measuring Multicollinearity and resolving the issue For measuring mutlicollinearity the Variance Inflation Factors (VIFs) are computed by applying the following formula VIFj =1(1-Rj

2) Where Rj

2= Coefficient of determination when ith independent variable is regressed against the remaining k-1 independent variables Generally if VIF of ith variable lt 5 Multicollinearity is not considered as a problem for that independent variable If VIF ge 5 it implies that the correlation between independent variables is too extreme and therefore the said variable needs to be removed from the model

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 25

The information relating to variance inflation factors of independent variables used in the study is given in Table 4

Table 4 Variance Inflation Factors of Independent variables Table 4 reveals that the VIFs of all the independent variables are less than five and therefore it is inferred that the is mutlicollinearity will not pose any problem among the independent variables though there is inconsistency between the regression sign of X1 (Net Sales) and its correlation coefficients sign with the dependent variable (EPS) FINDINGS AND SUGGESTIONS The major findings of the study and the suggestions relating thereto are listed below (1) The overall regression model results reveal that the Null Hypothesis(H0)

β1=β2=β3=β4=β5=0 is accepted against its H1 Hence as per the principles of econometrics it needs to be inferred that explanatory power of the model is zero However it is to be further noted that the partial regression coefficients of all independent variables are not in fact equal to zero but are very near to zero Therefore it is inferred that the overall regression model has moderate explanatory power to the extent of 058

(2) The Null hypotheses relating to individual independent variables also need to be accepted as their calculated t-values are less than the critical t-value(α=00254) of plusmn2776 However it is to be noted that their regression coefficients are not exactly equal to zero but are very very near to zero Hence it is inferred that they have negligible power to explain for the change in the value of the EPS

(3) There is mutlicollinearity problem as there is inconsistency between the regression coefficients of X1 and its correlation coefficient value with the dependent variable EPS

(4) Though there is mutlicollinearity problem an analysis of Variance Inflation Factor (VIFs) of all independent variable reveals that mutlicollinearity will not be a serious problem as the VIF of X1 happens to be less than five Hence it need not be removed from the model This is also in consistent with

Independent Variables VIF Factor Net Sales (X1) 0000205 Cost of Goods Sold (X2) 0001140 Fixed Cost (X3) 0005293 Interest (X4) 0005293 Tax (X5) 0005293

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 26

the priori reasoning in finance theory that the variable net sales(X1) is the prime and predominant factor of influencing the EPS if properly managed

(5) The correlation coefficient between the EPS and Tax factor (X5) is the highest (042) when compared with its correlation coefficient values with other variables Hence tax planning and management practices need to be streamlined

(6) Next highest correlation coefficient is between the Net Sales (X1) and the EPS followed by the correlation coefficient between the EPS and Cost of goods Sold (X2) Hence there is a need for increasing the volume of sales through effective marketing strategies and also for reducing cost of goods sold by adopting strategic cost management tools like ABC Target-Costing etc so as to improve the power of X1 and X2 variables in increasing the size of the EPS

CONCLUSION In view of priori reasoning in finance that all the variables (X1 X2 X3 X4 and X5) in the model have together the potential power to influence the extent of positive change in the EPS it is concluded by saying that it is imperative on the part of firm to streamline all the functional areas of management viz marketing (X1 variable) production and operations (X2 variable) cost management (X3 variable) to reap the magnifying power of the operating leverage capital structure policy (X4 variable) to take the advantage of favorable financial leverage and tax planning and management practices (X5 variable) so as to reduce the tax incidence LIMITATIONS OF THE STUDY

The study is confined to an analysis of impact of only five quantitative financial variables on EPS Further the study is primarily based on secondary data collected from the Annual Reports of the firm under study for the respective years SCOPE FOR FURTHER RESEARCH There is ample scope for undertaking further research studies relating to analysis of impact of both quantitative and qualitative variables on EPS Research studies relating to an assessment of value drivers on EPS in each functional area of management viz production marketing HRM etc

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 27

REFERENCES 1) Bryman A and E Bell (2011) Business Research Methods 3rd Ed

Oxford University Press 2) Cooley William W and Paul R Lohnes (1971) Multivariate Data Analysis

New York John Wiley and Sons 3) Cooper R D PS Schilder and J K Sharma (2012) Business Research

Methods McGraw ndash Hill Education (India) Pvt Ltd 4) Dixit RK 1986 Behaviour of Equity share prices and Investment in

India Deep and Deep publications New Delhi 5) Dougherty Christopher (2007) Introduction to Econometrics 3rd Ed

Oxford University Press 6) Geetha E and Swaaminathan M (2015) A study on the factors

influencing stock prices A Comparative study of Automobile and Information Technology Industries stocks in India International Journal of Current Research and Academic Review 3(3) 97-109

7) Gujarati Damodar (2017) Basic Econometrics 5th Ed TMH New Delhi 8) Hawawini and Viallet (2002) Finance for executives Managing for value

Creation 2nd Ed Thomson Learning Press USA 9) I M Pandey (2015) Financial Management 11th Ed Vikas New Delhi 10) Nirmala PS PS Sanju and M Ramachandran 2011 Determinants of

share prices in India Journal of Emerging Trends in Economics and Management Sciences 2(2)pp124-130

11) Nisa MU and M Nishat 2012 The determinants of stock prices in Pakistan Asian Economics and Financial Review 1(4)pp276-291

12) Pushpa Bhatt P and Sumangala J K 2012 Impact of Earnings per share on Market Value of an equity share An Empirical study in Indian Capital Market Journal of Finance Accounting and Management 3(2)

13) Sharma S and B Singh 2006 Determinants of equity share prices in Indian corporate sector An empirical study The ICFAI Journal of Applied Finance 12(4) pp177-189

14) Tandon K and malhotra N 2013 Determinants of Stock Prices Empirical Evidence from NSE 100 Companies International Journal of Research in Management and Technology (IJRMT) ISSN2249-9563

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 28

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 29

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 30

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 31

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 32

LEARNING STYLES OF THE POSTGRADUATE STUDENTS OF LIBRARY AND INFORMATION SCIENCE OF KARNATAKA STATE AN EMPIRICAL

STUDY

Yashavanth K N

Research Scholar Department of PG Studies and Research

in Library and Information Science Gulbarga University Kalaburagi

B S Maheswarappa

Professor (Retired) Department of PG Studies and Research in

Library and Information Science Gulbarga University Kalaburagi

Abstract The main purpose of the present study was undertaken to determine individual differences in the three patterns of learning styles and the constraints of the 397 students with [Feminine 255 viz (642) and Masculine 358 respondents (142)] who enrolled for the Library and Information Science regular programs offered by the 10 universities and 2 postgraduate centres mdash located in the different places within the Karnataka State India Further a questionnaire was designed to collect the response on a face-to-face basis from arbitrarily selected the 397 respondents for research work Besides the quantitative data were analyzed using crosstabs in SPSS version 21 Consequently the produced results have exhaustively organized with mathematical calculation in tabular forms mdash while the qualitative data probed deductively and inductively set up on the research questions to draw the pattern of results Finally the findings revealed that the lsquoVisualrsquo learning style has offered the highest numeral with 219 respondents viz 552 followed by the 126 lsquoAuditoryrsquo students videlicet 317 and the rest of them lsquoTactilersquo learners who stood in the third position at 52 (131) of the overall Pupils involved in this research study Keywords Behavior Constraints Educators Impediments Learning Preference Learning Problems Obstacles Students University 1 Introduction An educates have both pros and cons towards the way they acquire knowledge but a series of steps to be carried out for specific learning behaviour to extend the strength of their learning skills (Heffler 2010) as long as they learn more efficiently and sharpen their learning styles to overcome in their area of weakness (Stice 1987) Besides where there is classroom communication between the teaching and learning processes the personalized student has a responsibility for hisher own learning skills (Heffler 2010) Further students customize this kind of learning exercise have become masterminds shows with characterized by good substantial quality dynamic systematic and the capacity to reach higher grade or obtaining greater success in academic prospective (Myers amp McCaulley 1985) Besides greater awareness of the learning styles serving as an essential component to open better communication between the educators and the pupils (Montgomery amp Groat 1998) Moreover ldquoa good teacher also needs both to

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 33

motivate students to continue learning and to teach them the skills and strategies needed for continued learningrdquo (Pintrich amp Lin 1985) Learning is a holistic process of four-stages viz a) lsquoFeelingrsquo b) lsquowatchingrsquo c) lsquothinkingrsquo d) lsquodoing from all this every learner interchange between a concrete experience reflective observation then thinking analyzing and testing the information (Heffler 2010 Kolb 1984) Learning styles play a very important role especially learning environment which mainly divided into three subdivisions that are to say a) visual learner study by the mind map notes taking visualization of the concept in mind and information gathering through reading b) Auditory learner collecting information through the acoustic or Podcast c) Kinesthetic (Tactile) learner possesses information through physical involvement laboratory works and model construction (El-Farargy 2010) Besides Instruction training is distinct as ldquothe situation when the entire content of what is to be learned is presented to the learner in final formrdquo (Simon 2000 p 43) Also (Simon 2000) examined that Exploration training providing the learner to ldquofreedom to impose their own structures on learningrdquo Gardner (1995) expresses an excellent opinion of educators to develop educational models to increase the confidence and qualities or abilities of students to lend a hand them work towards their career goals according to their talents abilities Personal values and needs Later on after a few years ago (Roebber 2005) recommended that educators should bridge the gap between how students learned in the classroom and what they did in many challenging real-life work settings to increase studentsrsquo abilities as well as their employment potentials 2 Objectives of the Study

The paper discusses to fulfil the specific research objectives are as follows Identify the demographic characteristics and socioeconomic status of the

respondents Discover the learning styles and their associated variables of the pupils Determine the obstacles of the students in the learning process

3 Research Design The primary principle of this research intends to analyse the learning styles and constraints on the learning process of postgraduate students enrolled in Master of Library and Information Science professional program [two years duration (4 semesters) regular mode] offered by the 10 universities in Karnataka state selected for the study of the universe Table 1 Ten universities in Karnataka State offering the regular mode Postgraduate program in Library and Information Science

Sl No Name of the University

Year of Estd

Name of the Departments

Both MLISc II amp IV Semester Total QD QR

01 The University of Mysore Mysore ndash 570006 1916 Department of Library amp Information

Science 60 59

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 34

01 (a)

Dr BR Ambedkar Post Graduate Centre Chamarajanagara- 571313

2015-16

Master of Library and Information Science program (PG centre ndash University of Mysore)

26 18

01 (b)

Government First Grade Women`s College Holenarsipur-573211

2016-17

Master of Library and Information Science program (affiliated to University of Mysore)

23 16

02 Karnatak University Dharwad -580003 1949 Department of Library and

Information Science 39 39

03 Bangalore University Bangalore ndash 560056 1975 Department of Library amp Information

Science 74 68

04 Gulbarga University Gulbarga ndash 585106

1979-80

Department of PG Studies amp Research in Library amp Information Science

35 35

05 Mangalore University Mangalore ndash 574199 1982 Department of Studies In Library amp

Information Science 17 16

06 Kuvempu University Shimoga - 577 451 1993 Department of Library amp Information

Science 50 44

07

Akkamahadevi Womenrsquos University Vijayapura ndash 586108

2003 Department of Library amp Information Science 34 32

08 Tumkur University Tumkur- 572103 2004 Department of Studies amp Research

in Library and Information Science 52 41

09 Rani Channamma University Belgaum ndash 591156 2010 Department of Library amp Information

Science 26 17

10 Vijayanagara Sri Krishnadevaraya University Ballary- 583104

2010 Department of Library amp Information Science 19 12

Total 455 397 Note a) Questionnaires Distributed (QD) b) Questionnaires Received (QR)

31 Research Procedure A designed questionnaire has a main method of tool to collect the required data from the respondents for the research study Further the questionnaire has separated into 3 main parts namely Part I Demographic characteristics and socioeconomic status of the students while Part II discovers the Learning Style Inventory (httpwwwsisuedu) forming of 24 items has employed to investigate the various learning styles of the learners prefer to process the information for learning Subsequently Part III consists of 10 items dealing with constraints on the learning process Moreover with the help of the Statistical Package for Social Sciences (SPSS) inferential statistical analysis was conducted through the data collected from the questionnaire were tabulated and transformed into Frequency and Percentage 32 Rationale for the study The analysis carried out with quantitative and qualitative data collected through the designed questionnaire (open and close-ended questions) for the research work Further three points Likert scale (scores mentioned in the learning style inventory) namely a) Often (5) b) Sometimes (3) c) Seldom (1) has used to evaluate participants responses on learning styles inventory broadly classified as three sections viz a) Visual (8 items ie Qii Qiii Qvii Qx Qxiv Qxvi Qxix Qxxii) students prefer to learn from the seeing words in books or the chalkboard and workbooks b) Auditory (8 items ie Qi Qv

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 35

Qviii Qxi Qxiii Qxviii Qxxi Qxiv) learners prefer to process information through oralaural c) Tactile (8 items are Qiv Qvi Qix Qxii Qxv Qxvii Qxx Qxxiii) students prefer to learn best by the hands-on experiences with materials Finally Constraints of the students on Learning process discovered by five-point Likert scale Viz a) Very easy [1] b) Easy [2] c) Neutral [3] d) Difficult [4] and e) Very difficult [5] 4 Analysis and Interpretation of Data This section especially focuses on the detailed analysis and interpretation of the participantsrsquo response collected through the formulated questionnaires and specified objectives for the research work Further statistical analysis of data presented in the tabular form with frequencies and percentages as under follows Table 2 Demographic Characteristics and Socioeconomic Status of the Respondents

Variables Categories Frequency Percent

Age Group

21-22 192 484

23-24 130 327

25-26 48 121

27-28 27 068

Total 397 100

Gender Male 142 358

Female 255 645

Total 397 100

Marital Status Married 26 065 Unmarried 371 935

Total 397 100

Semesters II 208 524 IV 189 476

Total 397 100

Annual Income

Low 289 728 Middle 69 174

High 39 094 Total 397 100

Occupation

Farmer 253 637 Business 38 096

Government 55 139 Private 29 073 Skilled worker 15 038 Unemployed 07 018 Total 397 100

Table 2 emphases the demographic characteristics and socioeconomic status of the respondents of ten universities of Karnataka state Further age is one of the important factors which influence of sub-sections of the learning styles of the learners Besides groups the respondent categories as 4 divisionrsquos viz 21-22 23-24 25-26 and 27-38

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 36

respectively to analysis and interpretation of the age-wise data in terms of frequency and percentage The high frequencies (192) with the percentage of (484) were recorded from participants between 21 and 22 years old followed by age group formulating 23 to 24 years old respondents presents frequency of 130 (327) as well as the third position of the age band in percentage of 121 and a frequency of 48 of the respondents grouped between 25 and 26 years old Finally the age group of 27 to 38 years old respondents indicates the quite lesser frequency (27) and (68) out of the total numbers (397) of samples selected for the study Gender considered as the variable which influences the learning approach in many ways Consequently the lsquoFemalersquo respondents collected the highest frequency of 255 (642) and remaining Male participants record a frequency of 142 with a minimal 358 only in the total unit of the population The marital status of learners namely lsquoMarriedrsquo and lsquoUnmarriedrsquo viewed as variable to identify the learning approaches and associated relationship of the respondents As table 1 shows that lsquounmarriedrdquo 371mdasheducatee obtained the greatest percentage of 935 as well as remaining of them were lsquomarried respondents projected a frequency of 26 with a minimum of 65 Opted the study on semester wise basis of 10 universities mdash 397 postgraduate students of Karnataka state table 2 exhibits the second-semester learners attained a higher lsquoFrequency of 208 respondents with 524 whereas the rest of the respondents recorded 476 viz 189 participants belong to the lsquoFourth Semester Annual income-wise study of the parents has one of the most significant variables in calculating the socioeconomic status of the students parents Besides based on the Kuppuswamy socioeconomic status scale mdash annual income was categorized into three social class income level namely Low (lt ` 20000) Middle (` 20001- ` 50000) and High (gt ` 50001) to generate tables with frequency and percentage In addition to students coming from the lsquoLowrsquo income category family demonstrating the highest frequency of 289 respondents that is to say 728 followed by lsquoMiddlersquo annual income familiesrsquo projected 69 respondents 174 Whereas lsquoHighrsquo annual family earns the lowest with 39 (94) participants of the overall students involved in the study As figures shown in table 2 demonstrate occupation is a variable to significantly study different occupations of the parents mdash have classified as 6 parts based on their line of work The farming community presents the highest number of frequencies 253 with 637 followed by the parents working on the lsquoGovernmentrsquo sector register 55 as follows139 out of the total population as well as the business-oriented participants list 38 viz 096 At the same time 15 to wit 038 shows the respondents from the lsquoskilled workerrsquo sector and the remaining lsquounemployedrsquo present 07 respondentsrsquo videlicet 018 in their participation

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 37

Table 3 Learning Styles of the Educatee Learning Styles Frequency Percents Visual 219 552 Auditory 126 317 Tactile 52 131 Total 397 100 Figure 1 Learning Styles of the Educatee

Learning styles are imperative to facilitate the learning process of students at any level of their academic or studentrsquos life Therefore Table 3 described three main types of lsquolearning stylesrsquo mdash Visual Auditory and Kinesthetic (Tactile) which account for the differences in learning aptitudes Out of the 397 randomly selected participants 552 that is to say 219 tabulated under the lsquoVisualrsquo learning style and 317 as follows 126 respondents obtained under the lsquoAuditoryrsquo mode of learning At the same time as 131 videlicet 52 Tactilersquo oriented respondents contributed the least percentage among the total number of respondents take part learning style survey Table 4 Age group-wise Comparison of Learning Styles of the Students

Age Group Learning Styles Visual Auditory Tactile Total

21-22 100 457

69 548

23 442

192 484

23-24 80 365

36 286

14 269

130 327

25-26 24 110

13 103

11 212

48 121

27-38 15 068

08 063

04 077

27 068

Total 219 100

126 100

52 100

397 100

Every student adopts individualized approach learning as per their age perceptions of the postgraduate studentsrsquo age groups vary from 21 to 38 years old in the selected

55 32

13 VisualAuditory

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 38

universities mdash learning styles were parted as 3 learning approaches such as Visual Auditory and Tactile Table 4 discovers that the 21-22 age categories indexed the highest percentage of 457 (100) postgraduate students followed by 365 (80) within the age range of 23-24 who learn by the visual mode Even as the remaining age groups namely 25-26 and 27-38 brought in 110 (24) and 068 (15) respondents take part lsquoVisualrsquo learning style Beneath the lsquoAuditoryrsquo approach to learning the data reveal that the 21-22-year-old candidates polled in 548 viz 69 and the 22-24 age group owned 36 respondents to wit 286 At the same time as the 25-26 age bands displays 13 participants that are to say 103 even as the 27-28-year-old correspondences managed only 063 with 08 responses Thereafter the lsquoTactilersquo fashion of the learning shared 442 with 23 respondents within the age of 21 and 22 years old Subsequently 23-24 and 25-26-year-old learner record a performance of below 30 that is 269 (14) and 077 (04) responses Finally the slightest total percentage was collected in the 27-38 age bands with 27 namely 068 and the maximum performance were contributed by the 21-22-year-olds with 192 viz 484 of respondents in this table Table 5 Gender-wise Classification of Learning Styles of the Participants

Gender Learning Styles Visual Auditory Tactile Total

Male 72 329

48 381

21 404

141 355

Female 147 671

78 619

31 596

256 645

Total 219 100

126 100

52 100

397 100

Figure 2 Gender-wise Classification of Learning Styles of the Participants

33 38 40

67 62 60

01020304050607080

Visual Auditory Tactile

o

f Par

ticip

ants

Learning Styles

Male

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 39

Table 5 discloses that 355 (141) male 645 (256) female respondents sub-classified under the 3 learning styles of participants selected in the universities for the survey Besides under the lsquoMalersquo respondent category mdash Table 5 reveals that out of 141 respondents 72 with 329 of the respondents opted for the visual mode of learning as well as 48 viz 381 chose the auditory style and 21 to wit 404 prefer the tactile mode of learning in the institutions Moreover the highest number of male respondents remained in the lsquovisualrsquo style The lsquoFemalersquo partakers revealed the highest 147 responses at 671 of learners prefer the visual learning style followed by 78 female respondents with 619 who opted for the auditory learning style and 596 as follows 31 respondents learning through the hands-on experience (Tactile) Table 6 Marital Status versus Learning Styles of the Respondents

Marital Status Learning Styles Visual Auditory Tactile Total

Married 14 064

08 063

04 077

26 065

Unmarried 205 936

118 937

48 923

371 935

Total 219 100

126 100

52 100

397 100

Figure 3 Marital Status versus Learning Styles of the Respondents

Table 6 exposes the 397 participants in the universities under the learning styles out of which 371 (935) owned the lsquoUnmarriedrsquo section and the remained 26 (65) respondents were selected lsquoMarriedrsquo status The visual-auditory- tactile learning styles registered 064 (14) 063 (08) and 077 (04) respectively in the married respondents Thereafter the unmarried respondents have unlikely rendered greater percentages under the 3 learning styles with 936 viz 205 visual-oriented learners mdash at the same time 937 viz 118 auditory related candidates and the rest of the 923 as follows 48 learners who opted for the tactile learning approach

020406080

100

Visual Auditory Tactile

6 6 8

94 94 92

o

f the

stud

ents

Learning Styles

MarriedUnmarried

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 40

Table 7 Semesters-wise Comparison of the Learning Styles of the Learners

Semesters Learning Styles Visual Auditory Tactile Total

Semester 2 120 548

64 508

24 462

208 524

Semester 4 99 452

62 492

28 538

189 476

Total 219 100

126 100

52 100

397 100

Figure 4 Semesters-wise Comparison of the Learning Styles of the Learners

To understand the learning styles of the 397 respondents enrolled in Post-Graduate studies in Library and Information Science programme of the students were categorized on a semester basis viz II amp IV semesters to award the degree of the candidates Table 6 illustrates the semester-wise (Semesters 2 and 4) within the visual auditory and tactile approaches to learning At first glance second-semester mdash learners came upon of 208 respondents with 524 discovered top order with the highest percentage in the table However the lsquoFourthrsquo semester respondents recorded 476 viz 189 for the semester-wise representation Table 7 rendered the numerical illustration of the collected responses underneath the visual learning style mdash statistics in Semester 2 with 548 (120) and 452 (99) in Semester 4 Subsequently Semester 2 recorded 508 (64) and unlike Semester 4 showed a lesser percentage of 492 (62) auditory learners in the universities Finally the tactile learners showed the maximum percentage in Semester 4 with owned 538 as follows 28 respondents mdash whereas 462 viz 24 reported their responses in Semester 2

55 51 46 45

49 54

0102030405060

Visual Auditory Tactile

o

f the

Pup

ils

Learning Styles

II Semester

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 41

Table 8 Total Annual Income-wise crosstabs of Learning Styles of the Educatee

Income Learning Styles Visual Auditory Tactile Total

Low 154 703

97 770

38 731

289 728

Middle 39 178

18 143

12 231

69 174

High 26 119

11 087

02 038

39 098

Total 219 100

126 100

52 100

397 100

Table 8 illustrates the total annual income-wise allocation of the educates parents within the learning styles Besides students coming from the Low-income category family standing above the frequency of 289 viz 728 followed by the lsquoMiddlersquo register 69 candidatesrsquo viz 174 and the lsquoHighrsquo annual income family projects the lowest with 39 respondents at 98 of the total correspondents approached for the study The total yearly earnings of the visual learners showed that the low-income category received the highest percentage of 703 with 154 respondents whereas the high-income category recorded 119 with 26 participants followed by 39 visual-oriented respondents at the same time as the middle-income category earned 178 While low-income class displayed 97 auditory learners of 770 while the middle and high-income categories displayed 143 (18) and 087 (11) aural learners Ultimately Table 8 statistics showed that the 38 that is to say 731 of respondents portray the low income 12 viz 231 projecting the middle-income earners and 02 viz 038 were reflecting the high-income class Table 9 Occupation of the Parents versus Learning Styles of the Respondents

Occupation Learning Styles Visual Auditory Tactile Total

Farmer 140 639

82 651

31 596

253 637

Business 12 055

16 127

10 192

38 096

Government 33 151

16 127

06 115

55 139

Private 19 087

08 063

02 038

29 073

Skilled Worker 11 050

03 024

01 019

15 038

Unemployed 04 018

01 08

02 038

07 018

Total 219 100

126 100

52 100

397 100

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 42

Table 9 exemplifies profession of the parents to evaluate the learning styles of the students under the 3 learning qualities and 6 categories of service sectors Besides the lsquoFarmerrsquo class compiled the utmost total number of 253 (637) respondents and the least data projected the lsquoUnemployedrsquo at the bottom directory with 07 (018) participants The farmersrsquo registered 140 visual-oriented learners with 639 described the maximum figure whereas the 04 unemployed showed 018 as the least collected data Similarly the businessmen and skilled workers displayed a minor inconsistency in visual learning such as 12 videlicet 055 and the latter registered 11 to wit 050 response as well as the 33 Government employees projected 151 in the same context mdash whereas 19 private employees indexed 087 of the visual learners Subsequently the auditory learners owned 82 viz 651 of parents belong to the farming community and 16 respondents equally tallied 127 from the government and business classes Even though the unemployed registered 01 to wit 08 and the 08 private workers recorded 063 under the auditory learning style Later on 024 attained with 03 skilled workers Thereafter the farmers achieved the maximum percentage with 31 respondentsrsquo namely 596 under the tactile learning style Whilst the last figure of 019 displayed by 01 skilled worker as well as the private employees (02) and unemployed (02) balanced equally with 038 responses each Finally the 10 businessmenrsquos noted 192 and the 06 Government employees led to 115 respondents under the tactile learning style Table 10 Study the Constraints of the students in Learning

Statements

Learning Constraints

Very Easy Easy Neutral Difficu

lt

Very Difficult

Total

Identifying supporting ideasexamples

83 209

165 416

129 325

17 043

03 08

397 100

Reading carefully to understand a text

77 194

192 484

90 227

28 071

10 025

397 100

Identifying key ideas 69 174

148 373

106 267

63 159

11 028

397 100

Understanding the organization of a text

52 131

169 426

118 297

49 123

09 023

397 100

Taking a brief relevant notes

62 155

163 411

103 259

53 134

16 040

397 100

Using own words in note-taking

70 176

150 378

104 262

63 159

10 025

397 100

Reading quickly to get the overall meaning

56 141

117 295

115 290

101 254

08 020

397 100

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 43

Reading quickly to find information

57 144

150 378

122 307

59 149

09 023

397 100

Working out the meaning of difficult words

47 118

119 300

123 310

90 227

18 045

397 100

Understanding specialist vocabulary

50 126

106 267

106 267

109 275

26 065

397 100

Table 10 discovered the learning variance of the 397 respondents faces constraints in their learning process for instance reading quickly note-taking identification of ideas concepts usage of owning words and vocabulary are a few of the identified constraints faced by learners Further table 10 panoramic views of 10 lsquoStatementsrsquo and responses to learning constraints of respondents analyses by five-point Likert scale notably mdash Very Easy Easy Neutral Difficult Very Difficult The maximal numbers of 165 as follows 416 of the easy learners draw attention to that lsquoIdentifying supporting ideasexamplesrsquo whereas the learners who acknowledged that lsquoReading carefully to understand a textrsquo easy reaches its maximum at the 484 viz 192 learners While Table 10 chronicles 129 viz 325 neutral responses in the identification of supporting ideas and or examples followed by lsquoReading carefully to understand a text register 90 to wit 227 of the responses in neutrality Similarly 17 (043) and 03 (08) of learners consent that it is difficult and very difficult in lsquoIdentifying supporting ideasexamples lsquoas well as 28 (071) and 10 (025) of the respondents agree that lsquoReading carefully to understand a textrsquo has difficult and very difficult respectively Subsequently 83 (209) and 77 (194) of the learners determine minimum statistical variance that very easy for them to carry out the lsquoIdentifying supporting ideasexamples and Reading carefully to understand a textrsquo On the one hand 148 as follows 373 of the learners agree that it was easy to identify the key ideas and 267 viz 106 learners were neutral for this statement on the other hand lsquoUnderstanding organization of a textrsquo recorded 169 viz 426 of the learners who say it had easy and 118 namely 297 of the respondents noted a neutral stand under the same statement At the same time as 11 (028) said that it was very difficult to identify the key ideas the 09 (023) of the learners approved that lsquoUnderstanding organization of a textrsquo had very difficult Later on Table 10 shows that lsquoIdentifying the key ideasrsquo obtained 69 (17 4) of the respondents mentioned that this task was very easy unlike 52 viz 131 of the responses underpin that lsquoUnderstanding organization of a textrsquo are very easy Finally 63 (159) and 49 (123) of the learners endorsed that it was difficult to identify key ideas and understand the textual organization respectively lsquoTaking brief relevant notes lsquoUsing own words in note-taking and lsquoReading quickly to get overall meaning go along with the minimum percentages of 16 (040) 10 (025) and 08 (020) find it very difficult to carry the assigned tasks as well as 101 learners found that lsquoReading quickly to get overall meaningrsquo recorded 254 also 63 (159) respondents approved that it is difficult to fulfil tasks mdash lsquoUsing own words in note-takingmdash even as and 53 correspondences at 134 of the total 397 partakers conceded that it had equally difficult to understand Although out of 397 respondents 115 viz

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 44

290 104 viz 262 and 103 that is to say 259 of the students concurred that they share a neutral perspective when it comes to lsquoReading quickly to get overall meaningrsquo lsquoTaking brief relevant notes lsquoUsing own words in note-taking respectively At the same time as 163 (411) show the highest number of learners found it easy in lsquoTaking a brief relevant notes and 150 viz 378 of the responses proved that its easy in lsquoUsing own words in note-taking mdash 117 (295) of the respondents acquiesced that lsquoReading quickly to get the overall meaning has an easy task for them The learners who find the tasks under the following statements particularly lsquolsquoTaking a brief relevant notes lsquoUsing own words in note-taking and lsquoReading quickly to get overall meaning as very easy are recorded as 62 (155) 70 (176) and 56 (141) respectively At the same time as the learners found lsquoreading quickly to find informationrsquo very easy registered the highest percentage at 144 followed by those who agreed that lsquoUnderstanding specialist vocabularyrsquo very easy obtained 126 respondents who found lsquoWorking out the meaning of difficult wordsrsquo very easily stand at the lowest figure of 118 with 47 learners Out of the 397 total respondents 378 (150) agreed that lsquoReading quickly to find informationrsquo easy mdash whereas 300 (119) conceded that lsquoWorking out meaning of difficult wordsrsquo an easy task and 267 (106) share similar opinion when it comes to lsquoUnderstanding specialist vocabularyrsquo Whilst out of the 397 respondents lsquoReading quickly to find informationrsquo lsquoWorking out the meaning of difficult wordsrsquo and lsquoUnderstanding specialist vocabularyrsquo attained 307 31 and 267 neutral students respectively Subsequently lsquoReading quickly to find informationrsquo lsquoWorking out the meaning of difficult wordsrsquo and lsquoUnderstanding specialist vocabularyrsquo recorded the difficultrsquo responses like the following 59 (149) 90 (227) and 109 (275) concurrently However the very difficult learnersrsquo responses to these 3 statements record the minimum percentages at 09 (023) 18 (045) and 26 (065) respectively 5 Summarisation The teacher knows the students various learning styles can allow the educator to respond correctly to the diverse group of students for instance their questions and comments Consecutively help students to improve their learning styles mdash teachers have to be aware of studentsrsquo learning obstacles to educate efficient learning strategies to help students decipher their learning troubles Besides learning is more effective by using diagrams sketches photographs schematics flow charts pictures videos computer graphics and demonstrations in training programmes and their everyday working environment (Ictenbas amp Eryilmaz 2011) Further the learning attributes of the participants were incorporated to empathies and comprehend the nature passing to acquiring the information in different situations Moreover taken as a whole mdash the results of this research motivate students to adopt the dynamic systematic and more appropriate learning styles to learn an individual enhance their learning aptitude and confidently achieving academic grades

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 45

References 1 Heffler B (2001) Individual learning style and the learning style inventory

Educational studies 27(3) 307-316 2 Crosstabs procedure (nd) Retrieved August 26 2019 from httpswwwibmcom

SupportknowledgecenterenSSLVMB_2400soupsbaseidh_xtabhtml 3 El-Farargy N (2010) The views attitudes and learning style preferences of Higher

National Chemical Engineering students Education for chemical engineers 5(4) e55-e71

4 Flowerdew J amp Miller L (1992) Student perceptions problems and strategies in second language lecture comprehension RELC journal 23(2) 60-80

5 Gardner H (1995) Reflections on multiple intelligences Myths and messages Phi Delta Kappan 77(3) 200

6 Ictenbas B D amp Eryilmaz H (2011) Determining the learning styles of engineering students to improve the design of a service course Procedia-Social and Behavioral Sciences 28 342-346

7 Kolb DA (1984) Experiential Learning Experience as the source of learning and development Englewood Cliffs NJ Prentice-Hall

8 Learning Style Inventory (nd) Academic success Retrieved November 30 2018 from httpwwwsjsuedueopcurrent-studentsworkshopsACADEMIC_Learning 20Style20Inventorypdf

9 McKeachie W J (1995) Learning styles can become learning strategies In The National Teaching and Learning Forum 4(6) 1-3

10 Montgomery S amp Groat L (1998) Student learning styles and their implications for teaching CRLT Occasional Papers 10 Educational Center for Research on Learning and Teaching at the University of Michigan

11 Myers I B McCauley M H amp Most R (1985) Manual a guide to the development and use of the Myers-Briggs type indicator Consulting psychologists press

12 Roebber P J (2005) Bridging the gap between theory and applications Bulletin of the American Meteorological Society 86(4) 507-518

13 Simon S (2000) The relationship of learning style and training method to the end-user Computer satisfaction and computer use A structural equation model Information Technology Learning and Performance Journal 18(1) 41-59

14 Stice J E (1987) Using Kolbs Learning Cycle to Improve Student Learning Engineering education 77(5) 291-96

15 Weaver III J B amp Kirtley M D (1995) Listening styles and empathy Southern Journal of Communication 60(2) 131-140

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 46

FOOD SECURITY IN ASSAM A CASE STUDY OF LAKHIMPUR DISTRICT

Bikash Hazarika

Assistant Professor North Bank College

Lakhimpur Assam India Abstract Food self-sufficiency and nutritional security are the essential components of food security Food and nutritional security is very must important for living an active and healthy life Again health is also an important determinant for human resource development and productivity So adequate amount of quality food should be avail by all people at all time is very must necessary Food insecurity is a major problem of the state like Assam because of shortage of food grain production poverty and lack of nutritional knowledge In the present study an attempt has been made to assess the present level of food security among different sections of the society of Lakhimpur district of Assam For finding out the level of food security from primary data Per Capita per day Calorie Intake (PCCI) and Food Insecurity Gap (FIG) have been employed Calculated per capita calorie intake of sample household has been compared with the 2730 and 2230 kilocalories which is recommended by Indian Council of Medical Research for an adult man and woman doing moderate activity respectively (NIN 2010) For obtaining final sample multistage mix-sampling technique has been used It has been found that out of 511 sample households only 267 are food secure ie only 5225 percent another 4775 percent households are food insecure For understanding the depth and severity of food insecurity of sample household Total food Insecurity Gap and Squared food Insecurity Gap have also been calculated Key Words Food Security Food Insecurity Gap Lakhimpur Per Capita per day Calorie Intake 1 INTRODUCTION Ensuring the food security continues to be a challenging issue of vital importance for the developing countries like India Removal of malnutrition and hunger from the country is not only socially desirable but also necessary for improving overall economic development as healthy people contribute more to the economy with their relatively higher level of productivity and efficiency

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 47

Hunger and malnutrition put enormous cost burden on the society A World Bank Report states that malnutrition brings down three percent of countries GDP annually The Indian planners right from the beginning realized the need to attain self-sufficiency in food grains as one of the impotent goals of planning (Singh 2013) Food security refers to a householdrsquos physical and economic access to sufficient safe and nutritious food that fulfils the dietary needs and food preferences of that household The Universal Declaration of Human Rights in 1948 recognized right to foodas a core element of an adequate standard of living Following this and more especially from world food crisis of 1972-74 food security became an important ldquoorganizing principlerdquo in development Following are the some important definitions of food security

World Development Report (1986) defined food security as ldquoaccess by all people at all times to enough food for an active healthy liferdquo The 1996 World Food Summit redefined food security as ldquoFood security exists when all people at all times have physical and economic access to sufficient safe and nutritious food to meet their dietary needs and food preferences for an active and healthy liferdquo

In 2001 the FAO Expert Consultation on Food Security gives a working definition of food security Food security exists when all people at all times have physical social and economic access to sufficient safe and nutritious food which meets their dietary needs and food preferences for an active and healthy life Food insecurity exists when people do not have adequate physical social or economic access to food as defined above Food insecurity thus is just an opposite situation of food security Worldwide around 852 million people out of 635 billion are chronicallyhungry due to extreme poverty while up to 2 billion people lack food securityintermittently due to varying degrees of poverty (FAO 2003) At the global levelthe South Asian region is home to more chronically food insecure people than anyother region in the world and Global Hunger Index (2008)placed India in 94thrank among 119countries The Indian State Hunger Index (International Food Policy Research Institute 2009) placed Assam among the ldquoalarmingrdquo state in terms of undernourishment MadhuraSwaminathan Research Foundation (2003) in collaboration with World Food Programme prepares food security map of both rural and urban India and accordingly has given a broad indicative picture of the level of food security of different states of the country According to their report Assam is among the ldquomost food insecurerdquo states of India As a part of state Lakhimpur district has also been suffering the severe problem of food insecurity

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 48

Till now the available literature is concerned there have not been found any research work assessing householdsrsquo food security among different sections of the society in Lakhimpur district The proposed study is induced by necessity to fill this gap to some extent Moreover the proposed study has important policy implications as well 2 OBJECTIVES The present study has been conducted with the following major objectives- (1) To assess the level of food security of different section of the society of

Lakhimpur district (2) To identify the determinants influencing the level of food security 3 DATABASE AND METHODOLOGY Since the study area is Lakhimpur district of Assam the micro level analysis is mainly based on primary data collected by carrying out field survey from the district The sample has been collected through a process of multistage mix-sampling (ie mixed of random and purposive sampling) As per 2011 census there are nine community development blocks in the district From these nine blocks three have been selected purposively on the basis of block having highest percentage of household under Below Poverty Line (BPL) namely Dhakuakhana Ghilamara and Narayanpur block In the second stage five villages from each block have been taken for household survey Lastly 20 percent household has been selected randomly from each sample village and finally 511 households have been surveyed A structured scheduled has been used to collect the necessary information on household food security status For finding out the level of food security from primary information the Per Capita per day Calorie Intake (PCCI) and Food Insecurity Gap (FIG) have been employed The survey has been conducted as per the guideline prepared by Smith and Subandoro (2007) of International Food Policy Research Institute For analyzing the level of food security per consumer per day calorie intake has been calculated for each household based on average nutritive value of Indian food (Gopalan et al 2000) Calculated per capita calorie intake of sample household has been compared with the 2730 and 2230 kilocalories which is recommended byIndian Council of Medical Research for an adult man and woman doing moderate activity respectively (NIN 2010) The householdsrsquo calorie intake above the recommended level has been considered as food secure and food insecure otherwise 4 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Food security is a multidimensional concept and it is a complex issue that has been raised over time So the level of household food security has several

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 49

determinants ie level of income occupational pattern level of education size of household type of the family cast and community and government policy have different impact on incidence of food security 41 Level of Food Security in terms of Per Consumer unit Calorie Intake (PCCI) By using Per Consumer unit Calorie Intake (PCCI) level of food security of the sample households has been summarised in the following Table 41 The table shows that per consumer unit calorie intake across the study area are 2489 kilocalories Among the sample households 5225 percent are food secure ie these households have calorie intake with higher than daily recommended level of Indian Council of Medical Research (ICMR) Another 4775 percent households are food insecure in terms of PCCI Table 41 Level of Food Security of the Sample Households in terms of Per Consumerunit Calorie Intake

Blocks PCCI

No amp Percentage of Food Secure Households

No amp Percentage of Food Insecure Households

Total

Dhakuakhana 2397 85(4645) 98(5355) 183(10000)

Narayanpur 2548 98(5731) 73(4269) 171(10000)

Ghilamara 2521 84(5350) 73(4650) 157(10000)

Overall 2489 267(5225) 244 (4775) 511(10000)

SourceCalculated from primary data (Figures in the bracket indicates percentage to total) 42 Level of Food Security among Different Occupational Categories Table 42 reveals that the level of food security is different among the sample household with different occupation of the household head From the table it is clear that the level of food security among daily wage labour is lowest ie 2955 percent with compared to it the level of food security is slight better among the agricultural labour (3548 percent) The highest level of food security has been found among government service holders ie 9355 percent followed by retired employees (8182 percent) Although more than 60 percent of the sample households have been involve with cultivation as their primary

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 50

occupation but among them only 5225 percent households are food secure another 4775 percent households are food insecure It is a severe problem for economic efficiency and productivity Table 42Level of food security among sample households of different occupational categories

Occupation

No amp percentage of food secure households

Noamp percentage of food insecure households

Total

Cultivator 161(5244) 146(4756) 307(10000) Agricultural labour 11(3548) 20(6452) 31(10000)

Animal Husbandry 6(6667) 3(3333) 9(10000)

Other daily wage labour 26(2955) 62(7045) 88(10000)

Service 29(9355) 2(645) 31(10000) Trading and self-employment

17(5000) 17(5000) 34(10000)

Retired 9(8182) 2(1818) 11(10000) Total 267(5284) 244 (4716) 511(10000)

SourceCalculated from primary data (Figures in the bracket indicates percentage to total) 43 Level of Food Security among Households with Cultivation as Primary Occupation inLakhimpur The following Table 43 depicts per consumer unit calorie intake among the households with cultivation as primary occupation Percentage of farming household that are food secure have been found overall area is 5244 percent It has been found highest in the Narayanpur block (5833 percent) and lowest in Dhakuakhana block (4529 percent) Among the three block average calorie intake is highest in Ghilamara block (2491 kilocalories) and lowest in Dhakuakhana block (2333 kilocalorie) Again among the food insecure households average calorie intake is highest in Ghilamara block (1907 kilocalories) and lowest in Narayanpur block (1782 kilocalories)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 51

Table 43 Food Security among the Households with Cultivation as Primary Occupation

Blocks Total Households

Food Secure Households

Food Insecure Households

Dha

kuak

hana

PCCI 2333 2885 1876

Number () 117 53 (4529) 64 (5471)

Nar

ayan

pur

PCCI 2459 2943 1782

Number () 108 63 (5833) 45 (4167)

Ghi

lam

ara PCCI 2491 2971 1907

Number () 82 45 (5488) 37 (4512)

Ove

rall

PCCI 2428 2933 1855

Number () 307 (100) 161 (5244) 146 (4756)

SourceCalculated from primary data (Figures in the bracket indicates percentage to total) 44 Level of Food Security among Households with Different Level ofEducation The following Table 44 shows that incidence of food security is different among household with different educational level of household head From the table it is clear that there is a positive relationship between level of food security and level of education In all the three blocks household head with below primary and primary to high school level education shows low level of food security On the other hand household head having graduate post graduate or professional degree has shown high level of food security But some of the households having higher degree also have found to be food insecure because of

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 52

underemployment In all the three blocks some post graduates and a significant portion of the graduates are involved with agriculture for their livelihood Table 44 Level of Food Security among Sample Householdrsquos with Different Level ofEducation of the Householdrsquos Head

SourceCalculated from primary data (Figures in the bracket indicates percentage to total)

Blocks Educational level

No amp percentage of food secure households

No amp percentage of food insecure households

Total

Dha

kuak

hana

Below Primary 6(3529) 11(6471) 17(100) Primary to High School 31(4247) 42(5753) 73(100)

Matriculates and undergraduates 34(5075) 33(4925) 67(100)

Graduate 11(5000) 11(5000) 22(100)

Post graduate 1(5000) 1(5000) 2(100) Professional degree 2(10000) 0(000) 2(100)

Nar

ayan

pur

Below Primary 8(4211) 11(5789) 19(100) Primary to High School 41(5325) 36(4675) 77(100)

Matriculates and undergraduates 35(6140) 22(3860) 57(100)

Graduate 11(7333) 4(2667) 15(100) Post graduate 2(6667) 1(3333) 3(100) Professional degree -- -- --

Ghi

lam

ara

Below Primary 2(3333) 4(6667) 6(100) Primary to High School 26(4561) 31(5439) 57(100)

Matriculates and undergraduates 40(5714) 30(4286) 70(100)

Graduate 12(6316) 7(3684) 19(100) Post graduate 2(5000) 2(5000) 4(100) Professional degree 1(10000) 0(000) 1(100)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 53

45Determinants of Food Security Since the food security is a multidimensional concept So the level of food security of a household has been influence by various socio-economic factors At the time of field survey it has been found that some socio-economic factor has significant impact on the level of food security viz income of the household size of cultivable land family size educational attainment occupation type of the family cast amp community and PDS beneficiary etc To identify and assess the determinants significantly affecting Household Food Security (HFS) following regression model has been formulated- HFS= α + β1PCHI + β2SCL + β3EA + β4FS + β5PCFOWN + δ1OPD1 + δ2OPD2 + δ3OPD3 + λ1COMD1 + λ2COMD2 + γFTD + μ BPDSD + Ui Explanation of the Explanatory Variables Per Capita Household Income (PCHI) It is the average income earned by per household member in a specified year Income generally determines the purchasing power of a household and hence higher is the level of income better will be the level of food security So we expect the coefficient of the variable to bear a positive sign Size of Cultivable Land (SCL) Basically the size of food grain production depends upon the size of agricultural land Again food supply or food availability is a major determinant of food security Hence we expect the coefficient of the variable to bear a positive sign Educational Attainment (EA) This variable represents the level of education of the head of the household Education is a categorical variable with ndash 0 = illiterate 1 = below primary 2 = primary to high school 3 = matriculate and undergraduate 4 = graduate 5 = postgraduate 6 = professional degree Education creates awareness about proper diet and nutrition and also educated people can earn more Hence higher is the level of education better will be the level of food security So we expect the coefficient of the variable to bear a positive sign Family Size (FS) Generally among large family the ratio of dependency is high with compared to small family Hence size of the family has adverse impact on the level of household food security So we expect the coefficient of the variable to bear a negative sign Percentage Contribution of Foodgrains of Own Sources (PCFOWN) At the time of field survey it has been found that majority of households without farming as primary occupation often go for farming Since food availability is a major determinant of food security and hence higher is the level of own contribution of foodgrain better will be the level of food security So we expect the coefficient of the variable to bear a positive sign

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 54

Occupational Dummies (OPD1 OPD2amp OPD3) Taking occupation as reference category four occupational dummies have been used viz OPD1 OPD2 and OPD3 where OPD1 = 1 for cultivator = 0 otherwise OPD2 = 1 for agricultural labour = 0 otherwise OPD3 = 1 other daily wage labour = 0 otherwise Community Dummies (COMD1amp COMD) Taking community as reference category three dummies have been used vizCOMD1 and COMD2 where COMD1= 1 schedule tribe = 0 otherwise COMD2 = 1 schedule caste = 0 otherwise Family Type Dummy (FTD) = 1 for nuclear family = 0 for otherwise Beneficiary of PDS Dummy (BPDSD) = 1 for beneficiary of PDS = 0 for otherwise The coefficient of COMD1 and COMD2 may bear either positive or negative sign The coefficient of FTD and BPDSD are expected to be positive Regression has been run by taking Household Food Security (HFS) as dependent variable It is the level of food security of the household measured as per the value of index calculated from per consumer unit calorie intake The results of the regression analysis have been summarized in table 45 The results of the regression analysis indicate that the coefficient of the variables PCHI SCL EA FS PCFOWN and FTD have been found statistically significant Coefficient of variables PCHI SCL EA PCFOWN and FTD are significant with a positive sign This implies that household with high per capita income large size of cultivable land higher level of educational attainment of the household head higher percentage of foodgrain consumption from own sources and nuclear family system have better food security level and vice-versa The negative sign of the coefficient of variable indicates that as the household become larger the level of household food security become lower From field survey it has been found that majority of the large families are joint family and among joint family dependency ratio is high Hence bigger the size of the family lower the level of food security The other variables have been found statistically insignificant and hence play no role in determining the level of household food security

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 55

Table 45 Results of Regression Analysis Taking HFS as Dependent Variable in terms of PCCI

VariablesConstant Estimates of the Coefficients t - value

PCHI 0000082 (0000012) 582226

SCL 0002213 (0003133) 312462

EA 0010577 (0004214) 2874937

FS -007893 (0005361) -357332

PCFOWN 0002133 (0001031) 4130215

OPD1 0053217 (0030768) 0991633

OPD2 - 0000131 (0000122) -0007436

OPD3 0007542 (0005328) 0009773

COMD1 - 0007632 (0005985) -0130713

COMD2 - 00084421 (0007421) -0112722

FTD 0311722 (0100438) 3572181

BPDSD 0089221 (0066594) 0758323

Constant 0630517 (0296773) 2501321

R2 0875

F [12 495] 5782 Figures in ( ) and [ ] indicates Standard Error of coefficients and degrees of freedom respectively indicates significant at 15 and 10 percent respectively 46Computation of Food Insecurity Gap For computing the extent of food security gap food insecurity gap of the households has been calculated ie total food insecurity gap and squared food insecurity gap has been calculated separately

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 56

Food insecurity gap (FIGi)Food insecurity gap of ithfood insecure households is define as ܩܫܨ = (ோ)

(Guja 2012) Where TCRi= Total per capita calorie requirement for ith food insecure household TCCi= Total per capita calorie consumption by ith food insecure household Total Food Insecurity Gap (TFIG)which indicates the depth of food insecurity among the food insecure households is expressed as-

ܩܫܨ = ܩܫܨ

ୀଵ

Here m=total number of food insecure households In this study ΣFIGi= 5612 m=244 TFIG=023 Or TFIG= 23 Squared Food Insecurity Gap (SFIG)which indicates severity of food insecurity among the food insecure households is given as-

ܩܫܨ = 2(ܩܫܨ)

ୀଵ

In this study Σ(FIGi)2=1291 m=244 SFIG=00529 Or SFIG=529 5 POLICY IMPLICATIONS In order to solve the serious food crisis faced by the district the government

should adopt technological measures to boost the agricultural production Application of HYV seeds organic fertilizer pesticides etc and farm mechanization technique through the use of tractors power-tiller pump-sets tube-wells threshers harvester combines etc all these technological measures have helped the farmers to raise the agricultural output considerably Hence growth of agriculture sector will provide direct sources for food and income for buying food

Production of fruits and vegetables should be increased But fruits and vegetables are highly perishable and have many post-harvest losses To overcome this they may require different infrastructure for handling value-

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 57

addition processing and marketing This will help in augmenting farm income generating employment and in bring a number of additional stakeholders in the food-supply chain

Cooperative farming could be examined as an effective technique for enhancing agricultural productivity that will increase the supply of food-grains in the district and also will increase the farmerrsquos income

The policy of Minimum Support Price for incentivizing farmers through fair value of their products should be implemented effectively

The flow of credit particularly to small and marginal farmers should be made speedier and easier

For ensuring economic accessibility of food government should create stable income earning opportunities for the rural poor by developing rural non-farm activities on sustainable basis

The identification of target households modernization of the delivery system and effective monitoring of the food security programme are the main areas that need attention

Food system must focus on stability of production and prices of food-grains Intensifying the provision of better-quality education and vocational training

for women to ensure food security for all Government can arrange awareness programme about food and nutritional

security in rural areas under the department of Food and Civil Supplies or Health the NGOs also can play a significant role in this respect

6 CONCLUSION The findings of the present study confers that the level of food security of the households of Lakhimpur district is not good It has found that only 5225 percent household are food secure and another 4775 percent are food insecure It shows that almost half of the sample households have been found to be food insecure The result of the study indicated that food insecure households are 23 percent far off from the minimum level of calorie requirement Again it has found that the severity of the food insecurity of the study area is about 529 percent Although central government as well as state government formulating various policies and launching several schemes for reducing the level of food insecurity the achievement is far away from the satisfactory level It is only because of improper implementation of government policies and lack of awareness about adequate diet of the general people Hence proper implementation of the government policies and nutritional knowledge of the people is very much necessary for reducing the level of food insecurity

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 58

References 1 Basu K (2011) ldquoIndiarsquos Foodgrain Policy An Economic Theory

PerspectiverdquoEconomyampPolitical Weekly Vol XLVI No 5 2 FAO (1996) ldquoRome Declaration on World Food Security World Food

Summitrdquo Rome Food and Agriculture Organization 3 FAO (2001) ldquoExpert Consultation on Energy in Human Nutrition

Interim ReportrdquoFoodand Agriculture Organization of the United Nation Rome

4 FAO (2003) ldquoWorld Food Security A Reappraisal of the Concept andApproachesrdquo Director Generalrsquos Report Rome

5 Gopalan et al (2012)ldquoNutritive Value of IndianFoodsrdquo ( Revised amp updated by BSNarasingaRao YG Deosthaleand KC Pant) National Institute of NutritionIndian Council of Medical Research Hyderabad

6 Guja MM (2012) Household Food Security Status and Coping Strategies in HumboWereda Snnprs Ethiopia InternationalJournal of Sciences Basic and AppliedResearch Vl 6 No 1 pp 64-82

7 ICMR (2010) ldquoNutrient Requirements and Recommended Dietary Allowances for Indiasrdquo A Report of the Expert Group of the Indian Council of Medical ResearchNational Institute of Nutrition Hyderabad

8 Sing PS (2013) ldquoSupply-Side Challenges of the National Food Security Billrdquo KurukshetraVl 62 No 1

9 Smith L amp A Subandoro(2007) ldquoMeasuring Food Security Using Household Expenditure Surveysrdquo International Food Policy Research Institute Washington DC

10 World Bank (1986) ldquoPoverty and Hunger and Options for Food Security in Developing Countriesrdquo World Bank Policy Study Washington DC

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 59

OVERVIEW OF SELF ESTEEM IN PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT

Dr D Vishnu Priya Reader in Commerce

PG Department of Commerce Besant Theosophical College Madanapalli

Abstract We all know that Self- esteem can be an important part of success Too little self-esteem can leave people feeling depressed It can also lead people to make bad choices fall into distractive relationship similarly too much of self esteem can certainly be off putting and can even damage personal relationship Self esteem levels at the extreme high and low ends of the spectrum can be damaging so the idle is to stick balance somewhere in the middle Hence the main purpose of this article is to focus on overview of self esteem in personality development with the following objectives Objectives 1) To identify the different components of self esteem 2) To trace out causes of low self esteem and its impact on personality

development 3) To identify the ways for developing a positive self esteem Introduction Self esteem is the term used to describe a personrsquos own measurements of his or her self worth It is also how we think of our self and the collection of believes we have relating to our abilities and worthiness In psychology the term ldquoSELF ESTEEMrdquo is used to describe a personrsquos over all sense of self worth or personal value Self esteem is often seen as ldquoA PERSONALITY TRAIT ldquowhich means that it tends to be stable It also involves a variety of believes about the self such as-

1) Appraisal of onersquos own appearance 2) Own believes 3) Emotions 4) Behaviors

Self esteem is the positive or negative state of mind that an individual posses himself In simpler language it means the opinion one holes for himself

The personality of a human being is complex and interestingldquoSELF ESTEEMrdquo forms a crucial segment of the same if to a great extent determines the nature and social behavior of an individual It also noted that individuals self

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 60

esteem may be different in different situations and in different set of social environment

Components of Self Esteem According to ldquoBRAMDENrdquo there are 3 components of self esteem

1) Self esteem is an essential human need i e vital for survival and normal healthy development

2) Self esteem a raise automatically from onersquos believes and consciousness

3) Self esteem occurs in conjunction with a personrsquos thoughts behaviors feelings and actions

Characteristics of self Esteem

Any self esteem consists of the following 8 basic characteristics These are 1) Living consciously 2) Learning from mistakes 3) Listening to others point of view 4) Taking care of us physically emotionally mentally and spiritually 5) Respecting other peoplersquos differences 6) Taking responsibility for our own life 7) Being able to speak and act from our own convenience 8) Having a sense of purpose and direction

The whole concept of self esteem can be seen in the following diagram

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 61

Types of self Esteem Any individual could have only two kinds of self esteem

1) High self esteem [Positive self esteem ] 2) Low self esteem [Negative self esteem ] 1) High (or) Positive self esteem

People who have high self esteem generally feel good about their abilities to participate confident in social situations and happy with the way generally the high self esteem possesses the following characteristics

Believing in a set of firmly place rules and principles Being able to make choices trust own Judgment and not feel guilty about

choices if someone does not agree Not living in the past or future and not caring about ldquoWhat ifrsquos ldquoand fully

living in present Believing in their capacity to solve problems just for failures and ask for

assistance Believe that they are valuable and that others enjoy spending the time with

them Participating in and enjoy many activities and hobbies Resisting manipulation by others Being sensitive to the feelings and needs of others aspect and abide by the

social norms Considering themselves self worthy and equal to others irrespective of

differences in finances and other personal causes

2) Low or Negative self esteem Low esteem is a hopeless condition that keeps individuals from

realizing their full potential a person who as low self esteem feels in competent unworthy and incapable lsquoShillingrsquo states that Low self esteem is a trait of financially unsuccessful people which in turn results in poor decision making The low self esteem possesses the following characteristics

Heavy self criticism having high dissatisfaction about their self or themselves

Hyper sensitivity to criticism leading to feeling attacked Continuous in decision due to the fear of making mistakes Having chronic irritation and easily angered even over minor things General negativity about life and often an inability to enjoy life

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 62

CAUSES OF LOW SELF ESTEEM Since low self esteem is dangerous and it leads to self killing and so it should be remove completely to overcome the attitude of low self esteem it is better to tries out the causes of low self esteem The following are some of the main causes for low self esteem 1) Negative self talk 2) Environment 3) Education 4) Poor role models 5) Making unfair comparison 6) Failures or success 7) Unrealistic expectations of perfection 8) Lack of discipline 9) Learning negative values 10) Fully down or labeling has put down Impact of Lowself Esteem Low self esteem can have an effect on various aspects of a personrsquos life This can be clear from the following statements

1) A person with low self esteem problem says a lot of negative things about themselves they might criticize themselves They might put themselves down or balm themselves

2) Low self esteem affect a personrsquos performance at work they might consistently achieve lower productivity because they believe that they are less capable them others They will avoid challenges in work life for fear of not doing well

3) Low self esteem also affects the peoplersquos personal relationships People will low self esteem might became disturbed or upset by any criticism or this approval and so they avoid to meet the people and talk to them

Building high self Esteem People who have high self esteem generally feel good about their abilities to participate confident in social situations and happy with the way to have positive personality every person needs to develop positive self esteem Steps for Building a Positive self Esteem Positive self esteem can be develop by adopting the following steps 1) Turn scars in to stars 2) Learn intelligence ignorance 3) Do something for other who cannot repay in cash 4) Learn to give and receive compliments

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 63

5) Accept responsibility 6) Practice discipline 7) Set goals 8) Associate with people of high moral character 9) Get our self positive suggestions 10) Our great strengths can become our great weakness 11) Hare passions Conclusion

In this article I considered the nature origin consequences causes for low self esteem and steps to build positive self esteem while the main focus is on improving self image through positive thinking Having a more positive attitude can make you open to a world of physical changes In addition to changing your way of thinking you can also change your behavior and abilities by learning new skills

References 1 Abraham T (1988) toward a self-evaluation maintenance model of social

behavior 2 Adler N and stewart J 2004 self-esteem psychological working group 3 Branden N (1992) the power of self esteem Deerfield beach 4 Burton N (2015) self-confidence vs self-esteem-psychology today 5 Council on Alcoholism and drug abuse- image amp Self-esteem-mentor

resource center 6 Cooper Smith (1967) The antecedents of self-esteem 7 Davis W Gteller K amp Thaut M (2008)- An introduction to Music therapy 8 Demo D H (1985) The measurement of self esteem Refusing our methods

Journal of personality and social psychology 9 Edberg H (2013) how to improve your self-esteem 10 Maslow A H (1943) a theory of human motivation 11 Robinson J Shaver P(2010) measures of personality and social

psychological activities

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 64

ISOLATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF BIOACTIVE MOLECULES PRODUCED BY ENTOMOPATHOGENIC BACTERIA COMAMONAS

TESTOSTERONI

Deepa I Guest Faculty

Department of Botany and Biotechnology Milad -E- Sherief Memorial (MSM) College

Kayamkulam Alappuzha India Abstract

The entomopathogenic nematode isolate Rhabditis (Oscheius) species was collected from the soil of Bangalore Electronic City Karnataka and was selected for this study In the present study cell free culture filtrate of the symbiotic bacterium Comamonas testosteroni was prepared and separated into aqueous and organic fractions Insecticidal nematicidal and antimicrobial activity of organic fraction was evaluated For the separation of bioactive molecules the concentrated organic fraction was subjected to silica gel column chromatography Elution was carried out using a gradient of solvent mixtures of increasing polarity starting from a non-polar solvent (hexane) followed by mixtures of dichloromethane in hexane (5-100) ethyl acetate in dichloromethane (1-100) and finally with methanol in ethyl acetate (1-100) The fractions after concentration were tested for antibacterial and antifungal activity Purification of organic fraction was further then done using column chromatography TLC and HPLC The pure compound was subjected to various spectral analysis (UV-visible spectrum FTIR NMR and MS) and the structure was elucidated and identified as Cyclo (Pro-leu) a derivative of diketopiperazine (DKPs) Thus the above study concluded that Rhabditis (Oscheius) species and Comamonas testosteroni could be used as a promising source of bioactive compounds with antimicrobial activity

Keywords- Entomopathogenic nematode Rhabditis (Oscheius) Comamonas testosteroni Introduction Entomopathogenic nematodes are soft bodied non-segmented roundworms that are obligate or sometimes facultative parasites of insects Entomopathogenic nematodes occur naturally in soil environments and locate their host in response to carbon dioxide vibration and other chemical cues (Kaya and Gaugler 1993) Species in two families (Heterorhabditidae and Steinernematidae) have been effectively used as biological insecticides in pest

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 65

management programs (Grewal et al 2005) Entomopathogenic nematodes fit nicely into integrated pest management or IPM programs because they are considered non-toxic to humans relatively specific to their target pest(s) and can be applied with standard pesticide equipment (Shapiro-Ilan et al 2006) The bacterial symbiont is Photorhabdus in nematodes of the genus Heterorhabditis and Xenorhabdus in nematodes of the genus Steinernema In addition to Xenorhabdus and Photorhabdus sp a novel entomopathogenic bacteria is isolated from a new entomopathogenic nematode Rhabditis (Oschieus) sp of the family Rhabditidae (Mohandas et al 2004) Entomopathogenic bacteria are potential source of antibacterial antifungal antiulcer anti cancerous insecticidal and nematicidal compounds which might become promising pharmaceutical antibiotics or bio pesticides EPB produce bioactive molecules which inhibit the growth of a wide range of bacteria fungi and other microbes (Khushbu et al 2016) Materials and Methods Microorganisms and culture maintenance EPN culture The nematode isolate BEC collected from the soil of Bangalore Electronic City Karnataka was selected for this study It was taken from the nematode culture collection maintained in CTCRI laboratory Test pathogens Test bacteria their source and maintenance The following four bacteria Bacillus subtilis MTCC 2756 Escherichia coli MTCC 2622 Staphylococcus aureus MTCC 902 and Pseudomonas aeruginosa MTCC 2642 were purchased from IMTECH Chandigarh and are maintained on Nutrient agar (NA) slants and sub cultured using standard aseptic laboratory techniques every 2 weeks Test fungi their source and maintenance Aspergillus flavus MTCC 183 Fusarium oxysporum MTCC 284 and Rhizoctonia solani MTCC 2644 were purchased from IMTECH Chandigarh All fungi were maintained and sub cultured biweekly on potato dextrose agar (PDA) slants Culturing of EPN Soil samples were processed with insect baiting method (White GF 1927) 250g soil sample was taken in a plastic bottle and baited with Galleria mellonella larvae After two days dead larvae were placed in White Traps (Rosa et al 2000) and when there was emergence of infective juveniles (IJrsquos) they were harvested The IJs were collected in a beaker and rinsed 3 times with sterile distilled water and stored at room temperature Nematode isolate was passed through G mellonella every 6 months for sub culturing (Woodring and

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 66

Kaya 1988) G mellonella larvae were reared (Park and Yu 1999) by giving artificial diet Isolation of EPB The entomopathogenic bacteria used in this study were isolated from EPN belonging to the Rhabditis (Oscheius) species recovered from soil collected from Bangalore Electronic City Karnataka and maintained at CTCRI Bacterial isolate used in this study were taken from culture collection maintained in CTCRI laboratory Production of Bacterial Metabolites Standardization of incubation time and preparation of cell free culture filtrate

A pure culture of the bacterium was obtained from the third stage infective juveniles of the nematode isolate BEC and bacterial fermentation was carried out using Tryptic Soya Broth (TSB) Aliquots of the stock culture were added separately into 100 ml sterile medium The flasks were incubated in a gyrorotatory shaker (150 times g) at 30degC for 24 hr When the optical density of the culture at 600 nm was approx 17 the bacterial cultures were transferred asceptically into 400 ml sterile medium (TSB) and incubated in the gyrorotatory shaker (150 times g) at 30ordmC Fermentation was carried out for 4 days during which samples (100 ml) were withdrawn at regular intervals (24 hr 48 hr 72 hr and 96 hr) The culture media were then centrifuged (10000 times g 20 min 4degC) followed by filtration through a 045 microm micro filters to obtain cell free culture filtrate Separation of cell free culture filtrates into aqueous and organic fraction Fifteen litres of TSB culture filtrate were separated into aqueous and organic fractions For this the filtrate was neutralized with concentrated hydrochloric acid and extracted with an equal volume of ethyl acetate thrice The ethyl acetate layers were combined dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate and concentrated using a rotary flash evaporator at 30ordmC The dry residue was weighed and reconstituted in 6 ml methanol and stored at -20ordmC for further studies Antibacterial activity

Antibacterial activity was studied by agar well and disc diffusion method (Bauer et al 1966) Samples to be tested were filtered through 022 microm micro filters The level of activity was measured by the diameter (mm) of the zone of inhibition Antifungal activity

The antifungal activity of organic fraction was tested using agar-well diffusion method (Perez et al 1990) Wells were made on the agar surface with 6 mm cork borer The sample of 50 microl was poured into the well using sterile syringe The plates were incubated at 37degC for 48 hr The plates were observed for the zone formation around the wells

Purification of the organic compounds

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 67

Purification of organic fraction was done using column chromatography TLC and HPLC Column chromatography

The ethyl acetate extracts were chromatographed on a silica gel column (silica gel 60 45 x 25 cm)Two active sub fractions were collected from column through solvent systems such as dichloromethanehexane and methanolethyl acetate These were mixture of compounds and purification was done by preparative TLC and crystallization process The single compounds obtained from column were further purified by crystallization process Thin layer chromatography

The separation of the organic fraction was carried out by thin layer chromatography (TLC) The solvents used for the separation of sub fractions were Benzene-hexane acetone-benzene and methanol-chloroform combinations (Table 1) These solvent systems were found to be the most suitable ones

Each sub fraction was spotted (2 microl) on TLC plates in order to check the separation of the compounds The sub fractions were found to have mixture of compounds Hence number of bands and Rf values were calculated After standardization following solvents were used for thin layer chromatography Table 1 Sub fractions and solvents used for TLC

Slno Sub fractions Solvents used for TLC 1 DCMhexane benzenehexane 2 ethyl acetateDCM acetonebenzene 3 methanolethyl acetate methanolchloroform

High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC)

After performing the TLC only the pure compounds were subjected to HPLC using methanol as mobile phase Elucidation of the structure of the compound

The pure compounds obtained were subjected to NMR (H113C) (Brucker AMX-500 at National Institute for Interdiciplinary science and Technology (CSIR) Thiruvananthapuram) FTIR (Perkin Elmer at Sree Chitra Thirunal Institute of Science and Technology Thiruvananthapuram) and optical rotation (Rudolph Research analytical Autopol N polarimeter at Tropical Botanical Garden and Research Institute Thiruvananthapuram) were carried out The mass spectrum was recorded by JEOL-JMS mass spectrometer at National Institute for Interdiciplinary science and Technology (CSIR) Thiruvananthapuram) for the elucidation of the structure of the compound

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 68

Antimicrobial activity of the compound was tested Results

Isolation of EPB The entomopathogenic bacteria were isolated from the

entomopathogenic nematode isolate collected from soil samples of Bangalore Electronic City Karnataka The bacteria were isolated on Nutrient agar medium and re isolated on NBTA medium After incubation for 48 h on nutrient agar single colonies were isolated which were appeared to be circular slightly granular irregular margin opaque with 2-25 mm diameter Only one type of bacterial colony found to absorb bromothymol blue from the NBTA plate and the colony appeared red in colour The bacterial culture was maintained in nutrient agar by sub culturing This bacterium was identified as Comamonas testosteroni (Accession no HQ200410) Preparation of cell free culture filtrate and its separation

15L TSB was prepared The cell free culture filtrate of 72 hr showed maximum antimicrobial activity and the cell free culture filtrate was separated into aqueous and organic fractions Organic fractions were concentrated and were used for antimicrobial assay Antibacterial activity

Bacillus subtilis (which is very sensitive to EPB antibiotics Webster et al (2002) is used to monitor activity during isolation and identification of EPB bioactive compounds The diameter of zone of inhibition against the test bacteria are shown in Table 2 and displayed in Figure 1-6

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 69

Table 2 Antibacterial activity against B subtilis E coli S aureus and P aeruginosa

Zone of inhibition ( dia in mm) Concentration (microl)disc

Organic fraction

P aeruginosa S aureus

E coli B subtilis

Nil 9 14 10

Nil 10 18 11

Nil 11 16 12

Nil 12 19 14

50 50 50 50

24 hr 48 hr 72 hr 96 hr

Antifungal activity

The antifungal activity of organic fraction was tested against A flavus F oxysporum and R solani It is displayed in Figure 7-12 and diameter of zones of inhibition is given in Table 3

Table 3 Antifungal activity against A flavus F oxysporum and R solani Zone of inhibition (dia in mm)

Concentration (microl)disc

Organic fraction

R solani F oxysporum A flavus

NIL 14 20 15

NIL 17 16 19

NIL 19 27 18

50 50 50 50

24 hr 48 hr 72 hr 96 hr

Purification of the organic compounds The dichloromethanehexane ethyl acetatedichloromethane methanolethyl acetate fraction of TSB obtained after column chromatography were dissolved in 300 microl methanol and stored at -20oC for further purification and assay of bioactivity TLC profile indicated a single spot which indicate the purity of the compounds From the three sub fractions only one pure compound was obtained

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 70

in powder form with Rf value of 058 (TLC profile on Figure 13) and the yield of the compound was 157 mg The pure compound on HPLC indicated a single peak (Figure 14) and the retention time of the compound was 546

Figure 13 TLC Profile of Compound

F Figure 14 HPLC elution profile of Cyclo (pro-leu) C -18 reverse phase column 50 methanol ndashwater as the mobile phase Identification of compounds

NMR (C13 and H1) was recorded (Figure15 and 16) Mass was determined as 210 Da It had a melting point of 169ordmC (Figure17) and optical rotation of 1397 The IR was also taken for the compound (Figure18) The compound was identified as Cyclo (pro-leu) (Figure19) based on the above spectral analysis

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 71

Figure15 C13 NMR of Cyclo (pro-leu)

Figure16 H1 NMR of Cyclo (pro-leu)

Figure17 Melting point of Cyclo (pro-leu)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 72

Figure18 FTIR of Cyclo (pro-leu)

Figure19 General Structure Structure of Cyclo (pro-leu) Antimicrobial activity of compound Table 4 Antimicrobial activity of Compound against test organisms Discussion

The entomopathogenic bacteria associated with the EPN of Rhabditis (Oscheius) species isolated from Bangalore Electronic City Karnataka was used in this study This bacterium was found to have 99 sequence similarity with Comamonas testosteroni CNB-2 complete genome (Accession No CP001220) The sequences obtained in this study have been assigned in the

Microorganism Zone diameter(mm)

Bsubtilis 23 S aureus 19 A flavus 20 Foxysporum 16 Rsolani 13

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 73

NCBI GenBank under the accession number HQ200410 The 16s rDNA sequencing is the most trusted and widely used method in bacterial identification Among the three fractions the ethyl acetatedichloromethane was obtained in pure form Based on NMR FTIR and mass spectra the structure was elucidated and it was identified as a derivative of diketopiperazine (DKPs) The compound is identified as Cyclo (Pro-leu)

DKPs have received continuous interest because of their spectrum of pharmacological activities and are used as antibiotics synthetic vaccines and in cancer chemotherapy (Funabashi et al 1994)

It is the first time that the Diketopiperazine derivative ie Cyclo (pro-leu) has been isolated purified and identified from this nematode-bacterium system Both the TLC and HPLC methods were applied to the analysis of the bioactive compounds obtained from the symbiotic bacterial isolate BEC The compound possessed strong antimicrobial activity This is effective against human pathogenic bacteria and fungi and agriculturally important F oxysporum and R solani The metabolites of the antagonistic bacteria may be developed to an effective antibiotic

Acknowledgement The authors are grateful to the director of Central Tuber Crops Research Institute for providing the facility and financial support References [1] Bauer AW Kirby MM Sherris JC and Truck M 1966 Antibiotic

susceptibility testing by a standardized single disk method Am J Clin Pathol 45 493-496

[2] Funabashi Y Horiguchi T Iinuma S Tanida Sand Harada S 1994 J Antibiot 47 1202-1218

[3] Grewal PS Ehlers R-U and Shapiro-Ilan DI 2005 Nematodes as Biocontrol Agents CABI New York NY

[4] Kaya HK and Gaugler R 1993 Entomopathogenic nematodes Annual Review of Entomology 38 181-206

[5] Khushbu S Suresh W Sudershan G and Aditi K 2016 Analytical characterization of secondary Metabolites from Indian Xenorhabdus Species the symbiotic bacteria of entomopatathogenic nematode (Steinernema spp) as antifungal agent National Academy Science Letters 1-6

[6] Mohandas C Sheela MS Mathews S and Naveen Raj DS 2004 Rhabditis (Oscheious) Spp (NematodaRhabditidae) a new pathogenic nematode of crop pests National Sympo Green Pesticides for insect pest management 51-52

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 74

[7] Park SH and Yu SU 1999 Isolation and identification of a symbiotic bacterium from Steinernema carpocapsae Biotechnology and Bioprocess Engineering 4 12-16

[8] Perez C Paul M and Bazerque P 1990 Antibiotic assay by agar-well diffusion method Acta Biol Med Exp 15 113-115

[9] Rosa JS Bonifassi E Amaral J Lacey LA and Simoes N et al 2000 Natural Occurrence of Entomopathogenic Nematodes (Rhabditida Steinernema Heterorhabditis) in the Azores J Nematol 32 215 -222

[10] Shapiro-Ilan DI Gough DH Piggott SJ and Patterson Fife J 2006 Application technology and environmental considerations for use of entomopathogenic nematodes in biological control Biological Control 38 124-133

[11] Webster J M Chen G and Hu K Li J 2002 Bacterial metabolites In Gaugler R (ed) Entomopathogenic nematology CABI Publishing New York 99-114

[12] White GF 1927 A method for obtaining infective nematode larvae from cultures Science 66 302-303

[13] Woodring JL and Kaya HK 1988 Steinernematid and Heterorhabditid nematodes Hand book of biology and techniques South cooperative Ser Bulletin Arkans Agricultural ExpStn Fayetteville 331 1-30

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 75

A STUDY OF LEARDERSHIP BEHAVIOUR OF SPECIAL EDUCATOR AND GENERAL EDUCATOR IN INCLUSIVE SCHOOL

Deepti Gupta PhD Scholar

Amity Institute of Education Amity University Uttar Pradesh

Lucknow

Prof (Dr) Mala Tandon Professor

Dy Director and Head of Institute Amity Institute of Education

Amity University Uttar Pradesh Lucknow

Abstract Leadership is the most important feature of the organizational structure of any institution In a school the leadership of teacher plays an important role In an inclusive setup both special educators and general educators are leaders as well as teachers Educators are the role models Effective leadership provided by them in the classrooms leads to effective grooming of young children This study was undertaken to investigate the leadership behaviour of special educator and general educator of inclusive school The study was conducted on the sample of 40 educators (20 special educators including remedial teachers and 20 general educators) of inclusive schools The selection of inclusive school was purposive as there are a selective inclusive school in Lucknow district The leadership behaviour scale developed by Dr Asha Hingar (2005) was used to measure the level of leadership behaviour of teachers Keyword- Leadership Behaviour Special Educator General Educator Inclusive School Introduction Leadership is the most important feature of the organizational structure of any institution Alan Keith of Genentech told that ldquoleadership is inevitably about setting up (making) a route for individuals to help with causing something unprecedented to occurrdquo Leaders plays very important role in the effective performance of the school Beginning from decision of goals to achieving them Many researchers have associated leadership with school effectiveness with the leadership Be it the leadership of the Head of the institution of the school or any organization or the leadership of the teacher in the classroom School effectiveness and accomplishment of goals can not being guaranteed in the absence of effective leadership In the view of Bryk Anthony S Gomez Louis M (2010) the role of teachers is very crucial for educational change and effectiveness They are of

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 76

the view that it is the great challenge for the to create a culture of quality that penetrates into the minutest elements processes and systems of any school According to Farris Berg Kim Derkswager Edward (2012)- Teacher leadership not only focuses on the teaching-learning processe in the class but it also involves matters within and outside the school In the school the leadership of the teacher plays an important role Numerous teachers who practice in the leadership position of educators do not consider themselves to be a teacher It is expected that the term leadership for the teacher refers to a formal occupation of a position of obligation for example Principals Headmasters and in-charge They feel that the teaching is not a part of their job Halverson Rich Kelley Garolyn Shaw (2013) said that In general to improve school performance teachers perspective on teacher leadership has been changed Reason behind this is that leadership practice can improve the quality of student learning In an inclusive setup both special educators and general educators are supposed to be leaders as well as teachers The word educator and teachers are used synonymously Keeping this in mind the following study has been undertaken and the influence of the leadership behaviour of special educator and general educator has been studied in the inclusive school setup Concept of Leadership The concept of leadership is not new From earlier time leadership has been a point of interest for the researchers History on leadership indicates shifting to focus on theoretical orientation While the psychological approach of leadership focused the attention on the lsquoLeaderrsquohimself distinguishing him from non leaders the sociological approach to leadership emphasized organizational goals and relationship According to this methodology there is no ldquoLeaderrdquo without the ldquofollowerrdquo Another approach to the concept of leadership is behavioral approach which emphasizes the observed behavior of the leadership in the specific situations The behavior of leader according to this approach varies widely from one situation to another Leadership among educators- Educators are the role models Effective leadership provided by them in the classrooms leads to effective grooming of young children (special and normal) The approach adopted by educators as leaders makes a difference in the learning of children who have a tendency to follow their teachers as leaders People who are trained and are qualified to be educators are expected to become effective teachers Such teachers when interested with additional responsibilities of holding leadership forget that they are already leaders of their class working as teachers and role models They succumb to the glories of their designations as lsquoPrincipals lsquoHeadmasterrsquo or lsquoInchargersquo forgetting that primary role and

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 77

responsibilities as teachers They gradually give up teaching and direct interaction with the student for which they were initially recruited and hang to their glorified status Thereby seeking their responsibilities very easily and causing national loss and educational damage not only to themselves but for the institution they are working in The management should ensure that such leaders need to stay connected in classroom then only they will know the actual need of the children Thus in the present study researchers took teachers educators as leaders Objective of the study The objectives of the present study are as follows

To find out- 1 Difference between the leadership behavior of female special educator and

female general educator of inclusive school 2 Difference between the leadership behaviour of male special educator and

male general educator of inclusive school 3 Difference between the leadership behaviour female special educator and

male general educator of inclusive school 4 Difference between the leadership behaviour of male special educator and

female general educator of inclusive school Note- in present study remedial teacher is also considered as a special educator since they have done diploma and have experience of 5 years and above Hypothesis

There is- no significance difference in the leadership behaviour of - 1 Female special educator and general educator of inclusive school 2 Male special educator and male general educator of inclusive school 3 Female special educator and male general educator of inclusive school 4 No significance difference between male special educator and female

general educator of inclusive school Review of related literature- NEA (The National Education Association) (2011) portray instructor pioneers as experienced proficient who have earned of their students and associates and have picked up a lot of aptitudes that empowers them to work successfully and cooperatively with partners They work intimately with principals who have been prepared to create and execute viable systems of help for teachers and teacher leaders Teachers as leaders are those who need to remain firmly associated with the classroom and students however are eager to accept new obligations that

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 78

afford them leadership authority in or outside the classroom while remain teaching as a full or part-timerdquo Dozier T (2009) mentioned that many research show that in order to stay in the occupation teachers the need to participate in basic leadership activities at the school and region level A strong and positive culture in the sschool cultivates cooperation and successful correspondence proficient opportunities that incorporate profession teamwork opportunities leading to innovation in-depth opinion and support from organizations and associates time set aside for uniform coordinated efforts and reasonable pay and a separated pay structure which incorporates remunerating exceptional execution gaining new information and aptitude which help students in their learning process Kolderie (2014) emphasizes ldquoIf teachers can control what is important for student achievement teachers will acknowledge responsibility for student achievementrdquo NET 2011 In leadership role teachers work in partnership with principals and other school administration by supporting them to improve instructions and encouraging peers to improve their learning outcomes By this teachers as leaders support school leaders (Principals) in promoting new features and establishing cultures of success in school Leadership of teachers can neither be viable nor fruitful without the support of principals however neither can the principal expand his or her performance without tackling the talents and ability of teachers in leadership roles Methodology The population constitutes of all the special educator and general educator of inclusive school of Lucknow district The teachers belong to different socio-cultural groups and to both genders Sampling technique The researcher used purposive sampling technique as there are few inclusive schools in Lucknow district Sampling The total sample consists of 40 teachers from inclusive schools 20 teachers are special educators (teachers) and 20 general educators were selected From the 20 special educators 10 females and 10 males were part of the study (male teachers are remedial teachers who have done diploma in special education and have experience of 3-5 years and more) 10 are female and 10 are male comprised of 20 general educator Variable of the study In the present study leadership behaviour was the only variable

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 79

Tool used Leadership Behaviour Scale (LBS) which was developed by DrAsha Hingar professor Department of Psychology University of Rajasthan Jaipur LBS has five point likert type scale consisting 30 items based on six dimension of leaderrsquos effectiveness focusing on positive and constructive dimension- Emotion Stabilizer (ES) Team Builder (TB) Performance Orientor (PO) Potential Extractor (PE) Socially Intelligent (SI) and Value Inculcator (VI) Scoring Procedure The responses of the respondent were rated on a five point scale viz Always Usually Sometimes Rarely Never Score five being assigned to lsquoAlwaysrsquo four to lsquoUsuallyrsquo three to lsquoSometimesrsquo two for lsquoRarelyrsquo and one to lsquoNeverrsquo Statistical techniques used- mean SD and t-value was calculated to analysis the data Analysis and Interpretation of Data Testing of Hypothesis To fulfill the objectives in the study hypothesis were formulated and tested 1 Comparison of leadership behaviour of female special educator and

female general educator of inclusive school was done (Hypothesis 1) To test hypothesis 1 t-test were used and the following results were obtained (table 1)

Table 1 shows that the calculated t-value (086) at 005 level of significance and df =18 is less than table value(210) Therefore the null hypothesis (H1) is

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 80

accepted Thus there is no significant difference in the leadership behaviour of female special educator and female general educator of inclusive school Further table 1 also shows that there is no significant difference in the different dimension viz emotional stabilizer team builder performance orientor potential extractor socially intelligent and value inculcator of leadership behaviour of female special educator and female general educator of inclusive school

2 Comparison between the leadership behaviour of male special educator and male general educator of inclusive school

After testing hypothesie 2 following result were obtained (table 3)

From the above table 2 shows that the calculated t-value (202) at 005 level of significance and df= 18 is less than the tablevalue (210) Therefore accepting the null hypothesis (H2) is accepted Thus there is no significant difference in the leadership behaviour of male special educator and male general educator of inclusive school From the above table no significant difference is found in the different dimension- emotional stabilizer team builder performance orientor potential extractor socially intelligent and value inculcator of male special educator and male general educator of inclusive school 3 Comparison between the leadership behaviour of female special

educator and male general educator of inclusive school

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 81

To test hypothesis 3 t-test were used and the following results were obtained (table 3)

Table 3 shows that the calculated t-value (202) at 005 level of significance and df= 18 is less than the table value (210) therefore the null hypothesis (H3) is accepted Thus iy is clear from the above table that there is no significant difference in the leadership behaviour of female special educator and male general educator of inclusive school It is also clear that there is no difference in the different dimension of leadership behaviour of female special educator and male general educator of inclusive school

4 Comparison between the leadership behaviour of male special

educator and female general educator of inclusive school

Table 4 shows the calculated t-value (202) at 005 level of significant and df =

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 82

18 is less than the table value (210) Therefore the null hypothesis (H4) is accepted As the calculated value of dimension- emotional stabilizer team builder performance orientor potential extractor socially intelligent and value inculcator is 075 116 067 022 136 and 083 respectively at 005 level of significant and df= 18 is less than the table value (210) so it is clear that there is no significant difference between the leadership behaviour of male special educator and female general educator of inclusive school Discussion and result The above findings shows that no significant difference was found between the leadership behaviour of female special educator and female general educator of inclusive school male special educator and male general educator of inclusive school female special educator and male general educator of inclusive school male special educator and female general educator of inclusive school The purpose of this study was to describe the exiting patterns of leadership behaviour of special and general educators of inclusive school at district level It is obvious that leadership behaviour of different inclusive school could be differ as they come from the different environment set up have different attitudes perceptions values and different personality The perceive the problems of their selection in their own unique way But in this study it was observed that there is no difference in the leadership behaviour of special educator and general educator of different inclusive school Both types of teachers (special and general educators) of different inclusive school were capable of providing emotional stability to their students They have an absence of prejudices and it was found that they were managing the emotion of self and others The special educator and general educator and general educator of different inclusive schools were in proper alliance and with clear communication with the other teachers students and parents It was also noted that the special educator and general educator of different inclusive school possess a team spirit and they avoid unhealthy competition among the students for better achievement Both educators focus on overall development along with utilizations of skills and abilities of students It was also found that both special and general educators were capable of exploring and channelizing the latent potentialities in a proper manner Thus the special educator and general educator of different inclusive school possess high effective leadership behaviour Conclusion The present study shows that both special educator and general educator work in coordination in inclusive schools They take their responsibilities in the classroom with sincerity and dedication and provide effective leadership and support system for each other Thereby from this we may conclude that in

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 83

schools it would be important to have special educator along with general educators so that the overall upliftment of the quality of teaching and students is ensured References 1 Bryk Anthony S Gomez Louis M 2010 Getting Ideas into Action

Building Networked Improvement Communities in Education Frontiers in Sociology of Education Springer Publishing

2 Farris-Berg Kim Dirkswager Edward J 2012 Trusting Teachers with School Success What Happens When Teachers Call the Shots Rowman amp Littlefield Publishers

3 Halverson Rich Kelley Carolyn Shaw Jim 2013 Comprehensive Assessment of Leadership for Learning Formative Assessment for School-Wide Improvement Submitted as a conference paper for the 2013 Annual Conference of the University Council for Education Administration

4 NEA 2011 Teacher Leader Model Standards Teacher Leadership Exploratory Consortium ltlthttpw wwneaorg assetsdo csTeach erLeaderModelStandards2011pdfgtgt

5 Kolderie (2014) Teaching as a Leadership The Highly Effective Teacherrsquos Guide to Closing the Achievement Gap

6 Dozier T (2007) Turning good teachers into great teachers Educational Leadership65(1) 54-55

7 Kolderie Ted 2014 The Split Screen Strategy Improvement + Innovation How to Get Education Changing the Way Successful Systems Change Beaverrsquos Pond Press Edina MNltlthttpw wweduca tionevo lvingorgpdfBook-Innovation-Plus-Improvementpdfgtgt p 135

8 Hingar A (1984) Leader Behaviour Scale National Psychological CorporationAgra 7

9 Hingar A (1984) Manual for Leader Behaviour Scale National Psychological Corporation Agra

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 84

PROCESS VALIDATION INCREASING EFFECTIVENESS AND SAFETY OF THE DRUG PRODUCTS

Dhruvi Siyola Dr Pragnesh Patani Dr Nishkruti Mehta

A-one Pharmacy College Naroda Ahmedabad

Abstract Quality assurance techniques must be used in pharmaceutical industry process validation performs this task ensuring that the process does what it purports to do Processes Validation is important for process design elements and maintaining process control during commercialization and communicate that process validation is an on-going program and align process validation activities with product lifecycle It is also a regulatory requirement The purpose of this review to cover need of process validation principle of process validation types of process validation phase of process validation strategy for process validation

Keywords-Process validation Process control Regulatory requirement

Introduction The process of drug development involves drug discovery laboratory testing animal studies clinical trials and regulatory registration To increase the effectiveness and safety of the drug product after approval many regulatory agencies such as the United States Food and Drug Administration (FDA) also require that the drug product be tested for its identity strength quality purity and stability before it can be released in industrial market for use For this reason pharmaceutical validation and process

controls are important in spite of the problems that may be encountered [1]

The concept of validation was first proposed by two Food and Drug Administration officials Ted Byers and Bud Loftus in the mid 1970rsquos in order to improve the quality of pharmaceuticals [2]

PROCESS VALIDATION The word validation means ldquoassessment of validation or action of proving effectivenessrdquo The collection and evaluation of data from the process design stage throughout production which establishes scientific evidence that a process is capable of consistently delivering quality products is known as Process

Validation[3]

WHY IS VALIDATION REQUIRED In pharmaceutical industry expensive materials sophisticated facilities amp equipment and highly qualified personnel are used The efficient use of these resources is needed for the continued growth of the industry The cost of product failures rejects reworks and recalls complaints are the significant parts of the total production cost If we want to control failure and improve productivity as well as Quality then Detailed study and

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 85

control of the manufacturing process and validation is necessary The pharmaceutical industries are concerned about validation because of the following factors

1 Assurance of quality 2 Cost reduction 3 Government regulation [45]

Validation is establishing documented evidence which provides a high degree of assurance that a specific system will consistently produce a product meeting its predetermined specifications and quality attributes Principle for process validation[111213141516171819]

1Installation Qualification (IQ) The process or equipment meets all specifications is installed correctly and all required components and documentation needed for continued operation are installed and in place Design features of equipment (material of construction cleanability) Equipment Installation conditions (wiring utility functionality etc) Calibration preventative maintenance cleaning schedules Safety features Supplier documentation prints drawings and manuals Documented Software Environmental conditions of the manufacturing area (such as clean room 2Operational Qualification (OQ)Check whether The process or equipment are operating correctly Operational qualification (OQ) should follow Installation qualification Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 86

Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material 1 Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) 2 Software parameters 3 Specifications of raw material 4 Operating procedures for the process 5 Material handling requirements 6 Material handling requirements 7 Training 3Performance Qualification (PQ)Check whether the process or equipment performs as intended in a completion of Installation qualification and Operational qualification PQ

PQ considerations include Actual product and process parameters and procedures established in OQ bullAcceptability of the product 1Actual product and process parameters and procedures established in PQ 2 Acceptability of the product 3 Assurance of process capability as established in PQ 4 Process repeatability long term process stability 4Re ndash Qualification This formal review should include consideration of re-qualification of the equipment Minor changes or changes having no direct effect on final or in-process product quality should be handled through the documentation system of the preventive maintenance program[5]

Based on the stage of the production lifecycle at which process validation is performed it can be of four types[2021222325] 1 Prospective Validation This type of validation is performed before production during a productrsquos development stage A risk analysis is performed to assess the production process by breaking it down

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 87

into separate steps These are individually evaluated and based on past experience the likelihood of each one leading to critical situations is determined[6] Once yoursquove identified the critical sub-processes these are the steps you should follow Evaluate individual risk for each one Investigate and assess o Potential causes o Probability of situations arising o The extent of their effects Draw up the trial plans Set priorities for the validation After this you can begin with the trials and make an over assessment Prospective validation is essential for limiting the risk of quality lapses and errors occurring during the actual production[7] 2 Concurrent Validation You should monitor the first three batches produced on a production-scale as closely as possible The data gathered through this step can provide an in-depth detail of the fundamentals which greatly impacts the effectiveness of concurrent validation Together with comprehensive trend analysis which includes other aspects like stability you should perform concurrent validation throughout a productrsquos life to whatever extent it is needed[89] 3 Retrospective Validation It involves examining the past experiences of the process and evaluating the final control tests This evaluation is done while assuming that the procedures composition and equipment remains unchanged To determine how well the process parameters adhere to the permissible range you can also conduct a trend analysis Retrospective validation should not be considered a one of quality assurance measure rather it should be performed only in certain circumstances like when yoursquore introducing validation requirements for the first time It is more useful for establishing priorities for validation so avoid this technique for new products or processes[10]

4 Revalidation

Revalidation is essential for ensuring that any changes made to the process or its environment have not resulted in adverse effects on product quality or process characteristics It can be divided into two sub-types Revalidation after Changes ndash Whenever yoursquove introduced any new elements

in the manufacturing process revalidation needs to be performed to ascertain their effects There can be a number of changes in the manufacturing or standard operating procedures that impact product quality These can be Changes in Starting Materials ndash Changes in physical attributes can alter the mechanical properties of compounds and materials which can consequently have adverse effects on the product or the process Changes in Packaging Material ndash If you switch packaging materials you may also be forced to make changes to the procedures followed during packaging which can impact product stability

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 88

Changes in Process ndash Any time you alter the manufacturing process the subsequent steps can be affected and thereby the product quality too Changes in Equipment ndash Repairs maintenance and replacement of key components is unavoidable but be sure to assess whether quality is affected and how much Changes in Support System or Production Area ndash Rearrangement of support systems or production areas can also affect product quality especially critical systems like ventilation VALIDATION PROTOCOL[242526] The validation protocol should be numbered signed and dated and should contain as a minimum the following information Title Objective amp Scope Responsibility Protocol Approval Validation Team Product Composition Process Flow Chart Manufacturing Process Review of Equipments Utilities Review of Raw Materials and Packing Materials Review of Analytical and Batch Manufacturing Records Review of Batch Quantities for Validation (Raw Materials) Review of Batch Quantities for Validation (Packing Materials) HSE Requirements Review of Process Parameters Validation Procedure Sampling Location Documentation Acceptance Criteria Summary Conclusion The Three Stages of Process Validation The definition of Process Validation from the FDA is as follows ldquoThe collection and evaluation of data from the process design stage through commercial production which establishes scientific evidence that a process is capable of consistently delivering quality productsrdquo[3031]

The Three Stages of Process Validation are

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 89

Stage 1 ndash Process Design Stage 2 ndash Process Qualification Stage 3 ndash Continued Process Validation Stage 1 ndash Process Design[32]

This is the research and development phase and involves defining a process for manufacturing the product It usually includes the following Creation of a Quality Target Product Profile (QTPP) Identifying Critical Quality Attributes (CQAs) Defining Critical Process Parameters (CPPs) Defining Critical Material Attributes (CMAs) Conducting risk assessments From a regulatory point of view an essential component of this stage is meticulous and comprehensive record keeping That said the collection and evaluation of data as part of this Process Validation stage also has business benefits too This is because you can use the data to optimise your production process create efficiencies and troubleshoot problems Stage 2 ndashProcess Qualification[3334]

This stage evaluatesqualifies the process designed earlier to ensure it can reproduce consistent and reliable levels of quality It involves collecting and evaluating data on all aspects and stages of the manufacturing process This includes The building and facilities ie ensuring they adhere to local regulations as well as pharmaceutical manufacturing regulations The transportation of raw materials Storage of raw materials The knowledge training and working practices of production line employees Every step of the process to turn raw materials into the finished product This includes having pre-defined sampling points at various stages of the process Finished product packaging storage and distribution Another useful component of this stage of Process Validation is to develop contingency plans for situations where things go wrong Stage 3 ndash Continued Process Verification Continued Process Verification involves ongoing validation during production of the commercial product to ensure the process designed and qualified in the previous stages continues to deliver consistent quality One of the main aims of this stage is to detect and resolve process drift The stage involves product sampling analysis and verification at various points in the manufacturing process and requires the involvement of employees with quality control training Again comprehensive record-keeping is required at this stage including logging anomalies and issues with product quality

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 90

Reason Why Process validation that increasing safety of drug product[2829]

1 Simple process 2 Moisture sensitive and heat sensitive product 3 Consistent through output 4 Reduction in rejection and rework 5 Fewer complaints about process related failure 6 Reduce testing in process and finished goods 7 Easier scale-up from development work 8 Easier maintenance of equipment 9 28More rapid and accurate investigation of process deviation 10 Increase confidence about process reproducibility and product quality 11 Improve employee awareness of process

Conclusion It is necessary before approval of a new drug that an accurate and reliable assessment for its effectiveness and safety for the intended indication and target patient population is demonstrated Validation is the key element in assuring that quality goals are met References 1 Sharp JR The Problems of Process ValidationPharm J 1986 143-5 2httpenwikipediaorgwikivalidation(drugmanufacture) Dated20th september 2011 3US Department of human and health services Food and Drug Administration Center for drug evaluation and research (CDER) Center for biologics evaluation and research (CBER) Center for veterinary medicine (CVM) Guidance for industry Process Validation General principles and practices 2008 4Patel C Desai D G Seth AK Process validation of artemether and lumefantrine 80480 mg tablet Pharma Science Monitor 6(1) 233-243 (2015) 5 Patel C Desai D G Seth AK Process validation of artemether and lumefantrine 80480 mg tablet Pharma Science Monitor 6(1) 233-243 (2015) 6Recommendations on Validation Master Plan Installation and Operational Qualification Non-Sterile Process Validation Cleaning Validation PICS September 2007 7 Guidelines for Process Validation of Pharmaceutical Dosage Form ndash Saudi Food amp Drug Authority Version 2 February 1992 8 FDA Guide on APIs 1998 48 PIC Guide 1999 32 Gold Sheet 1996 9Chaitanyakumar G Rout RP Ramtake S Bhattacharya S Process Validation The Indian Pharmacist 2005 14-19 10 Elsie Jatto Augustine and O Okhamafe An Overview of Pharmaceutical Validation andProcess Controls in Drug Development Tropical Journal of Pharmaceutical Research December 2002 1 (2) 115-122

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 91

11 Requirements for the Registration of Pharmaceu- ticals for Human Use Geneva ICH-QZA 1995 12 Health Canada Health Products and Food Branch Inspectorate Validation Guidelines for Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms (GUI ndash 0029) December 2009 13 Donald M lsquoVector Corporationrsquo 14 FDA Presentation lsquoICH Q7A GMP Guidancefor API and its use DuringInspectionsrsquolsquohttpwwwfdagovcdrmeetingICH_Q7Aindexhtm 2002 15Nassani Mowafak ldquoCleaning Validation in the Pharmaceutical Industryrdquo Institute of Validation Technology 38 16Shah DH QA Manual 1-7 17Alcock P and Motise P FDA statement Human Drug cGMP Notes 18GMP training Organization websites [httpgmptrainingcomnewshtml] 19 Donald M Rosendale lsquoValidation group managerrsquoVector corporation validation of Pharmaceutical Process Equipment 20 Sharma S Khurana G Gupta R A review on pharmaceutical validation and its implications Indian Journal of Pharmaceutical and Biological Research 1(3) 100-104 (2013) 21 Ojha A Bharkatiya M Santosh K Pharmaceutical process validation of solid dosage forms a review World Journal of Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Sciences 3(6) 476-484 (2014) 22 Pandita R Rana AC Seth N Introduction and general overview of pharmaceutical process validation review International Research Journal of Pharmacy 3(6) 60- 64 (2012) 23 Ahir K B Singh K D Yadav S P Patel H S Poyahari C B Overview of validation and basic concepts of process validation Scholars Academic Journal of Pharmacy 3(2) 178-190 (2014) 24 Ch Sandhya Brahmaiah B Pusuluri D L S Konkipudi V S Process validation an essential process in pharmaceutical industry International Journal of Advances in Scientific Research 1(4) 179-182 (2015) 25 Health Canada Health Products and Food Branch Inspectorate Validation Guidelines forPharmaceutical Dosage Forms (GUI ndash 0029) December 2009 26 Guide to Inspections of Oral Solid Dosage Forms prepost Approval Issue for Development and Validation issue (194) January 2010 27 Rockville MD Guideline on General Principles of Process Validation US Food and Drug Administration US FDA 1987 28 Alam S Pharmaceutical Process Validation An Overview J Advanced Pharm Edu Res 2012 2(4) 185-200 29Ajay S Seema S International Journal of Research in Pharmacy and Science Int J Res Pharm Sc 201312 30Kathiresan K Moorthi C Prathyusha Y Gade B R Reddy B K Manavalan R An overview of pharmaceutical validation Research Journal of Pharmaceutical Biological and Chemical Sciences ISSN 0975-8585 October ndash December 2010 RJPBCS 1(4)1026 31 Kathiresan K Moorthi C Prathyusha Y Gade B R Reddy B K Manavalan R An overview of pharmaceutical validation Research Journal of Pharmaceutical

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 92

Biological and Chemical Sciences ISSN 0975- 8585 October ndash December 2010 RJPBCS 1(4)1026 32ICH Q7A Good Manufacturing Practices Guideline for Active Pharmaceutical Ingredient 2001 33 Guidance for Industry Process Validation General Principles and Practices US Department of Health and Human Services Food and Drug Administration Centre for Drug Evaluation and Research (CDER) Centre for Biologics Evaluation and Research (CBER) Centre for Veterinary Medicine (CVM) January 2011 34 ASTM E2709-10 Standard Practice for Demonstrating Capability to Comply with a Lot Acceptance Procedure 35 FDArsquos guidance for industry Quality Systems Approach to Pharmaceutical Current Good Manufacturing Practice Regulations 36 Guidelines for Process Validation of Pharmaceutical Dosage Form ndash Saudi Food amp Drug Authority Version 2 February 1992 37 ASTM E2281-03 Standard Practice for Process and Measurement Capability Indices Operating procedures for the process

Material handling requirements Process change control Training

Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 93

Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 94

व ीकरण क दौर म फ़ल रह ह द

ज मोहन राव शोधाथ ह द वभाग

आ व व ालय वशाखप टणम

आ दश

भारत क असली ताकत हद भाषा ह आम बोलचाल क हद तानी हद को दश क आधी स अिधक जनस या बोलती समझती ह विभ न भाषा-भा षय क बीच अिधकतर हद ह सवाद सत का काम करती ह

यवसाय क स दख तो बाजार बकन वाली व त क ताकत को दखता ह

हद भाषा म वह ताकत ह यह कारण ह क आज सवािधक व ापन भी हद म आत ह

इटरनट और सोशल मी डया पर भी हद का भाव बढ़ रहा ह अब कई सॉ टवयर और हाडवयर अतिनिमत हद यिनकोड क स वधा क साथ

आ रह ह

व ीकरण बाजार करण और सचना ाित क इस दौर म त ण बदलत व क प र य क बीच हद भाषा एक नए जोश क साथ उभर रह ह आज भारत व क अथजगत म महाश बनकर उभर रहा ह व क सवािधक श शाली मान जान वाल दश अम रका क पव रा पित बराक ओबामा तो अपन दश क नाग रक को कई बार हद सीखन क सलाह द चक ह य क उ ह भी लगता ह क भारत एक उभरती हई व श ह और भ व य म हद सीखना अिनवाय होगा भारत क असली ताकत हद भाषा ह आम बोलचाल क हद तानी हद को दश क आधी स अिधक जनस या बोलती

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 95

समझती ह विभ न भाषा-भा षय क बीच अिधकतर हद ह सवाद सत का काम करती ह

हद भाषा म वह ताकत ह यह कारण ह क आज सवािधक व ापन भी हद म आत ह इटरनट और सोशल मी डया पर भी हद का भाव बढ़ रहा ह अब कई सॉ टवयर और हाडवयर अतिनिमत हद यिनकोड क स वधा क साथ आ रह ह इसस हद क तकनीक सम याए लगभग समा हो गई ह अब समय ह क सभी इटरनट यो ा रोमन िल प म हद िलखन क बजाय दवनागर म ह हद िलख अिधकाश बड़ सचार कपिनय को हद म बड़ा उपभो ा बाजार दख रहा ह जसस व हद तकनीक पर सभी स वधाए दान कर रह ह भारतीय यवा ldquoय यबrdquo पर सवािधक 93 ितशत वी डयो हद म दखत ह

हद पर तरह स स म और समथ भाषा ह इसक सबस बड़ वशषता तो यह ह क इस जस बोला जाता ह वसा ह िलखा भी जाता ह यानी हद भाषा पर तरह स विन और उ चारण आधा रत भाषा ह यह खबी व क अ य कसी भी भाषा म नह ह अ जी स हत व क अ य भाषाओ क िलखन और बोल जान म काफ अतर होता ह हद भाषा का ज म स कत भाषा स हआ ह व ािनक ारा स कत और हद भाषा को विन व ान और दरसचार तरग क मा यम स अत र और अ य अ ात

स यताओ को सदश भज जान क िलए भी सवािधक उपय पाया गया ह

कछ वष पव तक हद को गवार जा हल और कम पढ़-िलख लोग क भाषा माना जाता था ल कन व ीकरण और बाजार करण क इस दौर म यह सोच तजी स बदल रह ह भारत का कॉरपोरट जगत मजबर म ह सह हद को हाथ -हाथ वीकार कर रहा ह भारत म उपभो ा व तओ क वह बाजार को आज अनदखा करना असभव ह वदशी कपिनय क िलए भारतीय बाजार क खलन क साथ ह कई बहरा ीय कपिनय न भारत म पदापण कया वपणन माक टग और यापार म भारतीय स कह यादा मा हर इन कपिनय का यह अनभव था क कसी भी दश म वहा क भाषा स कित और जायका

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 96

जान बना अपन पाव जमाना आसान नह ह ऐस म इन कपिनय न अपन उ पाद को भारतीय ज रत क हसाब स ढालकर पश कया अपन उ पाद क वपणन क िलए इन कपिनय न हद भाषा को चना य क यह भाषा सबस बड़ ल य समह तक पहचती ह

ट इ डयन िम डल लास स सबध रखन वाल इस बाजार म 50 ितशत स अिधक लोग या तो हद भाषी ह या दसर भाषा क तौर पर हद

का योग करत ह ऐस म यह एक सकन दन वाला समाचार ह क हद भाषा का भारत म ह नह ब क समच व म व तार हो रहा ह यहा हद स पयाय सा ह य क किल भाषा स नह ह ब क आम बोलचाल क भाषा स ह जसका उपयोग आज का मी डया खलकर कर रहा ह ऐस म हद क कछ परोकार बदलत सा कितक प र य म भाषा क बदलत बगड़त व प क ित िचितत भी दखाई द रह ह ल कन इस बीच यह भी प हो रहा ह क हद को अ जी स सीध तौर पर कोई खतरा नह दखाई दता आज यापार को व तार क िलए हद का दामन थामना पड़ रहा ह और हद बाज़ार क साथ आग बढ़ रह ह

मी डया और व ापन म हद का योग बहत अिधक बढ़ा ह हाला क इसका उ य हद क सवा कदा प नह ह ब क बहरा ीय और दशी कपिनय क नजर हद भाषी उपभो ाओ क एक बड़ बाजार पर ह पछल एक हजार वष स अिधक समय स भारत म हद का यापक उपयोग होता आ रहा ह अप श स ारभ हआ हद का रचना ससार आज प रप वता क चरम पर ह हद भाषा अनक प म आचिलक और थानीय बोिलय क प म भी चिलत ह अ ज क भारत आगमन स पव ह हद न अपनी जड़ समच

भारतीय उपमहा प म जमा द थी उस समय का भारत आज क ह तरह व यापार का एक मह वपण भागीदार था इसिलए इस दश क जनता क साथ काय यवहार करन क िलए हद का समिचत ान होना आव यक था

भारतीय स वधान म हद को राजभाषा बनान का उपबध 14 िसतबर 1949 को जोड़ा गया था इसिलए हर साल 14 िसतबर को हद दवस क प

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 97

म मनाया जाता ह 26 जनवर 1950 को स वधान क लाग होन क साथ ह स वधान क अन छद 343 क उपबध एक क अतगत दवनागर िल प म िलखी जान वाली हद को भारतीय सघ क राजभाषा का दजा दया गया हद को राजभाषा का दजा तो द दया गया ल कन इसी अन छद क उपबध तीन म यह ावधान कया गया क राजभाषा हद क साथ-साथ अ जी को अगल 15 वष

तक सहभाषा क प म जार रखन का अिधिनयम दश क ससद बना सकती ह बाद म 1967 म त कालीन धानम ी इ दरा गाधी न राजभाषा अिधिनयम म सशोधन कर अ जी को अिन तकाल क िलए भारत क सहभाषा बना दया यह उपबध हद क वकासपथ पर एक बहत बड़ा रोड़ा सा बत हआ और आज भी क और कई रा य का कामकाज अ जी म ह चल रहा ह

राजनीितक इ छाश क अभाव म और वाद क कारण हद को पया शासक य सर ण ा नह हो सका रह -सह कसर दश क दश क अ जी पर त नौकरशाह न पर कर द ए ज ह न अ जी को ह रा भाषा क तरह गल लगाया हद भाषा अ जी और चीनी क बाद व म सवािधक सार वाली तीसर भाषा ह हाला क व तार क कोण स दख तो अ जी

क बाद हद सबस वशाल म बोली जान वाली भाषा ह दिनया क 150 स अिधक व व ालय म हद भाषा पढ़ाई जाती ह हजार क स या म वदशी छा हद सीख रह ह और भारत क कई िश क भी वदश म हद को व तार दन क पनीत काय म जी-जान स जट ह आशा ह क आन वाल समय म हद गवार जा हल और कम पढ़-िलख क भाषा होन क अिभषाप स पर तरह स म हो जाएगी

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 98

QUERCETIN AS AN ANTIUROLITHIATIC DRUG AGAINST ETHYLENE GLYCOL INDUCED CALCULI IN MALE RATS

G Subashini PhD scholar

Department of Biochemistry DKM College Vellore

Tamil Nadu India

Hebsibah Elsie B Asst Professor

Department of Biochemistry DKM College for Women Vellore

Asha S Asst Professor

Department of Biochemistry DKM College for Women Vellore

ShobaK Asst Professor

Department of Biochemistry DKM College for Women Vellore

Abstract

Kidney is vital in the maintenance of homeostasis through the excretion of catabolites like urea creatinine and uric acid and elevated concentration of these indicate compromised renal function Due to the presence of kidney stones there is an obstruction to the outflow of urine in urinary system and the glomerular filtration rate (GFR) decreases The data revealed that ethanol extract of leaves of euphorbia hirta have significant inhibitory activity on calcium oxalate crystallization Laboratory investigation of hypercalciuria hyperuricosuria hyperoxaluria cystinuria hypocitraturia renal tubular acidosis urinary tract infection and reduction of urinary volume is based on the results of 24-hr urine collection and a spot urine for urinary sediment culture and pH Blood analysis for creatinine calcium and uric acid must be obtained Current knowledge does not support calcium restriction recommendation because it can lead to secondary hyperoxaluria and bone demineralization Reduction of animal protein and salt intake higher fluid intake and potassium consumption should be implemented Medical treatments involve the use of thiazides allopurinol potassium citrate or other drugs according to the metabolic disturbances The correction of those metabolic abnormalities is the basic tool for prevention or reduction of recurrent stone formation Further the flavonoid compound quercetin had also shown effective anti-urolithiatic activity

Keywords Kidney stones Nephrolithiasis Hypercalciuria Osteopenia Calcium Quercetin Oxalate Introduction The kidneys are two bean-shaped organs in the renal system one of a pair of organs located in the right and left side of the abdomen The kidneys remove waste products from the blood and produce urine As blood flows through the kidneys the kidneys filter waste products chemicals and unneeded water from the blood Urine collects in the middle of each kidney in an area called the renal pelvis It then drains from the kidney through a long tube the ureter to the bladder where it is stored until

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 99

elimination The kidneys also make substances that help control blood pressure and regulate the formation of red blood cells

Urinary calculus (kidney stones) is one of the painful disorders of the urinary tract urolithiasis refers to the solid nonmetallic minerals in the urinary tract It is estimated that 10 of the population in the industrialized areas of the world are affected by urinary tract stone disease with an incidence of 05ndash19In India upper and lower urinary tract stones occur frequently but the incidence depends on regional climatic and socioeconomic conditions (Marshall and Stoller 2004)Approximately 80 are of calcium-containing stones are in the form of pure calcium oxalate (CaOx) (50) or calcium phosphate (1) and a mixture of both (45) and other stones are Struvite (10) uric acid (9) and cystine (1) (Kirtikar and Basu 2005) Among the several types of kidney stones the most common are calcium oxalate stones representing up to 80 of the analyzed stones Although the mechanisms involved in the formation of calcific stones it is generally agreed that urinary lithiasis is a multifaceted process involving a series of events such as supersaturation of urine crystal nucleation aggregation and growth of insoluble particles that are finally retained in the urinary tractTubular cell injury facilitates CaOx crystal formation and deposition in the renal tubules( Pons 2011)

Kidney Stone Inhibitors and Promoters

Inhibitors are substances which decrease the initiation of supersaturation nucleation crystal growth rate of aggregation or any other processes required to stone formation Normally urine contains chemicals that prevent crystal formation Inhibitors in urine includes small organic anions such as citrate small inorganic anions such as pyrophosphates multivalent metallic cations such as magnesium or macromolecules such as osteopontin glycosaminoglycans glycoproteins urinary prothrombin fragment-1 and TammndashHorsfall proteins (Gaitondeacute andJetmalani 2017) These inhibitors do not seem to work equally for everyone therefore some people form stones But if crystals formed remain tiny usually it travels through the urinary tract and passes out from the body with urine splash without being noticed Inhibitors may act either directly by interacting with crystal or indirectly by influencing the urinary environment When inhibitory compounds adsorb onto the surface of the crystal it inhibits nucleation crystal growth aggregation or crystal-cell adherence ( Visavadiya and Narasimhacharya 2005) In contrast promoters are substances which facilitate stone formation by various mechanisms Some of the promoters include cell membrane lipids (phospholipids cholesterol and glycolipids) calcitriol hormone enhancement via parathyroid hormone stimulation] oxalate calcium sodium cystine and low urine volume Among recurrent stone formers urinary oxalate excretion was found to be higher whereas citrate excretion was lower (Joshi et al 2008)Studies indicated that oxalate can increase chloride sodium and water reabsorption in the proximal tubule and activate multiple signaling pathways in renal epithelial cells In general an imbalance between urinary stone inhibitors and promoters has been suggested to be the cause for stone formation (Meeploy et al 2008)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 100

Herbal Therapy The use of plants or plant extracts for medicinal purposes (especially plants that are not part of the normal diet (Gupta et al 2006)Herbal medicine is also called botanical medicine or phytomedicine It is refers to using a plants seeds berries roots leaves bark or flowers for medicinal purposes (Nigam and Sodhi 2014) Herbalism has a long tradition of use outside of conventional medicine It is becoming more mainstream as improvements inanalysis and quality control along with advances in clinical research show the value of herbal medicine in the treating and preventing disease( Vijayakumar et al 2013) Herbs Herbs are any plant or a part of a plant that are used for medicine food flavoring or perfume Herb consists of flower buds bark seeds leaves or any other parts of the plants Examples of herbs are ginsing chamomile basil thyme etc Herbs journals deals with complete details of plants used on medicine used in the maintenance of health as like in the prevention diagnosis improvement and treatment of illnesses( Gupta and Sharma 2006) Quercetin The name quercetin (33457-pentahydroxyflavone) comes from the Latin word ldquoQuercetumrdquo which means Oak Forest belongs to the class called flavonols that cannot be produced in the human bodyIt is yellow color and is poorly soluble in hot water quite soluble in alcohol and lipids and is insoluble in cold water (Fig -115) Quercetin is said to be one of the most widely used bioflavonoids for the treatment of metabolic and inflammatory disorders (Salvamani et al 2014) Occurrence It is one of the most abundant dietary flavonoids found in fruits (mainly citrus) green leafy vegetables as well as many seeds buckwheat nuts flowers barks broccoli olive oil apples onions green tea red grapes red wine dark cherries and berries such as blueberries and cranberries The highest concentrations of flavonols were found in vegetables such as onions and broccoli fruits such as apples cherries and berries and drinks such as tea and red wine ( Sultana and Anwar2008) 3Materials and Methods 31 Exvivo study Plant collection The leaves of Euphorbia hita were collected from vellore district The plant was identified at Euphorbia hita the Botany Department DKM Collage vellore The voucher specimen of the plant was deposited at the college for further reference Preparation of Extracts Leaves of Euphorbia hirta were shade dried and powdered to get coarse granules which were stored in an air tight container in the dark The 25 g of the powder was subjected to continuous extraction in Soxhlet apparatus using absolute ethanol for 7 h The extract was filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to give a viscous mass The

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 101

concentrated crude extracts were stored at 4degC in a refrigerator and used for further study Ex Vivo Turbidity Assay The oxalate crystal inhibition potential of Euphorbia hirta extract and fractions was also carried out in rat plasma to provide the biological environment The plasma sample was diluted with equal volume of calcium chloride and sodium oxalate (60thinspmmolL each) separately Resulting plasma solutions containing either calcium chloride or sodium oxalate were used for nucleation assay The 950thinspμL of plasma containing sodium oxalate (60thinspmmolL) was mixed with 100thinspμL of Euphorbia hirta extractsfractions at the different concentrations (50-100-150thinspμgmL) Crystallization was carried out by adding 950thinspμL of plasma containing calcium chloride (60thinspmmolL) The mixture solution was incubated for 1thinsph and the temperature was maintained at 37degC The OD of the crystallized suspension was measured at 620thinspnm and the inhibition potential was estimated by comparing with control The percentage of aggregation inhibition was then calculated by comparing the turbidity in the presence of the extract with that obtained in the control using formula Percentagethinspthinspofthinspthinspinhibition=(1minusTurbiditysampleTurbiditycontrol)times100 32 In vivo studies Drug administration The reference drug and isolated compounds (quercetin) were administered orally through stainless steel oral feeding tube Sodium CMC 1 of the weight was added to the isolated compounds for preparing the test doses 25 mg and 50 mg body weight orally given for 10 days Animals Eight healthy male Wistar albino rats weighing between 100 and 150 g were used for the study The animals were housed separately in polypropylene cage at temperature of 23 plusmn 2о`C and 50-60 relative humidity with a 12 h lightdark cycle respectively for one week before and during the commencement of experiment Animals were allowed to access standard rodent pellet diet and drinking water The animals were acclimatized for 10 days before experiments commenced The animals were housed in polypropylene cages and maintained under standard laboratory conditions They were fed with standard pellet diet and water ad libitum Experimental design Invivo study Ethylene glycol- induced urolithiasis The male wistar albino rats were divided in four groups each of six animals Group I Control rats - received normal pelleted diet Group II Urolithiasis induced rats - received 075 vv ethylene glycol and 2 ammonium chloride wv in water for 10 days Group III Urolithiasis induced rats received 075 vv ethylene glycol and 2 ammonium chloride wv in water along with quercetin (25 mgkg body weight) by oral administration for subsequent 10days at a rate of 00025 g of body weight rat day Group IV Urolithiasis induced rats received 075 vv ethylene glycol and 2 ammonium chloride wv in water along with quercetin (50mg kg body weight) by oral

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 102

administration for subsequent 10 days at a rate of 0005 g of body weight rat day The drug were given once daily by oral route Assessment of Antiurolithiatic Activity Serum analysis At the end of 11 days of the experimental period rats were sacrificed anaesthetized and blood collected from the retro-orbital region centrifuged at 10000 times g for 10 min The serum was for urea and creatinine using the respective diagnostic kits by a colorimetric method Estimation of biochemical parameters 1Estimation of creatinine (Bonser and Taussky 1945) The concentration of creatinine was estimated in serum and urine by the method of Roscoe (1953) 1 ml of working reagent was added to all eppendorfs 100 μl of serumurine was added for test while in blank purified water was added and mixed well as shown above and allowed to stand at room temperature exactly for 20 minutes The optical density of Blank (B) Standard (S) and Test (T) was measured immediately against purified water at 520 nm 2Estimation of uric acid (Fossati et al 1980 Young et al 1997 Newman et al 1999) 1 ml of uric acid reagent was added to all eppendorfs Thereafter 20 μl urineserum was added for the test while in blank uric acid reagent was added They were then mixed well and incubated at room temperature for 5 min The absorbance was read at 546 nm 3 Estimation of Urea (Young et al 1997) The concentration of urea was estimated in serum and urine by the method as described by Young et al( 1997)

Test tubes were labeled as Blank (B) Standard (S) and Test (T) and serum samples and reagents were added Tubes were mixed well and incubated at 37oC for 5 minutes Absorbance of Standard followed by Test was measured at 578 nm 4Estimation of alanine amino transferase (ALT) activity- Reitman and Frankel (1957) The method of Reitman and Frankel (1957) was followed to determine alanine transaminase activity in serum 1 ml of working reagent was added to all eppendorfs 100 μl of serum was added for testwhile in blank purified water was addedTubes were mixed well and incubated at 37oC for 5 minutes Absorbance of Standard followed by Test was measured at 340nm 4Estimation of aspartate amino transferase (AST) activity- Reitman and Frankel (1957)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 103

The aspartate transaminase (AST) activity was assayed in serum by the method of Reitman and Frankel (1957) 1 ml of working reagent was added to all eppendorfs 100 μl serum was added for test They were mixed well and incubated at room temperature for 2 min and Absorbance of Standard followed by Test was measured at 340nm 5Estimation of alkaline phosphatase (ALP) activity - Malloy and Evelyn (1937) 1 ml of working reagent was added to all eppendorfs 20 μl serum was added for test while in blank purified water was added They were mixed well and absorbance was read at 405 nm The mean absorbance change per minute (ΔA min) was determined Histopathological studies The rats were killed by high doses of ether abdomen was cut opened and the kidneys were removed The abdomen was cut open to remove both kidneys from each animal on 11th day The kidneys were stored in formalin (10) fixed in bouin liquid soaked in paraffin cut at 2ndash3 μm intervals and the slices were stained using hematoxylin and eosin Tissue slices were photographed using optical microscopy under polarized light architecture of the kidney Statistical Analysis Results were expressed in terms of mean plusmn standard error mean Differences among data were determined using one-way ANOVA test followed by Dunnetts multiple comparison test (SPSS Software) and P lt 005 was considered statistically significant The value of probability less than 5 (P lt 005) was considered statically significant 4 RESULTS Exvivo Study In order to provide the biological environment Antiurolithiatic activity of an extract of Euphorbia hirta was carried out in rat in rat serum by Exvivo assay It was found that the ethanol extract was responsible for the inhibition of calcium oxalate crystal formation It was found that ethanol extract showed 7311 of inhibition at 005g and 9632 of inhibition at 010gmWhereas at 015 gm the percentage of inhibition was found to be 9823 99 (Figure 41 ) Thus the percentage of inhibition increases as concentration increases This phenomenon may be due to the presence of copound quercetin which in turn inhibits glycolate oxidase Invivo studies Physical parameters Action of drug on change in body weight At the start of the body weight of the animals in all the animals in all the groups were found to be 10005 plusmn 878 with no significance But after 10 days body weight was found to be significantly lowered in Ethylene glycol induced group (11011 plusmn 59 p value lt 001 ) as compared to normal animals (130688 68)Whereasquercetin at 25 mgbwt (12118 plusmn 86) showed no significance when compared to the control group A

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 104

significance rise in body weight was showen in quercitin (50 mgbwt-12552 plusmn 84 p value lt001) treated groups as compared to Ethylene glycol induced rats(Table 41) Effect on water intake The level of water intake in ethylene glycol induced rats showed a level of 79 plusmn 09 with a significance of plt005 when compared to the control group (1313 plusmn 30)whereas the quercetin administered animals exhibited a decreased intake level of 88 plusmn 08 and 101 plusmn 011 with no significance when compared to induced animals (Table 42)

Figure 41 Effect of different concentration of ethanol extract of leaves of Euphorbia hirta on calcium oxalate crystallization in rat plasma by Exvivo model Bio chemical parameters Action of drugs on creatinine The serum creatinine levels was significantly increase in the nephrolithiatic group (262 plusmn 043 with p value of lt 0001) when compared to all the control groups (125 plusmn 034)Treatment with quercetin showed a significant decrease (plt001) in the creatinine levels in the serum compared to the nephrolithiatic animals with a concentration range of (160 plusmn 037 and 153plusmn035respectively) However in the 25 mg kg bwt quercetin administered group of serum creatinine levels remained lower than the quercetin (50 mgkg bwt) treated group (Table 41 ) Action of drugs on uric acid The serum uric acid levels were significantly higher in the group 2 animals (2345plusmn 00 4 lt005)when compared to the group 1 animals whereas treatment group at both dose (25 and 50 mgkg bwt) showed a significant reduction in the serum uric acid levels (17 plusmn 006 and 13plusmn 004 plt001 respectively) compared to the group 2 animals Among

0

005

01

015

02

005 01 015 O

F IN

HIB

ITIO

N

CONCENTRATION OF ETHANOL EXTRACT

Ex vivo study

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 105

the treated groups quercetin at 50 mgkg b wt showed a better results than 25 mgkg b wt (Table 41) Action of drugs on blood urea nitrogen The effect of the administration of quercetin was assessed on the BUN and the data is represented in Table 41 The ethylene glycol indued group showed an signicant elevation (6015 plusmn34 plt0001)in the BUN values than control group (3145plusmn51) A significant decrease was found in the BUN levels in both the quercetin treated groups 3 and 4 (4089plusmn34 and 3566plusmn51plt005 respectively)On comparison among the quercetin treated groups the higher concentration showed a higher activity Table ndash 41 Alteration in the level of biochemical parameters in various test group in experimental male albino rats

Sno Parameter Group -1

Group -2 Group -3 Group -4

1 Body weight (gm) ndash Initial

10005 plusmn878

10005 plusmn878 10005 plusmn878 10005 plusmn878

Final 130686plusmn 8

11011plusmn 59 12115plusmn 86 12552plusmn 84

2 Water intake (ml)

135plusmn 30 79plusmn 09 88plusmn 08 101plusmn 011

3 Creatinine (mgdl)

125plusmn 034

262plusmn 043 160plusmn 037 153plusmn 035

4 Uric acid (mgdl)

0978plusmn 007

2345plusmn004 17plusmn 006 13plusmn 004

5 BUN (mgdl)

3145plusmn 51

6015plusmn 34 4089plusmn34 3566plusmn51

6 ALT (IUL)

3555plusmn 57

9666plusmn 88 449plusmn 57 4010plusmn 77

7 ALP (IUL)

3222plusmn 42

7822plusmn 72 433plusmn 33 3718plusmn 69

8 AST (IUL)

6823plusmn 74

13042plusmn104 8156plusmn956 7475plusmn 811

Results are expressed as mean plusmn SEM n = 5 indicates p lt 001 indicates p lt 0001 indicates p lt 005 Group 1 - Normal rat Group 2- Ethylene glycol induced rat Group 3- quercetin treated rat (25 mgbwt) Group 4- quercetin treated rat (50 mgb wt) Group II compared with Group I

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 106

Group III and IV compared with Group II Action of drugs on ALT The serum ALT levels in the animals at the end of the experimental regimen was shown in Table 41 There was a significant increase plt001 in the serum ALT levels in the Ethylene glycol induced group (9666 plusmn 88) when compared to the controls group(3555plusmn57)On quercetin administration (Group 3 and 449plusmn57 and 4010plusmn77respectively)there was a significant reduction in serum ALT level as concentration increases when compared to the ethylene glycol All the treated groups showed a significant reduction in serum ALT when compared to the ethylene glycol induced group (plt005 and plt 01 respectively ) Action of drugs on ALP Calculi induced group showed a significant increase in ALP level of 7822 plusmn72 with a significant value of plt005 when compared to the control group (3222 plusmn 42 )In addition group 3 rats showed a significant decreased (433 plusmn 33 p lt005) in the level of ALP when compared to the group 1 rats While group 4 rats revealed a market decreased (3718 plusmn69 plt001) in the activity of enzyme ALP compared to Group 1 rats Among the treated groups Group 4 showed more activity than the Group 3 animals (Table 41 ) Action of drugs on AST On ethylene glycol administration the level of AST (13042 plusmn 104) was found to be remarkedly increased with a significance of p lt 001 compared to normal animals (6823 plusmn 74) However on quercetin administration as treatment drugs (8156 plusmn 956 25 mg kg b wt and 7475 plusmn 8111 50 mg kg b wt) showed a significant decrease (plt005 and plt 001respectively) in the level of AST compared to the ethylene glycol induced animals with a dose dependent activity Thus quercetin shows a concentration dependent activity (Table 41) Histopathological Evaluation of Kidney Liver and Spleen The histopathological evaluation of the kidney of experimental animals was represented in Figure 42 ) Histopathological section of normal control animal kidney revealed no abnormalities like interstitial inflammation and proximal tubules dilation within the renal tissue (Figure 42 a )While Kidney of urolithiasis group animal showed a marked inflammation in the interstitial space of calculi development on continuous administration of the renal tissue along with proximal tubules dilation and deposition of the intratubular and interstitial crystal inside the tubules was a found as a characteristic sign of calculi development on continuing administration of 075 ethylene glycol (vv) (Figure 42 (b) Figures 42(c) and (d) at both quercitine 25 mg and 50 mg treated rats showed a reduced degenerative changes in the kidney tissue like interstitial infiltration of the inflammatory cell and proximal tubules dilation inside the tubules The results revealed that quercetin has a protective effect on kidney liver and spleen as revealed from histopathological results and this supports the therapeutic efficiency of quercetin as an anti ndash urolithiatic drug

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 107

Fig 42 Microscopic images of kidney sections under a light microscope (40x) after hematoxylin and eosin staining from animals of (a) Group -1 (Normal ) (b) Group - 2 (Ethylene glycol induced) (c) Group -3 (Quercetin Treated rats 25mgKg bwt) (d) Group - 4 (Quercetin Treated rats 50 mgKg bwt)

(a) (b)

(c) (d)Fig ndash 43 Microscopic images of Liver sections under a light microscope (40x)

after hematoxylin and eosin staining from animals of (a)Group -1 (Normal ) (b)

Group - 2 (Ethylene glycol induced) (c) Group -3 (Quercetin Treated rats-

25mgKg bwt) (d) Group - 4 (Quercetin Treated rats-50mgKgbwt)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 108

(a) (b)

(c) (d)Fig ndash 44 Microscopic images of Spleen sections under a light microscope (40x)after hematoxylin and eosin staining from animals of (a) Group -1 (normal ) (b)Group ndash 2 (calculi induced group) (c) Group -3 (Quercetin treated group ndash25mgKgbwt) (d) Group- 4 (Quercetin treated rats-50mgKgbwt)

Discussion Kidney is vital in the maintenance of homeostasis through the excretion of catabolites like urea creatinine and uric acid and elevated concentration of these indicate compromised renal function Due to the presence of kidney stones there is an obstruction to the outflow of urine in urinary system and the glomerular filtration rate (GFR) decreases This is also attributed to the rise in tubular pressure caused by renal tubular cell necrosis as a result of intraluminal crystal deposition (Bardaoui et al 2010) Reduction in the GFR leads to accumulation of the waste products particularly nitrogenous substances such as blood urea nitrogen (BUN) creatinine and uric acid in blood and urine (Ghodkar 1994) Urolithiasis or Urinary stone formation in kidney has ever been an annoying urinary disease for human This disease is mainly the result of supersaturation of urine with certain urinary salts such as CaOx and phosphate the most common constituent of kidney stones (Daudon et al 1993) Kidney stone or urolithiasis is a complex process that results from a succession of several physicochemical events including supersaturation nucleation growth aggregation and retention within renal tubules (Atmani et al 2004) Different chemicals used to induced urolithiasis in experimental animals includes ethylene glycol glycolic acid insertion of calcium oxalate crystals in to urinary bladder calculi-producing diet model using Gentamicin and 5 ammonium

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 109

oxalate insertion of zinc disc in to bladder sodium oxalate (Perez et al 1998 Bahuguna et al 2009 Doddola et al 2008) The administration of ethylene glycol in drinking water caused a dose dependent significant reduction in the body weight of rat A significant loss in body weight correlates with the decrease in feed consumption Similar decrease in body weight due to the decrease in the food consumption has also been reported in an earlier study (Ringold et al 2005) A considerable reduction inbody weight and increase in kidney weight in rats was also observed when treated with ethylene glycol in drinking water (Parmar et al 2012) Uric acid concentration highly elevates that causing hyperuricaemia thus leading to associated rise in urinary uric acid (Sakhaee L et al 2002) The superior of crystals of uric acid in CaOx calculi amp uric acid combining proteins are able to combining to CaOx amp regulate crystallization shows its function in calculi formation (Yadav RD et al 2011)An increase in uric acid and associated binding proteins has been shown to play an important role in calcium oxalate crystallisation process (Kalaiselvi et al 1999) Uric acid interferes with calcium oxalate solubility and reduces the inhibitory activity of compounds such as glycosaminoglycans (Divakar et al 2010) In the present study alsowe have observed an elevation in serum and urine uric acid levels in the nephrolithiatic group Acute worsening of renal function due to crystal deposition in the renal tubules results in glomerular dysfunction Renal damage induced by oxidative stress was associated with impaired renal function and a marked increase in serum creatinine calcium urea uric acid and phosphorus (Bhalodia 2010) Histopathological results revealed no serious damage in the hepatic structure and spleen by used concentration The administration of quercetin extract having flavonoids can prevent liver tissue injury in a normal pattern Damaging of liver cells depends on the dose of the extract indicating that our selected dose is appropriate and it can be used for the management of urolithiasis In summary it was demonstrated that B ligulata extract does not have any toxic effect at the mentioned dose(Amer2012) Histopathological evaluation of kidney through microscopic examination showed accumulation of calcium oxalate deposits inside the tubules in calculi-induced animals Marked changes such as dilation of the proximal tubules along with interstitial inflammation were observed in urolithiasis rats The quercitine alone treated significantly decreased the number and size of calcium oxalate deposits in different parts of renal tubules and also reduced damage to the renal tubules quercetin which protect the kidney from oxidative injury by oxalate and crystal deposition Thus Quercetin has the curative effect for the kidney stone formation Conclusion In the present study dried powder of leaves of Euphorbia hirta were subjected to extraction using 70 vv ethanol Ex vivo activity used as a model to study antiurolithiatic potential of ethanol extract using rat plasma From the findings it was found that as the concentration increases from 005 to 015 g the percentage of

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 110

inhibition also found to be increased and this indicates the inhibitory activity of extract towards the calcium oxalate formation The study was extended to evaluate the antiurolithiatic activity of quercetin using ethylene glycol (075) and ammonium chloride (2) induced renal calculi in male albino rats The kidney stone formation induced in rats as a result of 10 days simultaneous administration This was significantly inhibited by oral administration of quercetin at two selected doses (25 and 50 mgkg of body weight) Lithogenic animals showed a marked decrease in body weight and water intake compared to control group while quercetin treatment reversed these changes Induced group of animals showed a significant increase in all the parameters such as serum creatinine uric acid BUN AST ALP ALT levels compared to control group All these changes were brought to near normal level on quercetin administration as a treatment Histopathological changes observed due to ethylene glycol induction also reversed on treatment In conclusion the presented data revealed that ethanol extract of leaves of euphorbia hirta have significant inhibitory activity on calcium oxalate crystallization Further the flavonoid compound quercetin had also shown effective anti-urolithiatic activity Hence it may be concluded that the flavonoid compound quercetin can be used for the treatment of urolithiasis

References bull Abate N Chandalia M Cabo-Chan AV Jr et al The metabolic syndrome and uric

acid nephrolithiasis novel features of renal manifestation of insulin resistance Kidney Int 200465386ndash92

bull Begum AN Terao J Protective effect of quercetin against cigarette tar extract-induced impairment of erythrocyte deformability J Nutr Biochem 200213265ndash72

bull Clarke AM Mckenzie RG Ileostomy and the risk of urinary uric acid stones The Lancet 1969294395ndash7

bull Prasad KVSRG Bharathi K Srinivasan KK Evaluation of Musa (Parasidica Linn Cultivar) Puttubale stems juice for antilithiatic activity in albino rats Indian journal Physiology and Pharmacology 1993 37 337-341

bull Huang HS Ma MC Chen J Chen CF Changes in the oxidant- antioxidant balance in the kidney of rats with nephrolithiasis induced by ethylene glycol Journal of Urology2002 167 2584 2593

bull Atmani F Slimani Y Mimouni M Hacht B Prophylaxis of calcium oxalate stones by Herniaria hirsute on experimentally induced nephrolithiasis in rats British Journal of Urology International 2003 92 137-140

bull AdhiraiM Selvam R Vitamin E pretreatment prevents cyclosporine A-induced crystal deposition in hyperoxaluric rats Nephron 1997 75 77-81

o Huang HS Ma MC Chen J Chen CF Changes in the oxidant- antioxidant balance in the kidney of rats with nephrolithiasis induced by ethylene glycol Journal of Urology2002 167 2584 2593

bull Elias Edwin Jarald Pankaj Kushwah Sheeja Edwin Suhail Asgharand Showkat Ahmad Patni Effect of Unex on ethylene glycol-induced urolithiasis in rats Indian J Pharmacol 2011 Jul-Aug 43(4) 466ndash468

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 111

bull Marshall L Stoller MD Urinary stone disease In Tanagho EA McAninch JW editors Smiths General Urology 16th ed New York McGraw-Hill Lange Medical Books 2004 pp 256ndash91

bull Kirtikar K Basu B 2nd ed vol II International Book Distributors Dehradun 2005 (Indian medicinal plants

bull Pons CA Custer RP Acute ethylene glycol poisoning clinico-pathologic report of eighteen fatal cases Am J Med Sci 2011 211 544ndash52

bull Salvamani S Gunasekaran B Shaharuddin NA Ahmad SA Shukor MY Antiartherosclerotic effects of plant flavonoids Biomed Res Int 2014 2014

bull Blokhina O Virolainen E Fagerstedt KV Antioxidants oxidative damage and oxygen deprivation stress A review Ann Bot 200391179ndash94

bull Sandhar HK Kumar B Prasher S Tiwari P Salhan M Sharma P A review of phytochemistry and pharmacology of flavonoids Int Pharm Sci 2011125ndash41

bull Agrawal AD Pharmacological activities of flavonoids Review Int J Pharm Nanotechnol 201141394ndash7

bull Pal DK Verma P Flavonoids A powerful and abundant source of antioxidants Int J Pharm Pharm Sci 2013595ndash8

bull Prochaacutezkovaacute D Boušovaacute I Wilhelmovaacute N Antioxidant and prooxidant properties of flavonoids Fitoterapia 201182513ndash23

bull Lakhanpal P Rai DK Quercetin A versatile flavonoid Int J Med Update 2007222ndash 37

bull Begum AN Terao J Protective effect of quercetin against cigarette tar extract-induced impairment of erythrocyte deformability J Nutr Biochem 200213265ndash72

bull Xiao X Shi D Liu L Wang J Xie X Kang T et al Quercetin suppresses cyclooxygenase-2 expression and angiogenesis through inactivation of P300 signaling PLoS One 20116(8)e2293

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 112

FOUR HISTORIC VISITS OF MAHATMA TO ASSAM

Gautam Sarmah Assistant Professor

Department of History Rupahi College Nagaon

Assam Abstract

MK Gandhi - The man we have known as Mahatma and father of our nation Who had a very close relation with the people of Assam Gandhi visited Assam in 1921 1926 1934 and 1946 These four historic visits to Assam by Gandhi immensely enriched the history of Assam Gandhi was not only a person he was an institution When he went to a new place in his lifetime thousands of his followers always surrounded him to meet and talk with him People of Assam also was not excepted from this genuine truth Which truth was proved within his all four historical arrivals to Assam Key-words Assam Gandhi Public meetings Swadeshi Visit Introduction History of India was enriched by a new chapter through the emergence of Mahatma Gandhi in 1919 After joining by Gandhi to Indian freedom struggle the whole picture of the contemporary Indias had been changed Gandhi was an iconic figure who united the people of India against British Raj Gandhis four times visit of Assam gave a new power to the people of Assam and also united them against the foreign rules as well as contemporary India In one sentence four visits of Assam by Gandhi made a strong nationalism among all the people of Assam they also became more conscious of their rights and duties Therefore except the discussion of Gandhis four historic visits to Assam the history of Assam is always incomplete Aim and objectives of the study To highlight about the Gandhis visits in different parts of Assam Responsible factors Gandhis visits to Assam also will be focused Treats of the people of Assam towards Gandhi will be discussed Impact on the people of Assam by Gandhis views also will be mentioned Methods of the Study Method of the writing of this paper is descriptive with applying historical analysis Data has been collected from the different secondary sources like books research papers research thesis newspapers souvenirs etc

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 113

Discussion On 18 August 1921 Gandhi first came to Assam along with his eleven companies He first reached at Golakganj Assam Pradesh Congress Committees general secretary a prominent freedom fighter of Assam Nabin Chandra Bordoloi along with his followers received Gandhi from Golakganj On the way people of Dhubri and Goalpara districts of Assam heartily welcomed him to their state By passing those districts when Gandhi finally reached at Gauhati (present Guwahati) he shocked to see a long line of gathering people at Gauhati from Pandu to Bharalumukh They eagerly waiting to see Gandhi from near and talk with him In this first visit to Assam Gandhi stayed at Tarun Ram Phukans residence who was a patriotic figure and prominent leader of freedom struggle also known as Desabhakt of Assam The residence was decorated by the flags of INC In that place or in front of the Tarun Ram Phukans residence of Bharalumukh Gandhi addressed in a public meeting where more than 25000 Gandhis followers were present In that public meeting Gandhis speeches translated into Assamese by Tarun Ram Phukan for the understanding of general people Through the impact of Gandhis speeches a rapid change came into existence It is notable the year of 1921 was the time of Swadeshi movement against British misrule in India By listening Gandhis views on Swadeshi movement at once people of Assam jumped into this movement As the rapid impact of Gandhis speeches in that same day in evening people of Assam started burning the foreign cloths and started a boycott movement against British Raj However in his first visit Gandhi was staying in Assam from 18 August to 30 August 1921 Specially to expand the swadeshi feelings among the people of Assam he also visited Nagaon Jorhat Tezpur Dibrugarh Silchar and Sylhet He visited almost all important districts of undivided upper and lower Assam People of those districts had arranged some public meetings In each meeting Gandhi delivered his powerful speeches on swadeshi movement and self-independence He inspired to all people of Assam to adopt and expand swadeshi feeling in every walk of their life In 1926 for second time Gandhi came to Assam In this time the main reason was to visit Assam by him to attend 41 no INC session at Pandu Gauhati Noteworthy that this was the only and first Congress session accomplished in Assam before pre-independent To this session Gandhi came as an important representative of INC Congresss representatives had set a target of collecting 10000 yards of khadi clothes to decorate the pandal of that Congress session Actually by this work they tried to expand the Gandhis views and activities on Swadeshi movement far and wide To attend the meeting of Harijan Sewak Sangh Gandhi again visited Assam in 1934 in the month of April On 10 April Gandhi reached Assam after a day on 11 April he addressed a meeting at Rupashri Dhubri district of Assam In that meeting he appealed to the people to eradicate untouchability from their

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 114

mind and brain Aiming to the all gathering people he said Im glad to be in Assam again after a very long period This time my mission is in connection with the Harijan movement It is said that there is no considerable untouchability in Assam and Bengal But I dont think that the statement squares with facts We are guilty of untouchability as soon as we make distinctions between man and man and we have grades of high and low Surely there are distinctions enough in Assam In this third visit Gandhi also went to Gauripur Bansbari Chaprakata Sorbhog Howly and Sarupeta In those places on the same day Gandhi attended some another important public meetings where he also said to the people to the removal of untouchability feelings from their mind Next dupay he went to Goreswar Tangla Udalguri Bindukuri Rangapara and Tezpur On 13 April he reached Gauhati by a steamer from Tezpur In Gauhati Gandhi inaugurated a Seva Ashram He also visited a leprosy asylum and the quarters of Harijans in Gauhati On the same day he attended a meeting was arranged by Marwari people of Assam After meeting he went to Khetri Chaparmukh Nagaon and Furkating He attended some public meeting in Golaghat Dergaon and Jorhat Through this third visit to Assam Gandhi adopted and expanded a message to uplift the Harijans Within two weeks staying in Assam Gandhi collected almost 17000 rupees to Harijans of Assam Finally by finishing his great mission he moved to his homeland from Assam In 1946 Gandhi last visited to Assam He came via Brahmaputra by a steamer from Bengal Some prominent leaders of INC like Lokapriya Gopinath Bordoloi Bishnuram Medhi Siddhartha Sarma and others received Gandhi from the river port of Brahmaputra In his last visit he inaugurated the Assam Branch of Kasturba Gandhi National Memorial Trust Under this trust a branch was named the Gram Sevika Vidyalaya was started in Assam Gandhi gave the responsibilities to managing this branch to Amal Prabha Das Gandhi stayed on a small hillock was known as Sarania The owner of this hillock was Dr Harekrishna Das father of Amal Prabha Das He was a faithful follower of Gandhi However when Gandhi was at Sarania suddenly the hillock was surrounded by some poor people to meet and talk with Gandhi about their problems To meet those people by the suggestion of Gandhi at once a temporarily a small hut was constructed by Harekrishna Das Gopinath Bordoloi Bhubaneswar Barua etc INC leaders or followers of Gandhi Later the hillock was donated to the Gram Sevika Vidyalaya by Dr Harekrishna Das and his family where Gandhi was last staying This is fourth or last historic visit of Gandhi to Assam before the independent of our country

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 115

Conclusion Thus we have found that between 1921 to 1946 Gandhi visited Assam for four times to take some important agendas and initiatives like to expand the swadeshi message to uplift the socio-economic status of harijans removal the untouchability from the society and development of nationalist feeling among the people of Assam However in finally undoubtedly we can say that Gandhis these four historic visits to Assam will always remain as a golden chapter of Assam History References 1 Barpujari HK (1992) The comprehensive history of Assam Assam

Publication Board Guwahati 2 Barua SL (1995) A comprehensive history of Assam MM Publication

New Delhi 3 Chandra B (1989) Indian Struggle for Independence Penguin Pub New

Delhi 4 Gait EA (1990) A history of Assam LBS publication 5 Goswami P (2012) The history of Assam from yandabo to partition 1826-

1947 Orient Blackswan Publication 6 Sharma D (1993) Assamese Women in the Freedom Struggle Punthi

Pustak Publication Calcutta

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 116

SKYSCRAPERS LINKED WITH IMPENDING FINANCIAL CRASHES

Girisha Nayak S Research Scholar

Department of Commerce Manipal University Jaipur

Dr Gaurav Lodha Research Supervisor

Department of Commerce Manipal University Jaipur

Abstract Economic experts sometimes call the skyscraper effect the skyscraper curse or Tower of Babel curse a reference to the myth of Genesis in which people have dispersed abroad and received different languages to build a city or tower that reached the heavensThe skyscraper effect is an economic indicator that combines the construction of the tallest skyscrapers in the world with an impending economic recession The theory that there is a positive correlation between the development of megawatt buildings and financial crises was developed by British economist Andrew Lawrence in 1999 The skyscraper effect is also known as the Skyscraper Index The skyscraper index designed by economist Andrew Lawrence shows the relationship between the construction of the tallest building in the world and the business cycle Is this just a coincidence or are skyscrapers causing business cycles The technical foundations of Cantillon effects for a building indicator are presented here proving how essential skyscraper construction components such as technology are linked to key technical concepts in economics such as the construction of production The findings practical and theoretical suggest that the business cycle theory of the Austrian School of Economics can significantly contribute to our understanding of business cycles particularly serious onesTheconcept that any country that creates a record skyscraper will be punished with an economic crisis may at first seem too far-reaching However dig a little deeper and it will become clear that Lawrences theory has some validity The relationship between the construction of a skyscraper taller than the recent height record holder and the aftermath of the economic crisis can be explained in many ways The financial crisis usually occurs after a period of economic boom characterized by higher gross domestic product (GDP) low unemployment rate and rising asset pricesWhen a project such as a worlds tallest building receives the necessary funds to start construction the countrys economy can be seen as one that has developed so much that the probability of a crack shortly is high Keywords Tall buildings new technologies urban design future cities sustainability

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 117

Introduction Historically bull market booms and real estate bubbles primarily commercial real estate go hand in hand The same irrational enthusiasm that convinces average stock investors that everything they touch turns to gold also infects developers who reach for the hilt with cheap money near the top of the cycle And the most visible indicator of this is the skyscraper In the past the completion of record skyscrapers was the proverbial bell that rings at the top of the market At this time the massive construction of super-high residential and business towers especially in Manhattan can signal that the bulls end is near The first skyscrapers were built at the shift of the century In the 1920s the Life Tower metropolis and Singer building were built in Lower Manhattan before panic in 1907 The magnificent Woolworth building was opened as the tallest building in the world a few years later It was soon overshadowed by the Chrysler Building an Art Deco miracle that opened in 1928 followed by 40 Wall Street The Empire State Building which began construction before the stock market crash in 1929 was finally opened in 1931 During the Great Depression Review of Literature In 2015 Jason Barr Bruce Mizrach and Kusum Mundra conducted in-depth analysis regarding the relationship between skyscraper height and the business cycle Economists have theorized that if building the highest structures shows that the business cycle has reached its peak then the plan to make these structures can also be used to forecast GDP growth The researchers compared GDP growth per capita in four countries - America Canada China and Hong Kong - with the height of the tallest buildings in these countries and assumed that both of these factors are tracking each other This means that during the economic boom building developers are increasing the height of buildings trying to capitalize on growing revenues that result from increased demand for more office space In other words how tall a construction depends on how suddenly the economy is expanding but it does not indicate an imminent recession Andrew Lawrence sees the upcoming trouble in skyscraper mushrooms in China and India The man who created the term skyscraper index in 1999 directs research into the Asian regional real estate sector at Barclays Capital Lawrence looks out that India and China are in the midst of a skyscraper boom and claims that it bodes poorly for the economies of these rapidly developing nations This is an argument that has caused strong reactions in the Indian real estate sector Methods of data collection The research-based upon secondary data and hence the data has collected from various books magazines and websites

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 118

Skyscrapers and Economic Crisis

Source Economictimesindiatimes

Source Economictimesindiatimes

Source Economictimesindiatimes

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 119

After the panic in 1907 - which led to the creation of the Federal Reserve in 1913 - the construction of the New York Singer building (612 feet) in 1908 was completed shortly thereafter and the Metropolitan Life building (1900 feet) in 1909 was also marked by a flood of skyscrapers 927-meter-high 40 Wall Street in 1929 1046-meter Chrysler building in 1930 and 1250-meter Empire State building in 1931 Completed in 1972 and 1973 the Two World Trade Centre towers - 1368 and 1362 feet respectively - and the ribbon cutting of the 1445-meter Sears Tower in 1974 It coincided with the oil crisis in 1973 the stock market crash in 1973 I recession in 1973ndash1975 The Asian economic crisis of 1997ndash98 coincided with the opening of the 1483-foot Petronas towers in Kuala Lumpur in 1997 and the dotcom internet bubble burst in 2000 And the construction in Taiwan in the years 1999ndash2004 of 1671 feet And finally the Great Recession of 2007ndash2010 was announced by the construction of the 2717-meter Burj Khalifa in Dubai which was completed in 2010 With China which Bloomberg News calls the skyscraper mania - China is home to 53 of current high-rise construction projects in the world including Sky City 2749 feet in Changsha which is expected to start construction in July The Taipei 101 was completed in 2004 four years after the Internet bubble burst and Burj Khalifa was completed three years after the financial crisis of 2007-10 Yes both are in the range but a few years is an aeon for investors If you tried to measure time on the stock market with the construction of a skyscraper you would make an extremely costly mistake This is a more subtle risk indicator than a precise tool Conclude - Skyscrapers have an harmful connection with the threatening financial breakdown The researchers showed out that the worlds first skyscraper the Equitable Life building in New York was built in 1873 during a five-year depression while the Empire State Building coincided with the Great Depression According to Barclays China may be particularly affected by the current largest skyscraper developer responsible for 53 of the structures currently under construction Barclays Capital analysts said Usually the tallest buildings in the world are simply the construction of a wider boom for skyscrapers reflecting the widespread misallocation of capital and the impending economic correction Investors should therefore pay special attention to China and India they added Barclays Capitals Skyscraper Index has been published every year since 1999

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 120

It was stated Our high-rise index still shows a weak correlation between the construction of the next tallest building in the world and the impending financial crisis New York 1930 Chicago 1974 Kuala Lumpur 1997 and Dubai 2010 Dark announcements were supported by a separate JPMorgan Chase report cited by the BBC He warned that the Chinese real estate market could fall by up to 20 in major cities References 1 A Sev and A Oumlzgen ldquoSpace efficiency in high-rise office buildingsrdquo

METU Journal of the Faculty of Architecture vol 26 no 2 pp 69-89 December 2009

2 J Barr ldquoSkyscraper heightrdquo The Journal of Real Estate Finance and Economics vol 45 no 3 pp 723-753 October 2012

3 J Barr ldquoSkyscrapers and the skyline Manhattan 1895ndash2004rdquo Real Estate Economics vol 38 no 3 pp 567-597 June 2010

4 M M Ali and A Aksamija ldquoToward a better urban life Integration of cities and tall buildingsrdquo in Proc 4th Architectural Conference on High Rise Buildings pp 1-21 Amman Jordan June 2008

5 N W Alnaser ldquoTowards sustainable buildings in Bahrain Kuwait and United Arab Emiratesrdquo Open Construction and Building Technology Journal vol 2 pp 30-45 2008

6 R Lacayo C Estulin and S Jakes ldquoGoing up and up When height is all that mattersrdquo Time vol 164165 no 261 pp 172-173 December 2004

7 R W Helsley and W C Strange ldquoA game-theoretic analysis of skyscrapersrdquo Journal of Urban Economics vol 64 no 1 pp 49-64 July 2008

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 121

ASSESSMENT OF KNOWLEDGE AND PRACTICE OF WOMEN REGARDING PLASTIC WASTE AND PREVENTION OF ITS USAGE

IN SELECTED URBAN AREA TIRUPATHI A DESCRIPTIVE STUDY

M Lakshmi Devi

Research scholar Department of Women Studies

Sri Padmavathi Mahila Viswavidhyalayam

Tirupathi Chittoor Dist Andhra Pradesh

Dr PNeeraja Assistant professor

Department of Women Studies Sri Padmavathi Mahila

Viswavidhyalayam Tirupathi Chittoor Dist

Andhra Pradesh

Abstract A plastic material is a wide range of synthetic or semi synthetic organic solids and typical organic polymers of high molecular substances They are usually synthetic most commonly derived from the petrochemicals but many are partially natural Plastic products become an integral part of our daily life as a result of which the plastic is produced at a massive scale worldwide The present study was aimed to assess the knowledge and knowledge on practice regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage among urban women carried out in tirupati Andhra Pradesh Selected research design was descriptive design from non-experimental research A total of hundred women sample were selected by non probability convenient sampling method Data was collected by administering self answered questionnaire Descriptive and inferential statistics were used to analyses the data Major findings of the study includes 37 of sample were inadequate knowledged 35 of the sample are having moderately adequate knowledge and 28 of the women are having adequate knowledge regarding plastic waste Regarding knowledge on practice 50 of the sample having inadequate 28 of the women having moderately adequate and remaining 22 of the sample are adequately knowledged The observed mean score was 1316 and standard deviation was 345 for knowledge with observed mean of 10 and 291 of standard deviation score for knowledge on practice Demographic characters like age and education were significant at 005 and 001 level respectively

1 Introduction A plastic material is a wide range of synthetic or semi synthetic organic solids and typical organic polymers of high molecular substances They are usually

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 122

synthetic most commonly derived from the petrochemicals but many are partially natural Plastic products become an integral part of our daily life as a result of which the plastic is produced at a massive scale worldwide Plastic materials are inexpensive lightweight strong durable corrosion resistant materials with high thermal and electrical insulation properties Plastic materials are inexpensive available at low cost ease of manufacture versatility and imperviousness to water plastics are used in an enormous and expanding range of products from paperclips to space ships Plastics are replaced by displacing some of the traditional materials like wood stone horn and bone leather paper metal and glass in most of their former uses In developed countries about one third of plastic is used in packaging and another third in building materials such as piping used in plumbing or vinyl siding Other uses includes in automobiles furniture and toys In developing countries the ratio may different like example reportedly 42 of Indiarsquos consumption is used in packaging Global production of plastic crosses 150 million tons per year on an average Its broad range of usage is in packaging films wrapping materials shopping and garbage bags fluid containers clothing toys household and industrial products and building materials Approximately it is estimated that 70 of plastic packaging products are converted in to plastic waste in a short span Once plastic is discarded after its utility is over it is known as plastic waste It is fact that plastic waste never degrades and remains on landscape for several years Most of the plastic waste is recyclable but recycled products are more harmful to the environment as this contains additives and colors The recycling of a plastic material can be done 2-3 times only because after every recycling the plastic material deteriorates after every recycling and its lifespan is reduced So recycling is not a permanent solution for plastic waste is a serious concern due to improper collection and segregation system According to the reports for the year 2017-18 Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) has estimated that India generates approximately 94 million tons of plastic waste (which amounts to 26000 tons of waste per day) and out of this approximately 56 million tons per annum plastic waste is recycled (ie 15600 tons of waste per day) and 38 million tons per annum plastic waste is left uncollected or littered (9400 tons of waste per day) Out of 60 of recycled plastic 70 is recycled at registered facilities 20 is recycled by unrecognized sector 10 of the plastic is recycled at home Plastic pollution is the accumulation of plastic objects in the earth environment that adversely affects wild life habitat and humans Plastics that act as pollutants are categorized in to micro debris meso debris and macro debris based on the size Plastics are in expensive and durable and as a result levels of plastic production by humans are high However the chemical structure of most plastics

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 123

renders them resistant to many natural processes of degradation and as a result they are slow to degrade Together these two factors lead to high prominence of plastic pollution in the environment Plastic pollution can affect land water ways and oceans it is estimated that 11 to 88 million metric tons of plastic waste enters the ocean from coastal communities each year From the year 1950 up to 2018 an estimated 63 billion tons of plastic has been produced worldwide of which is estimated 9 has been recycled and another 12 has been reused Sources of household plastic waste includes salad dressing containers processed meat packages plastic soft drink and water bottles milk bottles shampoo bottles detergent bottles oil jelly cans toys fruit plastic packaging sweet trays frozen food bags squeezable bottles clothing furniture carpet shrink wraps garment bags margarine and yogurt containers caps of the containers egg cottons fast food trays disposable plastic silver ware etc In 1990 ndash 1991 India produced 0363 metric tons of plastics polymer but in a decade an incredible 890 increase leads to total plastic production up to 32 metric tons in 2000 ndash 2001 Plastic production in India further raises to 477 metric tons in 2005 ndash 2006 in 1990 ndash 1991 per capita consumption of plastic in India was 08 kg but within a decade per capita consumption significantly increases to 35kg in 2000 However it is still far below than the global average 18 kg However the projected estimates per capita plastics consumption in 2021 may reach to substantial figure of 109kg which is realistic considering the rapidity with which plastics are replacing its competitive materials Packaging represents the largest single sector of plastic use in the India The sector accountants for 42 of plastic consumption and plastic are the material of choice in nearly half of all packaged goods Apart from the use in packaging plastics are also extensively used in the consumer products such as furniture and house wears building and construction and in industrial sector According to the research findings of National Plastic Waste Management Task Force packaging constitutes 52 of the total Indiarsquos plastic consumption After primary use of this portion of plastic annually 093 metric tons of waste plastics are discarded along with the household waste In this connection the researcher was so much interested towards conducting a study on household plastic waste and prevention of its usage 2 METHODOLOGY Aim The present study was aimed to assess the knowledge regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage among household women residing in urban area Objectives The objectives of the study are as follows To study the knowledge and knowledge on plastic among women regarding

plastic waste and prevention of its usage

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 124

To correlate the knowledge with knowledge on practice of women regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage

To measure the association between the selected demographic variables and knowledge and practice of women regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage

Research hypotheses 1 There is a significant knowledge and knowledge on attitude regarding

plastic waste and prevention of its usage 2 There is a positive correlation knowledge and knowledge on practice of

women regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage 3 There is a significant difference between knowledge and attitude scores with

their selected demographic variables Research approach Non experimental research approach was adopted to achieve the objectives of the present study which is felt to be most appropriate in the field of education Research design As the researcher has attempted to describe the knowledge and knowledge on attitude regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage among resident women in urban mandal Hence adopted research design was descriptive design Variables under study Knowledge and knowledge on practice regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage Population and setting of the study Population of the present study includes women between the age of 20 ndash 50 years residing in urban area Bazar street Tirupathi urban mandal Sample size and sampling technique The selected sample size was 100 household women and sample was selected by non probability convenient sampling technique Development and description of the tool The tool was developed with the help of related literature from various textbooks journals websites discussion from experts The study data was carried out by using structured knowledge questionnaire on plastic waste and prevention of its usage The questionnaire consists of three sections First section consists of seven questions which includes age religion education occupation type of family type of drainage system and available facility for waste disposal Second section consists of thirty four questions related to knowledge on plastic waste and third section consists of seventeen questions on prevention of plastic usage Reliability of the tool Reliability was established by Karl Pearson Split Half Method The tool was found highly reliable with a score of r=088 Plan of data collection The data was obtained by using self administered questionnaire from the participants Analysis of data Data analysis done by the following methods

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 125

Mean Standard deviation Chi-square test lsquoprsquo test

3 Major findings of the study Table 1 Frequency Percentage and Distribution of socio- demographic characteristics

SNo Demographic Variables Frequency Percentage 1 Age 20-35 Yrs 45 450 35-50 Yrs 43 430 50 Yrs and above 12 120 Total 100 1000 2 Religion Hindu 88 880 Muslim 7 70 Christian 5 50 Total 100 1000 3 Educational status Primary education 28 280 Secondary education 35 350 Intermediate and above 37 370 Total 100 1000 4 Occupation Government employee 9 90 Private employee 16 160 Home maker 75 750 Total 100 1000 5 Type of family Nuclear family 85 850 Joint family 15 150 Total 100 1000 6 Type of drainage system Open 36 360 Closed 64 640 Total 100 1000

7 Availability facility for waste disposal

Discarding waste 32 320

Using municipality dustbins 34 340

Throwing in streets 34 340 Total 100 1000

Socio ndash demographic characteristics Above table represents that

More than one third (45) of the respondents are between the age of 20 ndash 35 years

Majority of the respondents are(88) belongs to hindu religion

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 126

72 of the sample studied secondary education and above Majority of the sample (75) are home makers 85 of the respondents are living in nuclear families Majority (64) of the respondents are having closed drainage system in

their home Only 34 of the respondents are using municipality dustbins

Table 2 Distribution of the level of knowledge regarding Plastic waste

Above table findings of the study includes 37 of sample were inadequate knowledged 35 of the sample are having moderately adequate knowledge and 28 of the women are having adequate knowledge regarding plastic waste Table 3 Distribution of the level of knowledge on practice regarding Plastic waste and prevention of its usage

Above table of scores representing regarding knowledge on practice 50 of the sample having inadequate 28 of the women having moderately adequate and remaining 22 of the sample are adequately knowledged

Level of knowledge

Frequency Percentage

Inadequate 37 370 Moderate 35 350 Adequate 28 280 Total 100 1000

Level of knowledge

Frequency Percentage

Inadequate 50 500 Moderate 28 280 Adequate 22 220 Total 100 1000

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 127

Table 4 Mean and standard deviation scores of the level of knowledge and knowledge on practice regarding Plastic waste and prevention of its usage

The above table observed mean score was 1316 and standard deviation was 345 for knowledge with observed mean of 10 and 291 of standard deviation score for knowledge on practice Table -5 Association between socio-demographic variables and the level of knowledge regarding Plastic waste and prevention of its usage

(n=100)

variable Mean Standard deviation

Knowledge on plastic waste 1316 345 Knowledge on practice regarding plastic waste

100 291

SNO Socio-Demographic Variables

Level of knowledge regarding plastic waste and its management among household women Chi-

square

lsquoprsquo-value Sig Inadequate

Moderate

Adequate Total

1 Age 20-35 Yrs 11 13 21 45

1469 000 35-50 Yrs 20 17 6 43

50 Yrs and above 6 5 1 12 Total 37 35 28 100 2 Religion

710

013

Hindu 34 32 22 88 Muslim 1 1 5 7 Christian 2 2 1 5 Total 37 35 28 100

3 Educational status

1029 003

Primary education 6 15 7 28

Secondary education 19 7 9 35

Intermediate and above 12 13 12 37

Total 37 35 28 100 4 Occupation

Government employee 3 2 4 9

312

053

Private employee 4 6 6 16

Home maker 30 27 18 75

Total 37 35 28 100

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 128

5 Type of family

Nuclear family 33 31 21 85 305 021

Joint family 4 4 7 15

Total 37 35 28 100

6 Type of drainage system

Open 13 10 13 36 217

033

Closed 24 25 15 64

Total 37 35 28 100

7 Availability facility for waste disposal

Discarding waste 16 8 8 32 372 044

Using municipality dustbins

11 13 10 34

Throwing in streets 10 14 10 34

Total 37 35 28 100

From above table data there is a Demographic characteristics like age and education were significant at 005 and 001 level respectively

4 Discussion

Man is behind every development endeavor the large Scale production and improper disposal of waste has became a source of Pollution and further accumulation of plastic has resulted in serious deterioration of quality of life environmental damage water pollution and Imbalance in the ecological system in this regard the researcher wants to give some of the suggestions to government as well as to the individuals Various awareness programmes should be conducted by government to

create awareness on prevention of plastic use Plastic bag production companies should be ordered to produce high micron

plastic bags only Make availability of alternative forms of bags People should give preference to use alternative bags instead of plastic People should not buy cups glasses plates spoons wrapped products

packaging material made up of plastic People should try their level best to reuse plastic material instead of single

use

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 129

5 Conclusion Generalizing the present studyrsquos findings indicated that people are less in knowledge regarding plastic waste prevention of its usage The attitude of the people should change towards the plastic usage Every person in the society should have responsibility towards the prevention plastic usage Everyone living in the planet having duty to protect our environment from plastic pollution References 1 UNDIO Report- Recycling of plastics in Indian perspective by Dr Smita

Mohanty 2 httpsourworldindataorgfoq-on-plastics 3 httpcpcbnicinplastic_wastephp 4 Banerjee T and Srivastava R K(2014) Plastic waste management and

resource recovery in India2nd edition world scientific publishing co Singapore

5 Mutha N H Patel M and Premnath V(2006) Plastic materials flow analysis for India Resources conservation and recycling 47 222-244

6 Thompson R C et al Plastics the environment and human health current consensus and future trends Philos TransR SocLondB Biol Sci 2009 364(1526) 2153-66

7 httpenwikipediaorgwikiplasti_bag 8 httpdeb4unleduChemCHEM869ELikswwwplasticresourcecomplasti

cs_101usesuseshtml 9 httprstbroyalsocietypublishingorgcontent36415622153 10 httpcompositeaboutcomodplasticsaEveryday-Plasticshtm 11 httpwwwcseindiaorgnode3705 12 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlePMC3299092 13 httpwwwearthresourceorgcampainscappcapp-background-infohtml 14 httpwwwsustainableplasticsorgnewsindia-issues-rules-plastic-bags-and-

waste-rejects-full-ban 15 httpwwwearthdayorgbloginternational20130306edn-india-launches-

E2809Cbags-earthE29D-campaign

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 130

A STUDY ON QUALITY OF WORK LIFE OF EMPLOYEES IN BANKING SECTOR

Ms Libina Babu Research Scholar

Pazhassiraja College Pulpally

Mr Koshy C J Pazhassiraja College

Pulpally Abstract Public and Private Sector Banks play a significant role in the Indian economy in terms of both investment and employment In recent years there has been an increasing awareness in India of the need to tone up the performance of public sector banks in order to achieve the twin objectives of rapid national development and greater productivitySince the banks are service organizations their productivity and performance depend on the performance of its personnelIn the context of economic liberalization and growing trend towards globalization various banking sector reforms have been introduced in India to improve the operational efficiency and to upgrade the health and financial soundness of banks The banks are said to be providing a lot of benefits to the employees Still the employees are facing a lot of problems in their working environment This will lead to deterioration of the quality of services offered by them This study aims to understand the quality of work life of employees in banking sector The data has been collected from employees of both private and public sector banking companiesTo measure quality of work life in these banks eight dimensions were undertaken They are economic aspect working condition aspect opportunity for career growth and personal development nature of work atmosphere work and total life space social integration superior subordinate relationship and welfare facilities This will lead to provide sufficient information to banks to improve quality of work life among bank employees Keywords- Quality of Work Life QWL Public and Private Sector Banks Banking Employees Introduction Banking Sectors in India play a significant role in the development of the Indian economy and it is one of the fastest growing economies in the world Evidence from across the world suggests that a sound and evolved banking system is required for sustained economic development India has a better banking system than other developing countries but there are several issues that need to be ironed out To keep the pace with the competitiveness derived from the above

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 131

changes the banking industry which is area of concern being manpower intensive must consider the role of human resource as the most significant key to enhance the profitability efficiency and overall organizational effectiveness Public and Private Sector Banks play a significant role in the Indian economy in terms of both investment and employment In recent years there has been an increasing awareness in India of the need to tone up the performance of public sector banks in order to achieve the twin objectives of rapid national development and greater productivitySince the banks are service organizations their productivity and performance depend on the performance of its personnel The increasing pace of technological change is making manpower the key ingredient to the nationrsquos wellbeing and growth Public and Private sector banks enroll a large number of employees both men and women Prosperity of these banks depends on the performance of the employees which in turn depends on their satisfaction with their jobs Job satisfaction is linked to productivity motivation mental and physical health and general satisfaction in life Lack of it accounts for absenteeism tardiness accidents and the like Quality of Work Life The term Quality of Work life (QWL) refers to the favorableness or un-favorableness of a total job environment for employees QWL programmers are another way in which organizations recognize their responsibility to develop jobs and working conditions that are excellent for people as well as for economic health of the organization The elements in typical QWL programme include open communication equitable reward systems a concern for employeersquos job security and satisfying careers and participation in decision making Many early QWL efforts focus on job enrichment In addition to improve the work system QWL programmes usually emphasis development of employee skills the reduction of occupational stress and development of more co-operative labour-management relations

Statement of Problem In the context of economic liberalization and growing trend towards globalization various banking sector reforms have been introduced in India to improve the operational efficiency and to upgrade the health and financial soundness of banks The banks are said to be providing a lot of benefits to the employees Still the employees are facing a lot of problems in their working environment This will lead to deterioration of the quality of services offered by them This study aims to understand the quality of work life of employees in banking sector

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 132

Significance and Scope of the Study This study is exclusively made to understand analyze and measure quality of work life among the bank employees in Wayanad Two kinds of banks namely-Public sector and Private sector banks are concerned The present study only considers public and private sector bank employees To measure quality of work life in these banks eight dimensions were undertaken They are economic aspect working condition aspect opportunity for career growth and personal development nature of work atmosphere work and total life space social integration superior subordinate relationship and welfare facilities This will lead to provide sufficient information to banks to improve quality of work life among bank employees Objectives of the Study To examine the perception level of bank employees relating to the quality of

work life To compare the quality of work life in private and public sector banks To study the satisfaction level of employees from various dimensions of

quality of work life Sample Size Sampling size of 50 employees from six banks consisting of 25 sample from five public sector banks and 25 sample from fiveprivate sector banks in Wayanad district Review of Literature Lau Wong Chan and Law (2001) defined QWL as the favorable working conditions that support and enhance satisfaction by providing employees with rewards job security and career growth opportunities Indirectly the definition reflects that an employee who is not satisfied with reward may be satisfied with the job security and may be possibly enjoying the career growth opportunity available in the organization for personal as well as professional growthSirgy et al (2002) developed a new measure of Quality of Work Life based on need satisfaction and spillover theories The measure was designed to capture the extent to which the work environment job requirement supervisory behavior and ancillary programs in an organization are perceived to meet the needs of employees Seven major needs were identified each having several dimensions Morin et al (2003) indicated that one major issue in the development of Quality of Work Life practices is the primacy of financial growth to the detriment of values such as health and social welfare They also viewed that organizational performance is assessed with two or three financial indicators

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 133

such as return on investment profit per share and net revenues Although these indicators are essential to profitable organizations but they do not give a complete picture of the firmrsquos performance Dargahi (2007)conducted a study to provide the processes used to investigate and implement a pathway for improving of Quality of Work Life as an approach model This researcher evaluated the outcomes of Quality of Work Life managers and employees teams to improve the employeesrsquo Quality of Work Life Guna (2008)concluded that IT industries in many developing countries are experiencing tremendous challenges in meeting the employment market demand A good human resource practice would encourage IT professionals to be more productive while enjoying their work Therefore Quality of Work Life is becoming an important human resource issue in IT organizations Data Analysis and Intrepretation The data has been collected from 50 employees out of which 57 ofrespondents are male and 43 of respondents are female employees Table No11 Working Environment

Opinion Respondents Percentage Public Private Public Private

Participative 18 10 72 40 Autonomy 7 15 28 60 Total 25 25 100 100

Source Primary data INTERPRETATION In public banks 72 of the respondents indicated thatthey are working in participative environment and 28 of respondents are autonomy In private banks employees indicated that 40 of the respondents works in participative and 60 in autonomy Table No 12 Motivational insights

Insights Respondents Percentage Public Private Public Private

Interesting work 4 3 16 12 Recognition 3 5 12 20 Award amp Reward 2 5 8 20 Compensation 15 10 60 40 Other factors 1 1 4 4 Total 25 25 100 100

Source Primary data

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 134

INTERPRETATIONTheabove table shows that 60 of workers in public and 40 in private have interest in work because of compensation they receive For recognition it is at 12 and 20 In case of interest in work it is 16 and 12 8 of employees in public sector is working for receiving awards and rewards while in private sector it is 20 Table No 13 Level of job satisfaction among employees

Opinion

Respondents Percentage

Public Private Public Private Very High 5 2 20 8 High 12 6 48 24 Moderate 5 8 20 40 Less 2 6 8 32 Very Less 1 3 4 16 Total 25 25 100 100

Source Primary data INTERPRETATIONThe above table shows that out of 50 respondents 20 of the respondents in public sector banks are very highly satisfied in job but in private it is 8 only In public sector banks we can see that 48 of the respondents are highly satisfied while in private sector it is only 24 In private there are 20 of the respondents are moderately satisfied but in public it is 40 32 of respondents in private sector indicated that their job satisfaction level is low Table No 14 Problem faced by the employees

Problems

Respondents Percentage Public Priva

te Public Privat

e Work is over burdened 5 8 20 32 Absence of team work 9 5 36 20 Poor cooperation 5 5 20 20 Lack of career development opportunities 4 4

16 16

Discrimination among employees 2 3 8 12 Total 25 25 100 100

Source Primary data INTERPRETATION The above table shows that out of 50 respondents in

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 135

public 20 of respondents feels that the work is overburdened but in private it is 32 In public 36 feels that there exist an absence of team work but in private it is 20 In public and private 20 feels that there is poor cooperation among themselves In public and private 16 feels that there exist lack of career development12 of private sector employees feels that there exist a discrimination among employees QUALITY OF WORK LIFE (QWL) The term Quality of Work life (QWL) refers to the favorableness or un-favorableness of atotal job environment for employees To measure quality of work life in these banks eight dimensions were undertaken They are economic aspect working condition aspect opportunity for career growth and personal development nature of work atmosphere work and total life space social integration superior subordinate relationship and welfare facilities Table No 15 Perception level of an employees in economic aspect

Economic Aspect Mean Value Public Private

Salary is appropriate for the skill amp experience 38 21 Salary is sufficient to accommodate the cost of living 35 24 Salary reflects the present market rates 32 25 Basic pay DA amp HRA as paid as per industry norms 36 29 Annual increment is given as per the standards 36 31 PF gratuity amp pension plan facility are adequate 35 28 Insurance coverage leave travel concession facilities are reasonable

38 32

Adequate fringe benefits are provided 37 27 Leave encashment benefits are satisfactory 33 24 Amount of flexibility in advance salary option is satisfactory

33 25

Average 351 267 Source Primary data INTERPRETATION The above table shows that out of 50 respondents the highest level of satisfaction among different variables in public sector banks is on insurance coverage and leave enhancement (38) and in private sector it is same (32) Among different variables the least level of satisfaction among public sector is seen on their opinion that the salary reflects the present markets rate (32) While in private sector respondents mentioned that they do not feel the salary is sufficient for the skill and experience (21)By taking the average

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 136

value of mean scores we can see that public sector bank employeesare satisfied more than the privatesector employees in economic aspect Table No 16 Perception level of an employees in working condition

working condition Mean value Public Private

Drinking water facility 41 46 Latest technological facility 35 46 Adequate rest time 31 24 Comfort seating system 34 41 Safety and protection measures 29 26 Cleanliness initiatives 35 38 Lighting and ventilation 39 47 Rest rooms 34 39 Recreational activities 34 31 Work space is well designed 28 35 Average 34 373

Source Primary data INTERPRETATION The above table shows that out of 50 respondents the highest level of satisfaction among different variables is on Lighting and ventilation for both public (39) and private sector (47) Among different variables the least level of satisfaction among public sector is on work space (28) While in private sector respondents mentioned that they do not have adequate rest time (24) By taking the average value of mean scores we can see that private sector bank employees is satisfied more than the public sector in working condition aspect TABLE 17 Perception level of an employees in opportunity for career growth and personal development Opportunity for career growth and personal development

Mean value Public Private

Supports career planning and growth 29 35 Recognition and reward for efforts and hard work 26 29 Reward for innovative ideas and suggestions 16 25 Satisfied with periodic and effective training programmers

27 37

Promotion policies of my organization is fair 33 23 Organization encourages me in pursuing higher education

21 26

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 137

Receive enough help equipment and information 32 36 Opportunity provided for develop my abilities and potentials

31 32

Provided appreciation for better performance 26 29 Highlights outstanding individual contribution 27 29 Average 268 301

Source Primary data INTERPRETATIONThe above table shows that out of 50 respondents the highest level of satisfaction among different variables is on promotion policies among public (33) and in private sector they indicated that they receive enough help equipment and information (37) Among different variables the least level of satisfaction among public and private sector is on reward for innovative ideas and suggestions By taking the average value of mean scores we can see that private sector bank employees is satisfied more than the public sector in career growth and personal development Table No 18 Perception level of an employees in nature of work atmosphere

work atmosphere Mean value Public Private

Full liberty to choose my work and assignment 36 21 Duration of working hours is reasonable 39 35 Work is overburdened 31 36 Job is highly repetitive and boredom 35 26 Job is too much stress 32 43 I feel no discrimination in terms of age sex and religion

34 29

Satisfied with job rotation and varieties in job 29 31 Satisfied with job enlargement and enrichment policy

34 24

Providing job security for me 39 14 Grievance redressal procedure is effective 23 31

Source Primary data InterpretationThe above table shows that out of 50 respondents the majority of respondents in public sector banks agree that they feel job security (39) and in private sector they indicated that the job is too stress for them (43) Among least variable we can see that private sector employees agree with the job security they feels (14) and in public sector they feels the grievance redressal

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 138

mechanism is not effective Table No 19 Perception level of employees in work and total life space

work and total life space Mean value Public Private

Enjoy flexible work options 25 21 Able to balance work and family life 36 24 Organization supports in achieving aspirations and ambitions

33 32

I have sufficient time to spend with family members

36 27

I have good friends at work who can understand and help

33 21

Average 33 25 Source Primary data InterpretationThe above table shows that out of 50 respondents majority of respondents in public sector agrees that they have sufficient time to spend with family members (36) and in private sector they indicated that Organization supports in achieving aspirations and ambitions (32) Among different variables the least mean score among public sector is that they are not enjoying flexible work options (25) While in private sector respondents mentioned that they are not having good friends at work who can understand and help (21) By taking the average value of mean scores we can see that public sector bank employees is satisfied more than the private sector in work and total life aspect Table No 110 Perception level of employees in social integration

social integration

Employees are recognized as individuals I have enough opportunity to interact with others Organization encourages involvement in community and cultural activities

Have a good social status Average

Source Primary data InterpretationThe above table shows that out of 50 respondents majority of respondents in public and private sector agrees that they have a good social status Among different variables the least mean score among public sector is on involvement in community and cultural activities (32) While in private sector respondents mentioned that they are not havingenough opportunity to interact

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 139

with others (18) By taking the average value of mean scores we can see that public sector bank employees is satisfied more than the private sector in social integration aspect Table No 111 Perception level of employees in superior subordinate relationship

superior subordinate relationship Mean value Public Private

The supervisory relationship is satisfactory 31 32 Satisfied with the subordinate relationship 28 31 The colleaguepeer relationship is satisfactory 34 29 Get enough encouragement from the superiorfor theachievement

33 25

Management considers me as a member of the organization

32 35

Comfortable with delegation of responsibility among Subordinates

27 31

Trade union function is highly satisfied 42 19 Frank and fair discussions are allowed in meetings 32 29 Management maintains open channels for communication 25 23 Guidelines issued are in a simplified manner 29 28 Average 32 28

Source Primary data Interpretation The above table shows that out of 50 respondents majority of respondents in public sector agrees that their trade union function is highly satisfied (42) And in private sector they feel that management considers me as a member of the organization (35) Among different variables the least mean score among public sector is onopen channels for communication (25) While in private sector respondents mentioned that they are not satisfied with the trade union function (19) By taking the average value of mean scores we can see that public sector bank employees is satisfied more than the private sector in superior subordinate relationship

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 140

Table No 112 Perception level of employees in welfare facilities

Welfare facilities Mean value

Public

Private

Housing education and transportation facilities encourage me to continue the job

37 24

The medical facility available in the organization is satisfactory

29 28

Recreational facilities available helps me to reduce stress 31 23

Toilets washrooms is available 36 34 Education of employees children is systematically designed 35 31

Average 34 28 Source Primary data Interpretation The above table shows that out of 50 respondents majority of respondents in public sector agrees that Housing education and transportation facilities encourage them to continue the job Among different variables the least mean score among public sector is onmedical facility available in the organization (29) While in private sector respondents mentioned that they are not satisfied with the recreational facilities available helps me to reduce stress (23) By taking the average value of mean scores we can see that public sector bank employees is satisfied more than the private sector in employee welfare aspect Conclusion QWL is the need of the hour Quality of working life is not a concept that deals with onearea but it has been observed as an incorporating hierarchy of concepts that not only include the work based factors There is considerable evidence from this study that bank employees of both public and private can be truly empowered through the measures taken by banks to improve the quality of work life

From the analysis regarding satisfaction level of employees at public and private sector banks majority of the employees at public sector bank are satisfied with their various dimensions in an quality of work life aspect except career growth and personal development and working condition aspectThe private sector doesnrsquot fulfill the other dimensions of QWL So they have to take

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 141

necessary decisions to satisfy the jobs in private sector References [1] Adreine E Eaon M E (1992The impact of Quality of work Life Programs and Grievances system effectiveness on union commitment Industrial and labour relation review Vol 45 No3 [2]Akdere M (2006) Improving quality of work-life Implications for humanresources The Business Review 6(1) 173-177 [3] AlirezaBolhari et al (2011) The Relationship between Quality of Work Life and Demographic Characteristics of Information Technology Staffs International Conference on Computer Communication and Management vol5 IACSIT Press Singapore [4] AloysNK (2013) Working Environment Factors that Affect QWL among Attendants in Petrol stations in Kitale Town in Kenya International Journal of AcademicResearch in Business and Social Sciences 3(5) [5] AnandPawar(2013)quality work-life and job satisfaction of employees in VTPS International journal of management research and review March Volume 3Issue 3Article No-72547-2556 [6]Ayesha Tabassum et al (2012) an evaluation of the quality of work life a study of the faculty members of private universities in Bangladesh Int Journal of Economics and Management 5(1) [7]ChandranshuSinha (2012) factors affecting quality of work life Empirical Evidence From Indian Organizations Australian Journal of Business and Management Research 1(11) [8] D Chitraa V Mahalakshmi (2012) a Panimalar Engineering College Chennai India A Study on Employeesrsquo Perception on Quality of Work Life and Job Satisfaction in manufacturing organization ndash an Empirical study International Journal of Trade and Commerce - IIARTC1 (2) [9] David lewis et al (2001) extrinsic and intrinsic determinants of quality of worklife leadership in health sciences MCB university press 14(2) [10] FH Kashani 2012 A Review on Relationship between Quality of Work Life and Organizational Citizenship Behavior (Case Study An Iranian Company)Journal of Basic and Applied scientific research [11]GS sandhyanair (2013) a study on the effect of quality of work life on organisational citizenship behaviour ndashwith special reference to college teachers is thrissur district keralajournal of basic and applied scientific research vol 2(9) [12] H Mohammadiaamp M A Shahrabib (2013)A study on relationship between quality of work life and job satisfaction an empirical Investigation management science letter2

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 142

[13] Havlovic S J (1991) Quality of Work Life and Human Resource Outcomes Industrial Relations 30(3) 469-479 [14] J GnanayudamampAjanthaDharmasiri (2008)The Influence of Quality of Work-life on Organizational Commitment A Study of the Apparel Industry Sri Lankan Journal of Management 12(3) [15] K M Nalwadeamp S R Nikam(2013) Quality of Work Life in Academic A Review of Literatureinternational journal of scientific researchvolume 2 issue 2 [16] K RNiaamp Maryam Maleki (2013) A study on the relationship between quality of work life and organizational commitment of faculty members at Islamic Azad University International Journal of Research in Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management Vol1No 4 [17] Lau RS M amp Brue E M (1998)A win win paradigm for quality of work life and business performance HumanResource envelopmentQualrterly Vol 9 No3 pp211-226

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 143

IMPACT OF AQUEOUS FRUIT EXTRACT OF HARITAKI (TERMINALIA CHEBULA) ON IMMUNONOLOGICAL

PARAMETERS OF MAMMALIAN MODEL (ALBINO RATS)

Kumari Babli

Department of Zoology Ranchi University

Ranchi India

Tarkeshwar Kumar Department of Zoology

Ranchi University Ranchi India

Manoj Kumar

Department of Zoology St Xavierrsquos College

Ranchi India

MP Sinha

Department of Zoology St Xavierrsquos College

Ranchi India

Abstract The effect of aqueous Terminalia chebula fruit extract on immunological parameters in rat during a seven day oral administration of the low dose of 250mgkg and high dose of 500mgkg body weight was investigated The result showed a significant increase in IgG count and a significant decrease in IgM count at the dose of 250 mgkg and 500 mgkg body weight when compared with control However IgA count showed a significant decrease in case of low dose and non significant at the high dose as compared to control The result of this study suggests that Terminalia chebula fruit extract may have a beneficial effect on immunity dependent disorders Keywords Terminalia chebula Immunology IgG IgM IgA Introduction Ayurvedic science treats different ailments through balancing what they call the three pillars of life vat pitta and kaf- the Tridoshas Herbs are given in different combinations for their ability to inhibit microbial growth at various parts of the body and enhance immune functions Recently there has been an upsurge in the clinical usage of indigenous drugs because of their efficacy and negligible toxic side-effects Moreover the rise in antibiotic resistant strains of bacteria and various side effects caused by synthetic drugs have resulted in scientists searching for herbal immunomodulators for the treatment of infections [1] Herbal concoctions also are said to restore and rejuvenate as they act on the immune system coercing it to positively affect the response of the body towards infection [2] Herbal drugs are also said to enhance the natural resistance of the

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 144

body against several infection [3] and their immunomodulatory roles have been observed in plant based studies[4] T chebula Retz (known as Triphla in India) is a plant species belonging to family Combretaceae and is found abundantly in Madhya Pradesh Gujarat Maharashtra Tamil Nadu Karnataka and Bengal [5] It is also referred to as Chebulic Myrobalan in English Harad or Harra in Hindi and Abhaya in Sanskrit [6-8] Pharmacological use of the fruit extract has been described for a number of diseases [9] T chebula extract has been reported in treatment of diabetes [10-12] jaundice digestion cough pitta oedema asthma constipation [13] as a cardio protectant [14] and as an immunomodulator [15] The biologically active compounds in the extract such as chebulagic acid gallic acid and ellagic acid make T chebula a highly potent antioxidant and that may be responsible for its immunomodulatory roles [161718] Despite its extensive medicinal use no information is available related to its effects on immunological profile Hence the present work investigated the effect of T chebula fruit extract on immunological profile of albino rats Materials and Methods Collection of plant material The fresh fruits of Terminalia chebula were collected from Ranchi district of Jharkhand state of India dried in shade six to seven days and then crushed into coarse powdery substance by using electric grinder The coarse powdery substance was dried again and was then sieved to get fine powder using the fine plastic sieve and stored in an air tight bottle in the laboratory until required [19- 21] Extract preparation 50 g of the sieved powder was subjected to extraction in a Soxhlet apparatus at room temperature using ~350 mL distilled water The extract obtained was filtered concentrated in rotary flash evaporator and maintained at 45ordmC the percentage yield of each extract was calculated [22 23] Animals Male Albino rats (175-200 g) were used in the study They were maintained under standard laboratory conditions at ambient temperature of 25plusmn2degC and 50plusmn15 relative humidity with a 12-h light12-h dark cycle Animals were fed with a commercial pellet diet and water ad libitum The experiments were performed after prior approval by the institutional animal ethics committee of Ranchi University Ranchi Acute Toxicity studies Acute toxicity studies were determined by using fixed dose method according to OECD guidelines Healthy adult mice weighing 175-200g were used 20 albino

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 145

rats of either sex were used to determine the LD50 of the aqueous extract of fruit of Terminalia chebula The animals were randomly [24] divided into two groups of 10 rats each and administered and observed for 90 days as follows Group 1 received 1 ml of distilled water orally Group 2 received 250 mgkg body weight of extract orally Group 3 received 500 mgkg of body weight of extract orally Mortality was not observed up to 500 mgkg of body weight in case of aqueous fruit extract of Terminalia chebula Sample Collection At the end of each experimental period the rats were reweighed starved for 24 hours and sacrificed under chloroform anesthesia 5mL of blood was collected from each animal by cardiac puncture using sterile needle and syringe Part of the blood sample was put into test tubes and allowed to clot for 30 minutes before centrifuging at 800g (Wisperfuge 1384 Samson Holland) for 5 minutes The supernatant was used for the lipid analysis The remaining blood sample was put in an EDTA bottles for hematological determinations Analytical procedure Determination of Biochemical Parameters Biochemical studies involved analysis of Immunoglobulins (IgG IgM IgA) count Estimation of hematological profile The hemoglobin (Hb) level was measured by the cyanmethaemoglobin method The Red blood cell(RBC) and Reticulocyte counts were determined by visual method[25]Packed cell volume (PCV) was measured using microhematocrit method and total white blood cell(WBC) count was estimated by visual method[26]The RBC indices were calculated from the RBC count Hb level and PCV estimations[25 26] Statistical Analysis All results were expressed as mean plusmn standard deviation (mean plusmn SD) Data was analyzed using one-way ANOVA followed by Dennettrsquos- test plt005 was considered as statistically significant Results and Discussion The effect of oral administrations of aqueous extract of terminalia chebula fruit on immunological indices of albino rats is presented in (Table-1 and figure 1-3)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 146

The result showed a significant increase in IgG count and a significant decrease in IgM count in case of both low dose and high dose (group 2 and group 3 respectively) as compared to the control (group 1) However IgA count showed a significant decrease in case of low dose (group2) and non significant at the high dose (group3) as compared to control Table-1 Effect of Administration of aqueous extract of Terminalia chebula extract on immunological profile of Rats (Value are expressed as mean plusmn SD n=6 statistical significance was considered to be a plt001 b plt 0025 c plt010 d plt 00001 relative to control)

PARAMETERS GROUP 1 GROUP 2 GROUP 3 IgG (gml) 2493plusmn0089 8521plusmn0013ad 1086plusmn0019aa

IgM (gmL) 236plusmn0049 203plusmn0016bc 1545plusmn0017bb

IgA (gml) 2703plusmn0096 0565plusmn0018cd 206plusmn0012cd

Figure-1 Effect of fruit extract of terminalia chebula on IgG Value

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

1 2 3

CON

C(g

ml

)

GROUP

aa

ad

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 147

Figure-2 Effect of fruit extract of Terminalia chebula on IgM value

Figure-3 Effect of fruit extract of Terminalia chebula on IgA value An investigation of immunological parameters can be used to determine the extent of beneficial effect of extract on the immune system and also give an explanation regarding the possible immune related function Herbs taken as food or medication can increase the bodyrsquos resistance to illness by acting on various component of the immune system The active components of various medicinal plants regulate the immune system by interacting with various immunocytes and regulating their effector mechanism for instance cytokines and their receptors In an earlier study a possible role of ellagic acid (Tannins) has been reported in immune stimulation [27] Terminalia chebula extract also produced a significant increase in primary antibody IgM titer and secondary antibody IgG titer [28] A plant Echinacea on comparing to brahmi and

0

05

1

15

2

25

3

1 2 3

CON

C(g

mL

)

GROUP

0

05

1

15

2

25

3

1 2 3

CON

C(g

mL

)

GROUP

bb bc

cd

cd

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 148

ashwgandha showed that brahmi diet stimulated more secretion of IgA and IgG in the serum compared to Echinacea or ashwgandha Lectin presence in the diet did not affect the increased production of IgA IgG and IgM in spleen lymphocytes after herbal supplement intake A decline in immune system has been seen to cause multiple myeloma (blood cancer) that develops in the bone marrow In this disease which is characterized by bone pain fatigue loss of appetite increased thirst increased urination restlessness urinary tract infection shortening of breath chest pain neuropathy [29] IgM and IgG mainly protect us from infections inside our body tissues organ and blood IgA is present in blood most of the IgA in the body is in the secretions of mucosal surfaces including tears saliva colostrums genital respiratory and gastrointestinal secretions Selective IgA deficiency is one of the most common primary immunodeficiency diseases It has been found that some patients with IgA deficiency have very low levels of IgG (generally Ig2 and IgG4) Recurrent ear infections sinusitis bronchitisand pneumonia are frequently observed in patients with selective IgA deficiency Another grave problem in this disease is the increased frequency in the occurence of autoimmune diseases Allergies are also commonly observed in IgA deficiency resultion in asthma along with other allergic reactions [30] The result of this study suggests that the T chebula extract studied showed positive immunological activities in rats and can be recommended in improving immunity References

1 Hassan J O Curtiss RVirulent Salmonella typhimurium-induced lymphocyte depletion and immunosuppression in chickens Infect Immun 62 2027mdash2031 (1994)

2 Sehar I Kaul A Bani S Pal HC Saxena AK Immune up-regulatory respose of a non-caloric natural sweetener stevioside Chem Biol Interact 2008173115ndash21 [PubMed 18405890]

3 Atal C K Sharma M L Kaul A Khajuria A Immunomodulating agents of plant origin I Preliminary screening J Ethanopharmacol41 185mdash192 (1986)

4 Dua P R Shankar G Srimal R C Husian A Adaptogenic activity of Indian Panax pseudoginseng Ind J Exp Biol 27631mdash634 (1989)

5 Beusher N Bodinet C Neumann-Haefelin D Marston A Hostettmann K Antiviral activity of African medicinal plants J Ethnopharmacol 199442101ndash9 [PubMed 8072303]

6 Chopra R Nayar SL Chopra IC National Institute of Science Communication 1st ed New DelhiIndia CSIR 1956 Glossary of Indian medicinal plants p 242

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 149

7 Chadha YR Vol 10 New Delhi India CSIR 1976 The Wealth of India Raw Materials p 285

8 New Delhi India Dept of ISM and H 1986 API Govt of India Ministry of Health and Family

9 Das B 1991Materia Medica of Ayurveda New Delhi B Jain Publishers 8

10 Sohni YR PKaimal andRMBhatt 1995 The antiamoebic effect of a crude drug formulation of herbal extracts against Entamoeba histolytica in vitro and in vivo J Ethnopharmacol 45(1)43-52

11 Chattopadhyay RR and SK Bhattacharyya 1999Plant Review Terminalia Jammu Tawi154-9 Sukhdev SH Deepak M Joseph GVR Joseph S and Nagar chebula An update Phcog Rev 20071(1) 151-6

12 Kokate CK APPurohit and Gokhale SB Pharmacognosy 200112th ed Pune India NiraliPrakashan p 216-7

13 Nalamolu K and Srinivas N 2006 Antidiabetic and renoprotective effects of chloroform extracts of t chebula retz seeds in streptozotocin- induced diabetic rats

14 Tasduq SA K Singh NK Satti DK Gupta andKASuri 2006 Terminalia chebula (fruit) prevents liver toxicity caused by sub-chronic administration of rifampicin isoniazid and pyrazinamide in combination Hum Exp Toxicol25111-18

15 Cheesbrough M 2000 District Laboratory Practices in Tropical Countries part 2 Low price edition pp267-334

16 Lee HS Won NH Kim KH Lee H Jun W Lee KW Antioxidant effects of aqueous extract of Terminalia chebula in vivo and in vitro Biol Pharm Bull 2005281639ndash44 [PubMed 16141531]

17 Lee HS Jung SH Yun BS Lee KW Isolation of chebulic acid from Terminalia chebula Retz and its antioxidant effect in isolated rat hepatocytes Arch Toxicol 200781211ndash8 [PubMed 16932919]

18 Tejesvi MV Kini KR Prakash HS Subbiah V Shetty HS Antioxidant antihypertensive and antibacterial properties of endophytic Pestalotiopsis species from medicinal plants Can J Microbiol 200854769ndash80 [PubMed 18772940]

19 Kumar M S Dandapat A Kumar and M P Sinha 2014 Pharmacological screening of leaf extract of Adhatoda vasica for therapeutic efficacy Global Journal of Pharmacology 8(4) 494-500

20 Dandapat S MKumar AKumar and M P Sinha 2013 Therapeutic efficacy and nutritional potentiality of Indian Bay leaf (Cinnamomum tamala Buch Hem) International Journal of Pharmacy 3(4) 779 ndash 785

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 150

21 Kumar M S Dandapat and M P Sinha 2016 Antioxidant activity of Chiraita (Swertia chirayita) and Anar (Punica granatum) European Journal of Pharmaceutical and Medical Research 3(2) 267-269

22 Kumar M SDandapatand M PSinha 2015 Hepatoprotective activity of Adhatodavasicaand Vitexnegundo leaf extracts against carbon tetrachloride induced Hepatotoxicity in Rats Advances in Biological Research 9(4) 242 ndash 246

23 Dandapat S M Kumar andM P Sinha 2014 Effects of Aeglemarmelos (L) leaf extract and green nanoparticles on lipid profile The Ecoscan Spl issue (V) 157 ndash 167

24 Demers LM and C Spencer 2006 The thyroid pathophysiology and thyroid function testing In Burtis CA Ashwood ERBruns DE Editor Tietz text book of clinical chemistry and molecular diagnostics 4th edition New Delhi Elsevierrsquos pp2063-2073

25 Adebayo JO AAAdesokan LAOlatuji DOBuoro and A OSoladoye 2005Effect Of Ethanolic Extract Of Bougainvillea spectabilis Leaves On Haematological And Serum Lipid Variables In Rats Biokemistri17(1)45-50s

26 Rogers Kara Ed 2011 Leukocytosis definition Blood physiology and circulation Chicago Britanica Educational Publishing 198

27 NamKoong S Kim Y-J Kim T amp Sohn E-H (2012) Study on the immunomodulatory effects of ellagic acid and their mechanisms related to Toll-like receptor 4 in macrophages Korean Journal of Plant Resources 25 561ndash567

28 Ishrina R and Shakir A 2016 Dried fruit extract of Terminalia chebula modulates the immune response in miceFood and agricultural immunology27 1-22

29 (Primary immuneorggthomegtabout primary immune deficiencies) 30 Kullu AR Wazid T and Sinha MP 2013 Effect of Pisidum guajava

aqueous extracts on hematological profile and serum lipids variables of Albino rats The Bioscan 8(2)743-746

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 151

MARITAL RAPE MANrsquoS FANTASY AND WOMANrsquoS NIGHTMARE A BRIEF STUDY ABOUT NON-CRIMINALIZED CRIME IN INDIA

Dr Koneru Anuradha

Assistant Professor in Law SVD Siddhartha Law College

Kanuru Vijayawada Krishna DT AP

ldquoHappy marriages begin when we marry the ones we love And They blossom when we love the ones we marryrdquo

- Tom Mullen1 Introduction It is not shocking to say that even in modern era which almost all the world countries saying it as a society with equal treatment of men and women women still under the crux of men in several issues One of the best examples for this is lsquomarital rapersquo which is not addressed by many nations through proper law Unfortunately Indian is also one of the nations among the thirty-six nations that still have not fully criminalized marital rape2 One may have a dought that there is a provision in IPC-1860 about marital rape even though researcher saying this concept was not properly addressed in India Yes here is the point still today according to section 375 of IPC says that ldquoSexual intercourse by a man with his own wife the wife not being under fifteen years of age is not raperdquo In fact the marital age of the girl as per law in India is 18 years and what about forced sex of the husband without the will of wife after 15 years More over in several cases court also held that forced sex or deceitful sexual inter course is a violation of women right to privacy under Article 21 of the Constitution of India But under the noble social institution of marriage the human rights and Constitutional rights of the women has been under oppression In India the marital rape is the most common and repugnant form of masochism This violent activity is a manrsquos fantasy and womanrsquos nightmare This shows clearly the male dominated society even at present and women inability due to social religious and moral norms and more importantly because of physical weakness The forced sexual inter course by husband even without wife consent after 15 years can be called as lsquorapersquo yes absolutely one can but this kind of rape under the mask of marriage was not recognized by Indian law Is it not subsided womenrsquos right to equality and justice And is it not violation of women (human)

1 Tome Mullen Quotes httpwwwwisdomquotescomquotetom-mullen 2 Marital Rape in India 36 countries where marital rape is not a crime India today Mar 12 2016

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 152

basic human as well as fundamental rights like Article 14 15 (3) and 21 of the Indian Constitution So the researcher felt that it is the need of the hour to address all these issues to help women to overcome the social chaos religious crux and fight for justice Meaning and Concept of the Marital Rape Though still ages all over the world including in India this forced sexual intercourse under the shadow of marital relation happening but no where it was defined In ancient societies in some tribal groups force sexual intercourse or sexual intercourse without the consent of women or making her in cable to resist or to oppose with a motive to marry her is also accepted In many incidents in offence against women (sexual or any other) viewed by society equal to offence towards cattle or thing Hence it is offence against owner or guardian like father brother husband son etc Though in modern period forced or deceitful sexual inter course recognized as lsquo an offence of rapersquo under IPC Up to Joshape shine v Union of India (2018) the apex court of Indiarsquos historic judgment the sexual intercourse with permission of husband to his wife prevailed in Indian society and excluded from the preview of adultery In this scenario it is highly difficult to say the exact meaning for the word lsquomarital rapersquo But simply one can saw that marital rape is lsquoa undesired intercourse by a husband with his wife with or without her willing by use of force threat of force or physical assault or when she is not able to give consentrsquo The marital rape was classified by scholars in to three categories based on force inflected by husband They are Battering rape

The majority marital rape cases fall under this category Here the women battered and raped by her husband Though sexual inter course itself is a matter related to mental and physical activity In this form physical violence by husband to satisfy his gratification is presents So one can say it as physical as well as sexual violence

Force-only rape

Here the husband only applies a limited force to coerce or to deter his wife to satisfy his gratification More mental force than physical force one can find here Like stop talking to wife betting or scolding children or wifersquos parents and relatives showing aggressive behavior etc

Compulsive Sadistic Obsessive rape

It is more cruel form In this form the sexual intercourse accompanies to much torture and or perverse activities or sadistic activities In this form the frequent pornography may also one can witness3

3 Gosselin DK Heavy Hands An Introduction to the Crimes of Domestic violence (1st ed 2000)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 153

In fact with the invention of technology the marital rapes became more and more violent and in human Though in several countries through feminist movements demanded to criminalize this act still today this inhuman act prevailing in many societies as no offence Ill-effects of marital rape It is fact that this act of marital rape undisputedly results ill-effects on women This marital rape has physical mental short term and long term effects on women During marital rape it will have serious effect on mental condition of the women like fear tension sleeplessness shock depression suicidal tendencies distrust about relation and on opposite gender loneliness attractions towards illegal relations fear to give birth to female child leads to get divorce or separation of bonding and many more these will have short term prevalence if there is repetitive activities then it will have long term effect also the act of marital rape includes mental effect as well as it includes dangerous physical effects like bone breakings bloody nose lips and several parts black eyes smaller or major wounds on body even at privet parts miscarriages infertility problems stillborn babies bladder infections and even prone to get contraction diseases like HIV etc This act of though confined to wife and husband it will also has impact of children families even on society Many times this may lead to other crimes like confinement of women (wife) in house to protect reputation cruel treatment towards wife children other family members displacement of emotional stress in professions against others in the society murders committing rape against own children against others when partner is not available etc many international surveys conducted by the United nations populations fund in 2000 International Center for research on women survey in the year 2011 Committee on the elimination of discrimination against women in year 2014 reveals that one ndash third of Indian men admitting that they are perpetrating some form of sexual violence against their wives and the husbands donrsquot know the seriousness of this issue More over victims also donrsquot know that it is a kind of violence against their basic human rights and the womenrsquos also saying that it is a common factor in almost all houses Many women are not interested to revel the matter because of fear of reputation In fact marital rape is a serious psychological disorder which needs immediate treatment to the actor and protection to the victim Position of Indian law Even though it is harsh one should admit that the first step regarding reorganization of marital rape as offence done during British period through IPC-1860 under section 375 In fact they made this act only up to certain age It exempted act of marital rape after certain age to women (15 years) This exemption has its roots in England law In 17th century Sir Matthew Hale CJ

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 154

in England held that ldquothe husband cannot be guilty of a rape committed by himself upon his wife for by their mutual matrimonial consent and contract the wife hath given herself in kind unto the husband whom she cannot retractrdquo4 Even today it is prevailing in our society It is shame to share that even after 73 years of freedom in India Indian legal system careless about this silent and secret offence Fortunately by the 42nd report recommendations of the law commission of India in the year 1983 section 376A was added to IPC It says that if the husband had forced sexual intercourse with a judicially separated wife separated under any decree or custom or usage then it will be treated as offence While dealing with marital rape law commission held that marriage is note the license to rape Hence under section 376A a husband can now be indicted find and imprisoned up to 2years of punishment Later through the Protection of women from domestic violence Act 2005 at least this marital rape was considered as civil offence that to it is a de facto but not de jure In fact several countries recognized this act as criminal offence After that by the Criminal law amendment Act 2013 many necessary and substantive changes occurred to lsquoconcept of rapersquo under IPC Cr P C Evidence Act etc but it is failed to criminalize marital rape by retaining an exception to Section 376A of the IPC Even though the former CJ Late JSVerma Committee which was established by Central government to recommend on amendment and enhancing laws against rape and sexual assault recommended along with several recommendations to repeal exception to marital rape because it creating the notions of women being the property of their husbands Though based on this committee recommendation the Criminal law amendment Act took place it neglected the committee recommendation on lsquomarital rapersquo Hence one can say that at present only piece meal legislation is available on marital rape but not a commendable law Judicial contribution It is also fact that Indian judiciary has been playing a sympathetic role towards women issues contributing sensitive role and protecting and promoting women rights In number of cases being custodian of the Constitution the higher judiciary in India well addressed the issues of rape and sexual assault against women In Bodhisattwa Gautam v Subhra Chakraborty5 the apex court of India held that rape is a crime against basic human rights and violation of the victimrsquos fundamental rights namely the right to equality dignity privacy and life In Vishaka amp others v the State of Rajastha6 Court has given wider definition as sexual harassment which conveys any unwanted or uninvited physical touch or 4 Hale History of the Pleas of the Crown p 629 (1778) 5 (1996) 1 SCC 490 6 AIR 1997 SC 3011 at 3014

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 155

conduct or showing of pornography or any definable sexual comments or texts will come under the ambit of sexual harassment This kind of activities directly hampers the right of women to work to life and it also affects their dignity to live It also hinders the mental and physical health of women So it shall be avoided and the equality between the genders shall be established at workplace In Chairman Railway Board and Others v Chandrima Das7 the proactive court gave a very extensive definition of life It that rape is an act which invades the privacy dignity and life of the women more over in this case court also held that the victim in the case should be compensated with 10 lake rupees even though this amount will never take back her honor it may helpful her to live with dignity In the State of Karnataka v Krishnappa8 the apex court of India held that ldquosexual violence apart from being a dehumanizing act is an unlawful intrusion of the right to privacy and sanctity of a female and non-consensual sexual intercourse amounts to physical and sexual violencerdquo In Suchita Srivastava v Chandigarh Administration9 the Supreme Court of India equated the right to make choices related to sexual activity with rights to personal liberty privacy dignity and bodily integrity under the Article 21 of the Constitution of India In Justice KS Puttuswamy (Retd) v Union of India10 Court held that right to privacy as a fundamental right of all citizens and held that the right to privacy includes lsquodecisional privacy reflected by an ability to make intimate decisions primarily consisting of onersquos sexual or procreative nature and decisions in respect of intimate relationsrsquo Like above in many cases the Indian judiciary has recognized the right of equality privacy dignity and life of the women It also said the activities of the rape or sexual harassment is the violation of above rights and to abstain from sexual activity for all women irrespective of their marital status as a fundamental right conferred by Article 14 and 21 etc of the Constitution But unfortunately honorable Indian judiciary also fails to address properly this evil practice of marital rape It is evident in Independent Thought v Union of India11 in this case the apex court had a chance to interpret exception 2 of Section 375 of the IPC Supreme Court Justices Madan B Lokur and Deepak Gupta rationalized that IPC Section 375 exception 2 should be understood as less than eighteen years instated of 15 years Here the court held that distinction between the married girl child and the unmarried girl child is contrary to the spirit of the Constitution of India specifically Article 14 15(3) and Article 21 The court also recognized the importance of a womenrsquos autonomy over own

7 (2000) 2 SCC 465 8 (2000) 4 SCC 75 (India) 9 (2008) 14 SCR 989 (India) 10 (2017) AIR 2017 SC 4161 (India) 11 (2017) 382 SCC (India)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 156

body her right to bodily integrity and her right of privacy Forced sexual intercourse by husband with his child bride would be a violation of the Protection of Human rights Act 1993 and fundamental rights under Article 14 and 21 of the Indian constitution Hence from the above interpretation by apex court one can understand that again court also restricted the marital rape extension up to certain age (18 years) In fact in this modern era court has to interpret this marital rape concept irrespective of rape and in widest scope as like many other developed countries Honorable court failed to understand that sexual intercourse with force with married child and unmarried child is not sufficient in fact forced intercourse with women at any age irrespective of marital status should be understand Rebuttal of arguments against criminalization of marital rape It is known fact that every issue will have pros and cons In case of criminalization of marital rape also there are several arguments against the idea The act of marital rape is impossible to prove because it happened within four walls so one should believe the words of women But it is also true that it may be misused by women to black mail their husbands At present in our society one is able to witness many false cases field by women under 498A domestic violence Sexual harassment at work place etc so innocent husbands may be victims of this criminalization of marital rape It may be one of the preventive in case of the possible reconciliation of husband and wife because husband reputation in society will fall down However a study conducted by the joint women programme an NGO found that one out of seven married women had been raped by their husband at least once It is not reporting by women because there is no family support and more importantly law support It is fact that it is a age old silent unreported crime spreading in society Conclusion According to mythology marriage is a devotional institution It should be based on trust belief caring adjustment affection love etc but not with force coerce violence etc undoubtedly forced intercourse by husband with his own wife is a in human activity and it should be stopped Men and women both should have concern towards others each should respect rights of the other If they failed to respect the rights of the others than the law should take that liability so it is the need of the time to recognize marital rape irrespective of age limit and it should be criminalized As it is proved that this in human activity has long term short term physical and mental ill effect on women as well as on society It should be stopped But simply making of law itself is not sufficient for fruitful results women must rise their voice and the society must come out of several myths like husband has every right over his wife rape by onersquos spouse is inconsequential etc

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 157

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 158

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 159

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 160

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 161

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 162

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 163

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 164

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 165

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 166

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 167

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 168

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 169

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 170

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 171

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 172

Page 3: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019

DrSV Lakshmana Rao Coordinator AP State Resource Center Visakhapatnam DrSKannan Department of History Annamalai University Annamalai Nagar Chidambaram

Dr B Venkataswamy HOD amp Associate Professor Dept of Telugu PAS College Pedanandipadu Guntur India DrE Ashok Kumar Department of Education North- Eastern Hill University Shillong

DrKChaitanya Department of Chemistry Nanjing University of Science and Technology Peoplersquos Republic of China

DrSandeep Narula Dept of Management Sciences IIHMR University Jaipur Dr Bipasha Sinha S S Jalan Girlsrsquo College University of Calcutta Calcutta Prof N Kanakaratnam Dept of History Archaeology amp Culture Dravidian University Kuppam Andhra Pradesh Dr K John Babu Department of Journalism amp Mass Comm Central University of Kashmir Kashmir DrTVRamana Department of Economics Andhra University Campus Kakinada

DrTon Quang Cuong Dean of Faculty of Teacher Education University of Education VNU Hanoi

Prof Chanakya Kumar Department of Computer Science University of PunePune

Prof Djordje Branko Vukelic Department for Production Engineering University of Novi Sad Serbia Prof Shobha V Huilgol Department of Pharmacology Off- Al- Ameen Medical College Bijapur ProfJoseph RJayakar Department of English GITAM University Hyderabad ProfFrancesco Massoni Department of Public Health Sciences University of Sapienza Rome ProfMehsin Jabel Atteya Al-Mustansiriyah University College of Education Department of Mathematics Iraq Prof Ronato Sabalza Ballado Department of Mathematics University of Eastern Philippines Philippines Satheesha H Mettu University Mettu Ethiopia DrJBChakravarthi Assistant Professor Department of Sahitya Rasthritya Sanskrit Vidyapeetha Tirupati DrNi Luh Putu Agustini Karta Department of Tourism Triatma Mulya Institute of Economy Bali Indonesia

copy Editor-in-Chief IJMERreg

Typeset and Printed in India

wwwijmerin IJMER Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational Research concentrates on critical and creative research in multidisciplinary traditions This journal seeks to promote original research and cultivate a fruitful dialogue between old and new thought

C O N T E N T S

Volume 8 Issue 11(1) November 2019

S No PgNo

1 Religious Teaching Methods and Diversity Practices Based on Five Pillars Phenomenological Hermeneutic Paul Ricour Studies of Sai Culture Study Group Denpasar (SSG) Bali Province

Made Redana

1

2 Identity Politics A Master Stroke of Polarization P M N Shankar

12

3 Multiple Regression Analysis of Value Drivers of Earnings Per Share (EPS) An Analytical Study of the Wipro Ltd

Sangamesh Hugar and A S Shiralashetti

16

4

28

5 Learning Styles of the Postgraduate Students of Library and Information Science of Karnataka State An Empirical Study

Yashavanth K N and B S Maheswarappa

32

6 Food Security in Assam A Case Study of Lakhimpur District Bikash Hazarika

46

7 Overview of Self Esteem in Personality Development D Vishnu Priya

59

8 Isolation and Identification of Bioactive Molecules Produced by Entomopathogenic Bacteria Comamonas Testosteroni

Deepa I

64

9 A Study of Leadership Behaviour of Special Educator and General Educator in Inclusive School

Deepti Gupta and Mala Tandon

75

10 Process Validation Increasing Effectiveness and Safety of the Drug Products

Dhruvi Siyola Pragnesh Patani and Nishkruti Mehta

84

11 व ीकरण क दौर म फ़ल रह ह द

ज मोहन राव

94

12 Quercetin as an Antiurolithiatic Drug Against Ethylene Glycol Induced Calculi in Male Rats

G Subashini Hebsibah Elsie B Asha S and ShobaK

98

13 Four Historic Visits of Mahatma to Assam Gautam Sarmah

112

14 Skyscrapers Linked with Impending Financial Crashes Girisha Nayak S and Gaurav Lodha

116

15 Assessment of Knowledge and Practice of Women Regarding Plastic Waste and Prevention of its Usage in Selected Urban Area Tirupathi A Descriptive Study

M Lakshmi Devi and PNeeraja

121

16 A Study on Quality of Work Life of Employees in Banking Sector

Libina Babu and Koshy C J

130

17 Impact of Aqueous Fruit Extract of Haritaki (Terminalia Chebula) on Immunonological Parameters of Mammalian Model (Albino Rats)

Kumari Babli Tarkeshwar Kumar Manoj Kumar and MP Sinha

143

18 Marital Rape Manrsquos Fantasy and Womanrsquos Nightmare A Brief Study About Non-Criminalized Crime In India

Koneru Anuradha

151

19

157

20

164

Dr K VICTOR BABU

MAMAMPhilPhDPDF (DLit) Associate Professor Institute of Education amp Editor-in-Chief International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational Research (IJMER) amp Sucharitha A Journal of Philosophy and Religion Mettu University Metu Ethiopia

ISSN 2277 ndash 7881 Impact Factor 6014 (2019)

Index Copernicus Value 516

Editorialhelliphellip

It is heartening to note that our journal is able to sustain the enthusiasm and covering various facets of knowledge It is our hope that IJMER would continue to live up to its fullest expectations savoring the thoughts of the intellectuals associated with its functioning Our progress is steady and we are in a position now to receive evaluate and publish as many articles as we can The response from the academicians and scholars is excellent and we are proud to acknowledge this stimulating aspect

The writers with their rich research experience in the academic fields are contributing excellently and making IJMER march to progress as envisaged The interdisciplinary topics bring in a spirit of immense participation enabling us to understand the relations in the growing competitive world Our endeavour will be to keep IJMER as a perfect tool in making all its participants to work to unity with their thoughts and action

The Editor thanks one and all for their input towards the growth of the Knowledge Based Society All of us together are making continues efforts to make our predictions true in making IJMER a Journal of Repute

DrKVictor Babu

Editor-in-Chief

SOCIAL SCIENCES HUMANITIES COMMERCE amp MANAGEMENT ENGINEERING amp TECHNOLOGY MEDICINE SCIENCES ART amp DEVELOPMENT STUDIES LAW

wwwijmerin

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 1

RELIGIOUS TEACHING METHODS AND DIVERSITY PRACTICES BASED ON FIVE PILLARS PHENOMENOLOGICAL HERMENEUTIC

PAUL RICOUR STUDIES OF SAI CULTURE STUDY GROUP DENPASAR (SSG) BALI PROVINCE

Made Redana E-mail redanaihdnacid WA 08193108031965 Phone Number 081999824999

Abstract

The presence of Sai Study Group (SSG) gives a new color to multicultural education based on Five Pillars concept (Satya Dharma Prema Santih Ahimsa) as seen in the Sarwa Dharma symbol promoted by SSG by showing the existence of various symbols of the worlds major religions which is incorporated into a circle of lotus flowers the existence of these symbols can be explored interpreted and explored their meaning according to Paul Ricoeurs thinking paradigm to find profound religious spiritual and social meanings especially the true objective meaning in order to obtain an essential truth

This study aims to (1) identify the application of religious teaching

methodology in the culture of learning among Denpasar study group devotees (2) find principles or abstractions that can explain how the five ideological values of the five pillars are the core values in the practice of diversity Denpasar Group (SSG) and (3) interpret the meaning of the five pillar concepts according to Hermeneutics Paul Ricourand are implemented in actions and interactions among SSG Denpasar devotees and all religious people The method used is a qualitative research method that places researchers as playing instruments to help analyze the problem of ideographic research

Descriptive explorative research results show that in an effort to transfer

knowledge and transfer of community values SSG Denpasar transforms the teachings of Bhagawad Sri Sathya Sai Baba with multi methods namely Dharma Tula (Study Circle) Dharmawacana Dharma Ashrama (Balvikas PNK) Dharma Gita (Gita group Pesantian) DharmaSadhana (Youth camp Balvikas Camp Sadhana Camp) Dharma Kriya (Seva Mutual Cooperation Blood Donor Gramma Seva) Dharma Shanti for devotees Study Circle in practice is a form of discussion in which participants (devotees) sit in a circular manner in a topic set by the SSG management referring to the teachings of Sri Sathya Sai Baba

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 2

The five pillars (Satya Dharma Prema Santhi and Ahimsa) cannot be separated from elements of human behavior and dharma as a form of manifestation of these five elements in the blast of society This means that humans must always be able to show behavior that is in harmony with the values of the five pillars

Key words Methods of Religious Teaching Five Pillars Hermeneutics Paul Ricour INTRODUCTION

Now days in the lives of Balinese people spiritual cultural approaches are believed to be still held firmly and implemented adaptively and flexibly in developing the paradigm and operationalization of life practices in various dimensions such as development and improvement of appreciation for diversity through tolerance in religious life environmental management development of social life artistic life development of religious education programs and others based on spiritual culture Regarding appreciation for diversity empirical evidence shows that Hindus since ancient times valued diversity as a dynamic in interacting with other people Although textually normative religious concepts are related to appreciation of differences and the non-violent teachings of religions empirically and applicatively there seems to be a gap between theory and practice as shown by the existence of conflicts and cases of violence based on SARA and the difference in the perspective of a religious adherent to another religion Empirical evidence about cases of religious based violence is found in Indonesia and in various parts of the world The emergence of various forms of SARA-based violence is allegedly influenced by the presence of modern views that confront religion with what Hidayat and Nafis (2003 13) refer to as epistemological crises in religion this crisis rooted in what is called Religions Way of Knowing (RWK) Sociologists see the symptoms of the modern human crisis as a regression (regress) which is characterized by damage in the fabric of the structure of human behavior in peoples lives which first takes place on a personal level (individual) related to motives perceptions and responses (responses) including status and role conflicts Second with regard to religious norms which are related to the destruction of rules that must be a standard of behavior life which Durkheim calls life without normlessness

According to Levinson three distinct groups present different conceptions of multicultural education These groups are political and educational philosophers educational theorists and educational practitioners In the minds of the members of these groups multicultural education has different and sometimes conflicting aims within schools Philosophers see multicultural education as a method of response to minorities within a society who advocate

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 3

for their own groups rights or who advocate for special considerations for members of that group as a means for developing a childs sense of autonomy and as a function of the civic good Educational theorists differ from philosophers in that theorists seek to restructure schools and curriculum to enact social justice and real equality (Levinson 2010 p 433) According to Banks (2013) a major goal of multicultural education is to change teaching and learning approaches so that students of both genders and from diverse cultural ethnic and language groups will have equal opportunities to learn in educational institutions

At the cultural level the crisis is related to a shift in values and knowledge of society which is called the cultural language phenomenon That material values and knowledge grow rapidly far beyond the things that are spiritual so that people lose their balance Unfortunately the crisis also affected the world of education including religious education which was characterized by the dominance and hegemony of the practice of national education which tended to ignore the values of religious humanism because it was dominated by capitalist market ideologies that tended to be materialistic (Sukadi 2007 4) based on sacred moral values more and more time tends to show symptoms of secularization (Piliang as quoted by Widja 2007 74-87) here the world of education like the world of secular countries tends to separate between the interests of religious ideology and the ideology of science Whereas in the reality of Indonesian society in general and Balinese society in particular such ways of thinking and values conflict with the values of religious society (Azra in Maliki 2004) But in curriculum schools where the education process focuses on teaching eclectic bodies of knowledge and skills teachers need to use multicultural education to promote such highly valued outcomes as human development education equality academic excellence and democratic citizenship (see Banks amp Banks 2001 Nieto 2000)These attitudes distort multicultural education and make it susceptible to sporadic and superficial implementation if any Textbooks provide a compelling illustration of such an attitude The little multicultural content that they offer is often presented in sidebars and special events sections (Loewen 1995) This practice of education is suspected to detail the Indonesian generation towards materialism hedonism consumerism instincts glamorism and the like In addition as a result of religious learning and learning activities become dry from the touch of spiritual cultural values and highlight the increase in intellectual intelligence that tends to be rationalistic-materialistic (Sumantri 2001 85 Sukadi 2006 4) Furthermore Amin Abdullah in Abdul (2007 73) said that In the context of the epistemology of learning culture at the Sai Study Group Denpasar this study attempts to examine the application of religious teaching methodologies that lead to the formation of strong

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 4

characters and religious dimensions through intense interpretation of Spiritual Teacher discourses Intense interpretation of religious symbols and their active implementation in actions and interactions in community religious life is an imperative to create ideal conditions according to the expectations of the teachings of Hinduism The specific problem in this study which is also a strategic issue focused on the study of religious teaching methodologies applied in Panca-based religious practices and their implementation in action and interaction among the Sai Study Group (SSG) in Denpasar Religious harmony that is constructed through the exploration of religious values with their spiritual culture taught in religious learning groups at SSG Denpasar Efforts to construct religious harmony with a frame of religiosity humanism perennialism that is appreciative of diversity The existence of SSG Denpasar through its multicultural education encourages people to increase

DISCUSSIONamp RESULT Deep understanding of Sais identity must be recognized by various Sai

staff members followed by all Sri Satya Narayana adherents or devotees known as Sai Baba There are several important elements that need to be considered namely (1) The nature identity of Sai (nature) as a source of Sais identity (2) Vision Sai (Sai Vision) as a basis and purpose which is nothing but natural or teak din itself (3) Sais mission (Mision) aimed at realizing realizing Sais Vision (4) Sai Culture (culture which is implied in Sais mission (5) Sai personality and personality formed and principles The sovereignty that has been cultivated is reflected in ones views and attitudes (6) the differentiation or uniqueness of Sai (differentiations) as the most basic distinguishing element and Sai and (7) the position of Sai (positioning) important principles taught by Sri Satya Narayana (Sai Baba) who is at the same time an orientation in carrying out actions and interactions in community life and religion are There is only One Religion based on Love There is only one language - Heart language There is only one humanity caste There is only one God - He is everywhere and in the heart of every creature (SSGI 2010 31)

The statement in the form of the motto must be used as a reference in interacting with human in various dynamics of life in the context of building harmony both horizontally and vertically To strengthen the realization of the dynamics of life based on the values of sincerity compassion and mutual respect in religious and community life he built the concept of Five Pillars (Satya Dharma Prema Shantih and Ahimsa) as the main buffer in interacting in life human being in society The Satya Sai organization is based on five things as a fundamental and fundamental orientation for all Sai organizations and behavioral guidelines for their followers The principle of Sais organization consists of 1 Vedas - Sanathaa Dharma (Eternal Truth) as described by Sad Guru Bhagawan Sri Sathya Sai Baba 2 Panca Pillars of Sathya Sai

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 5

Humanitarian Values as follows 1) Sathya Truth 2) Dharma Virtue 3) Prema lsquoLove 4) Shanti aianPeace rsquo 5) Ahimsa No Violence 3 Nine Code of Conduct as follows 1) Meditating and praying or praying every day 2) Singing hymns (bhajans) and praying or praying with all family members once a week 3) Participate in educational programs for children organized by the organization 4) Following the hymns (bhajans) and prayers conducted at the organizations activity centers at least once a month 5) Participate in community service activities and other programs carried out by the organization 6) Regularly study Sag discourses of Guru Bhagawan Sri Sathya Sai Babas teacher 7) Talk softly to anyone 8) Do not talk about the ugliness of others both when the person is present especially when the person is not there 9) Running a life of limiting desire and using savings from the results of controlling that desire for humanitarian services 4 Ten Life Principles as follows 1) Regarding and upholding the homeland the place of birth as something sacred by cultivating a heroic attitude towards the nation and the nation and never having a bad dream in the mind or even in a dream to do something that can make the country miserable as soon as birth 2) Respecting all religions 3) Establishing brotherly relations between same people 4) Cleaning the house and the surrounding environment to improve harmony and health together this is actually useful and helps himself 5) Carrying out generosity encouraging but not supporting the spirit of dissemination by giving money but by providing food clothing or shelter or helping with other means that do not make him lazy 6) It is not giving or accepting bribes in solving all problems 7) It is not jealous and jealous of others by developing insights and views and treating all people equally equally without distinguishing castes nations religions groups and beliefs 8) Carry out all your own needs yourself as well as go personally in doing community service and service activities by not controlling other people or helpers for a rich person 9) Developing and cultivating devotion to God fear of sinning avoiding disgraceful deeds 10) Following and not violating all the express and implied laws of the State Law and being good telada citizens (SSGI 2003 21-23) The organization of the Sri Sathya Sai Bali Foundation only oversees Prema Sai K Kindergarten

Generally Sai Study Group activity classification based on age groups namely 1) Age Group 4-12 years is called Balvikas 2) Age Group 13-35 years old is called Youthvikas 3) Age Groups 35 years and above are called Wredhavikas (or groups that have entered the gates of Grhasta or family)

Each age group has its own teacher based on their talents and abilities including the license they have to teach National-scale education must be taught by PNK Teams who have licenses from Jakarta or Education centers such as India Thailand Philippines Zambia and Malasia Indonesia includes

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 6

Zone III (Asian region) which is incorporated with the above mentioned countries

The education of Sathya Sai or the Human Values Education at the Sai Study Group is more appropriate to be called semi-ashram The reason is Sai Study Group is in the form of a permanent place as the center of all activities in a particular area to reflect the work program of the three wings namely Spiritual Seva (Service) and Education according to the author of the three wings are sourced from the teachings of CaturMarga Yoga which can be implemented on three wings namely 1) Bhakti Marga Yoga is represented in Bhajan activities (hymns Sankirtan singing sacred songs (Sai Gopi group) mewirama (Sai Gurnita group) meditation (Sathya Sai Meditation) Yoga and Tirtayathra 2) Karma Marga Yoga is represented in Seva activities (services) such as Medical Camp Giving Sembako Visiting while providing assistance to nursing homes orphanages free clinics and providing scholarships to underprivileged children 3) JnanaMarga Yoga is represented in the activities of Human Values Education where Youthvikas children come to the villages to provide free Human Values Education for Raja Marga Yoga it is not applied because the level of King Marga Yoga is the final point of a spiritual seeker to the level of moksha

Raja Marga Yoga is the end point of human life However if one has been able to carry out the three wings mentioned above it is not impossible for them to be able to penetrate to this final level Spiritual education is very consistent with the fulfilment of self-realizing (spiritual awareness) balance of the soul not fed with a variety of worlds of materialism which he considers only virtual form Sathyam Brahman Jagan Mithyam (that truth is only brahman while the world is virtual) According to the SSGD Administrators in the discussion held before Bhajan on Thursday September 6 2018 in Tegeh Kori Denpasar it was explained that the various methods used in the SSG community group in transforming the teachings of Bhagawan Sri Sathya Sai Baba include Dharma Tula (study circle) Dharmawacana Dharma ashrama (balvikas PNK) Dharma Gita (group gita pesantian) Dharma Sadhana (Youth camp Balvikascamp Sadhana Camp) Dharma kriya (seva mutual cooperation blood donor gramma seva ) Dharma Shanti (celebrating every year for devotees)

The word value from the translation of the word value is then translated into Indonesian into values derived from Latin valere or Ancient French valoir (Encyclopedia of Real Estate Terms 2020) The denotative meaning valere valence value or value can be interpreted as price However when the word has been associated with an object or perceived from a certain point of view the price contained in it has various interpretations There are prices according to economics psychology sociology anthropology politics and religion The

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 7

difference in interpretation of the price of a birth value is not only due to differences in human interest in material things or scientific studies but more than that the price of a value needs to be articulated to realize and utilize the meanings of life (Rohmat 2008 7) Another opinion from AloLiliweri states that value is a belief based on a code of ethics in society Values show right good and bad and also show how we should live now and in the future as well as how life experiences in the past

The dimension of value is a unit of interrelation of several values that exist in a continuum of interests Value is something abstract about the goals that we build through language symbols and verbal and non-verbal (Liliweri 2002 108) Psychologist Gordon Allport defines value as occurring in a psychological area called belief Therefore he considered that Value is a belief that makes a person act on the basis of his choice Confidence is placed in the psychological area that is higher than other areas such as desires motives attitudes desires and needs Because the decision is right wrong good and bad beautiful is not beautiful in this region is the result of a series of psychological processes that then direct the individual to actions and actions that are in accordance with the value of his choice

Value is a normative benchmark that influences humans in making choices among alternative ways of action (Kupperman 1983) Therefore one of the most important parts in the process of value judgment is the involvement of normative values that apply in society Rohmat believes that the value is always related to education (2004 117) Value is not possessed by an object in itself This situation cangive rise to different values from various subjects in appreciating the same object The purpose of education itself is to shape human character to be perfect (the aim of education is character) Human consciousness must be increased at the highest level (Jumsai 2000 86-87)

Etymologically reviewed the Sai Study Group is a study group that examines the vedas which are based on teachings discourse by their spiritual teacher Bhagawan Sri Sathya Sai Baba Furthermore the Sai Study Group is shortened to SSG All SSGs in the territory of Indonesia are covered by the Central Sai Study Group Indonesia (SSG) based in Jakarta One branch of the Sai Study Group in Bali is better known as the Sai Study Group Denpasar or SSG Denpasar because it is within the Denpasar city area referring to the teachings of ancient highways originating from Vedas Literature and Upanishads carrying four sacred missions namely 1 Veda Poshanais upholding the holy teachings of the Vedas 2 VidvatPoshana is nurturing scholars who study Vedas 3 The Rakshaka Dharma is protecting the truth of the Vedas 4 Bhakta Rakshaka is protecting people who are devoted to God The Sai Study Group organization especially in Bali has developed and has a branch or wing of 32 Sai Study Groups (SSG) covering eight regencies

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 8

throughout Bali plus branches that are in the village area and officially received PHDI Center since January 1994 with letter No 26 Perny I PHDIP 1994 dated January 14 1994 Each has a branch or branch in the Rural area The teachings developed by the Sai Study Group refer to the five pillars described in this paper namely Truth (Sathya) Virtue (Dharma) Peace (Shanti) Compassion (Prema) and Non-Violence (Ahimsa) According to Kasturi (1987 150) the Sai Study Group has three wings or three fields in developing Sai Babas teachings namely 1 Spirituality (Spiritual) 2 Field of Service (Seva) 3 Field of Education (Human Values) In this study the basis of this research is in the third program namely the field of education which incorporates values in teaching education to its devotees According to the teachings of Sri Sathya Sai Baba states that education without character is futile So the end of education is forming

The three wings of the organization in conducting activities consist of 1) Wings first wings move in the Spiritual field namely Bhajans (holy songs mewirama meditation yoga tirtayathra) 2) Wings second wings are engaged in Seva (services) such as Medical Camp Basic food donations to the poor free Polyclinics Visiting Orphanages and Nursing Homes giving scholarships to the poor and so on 3) Wings third wing is engaged in the field of Education namely Debriefing of Human Values Education (PNK) to Balvikas teachers kindergarten teachers satsang (discussion) Workshop Seminar founded the Sathya Sai Kindergarten school In the opinion of the author the three wings are sourced from the teachings of CaturMarga Yoga which can be implemented on three wings namely 1) Bhakti Marga Yoga is represented in Bhajan activities (hymns Sankirtan singing sacred songs (Sai Gopi group) mewirama (Sai Gurnita group) meditation (Sathya Sai Meditation) Yoga and Tirtayathra 2) Karma Marga Yoga is represented in Seva activities (services) such as Medical Camp Giving Sembako Visiting while providing assistance to nursing homes orphanages free clinics and providing scholarships to underprivileged children 3) JnanaMarga Yoga is represented in the activities of Human Values Education where Youthvikas children come to the villages to provide free Human Values Education

Basic Ideological Values of the Five Pillars Become the SSG Religious Foundation Denpasar Five Pillars (truth virtue affection peace nonviolence) someone who lives on the path Sai will present as a wise and loving person where his discourse always conveys the truth his actions always enlighten virtue his feelings are always filled with peace and his views always implies a nonviolent attitude Efforts to understand basic uniqueness can then distinguish between Sai organizations and other similar social organizations Every view attitude or activity carried out is always seen as an effort to realize and develop self-spirituality through SAI = See Always Inside unity - purity - divinity

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 9

(Always seen as an effort to build and develop Unity - Purity - Godhead) With regard to the basic values of character Sais organization provides policy recommendations such as (1) Sais Bhakta should be aware of his own character identity and make Sais Vision the basis and purpose of his spiritual journey Embodied in the perspective of nature attitude behavior and seen from how he interpreted and responded to every situation (2) Sais devotion is obliged to carry out the Inisi Sai and build Sais personality and culture with love and service Not only intended for those who are deities in semanusiar but also for all people and all beings in the universe (3) All components of Sais organization should be able to position Sais organization as a vehicle for developing self-spirituality by promoting the principles of spirituality in life (4) Sai Bhakta should realize the implicit meaning of the symbol of Sai that emphasizes the principles of values (values) and the principle of universality and (5) Sai Bhakta must understand the depth of Sais teachings both through the existing literature through the activities of Study Circle Sathya dharma discourse and through other spiritual practices Sadhana (both proclaimed by the organization and in the daily lives of devotees) and try to make life appropriate with the mandate of Sad Teacher (Your life is My Messages)

The position of Sai devotees before the teacher sad All Sai devotees have the same position before Sad Guru Bhagavan Sri Sathya Sai Baba This relationship is personal direct without intermediaries Sai iniracles (Sais miracle) It must be realized that Sais most valuable miracle is the transformation of love within oneself Even if Bhagavan often shows miracles in the form of creating material things for someone it is only personal and is seen as a business card or as a reminder of him Sai Bhakta is expected not to stop there Sais Bhakta should not be bound to what given then forget who gave it (Sai VidyaPrashanti 2013 326-328) The concept of PancaPilar which consists of satya (truth) dharma (virtue) shanti (peace) prema (love) and ahimsa (without violence) is required by sad teacher to be the basic capital that must be a reference and guide for all devotees in doing actions and interactions in peoples lives

Methods of spiritual culture-based religious learning that can be used to develop the ability to understand (Jnatum) See (Drashtum) and Diaini (Paveshtum) depth and echo of conscience which are connected with the reality of life and life Contemplation and internalization (contemplation tracing and strengthening) is like the first spiritual kitchen that cultivates the connection between reality and the principles of Sais teachings with the reality of life that must be lived The end and this stage will present a deeper insight awareness and belief (SSGI 2010 144)

Transformation ultimately leads someone always in Gods consciousness Gods consciousness (divinity) can only be achieved with purity

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 10

and the purity of the heart born and the unity of view and action (unity) To build purity through unity of view and action resources and techniques for supporting transformation are needed The sources techniques and means of supporting Sai transformation are related to (1) devotional service (devotion) (2) duty (3) (3) discipline (discipline) (4) discrimination ability and (5) determination (determination) (SSGI 2010 40) (1) Bhakti (Devotion)

Until now devotional service still keeps a number of hearts in the heart Words cannot even describe how a person feels when he is filled with devotion The secret behind the bond between the creator and the one created is truly inaccessible with rationality (2) Duties and obligations (Duty) everything in the universe is governed by a law called duties and obligations or often referred to as Dharma (3) Discipline (Discipline) Discipline is very much needed in the process of transformation As explained in the dharma description that there is no one in the universe that moves on its own all are governed by their own rules which are called dharma or duties and obligations (4) Ability to distinguish (Discrimination) basically each person is given the ability to distinguish between good and bad and which are allowed or not to be done

The ability to distinguish is called intellect or Viveka Intellect or viveka is higher in level and in the mind whose work is only to gather knowledge build passion emotion ego and love (5) Determination (Determination) Transformation cannot be possible without determination A person will be able to have determination if he is aware and believes that these changes can provide better and earlier benefits lsquoDetermination is needed so that the spirit of transformation is maintained The technique means of Sai transformation consists of prayer bhajan service sathsang always strives in the consciousness of God PancaPilar As the Foundation for the Development of Integrity and Adaptation Integration and adaptation is the stage to build connectivity and space for adjustments between views awareness or beliefs that have been built up with action plans This is the most central stage in the transformation process Views awareness and beliefs will have no meaning if It is not integrated in life Awareness that has remained in the area of view should be integrated linked and adjusted with action plans so as to bring awareness of actions or often referred to as karma yoga Karma is action and yoga is calm The Meaning of Five Pillars through the Implementation of the Teachings of Karma and Dharma Bhakti The five pillars (Satya Dharma Prema Santi and Ahimsa) cannot be separated from elements of human behavior and dharma as a form of manifestation of these five elements in social life

This means that humans must always be able to show behavior that is in harmony with the values of pillars because every action taken will have consequences that are accepted according to the quality of the actions

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 11

performed Honor the Atma in each individual because Atma is God who resides in every being Your job is to help do service or Dharmabakti Do your heart with all your heart please help with love that is genuine and blameless CONCLUSION In an effort to transfer the knowledge and transfer of values to the SSG Denpasar community transforming the teachings of Bhagawad Sri Santhya Sai Baba with multi methods namely Dharma Tula (study circle) Dharmawacana Dharma Ashrama (balvikas PNK) Dharma Gita (Group Gita Pesantian ) DharmaSadhana (Youth camp Balvikas Camp Sadhana Camp) Dharma Kriya (Seva Mutual Cooperation Blood Donor Gramma Seva) Dharma Shanti (celebrating every year for devotees) Study Circle in practice is in the form of discussion where all participants (devotees) sit in a circular manner in a trending topic chosen by the SSG management referring to the teachings of Sri Sathya Sai Baba FivePilars (Truth Virtue Compassion Peace Non-violence) is considered as basic values as well as ideology that is used as a reference or goal to be achieved in guiding and guiding his devotees in improving self-quality identification of identity and effort to realize and develop self-spirituality The five pillars (Satya Dharma Prema Santi and Ahimsa) cannot be separated from elements of human behavior and dharma as a form of manifestation of these five elements in the blast of society This means that humans must always be able to show behavior that is in harmony with the values of the five pillars References 1 Banks James An Introduction to Multicultural Education 4th edition

2008 Pearson AllynBacon ISBN 9780205518852 2 Levinson M (2009)Mapping Multicultural Education in Harvey Seigel

ed The Oxford Handbook of Philosophy of Education (Oxford University Press)

3 Loewen J W (1995) Lies my teacher told me Everything your American history textbook got wrong New York New Press

4 Nieto S (2000) Affirming diversity The sociopolitical context of multicultural education (3rd ed) New York Longman

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 12

IDENTITY POLITICSA MASTER STROKE OF POLARIZATION

P M N Shankar Department of Political Science Sharavathi First Grade College

konandur-postThirthahalli-Taluk SHIMOGA-Dist

The past few months have seen several social groups protesting sometimes violently to either protect or extend special privileges to their members This resurgence of identify politics sits uncomfortably with a liberal constitutional order that is built on the rights of the individual The congress government in Karnataka agreed to give minority status to the Lingayat and Veerashaiva communities in March 2018 Dalit groups have taken to the streets to protest against a recent Supreme Court order to fortify The Schedule Castes and the Scheduled Tribes (Prevention of Atrocities) Act 1989 against misuse Earlier there have been demands for special privileges from relatively affluent communities such as the Jats in Haryana the Patidars in Gujurat and the Marathas in Maharashtra The two main national parties have at different times played caste and communal politics to further their electoral agendas Many regional parties too have played identity politics with equal if not grater panache Indian electoral politics essentially does not allow any major political party to take a stand against the grant of special privileges to a community with a substantial number of votes

Identity Politics

Caste

Religio

LanguagGender

Ethnicit

Urban Rural

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 13

The Power of Politics In the ldquoFirst past the postrdquo system of electing representatives the power of democratic mobilization gives communities a veto over the rights of the individual In an Indian election a political party has to cultivate a small number of communities which can deliver block votes And when the swing of a few percentage of votes can change the electoral verdict even being able to wean off a faction of a community away from the rival party may work wonders Why the Resurgence What is at stake is the number of benefits enjoyed on wearing the minority badge A number of central and state government schemes are meant exclusively for the minorities The educational institutes run by minorities enjoy much greater autonomy These perverse incentives in the name of secularism ndash which in really actually distort Indian secularism ndash have given rise to numerous such demands by communities to gain minority status Ethnic fragmentation of the kind India has allowed full play to identity politics This fragmentation also makes it difficult for communities across fault line to come together to mobilize on economic issues The middle class which is often expected to agitate for better economic policies in place of community based hand-outs has responded by exiting government delivered services in favour of private service providers If one community is being given undue favour by a ruling party other communities can unite to overthrow it in the next election With an upper cap on quotas introducing new communities into these privileges angers the original backward communities get minority status it will mean less funds for each minority group The political scientist Devesh Kapur has blamed this phenomenon of different groups demanding a greater share of public resources for Indiarsquos traditionally high fiscal deficits low public investment and stunted economic growth rates Low economic growth rates mean that even the favoured communities donrsquot end up faring much better

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 14

Role of Judiciary In such a scenario it is no surprise that the order on the SCST Act has come from a non-elected institution the Supreme Court The judiciary often leans towards activism but it still remains the one institution that can be expected to stand for the rights of the individual when they are in conflict with privileges of a community It is almost futile to hope that a political party will come to the rescue of an individual at the receiving end of the draconian provisions of the atrocities law The Supreme Court ndash an important institution to uphold republican values and protect them from democratic excesses ndash has stepped in to put a cap on the quotas granted to communities As more communities demand special privileges the government may end up committing greater fund for the welfare of select communities at the expense of development projects and public goods meant for all This has in fact been happening in India The bottom lines is that Indian democracy will be much more prosperous if the Indian republic ndash or each individual is empowered References 1 A Prasad (1997) Summary of issues Judgement and directions in Indra

Sawhney V Union of Indiarsquo in A Prasad Reservation Justice to other Backward Classes p308

2 Ashutosh Varsheney (1993) ldquoContested Meanings Indiarsquos National Identity Hindu Nationalism and the policies of Anxietyrdquo pp 113-16

3 C Jaffrelot (2003)Indiarsquos Silent Revolution ndash The rise of the lower caste in North Indian Politics pp 156-59

4 Constituent Assembly Debates (1989) Vol I Loka Sabha Secretariat P59 (Nehrursquos inaugural speech before the constituent Assembly on 13 December 1946)

5 James Manor (1977) Political Change in an Indian State Mysore 1917-1955 p60 O Chinnappa Reddy (1990) Report of Karnataka Third Backward Classes commission Vol 1 PP 11-12

6 P Radhakrishnan lsquoBackward Classes in Tamil Nadu 1872 ndash 1988 pp 509-517

7 Report of the backward classes commission First Part P 21 8 Ronald Ingleharr and Christine Welzel (2005) Modernization Cultural

Change and Democracy P21 also Pippa Norrs and Ronald Inglehart (2004) Scared and Secular Religion and Politics World P33

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 15

9 Samuel Huntington (1983) American Poltics The Promise of Disharmony pp 96-98

10 Yogendra Yadv and VB Singh (1996) Survey of Center for the Study of Developing Societies (CSDS) India Today August 15 1996 p32-35

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 16

MULTIPLE REGRESSION ANALYSIS OF VALUE DRIVERS OF EARNINGS PER SHARE (EPS) AN ANALYTICAL STUDY OF

THE WIPRO LTD

Sangamesh Hugar PhD Research Scholar

Dept of Studies in Commerce Karnatak University

Dharwad

Dr A S Shiralashetti Professor and Dean

Dept of Studies in Commerce Acting Vice - Chancellor

Karnatak University Dharwad

Abstract The Earnings Per Share (EPS) is a key factor which affects the

shareholder value It is an indicator of net addition to the shareholdersrsquo wealth EPS is influenced by several variables like operating leverage financial leverage tax effect ratio etc In view of this multi-variable nature of the EPS in the present study an attempt is made to explore the value drivers of the EPS to examine their individual contribution rates (ie beta coefficients or EPS drivers) based on operating and financial data collected from Annual Reports of the Wipro Ltd for period from 2008-09 to 2017-18 by applying Simple Linear Regression Analysis and MVAR Technique

Keywords Earnings Per Share (EPS) Earnings Before Interest and Tax (EBIT) Earnings Before Tax (EBT) Earnings After Tax (EAT) Operating Leverage Financial Leverage Tax Effect Ratio (TER) Introduction

Business enterprises are not the charitable entities Basic purpose of their existence (raison drsquoecirctre) is to earn or add a fair return to the shareholders after meeting out all external obligations so that the existing shareholders are motivated to park their funds in the same company This whole exercise of earning reasonable return on shareholdersrsquo wealth depends fundamentally upon

i how a company can increase sales (revenue management or marketing decisions)

ii how a company can effectively manage the operating cost (both variable operating cost and fixed operating cost ndash cost management decisions)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 17

iii what kinds of investment is required (investment in additional fixed assets or investment in net working capital) and

iv what pattern of financing (equity or debt or both) In nutshell it is said that shareholder value creating capacity of

company is the ultimate effect of actions reactions and interactions of operating investment and financial decisions or strategies NEED FOR THE STUDY Shareholder Value Creation has become a buzz word in recent years There is direct nexus between the shareholder value and the EPS But the EPS itself is governed by the several variables (called value drivers in the current financial literature) like Net sales direct cost of goods sold fixed operating cost Interest on debt Tax Effect Ratio ability of the company to magnify the effect of change in sales on EBIT (ie Operating Leverage) and the effect of change in EBIT on EPS (ie Financial Leverage) The very existence of the company and its contribution to the socio-economic development of the economy depends upon its value creation process Regular review of their modus operandi will enable them to examine the current financial status and to explore the key value drivers which are affecting the EPS Hence a need was felt to assess the impact of different value drivers on EPS REVIEW OF LITERATURE

In the empirical studies done so far the researchers have concentrated on the determinants of equity market prices To mention a few

i Collins (1957) studied on the determinants of market pries of equity shares of American Bank and concluded that the book value (BVs) and the dividend per share (DPS) were the major determinants of market prices

ii Stern Stewart (1990) based on the data of 618 US Companies concluded that the EVA rather MVA is the major determinant of performance evaluation

iii Pradhan (2003) based on the analysis of financial statements of companies listed on Nepal Stock Exchange Ltd concluded that the DPS was the prime determinant of shares

iv Khan (2009) also based on data collected from the companies listed on Dhaka Stock Exchange concluded that the DPS was the main determinant of equity prices

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 18

v Nirmala Sanju and Ramachandran (2011) based on the data collected from Indian Companies concluded that the DPS and the PE ratio were the significant determinants of share price

vi Nisa and Nishat (2012) found that ROI Growth Factor and Stock Valuation factor had positive impact on the share price and that risk and volatility had negative impact on the share prices of Sensex and Nifty

vii Malhotra and Tandon (2013) applied regression model for examining the factors affecting the stock prices of 100 companies listed on the NSE and found that the variables like Book Value EPS and PE ratio had positive relationship with the market prices of shares Whereas the dividends yield had the negative relationship with the market price

viii Madhu Malik (2004) examined the relationship between shareholder wealth and financial variables like EPS RONW and ROCE and found that there was high positive correlation between EVA and ROCE and low positive correlation between EVA and EPS

STATEMENT OF THE RESEARCH PROBLEM In corporate financial literature the firmrsquos ability to increase the size of shareholder wealth year-by-year is fundamentally determined by the Leverage effect and Tax Effect Ratio (TER) Leverage Effect is of three types viz operating leverage effect financial leverage effect and joint effect If each effect is favorable the firm enjoys magnifying power and its shareholdersrsquo wealth is increased whereas if each effect is unfavorable the firm does not enjoy the magnifying power and the shareholdersrsquo wealth is destroyed The magnifying power associated with operating leverage is governed by the quality of operating decisions relating to sales management cost management and the magnifying power associated with financial leverage is governed by the quality of capital structure decisions The favorable joint effect of those two effects on EPS will not be diluted only when the Tax Effect Ratio is either equal to one or very near to one and the quality of this TER depends upon sound corporate tax planning and management decisions Against this background an attempt is made in the present paper to explore the value drivers of EPS and their contributing capacity individually and collectively in the process of shareholder value creation process based on the operating and financial data collected from the Annual Reports of the WIPRO Ltd for the period from 2008-09 to 2017-18 Hence the title of the study

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 19

ldquoMULTIPLE REGRESSION ANALYSIS OF VALUE DRIVERS OF EARNINGS PER SHARE (EPS) AN ANALYTICAL STUDY OF THE WIPRO LTDrdquo OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY 1) To identify the main value drivers of the EPS of WIPRO Ltd 2) To test the significance of the explanatory power of value drivers collectively

and individually for assessing the variation in EPS 3) To examine the goodness of fit of the Regression Model used in the study 4) To measure and detect the problem of Multicollinearity 5) To resolve the issue of Multicollinearity by applying Variance Inflation

Factor (VIF) RESEARCH METHODOLOGY Scope of the Study The present study is restricted to the case study of the WIPRO Ltd and deals with the identification of the key drivers that either drive-up or drive-down the EPS and also the cause-effect analysis of EPS value drivers Nature of the Data The study is primarily based on secondary data collected from the Annual Reports of the WIPRO Ltd for a decade period from 2008-09 to 2017-18 Statistical Tools used for Analysis For the purpose of processing the data and interpreting the results generated therefrom the statistical tools like Simple Linear Regression Analysis (SLRA) Multiple Linear Regression Analysis (MLRA) Analysis of Variance (ANOVA) VIF besides the tools like ratio analysis draw from the literature of corporate finance Identification of the Drivers of EPS

The EPS is the ultimate indicator of the performance of the company and it throws light on the net addition to the shareholder wealth on per share basis EPS is the quotient arrived by dividing the Earnings after Interest and Tax (EAIT) by the total number of equity shares outstanding

(1) If the EPS is positive it implies that (a) Shareholders Wealth is increased

(b) both business risks and financial risks are covered and

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 20

(c) the firm contributed towards its CSR in the form of Income Tax (2) If the EPS is zero it implies that (a) It has no impact on or growth in shareholder wealth (b) both Business Risk and Financial Risk are covered (3) If the EPS is Negative it implies that (a) both business risk and financial risk are not covered (ie if Sales ndash Varaible Operating Cost = Zero) (b) Business risk is covered but the financial risk is not covered (ie if Sales - Variable operating cost ndash Fixed Operating Cost = 0)

No firm with commercial motive is interested in arriving at the ultimate business result of either zero EPS or negative EPS Financial literature or things today reveals that the EPS is either driven-up or driven-down depending upon the way in which the following are managed

(1) Net Sales (2) Cost of goods sold (3) Fixed operating cost (4) Fixed interest obligation on long term debt (5) Tax Burden The above EPS drivers are denoted by X1 X2 X3 X4 and X5

respectively in the present study Multiple Regression Model Used Yt = β0 + β1X1t + β2X2t + β3X3t + β4X4t + β5X5t+Et Where Yt = Dependent Variable (EPS) β0= Y Intercept (ie value of Y when the influence of all independent -variables together is zero) β1 = Partial regression coefficient of X1 β2 = Partial regression coefficient of X2 β3 = Partial regression coefficient of X3 β4 = Partial regression coefficient of X4 β5 = Partial regression coefficient of X5 Et= Random Error (with t=1helliphellip10)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 21

Hypotheses Formulated (1) For testing the significance of overall regression model

H0 β1=β2=β3=β4= β5= 0 H1 At least one β1 is not equal to zero

(2) For testing the significance of partial regression coefficients i Net Sales (X1)

H0 β1 = 0 H1 β1 ne 0

ii Cost of goods sold (X2) H0 β2 = 0

H1 β2 ne 0 iii Fixed operating cost (X3)

H0 β3 = 0 H1 β3 ne 0

iv Interest on long-term debt (X4) H0 β4 = 0 H1 β4 ne 0

v Tax Burden(X5) H0 β5 = 0 H1 β5 ne 0

ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION OF DATA Analysis and Interpretation of data is outlined in three parts Part-A Testing the significance of overall model in explaining the extent of variation in EPS by all independent variables together by using F-test and also the significance of each partial regression coefficients of independent variables by using t-test Part-B Detecting the Multicollinearity problem Part-C Measuring the Multicollinearity and resolving Multicollinearity problem PART-A Testing of Hypotheses For the purpose of analysis and processing so as to derive logical conclusions relating to the Joint effect of all the EPS drivers together and individual effect of each value driver on the EPS the input data used in study are shown in Table 1

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 22

Table 1 Input Data relating to Dependent Variables (ie EPS) and the Independent Variables (ie the EPS drivers)

(Rs in millions)

Year EPS (Yt)

Net Sales (X1)

Cost of Goods Sold (X2)

Fixed Cost (X3)

Interest (X4)

Tax Burden (X5)

2008-09 2681 256995 178958 33062 2400 6460 2009-10 3178 272129 185649 34529 1232 9163 2010-11 2172 310385 211943 41871 776 9695 2011-12 2288 371878 211945 99364 3439 13845 2012-13 2507 374300 210774 96349 2894 16865 2013-14 3237 434238 236612 111867 3834 21234 2014-15 3528 469510 252328 125939 3499 25101 2015-16 3647 512478 276606 143628 5484 25158 2016-17 3497 554484 295052 169323 5942 25214 2017-18 1685 544871 291162 170955 5830 22399

(Source Computed from the operating and financial data collected from Annual Reports of the company) The above input data are fed in the MS-Excel software and the resultant excel output is shown in Table 2 Table 2 Excel Output For Multiple Linear Regression Model for analysis of EPS Regression Statistics

Multiple R 0902419101 R Square 0814360234 Adjusted R Square 0582310527 Standard Error 4334998428 Observations 10

ANOVA

df SS MS F Significance F

Regression 5 3297489545 659497909 3509421515 0123782418 Residual 4 7516884548 1879221137 Total 9 4049178

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 23

Coefficients Standard Error t Stat P-value Lower 95 Upper 95

Intercept 254648423 2112427886 1205477473 0294452581 -3318555835 8411524294 Net Sales -0000748739 0000918002 -0815618439 0460498905 -000329752 0001800042 Cost of Sales 0000822917 0001014168 0811420447 0462646071 -0001992866 0003638699 Fixed Cost 000017568 000078872 0222740094 083464943 -0002014158 0002365517

Interest 0005642198 0002655337 2124852056 010079 -0001730199 0013014595

Tax 0004487349 0002719957 1649786703 0174331484 -0003064463 0012039162

Table 2 reveals that (1) As the F- Value(calculated) 351 lt F(α=00554)= 1552 the null hypothesis

that β1=β2=β3=β4= β5= 0 needs to be accepted Hence it is inferred that all the value drivers together do not have significant explanatory power to account for the variation in EPS R2 value (081) appears to be more than 2 simply because of more independent variables than the sample size in the model As the number of independent variables (regardless of the quality of variables) goes on increasing the R2 value gets increased But it does not mean that the explanatory power of the model has increased But in fact the percentage of explained variation in the dependent variable by the model has declined to 058 as denoted by 2

(2) As t-values(calculated) of all independent variables appearing in Table 2 are less than the critical t-value(α=00254) of plusmn2776 the hypotheses relating to the partial regression coefficients of all the five variables also need to be accepted No doubt the partial regression coefficients of X2 X3 X4 and X5 are not infact equal to zero but are very very near to zero Similarly the partial regression coefficient of the variable X1 also is not equal to zero but has negative value which is also very very near to zero Hence it is inferred that the value drivers have influenced the change in the EPS not in a substantial way but in a negligible way

PART-B

Checking the presence of Multicollinearity In a Econometrics theory it is postulated that when independent

variables included in the model are highly correlated with each other they will adversely affect the regression results In such a situation the signs of regression coefficients of independent variables will not be in consistent

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 24

with the signs of correlation coefficients between the independent variables Hence a multicollinearity matrix is prepared and the correlation results are given in Table 3 Table 3 Correlation Matrix (Dependent and Independent Variables)

EPS Net Sale Cost of Goods Sold

Fixed Cost Interest

Tax Burden

EPS (Y) 1 Net Sales (X1) 0225446 1 Cost of Goods Sold (X2) 0192969 0982302 1 Fixed Cost (X3) 0158958 0986948 09488977 1 Interest (X4) 0192725 0922605 089057601 0945189 1 Tax Burden (X5) 0423779 0952386 090320405 0930673 0836026 1 Table 3 reveals that there is no consistency between the partial regression coefficient sign of X1 variable (it is minus in Table 2) with the sign of correlation coefficient of that variable with the dependent variable EPS (it is plus in Table 3) Hence there is a problem of multicollinearity PART - C Measuring Multicollinearity and resolving the issue For measuring mutlicollinearity the Variance Inflation Factors (VIFs) are computed by applying the following formula VIFj =1(1-Rj

2) Where Rj

2= Coefficient of determination when ith independent variable is regressed against the remaining k-1 independent variables Generally if VIF of ith variable lt 5 Multicollinearity is not considered as a problem for that independent variable If VIF ge 5 it implies that the correlation between independent variables is too extreme and therefore the said variable needs to be removed from the model

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 25

The information relating to variance inflation factors of independent variables used in the study is given in Table 4

Table 4 Variance Inflation Factors of Independent variables Table 4 reveals that the VIFs of all the independent variables are less than five and therefore it is inferred that the is mutlicollinearity will not pose any problem among the independent variables though there is inconsistency between the regression sign of X1 (Net Sales) and its correlation coefficients sign with the dependent variable (EPS) FINDINGS AND SUGGESTIONS The major findings of the study and the suggestions relating thereto are listed below (1) The overall regression model results reveal that the Null Hypothesis(H0)

β1=β2=β3=β4=β5=0 is accepted against its H1 Hence as per the principles of econometrics it needs to be inferred that explanatory power of the model is zero However it is to be further noted that the partial regression coefficients of all independent variables are not in fact equal to zero but are very near to zero Therefore it is inferred that the overall regression model has moderate explanatory power to the extent of 058

(2) The Null hypotheses relating to individual independent variables also need to be accepted as their calculated t-values are less than the critical t-value(α=00254) of plusmn2776 However it is to be noted that their regression coefficients are not exactly equal to zero but are very very near to zero Hence it is inferred that they have negligible power to explain for the change in the value of the EPS

(3) There is mutlicollinearity problem as there is inconsistency between the regression coefficients of X1 and its correlation coefficient value with the dependent variable EPS

(4) Though there is mutlicollinearity problem an analysis of Variance Inflation Factor (VIFs) of all independent variable reveals that mutlicollinearity will not be a serious problem as the VIF of X1 happens to be less than five Hence it need not be removed from the model This is also in consistent with

Independent Variables VIF Factor Net Sales (X1) 0000205 Cost of Goods Sold (X2) 0001140 Fixed Cost (X3) 0005293 Interest (X4) 0005293 Tax (X5) 0005293

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 26

the priori reasoning in finance theory that the variable net sales(X1) is the prime and predominant factor of influencing the EPS if properly managed

(5) The correlation coefficient between the EPS and Tax factor (X5) is the highest (042) when compared with its correlation coefficient values with other variables Hence tax planning and management practices need to be streamlined

(6) Next highest correlation coefficient is between the Net Sales (X1) and the EPS followed by the correlation coefficient between the EPS and Cost of goods Sold (X2) Hence there is a need for increasing the volume of sales through effective marketing strategies and also for reducing cost of goods sold by adopting strategic cost management tools like ABC Target-Costing etc so as to improve the power of X1 and X2 variables in increasing the size of the EPS

CONCLUSION In view of priori reasoning in finance that all the variables (X1 X2 X3 X4 and X5) in the model have together the potential power to influence the extent of positive change in the EPS it is concluded by saying that it is imperative on the part of firm to streamline all the functional areas of management viz marketing (X1 variable) production and operations (X2 variable) cost management (X3 variable) to reap the magnifying power of the operating leverage capital structure policy (X4 variable) to take the advantage of favorable financial leverage and tax planning and management practices (X5 variable) so as to reduce the tax incidence LIMITATIONS OF THE STUDY

The study is confined to an analysis of impact of only five quantitative financial variables on EPS Further the study is primarily based on secondary data collected from the Annual Reports of the firm under study for the respective years SCOPE FOR FURTHER RESEARCH There is ample scope for undertaking further research studies relating to analysis of impact of both quantitative and qualitative variables on EPS Research studies relating to an assessment of value drivers on EPS in each functional area of management viz production marketing HRM etc

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 27

REFERENCES 1) Bryman A and E Bell (2011) Business Research Methods 3rd Ed

Oxford University Press 2) Cooley William W and Paul R Lohnes (1971) Multivariate Data Analysis

New York John Wiley and Sons 3) Cooper R D PS Schilder and J K Sharma (2012) Business Research

Methods McGraw ndash Hill Education (India) Pvt Ltd 4) Dixit RK 1986 Behaviour of Equity share prices and Investment in

India Deep and Deep publications New Delhi 5) Dougherty Christopher (2007) Introduction to Econometrics 3rd Ed

Oxford University Press 6) Geetha E and Swaaminathan M (2015) A study on the factors

influencing stock prices A Comparative study of Automobile and Information Technology Industries stocks in India International Journal of Current Research and Academic Review 3(3) 97-109

7) Gujarati Damodar (2017) Basic Econometrics 5th Ed TMH New Delhi 8) Hawawini and Viallet (2002) Finance for executives Managing for value

Creation 2nd Ed Thomson Learning Press USA 9) I M Pandey (2015) Financial Management 11th Ed Vikas New Delhi 10) Nirmala PS PS Sanju and M Ramachandran 2011 Determinants of

share prices in India Journal of Emerging Trends in Economics and Management Sciences 2(2)pp124-130

11) Nisa MU and M Nishat 2012 The determinants of stock prices in Pakistan Asian Economics and Financial Review 1(4)pp276-291

12) Pushpa Bhatt P and Sumangala J K 2012 Impact of Earnings per share on Market Value of an equity share An Empirical study in Indian Capital Market Journal of Finance Accounting and Management 3(2)

13) Sharma S and B Singh 2006 Determinants of equity share prices in Indian corporate sector An empirical study The ICFAI Journal of Applied Finance 12(4) pp177-189

14) Tandon K and malhotra N 2013 Determinants of Stock Prices Empirical Evidence from NSE 100 Companies International Journal of Research in Management and Technology (IJRMT) ISSN2249-9563

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 28

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 29

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 30

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 31

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 32

LEARNING STYLES OF THE POSTGRADUATE STUDENTS OF LIBRARY AND INFORMATION SCIENCE OF KARNATAKA STATE AN EMPIRICAL

STUDY

Yashavanth K N

Research Scholar Department of PG Studies and Research

in Library and Information Science Gulbarga University Kalaburagi

B S Maheswarappa

Professor (Retired) Department of PG Studies and Research in

Library and Information Science Gulbarga University Kalaburagi

Abstract The main purpose of the present study was undertaken to determine individual differences in the three patterns of learning styles and the constraints of the 397 students with [Feminine 255 viz (642) and Masculine 358 respondents (142)] who enrolled for the Library and Information Science regular programs offered by the 10 universities and 2 postgraduate centres mdash located in the different places within the Karnataka State India Further a questionnaire was designed to collect the response on a face-to-face basis from arbitrarily selected the 397 respondents for research work Besides the quantitative data were analyzed using crosstabs in SPSS version 21 Consequently the produced results have exhaustively organized with mathematical calculation in tabular forms mdash while the qualitative data probed deductively and inductively set up on the research questions to draw the pattern of results Finally the findings revealed that the lsquoVisualrsquo learning style has offered the highest numeral with 219 respondents viz 552 followed by the 126 lsquoAuditoryrsquo students videlicet 317 and the rest of them lsquoTactilersquo learners who stood in the third position at 52 (131) of the overall Pupils involved in this research study Keywords Behavior Constraints Educators Impediments Learning Preference Learning Problems Obstacles Students University 1 Introduction An educates have both pros and cons towards the way they acquire knowledge but a series of steps to be carried out for specific learning behaviour to extend the strength of their learning skills (Heffler 2010) as long as they learn more efficiently and sharpen their learning styles to overcome in their area of weakness (Stice 1987) Besides where there is classroom communication between the teaching and learning processes the personalized student has a responsibility for hisher own learning skills (Heffler 2010) Further students customize this kind of learning exercise have become masterminds shows with characterized by good substantial quality dynamic systematic and the capacity to reach higher grade or obtaining greater success in academic prospective (Myers amp McCaulley 1985) Besides greater awareness of the learning styles serving as an essential component to open better communication between the educators and the pupils (Montgomery amp Groat 1998) Moreover ldquoa good teacher also needs both to

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 33

motivate students to continue learning and to teach them the skills and strategies needed for continued learningrdquo (Pintrich amp Lin 1985) Learning is a holistic process of four-stages viz a) lsquoFeelingrsquo b) lsquowatchingrsquo c) lsquothinkingrsquo d) lsquodoing from all this every learner interchange between a concrete experience reflective observation then thinking analyzing and testing the information (Heffler 2010 Kolb 1984) Learning styles play a very important role especially learning environment which mainly divided into three subdivisions that are to say a) visual learner study by the mind map notes taking visualization of the concept in mind and information gathering through reading b) Auditory learner collecting information through the acoustic or Podcast c) Kinesthetic (Tactile) learner possesses information through physical involvement laboratory works and model construction (El-Farargy 2010) Besides Instruction training is distinct as ldquothe situation when the entire content of what is to be learned is presented to the learner in final formrdquo (Simon 2000 p 43) Also (Simon 2000) examined that Exploration training providing the learner to ldquofreedom to impose their own structures on learningrdquo Gardner (1995) expresses an excellent opinion of educators to develop educational models to increase the confidence and qualities or abilities of students to lend a hand them work towards their career goals according to their talents abilities Personal values and needs Later on after a few years ago (Roebber 2005) recommended that educators should bridge the gap between how students learned in the classroom and what they did in many challenging real-life work settings to increase studentsrsquo abilities as well as their employment potentials 2 Objectives of the Study

The paper discusses to fulfil the specific research objectives are as follows Identify the demographic characteristics and socioeconomic status of the

respondents Discover the learning styles and their associated variables of the pupils Determine the obstacles of the students in the learning process

3 Research Design The primary principle of this research intends to analyse the learning styles and constraints on the learning process of postgraduate students enrolled in Master of Library and Information Science professional program [two years duration (4 semesters) regular mode] offered by the 10 universities in Karnataka state selected for the study of the universe Table 1 Ten universities in Karnataka State offering the regular mode Postgraduate program in Library and Information Science

Sl No Name of the University

Year of Estd

Name of the Departments

Both MLISc II amp IV Semester Total QD QR

01 The University of Mysore Mysore ndash 570006 1916 Department of Library amp Information

Science 60 59

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 34

01 (a)

Dr BR Ambedkar Post Graduate Centre Chamarajanagara- 571313

2015-16

Master of Library and Information Science program (PG centre ndash University of Mysore)

26 18

01 (b)

Government First Grade Women`s College Holenarsipur-573211

2016-17

Master of Library and Information Science program (affiliated to University of Mysore)

23 16

02 Karnatak University Dharwad -580003 1949 Department of Library and

Information Science 39 39

03 Bangalore University Bangalore ndash 560056 1975 Department of Library amp Information

Science 74 68

04 Gulbarga University Gulbarga ndash 585106

1979-80

Department of PG Studies amp Research in Library amp Information Science

35 35

05 Mangalore University Mangalore ndash 574199 1982 Department of Studies In Library amp

Information Science 17 16

06 Kuvempu University Shimoga - 577 451 1993 Department of Library amp Information

Science 50 44

07

Akkamahadevi Womenrsquos University Vijayapura ndash 586108

2003 Department of Library amp Information Science 34 32

08 Tumkur University Tumkur- 572103 2004 Department of Studies amp Research

in Library and Information Science 52 41

09 Rani Channamma University Belgaum ndash 591156 2010 Department of Library amp Information

Science 26 17

10 Vijayanagara Sri Krishnadevaraya University Ballary- 583104

2010 Department of Library amp Information Science 19 12

Total 455 397 Note a) Questionnaires Distributed (QD) b) Questionnaires Received (QR)

31 Research Procedure A designed questionnaire has a main method of tool to collect the required data from the respondents for the research study Further the questionnaire has separated into 3 main parts namely Part I Demographic characteristics and socioeconomic status of the students while Part II discovers the Learning Style Inventory (httpwwwsisuedu) forming of 24 items has employed to investigate the various learning styles of the learners prefer to process the information for learning Subsequently Part III consists of 10 items dealing with constraints on the learning process Moreover with the help of the Statistical Package for Social Sciences (SPSS) inferential statistical analysis was conducted through the data collected from the questionnaire were tabulated and transformed into Frequency and Percentage 32 Rationale for the study The analysis carried out with quantitative and qualitative data collected through the designed questionnaire (open and close-ended questions) for the research work Further three points Likert scale (scores mentioned in the learning style inventory) namely a) Often (5) b) Sometimes (3) c) Seldom (1) has used to evaluate participants responses on learning styles inventory broadly classified as three sections viz a) Visual (8 items ie Qii Qiii Qvii Qx Qxiv Qxvi Qxix Qxxii) students prefer to learn from the seeing words in books or the chalkboard and workbooks b) Auditory (8 items ie Qi Qv

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 35

Qviii Qxi Qxiii Qxviii Qxxi Qxiv) learners prefer to process information through oralaural c) Tactile (8 items are Qiv Qvi Qix Qxii Qxv Qxvii Qxx Qxxiii) students prefer to learn best by the hands-on experiences with materials Finally Constraints of the students on Learning process discovered by five-point Likert scale Viz a) Very easy [1] b) Easy [2] c) Neutral [3] d) Difficult [4] and e) Very difficult [5] 4 Analysis and Interpretation of Data This section especially focuses on the detailed analysis and interpretation of the participantsrsquo response collected through the formulated questionnaires and specified objectives for the research work Further statistical analysis of data presented in the tabular form with frequencies and percentages as under follows Table 2 Demographic Characteristics and Socioeconomic Status of the Respondents

Variables Categories Frequency Percent

Age Group

21-22 192 484

23-24 130 327

25-26 48 121

27-28 27 068

Total 397 100

Gender Male 142 358

Female 255 645

Total 397 100

Marital Status Married 26 065 Unmarried 371 935

Total 397 100

Semesters II 208 524 IV 189 476

Total 397 100

Annual Income

Low 289 728 Middle 69 174

High 39 094 Total 397 100

Occupation

Farmer 253 637 Business 38 096

Government 55 139 Private 29 073 Skilled worker 15 038 Unemployed 07 018 Total 397 100

Table 2 emphases the demographic characteristics and socioeconomic status of the respondents of ten universities of Karnataka state Further age is one of the important factors which influence of sub-sections of the learning styles of the learners Besides groups the respondent categories as 4 divisionrsquos viz 21-22 23-24 25-26 and 27-38

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 36

respectively to analysis and interpretation of the age-wise data in terms of frequency and percentage The high frequencies (192) with the percentage of (484) were recorded from participants between 21 and 22 years old followed by age group formulating 23 to 24 years old respondents presents frequency of 130 (327) as well as the third position of the age band in percentage of 121 and a frequency of 48 of the respondents grouped between 25 and 26 years old Finally the age group of 27 to 38 years old respondents indicates the quite lesser frequency (27) and (68) out of the total numbers (397) of samples selected for the study Gender considered as the variable which influences the learning approach in many ways Consequently the lsquoFemalersquo respondents collected the highest frequency of 255 (642) and remaining Male participants record a frequency of 142 with a minimal 358 only in the total unit of the population The marital status of learners namely lsquoMarriedrsquo and lsquoUnmarriedrsquo viewed as variable to identify the learning approaches and associated relationship of the respondents As table 1 shows that lsquounmarriedrdquo 371mdasheducatee obtained the greatest percentage of 935 as well as remaining of them were lsquomarried respondents projected a frequency of 26 with a minimum of 65 Opted the study on semester wise basis of 10 universities mdash 397 postgraduate students of Karnataka state table 2 exhibits the second-semester learners attained a higher lsquoFrequency of 208 respondents with 524 whereas the rest of the respondents recorded 476 viz 189 participants belong to the lsquoFourth Semester Annual income-wise study of the parents has one of the most significant variables in calculating the socioeconomic status of the students parents Besides based on the Kuppuswamy socioeconomic status scale mdash annual income was categorized into three social class income level namely Low (lt ` 20000) Middle (` 20001- ` 50000) and High (gt ` 50001) to generate tables with frequency and percentage In addition to students coming from the lsquoLowrsquo income category family demonstrating the highest frequency of 289 respondents that is to say 728 followed by lsquoMiddlersquo annual income familiesrsquo projected 69 respondents 174 Whereas lsquoHighrsquo annual family earns the lowest with 39 (94) participants of the overall students involved in the study As figures shown in table 2 demonstrate occupation is a variable to significantly study different occupations of the parents mdash have classified as 6 parts based on their line of work The farming community presents the highest number of frequencies 253 with 637 followed by the parents working on the lsquoGovernmentrsquo sector register 55 as follows139 out of the total population as well as the business-oriented participants list 38 viz 096 At the same time 15 to wit 038 shows the respondents from the lsquoskilled workerrsquo sector and the remaining lsquounemployedrsquo present 07 respondentsrsquo videlicet 018 in their participation

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 37

Table 3 Learning Styles of the Educatee Learning Styles Frequency Percents Visual 219 552 Auditory 126 317 Tactile 52 131 Total 397 100 Figure 1 Learning Styles of the Educatee

Learning styles are imperative to facilitate the learning process of students at any level of their academic or studentrsquos life Therefore Table 3 described three main types of lsquolearning stylesrsquo mdash Visual Auditory and Kinesthetic (Tactile) which account for the differences in learning aptitudes Out of the 397 randomly selected participants 552 that is to say 219 tabulated under the lsquoVisualrsquo learning style and 317 as follows 126 respondents obtained under the lsquoAuditoryrsquo mode of learning At the same time as 131 videlicet 52 Tactilersquo oriented respondents contributed the least percentage among the total number of respondents take part learning style survey Table 4 Age group-wise Comparison of Learning Styles of the Students

Age Group Learning Styles Visual Auditory Tactile Total

21-22 100 457

69 548

23 442

192 484

23-24 80 365

36 286

14 269

130 327

25-26 24 110

13 103

11 212

48 121

27-38 15 068

08 063

04 077

27 068

Total 219 100

126 100

52 100

397 100

Every student adopts individualized approach learning as per their age perceptions of the postgraduate studentsrsquo age groups vary from 21 to 38 years old in the selected

55 32

13 VisualAuditory

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 38

universities mdash learning styles were parted as 3 learning approaches such as Visual Auditory and Tactile Table 4 discovers that the 21-22 age categories indexed the highest percentage of 457 (100) postgraduate students followed by 365 (80) within the age range of 23-24 who learn by the visual mode Even as the remaining age groups namely 25-26 and 27-38 brought in 110 (24) and 068 (15) respondents take part lsquoVisualrsquo learning style Beneath the lsquoAuditoryrsquo approach to learning the data reveal that the 21-22-year-old candidates polled in 548 viz 69 and the 22-24 age group owned 36 respondents to wit 286 At the same time as the 25-26 age bands displays 13 participants that are to say 103 even as the 27-28-year-old correspondences managed only 063 with 08 responses Thereafter the lsquoTactilersquo fashion of the learning shared 442 with 23 respondents within the age of 21 and 22 years old Subsequently 23-24 and 25-26-year-old learner record a performance of below 30 that is 269 (14) and 077 (04) responses Finally the slightest total percentage was collected in the 27-38 age bands with 27 namely 068 and the maximum performance were contributed by the 21-22-year-olds with 192 viz 484 of respondents in this table Table 5 Gender-wise Classification of Learning Styles of the Participants

Gender Learning Styles Visual Auditory Tactile Total

Male 72 329

48 381

21 404

141 355

Female 147 671

78 619

31 596

256 645

Total 219 100

126 100

52 100

397 100

Figure 2 Gender-wise Classification of Learning Styles of the Participants

33 38 40

67 62 60

01020304050607080

Visual Auditory Tactile

o

f Par

ticip

ants

Learning Styles

Male

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 39

Table 5 discloses that 355 (141) male 645 (256) female respondents sub-classified under the 3 learning styles of participants selected in the universities for the survey Besides under the lsquoMalersquo respondent category mdash Table 5 reveals that out of 141 respondents 72 with 329 of the respondents opted for the visual mode of learning as well as 48 viz 381 chose the auditory style and 21 to wit 404 prefer the tactile mode of learning in the institutions Moreover the highest number of male respondents remained in the lsquovisualrsquo style The lsquoFemalersquo partakers revealed the highest 147 responses at 671 of learners prefer the visual learning style followed by 78 female respondents with 619 who opted for the auditory learning style and 596 as follows 31 respondents learning through the hands-on experience (Tactile) Table 6 Marital Status versus Learning Styles of the Respondents

Marital Status Learning Styles Visual Auditory Tactile Total

Married 14 064

08 063

04 077

26 065

Unmarried 205 936

118 937

48 923

371 935

Total 219 100

126 100

52 100

397 100

Figure 3 Marital Status versus Learning Styles of the Respondents

Table 6 exposes the 397 participants in the universities under the learning styles out of which 371 (935) owned the lsquoUnmarriedrsquo section and the remained 26 (65) respondents were selected lsquoMarriedrsquo status The visual-auditory- tactile learning styles registered 064 (14) 063 (08) and 077 (04) respectively in the married respondents Thereafter the unmarried respondents have unlikely rendered greater percentages under the 3 learning styles with 936 viz 205 visual-oriented learners mdash at the same time 937 viz 118 auditory related candidates and the rest of the 923 as follows 48 learners who opted for the tactile learning approach

020406080

100

Visual Auditory Tactile

6 6 8

94 94 92

o

f the

stud

ents

Learning Styles

MarriedUnmarried

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 40

Table 7 Semesters-wise Comparison of the Learning Styles of the Learners

Semesters Learning Styles Visual Auditory Tactile Total

Semester 2 120 548

64 508

24 462

208 524

Semester 4 99 452

62 492

28 538

189 476

Total 219 100

126 100

52 100

397 100

Figure 4 Semesters-wise Comparison of the Learning Styles of the Learners

To understand the learning styles of the 397 respondents enrolled in Post-Graduate studies in Library and Information Science programme of the students were categorized on a semester basis viz II amp IV semesters to award the degree of the candidates Table 6 illustrates the semester-wise (Semesters 2 and 4) within the visual auditory and tactile approaches to learning At first glance second-semester mdash learners came upon of 208 respondents with 524 discovered top order with the highest percentage in the table However the lsquoFourthrsquo semester respondents recorded 476 viz 189 for the semester-wise representation Table 7 rendered the numerical illustration of the collected responses underneath the visual learning style mdash statistics in Semester 2 with 548 (120) and 452 (99) in Semester 4 Subsequently Semester 2 recorded 508 (64) and unlike Semester 4 showed a lesser percentage of 492 (62) auditory learners in the universities Finally the tactile learners showed the maximum percentage in Semester 4 with owned 538 as follows 28 respondents mdash whereas 462 viz 24 reported their responses in Semester 2

55 51 46 45

49 54

0102030405060

Visual Auditory Tactile

o

f the

Pup

ils

Learning Styles

II Semester

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 41

Table 8 Total Annual Income-wise crosstabs of Learning Styles of the Educatee

Income Learning Styles Visual Auditory Tactile Total

Low 154 703

97 770

38 731

289 728

Middle 39 178

18 143

12 231

69 174

High 26 119

11 087

02 038

39 098

Total 219 100

126 100

52 100

397 100

Table 8 illustrates the total annual income-wise allocation of the educates parents within the learning styles Besides students coming from the Low-income category family standing above the frequency of 289 viz 728 followed by the lsquoMiddlersquo register 69 candidatesrsquo viz 174 and the lsquoHighrsquo annual income family projects the lowest with 39 respondents at 98 of the total correspondents approached for the study The total yearly earnings of the visual learners showed that the low-income category received the highest percentage of 703 with 154 respondents whereas the high-income category recorded 119 with 26 participants followed by 39 visual-oriented respondents at the same time as the middle-income category earned 178 While low-income class displayed 97 auditory learners of 770 while the middle and high-income categories displayed 143 (18) and 087 (11) aural learners Ultimately Table 8 statistics showed that the 38 that is to say 731 of respondents portray the low income 12 viz 231 projecting the middle-income earners and 02 viz 038 were reflecting the high-income class Table 9 Occupation of the Parents versus Learning Styles of the Respondents

Occupation Learning Styles Visual Auditory Tactile Total

Farmer 140 639

82 651

31 596

253 637

Business 12 055

16 127

10 192

38 096

Government 33 151

16 127

06 115

55 139

Private 19 087

08 063

02 038

29 073

Skilled Worker 11 050

03 024

01 019

15 038

Unemployed 04 018

01 08

02 038

07 018

Total 219 100

126 100

52 100

397 100

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 42

Table 9 exemplifies profession of the parents to evaluate the learning styles of the students under the 3 learning qualities and 6 categories of service sectors Besides the lsquoFarmerrsquo class compiled the utmost total number of 253 (637) respondents and the least data projected the lsquoUnemployedrsquo at the bottom directory with 07 (018) participants The farmersrsquo registered 140 visual-oriented learners with 639 described the maximum figure whereas the 04 unemployed showed 018 as the least collected data Similarly the businessmen and skilled workers displayed a minor inconsistency in visual learning such as 12 videlicet 055 and the latter registered 11 to wit 050 response as well as the 33 Government employees projected 151 in the same context mdash whereas 19 private employees indexed 087 of the visual learners Subsequently the auditory learners owned 82 viz 651 of parents belong to the farming community and 16 respondents equally tallied 127 from the government and business classes Even though the unemployed registered 01 to wit 08 and the 08 private workers recorded 063 under the auditory learning style Later on 024 attained with 03 skilled workers Thereafter the farmers achieved the maximum percentage with 31 respondentsrsquo namely 596 under the tactile learning style Whilst the last figure of 019 displayed by 01 skilled worker as well as the private employees (02) and unemployed (02) balanced equally with 038 responses each Finally the 10 businessmenrsquos noted 192 and the 06 Government employees led to 115 respondents under the tactile learning style Table 10 Study the Constraints of the students in Learning

Statements

Learning Constraints

Very Easy Easy Neutral Difficu

lt

Very Difficult

Total

Identifying supporting ideasexamples

83 209

165 416

129 325

17 043

03 08

397 100

Reading carefully to understand a text

77 194

192 484

90 227

28 071

10 025

397 100

Identifying key ideas 69 174

148 373

106 267

63 159

11 028

397 100

Understanding the organization of a text

52 131

169 426

118 297

49 123

09 023

397 100

Taking a brief relevant notes

62 155

163 411

103 259

53 134

16 040

397 100

Using own words in note-taking

70 176

150 378

104 262

63 159

10 025

397 100

Reading quickly to get the overall meaning

56 141

117 295

115 290

101 254

08 020

397 100

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 43

Reading quickly to find information

57 144

150 378

122 307

59 149

09 023

397 100

Working out the meaning of difficult words

47 118

119 300

123 310

90 227

18 045

397 100

Understanding specialist vocabulary

50 126

106 267

106 267

109 275

26 065

397 100

Table 10 discovered the learning variance of the 397 respondents faces constraints in their learning process for instance reading quickly note-taking identification of ideas concepts usage of owning words and vocabulary are a few of the identified constraints faced by learners Further table 10 panoramic views of 10 lsquoStatementsrsquo and responses to learning constraints of respondents analyses by five-point Likert scale notably mdash Very Easy Easy Neutral Difficult Very Difficult The maximal numbers of 165 as follows 416 of the easy learners draw attention to that lsquoIdentifying supporting ideasexamplesrsquo whereas the learners who acknowledged that lsquoReading carefully to understand a textrsquo easy reaches its maximum at the 484 viz 192 learners While Table 10 chronicles 129 viz 325 neutral responses in the identification of supporting ideas and or examples followed by lsquoReading carefully to understand a text register 90 to wit 227 of the responses in neutrality Similarly 17 (043) and 03 (08) of learners consent that it is difficult and very difficult in lsquoIdentifying supporting ideasexamples lsquoas well as 28 (071) and 10 (025) of the respondents agree that lsquoReading carefully to understand a textrsquo has difficult and very difficult respectively Subsequently 83 (209) and 77 (194) of the learners determine minimum statistical variance that very easy for them to carry out the lsquoIdentifying supporting ideasexamples and Reading carefully to understand a textrsquo On the one hand 148 as follows 373 of the learners agree that it was easy to identify the key ideas and 267 viz 106 learners were neutral for this statement on the other hand lsquoUnderstanding organization of a textrsquo recorded 169 viz 426 of the learners who say it had easy and 118 namely 297 of the respondents noted a neutral stand under the same statement At the same time as 11 (028) said that it was very difficult to identify the key ideas the 09 (023) of the learners approved that lsquoUnderstanding organization of a textrsquo had very difficult Later on Table 10 shows that lsquoIdentifying the key ideasrsquo obtained 69 (17 4) of the respondents mentioned that this task was very easy unlike 52 viz 131 of the responses underpin that lsquoUnderstanding organization of a textrsquo are very easy Finally 63 (159) and 49 (123) of the learners endorsed that it was difficult to identify key ideas and understand the textual organization respectively lsquoTaking brief relevant notes lsquoUsing own words in note-taking and lsquoReading quickly to get overall meaning go along with the minimum percentages of 16 (040) 10 (025) and 08 (020) find it very difficult to carry the assigned tasks as well as 101 learners found that lsquoReading quickly to get overall meaningrsquo recorded 254 also 63 (159) respondents approved that it is difficult to fulfil tasks mdash lsquoUsing own words in note-takingmdash even as and 53 correspondences at 134 of the total 397 partakers conceded that it had equally difficult to understand Although out of 397 respondents 115 viz

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 44

290 104 viz 262 and 103 that is to say 259 of the students concurred that they share a neutral perspective when it comes to lsquoReading quickly to get overall meaningrsquo lsquoTaking brief relevant notes lsquoUsing own words in note-taking respectively At the same time as 163 (411) show the highest number of learners found it easy in lsquoTaking a brief relevant notes and 150 viz 378 of the responses proved that its easy in lsquoUsing own words in note-taking mdash 117 (295) of the respondents acquiesced that lsquoReading quickly to get the overall meaning has an easy task for them The learners who find the tasks under the following statements particularly lsquolsquoTaking a brief relevant notes lsquoUsing own words in note-taking and lsquoReading quickly to get overall meaning as very easy are recorded as 62 (155) 70 (176) and 56 (141) respectively At the same time as the learners found lsquoreading quickly to find informationrsquo very easy registered the highest percentage at 144 followed by those who agreed that lsquoUnderstanding specialist vocabularyrsquo very easy obtained 126 respondents who found lsquoWorking out the meaning of difficult wordsrsquo very easily stand at the lowest figure of 118 with 47 learners Out of the 397 total respondents 378 (150) agreed that lsquoReading quickly to find informationrsquo easy mdash whereas 300 (119) conceded that lsquoWorking out meaning of difficult wordsrsquo an easy task and 267 (106) share similar opinion when it comes to lsquoUnderstanding specialist vocabularyrsquo Whilst out of the 397 respondents lsquoReading quickly to find informationrsquo lsquoWorking out the meaning of difficult wordsrsquo and lsquoUnderstanding specialist vocabularyrsquo attained 307 31 and 267 neutral students respectively Subsequently lsquoReading quickly to find informationrsquo lsquoWorking out the meaning of difficult wordsrsquo and lsquoUnderstanding specialist vocabularyrsquo recorded the difficultrsquo responses like the following 59 (149) 90 (227) and 109 (275) concurrently However the very difficult learnersrsquo responses to these 3 statements record the minimum percentages at 09 (023) 18 (045) and 26 (065) respectively 5 Summarisation The teacher knows the students various learning styles can allow the educator to respond correctly to the diverse group of students for instance their questions and comments Consecutively help students to improve their learning styles mdash teachers have to be aware of studentsrsquo learning obstacles to educate efficient learning strategies to help students decipher their learning troubles Besides learning is more effective by using diagrams sketches photographs schematics flow charts pictures videos computer graphics and demonstrations in training programmes and their everyday working environment (Ictenbas amp Eryilmaz 2011) Further the learning attributes of the participants were incorporated to empathies and comprehend the nature passing to acquiring the information in different situations Moreover taken as a whole mdash the results of this research motivate students to adopt the dynamic systematic and more appropriate learning styles to learn an individual enhance their learning aptitude and confidently achieving academic grades

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 45

References 1 Heffler B (2001) Individual learning style and the learning style inventory

Educational studies 27(3) 307-316 2 Crosstabs procedure (nd) Retrieved August 26 2019 from httpswwwibmcom

SupportknowledgecenterenSSLVMB_2400soupsbaseidh_xtabhtml 3 El-Farargy N (2010) The views attitudes and learning style preferences of Higher

National Chemical Engineering students Education for chemical engineers 5(4) e55-e71

4 Flowerdew J amp Miller L (1992) Student perceptions problems and strategies in second language lecture comprehension RELC journal 23(2) 60-80

5 Gardner H (1995) Reflections on multiple intelligences Myths and messages Phi Delta Kappan 77(3) 200

6 Ictenbas B D amp Eryilmaz H (2011) Determining the learning styles of engineering students to improve the design of a service course Procedia-Social and Behavioral Sciences 28 342-346

7 Kolb DA (1984) Experiential Learning Experience as the source of learning and development Englewood Cliffs NJ Prentice-Hall

8 Learning Style Inventory (nd) Academic success Retrieved November 30 2018 from httpwwwsjsuedueopcurrent-studentsworkshopsACADEMIC_Learning 20Style20Inventorypdf

9 McKeachie W J (1995) Learning styles can become learning strategies In The National Teaching and Learning Forum 4(6) 1-3

10 Montgomery S amp Groat L (1998) Student learning styles and their implications for teaching CRLT Occasional Papers 10 Educational Center for Research on Learning and Teaching at the University of Michigan

11 Myers I B McCauley M H amp Most R (1985) Manual a guide to the development and use of the Myers-Briggs type indicator Consulting psychologists press

12 Roebber P J (2005) Bridging the gap between theory and applications Bulletin of the American Meteorological Society 86(4) 507-518

13 Simon S (2000) The relationship of learning style and training method to the end-user Computer satisfaction and computer use A structural equation model Information Technology Learning and Performance Journal 18(1) 41-59

14 Stice J E (1987) Using Kolbs Learning Cycle to Improve Student Learning Engineering education 77(5) 291-96

15 Weaver III J B amp Kirtley M D (1995) Listening styles and empathy Southern Journal of Communication 60(2) 131-140

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 46

FOOD SECURITY IN ASSAM A CASE STUDY OF LAKHIMPUR DISTRICT

Bikash Hazarika

Assistant Professor North Bank College

Lakhimpur Assam India Abstract Food self-sufficiency and nutritional security are the essential components of food security Food and nutritional security is very must important for living an active and healthy life Again health is also an important determinant for human resource development and productivity So adequate amount of quality food should be avail by all people at all time is very must necessary Food insecurity is a major problem of the state like Assam because of shortage of food grain production poverty and lack of nutritional knowledge In the present study an attempt has been made to assess the present level of food security among different sections of the society of Lakhimpur district of Assam For finding out the level of food security from primary data Per Capita per day Calorie Intake (PCCI) and Food Insecurity Gap (FIG) have been employed Calculated per capita calorie intake of sample household has been compared with the 2730 and 2230 kilocalories which is recommended by Indian Council of Medical Research for an adult man and woman doing moderate activity respectively (NIN 2010) For obtaining final sample multistage mix-sampling technique has been used It has been found that out of 511 sample households only 267 are food secure ie only 5225 percent another 4775 percent households are food insecure For understanding the depth and severity of food insecurity of sample household Total food Insecurity Gap and Squared food Insecurity Gap have also been calculated Key Words Food Security Food Insecurity Gap Lakhimpur Per Capita per day Calorie Intake 1 INTRODUCTION Ensuring the food security continues to be a challenging issue of vital importance for the developing countries like India Removal of malnutrition and hunger from the country is not only socially desirable but also necessary for improving overall economic development as healthy people contribute more to the economy with their relatively higher level of productivity and efficiency

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 47

Hunger and malnutrition put enormous cost burden on the society A World Bank Report states that malnutrition brings down three percent of countries GDP annually The Indian planners right from the beginning realized the need to attain self-sufficiency in food grains as one of the impotent goals of planning (Singh 2013) Food security refers to a householdrsquos physical and economic access to sufficient safe and nutritious food that fulfils the dietary needs and food preferences of that household The Universal Declaration of Human Rights in 1948 recognized right to foodas a core element of an adequate standard of living Following this and more especially from world food crisis of 1972-74 food security became an important ldquoorganizing principlerdquo in development Following are the some important definitions of food security

World Development Report (1986) defined food security as ldquoaccess by all people at all times to enough food for an active healthy liferdquo The 1996 World Food Summit redefined food security as ldquoFood security exists when all people at all times have physical and economic access to sufficient safe and nutritious food to meet their dietary needs and food preferences for an active and healthy liferdquo

In 2001 the FAO Expert Consultation on Food Security gives a working definition of food security Food security exists when all people at all times have physical social and economic access to sufficient safe and nutritious food which meets their dietary needs and food preferences for an active and healthy life Food insecurity exists when people do not have adequate physical social or economic access to food as defined above Food insecurity thus is just an opposite situation of food security Worldwide around 852 million people out of 635 billion are chronicallyhungry due to extreme poverty while up to 2 billion people lack food securityintermittently due to varying degrees of poverty (FAO 2003) At the global levelthe South Asian region is home to more chronically food insecure people than anyother region in the world and Global Hunger Index (2008)placed India in 94thrank among 119countries The Indian State Hunger Index (International Food Policy Research Institute 2009) placed Assam among the ldquoalarmingrdquo state in terms of undernourishment MadhuraSwaminathan Research Foundation (2003) in collaboration with World Food Programme prepares food security map of both rural and urban India and accordingly has given a broad indicative picture of the level of food security of different states of the country According to their report Assam is among the ldquomost food insecurerdquo states of India As a part of state Lakhimpur district has also been suffering the severe problem of food insecurity

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 48

Till now the available literature is concerned there have not been found any research work assessing householdsrsquo food security among different sections of the society in Lakhimpur district The proposed study is induced by necessity to fill this gap to some extent Moreover the proposed study has important policy implications as well 2 OBJECTIVES The present study has been conducted with the following major objectives- (1) To assess the level of food security of different section of the society of

Lakhimpur district (2) To identify the determinants influencing the level of food security 3 DATABASE AND METHODOLOGY Since the study area is Lakhimpur district of Assam the micro level analysis is mainly based on primary data collected by carrying out field survey from the district The sample has been collected through a process of multistage mix-sampling (ie mixed of random and purposive sampling) As per 2011 census there are nine community development blocks in the district From these nine blocks three have been selected purposively on the basis of block having highest percentage of household under Below Poverty Line (BPL) namely Dhakuakhana Ghilamara and Narayanpur block In the second stage five villages from each block have been taken for household survey Lastly 20 percent household has been selected randomly from each sample village and finally 511 households have been surveyed A structured scheduled has been used to collect the necessary information on household food security status For finding out the level of food security from primary information the Per Capita per day Calorie Intake (PCCI) and Food Insecurity Gap (FIG) have been employed The survey has been conducted as per the guideline prepared by Smith and Subandoro (2007) of International Food Policy Research Institute For analyzing the level of food security per consumer per day calorie intake has been calculated for each household based on average nutritive value of Indian food (Gopalan et al 2000) Calculated per capita calorie intake of sample household has been compared with the 2730 and 2230 kilocalories which is recommended byIndian Council of Medical Research for an adult man and woman doing moderate activity respectively (NIN 2010) The householdsrsquo calorie intake above the recommended level has been considered as food secure and food insecure otherwise 4 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Food security is a multidimensional concept and it is a complex issue that has been raised over time So the level of household food security has several

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 49

determinants ie level of income occupational pattern level of education size of household type of the family cast and community and government policy have different impact on incidence of food security 41 Level of Food Security in terms of Per Consumer unit Calorie Intake (PCCI) By using Per Consumer unit Calorie Intake (PCCI) level of food security of the sample households has been summarised in the following Table 41 The table shows that per consumer unit calorie intake across the study area are 2489 kilocalories Among the sample households 5225 percent are food secure ie these households have calorie intake with higher than daily recommended level of Indian Council of Medical Research (ICMR) Another 4775 percent households are food insecure in terms of PCCI Table 41 Level of Food Security of the Sample Households in terms of Per Consumerunit Calorie Intake

Blocks PCCI

No amp Percentage of Food Secure Households

No amp Percentage of Food Insecure Households

Total

Dhakuakhana 2397 85(4645) 98(5355) 183(10000)

Narayanpur 2548 98(5731) 73(4269) 171(10000)

Ghilamara 2521 84(5350) 73(4650) 157(10000)

Overall 2489 267(5225) 244 (4775) 511(10000)

SourceCalculated from primary data (Figures in the bracket indicates percentage to total) 42 Level of Food Security among Different Occupational Categories Table 42 reveals that the level of food security is different among the sample household with different occupation of the household head From the table it is clear that the level of food security among daily wage labour is lowest ie 2955 percent with compared to it the level of food security is slight better among the agricultural labour (3548 percent) The highest level of food security has been found among government service holders ie 9355 percent followed by retired employees (8182 percent) Although more than 60 percent of the sample households have been involve with cultivation as their primary

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 50

occupation but among them only 5225 percent households are food secure another 4775 percent households are food insecure It is a severe problem for economic efficiency and productivity Table 42Level of food security among sample households of different occupational categories

Occupation

No amp percentage of food secure households

Noamp percentage of food insecure households

Total

Cultivator 161(5244) 146(4756) 307(10000) Agricultural labour 11(3548) 20(6452) 31(10000)

Animal Husbandry 6(6667) 3(3333) 9(10000)

Other daily wage labour 26(2955) 62(7045) 88(10000)

Service 29(9355) 2(645) 31(10000) Trading and self-employment

17(5000) 17(5000) 34(10000)

Retired 9(8182) 2(1818) 11(10000) Total 267(5284) 244 (4716) 511(10000)

SourceCalculated from primary data (Figures in the bracket indicates percentage to total) 43 Level of Food Security among Households with Cultivation as Primary Occupation inLakhimpur The following Table 43 depicts per consumer unit calorie intake among the households with cultivation as primary occupation Percentage of farming household that are food secure have been found overall area is 5244 percent It has been found highest in the Narayanpur block (5833 percent) and lowest in Dhakuakhana block (4529 percent) Among the three block average calorie intake is highest in Ghilamara block (2491 kilocalories) and lowest in Dhakuakhana block (2333 kilocalorie) Again among the food insecure households average calorie intake is highest in Ghilamara block (1907 kilocalories) and lowest in Narayanpur block (1782 kilocalories)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 51

Table 43 Food Security among the Households with Cultivation as Primary Occupation

Blocks Total Households

Food Secure Households

Food Insecure Households

Dha

kuak

hana

PCCI 2333 2885 1876

Number () 117 53 (4529) 64 (5471)

Nar

ayan

pur

PCCI 2459 2943 1782

Number () 108 63 (5833) 45 (4167)

Ghi

lam

ara PCCI 2491 2971 1907

Number () 82 45 (5488) 37 (4512)

Ove

rall

PCCI 2428 2933 1855

Number () 307 (100) 161 (5244) 146 (4756)

SourceCalculated from primary data (Figures in the bracket indicates percentage to total) 44 Level of Food Security among Households with Different Level ofEducation The following Table 44 shows that incidence of food security is different among household with different educational level of household head From the table it is clear that there is a positive relationship between level of food security and level of education In all the three blocks household head with below primary and primary to high school level education shows low level of food security On the other hand household head having graduate post graduate or professional degree has shown high level of food security But some of the households having higher degree also have found to be food insecure because of

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 52

underemployment In all the three blocks some post graduates and a significant portion of the graduates are involved with agriculture for their livelihood Table 44 Level of Food Security among Sample Householdrsquos with Different Level ofEducation of the Householdrsquos Head

SourceCalculated from primary data (Figures in the bracket indicates percentage to total)

Blocks Educational level

No amp percentage of food secure households

No amp percentage of food insecure households

Total

Dha

kuak

hana

Below Primary 6(3529) 11(6471) 17(100) Primary to High School 31(4247) 42(5753) 73(100)

Matriculates and undergraduates 34(5075) 33(4925) 67(100)

Graduate 11(5000) 11(5000) 22(100)

Post graduate 1(5000) 1(5000) 2(100) Professional degree 2(10000) 0(000) 2(100)

Nar

ayan

pur

Below Primary 8(4211) 11(5789) 19(100) Primary to High School 41(5325) 36(4675) 77(100)

Matriculates and undergraduates 35(6140) 22(3860) 57(100)

Graduate 11(7333) 4(2667) 15(100) Post graduate 2(6667) 1(3333) 3(100) Professional degree -- -- --

Ghi

lam

ara

Below Primary 2(3333) 4(6667) 6(100) Primary to High School 26(4561) 31(5439) 57(100)

Matriculates and undergraduates 40(5714) 30(4286) 70(100)

Graduate 12(6316) 7(3684) 19(100) Post graduate 2(5000) 2(5000) 4(100) Professional degree 1(10000) 0(000) 1(100)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 53

45Determinants of Food Security Since the food security is a multidimensional concept So the level of food security of a household has been influence by various socio-economic factors At the time of field survey it has been found that some socio-economic factor has significant impact on the level of food security viz income of the household size of cultivable land family size educational attainment occupation type of the family cast amp community and PDS beneficiary etc To identify and assess the determinants significantly affecting Household Food Security (HFS) following regression model has been formulated- HFS= α + β1PCHI + β2SCL + β3EA + β4FS + β5PCFOWN + δ1OPD1 + δ2OPD2 + δ3OPD3 + λ1COMD1 + λ2COMD2 + γFTD + μ BPDSD + Ui Explanation of the Explanatory Variables Per Capita Household Income (PCHI) It is the average income earned by per household member in a specified year Income generally determines the purchasing power of a household and hence higher is the level of income better will be the level of food security So we expect the coefficient of the variable to bear a positive sign Size of Cultivable Land (SCL) Basically the size of food grain production depends upon the size of agricultural land Again food supply or food availability is a major determinant of food security Hence we expect the coefficient of the variable to bear a positive sign Educational Attainment (EA) This variable represents the level of education of the head of the household Education is a categorical variable with ndash 0 = illiterate 1 = below primary 2 = primary to high school 3 = matriculate and undergraduate 4 = graduate 5 = postgraduate 6 = professional degree Education creates awareness about proper diet and nutrition and also educated people can earn more Hence higher is the level of education better will be the level of food security So we expect the coefficient of the variable to bear a positive sign Family Size (FS) Generally among large family the ratio of dependency is high with compared to small family Hence size of the family has adverse impact on the level of household food security So we expect the coefficient of the variable to bear a negative sign Percentage Contribution of Foodgrains of Own Sources (PCFOWN) At the time of field survey it has been found that majority of households without farming as primary occupation often go for farming Since food availability is a major determinant of food security and hence higher is the level of own contribution of foodgrain better will be the level of food security So we expect the coefficient of the variable to bear a positive sign

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 54

Occupational Dummies (OPD1 OPD2amp OPD3) Taking occupation as reference category four occupational dummies have been used viz OPD1 OPD2 and OPD3 where OPD1 = 1 for cultivator = 0 otherwise OPD2 = 1 for agricultural labour = 0 otherwise OPD3 = 1 other daily wage labour = 0 otherwise Community Dummies (COMD1amp COMD) Taking community as reference category three dummies have been used vizCOMD1 and COMD2 where COMD1= 1 schedule tribe = 0 otherwise COMD2 = 1 schedule caste = 0 otherwise Family Type Dummy (FTD) = 1 for nuclear family = 0 for otherwise Beneficiary of PDS Dummy (BPDSD) = 1 for beneficiary of PDS = 0 for otherwise The coefficient of COMD1 and COMD2 may bear either positive or negative sign The coefficient of FTD and BPDSD are expected to be positive Regression has been run by taking Household Food Security (HFS) as dependent variable It is the level of food security of the household measured as per the value of index calculated from per consumer unit calorie intake The results of the regression analysis have been summarized in table 45 The results of the regression analysis indicate that the coefficient of the variables PCHI SCL EA FS PCFOWN and FTD have been found statistically significant Coefficient of variables PCHI SCL EA PCFOWN and FTD are significant with a positive sign This implies that household with high per capita income large size of cultivable land higher level of educational attainment of the household head higher percentage of foodgrain consumption from own sources and nuclear family system have better food security level and vice-versa The negative sign of the coefficient of variable indicates that as the household become larger the level of household food security become lower From field survey it has been found that majority of the large families are joint family and among joint family dependency ratio is high Hence bigger the size of the family lower the level of food security The other variables have been found statistically insignificant and hence play no role in determining the level of household food security

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 55

Table 45 Results of Regression Analysis Taking HFS as Dependent Variable in terms of PCCI

VariablesConstant Estimates of the Coefficients t - value

PCHI 0000082 (0000012) 582226

SCL 0002213 (0003133) 312462

EA 0010577 (0004214) 2874937

FS -007893 (0005361) -357332

PCFOWN 0002133 (0001031) 4130215

OPD1 0053217 (0030768) 0991633

OPD2 - 0000131 (0000122) -0007436

OPD3 0007542 (0005328) 0009773

COMD1 - 0007632 (0005985) -0130713

COMD2 - 00084421 (0007421) -0112722

FTD 0311722 (0100438) 3572181

BPDSD 0089221 (0066594) 0758323

Constant 0630517 (0296773) 2501321

R2 0875

F [12 495] 5782 Figures in ( ) and [ ] indicates Standard Error of coefficients and degrees of freedom respectively indicates significant at 15 and 10 percent respectively 46Computation of Food Insecurity Gap For computing the extent of food security gap food insecurity gap of the households has been calculated ie total food insecurity gap and squared food insecurity gap has been calculated separately

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 56

Food insecurity gap (FIGi)Food insecurity gap of ithfood insecure households is define as ܩܫܨ = (ோ)

(Guja 2012) Where TCRi= Total per capita calorie requirement for ith food insecure household TCCi= Total per capita calorie consumption by ith food insecure household Total Food Insecurity Gap (TFIG)which indicates the depth of food insecurity among the food insecure households is expressed as-

ܩܫܨ = ܩܫܨ

ୀଵ

Here m=total number of food insecure households In this study ΣFIGi= 5612 m=244 TFIG=023 Or TFIG= 23 Squared Food Insecurity Gap (SFIG)which indicates severity of food insecurity among the food insecure households is given as-

ܩܫܨ = 2(ܩܫܨ)

ୀଵ

In this study Σ(FIGi)2=1291 m=244 SFIG=00529 Or SFIG=529 5 POLICY IMPLICATIONS In order to solve the serious food crisis faced by the district the government

should adopt technological measures to boost the agricultural production Application of HYV seeds organic fertilizer pesticides etc and farm mechanization technique through the use of tractors power-tiller pump-sets tube-wells threshers harvester combines etc all these technological measures have helped the farmers to raise the agricultural output considerably Hence growth of agriculture sector will provide direct sources for food and income for buying food

Production of fruits and vegetables should be increased But fruits and vegetables are highly perishable and have many post-harvest losses To overcome this they may require different infrastructure for handling value-

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 57

addition processing and marketing This will help in augmenting farm income generating employment and in bring a number of additional stakeholders in the food-supply chain

Cooperative farming could be examined as an effective technique for enhancing agricultural productivity that will increase the supply of food-grains in the district and also will increase the farmerrsquos income

The policy of Minimum Support Price for incentivizing farmers through fair value of their products should be implemented effectively

The flow of credit particularly to small and marginal farmers should be made speedier and easier

For ensuring economic accessibility of food government should create stable income earning opportunities for the rural poor by developing rural non-farm activities on sustainable basis

The identification of target households modernization of the delivery system and effective monitoring of the food security programme are the main areas that need attention

Food system must focus on stability of production and prices of food-grains Intensifying the provision of better-quality education and vocational training

for women to ensure food security for all Government can arrange awareness programme about food and nutritional

security in rural areas under the department of Food and Civil Supplies or Health the NGOs also can play a significant role in this respect

6 CONCLUSION The findings of the present study confers that the level of food security of the households of Lakhimpur district is not good It has found that only 5225 percent household are food secure and another 4775 percent are food insecure It shows that almost half of the sample households have been found to be food insecure The result of the study indicated that food insecure households are 23 percent far off from the minimum level of calorie requirement Again it has found that the severity of the food insecurity of the study area is about 529 percent Although central government as well as state government formulating various policies and launching several schemes for reducing the level of food insecurity the achievement is far away from the satisfactory level It is only because of improper implementation of government policies and lack of awareness about adequate diet of the general people Hence proper implementation of the government policies and nutritional knowledge of the people is very much necessary for reducing the level of food insecurity

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 58

References 1 Basu K (2011) ldquoIndiarsquos Foodgrain Policy An Economic Theory

PerspectiverdquoEconomyampPolitical Weekly Vol XLVI No 5 2 FAO (1996) ldquoRome Declaration on World Food Security World Food

Summitrdquo Rome Food and Agriculture Organization 3 FAO (2001) ldquoExpert Consultation on Energy in Human Nutrition

Interim ReportrdquoFoodand Agriculture Organization of the United Nation Rome

4 FAO (2003) ldquoWorld Food Security A Reappraisal of the Concept andApproachesrdquo Director Generalrsquos Report Rome

5 Gopalan et al (2012)ldquoNutritive Value of IndianFoodsrdquo ( Revised amp updated by BSNarasingaRao YG Deosthaleand KC Pant) National Institute of NutritionIndian Council of Medical Research Hyderabad

6 Guja MM (2012) Household Food Security Status and Coping Strategies in HumboWereda Snnprs Ethiopia InternationalJournal of Sciences Basic and AppliedResearch Vl 6 No 1 pp 64-82

7 ICMR (2010) ldquoNutrient Requirements and Recommended Dietary Allowances for Indiasrdquo A Report of the Expert Group of the Indian Council of Medical ResearchNational Institute of Nutrition Hyderabad

8 Sing PS (2013) ldquoSupply-Side Challenges of the National Food Security Billrdquo KurukshetraVl 62 No 1

9 Smith L amp A Subandoro(2007) ldquoMeasuring Food Security Using Household Expenditure Surveysrdquo International Food Policy Research Institute Washington DC

10 World Bank (1986) ldquoPoverty and Hunger and Options for Food Security in Developing Countriesrdquo World Bank Policy Study Washington DC

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 59

OVERVIEW OF SELF ESTEEM IN PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT

Dr D Vishnu Priya Reader in Commerce

PG Department of Commerce Besant Theosophical College Madanapalli

Abstract We all know that Self- esteem can be an important part of success Too little self-esteem can leave people feeling depressed It can also lead people to make bad choices fall into distractive relationship similarly too much of self esteem can certainly be off putting and can even damage personal relationship Self esteem levels at the extreme high and low ends of the spectrum can be damaging so the idle is to stick balance somewhere in the middle Hence the main purpose of this article is to focus on overview of self esteem in personality development with the following objectives Objectives 1) To identify the different components of self esteem 2) To trace out causes of low self esteem and its impact on personality

development 3) To identify the ways for developing a positive self esteem Introduction Self esteem is the term used to describe a personrsquos own measurements of his or her self worth It is also how we think of our self and the collection of believes we have relating to our abilities and worthiness In psychology the term ldquoSELF ESTEEMrdquo is used to describe a personrsquos over all sense of self worth or personal value Self esteem is often seen as ldquoA PERSONALITY TRAIT ldquowhich means that it tends to be stable It also involves a variety of believes about the self such as-

1) Appraisal of onersquos own appearance 2) Own believes 3) Emotions 4) Behaviors

Self esteem is the positive or negative state of mind that an individual posses himself In simpler language it means the opinion one holes for himself

The personality of a human being is complex and interestingldquoSELF ESTEEMrdquo forms a crucial segment of the same if to a great extent determines the nature and social behavior of an individual It also noted that individuals self

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 60

esteem may be different in different situations and in different set of social environment

Components of Self Esteem According to ldquoBRAMDENrdquo there are 3 components of self esteem

1) Self esteem is an essential human need i e vital for survival and normal healthy development

2) Self esteem a raise automatically from onersquos believes and consciousness

3) Self esteem occurs in conjunction with a personrsquos thoughts behaviors feelings and actions

Characteristics of self Esteem

Any self esteem consists of the following 8 basic characteristics These are 1) Living consciously 2) Learning from mistakes 3) Listening to others point of view 4) Taking care of us physically emotionally mentally and spiritually 5) Respecting other peoplersquos differences 6) Taking responsibility for our own life 7) Being able to speak and act from our own convenience 8) Having a sense of purpose and direction

The whole concept of self esteem can be seen in the following diagram

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 61

Types of self Esteem Any individual could have only two kinds of self esteem

1) High self esteem [Positive self esteem ] 2) Low self esteem [Negative self esteem ] 1) High (or) Positive self esteem

People who have high self esteem generally feel good about their abilities to participate confident in social situations and happy with the way generally the high self esteem possesses the following characteristics

Believing in a set of firmly place rules and principles Being able to make choices trust own Judgment and not feel guilty about

choices if someone does not agree Not living in the past or future and not caring about ldquoWhat ifrsquos ldquoand fully

living in present Believing in their capacity to solve problems just for failures and ask for

assistance Believe that they are valuable and that others enjoy spending the time with

them Participating in and enjoy many activities and hobbies Resisting manipulation by others Being sensitive to the feelings and needs of others aspect and abide by the

social norms Considering themselves self worthy and equal to others irrespective of

differences in finances and other personal causes

2) Low or Negative self esteem Low esteem is a hopeless condition that keeps individuals from

realizing their full potential a person who as low self esteem feels in competent unworthy and incapable lsquoShillingrsquo states that Low self esteem is a trait of financially unsuccessful people which in turn results in poor decision making The low self esteem possesses the following characteristics

Heavy self criticism having high dissatisfaction about their self or themselves

Hyper sensitivity to criticism leading to feeling attacked Continuous in decision due to the fear of making mistakes Having chronic irritation and easily angered even over minor things General negativity about life and often an inability to enjoy life

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 62

CAUSES OF LOW SELF ESTEEM Since low self esteem is dangerous and it leads to self killing and so it should be remove completely to overcome the attitude of low self esteem it is better to tries out the causes of low self esteem The following are some of the main causes for low self esteem 1) Negative self talk 2) Environment 3) Education 4) Poor role models 5) Making unfair comparison 6) Failures or success 7) Unrealistic expectations of perfection 8) Lack of discipline 9) Learning negative values 10) Fully down or labeling has put down Impact of Lowself Esteem Low self esteem can have an effect on various aspects of a personrsquos life This can be clear from the following statements

1) A person with low self esteem problem says a lot of negative things about themselves they might criticize themselves They might put themselves down or balm themselves

2) Low self esteem affect a personrsquos performance at work they might consistently achieve lower productivity because they believe that they are less capable them others They will avoid challenges in work life for fear of not doing well

3) Low self esteem also affects the peoplersquos personal relationships People will low self esteem might became disturbed or upset by any criticism or this approval and so they avoid to meet the people and talk to them

Building high self Esteem People who have high self esteem generally feel good about their abilities to participate confident in social situations and happy with the way to have positive personality every person needs to develop positive self esteem Steps for Building a Positive self Esteem Positive self esteem can be develop by adopting the following steps 1) Turn scars in to stars 2) Learn intelligence ignorance 3) Do something for other who cannot repay in cash 4) Learn to give and receive compliments

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 63

5) Accept responsibility 6) Practice discipline 7) Set goals 8) Associate with people of high moral character 9) Get our self positive suggestions 10) Our great strengths can become our great weakness 11) Hare passions Conclusion

In this article I considered the nature origin consequences causes for low self esteem and steps to build positive self esteem while the main focus is on improving self image through positive thinking Having a more positive attitude can make you open to a world of physical changes In addition to changing your way of thinking you can also change your behavior and abilities by learning new skills

References 1 Abraham T (1988) toward a self-evaluation maintenance model of social

behavior 2 Adler N and stewart J 2004 self-esteem psychological working group 3 Branden N (1992) the power of self esteem Deerfield beach 4 Burton N (2015) self-confidence vs self-esteem-psychology today 5 Council on Alcoholism and drug abuse- image amp Self-esteem-mentor

resource center 6 Cooper Smith (1967) The antecedents of self-esteem 7 Davis W Gteller K amp Thaut M (2008)- An introduction to Music therapy 8 Demo D H (1985) The measurement of self esteem Refusing our methods

Journal of personality and social psychology 9 Edberg H (2013) how to improve your self-esteem 10 Maslow A H (1943) a theory of human motivation 11 Robinson J Shaver P(2010) measures of personality and social

psychological activities

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 64

ISOLATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF BIOACTIVE MOLECULES PRODUCED BY ENTOMOPATHOGENIC BACTERIA COMAMONAS

TESTOSTERONI

Deepa I Guest Faculty

Department of Botany and Biotechnology Milad -E- Sherief Memorial (MSM) College

Kayamkulam Alappuzha India Abstract

The entomopathogenic nematode isolate Rhabditis (Oscheius) species was collected from the soil of Bangalore Electronic City Karnataka and was selected for this study In the present study cell free culture filtrate of the symbiotic bacterium Comamonas testosteroni was prepared and separated into aqueous and organic fractions Insecticidal nematicidal and antimicrobial activity of organic fraction was evaluated For the separation of bioactive molecules the concentrated organic fraction was subjected to silica gel column chromatography Elution was carried out using a gradient of solvent mixtures of increasing polarity starting from a non-polar solvent (hexane) followed by mixtures of dichloromethane in hexane (5-100) ethyl acetate in dichloromethane (1-100) and finally with methanol in ethyl acetate (1-100) The fractions after concentration were tested for antibacterial and antifungal activity Purification of organic fraction was further then done using column chromatography TLC and HPLC The pure compound was subjected to various spectral analysis (UV-visible spectrum FTIR NMR and MS) and the structure was elucidated and identified as Cyclo (Pro-leu) a derivative of diketopiperazine (DKPs) Thus the above study concluded that Rhabditis (Oscheius) species and Comamonas testosteroni could be used as a promising source of bioactive compounds with antimicrobial activity

Keywords- Entomopathogenic nematode Rhabditis (Oscheius) Comamonas testosteroni Introduction Entomopathogenic nematodes are soft bodied non-segmented roundworms that are obligate or sometimes facultative parasites of insects Entomopathogenic nematodes occur naturally in soil environments and locate their host in response to carbon dioxide vibration and other chemical cues (Kaya and Gaugler 1993) Species in two families (Heterorhabditidae and Steinernematidae) have been effectively used as biological insecticides in pest

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 65

management programs (Grewal et al 2005) Entomopathogenic nematodes fit nicely into integrated pest management or IPM programs because they are considered non-toxic to humans relatively specific to their target pest(s) and can be applied with standard pesticide equipment (Shapiro-Ilan et al 2006) The bacterial symbiont is Photorhabdus in nematodes of the genus Heterorhabditis and Xenorhabdus in nematodes of the genus Steinernema In addition to Xenorhabdus and Photorhabdus sp a novel entomopathogenic bacteria is isolated from a new entomopathogenic nematode Rhabditis (Oschieus) sp of the family Rhabditidae (Mohandas et al 2004) Entomopathogenic bacteria are potential source of antibacterial antifungal antiulcer anti cancerous insecticidal and nematicidal compounds which might become promising pharmaceutical antibiotics or bio pesticides EPB produce bioactive molecules which inhibit the growth of a wide range of bacteria fungi and other microbes (Khushbu et al 2016) Materials and Methods Microorganisms and culture maintenance EPN culture The nematode isolate BEC collected from the soil of Bangalore Electronic City Karnataka was selected for this study It was taken from the nematode culture collection maintained in CTCRI laboratory Test pathogens Test bacteria their source and maintenance The following four bacteria Bacillus subtilis MTCC 2756 Escherichia coli MTCC 2622 Staphylococcus aureus MTCC 902 and Pseudomonas aeruginosa MTCC 2642 were purchased from IMTECH Chandigarh and are maintained on Nutrient agar (NA) slants and sub cultured using standard aseptic laboratory techniques every 2 weeks Test fungi their source and maintenance Aspergillus flavus MTCC 183 Fusarium oxysporum MTCC 284 and Rhizoctonia solani MTCC 2644 were purchased from IMTECH Chandigarh All fungi were maintained and sub cultured biweekly on potato dextrose agar (PDA) slants Culturing of EPN Soil samples were processed with insect baiting method (White GF 1927) 250g soil sample was taken in a plastic bottle and baited with Galleria mellonella larvae After two days dead larvae were placed in White Traps (Rosa et al 2000) and when there was emergence of infective juveniles (IJrsquos) they were harvested The IJs were collected in a beaker and rinsed 3 times with sterile distilled water and stored at room temperature Nematode isolate was passed through G mellonella every 6 months for sub culturing (Woodring and

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 66

Kaya 1988) G mellonella larvae were reared (Park and Yu 1999) by giving artificial diet Isolation of EPB The entomopathogenic bacteria used in this study were isolated from EPN belonging to the Rhabditis (Oscheius) species recovered from soil collected from Bangalore Electronic City Karnataka and maintained at CTCRI Bacterial isolate used in this study were taken from culture collection maintained in CTCRI laboratory Production of Bacterial Metabolites Standardization of incubation time and preparation of cell free culture filtrate

A pure culture of the bacterium was obtained from the third stage infective juveniles of the nematode isolate BEC and bacterial fermentation was carried out using Tryptic Soya Broth (TSB) Aliquots of the stock culture were added separately into 100 ml sterile medium The flasks were incubated in a gyrorotatory shaker (150 times g) at 30degC for 24 hr When the optical density of the culture at 600 nm was approx 17 the bacterial cultures were transferred asceptically into 400 ml sterile medium (TSB) and incubated in the gyrorotatory shaker (150 times g) at 30ordmC Fermentation was carried out for 4 days during which samples (100 ml) were withdrawn at regular intervals (24 hr 48 hr 72 hr and 96 hr) The culture media were then centrifuged (10000 times g 20 min 4degC) followed by filtration through a 045 microm micro filters to obtain cell free culture filtrate Separation of cell free culture filtrates into aqueous and organic fraction Fifteen litres of TSB culture filtrate were separated into aqueous and organic fractions For this the filtrate was neutralized with concentrated hydrochloric acid and extracted with an equal volume of ethyl acetate thrice The ethyl acetate layers were combined dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate and concentrated using a rotary flash evaporator at 30ordmC The dry residue was weighed and reconstituted in 6 ml methanol and stored at -20ordmC for further studies Antibacterial activity

Antibacterial activity was studied by agar well and disc diffusion method (Bauer et al 1966) Samples to be tested were filtered through 022 microm micro filters The level of activity was measured by the diameter (mm) of the zone of inhibition Antifungal activity

The antifungal activity of organic fraction was tested using agar-well diffusion method (Perez et al 1990) Wells were made on the agar surface with 6 mm cork borer The sample of 50 microl was poured into the well using sterile syringe The plates were incubated at 37degC for 48 hr The plates were observed for the zone formation around the wells

Purification of the organic compounds

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 67

Purification of organic fraction was done using column chromatography TLC and HPLC Column chromatography

The ethyl acetate extracts were chromatographed on a silica gel column (silica gel 60 45 x 25 cm)Two active sub fractions were collected from column through solvent systems such as dichloromethanehexane and methanolethyl acetate These were mixture of compounds and purification was done by preparative TLC and crystallization process The single compounds obtained from column were further purified by crystallization process Thin layer chromatography

The separation of the organic fraction was carried out by thin layer chromatography (TLC) The solvents used for the separation of sub fractions were Benzene-hexane acetone-benzene and methanol-chloroform combinations (Table 1) These solvent systems were found to be the most suitable ones

Each sub fraction was spotted (2 microl) on TLC plates in order to check the separation of the compounds The sub fractions were found to have mixture of compounds Hence number of bands and Rf values were calculated After standardization following solvents were used for thin layer chromatography Table 1 Sub fractions and solvents used for TLC

Slno Sub fractions Solvents used for TLC 1 DCMhexane benzenehexane 2 ethyl acetateDCM acetonebenzene 3 methanolethyl acetate methanolchloroform

High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC)

After performing the TLC only the pure compounds were subjected to HPLC using methanol as mobile phase Elucidation of the structure of the compound

The pure compounds obtained were subjected to NMR (H113C) (Brucker AMX-500 at National Institute for Interdiciplinary science and Technology (CSIR) Thiruvananthapuram) FTIR (Perkin Elmer at Sree Chitra Thirunal Institute of Science and Technology Thiruvananthapuram) and optical rotation (Rudolph Research analytical Autopol N polarimeter at Tropical Botanical Garden and Research Institute Thiruvananthapuram) were carried out The mass spectrum was recorded by JEOL-JMS mass spectrometer at National Institute for Interdiciplinary science and Technology (CSIR) Thiruvananthapuram) for the elucidation of the structure of the compound

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 68

Antimicrobial activity of the compound was tested Results

Isolation of EPB The entomopathogenic bacteria were isolated from the

entomopathogenic nematode isolate collected from soil samples of Bangalore Electronic City Karnataka The bacteria were isolated on Nutrient agar medium and re isolated on NBTA medium After incubation for 48 h on nutrient agar single colonies were isolated which were appeared to be circular slightly granular irregular margin opaque with 2-25 mm diameter Only one type of bacterial colony found to absorb bromothymol blue from the NBTA plate and the colony appeared red in colour The bacterial culture was maintained in nutrient agar by sub culturing This bacterium was identified as Comamonas testosteroni (Accession no HQ200410) Preparation of cell free culture filtrate and its separation

15L TSB was prepared The cell free culture filtrate of 72 hr showed maximum antimicrobial activity and the cell free culture filtrate was separated into aqueous and organic fractions Organic fractions were concentrated and were used for antimicrobial assay Antibacterial activity

Bacillus subtilis (which is very sensitive to EPB antibiotics Webster et al (2002) is used to monitor activity during isolation and identification of EPB bioactive compounds The diameter of zone of inhibition against the test bacteria are shown in Table 2 and displayed in Figure 1-6

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 69

Table 2 Antibacterial activity against B subtilis E coli S aureus and P aeruginosa

Zone of inhibition ( dia in mm) Concentration (microl)disc

Organic fraction

P aeruginosa S aureus

E coli B subtilis

Nil 9 14 10

Nil 10 18 11

Nil 11 16 12

Nil 12 19 14

50 50 50 50

24 hr 48 hr 72 hr 96 hr

Antifungal activity

The antifungal activity of organic fraction was tested against A flavus F oxysporum and R solani It is displayed in Figure 7-12 and diameter of zones of inhibition is given in Table 3

Table 3 Antifungal activity against A flavus F oxysporum and R solani Zone of inhibition (dia in mm)

Concentration (microl)disc

Organic fraction

R solani F oxysporum A flavus

NIL 14 20 15

NIL 17 16 19

NIL 19 27 18

50 50 50 50

24 hr 48 hr 72 hr 96 hr

Purification of the organic compounds The dichloromethanehexane ethyl acetatedichloromethane methanolethyl acetate fraction of TSB obtained after column chromatography were dissolved in 300 microl methanol and stored at -20oC for further purification and assay of bioactivity TLC profile indicated a single spot which indicate the purity of the compounds From the three sub fractions only one pure compound was obtained

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 70

in powder form with Rf value of 058 (TLC profile on Figure 13) and the yield of the compound was 157 mg The pure compound on HPLC indicated a single peak (Figure 14) and the retention time of the compound was 546

Figure 13 TLC Profile of Compound

F Figure 14 HPLC elution profile of Cyclo (pro-leu) C -18 reverse phase column 50 methanol ndashwater as the mobile phase Identification of compounds

NMR (C13 and H1) was recorded (Figure15 and 16) Mass was determined as 210 Da It had a melting point of 169ordmC (Figure17) and optical rotation of 1397 The IR was also taken for the compound (Figure18) The compound was identified as Cyclo (pro-leu) (Figure19) based on the above spectral analysis

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 71

Figure15 C13 NMR of Cyclo (pro-leu)

Figure16 H1 NMR of Cyclo (pro-leu)

Figure17 Melting point of Cyclo (pro-leu)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 72

Figure18 FTIR of Cyclo (pro-leu)

Figure19 General Structure Structure of Cyclo (pro-leu) Antimicrobial activity of compound Table 4 Antimicrobial activity of Compound against test organisms Discussion

The entomopathogenic bacteria associated with the EPN of Rhabditis (Oscheius) species isolated from Bangalore Electronic City Karnataka was used in this study This bacterium was found to have 99 sequence similarity with Comamonas testosteroni CNB-2 complete genome (Accession No CP001220) The sequences obtained in this study have been assigned in the

Microorganism Zone diameter(mm)

Bsubtilis 23 S aureus 19 A flavus 20 Foxysporum 16 Rsolani 13

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 73

NCBI GenBank under the accession number HQ200410 The 16s rDNA sequencing is the most trusted and widely used method in bacterial identification Among the three fractions the ethyl acetatedichloromethane was obtained in pure form Based on NMR FTIR and mass spectra the structure was elucidated and it was identified as a derivative of diketopiperazine (DKPs) The compound is identified as Cyclo (Pro-leu)

DKPs have received continuous interest because of their spectrum of pharmacological activities and are used as antibiotics synthetic vaccines and in cancer chemotherapy (Funabashi et al 1994)

It is the first time that the Diketopiperazine derivative ie Cyclo (pro-leu) has been isolated purified and identified from this nematode-bacterium system Both the TLC and HPLC methods were applied to the analysis of the bioactive compounds obtained from the symbiotic bacterial isolate BEC The compound possessed strong antimicrobial activity This is effective against human pathogenic bacteria and fungi and agriculturally important F oxysporum and R solani The metabolites of the antagonistic bacteria may be developed to an effective antibiotic

Acknowledgement The authors are grateful to the director of Central Tuber Crops Research Institute for providing the facility and financial support References [1] Bauer AW Kirby MM Sherris JC and Truck M 1966 Antibiotic

susceptibility testing by a standardized single disk method Am J Clin Pathol 45 493-496

[2] Funabashi Y Horiguchi T Iinuma S Tanida Sand Harada S 1994 J Antibiot 47 1202-1218

[3] Grewal PS Ehlers R-U and Shapiro-Ilan DI 2005 Nematodes as Biocontrol Agents CABI New York NY

[4] Kaya HK and Gaugler R 1993 Entomopathogenic nematodes Annual Review of Entomology 38 181-206

[5] Khushbu S Suresh W Sudershan G and Aditi K 2016 Analytical characterization of secondary Metabolites from Indian Xenorhabdus Species the symbiotic bacteria of entomopatathogenic nematode (Steinernema spp) as antifungal agent National Academy Science Letters 1-6

[6] Mohandas C Sheela MS Mathews S and Naveen Raj DS 2004 Rhabditis (Oscheious) Spp (NematodaRhabditidae) a new pathogenic nematode of crop pests National Sympo Green Pesticides for insect pest management 51-52

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 74

[7] Park SH and Yu SU 1999 Isolation and identification of a symbiotic bacterium from Steinernema carpocapsae Biotechnology and Bioprocess Engineering 4 12-16

[8] Perez C Paul M and Bazerque P 1990 Antibiotic assay by agar-well diffusion method Acta Biol Med Exp 15 113-115

[9] Rosa JS Bonifassi E Amaral J Lacey LA and Simoes N et al 2000 Natural Occurrence of Entomopathogenic Nematodes (Rhabditida Steinernema Heterorhabditis) in the Azores J Nematol 32 215 -222

[10] Shapiro-Ilan DI Gough DH Piggott SJ and Patterson Fife J 2006 Application technology and environmental considerations for use of entomopathogenic nematodes in biological control Biological Control 38 124-133

[11] Webster J M Chen G and Hu K Li J 2002 Bacterial metabolites In Gaugler R (ed) Entomopathogenic nematology CABI Publishing New York 99-114

[12] White GF 1927 A method for obtaining infective nematode larvae from cultures Science 66 302-303

[13] Woodring JL and Kaya HK 1988 Steinernematid and Heterorhabditid nematodes Hand book of biology and techniques South cooperative Ser Bulletin Arkans Agricultural ExpStn Fayetteville 331 1-30

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 75

A STUDY OF LEARDERSHIP BEHAVIOUR OF SPECIAL EDUCATOR AND GENERAL EDUCATOR IN INCLUSIVE SCHOOL

Deepti Gupta PhD Scholar

Amity Institute of Education Amity University Uttar Pradesh

Lucknow

Prof (Dr) Mala Tandon Professor

Dy Director and Head of Institute Amity Institute of Education

Amity University Uttar Pradesh Lucknow

Abstract Leadership is the most important feature of the organizational structure of any institution In a school the leadership of teacher plays an important role In an inclusive setup both special educators and general educators are leaders as well as teachers Educators are the role models Effective leadership provided by them in the classrooms leads to effective grooming of young children This study was undertaken to investigate the leadership behaviour of special educator and general educator of inclusive school The study was conducted on the sample of 40 educators (20 special educators including remedial teachers and 20 general educators) of inclusive schools The selection of inclusive school was purposive as there are a selective inclusive school in Lucknow district The leadership behaviour scale developed by Dr Asha Hingar (2005) was used to measure the level of leadership behaviour of teachers Keyword- Leadership Behaviour Special Educator General Educator Inclusive School Introduction Leadership is the most important feature of the organizational structure of any institution Alan Keith of Genentech told that ldquoleadership is inevitably about setting up (making) a route for individuals to help with causing something unprecedented to occurrdquo Leaders plays very important role in the effective performance of the school Beginning from decision of goals to achieving them Many researchers have associated leadership with school effectiveness with the leadership Be it the leadership of the Head of the institution of the school or any organization or the leadership of the teacher in the classroom School effectiveness and accomplishment of goals can not being guaranteed in the absence of effective leadership In the view of Bryk Anthony S Gomez Louis M (2010) the role of teachers is very crucial for educational change and effectiveness They are of

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 76

the view that it is the great challenge for the to create a culture of quality that penetrates into the minutest elements processes and systems of any school According to Farris Berg Kim Derkswager Edward (2012)- Teacher leadership not only focuses on the teaching-learning processe in the class but it also involves matters within and outside the school In the school the leadership of the teacher plays an important role Numerous teachers who practice in the leadership position of educators do not consider themselves to be a teacher It is expected that the term leadership for the teacher refers to a formal occupation of a position of obligation for example Principals Headmasters and in-charge They feel that the teaching is not a part of their job Halverson Rich Kelley Garolyn Shaw (2013) said that In general to improve school performance teachers perspective on teacher leadership has been changed Reason behind this is that leadership practice can improve the quality of student learning In an inclusive setup both special educators and general educators are supposed to be leaders as well as teachers The word educator and teachers are used synonymously Keeping this in mind the following study has been undertaken and the influence of the leadership behaviour of special educator and general educator has been studied in the inclusive school setup Concept of Leadership The concept of leadership is not new From earlier time leadership has been a point of interest for the researchers History on leadership indicates shifting to focus on theoretical orientation While the psychological approach of leadership focused the attention on the lsquoLeaderrsquohimself distinguishing him from non leaders the sociological approach to leadership emphasized organizational goals and relationship According to this methodology there is no ldquoLeaderrdquo without the ldquofollowerrdquo Another approach to the concept of leadership is behavioral approach which emphasizes the observed behavior of the leadership in the specific situations The behavior of leader according to this approach varies widely from one situation to another Leadership among educators- Educators are the role models Effective leadership provided by them in the classrooms leads to effective grooming of young children (special and normal) The approach adopted by educators as leaders makes a difference in the learning of children who have a tendency to follow their teachers as leaders People who are trained and are qualified to be educators are expected to become effective teachers Such teachers when interested with additional responsibilities of holding leadership forget that they are already leaders of their class working as teachers and role models They succumb to the glories of their designations as lsquoPrincipals lsquoHeadmasterrsquo or lsquoInchargersquo forgetting that primary role and

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 77

responsibilities as teachers They gradually give up teaching and direct interaction with the student for which they were initially recruited and hang to their glorified status Thereby seeking their responsibilities very easily and causing national loss and educational damage not only to themselves but for the institution they are working in The management should ensure that such leaders need to stay connected in classroom then only they will know the actual need of the children Thus in the present study researchers took teachers educators as leaders Objective of the study The objectives of the present study are as follows

To find out- 1 Difference between the leadership behavior of female special educator and

female general educator of inclusive school 2 Difference between the leadership behaviour of male special educator and

male general educator of inclusive school 3 Difference between the leadership behaviour female special educator and

male general educator of inclusive school 4 Difference between the leadership behaviour of male special educator and

female general educator of inclusive school Note- in present study remedial teacher is also considered as a special educator since they have done diploma and have experience of 5 years and above Hypothesis

There is- no significance difference in the leadership behaviour of - 1 Female special educator and general educator of inclusive school 2 Male special educator and male general educator of inclusive school 3 Female special educator and male general educator of inclusive school 4 No significance difference between male special educator and female

general educator of inclusive school Review of related literature- NEA (The National Education Association) (2011) portray instructor pioneers as experienced proficient who have earned of their students and associates and have picked up a lot of aptitudes that empowers them to work successfully and cooperatively with partners They work intimately with principals who have been prepared to create and execute viable systems of help for teachers and teacher leaders Teachers as leaders are those who need to remain firmly associated with the classroom and students however are eager to accept new obligations that

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 78

afford them leadership authority in or outside the classroom while remain teaching as a full or part-timerdquo Dozier T (2009) mentioned that many research show that in order to stay in the occupation teachers the need to participate in basic leadership activities at the school and region level A strong and positive culture in the sschool cultivates cooperation and successful correspondence proficient opportunities that incorporate profession teamwork opportunities leading to innovation in-depth opinion and support from organizations and associates time set aside for uniform coordinated efforts and reasonable pay and a separated pay structure which incorporates remunerating exceptional execution gaining new information and aptitude which help students in their learning process Kolderie (2014) emphasizes ldquoIf teachers can control what is important for student achievement teachers will acknowledge responsibility for student achievementrdquo NET 2011 In leadership role teachers work in partnership with principals and other school administration by supporting them to improve instructions and encouraging peers to improve their learning outcomes By this teachers as leaders support school leaders (Principals) in promoting new features and establishing cultures of success in school Leadership of teachers can neither be viable nor fruitful without the support of principals however neither can the principal expand his or her performance without tackling the talents and ability of teachers in leadership roles Methodology The population constitutes of all the special educator and general educator of inclusive school of Lucknow district The teachers belong to different socio-cultural groups and to both genders Sampling technique The researcher used purposive sampling technique as there are few inclusive schools in Lucknow district Sampling The total sample consists of 40 teachers from inclusive schools 20 teachers are special educators (teachers) and 20 general educators were selected From the 20 special educators 10 females and 10 males were part of the study (male teachers are remedial teachers who have done diploma in special education and have experience of 3-5 years and more) 10 are female and 10 are male comprised of 20 general educator Variable of the study In the present study leadership behaviour was the only variable

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 79

Tool used Leadership Behaviour Scale (LBS) which was developed by DrAsha Hingar professor Department of Psychology University of Rajasthan Jaipur LBS has five point likert type scale consisting 30 items based on six dimension of leaderrsquos effectiveness focusing on positive and constructive dimension- Emotion Stabilizer (ES) Team Builder (TB) Performance Orientor (PO) Potential Extractor (PE) Socially Intelligent (SI) and Value Inculcator (VI) Scoring Procedure The responses of the respondent were rated on a five point scale viz Always Usually Sometimes Rarely Never Score five being assigned to lsquoAlwaysrsquo four to lsquoUsuallyrsquo three to lsquoSometimesrsquo two for lsquoRarelyrsquo and one to lsquoNeverrsquo Statistical techniques used- mean SD and t-value was calculated to analysis the data Analysis and Interpretation of Data Testing of Hypothesis To fulfill the objectives in the study hypothesis were formulated and tested 1 Comparison of leadership behaviour of female special educator and

female general educator of inclusive school was done (Hypothesis 1) To test hypothesis 1 t-test were used and the following results were obtained (table 1)

Table 1 shows that the calculated t-value (086) at 005 level of significance and df =18 is less than table value(210) Therefore the null hypothesis (H1) is

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 80

accepted Thus there is no significant difference in the leadership behaviour of female special educator and female general educator of inclusive school Further table 1 also shows that there is no significant difference in the different dimension viz emotional stabilizer team builder performance orientor potential extractor socially intelligent and value inculcator of leadership behaviour of female special educator and female general educator of inclusive school

2 Comparison between the leadership behaviour of male special educator and male general educator of inclusive school

After testing hypothesie 2 following result were obtained (table 3)

From the above table 2 shows that the calculated t-value (202) at 005 level of significance and df= 18 is less than the tablevalue (210) Therefore accepting the null hypothesis (H2) is accepted Thus there is no significant difference in the leadership behaviour of male special educator and male general educator of inclusive school From the above table no significant difference is found in the different dimension- emotional stabilizer team builder performance orientor potential extractor socially intelligent and value inculcator of male special educator and male general educator of inclusive school 3 Comparison between the leadership behaviour of female special

educator and male general educator of inclusive school

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 81

To test hypothesis 3 t-test were used and the following results were obtained (table 3)

Table 3 shows that the calculated t-value (202) at 005 level of significance and df= 18 is less than the table value (210) therefore the null hypothesis (H3) is accepted Thus iy is clear from the above table that there is no significant difference in the leadership behaviour of female special educator and male general educator of inclusive school It is also clear that there is no difference in the different dimension of leadership behaviour of female special educator and male general educator of inclusive school

4 Comparison between the leadership behaviour of male special

educator and female general educator of inclusive school

Table 4 shows the calculated t-value (202) at 005 level of significant and df =

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 82

18 is less than the table value (210) Therefore the null hypothesis (H4) is accepted As the calculated value of dimension- emotional stabilizer team builder performance orientor potential extractor socially intelligent and value inculcator is 075 116 067 022 136 and 083 respectively at 005 level of significant and df= 18 is less than the table value (210) so it is clear that there is no significant difference between the leadership behaviour of male special educator and female general educator of inclusive school Discussion and result The above findings shows that no significant difference was found between the leadership behaviour of female special educator and female general educator of inclusive school male special educator and male general educator of inclusive school female special educator and male general educator of inclusive school male special educator and female general educator of inclusive school The purpose of this study was to describe the exiting patterns of leadership behaviour of special and general educators of inclusive school at district level It is obvious that leadership behaviour of different inclusive school could be differ as they come from the different environment set up have different attitudes perceptions values and different personality The perceive the problems of their selection in their own unique way But in this study it was observed that there is no difference in the leadership behaviour of special educator and general educator of different inclusive school Both types of teachers (special and general educators) of different inclusive school were capable of providing emotional stability to their students They have an absence of prejudices and it was found that they were managing the emotion of self and others The special educator and general educator and general educator of different inclusive schools were in proper alliance and with clear communication with the other teachers students and parents It was also noted that the special educator and general educator of different inclusive school possess a team spirit and they avoid unhealthy competition among the students for better achievement Both educators focus on overall development along with utilizations of skills and abilities of students It was also found that both special and general educators were capable of exploring and channelizing the latent potentialities in a proper manner Thus the special educator and general educator of different inclusive school possess high effective leadership behaviour Conclusion The present study shows that both special educator and general educator work in coordination in inclusive schools They take their responsibilities in the classroom with sincerity and dedication and provide effective leadership and support system for each other Thereby from this we may conclude that in

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 83

schools it would be important to have special educator along with general educators so that the overall upliftment of the quality of teaching and students is ensured References 1 Bryk Anthony S Gomez Louis M 2010 Getting Ideas into Action

Building Networked Improvement Communities in Education Frontiers in Sociology of Education Springer Publishing

2 Farris-Berg Kim Dirkswager Edward J 2012 Trusting Teachers with School Success What Happens When Teachers Call the Shots Rowman amp Littlefield Publishers

3 Halverson Rich Kelley Carolyn Shaw Jim 2013 Comprehensive Assessment of Leadership for Learning Formative Assessment for School-Wide Improvement Submitted as a conference paper for the 2013 Annual Conference of the University Council for Education Administration

4 NEA 2011 Teacher Leader Model Standards Teacher Leadership Exploratory Consortium ltlthttpw wwneaorg assetsdo csTeach erLeaderModelStandards2011pdfgtgt

5 Kolderie (2014) Teaching as a Leadership The Highly Effective Teacherrsquos Guide to Closing the Achievement Gap

6 Dozier T (2007) Turning good teachers into great teachers Educational Leadership65(1) 54-55

7 Kolderie Ted 2014 The Split Screen Strategy Improvement + Innovation How to Get Education Changing the Way Successful Systems Change Beaverrsquos Pond Press Edina MNltlthttpw wweduca tionevo lvingorgpdfBook-Innovation-Plus-Improvementpdfgtgt p 135

8 Hingar A (1984) Leader Behaviour Scale National Psychological CorporationAgra 7

9 Hingar A (1984) Manual for Leader Behaviour Scale National Psychological Corporation Agra

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 84

PROCESS VALIDATION INCREASING EFFECTIVENESS AND SAFETY OF THE DRUG PRODUCTS

Dhruvi Siyola Dr Pragnesh Patani Dr Nishkruti Mehta

A-one Pharmacy College Naroda Ahmedabad

Abstract Quality assurance techniques must be used in pharmaceutical industry process validation performs this task ensuring that the process does what it purports to do Processes Validation is important for process design elements and maintaining process control during commercialization and communicate that process validation is an on-going program and align process validation activities with product lifecycle It is also a regulatory requirement The purpose of this review to cover need of process validation principle of process validation types of process validation phase of process validation strategy for process validation

Keywords-Process validation Process control Regulatory requirement

Introduction The process of drug development involves drug discovery laboratory testing animal studies clinical trials and regulatory registration To increase the effectiveness and safety of the drug product after approval many regulatory agencies such as the United States Food and Drug Administration (FDA) also require that the drug product be tested for its identity strength quality purity and stability before it can be released in industrial market for use For this reason pharmaceutical validation and process

controls are important in spite of the problems that may be encountered [1]

The concept of validation was first proposed by two Food and Drug Administration officials Ted Byers and Bud Loftus in the mid 1970rsquos in order to improve the quality of pharmaceuticals [2]

PROCESS VALIDATION The word validation means ldquoassessment of validation or action of proving effectivenessrdquo The collection and evaluation of data from the process design stage throughout production which establishes scientific evidence that a process is capable of consistently delivering quality products is known as Process

Validation[3]

WHY IS VALIDATION REQUIRED In pharmaceutical industry expensive materials sophisticated facilities amp equipment and highly qualified personnel are used The efficient use of these resources is needed for the continued growth of the industry The cost of product failures rejects reworks and recalls complaints are the significant parts of the total production cost If we want to control failure and improve productivity as well as Quality then Detailed study and

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 85

control of the manufacturing process and validation is necessary The pharmaceutical industries are concerned about validation because of the following factors

1 Assurance of quality 2 Cost reduction 3 Government regulation [45]

Validation is establishing documented evidence which provides a high degree of assurance that a specific system will consistently produce a product meeting its predetermined specifications and quality attributes Principle for process validation[111213141516171819]

1Installation Qualification (IQ) The process or equipment meets all specifications is installed correctly and all required components and documentation needed for continued operation are installed and in place Design features of equipment (material of construction cleanability) Equipment Installation conditions (wiring utility functionality etc) Calibration preventative maintenance cleaning schedules Safety features Supplier documentation prints drawings and manuals Documented Software Environmental conditions of the manufacturing area (such as clean room 2Operational Qualification (OQ)Check whether The process or equipment are operating correctly Operational qualification (OQ) should follow Installation qualification Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 86

Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material 1 Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) 2 Software parameters 3 Specifications of raw material 4 Operating procedures for the process 5 Material handling requirements 6 Material handling requirements 7 Training 3Performance Qualification (PQ)Check whether the process or equipment performs as intended in a completion of Installation qualification and Operational qualification PQ

PQ considerations include Actual product and process parameters and procedures established in OQ bullAcceptability of the product 1Actual product and process parameters and procedures established in PQ 2 Acceptability of the product 3 Assurance of process capability as established in PQ 4 Process repeatability long term process stability 4Re ndash Qualification This formal review should include consideration of re-qualification of the equipment Minor changes or changes having no direct effect on final or in-process product quality should be handled through the documentation system of the preventive maintenance program[5]

Based on the stage of the production lifecycle at which process validation is performed it can be of four types[2021222325] 1 Prospective Validation This type of validation is performed before production during a productrsquos development stage A risk analysis is performed to assess the production process by breaking it down

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 87

into separate steps These are individually evaluated and based on past experience the likelihood of each one leading to critical situations is determined[6] Once yoursquove identified the critical sub-processes these are the steps you should follow Evaluate individual risk for each one Investigate and assess o Potential causes o Probability of situations arising o The extent of their effects Draw up the trial plans Set priorities for the validation After this you can begin with the trials and make an over assessment Prospective validation is essential for limiting the risk of quality lapses and errors occurring during the actual production[7] 2 Concurrent Validation You should monitor the first three batches produced on a production-scale as closely as possible The data gathered through this step can provide an in-depth detail of the fundamentals which greatly impacts the effectiveness of concurrent validation Together with comprehensive trend analysis which includes other aspects like stability you should perform concurrent validation throughout a productrsquos life to whatever extent it is needed[89] 3 Retrospective Validation It involves examining the past experiences of the process and evaluating the final control tests This evaluation is done while assuming that the procedures composition and equipment remains unchanged To determine how well the process parameters adhere to the permissible range you can also conduct a trend analysis Retrospective validation should not be considered a one of quality assurance measure rather it should be performed only in certain circumstances like when yoursquore introducing validation requirements for the first time It is more useful for establishing priorities for validation so avoid this technique for new products or processes[10]

4 Revalidation

Revalidation is essential for ensuring that any changes made to the process or its environment have not resulted in adverse effects on product quality or process characteristics It can be divided into two sub-types Revalidation after Changes ndash Whenever yoursquove introduced any new elements

in the manufacturing process revalidation needs to be performed to ascertain their effects There can be a number of changes in the manufacturing or standard operating procedures that impact product quality These can be Changes in Starting Materials ndash Changes in physical attributes can alter the mechanical properties of compounds and materials which can consequently have adverse effects on the product or the process Changes in Packaging Material ndash If you switch packaging materials you may also be forced to make changes to the procedures followed during packaging which can impact product stability

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 88

Changes in Process ndash Any time you alter the manufacturing process the subsequent steps can be affected and thereby the product quality too Changes in Equipment ndash Repairs maintenance and replacement of key components is unavoidable but be sure to assess whether quality is affected and how much Changes in Support System or Production Area ndash Rearrangement of support systems or production areas can also affect product quality especially critical systems like ventilation VALIDATION PROTOCOL[242526] The validation protocol should be numbered signed and dated and should contain as a minimum the following information Title Objective amp Scope Responsibility Protocol Approval Validation Team Product Composition Process Flow Chart Manufacturing Process Review of Equipments Utilities Review of Raw Materials and Packing Materials Review of Analytical and Batch Manufacturing Records Review of Batch Quantities for Validation (Raw Materials) Review of Batch Quantities for Validation (Packing Materials) HSE Requirements Review of Process Parameters Validation Procedure Sampling Location Documentation Acceptance Criteria Summary Conclusion The Three Stages of Process Validation The definition of Process Validation from the FDA is as follows ldquoThe collection and evaluation of data from the process design stage through commercial production which establishes scientific evidence that a process is capable of consistently delivering quality productsrdquo[3031]

The Three Stages of Process Validation are

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 89

Stage 1 ndash Process Design Stage 2 ndash Process Qualification Stage 3 ndash Continued Process Validation Stage 1 ndash Process Design[32]

This is the research and development phase and involves defining a process for manufacturing the product It usually includes the following Creation of a Quality Target Product Profile (QTPP) Identifying Critical Quality Attributes (CQAs) Defining Critical Process Parameters (CPPs) Defining Critical Material Attributes (CMAs) Conducting risk assessments From a regulatory point of view an essential component of this stage is meticulous and comprehensive record keeping That said the collection and evaluation of data as part of this Process Validation stage also has business benefits too This is because you can use the data to optimise your production process create efficiencies and troubleshoot problems Stage 2 ndashProcess Qualification[3334]

This stage evaluatesqualifies the process designed earlier to ensure it can reproduce consistent and reliable levels of quality It involves collecting and evaluating data on all aspects and stages of the manufacturing process This includes The building and facilities ie ensuring they adhere to local regulations as well as pharmaceutical manufacturing regulations The transportation of raw materials Storage of raw materials The knowledge training and working practices of production line employees Every step of the process to turn raw materials into the finished product This includes having pre-defined sampling points at various stages of the process Finished product packaging storage and distribution Another useful component of this stage of Process Validation is to develop contingency plans for situations where things go wrong Stage 3 ndash Continued Process Verification Continued Process Verification involves ongoing validation during production of the commercial product to ensure the process designed and qualified in the previous stages continues to deliver consistent quality One of the main aims of this stage is to detect and resolve process drift The stage involves product sampling analysis and verification at various points in the manufacturing process and requires the involvement of employees with quality control training Again comprehensive record-keeping is required at this stage including logging anomalies and issues with product quality

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 90

Reason Why Process validation that increasing safety of drug product[2829]

1 Simple process 2 Moisture sensitive and heat sensitive product 3 Consistent through output 4 Reduction in rejection and rework 5 Fewer complaints about process related failure 6 Reduce testing in process and finished goods 7 Easier scale-up from development work 8 Easier maintenance of equipment 9 28More rapid and accurate investigation of process deviation 10 Increase confidence about process reproducibility and product quality 11 Improve employee awareness of process

Conclusion It is necessary before approval of a new drug that an accurate and reliable assessment for its effectiveness and safety for the intended indication and target patient population is demonstrated Validation is the key element in assuring that quality goals are met References 1 Sharp JR The Problems of Process ValidationPharm J 1986 143-5 2httpenwikipediaorgwikivalidation(drugmanufacture) Dated20th september 2011 3US Department of human and health services Food and Drug Administration Center for drug evaluation and research (CDER) Center for biologics evaluation and research (CBER) Center for veterinary medicine (CVM) Guidance for industry Process Validation General principles and practices 2008 4Patel C Desai D G Seth AK Process validation of artemether and lumefantrine 80480 mg tablet Pharma Science Monitor 6(1) 233-243 (2015) 5 Patel C Desai D G Seth AK Process validation of artemether and lumefantrine 80480 mg tablet Pharma Science Monitor 6(1) 233-243 (2015) 6Recommendations on Validation Master Plan Installation and Operational Qualification Non-Sterile Process Validation Cleaning Validation PICS September 2007 7 Guidelines for Process Validation of Pharmaceutical Dosage Form ndash Saudi Food amp Drug Authority Version 2 February 1992 8 FDA Guide on APIs 1998 48 PIC Guide 1999 32 Gold Sheet 1996 9Chaitanyakumar G Rout RP Ramtake S Bhattacharya S Process Validation The Indian Pharmacist 2005 14-19 10 Elsie Jatto Augustine and O Okhamafe An Overview of Pharmaceutical Validation andProcess Controls in Drug Development Tropical Journal of Pharmaceutical Research December 2002 1 (2) 115-122

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 91

11 Requirements for the Registration of Pharmaceu- ticals for Human Use Geneva ICH-QZA 1995 12 Health Canada Health Products and Food Branch Inspectorate Validation Guidelines for Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms (GUI ndash 0029) December 2009 13 Donald M lsquoVector Corporationrsquo 14 FDA Presentation lsquoICH Q7A GMP Guidancefor API and its use DuringInspectionsrsquolsquohttpwwwfdagovcdrmeetingICH_Q7Aindexhtm 2002 15Nassani Mowafak ldquoCleaning Validation in the Pharmaceutical Industryrdquo Institute of Validation Technology 38 16Shah DH QA Manual 1-7 17Alcock P and Motise P FDA statement Human Drug cGMP Notes 18GMP training Organization websites [httpgmptrainingcomnewshtml] 19 Donald M Rosendale lsquoValidation group managerrsquoVector corporation validation of Pharmaceutical Process Equipment 20 Sharma S Khurana G Gupta R A review on pharmaceutical validation and its implications Indian Journal of Pharmaceutical and Biological Research 1(3) 100-104 (2013) 21 Ojha A Bharkatiya M Santosh K Pharmaceutical process validation of solid dosage forms a review World Journal of Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Sciences 3(6) 476-484 (2014) 22 Pandita R Rana AC Seth N Introduction and general overview of pharmaceutical process validation review International Research Journal of Pharmacy 3(6) 60- 64 (2012) 23 Ahir K B Singh K D Yadav S P Patel H S Poyahari C B Overview of validation and basic concepts of process validation Scholars Academic Journal of Pharmacy 3(2) 178-190 (2014) 24 Ch Sandhya Brahmaiah B Pusuluri D L S Konkipudi V S Process validation an essential process in pharmaceutical industry International Journal of Advances in Scientific Research 1(4) 179-182 (2015) 25 Health Canada Health Products and Food Branch Inspectorate Validation Guidelines forPharmaceutical Dosage Forms (GUI ndash 0029) December 2009 26 Guide to Inspections of Oral Solid Dosage Forms prepost Approval Issue for Development and Validation issue (194) January 2010 27 Rockville MD Guideline on General Principles of Process Validation US Food and Drug Administration US FDA 1987 28 Alam S Pharmaceutical Process Validation An Overview J Advanced Pharm Edu Res 2012 2(4) 185-200 29Ajay S Seema S International Journal of Research in Pharmacy and Science Int J Res Pharm Sc 201312 30Kathiresan K Moorthi C Prathyusha Y Gade B R Reddy B K Manavalan R An overview of pharmaceutical validation Research Journal of Pharmaceutical Biological and Chemical Sciences ISSN 0975-8585 October ndash December 2010 RJPBCS 1(4)1026 31 Kathiresan K Moorthi C Prathyusha Y Gade B R Reddy B K Manavalan R An overview of pharmaceutical validation Research Journal of Pharmaceutical

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 92

Biological and Chemical Sciences ISSN 0975- 8585 October ndash December 2010 RJPBCS 1(4)1026 32ICH Q7A Good Manufacturing Practices Guideline for Active Pharmaceutical Ingredient 2001 33 Guidance for Industry Process Validation General Principles and Practices US Department of Health and Human Services Food and Drug Administration Centre for Drug Evaluation and Research (CDER) Centre for Biologics Evaluation and Research (CBER) Centre for Veterinary Medicine (CVM) January 2011 34 ASTM E2709-10 Standard Practice for Demonstrating Capability to Comply with a Lot Acceptance Procedure 35 FDArsquos guidance for industry Quality Systems Approach to Pharmaceutical Current Good Manufacturing Practice Regulations 36 Guidelines for Process Validation of Pharmaceutical Dosage Form ndash Saudi Food amp Drug Authority Version 2 February 1992 37 ASTM E2281-03 Standard Practice for Process and Measurement Capability Indices Operating procedures for the process

Material handling requirements Process change control Training

Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 93

Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 94

व ीकरण क दौर म फ़ल रह ह द

ज मोहन राव शोधाथ ह द वभाग

आ व व ालय वशाखप टणम

आ दश

भारत क असली ताकत हद भाषा ह आम बोलचाल क हद तानी हद को दश क आधी स अिधक जनस या बोलती समझती ह विभ न भाषा-भा षय क बीच अिधकतर हद ह सवाद सत का काम करती ह

यवसाय क स दख तो बाजार बकन वाली व त क ताकत को दखता ह

हद भाषा म वह ताकत ह यह कारण ह क आज सवािधक व ापन भी हद म आत ह

इटरनट और सोशल मी डया पर भी हद का भाव बढ़ रहा ह अब कई सॉ टवयर और हाडवयर अतिनिमत हद यिनकोड क स वधा क साथ

आ रह ह

व ीकरण बाजार करण और सचना ाित क इस दौर म त ण बदलत व क प र य क बीच हद भाषा एक नए जोश क साथ उभर रह ह आज भारत व क अथजगत म महाश बनकर उभर रहा ह व क सवािधक श शाली मान जान वाल दश अम रका क पव रा पित बराक ओबामा तो अपन दश क नाग रक को कई बार हद सीखन क सलाह द चक ह य क उ ह भी लगता ह क भारत एक उभरती हई व श ह और भ व य म हद सीखना अिनवाय होगा भारत क असली ताकत हद भाषा ह आम बोलचाल क हद तानी हद को दश क आधी स अिधक जनस या बोलती

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 95

समझती ह विभ न भाषा-भा षय क बीच अिधकतर हद ह सवाद सत का काम करती ह

हद भाषा म वह ताकत ह यह कारण ह क आज सवािधक व ापन भी हद म आत ह इटरनट और सोशल मी डया पर भी हद का भाव बढ़ रहा ह अब कई सॉ टवयर और हाडवयर अतिनिमत हद यिनकोड क स वधा क साथ आ रह ह इसस हद क तकनीक सम याए लगभग समा हो गई ह अब समय ह क सभी इटरनट यो ा रोमन िल प म हद िलखन क बजाय दवनागर म ह हद िलख अिधकाश बड़ सचार कपिनय को हद म बड़ा उपभो ा बाजार दख रहा ह जसस व हद तकनीक पर सभी स वधाए दान कर रह ह भारतीय यवा ldquoय यबrdquo पर सवािधक 93 ितशत वी डयो हद म दखत ह

हद पर तरह स स म और समथ भाषा ह इसक सबस बड़ वशषता तो यह ह क इस जस बोला जाता ह वसा ह िलखा भी जाता ह यानी हद भाषा पर तरह स विन और उ चारण आधा रत भाषा ह यह खबी व क अ य कसी भी भाषा म नह ह अ जी स हत व क अ य भाषाओ क िलखन और बोल जान म काफ अतर होता ह हद भाषा का ज म स कत भाषा स हआ ह व ािनक ारा स कत और हद भाषा को विन व ान और दरसचार तरग क मा यम स अत र और अ य अ ात

स यताओ को सदश भज जान क िलए भी सवािधक उपय पाया गया ह

कछ वष पव तक हद को गवार जा हल और कम पढ़-िलख लोग क भाषा माना जाता था ल कन व ीकरण और बाजार करण क इस दौर म यह सोच तजी स बदल रह ह भारत का कॉरपोरट जगत मजबर म ह सह हद को हाथ -हाथ वीकार कर रहा ह भारत म उपभो ा व तओ क वह बाजार को आज अनदखा करना असभव ह वदशी कपिनय क िलए भारतीय बाजार क खलन क साथ ह कई बहरा ीय कपिनय न भारत म पदापण कया वपणन माक टग और यापार म भारतीय स कह यादा मा हर इन कपिनय का यह अनभव था क कसी भी दश म वहा क भाषा स कित और जायका

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 96

जान बना अपन पाव जमाना आसान नह ह ऐस म इन कपिनय न अपन उ पाद को भारतीय ज रत क हसाब स ढालकर पश कया अपन उ पाद क वपणन क िलए इन कपिनय न हद भाषा को चना य क यह भाषा सबस बड़ ल य समह तक पहचती ह

ट इ डयन िम डल लास स सबध रखन वाल इस बाजार म 50 ितशत स अिधक लोग या तो हद भाषी ह या दसर भाषा क तौर पर हद

का योग करत ह ऐस म यह एक सकन दन वाला समाचार ह क हद भाषा का भारत म ह नह ब क समच व म व तार हो रहा ह यहा हद स पयाय सा ह य क किल भाषा स नह ह ब क आम बोलचाल क भाषा स ह जसका उपयोग आज का मी डया खलकर कर रहा ह ऐस म हद क कछ परोकार बदलत सा कितक प र य म भाषा क बदलत बगड़त व प क ित िचितत भी दखाई द रह ह ल कन इस बीच यह भी प हो रहा ह क हद को अ जी स सीध तौर पर कोई खतरा नह दखाई दता आज यापार को व तार क िलए हद का दामन थामना पड़ रहा ह और हद बाज़ार क साथ आग बढ़ रह ह

मी डया और व ापन म हद का योग बहत अिधक बढ़ा ह हाला क इसका उ य हद क सवा कदा प नह ह ब क बहरा ीय और दशी कपिनय क नजर हद भाषी उपभो ाओ क एक बड़ बाजार पर ह पछल एक हजार वष स अिधक समय स भारत म हद का यापक उपयोग होता आ रहा ह अप श स ारभ हआ हद का रचना ससार आज प रप वता क चरम पर ह हद भाषा अनक प म आचिलक और थानीय बोिलय क प म भी चिलत ह अ ज क भारत आगमन स पव ह हद न अपनी जड़ समच

भारतीय उपमहा प म जमा द थी उस समय का भारत आज क ह तरह व यापार का एक मह वपण भागीदार था इसिलए इस दश क जनता क साथ काय यवहार करन क िलए हद का समिचत ान होना आव यक था

भारतीय स वधान म हद को राजभाषा बनान का उपबध 14 िसतबर 1949 को जोड़ा गया था इसिलए हर साल 14 िसतबर को हद दवस क प

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 97

म मनाया जाता ह 26 जनवर 1950 को स वधान क लाग होन क साथ ह स वधान क अन छद 343 क उपबध एक क अतगत दवनागर िल प म िलखी जान वाली हद को भारतीय सघ क राजभाषा का दजा दया गया हद को राजभाषा का दजा तो द दया गया ल कन इसी अन छद क उपबध तीन म यह ावधान कया गया क राजभाषा हद क साथ-साथ अ जी को अगल 15 वष

तक सहभाषा क प म जार रखन का अिधिनयम दश क ससद बना सकती ह बाद म 1967 म त कालीन धानम ी इ दरा गाधी न राजभाषा अिधिनयम म सशोधन कर अ जी को अिन तकाल क िलए भारत क सहभाषा बना दया यह उपबध हद क वकासपथ पर एक बहत बड़ा रोड़ा सा बत हआ और आज भी क और कई रा य का कामकाज अ जी म ह चल रहा ह

राजनीितक इ छाश क अभाव म और वाद क कारण हद को पया शासक य सर ण ा नह हो सका रह -सह कसर दश क दश क अ जी पर त नौकरशाह न पर कर द ए ज ह न अ जी को ह रा भाषा क तरह गल लगाया हद भाषा अ जी और चीनी क बाद व म सवािधक सार वाली तीसर भाषा ह हाला क व तार क कोण स दख तो अ जी

क बाद हद सबस वशाल म बोली जान वाली भाषा ह दिनया क 150 स अिधक व व ालय म हद भाषा पढ़ाई जाती ह हजार क स या म वदशी छा हद सीख रह ह और भारत क कई िश क भी वदश म हद को व तार दन क पनीत काय म जी-जान स जट ह आशा ह क आन वाल समय म हद गवार जा हल और कम पढ़-िलख क भाषा होन क अिभषाप स पर तरह स म हो जाएगी

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 98

QUERCETIN AS AN ANTIUROLITHIATIC DRUG AGAINST ETHYLENE GLYCOL INDUCED CALCULI IN MALE RATS

G Subashini PhD scholar

Department of Biochemistry DKM College Vellore

Tamil Nadu India

Hebsibah Elsie B Asst Professor

Department of Biochemistry DKM College for Women Vellore

Asha S Asst Professor

Department of Biochemistry DKM College for Women Vellore

ShobaK Asst Professor

Department of Biochemistry DKM College for Women Vellore

Abstract

Kidney is vital in the maintenance of homeostasis through the excretion of catabolites like urea creatinine and uric acid and elevated concentration of these indicate compromised renal function Due to the presence of kidney stones there is an obstruction to the outflow of urine in urinary system and the glomerular filtration rate (GFR) decreases The data revealed that ethanol extract of leaves of euphorbia hirta have significant inhibitory activity on calcium oxalate crystallization Laboratory investigation of hypercalciuria hyperuricosuria hyperoxaluria cystinuria hypocitraturia renal tubular acidosis urinary tract infection and reduction of urinary volume is based on the results of 24-hr urine collection and a spot urine for urinary sediment culture and pH Blood analysis for creatinine calcium and uric acid must be obtained Current knowledge does not support calcium restriction recommendation because it can lead to secondary hyperoxaluria and bone demineralization Reduction of animal protein and salt intake higher fluid intake and potassium consumption should be implemented Medical treatments involve the use of thiazides allopurinol potassium citrate or other drugs according to the metabolic disturbances The correction of those metabolic abnormalities is the basic tool for prevention or reduction of recurrent stone formation Further the flavonoid compound quercetin had also shown effective anti-urolithiatic activity

Keywords Kidney stones Nephrolithiasis Hypercalciuria Osteopenia Calcium Quercetin Oxalate Introduction The kidneys are two bean-shaped organs in the renal system one of a pair of organs located in the right and left side of the abdomen The kidneys remove waste products from the blood and produce urine As blood flows through the kidneys the kidneys filter waste products chemicals and unneeded water from the blood Urine collects in the middle of each kidney in an area called the renal pelvis It then drains from the kidney through a long tube the ureter to the bladder where it is stored until

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 99

elimination The kidneys also make substances that help control blood pressure and regulate the formation of red blood cells

Urinary calculus (kidney stones) is one of the painful disorders of the urinary tract urolithiasis refers to the solid nonmetallic minerals in the urinary tract It is estimated that 10 of the population in the industrialized areas of the world are affected by urinary tract stone disease with an incidence of 05ndash19In India upper and lower urinary tract stones occur frequently but the incidence depends on regional climatic and socioeconomic conditions (Marshall and Stoller 2004)Approximately 80 are of calcium-containing stones are in the form of pure calcium oxalate (CaOx) (50) or calcium phosphate (1) and a mixture of both (45) and other stones are Struvite (10) uric acid (9) and cystine (1) (Kirtikar and Basu 2005) Among the several types of kidney stones the most common are calcium oxalate stones representing up to 80 of the analyzed stones Although the mechanisms involved in the formation of calcific stones it is generally agreed that urinary lithiasis is a multifaceted process involving a series of events such as supersaturation of urine crystal nucleation aggregation and growth of insoluble particles that are finally retained in the urinary tractTubular cell injury facilitates CaOx crystal formation and deposition in the renal tubules( Pons 2011)

Kidney Stone Inhibitors and Promoters

Inhibitors are substances which decrease the initiation of supersaturation nucleation crystal growth rate of aggregation or any other processes required to stone formation Normally urine contains chemicals that prevent crystal formation Inhibitors in urine includes small organic anions such as citrate small inorganic anions such as pyrophosphates multivalent metallic cations such as magnesium or macromolecules such as osteopontin glycosaminoglycans glycoproteins urinary prothrombin fragment-1 and TammndashHorsfall proteins (Gaitondeacute andJetmalani 2017) These inhibitors do not seem to work equally for everyone therefore some people form stones But if crystals formed remain tiny usually it travels through the urinary tract and passes out from the body with urine splash without being noticed Inhibitors may act either directly by interacting with crystal or indirectly by influencing the urinary environment When inhibitory compounds adsorb onto the surface of the crystal it inhibits nucleation crystal growth aggregation or crystal-cell adherence ( Visavadiya and Narasimhacharya 2005) In contrast promoters are substances which facilitate stone formation by various mechanisms Some of the promoters include cell membrane lipids (phospholipids cholesterol and glycolipids) calcitriol hormone enhancement via parathyroid hormone stimulation] oxalate calcium sodium cystine and low urine volume Among recurrent stone formers urinary oxalate excretion was found to be higher whereas citrate excretion was lower (Joshi et al 2008)Studies indicated that oxalate can increase chloride sodium and water reabsorption in the proximal tubule and activate multiple signaling pathways in renal epithelial cells In general an imbalance between urinary stone inhibitors and promoters has been suggested to be the cause for stone formation (Meeploy et al 2008)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 100

Herbal Therapy The use of plants or plant extracts for medicinal purposes (especially plants that are not part of the normal diet (Gupta et al 2006)Herbal medicine is also called botanical medicine or phytomedicine It is refers to using a plants seeds berries roots leaves bark or flowers for medicinal purposes (Nigam and Sodhi 2014) Herbalism has a long tradition of use outside of conventional medicine It is becoming more mainstream as improvements inanalysis and quality control along with advances in clinical research show the value of herbal medicine in the treating and preventing disease( Vijayakumar et al 2013) Herbs Herbs are any plant or a part of a plant that are used for medicine food flavoring or perfume Herb consists of flower buds bark seeds leaves or any other parts of the plants Examples of herbs are ginsing chamomile basil thyme etc Herbs journals deals with complete details of plants used on medicine used in the maintenance of health as like in the prevention diagnosis improvement and treatment of illnesses( Gupta and Sharma 2006) Quercetin The name quercetin (33457-pentahydroxyflavone) comes from the Latin word ldquoQuercetumrdquo which means Oak Forest belongs to the class called flavonols that cannot be produced in the human bodyIt is yellow color and is poorly soluble in hot water quite soluble in alcohol and lipids and is insoluble in cold water (Fig -115) Quercetin is said to be one of the most widely used bioflavonoids for the treatment of metabolic and inflammatory disorders (Salvamani et al 2014) Occurrence It is one of the most abundant dietary flavonoids found in fruits (mainly citrus) green leafy vegetables as well as many seeds buckwheat nuts flowers barks broccoli olive oil apples onions green tea red grapes red wine dark cherries and berries such as blueberries and cranberries The highest concentrations of flavonols were found in vegetables such as onions and broccoli fruits such as apples cherries and berries and drinks such as tea and red wine ( Sultana and Anwar2008) 3Materials and Methods 31 Exvivo study Plant collection The leaves of Euphorbia hita were collected from vellore district The plant was identified at Euphorbia hita the Botany Department DKM Collage vellore The voucher specimen of the plant was deposited at the college for further reference Preparation of Extracts Leaves of Euphorbia hirta were shade dried and powdered to get coarse granules which were stored in an air tight container in the dark The 25 g of the powder was subjected to continuous extraction in Soxhlet apparatus using absolute ethanol for 7 h The extract was filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to give a viscous mass The

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 101

concentrated crude extracts were stored at 4degC in a refrigerator and used for further study Ex Vivo Turbidity Assay The oxalate crystal inhibition potential of Euphorbia hirta extract and fractions was also carried out in rat plasma to provide the biological environment The plasma sample was diluted with equal volume of calcium chloride and sodium oxalate (60thinspmmolL each) separately Resulting plasma solutions containing either calcium chloride or sodium oxalate were used for nucleation assay The 950thinspμL of plasma containing sodium oxalate (60thinspmmolL) was mixed with 100thinspμL of Euphorbia hirta extractsfractions at the different concentrations (50-100-150thinspμgmL) Crystallization was carried out by adding 950thinspμL of plasma containing calcium chloride (60thinspmmolL) The mixture solution was incubated for 1thinsph and the temperature was maintained at 37degC The OD of the crystallized suspension was measured at 620thinspnm and the inhibition potential was estimated by comparing with control The percentage of aggregation inhibition was then calculated by comparing the turbidity in the presence of the extract with that obtained in the control using formula Percentagethinspthinspofthinspthinspinhibition=(1minusTurbiditysampleTurbiditycontrol)times100 32 In vivo studies Drug administration The reference drug and isolated compounds (quercetin) were administered orally through stainless steel oral feeding tube Sodium CMC 1 of the weight was added to the isolated compounds for preparing the test doses 25 mg and 50 mg body weight orally given for 10 days Animals Eight healthy male Wistar albino rats weighing between 100 and 150 g were used for the study The animals were housed separately in polypropylene cage at temperature of 23 plusmn 2о`C and 50-60 relative humidity with a 12 h lightdark cycle respectively for one week before and during the commencement of experiment Animals were allowed to access standard rodent pellet diet and drinking water The animals were acclimatized for 10 days before experiments commenced The animals were housed in polypropylene cages and maintained under standard laboratory conditions They were fed with standard pellet diet and water ad libitum Experimental design Invivo study Ethylene glycol- induced urolithiasis The male wistar albino rats were divided in four groups each of six animals Group I Control rats - received normal pelleted diet Group II Urolithiasis induced rats - received 075 vv ethylene glycol and 2 ammonium chloride wv in water for 10 days Group III Urolithiasis induced rats received 075 vv ethylene glycol and 2 ammonium chloride wv in water along with quercetin (25 mgkg body weight) by oral administration for subsequent 10days at a rate of 00025 g of body weight rat day Group IV Urolithiasis induced rats received 075 vv ethylene glycol and 2 ammonium chloride wv in water along with quercetin (50mg kg body weight) by oral

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 102

administration for subsequent 10 days at a rate of 0005 g of body weight rat day The drug were given once daily by oral route Assessment of Antiurolithiatic Activity Serum analysis At the end of 11 days of the experimental period rats were sacrificed anaesthetized and blood collected from the retro-orbital region centrifuged at 10000 times g for 10 min The serum was for urea and creatinine using the respective diagnostic kits by a colorimetric method Estimation of biochemical parameters 1Estimation of creatinine (Bonser and Taussky 1945) The concentration of creatinine was estimated in serum and urine by the method of Roscoe (1953) 1 ml of working reagent was added to all eppendorfs 100 μl of serumurine was added for test while in blank purified water was added and mixed well as shown above and allowed to stand at room temperature exactly for 20 minutes The optical density of Blank (B) Standard (S) and Test (T) was measured immediately against purified water at 520 nm 2Estimation of uric acid (Fossati et al 1980 Young et al 1997 Newman et al 1999) 1 ml of uric acid reagent was added to all eppendorfs Thereafter 20 μl urineserum was added for the test while in blank uric acid reagent was added They were then mixed well and incubated at room temperature for 5 min The absorbance was read at 546 nm 3 Estimation of Urea (Young et al 1997) The concentration of urea was estimated in serum and urine by the method as described by Young et al( 1997)

Test tubes were labeled as Blank (B) Standard (S) and Test (T) and serum samples and reagents were added Tubes were mixed well and incubated at 37oC for 5 minutes Absorbance of Standard followed by Test was measured at 578 nm 4Estimation of alanine amino transferase (ALT) activity- Reitman and Frankel (1957) The method of Reitman and Frankel (1957) was followed to determine alanine transaminase activity in serum 1 ml of working reagent was added to all eppendorfs 100 μl of serum was added for testwhile in blank purified water was addedTubes were mixed well and incubated at 37oC for 5 minutes Absorbance of Standard followed by Test was measured at 340nm 4Estimation of aspartate amino transferase (AST) activity- Reitman and Frankel (1957)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 103

The aspartate transaminase (AST) activity was assayed in serum by the method of Reitman and Frankel (1957) 1 ml of working reagent was added to all eppendorfs 100 μl serum was added for test They were mixed well and incubated at room temperature for 2 min and Absorbance of Standard followed by Test was measured at 340nm 5Estimation of alkaline phosphatase (ALP) activity - Malloy and Evelyn (1937) 1 ml of working reagent was added to all eppendorfs 20 μl serum was added for test while in blank purified water was added They were mixed well and absorbance was read at 405 nm The mean absorbance change per minute (ΔA min) was determined Histopathological studies The rats were killed by high doses of ether abdomen was cut opened and the kidneys were removed The abdomen was cut open to remove both kidneys from each animal on 11th day The kidneys were stored in formalin (10) fixed in bouin liquid soaked in paraffin cut at 2ndash3 μm intervals and the slices were stained using hematoxylin and eosin Tissue slices were photographed using optical microscopy under polarized light architecture of the kidney Statistical Analysis Results were expressed in terms of mean plusmn standard error mean Differences among data were determined using one-way ANOVA test followed by Dunnetts multiple comparison test (SPSS Software) and P lt 005 was considered statistically significant The value of probability less than 5 (P lt 005) was considered statically significant 4 RESULTS Exvivo Study In order to provide the biological environment Antiurolithiatic activity of an extract of Euphorbia hirta was carried out in rat in rat serum by Exvivo assay It was found that the ethanol extract was responsible for the inhibition of calcium oxalate crystal formation It was found that ethanol extract showed 7311 of inhibition at 005g and 9632 of inhibition at 010gmWhereas at 015 gm the percentage of inhibition was found to be 9823 99 (Figure 41 ) Thus the percentage of inhibition increases as concentration increases This phenomenon may be due to the presence of copound quercetin which in turn inhibits glycolate oxidase Invivo studies Physical parameters Action of drug on change in body weight At the start of the body weight of the animals in all the animals in all the groups were found to be 10005 plusmn 878 with no significance But after 10 days body weight was found to be significantly lowered in Ethylene glycol induced group (11011 plusmn 59 p value lt 001 ) as compared to normal animals (130688 68)Whereasquercetin at 25 mgbwt (12118 plusmn 86) showed no significance when compared to the control group A

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 104

significance rise in body weight was showen in quercitin (50 mgbwt-12552 plusmn 84 p value lt001) treated groups as compared to Ethylene glycol induced rats(Table 41) Effect on water intake The level of water intake in ethylene glycol induced rats showed a level of 79 plusmn 09 with a significance of plt005 when compared to the control group (1313 plusmn 30)whereas the quercetin administered animals exhibited a decreased intake level of 88 plusmn 08 and 101 plusmn 011 with no significance when compared to induced animals (Table 42)

Figure 41 Effect of different concentration of ethanol extract of leaves of Euphorbia hirta on calcium oxalate crystallization in rat plasma by Exvivo model Bio chemical parameters Action of drugs on creatinine The serum creatinine levels was significantly increase in the nephrolithiatic group (262 plusmn 043 with p value of lt 0001) when compared to all the control groups (125 plusmn 034)Treatment with quercetin showed a significant decrease (plt001) in the creatinine levels in the serum compared to the nephrolithiatic animals with a concentration range of (160 plusmn 037 and 153plusmn035respectively) However in the 25 mg kg bwt quercetin administered group of serum creatinine levels remained lower than the quercetin (50 mgkg bwt) treated group (Table 41 ) Action of drugs on uric acid The serum uric acid levels were significantly higher in the group 2 animals (2345plusmn 00 4 lt005)when compared to the group 1 animals whereas treatment group at both dose (25 and 50 mgkg bwt) showed a significant reduction in the serum uric acid levels (17 plusmn 006 and 13plusmn 004 plt001 respectively) compared to the group 2 animals Among

0

005

01

015

02

005 01 015 O

F IN

HIB

ITIO

N

CONCENTRATION OF ETHANOL EXTRACT

Ex vivo study

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 105

the treated groups quercetin at 50 mgkg b wt showed a better results than 25 mgkg b wt (Table 41) Action of drugs on blood urea nitrogen The effect of the administration of quercetin was assessed on the BUN and the data is represented in Table 41 The ethylene glycol indued group showed an signicant elevation (6015 plusmn34 plt0001)in the BUN values than control group (3145plusmn51) A significant decrease was found in the BUN levels in both the quercetin treated groups 3 and 4 (4089plusmn34 and 3566plusmn51plt005 respectively)On comparison among the quercetin treated groups the higher concentration showed a higher activity Table ndash 41 Alteration in the level of biochemical parameters in various test group in experimental male albino rats

Sno Parameter Group -1

Group -2 Group -3 Group -4

1 Body weight (gm) ndash Initial

10005 plusmn878

10005 plusmn878 10005 plusmn878 10005 plusmn878

Final 130686plusmn 8

11011plusmn 59 12115plusmn 86 12552plusmn 84

2 Water intake (ml)

135plusmn 30 79plusmn 09 88plusmn 08 101plusmn 011

3 Creatinine (mgdl)

125plusmn 034

262plusmn 043 160plusmn 037 153plusmn 035

4 Uric acid (mgdl)

0978plusmn 007

2345plusmn004 17plusmn 006 13plusmn 004

5 BUN (mgdl)

3145plusmn 51

6015plusmn 34 4089plusmn34 3566plusmn51

6 ALT (IUL)

3555plusmn 57

9666plusmn 88 449plusmn 57 4010plusmn 77

7 ALP (IUL)

3222plusmn 42

7822plusmn 72 433plusmn 33 3718plusmn 69

8 AST (IUL)

6823plusmn 74

13042plusmn104 8156plusmn956 7475plusmn 811

Results are expressed as mean plusmn SEM n = 5 indicates p lt 001 indicates p lt 0001 indicates p lt 005 Group 1 - Normal rat Group 2- Ethylene glycol induced rat Group 3- quercetin treated rat (25 mgbwt) Group 4- quercetin treated rat (50 mgb wt) Group II compared with Group I

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 106

Group III and IV compared with Group II Action of drugs on ALT The serum ALT levels in the animals at the end of the experimental regimen was shown in Table 41 There was a significant increase plt001 in the serum ALT levels in the Ethylene glycol induced group (9666 plusmn 88) when compared to the controls group(3555plusmn57)On quercetin administration (Group 3 and 449plusmn57 and 4010plusmn77respectively)there was a significant reduction in serum ALT level as concentration increases when compared to the ethylene glycol All the treated groups showed a significant reduction in serum ALT when compared to the ethylene glycol induced group (plt005 and plt 01 respectively ) Action of drugs on ALP Calculi induced group showed a significant increase in ALP level of 7822 plusmn72 with a significant value of plt005 when compared to the control group (3222 plusmn 42 )In addition group 3 rats showed a significant decreased (433 plusmn 33 p lt005) in the level of ALP when compared to the group 1 rats While group 4 rats revealed a market decreased (3718 plusmn69 plt001) in the activity of enzyme ALP compared to Group 1 rats Among the treated groups Group 4 showed more activity than the Group 3 animals (Table 41 ) Action of drugs on AST On ethylene glycol administration the level of AST (13042 plusmn 104) was found to be remarkedly increased with a significance of p lt 001 compared to normal animals (6823 plusmn 74) However on quercetin administration as treatment drugs (8156 plusmn 956 25 mg kg b wt and 7475 plusmn 8111 50 mg kg b wt) showed a significant decrease (plt005 and plt 001respectively) in the level of AST compared to the ethylene glycol induced animals with a dose dependent activity Thus quercetin shows a concentration dependent activity (Table 41) Histopathological Evaluation of Kidney Liver and Spleen The histopathological evaluation of the kidney of experimental animals was represented in Figure 42 ) Histopathological section of normal control animal kidney revealed no abnormalities like interstitial inflammation and proximal tubules dilation within the renal tissue (Figure 42 a )While Kidney of urolithiasis group animal showed a marked inflammation in the interstitial space of calculi development on continuous administration of the renal tissue along with proximal tubules dilation and deposition of the intratubular and interstitial crystal inside the tubules was a found as a characteristic sign of calculi development on continuing administration of 075 ethylene glycol (vv) (Figure 42 (b) Figures 42(c) and (d) at both quercitine 25 mg and 50 mg treated rats showed a reduced degenerative changes in the kidney tissue like interstitial infiltration of the inflammatory cell and proximal tubules dilation inside the tubules The results revealed that quercetin has a protective effect on kidney liver and spleen as revealed from histopathological results and this supports the therapeutic efficiency of quercetin as an anti ndash urolithiatic drug

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 107

Fig 42 Microscopic images of kidney sections under a light microscope (40x) after hematoxylin and eosin staining from animals of (a) Group -1 (Normal ) (b) Group - 2 (Ethylene glycol induced) (c) Group -3 (Quercetin Treated rats 25mgKg bwt) (d) Group - 4 (Quercetin Treated rats 50 mgKg bwt)

(a) (b)

(c) (d)Fig ndash 43 Microscopic images of Liver sections under a light microscope (40x)

after hematoxylin and eosin staining from animals of (a)Group -1 (Normal ) (b)

Group - 2 (Ethylene glycol induced) (c) Group -3 (Quercetin Treated rats-

25mgKg bwt) (d) Group - 4 (Quercetin Treated rats-50mgKgbwt)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 108

(a) (b)

(c) (d)Fig ndash 44 Microscopic images of Spleen sections under a light microscope (40x)after hematoxylin and eosin staining from animals of (a) Group -1 (normal ) (b)Group ndash 2 (calculi induced group) (c) Group -3 (Quercetin treated group ndash25mgKgbwt) (d) Group- 4 (Quercetin treated rats-50mgKgbwt)

Discussion Kidney is vital in the maintenance of homeostasis through the excretion of catabolites like urea creatinine and uric acid and elevated concentration of these indicate compromised renal function Due to the presence of kidney stones there is an obstruction to the outflow of urine in urinary system and the glomerular filtration rate (GFR) decreases This is also attributed to the rise in tubular pressure caused by renal tubular cell necrosis as a result of intraluminal crystal deposition (Bardaoui et al 2010) Reduction in the GFR leads to accumulation of the waste products particularly nitrogenous substances such as blood urea nitrogen (BUN) creatinine and uric acid in blood and urine (Ghodkar 1994) Urolithiasis or Urinary stone formation in kidney has ever been an annoying urinary disease for human This disease is mainly the result of supersaturation of urine with certain urinary salts such as CaOx and phosphate the most common constituent of kidney stones (Daudon et al 1993) Kidney stone or urolithiasis is a complex process that results from a succession of several physicochemical events including supersaturation nucleation growth aggregation and retention within renal tubules (Atmani et al 2004) Different chemicals used to induced urolithiasis in experimental animals includes ethylene glycol glycolic acid insertion of calcium oxalate crystals in to urinary bladder calculi-producing diet model using Gentamicin and 5 ammonium

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 109

oxalate insertion of zinc disc in to bladder sodium oxalate (Perez et al 1998 Bahuguna et al 2009 Doddola et al 2008) The administration of ethylene glycol in drinking water caused a dose dependent significant reduction in the body weight of rat A significant loss in body weight correlates with the decrease in feed consumption Similar decrease in body weight due to the decrease in the food consumption has also been reported in an earlier study (Ringold et al 2005) A considerable reduction inbody weight and increase in kidney weight in rats was also observed when treated with ethylene glycol in drinking water (Parmar et al 2012) Uric acid concentration highly elevates that causing hyperuricaemia thus leading to associated rise in urinary uric acid (Sakhaee L et al 2002) The superior of crystals of uric acid in CaOx calculi amp uric acid combining proteins are able to combining to CaOx amp regulate crystallization shows its function in calculi formation (Yadav RD et al 2011)An increase in uric acid and associated binding proteins has been shown to play an important role in calcium oxalate crystallisation process (Kalaiselvi et al 1999) Uric acid interferes with calcium oxalate solubility and reduces the inhibitory activity of compounds such as glycosaminoglycans (Divakar et al 2010) In the present study alsowe have observed an elevation in serum and urine uric acid levels in the nephrolithiatic group Acute worsening of renal function due to crystal deposition in the renal tubules results in glomerular dysfunction Renal damage induced by oxidative stress was associated with impaired renal function and a marked increase in serum creatinine calcium urea uric acid and phosphorus (Bhalodia 2010) Histopathological results revealed no serious damage in the hepatic structure and spleen by used concentration The administration of quercetin extract having flavonoids can prevent liver tissue injury in a normal pattern Damaging of liver cells depends on the dose of the extract indicating that our selected dose is appropriate and it can be used for the management of urolithiasis In summary it was demonstrated that B ligulata extract does not have any toxic effect at the mentioned dose(Amer2012) Histopathological evaluation of kidney through microscopic examination showed accumulation of calcium oxalate deposits inside the tubules in calculi-induced animals Marked changes such as dilation of the proximal tubules along with interstitial inflammation were observed in urolithiasis rats The quercitine alone treated significantly decreased the number and size of calcium oxalate deposits in different parts of renal tubules and also reduced damage to the renal tubules quercetin which protect the kidney from oxidative injury by oxalate and crystal deposition Thus Quercetin has the curative effect for the kidney stone formation Conclusion In the present study dried powder of leaves of Euphorbia hirta were subjected to extraction using 70 vv ethanol Ex vivo activity used as a model to study antiurolithiatic potential of ethanol extract using rat plasma From the findings it was found that as the concentration increases from 005 to 015 g the percentage of

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 110

inhibition also found to be increased and this indicates the inhibitory activity of extract towards the calcium oxalate formation The study was extended to evaluate the antiurolithiatic activity of quercetin using ethylene glycol (075) and ammonium chloride (2) induced renal calculi in male albino rats The kidney stone formation induced in rats as a result of 10 days simultaneous administration This was significantly inhibited by oral administration of quercetin at two selected doses (25 and 50 mgkg of body weight) Lithogenic animals showed a marked decrease in body weight and water intake compared to control group while quercetin treatment reversed these changes Induced group of animals showed a significant increase in all the parameters such as serum creatinine uric acid BUN AST ALP ALT levels compared to control group All these changes were brought to near normal level on quercetin administration as a treatment Histopathological changes observed due to ethylene glycol induction also reversed on treatment In conclusion the presented data revealed that ethanol extract of leaves of euphorbia hirta have significant inhibitory activity on calcium oxalate crystallization Further the flavonoid compound quercetin had also shown effective anti-urolithiatic activity Hence it may be concluded that the flavonoid compound quercetin can be used for the treatment of urolithiasis

References bull Abate N Chandalia M Cabo-Chan AV Jr et al The metabolic syndrome and uric

acid nephrolithiasis novel features of renal manifestation of insulin resistance Kidney Int 200465386ndash92

bull Begum AN Terao J Protective effect of quercetin against cigarette tar extract-induced impairment of erythrocyte deformability J Nutr Biochem 200213265ndash72

bull Clarke AM Mckenzie RG Ileostomy and the risk of urinary uric acid stones The Lancet 1969294395ndash7

bull Prasad KVSRG Bharathi K Srinivasan KK Evaluation of Musa (Parasidica Linn Cultivar) Puttubale stems juice for antilithiatic activity in albino rats Indian journal Physiology and Pharmacology 1993 37 337-341

bull Huang HS Ma MC Chen J Chen CF Changes in the oxidant- antioxidant balance in the kidney of rats with nephrolithiasis induced by ethylene glycol Journal of Urology2002 167 2584 2593

bull Atmani F Slimani Y Mimouni M Hacht B Prophylaxis of calcium oxalate stones by Herniaria hirsute on experimentally induced nephrolithiasis in rats British Journal of Urology International 2003 92 137-140

bull AdhiraiM Selvam R Vitamin E pretreatment prevents cyclosporine A-induced crystal deposition in hyperoxaluric rats Nephron 1997 75 77-81

o Huang HS Ma MC Chen J Chen CF Changes in the oxidant- antioxidant balance in the kidney of rats with nephrolithiasis induced by ethylene glycol Journal of Urology2002 167 2584 2593

bull Elias Edwin Jarald Pankaj Kushwah Sheeja Edwin Suhail Asgharand Showkat Ahmad Patni Effect of Unex on ethylene glycol-induced urolithiasis in rats Indian J Pharmacol 2011 Jul-Aug 43(4) 466ndash468

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 111

bull Marshall L Stoller MD Urinary stone disease In Tanagho EA McAninch JW editors Smiths General Urology 16th ed New York McGraw-Hill Lange Medical Books 2004 pp 256ndash91

bull Kirtikar K Basu B 2nd ed vol II International Book Distributors Dehradun 2005 (Indian medicinal plants

bull Pons CA Custer RP Acute ethylene glycol poisoning clinico-pathologic report of eighteen fatal cases Am J Med Sci 2011 211 544ndash52

bull Salvamani S Gunasekaran B Shaharuddin NA Ahmad SA Shukor MY Antiartherosclerotic effects of plant flavonoids Biomed Res Int 2014 2014

bull Blokhina O Virolainen E Fagerstedt KV Antioxidants oxidative damage and oxygen deprivation stress A review Ann Bot 200391179ndash94

bull Sandhar HK Kumar B Prasher S Tiwari P Salhan M Sharma P A review of phytochemistry and pharmacology of flavonoids Int Pharm Sci 2011125ndash41

bull Agrawal AD Pharmacological activities of flavonoids Review Int J Pharm Nanotechnol 201141394ndash7

bull Pal DK Verma P Flavonoids A powerful and abundant source of antioxidants Int J Pharm Pharm Sci 2013595ndash8

bull Prochaacutezkovaacute D Boušovaacute I Wilhelmovaacute N Antioxidant and prooxidant properties of flavonoids Fitoterapia 201182513ndash23

bull Lakhanpal P Rai DK Quercetin A versatile flavonoid Int J Med Update 2007222ndash 37

bull Begum AN Terao J Protective effect of quercetin against cigarette tar extract-induced impairment of erythrocyte deformability J Nutr Biochem 200213265ndash72

bull Xiao X Shi D Liu L Wang J Xie X Kang T et al Quercetin suppresses cyclooxygenase-2 expression and angiogenesis through inactivation of P300 signaling PLoS One 20116(8)e2293

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 112

FOUR HISTORIC VISITS OF MAHATMA TO ASSAM

Gautam Sarmah Assistant Professor

Department of History Rupahi College Nagaon

Assam Abstract

MK Gandhi - The man we have known as Mahatma and father of our nation Who had a very close relation with the people of Assam Gandhi visited Assam in 1921 1926 1934 and 1946 These four historic visits to Assam by Gandhi immensely enriched the history of Assam Gandhi was not only a person he was an institution When he went to a new place in his lifetime thousands of his followers always surrounded him to meet and talk with him People of Assam also was not excepted from this genuine truth Which truth was proved within his all four historical arrivals to Assam Key-words Assam Gandhi Public meetings Swadeshi Visit Introduction History of India was enriched by a new chapter through the emergence of Mahatma Gandhi in 1919 After joining by Gandhi to Indian freedom struggle the whole picture of the contemporary Indias had been changed Gandhi was an iconic figure who united the people of India against British Raj Gandhis four times visit of Assam gave a new power to the people of Assam and also united them against the foreign rules as well as contemporary India In one sentence four visits of Assam by Gandhi made a strong nationalism among all the people of Assam they also became more conscious of their rights and duties Therefore except the discussion of Gandhis four historic visits to Assam the history of Assam is always incomplete Aim and objectives of the study To highlight about the Gandhis visits in different parts of Assam Responsible factors Gandhis visits to Assam also will be focused Treats of the people of Assam towards Gandhi will be discussed Impact on the people of Assam by Gandhis views also will be mentioned Methods of the Study Method of the writing of this paper is descriptive with applying historical analysis Data has been collected from the different secondary sources like books research papers research thesis newspapers souvenirs etc

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 113

Discussion On 18 August 1921 Gandhi first came to Assam along with his eleven companies He first reached at Golakganj Assam Pradesh Congress Committees general secretary a prominent freedom fighter of Assam Nabin Chandra Bordoloi along with his followers received Gandhi from Golakganj On the way people of Dhubri and Goalpara districts of Assam heartily welcomed him to their state By passing those districts when Gandhi finally reached at Gauhati (present Guwahati) he shocked to see a long line of gathering people at Gauhati from Pandu to Bharalumukh They eagerly waiting to see Gandhi from near and talk with him In this first visit to Assam Gandhi stayed at Tarun Ram Phukans residence who was a patriotic figure and prominent leader of freedom struggle also known as Desabhakt of Assam The residence was decorated by the flags of INC In that place or in front of the Tarun Ram Phukans residence of Bharalumukh Gandhi addressed in a public meeting where more than 25000 Gandhis followers were present In that public meeting Gandhis speeches translated into Assamese by Tarun Ram Phukan for the understanding of general people Through the impact of Gandhis speeches a rapid change came into existence It is notable the year of 1921 was the time of Swadeshi movement against British misrule in India By listening Gandhis views on Swadeshi movement at once people of Assam jumped into this movement As the rapid impact of Gandhis speeches in that same day in evening people of Assam started burning the foreign cloths and started a boycott movement against British Raj However in his first visit Gandhi was staying in Assam from 18 August to 30 August 1921 Specially to expand the swadeshi feelings among the people of Assam he also visited Nagaon Jorhat Tezpur Dibrugarh Silchar and Sylhet He visited almost all important districts of undivided upper and lower Assam People of those districts had arranged some public meetings In each meeting Gandhi delivered his powerful speeches on swadeshi movement and self-independence He inspired to all people of Assam to adopt and expand swadeshi feeling in every walk of their life In 1926 for second time Gandhi came to Assam In this time the main reason was to visit Assam by him to attend 41 no INC session at Pandu Gauhati Noteworthy that this was the only and first Congress session accomplished in Assam before pre-independent To this session Gandhi came as an important representative of INC Congresss representatives had set a target of collecting 10000 yards of khadi clothes to decorate the pandal of that Congress session Actually by this work they tried to expand the Gandhis views and activities on Swadeshi movement far and wide To attend the meeting of Harijan Sewak Sangh Gandhi again visited Assam in 1934 in the month of April On 10 April Gandhi reached Assam after a day on 11 April he addressed a meeting at Rupashri Dhubri district of Assam In that meeting he appealed to the people to eradicate untouchability from their

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 114

mind and brain Aiming to the all gathering people he said Im glad to be in Assam again after a very long period This time my mission is in connection with the Harijan movement It is said that there is no considerable untouchability in Assam and Bengal But I dont think that the statement squares with facts We are guilty of untouchability as soon as we make distinctions between man and man and we have grades of high and low Surely there are distinctions enough in Assam In this third visit Gandhi also went to Gauripur Bansbari Chaprakata Sorbhog Howly and Sarupeta In those places on the same day Gandhi attended some another important public meetings where he also said to the people to the removal of untouchability feelings from their mind Next dupay he went to Goreswar Tangla Udalguri Bindukuri Rangapara and Tezpur On 13 April he reached Gauhati by a steamer from Tezpur In Gauhati Gandhi inaugurated a Seva Ashram He also visited a leprosy asylum and the quarters of Harijans in Gauhati On the same day he attended a meeting was arranged by Marwari people of Assam After meeting he went to Khetri Chaparmukh Nagaon and Furkating He attended some public meeting in Golaghat Dergaon and Jorhat Through this third visit to Assam Gandhi adopted and expanded a message to uplift the Harijans Within two weeks staying in Assam Gandhi collected almost 17000 rupees to Harijans of Assam Finally by finishing his great mission he moved to his homeland from Assam In 1946 Gandhi last visited to Assam He came via Brahmaputra by a steamer from Bengal Some prominent leaders of INC like Lokapriya Gopinath Bordoloi Bishnuram Medhi Siddhartha Sarma and others received Gandhi from the river port of Brahmaputra In his last visit he inaugurated the Assam Branch of Kasturba Gandhi National Memorial Trust Under this trust a branch was named the Gram Sevika Vidyalaya was started in Assam Gandhi gave the responsibilities to managing this branch to Amal Prabha Das Gandhi stayed on a small hillock was known as Sarania The owner of this hillock was Dr Harekrishna Das father of Amal Prabha Das He was a faithful follower of Gandhi However when Gandhi was at Sarania suddenly the hillock was surrounded by some poor people to meet and talk with Gandhi about their problems To meet those people by the suggestion of Gandhi at once a temporarily a small hut was constructed by Harekrishna Das Gopinath Bordoloi Bhubaneswar Barua etc INC leaders or followers of Gandhi Later the hillock was donated to the Gram Sevika Vidyalaya by Dr Harekrishna Das and his family where Gandhi was last staying This is fourth or last historic visit of Gandhi to Assam before the independent of our country

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 115

Conclusion Thus we have found that between 1921 to 1946 Gandhi visited Assam for four times to take some important agendas and initiatives like to expand the swadeshi message to uplift the socio-economic status of harijans removal the untouchability from the society and development of nationalist feeling among the people of Assam However in finally undoubtedly we can say that Gandhis these four historic visits to Assam will always remain as a golden chapter of Assam History References 1 Barpujari HK (1992) The comprehensive history of Assam Assam

Publication Board Guwahati 2 Barua SL (1995) A comprehensive history of Assam MM Publication

New Delhi 3 Chandra B (1989) Indian Struggle for Independence Penguin Pub New

Delhi 4 Gait EA (1990) A history of Assam LBS publication 5 Goswami P (2012) The history of Assam from yandabo to partition 1826-

1947 Orient Blackswan Publication 6 Sharma D (1993) Assamese Women in the Freedom Struggle Punthi

Pustak Publication Calcutta

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 116

SKYSCRAPERS LINKED WITH IMPENDING FINANCIAL CRASHES

Girisha Nayak S Research Scholar

Department of Commerce Manipal University Jaipur

Dr Gaurav Lodha Research Supervisor

Department of Commerce Manipal University Jaipur

Abstract Economic experts sometimes call the skyscraper effect the skyscraper curse or Tower of Babel curse a reference to the myth of Genesis in which people have dispersed abroad and received different languages to build a city or tower that reached the heavensThe skyscraper effect is an economic indicator that combines the construction of the tallest skyscrapers in the world with an impending economic recession The theory that there is a positive correlation between the development of megawatt buildings and financial crises was developed by British economist Andrew Lawrence in 1999 The skyscraper effect is also known as the Skyscraper Index The skyscraper index designed by economist Andrew Lawrence shows the relationship between the construction of the tallest building in the world and the business cycle Is this just a coincidence or are skyscrapers causing business cycles The technical foundations of Cantillon effects for a building indicator are presented here proving how essential skyscraper construction components such as technology are linked to key technical concepts in economics such as the construction of production The findings practical and theoretical suggest that the business cycle theory of the Austrian School of Economics can significantly contribute to our understanding of business cycles particularly serious onesTheconcept that any country that creates a record skyscraper will be punished with an economic crisis may at first seem too far-reaching However dig a little deeper and it will become clear that Lawrences theory has some validity The relationship between the construction of a skyscraper taller than the recent height record holder and the aftermath of the economic crisis can be explained in many ways The financial crisis usually occurs after a period of economic boom characterized by higher gross domestic product (GDP) low unemployment rate and rising asset pricesWhen a project such as a worlds tallest building receives the necessary funds to start construction the countrys economy can be seen as one that has developed so much that the probability of a crack shortly is high Keywords Tall buildings new technologies urban design future cities sustainability

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 117

Introduction Historically bull market booms and real estate bubbles primarily commercial real estate go hand in hand The same irrational enthusiasm that convinces average stock investors that everything they touch turns to gold also infects developers who reach for the hilt with cheap money near the top of the cycle And the most visible indicator of this is the skyscraper In the past the completion of record skyscrapers was the proverbial bell that rings at the top of the market At this time the massive construction of super-high residential and business towers especially in Manhattan can signal that the bulls end is near The first skyscrapers were built at the shift of the century In the 1920s the Life Tower metropolis and Singer building were built in Lower Manhattan before panic in 1907 The magnificent Woolworth building was opened as the tallest building in the world a few years later It was soon overshadowed by the Chrysler Building an Art Deco miracle that opened in 1928 followed by 40 Wall Street The Empire State Building which began construction before the stock market crash in 1929 was finally opened in 1931 During the Great Depression Review of Literature In 2015 Jason Barr Bruce Mizrach and Kusum Mundra conducted in-depth analysis regarding the relationship between skyscraper height and the business cycle Economists have theorized that if building the highest structures shows that the business cycle has reached its peak then the plan to make these structures can also be used to forecast GDP growth The researchers compared GDP growth per capita in four countries - America Canada China and Hong Kong - with the height of the tallest buildings in these countries and assumed that both of these factors are tracking each other This means that during the economic boom building developers are increasing the height of buildings trying to capitalize on growing revenues that result from increased demand for more office space In other words how tall a construction depends on how suddenly the economy is expanding but it does not indicate an imminent recession Andrew Lawrence sees the upcoming trouble in skyscraper mushrooms in China and India The man who created the term skyscraper index in 1999 directs research into the Asian regional real estate sector at Barclays Capital Lawrence looks out that India and China are in the midst of a skyscraper boom and claims that it bodes poorly for the economies of these rapidly developing nations This is an argument that has caused strong reactions in the Indian real estate sector Methods of data collection The research-based upon secondary data and hence the data has collected from various books magazines and websites

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 118

Skyscrapers and Economic Crisis

Source Economictimesindiatimes

Source Economictimesindiatimes

Source Economictimesindiatimes

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 119

After the panic in 1907 - which led to the creation of the Federal Reserve in 1913 - the construction of the New York Singer building (612 feet) in 1908 was completed shortly thereafter and the Metropolitan Life building (1900 feet) in 1909 was also marked by a flood of skyscrapers 927-meter-high 40 Wall Street in 1929 1046-meter Chrysler building in 1930 and 1250-meter Empire State building in 1931 Completed in 1972 and 1973 the Two World Trade Centre towers - 1368 and 1362 feet respectively - and the ribbon cutting of the 1445-meter Sears Tower in 1974 It coincided with the oil crisis in 1973 the stock market crash in 1973 I recession in 1973ndash1975 The Asian economic crisis of 1997ndash98 coincided with the opening of the 1483-foot Petronas towers in Kuala Lumpur in 1997 and the dotcom internet bubble burst in 2000 And the construction in Taiwan in the years 1999ndash2004 of 1671 feet And finally the Great Recession of 2007ndash2010 was announced by the construction of the 2717-meter Burj Khalifa in Dubai which was completed in 2010 With China which Bloomberg News calls the skyscraper mania - China is home to 53 of current high-rise construction projects in the world including Sky City 2749 feet in Changsha which is expected to start construction in July The Taipei 101 was completed in 2004 four years after the Internet bubble burst and Burj Khalifa was completed three years after the financial crisis of 2007-10 Yes both are in the range but a few years is an aeon for investors If you tried to measure time on the stock market with the construction of a skyscraper you would make an extremely costly mistake This is a more subtle risk indicator than a precise tool Conclude - Skyscrapers have an harmful connection with the threatening financial breakdown The researchers showed out that the worlds first skyscraper the Equitable Life building in New York was built in 1873 during a five-year depression while the Empire State Building coincided with the Great Depression According to Barclays China may be particularly affected by the current largest skyscraper developer responsible for 53 of the structures currently under construction Barclays Capital analysts said Usually the tallest buildings in the world are simply the construction of a wider boom for skyscrapers reflecting the widespread misallocation of capital and the impending economic correction Investors should therefore pay special attention to China and India they added Barclays Capitals Skyscraper Index has been published every year since 1999

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 120

It was stated Our high-rise index still shows a weak correlation between the construction of the next tallest building in the world and the impending financial crisis New York 1930 Chicago 1974 Kuala Lumpur 1997 and Dubai 2010 Dark announcements were supported by a separate JPMorgan Chase report cited by the BBC He warned that the Chinese real estate market could fall by up to 20 in major cities References 1 A Sev and A Oumlzgen ldquoSpace efficiency in high-rise office buildingsrdquo

METU Journal of the Faculty of Architecture vol 26 no 2 pp 69-89 December 2009

2 J Barr ldquoSkyscraper heightrdquo The Journal of Real Estate Finance and Economics vol 45 no 3 pp 723-753 October 2012

3 J Barr ldquoSkyscrapers and the skyline Manhattan 1895ndash2004rdquo Real Estate Economics vol 38 no 3 pp 567-597 June 2010

4 M M Ali and A Aksamija ldquoToward a better urban life Integration of cities and tall buildingsrdquo in Proc 4th Architectural Conference on High Rise Buildings pp 1-21 Amman Jordan June 2008

5 N W Alnaser ldquoTowards sustainable buildings in Bahrain Kuwait and United Arab Emiratesrdquo Open Construction and Building Technology Journal vol 2 pp 30-45 2008

6 R Lacayo C Estulin and S Jakes ldquoGoing up and up When height is all that mattersrdquo Time vol 164165 no 261 pp 172-173 December 2004

7 R W Helsley and W C Strange ldquoA game-theoretic analysis of skyscrapersrdquo Journal of Urban Economics vol 64 no 1 pp 49-64 July 2008

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 121

ASSESSMENT OF KNOWLEDGE AND PRACTICE OF WOMEN REGARDING PLASTIC WASTE AND PREVENTION OF ITS USAGE

IN SELECTED URBAN AREA TIRUPATHI A DESCRIPTIVE STUDY

M Lakshmi Devi

Research scholar Department of Women Studies

Sri Padmavathi Mahila Viswavidhyalayam

Tirupathi Chittoor Dist Andhra Pradesh

Dr PNeeraja Assistant professor

Department of Women Studies Sri Padmavathi Mahila

Viswavidhyalayam Tirupathi Chittoor Dist

Andhra Pradesh

Abstract A plastic material is a wide range of synthetic or semi synthetic organic solids and typical organic polymers of high molecular substances They are usually synthetic most commonly derived from the petrochemicals but many are partially natural Plastic products become an integral part of our daily life as a result of which the plastic is produced at a massive scale worldwide The present study was aimed to assess the knowledge and knowledge on practice regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage among urban women carried out in tirupati Andhra Pradesh Selected research design was descriptive design from non-experimental research A total of hundred women sample were selected by non probability convenient sampling method Data was collected by administering self answered questionnaire Descriptive and inferential statistics were used to analyses the data Major findings of the study includes 37 of sample were inadequate knowledged 35 of the sample are having moderately adequate knowledge and 28 of the women are having adequate knowledge regarding plastic waste Regarding knowledge on practice 50 of the sample having inadequate 28 of the women having moderately adequate and remaining 22 of the sample are adequately knowledged The observed mean score was 1316 and standard deviation was 345 for knowledge with observed mean of 10 and 291 of standard deviation score for knowledge on practice Demographic characters like age and education were significant at 005 and 001 level respectively

1 Introduction A plastic material is a wide range of synthetic or semi synthetic organic solids and typical organic polymers of high molecular substances They are usually

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 122

synthetic most commonly derived from the petrochemicals but many are partially natural Plastic products become an integral part of our daily life as a result of which the plastic is produced at a massive scale worldwide Plastic materials are inexpensive lightweight strong durable corrosion resistant materials with high thermal and electrical insulation properties Plastic materials are inexpensive available at low cost ease of manufacture versatility and imperviousness to water plastics are used in an enormous and expanding range of products from paperclips to space ships Plastics are replaced by displacing some of the traditional materials like wood stone horn and bone leather paper metal and glass in most of their former uses In developed countries about one third of plastic is used in packaging and another third in building materials such as piping used in plumbing or vinyl siding Other uses includes in automobiles furniture and toys In developing countries the ratio may different like example reportedly 42 of Indiarsquos consumption is used in packaging Global production of plastic crosses 150 million tons per year on an average Its broad range of usage is in packaging films wrapping materials shopping and garbage bags fluid containers clothing toys household and industrial products and building materials Approximately it is estimated that 70 of plastic packaging products are converted in to plastic waste in a short span Once plastic is discarded after its utility is over it is known as plastic waste It is fact that plastic waste never degrades and remains on landscape for several years Most of the plastic waste is recyclable but recycled products are more harmful to the environment as this contains additives and colors The recycling of a plastic material can be done 2-3 times only because after every recycling the plastic material deteriorates after every recycling and its lifespan is reduced So recycling is not a permanent solution for plastic waste is a serious concern due to improper collection and segregation system According to the reports for the year 2017-18 Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) has estimated that India generates approximately 94 million tons of plastic waste (which amounts to 26000 tons of waste per day) and out of this approximately 56 million tons per annum plastic waste is recycled (ie 15600 tons of waste per day) and 38 million tons per annum plastic waste is left uncollected or littered (9400 tons of waste per day) Out of 60 of recycled plastic 70 is recycled at registered facilities 20 is recycled by unrecognized sector 10 of the plastic is recycled at home Plastic pollution is the accumulation of plastic objects in the earth environment that adversely affects wild life habitat and humans Plastics that act as pollutants are categorized in to micro debris meso debris and macro debris based on the size Plastics are in expensive and durable and as a result levels of plastic production by humans are high However the chemical structure of most plastics

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 123

renders them resistant to many natural processes of degradation and as a result they are slow to degrade Together these two factors lead to high prominence of plastic pollution in the environment Plastic pollution can affect land water ways and oceans it is estimated that 11 to 88 million metric tons of plastic waste enters the ocean from coastal communities each year From the year 1950 up to 2018 an estimated 63 billion tons of plastic has been produced worldwide of which is estimated 9 has been recycled and another 12 has been reused Sources of household plastic waste includes salad dressing containers processed meat packages plastic soft drink and water bottles milk bottles shampoo bottles detergent bottles oil jelly cans toys fruit plastic packaging sweet trays frozen food bags squeezable bottles clothing furniture carpet shrink wraps garment bags margarine and yogurt containers caps of the containers egg cottons fast food trays disposable plastic silver ware etc In 1990 ndash 1991 India produced 0363 metric tons of plastics polymer but in a decade an incredible 890 increase leads to total plastic production up to 32 metric tons in 2000 ndash 2001 Plastic production in India further raises to 477 metric tons in 2005 ndash 2006 in 1990 ndash 1991 per capita consumption of plastic in India was 08 kg but within a decade per capita consumption significantly increases to 35kg in 2000 However it is still far below than the global average 18 kg However the projected estimates per capita plastics consumption in 2021 may reach to substantial figure of 109kg which is realistic considering the rapidity with which plastics are replacing its competitive materials Packaging represents the largest single sector of plastic use in the India The sector accountants for 42 of plastic consumption and plastic are the material of choice in nearly half of all packaged goods Apart from the use in packaging plastics are also extensively used in the consumer products such as furniture and house wears building and construction and in industrial sector According to the research findings of National Plastic Waste Management Task Force packaging constitutes 52 of the total Indiarsquos plastic consumption After primary use of this portion of plastic annually 093 metric tons of waste plastics are discarded along with the household waste In this connection the researcher was so much interested towards conducting a study on household plastic waste and prevention of its usage 2 METHODOLOGY Aim The present study was aimed to assess the knowledge regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage among household women residing in urban area Objectives The objectives of the study are as follows To study the knowledge and knowledge on plastic among women regarding

plastic waste and prevention of its usage

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 124

To correlate the knowledge with knowledge on practice of women regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage

To measure the association between the selected demographic variables and knowledge and practice of women regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage

Research hypotheses 1 There is a significant knowledge and knowledge on attitude regarding

plastic waste and prevention of its usage 2 There is a positive correlation knowledge and knowledge on practice of

women regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage 3 There is a significant difference between knowledge and attitude scores with

their selected demographic variables Research approach Non experimental research approach was adopted to achieve the objectives of the present study which is felt to be most appropriate in the field of education Research design As the researcher has attempted to describe the knowledge and knowledge on attitude regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage among resident women in urban mandal Hence adopted research design was descriptive design Variables under study Knowledge and knowledge on practice regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage Population and setting of the study Population of the present study includes women between the age of 20 ndash 50 years residing in urban area Bazar street Tirupathi urban mandal Sample size and sampling technique The selected sample size was 100 household women and sample was selected by non probability convenient sampling technique Development and description of the tool The tool was developed with the help of related literature from various textbooks journals websites discussion from experts The study data was carried out by using structured knowledge questionnaire on plastic waste and prevention of its usage The questionnaire consists of three sections First section consists of seven questions which includes age religion education occupation type of family type of drainage system and available facility for waste disposal Second section consists of thirty four questions related to knowledge on plastic waste and third section consists of seventeen questions on prevention of plastic usage Reliability of the tool Reliability was established by Karl Pearson Split Half Method The tool was found highly reliable with a score of r=088 Plan of data collection The data was obtained by using self administered questionnaire from the participants Analysis of data Data analysis done by the following methods

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 125

Mean Standard deviation Chi-square test lsquoprsquo test

3 Major findings of the study Table 1 Frequency Percentage and Distribution of socio- demographic characteristics

SNo Demographic Variables Frequency Percentage 1 Age 20-35 Yrs 45 450 35-50 Yrs 43 430 50 Yrs and above 12 120 Total 100 1000 2 Religion Hindu 88 880 Muslim 7 70 Christian 5 50 Total 100 1000 3 Educational status Primary education 28 280 Secondary education 35 350 Intermediate and above 37 370 Total 100 1000 4 Occupation Government employee 9 90 Private employee 16 160 Home maker 75 750 Total 100 1000 5 Type of family Nuclear family 85 850 Joint family 15 150 Total 100 1000 6 Type of drainage system Open 36 360 Closed 64 640 Total 100 1000

7 Availability facility for waste disposal

Discarding waste 32 320

Using municipality dustbins 34 340

Throwing in streets 34 340 Total 100 1000

Socio ndash demographic characteristics Above table represents that

More than one third (45) of the respondents are between the age of 20 ndash 35 years

Majority of the respondents are(88) belongs to hindu religion

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 126

72 of the sample studied secondary education and above Majority of the sample (75) are home makers 85 of the respondents are living in nuclear families Majority (64) of the respondents are having closed drainage system in

their home Only 34 of the respondents are using municipality dustbins

Table 2 Distribution of the level of knowledge regarding Plastic waste

Above table findings of the study includes 37 of sample were inadequate knowledged 35 of the sample are having moderately adequate knowledge and 28 of the women are having adequate knowledge regarding plastic waste Table 3 Distribution of the level of knowledge on practice regarding Plastic waste and prevention of its usage

Above table of scores representing regarding knowledge on practice 50 of the sample having inadequate 28 of the women having moderately adequate and remaining 22 of the sample are adequately knowledged

Level of knowledge

Frequency Percentage

Inadequate 37 370 Moderate 35 350 Adequate 28 280 Total 100 1000

Level of knowledge

Frequency Percentage

Inadequate 50 500 Moderate 28 280 Adequate 22 220 Total 100 1000

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 127

Table 4 Mean and standard deviation scores of the level of knowledge and knowledge on practice regarding Plastic waste and prevention of its usage

The above table observed mean score was 1316 and standard deviation was 345 for knowledge with observed mean of 10 and 291 of standard deviation score for knowledge on practice Table -5 Association between socio-demographic variables and the level of knowledge regarding Plastic waste and prevention of its usage

(n=100)

variable Mean Standard deviation

Knowledge on plastic waste 1316 345 Knowledge on practice regarding plastic waste

100 291

SNO Socio-Demographic Variables

Level of knowledge regarding plastic waste and its management among household women Chi-

square

lsquoprsquo-value Sig Inadequate

Moderate

Adequate Total

1 Age 20-35 Yrs 11 13 21 45

1469 000 35-50 Yrs 20 17 6 43

50 Yrs and above 6 5 1 12 Total 37 35 28 100 2 Religion

710

013

Hindu 34 32 22 88 Muslim 1 1 5 7 Christian 2 2 1 5 Total 37 35 28 100

3 Educational status

1029 003

Primary education 6 15 7 28

Secondary education 19 7 9 35

Intermediate and above 12 13 12 37

Total 37 35 28 100 4 Occupation

Government employee 3 2 4 9

312

053

Private employee 4 6 6 16

Home maker 30 27 18 75

Total 37 35 28 100

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 128

5 Type of family

Nuclear family 33 31 21 85 305 021

Joint family 4 4 7 15

Total 37 35 28 100

6 Type of drainage system

Open 13 10 13 36 217

033

Closed 24 25 15 64

Total 37 35 28 100

7 Availability facility for waste disposal

Discarding waste 16 8 8 32 372 044

Using municipality dustbins

11 13 10 34

Throwing in streets 10 14 10 34

Total 37 35 28 100

From above table data there is a Demographic characteristics like age and education were significant at 005 and 001 level respectively

4 Discussion

Man is behind every development endeavor the large Scale production and improper disposal of waste has became a source of Pollution and further accumulation of plastic has resulted in serious deterioration of quality of life environmental damage water pollution and Imbalance in the ecological system in this regard the researcher wants to give some of the suggestions to government as well as to the individuals Various awareness programmes should be conducted by government to

create awareness on prevention of plastic use Plastic bag production companies should be ordered to produce high micron

plastic bags only Make availability of alternative forms of bags People should give preference to use alternative bags instead of plastic People should not buy cups glasses plates spoons wrapped products

packaging material made up of plastic People should try their level best to reuse plastic material instead of single

use

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 129

5 Conclusion Generalizing the present studyrsquos findings indicated that people are less in knowledge regarding plastic waste prevention of its usage The attitude of the people should change towards the plastic usage Every person in the society should have responsibility towards the prevention plastic usage Everyone living in the planet having duty to protect our environment from plastic pollution References 1 UNDIO Report- Recycling of plastics in Indian perspective by Dr Smita

Mohanty 2 httpsourworldindataorgfoq-on-plastics 3 httpcpcbnicinplastic_wastephp 4 Banerjee T and Srivastava R K(2014) Plastic waste management and

resource recovery in India2nd edition world scientific publishing co Singapore

5 Mutha N H Patel M and Premnath V(2006) Plastic materials flow analysis for India Resources conservation and recycling 47 222-244

6 Thompson R C et al Plastics the environment and human health current consensus and future trends Philos TransR SocLondB Biol Sci 2009 364(1526) 2153-66

7 httpenwikipediaorgwikiplasti_bag 8 httpdeb4unleduChemCHEM869ELikswwwplasticresourcecomplasti

cs_101usesuseshtml 9 httprstbroyalsocietypublishingorgcontent36415622153 10 httpcompositeaboutcomodplasticsaEveryday-Plasticshtm 11 httpwwwcseindiaorgnode3705 12 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlePMC3299092 13 httpwwwearthresourceorgcampainscappcapp-background-infohtml 14 httpwwwsustainableplasticsorgnewsindia-issues-rules-plastic-bags-and-

waste-rejects-full-ban 15 httpwwwearthdayorgbloginternational20130306edn-india-launches-

E2809Cbags-earthE29D-campaign

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 130

A STUDY ON QUALITY OF WORK LIFE OF EMPLOYEES IN BANKING SECTOR

Ms Libina Babu Research Scholar

Pazhassiraja College Pulpally

Mr Koshy C J Pazhassiraja College

Pulpally Abstract Public and Private Sector Banks play a significant role in the Indian economy in terms of both investment and employment In recent years there has been an increasing awareness in India of the need to tone up the performance of public sector banks in order to achieve the twin objectives of rapid national development and greater productivitySince the banks are service organizations their productivity and performance depend on the performance of its personnelIn the context of economic liberalization and growing trend towards globalization various banking sector reforms have been introduced in India to improve the operational efficiency and to upgrade the health and financial soundness of banks The banks are said to be providing a lot of benefits to the employees Still the employees are facing a lot of problems in their working environment This will lead to deterioration of the quality of services offered by them This study aims to understand the quality of work life of employees in banking sector The data has been collected from employees of both private and public sector banking companiesTo measure quality of work life in these banks eight dimensions were undertaken They are economic aspect working condition aspect opportunity for career growth and personal development nature of work atmosphere work and total life space social integration superior subordinate relationship and welfare facilities This will lead to provide sufficient information to banks to improve quality of work life among bank employees Keywords- Quality of Work Life QWL Public and Private Sector Banks Banking Employees Introduction Banking Sectors in India play a significant role in the development of the Indian economy and it is one of the fastest growing economies in the world Evidence from across the world suggests that a sound and evolved banking system is required for sustained economic development India has a better banking system than other developing countries but there are several issues that need to be ironed out To keep the pace with the competitiveness derived from the above

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 131

changes the banking industry which is area of concern being manpower intensive must consider the role of human resource as the most significant key to enhance the profitability efficiency and overall organizational effectiveness Public and Private Sector Banks play a significant role in the Indian economy in terms of both investment and employment In recent years there has been an increasing awareness in India of the need to tone up the performance of public sector banks in order to achieve the twin objectives of rapid national development and greater productivitySince the banks are service organizations their productivity and performance depend on the performance of its personnel The increasing pace of technological change is making manpower the key ingredient to the nationrsquos wellbeing and growth Public and Private sector banks enroll a large number of employees both men and women Prosperity of these banks depends on the performance of the employees which in turn depends on their satisfaction with their jobs Job satisfaction is linked to productivity motivation mental and physical health and general satisfaction in life Lack of it accounts for absenteeism tardiness accidents and the like Quality of Work Life The term Quality of Work life (QWL) refers to the favorableness or un-favorableness of a total job environment for employees QWL programmers are another way in which organizations recognize their responsibility to develop jobs and working conditions that are excellent for people as well as for economic health of the organization The elements in typical QWL programme include open communication equitable reward systems a concern for employeersquos job security and satisfying careers and participation in decision making Many early QWL efforts focus on job enrichment In addition to improve the work system QWL programmes usually emphasis development of employee skills the reduction of occupational stress and development of more co-operative labour-management relations

Statement of Problem In the context of economic liberalization and growing trend towards globalization various banking sector reforms have been introduced in India to improve the operational efficiency and to upgrade the health and financial soundness of banks The banks are said to be providing a lot of benefits to the employees Still the employees are facing a lot of problems in their working environment This will lead to deterioration of the quality of services offered by them This study aims to understand the quality of work life of employees in banking sector

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 132

Significance and Scope of the Study This study is exclusively made to understand analyze and measure quality of work life among the bank employees in Wayanad Two kinds of banks namely-Public sector and Private sector banks are concerned The present study only considers public and private sector bank employees To measure quality of work life in these banks eight dimensions were undertaken They are economic aspect working condition aspect opportunity for career growth and personal development nature of work atmosphere work and total life space social integration superior subordinate relationship and welfare facilities This will lead to provide sufficient information to banks to improve quality of work life among bank employees Objectives of the Study To examine the perception level of bank employees relating to the quality of

work life To compare the quality of work life in private and public sector banks To study the satisfaction level of employees from various dimensions of

quality of work life Sample Size Sampling size of 50 employees from six banks consisting of 25 sample from five public sector banks and 25 sample from fiveprivate sector banks in Wayanad district Review of Literature Lau Wong Chan and Law (2001) defined QWL as the favorable working conditions that support and enhance satisfaction by providing employees with rewards job security and career growth opportunities Indirectly the definition reflects that an employee who is not satisfied with reward may be satisfied with the job security and may be possibly enjoying the career growth opportunity available in the organization for personal as well as professional growthSirgy et al (2002) developed a new measure of Quality of Work Life based on need satisfaction and spillover theories The measure was designed to capture the extent to which the work environment job requirement supervisory behavior and ancillary programs in an organization are perceived to meet the needs of employees Seven major needs were identified each having several dimensions Morin et al (2003) indicated that one major issue in the development of Quality of Work Life practices is the primacy of financial growth to the detriment of values such as health and social welfare They also viewed that organizational performance is assessed with two or three financial indicators

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 133

such as return on investment profit per share and net revenues Although these indicators are essential to profitable organizations but they do not give a complete picture of the firmrsquos performance Dargahi (2007)conducted a study to provide the processes used to investigate and implement a pathway for improving of Quality of Work Life as an approach model This researcher evaluated the outcomes of Quality of Work Life managers and employees teams to improve the employeesrsquo Quality of Work Life Guna (2008)concluded that IT industries in many developing countries are experiencing tremendous challenges in meeting the employment market demand A good human resource practice would encourage IT professionals to be more productive while enjoying their work Therefore Quality of Work Life is becoming an important human resource issue in IT organizations Data Analysis and Intrepretation The data has been collected from 50 employees out of which 57 ofrespondents are male and 43 of respondents are female employees Table No11 Working Environment

Opinion Respondents Percentage Public Private Public Private

Participative 18 10 72 40 Autonomy 7 15 28 60 Total 25 25 100 100

Source Primary data INTERPRETATION In public banks 72 of the respondents indicated thatthey are working in participative environment and 28 of respondents are autonomy In private banks employees indicated that 40 of the respondents works in participative and 60 in autonomy Table No 12 Motivational insights

Insights Respondents Percentage Public Private Public Private

Interesting work 4 3 16 12 Recognition 3 5 12 20 Award amp Reward 2 5 8 20 Compensation 15 10 60 40 Other factors 1 1 4 4 Total 25 25 100 100

Source Primary data

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 134

INTERPRETATIONTheabove table shows that 60 of workers in public and 40 in private have interest in work because of compensation they receive For recognition it is at 12 and 20 In case of interest in work it is 16 and 12 8 of employees in public sector is working for receiving awards and rewards while in private sector it is 20 Table No 13 Level of job satisfaction among employees

Opinion

Respondents Percentage

Public Private Public Private Very High 5 2 20 8 High 12 6 48 24 Moderate 5 8 20 40 Less 2 6 8 32 Very Less 1 3 4 16 Total 25 25 100 100

Source Primary data INTERPRETATIONThe above table shows that out of 50 respondents 20 of the respondents in public sector banks are very highly satisfied in job but in private it is 8 only In public sector banks we can see that 48 of the respondents are highly satisfied while in private sector it is only 24 In private there are 20 of the respondents are moderately satisfied but in public it is 40 32 of respondents in private sector indicated that their job satisfaction level is low Table No 14 Problem faced by the employees

Problems

Respondents Percentage Public Priva

te Public Privat

e Work is over burdened 5 8 20 32 Absence of team work 9 5 36 20 Poor cooperation 5 5 20 20 Lack of career development opportunities 4 4

16 16

Discrimination among employees 2 3 8 12 Total 25 25 100 100

Source Primary data INTERPRETATION The above table shows that out of 50 respondents in

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 135

public 20 of respondents feels that the work is overburdened but in private it is 32 In public 36 feels that there exist an absence of team work but in private it is 20 In public and private 20 feels that there is poor cooperation among themselves In public and private 16 feels that there exist lack of career development12 of private sector employees feels that there exist a discrimination among employees QUALITY OF WORK LIFE (QWL) The term Quality of Work life (QWL) refers to the favorableness or un-favorableness of atotal job environment for employees To measure quality of work life in these banks eight dimensions were undertaken They are economic aspect working condition aspect opportunity for career growth and personal development nature of work atmosphere work and total life space social integration superior subordinate relationship and welfare facilities Table No 15 Perception level of an employees in economic aspect

Economic Aspect Mean Value Public Private

Salary is appropriate for the skill amp experience 38 21 Salary is sufficient to accommodate the cost of living 35 24 Salary reflects the present market rates 32 25 Basic pay DA amp HRA as paid as per industry norms 36 29 Annual increment is given as per the standards 36 31 PF gratuity amp pension plan facility are adequate 35 28 Insurance coverage leave travel concession facilities are reasonable

38 32

Adequate fringe benefits are provided 37 27 Leave encashment benefits are satisfactory 33 24 Amount of flexibility in advance salary option is satisfactory

33 25

Average 351 267 Source Primary data INTERPRETATION The above table shows that out of 50 respondents the highest level of satisfaction among different variables in public sector banks is on insurance coverage and leave enhancement (38) and in private sector it is same (32) Among different variables the least level of satisfaction among public sector is seen on their opinion that the salary reflects the present markets rate (32) While in private sector respondents mentioned that they do not feel the salary is sufficient for the skill and experience (21)By taking the average

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 136

value of mean scores we can see that public sector bank employeesare satisfied more than the privatesector employees in economic aspect Table No 16 Perception level of an employees in working condition

working condition Mean value Public Private

Drinking water facility 41 46 Latest technological facility 35 46 Adequate rest time 31 24 Comfort seating system 34 41 Safety and protection measures 29 26 Cleanliness initiatives 35 38 Lighting and ventilation 39 47 Rest rooms 34 39 Recreational activities 34 31 Work space is well designed 28 35 Average 34 373

Source Primary data INTERPRETATION The above table shows that out of 50 respondents the highest level of satisfaction among different variables is on Lighting and ventilation for both public (39) and private sector (47) Among different variables the least level of satisfaction among public sector is on work space (28) While in private sector respondents mentioned that they do not have adequate rest time (24) By taking the average value of mean scores we can see that private sector bank employees is satisfied more than the public sector in working condition aspect TABLE 17 Perception level of an employees in opportunity for career growth and personal development Opportunity for career growth and personal development

Mean value Public Private

Supports career planning and growth 29 35 Recognition and reward for efforts and hard work 26 29 Reward for innovative ideas and suggestions 16 25 Satisfied with periodic and effective training programmers

27 37

Promotion policies of my organization is fair 33 23 Organization encourages me in pursuing higher education

21 26

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 137

Receive enough help equipment and information 32 36 Opportunity provided for develop my abilities and potentials

31 32

Provided appreciation for better performance 26 29 Highlights outstanding individual contribution 27 29 Average 268 301

Source Primary data INTERPRETATIONThe above table shows that out of 50 respondents the highest level of satisfaction among different variables is on promotion policies among public (33) and in private sector they indicated that they receive enough help equipment and information (37) Among different variables the least level of satisfaction among public and private sector is on reward for innovative ideas and suggestions By taking the average value of mean scores we can see that private sector bank employees is satisfied more than the public sector in career growth and personal development Table No 18 Perception level of an employees in nature of work atmosphere

work atmosphere Mean value Public Private

Full liberty to choose my work and assignment 36 21 Duration of working hours is reasonable 39 35 Work is overburdened 31 36 Job is highly repetitive and boredom 35 26 Job is too much stress 32 43 I feel no discrimination in terms of age sex and religion

34 29

Satisfied with job rotation and varieties in job 29 31 Satisfied with job enlargement and enrichment policy

34 24

Providing job security for me 39 14 Grievance redressal procedure is effective 23 31

Source Primary data InterpretationThe above table shows that out of 50 respondents the majority of respondents in public sector banks agree that they feel job security (39) and in private sector they indicated that the job is too stress for them (43) Among least variable we can see that private sector employees agree with the job security they feels (14) and in public sector they feels the grievance redressal

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 138

mechanism is not effective Table No 19 Perception level of employees in work and total life space

work and total life space Mean value Public Private

Enjoy flexible work options 25 21 Able to balance work and family life 36 24 Organization supports in achieving aspirations and ambitions

33 32

I have sufficient time to spend with family members

36 27

I have good friends at work who can understand and help

33 21

Average 33 25 Source Primary data InterpretationThe above table shows that out of 50 respondents majority of respondents in public sector agrees that they have sufficient time to spend with family members (36) and in private sector they indicated that Organization supports in achieving aspirations and ambitions (32) Among different variables the least mean score among public sector is that they are not enjoying flexible work options (25) While in private sector respondents mentioned that they are not having good friends at work who can understand and help (21) By taking the average value of mean scores we can see that public sector bank employees is satisfied more than the private sector in work and total life aspect Table No 110 Perception level of employees in social integration

social integration

Employees are recognized as individuals I have enough opportunity to interact with others Organization encourages involvement in community and cultural activities

Have a good social status Average

Source Primary data InterpretationThe above table shows that out of 50 respondents majority of respondents in public and private sector agrees that they have a good social status Among different variables the least mean score among public sector is on involvement in community and cultural activities (32) While in private sector respondents mentioned that they are not havingenough opportunity to interact

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 139

with others (18) By taking the average value of mean scores we can see that public sector bank employees is satisfied more than the private sector in social integration aspect Table No 111 Perception level of employees in superior subordinate relationship

superior subordinate relationship Mean value Public Private

The supervisory relationship is satisfactory 31 32 Satisfied with the subordinate relationship 28 31 The colleaguepeer relationship is satisfactory 34 29 Get enough encouragement from the superiorfor theachievement

33 25

Management considers me as a member of the organization

32 35

Comfortable with delegation of responsibility among Subordinates

27 31

Trade union function is highly satisfied 42 19 Frank and fair discussions are allowed in meetings 32 29 Management maintains open channels for communication 25 23 Guidelines issued are in a simplified manner 29 28 Average 32 28

Source Primary data Interpretation The above table shows that out of 50 respondents majority of respondents in public sector agrees that their trade union function is highly satisfied (42) And in private sector they feel that management considers me as a member of the organization (35) Among different variables the least mean score among public sector is onopen channels for communication (25) While in private sector respondents mentioned that they are not satisfied with the trade union function (19) By taking the average value of mean scores we can see that public sector bank employees is satisfied more than the private sector in superior subordinate relationship

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 140

Table No 112 Perception level of employees in welfare facilities

Welfare facilities Mean value

Public

Private

Housing education and transportation facilities encourage me to continue the job

37 24

The medical facility available in the organization is satisfactory

29 28

Recreational facilities available helps me to reduce stress 31 23

Toilets washrooms is available 36 34 Education of employees children is systematically designed 35 31

Average 34 28 Source Primary data Interpretation The above table shows that out of 50 respondents majority of respondents in public sector agrees that Housing education and transportation facilities encourage them to continue the job Among different variables the least mean score among public sector is onmedical facility available in the organization (29) While in private sector respondents mentioned that they are not satisfied with the recreational facilities available helps me to reduce stress (23) By taking the average value of mean scores we can see that public sector bank employees is satisfied more than the private sector in employee welfare aspect Conclusion QWL is the need of the hour Quality of working life is not a concept that deals with onearea but it has been observed as an incorporating hierarchy of concepts that not only include the work based factors There is considerable evidence from this study that bank employees of both public and private can be truly empowered through the measures taken by banks to improve the quality of work life

From the analysis regarding satisfaction level of employees at public and private sector banks majority of the employees at public sector bank are satisfied with their various dimensions in an quality of work life aspect except career growth and personal development and working condition aspectThe private sector doesnrsquot fulfill the other dimensions of QWL So they have to take

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 141

necessary decisions to satisfy the jobs in private sector References [1] Adreine E Eaon M E (1992The impact of Quality of work Life Programs and Grievances system effectiveness on union commitment Industrial and labour relation review Vol 45 No3 [2]Akdere M (2006) Improving quality of work-life Implications for humanresources The Business Review 6(1) 173-177 [3] AlirezaBolhari et al (2011) The Relationship between Quality of Work Life and Demographic Characteristics of Information Technology Staffs International Conference on Computer Communication and Management vol5 IACSIT Press Singapore [4] AloysNK (2013) Working Environment Factors that Affect QWL among Attendants in Petrol stations in Kitale Town in Kenya International Journal of AcademicResearch in Business and Social Sciences 3(5) [5] AnandPawar(2013)quality work-life and job satisfaction of employees in VTPS International journal of management research and review March Volume 3Issue 3Article No-72547-2556 [6]Ayesha Tabassum et al (2012) an evaluation of the quality of work life a study of the faculty members of private universities in Bangladesh Int Journal of Economics and Management 5(1) [7]ChandranshuSinha (2012) factors affecting quality of work life Empirical Evidence From Indian Organizations Australian Journal of Business and Management Research 1(11) [8] D Chitraa V Mahalakshmi (2012) a Panimalar Engineering College Chennai India A Study on Employeesrsquo Perception on Quality of Work Life and Job Satisfaction in manufacturing organization ndash an Empirical study International Journal of Trade and Commerce - IIARTC1 (2) [9] David lewis et al (2001) extrinsic and intrinsic determinants of quality of worklife leadership in health sciences MCB university press 14(2) [10] FH Kashani 2012 A Review on Relationship between Quality of Work Life and Organizational Citizenship Behavior (Case Study An Iranian Company)Journal of Basic and Applied scientific research [11]GS sandhyanair (2013) a study on the effect of quality of work life on organisational citizenship behaviour ndashwith special reference to college teachers is thrissur district keralajournal of basic and applied scientific research vol 2(9) [12] H Mohammadiaamp M A Shahrabib (2013)A study on relationship between quality of work life and job satisfaction an empirical Investigation management science letter2

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 142

[13] Havlovic S J (1991) Quality of Work Life and Human Resource Outcomes Industrial Relations 30(3) 469-479 [14] J GnanayudamampAjanthaDharmasiri (2008)The Influence of Quality of Work-life on Organizational Commitment A Study of the Apparel Industry Sri Lankan Journal of Management 12(3) [15] K M Nalwadeamp S R Nikam(2013) Quality of Work Life in Academic A Review of Literatureinternational journal of scientific researchvolume 2 issue 2 [16] K RNiaamp Maryam Maleki (2013) A study on the relationship between quality of work life and organizational commitment of faculty members at Islamic Azad University International Journal of Research in Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management Vol1No 4 [17] Lau RS M amp Brue E M (1998)A win win paradigm for quality of work life and business performance HumanResource envelopmentQualrterly Vol 9 No3 pp211-226

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 143

IMPACT OF AQUEOUS FRUIT EXTRACT OF HARITAKI (TERMINALIA CHEBULA) ON IMMUNONOLOGICAL

PARAMETERS OF MAMMALIAN MODEL (ALBINO RATS)

Kumari Babli

Department of Zoology Ranchi University

Ranchi India

Tarkeshwar Kumar Department of Zoology

Ranchi University Ranchi India

Manoj Kumar

Department of Zoology St Xavierrsquos College

Ranchi India

MP Sinha

Department of Zoology St Xavierrsquos College

Ranchi India

Abstract The effect of aqueous Terminalia chebula fruit extract on immunological parameters in rat during a seven day oral administration of the low dose of 250mgkg and high dose of 500mgkg body weight was investigated The result showed a significant increase in IgG count and a significant decrease in IgM count at the dose of 250 mgkg and 500 mgkg body weight when compared with control However IgA count showed a significant decrease in case of low dose and non significant at the high dose as compared to control The result of this study suggests that Terminalia chebula fruit extract may have a beneficial effect on immunity dependent disorders Keywords Terminalia chebula Immunology IgG IgM IgA Introduction Ayurvedic science treats different ailments through balancing what they call the three pillars of life vat pitta and kaf- the Tridoshas Herbs are given in different combinations for their ability to inhibit microbial growth at various parts of the body and enhance immune functions Recently there has been an upsurge in the clinical usage of indigenous drugs because of their efficacy and negligible toxic side-effects Moreover the rise in antibiotic resistant strains of bacteria and various side effects caused by synthetic drugs have resulted in scientists searching for herbal immunomodulators for the treatment of infections [1] Herbal concoctions also are said to restore and rejuvenate as they act on the immune system coercing it to positively affect the response of the body towards infection [2] Herbal drugs are also said to enhance the natural resistance of the

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 144

body against several infection [3] and their immunomodulatory roles have been observed in plant based studies[4] T chebula Retz (known as Triphla in India) is a plant species belonging to family Combretaceae and is found abundantly in Madhya Pradesh Gujarat Maharashtra Tamil Nadu Karnataka and Bengal [5] It is also referred to as Chebulic Myrobalan in English Harad or Harra in Hindi and Abhaya in Sanskrit [6-8] Pharmacological use of the fruit extract has been described for a number of diseases [9] T chebula extract has been reported in treatment of diabetes [10-12] jaundice digestion cough pitta oedema asthma constipation [13] as a cardio protectant [14] and as an immunomodulator [15] The biologically active compounds in the extract such as chebulagic acid gallic acid and ellagic acid make T chebula a highly potent antioxidant and that may be responsible for its immunomodulatory roles [161718] Despite its extensive medicinal use no information is available related to its effects on immunological profile Hence the present work investigated the effect of T chebula fruit extract on immunological profile of albino rats Materials and Methods Collection of plant material The fresh fruits of Terminalia chebula were collected from Ranchi district of Jharkhand state of India dried in shade six to seven days and then crushed into coarse powdery substance by using electric grinder The coarse powdery substance was dried again and was then sieved to get fine powder using the fine plastic sieve and stored in an air tight bottle in the laboratory until required [19- 21] Extract preparation 50 g of the sieved powder was subjected to extraction in a Soxhlet apparatus at room temperature using ~350 mL distilled water The extract obtained was filtered concentrated in rotary flash evaporator and maintained at 45ordmC the percentage yield of each extract was calculated [22 23] Animals Male Albino rats (175-200 g) were used in the study They were maintained under standard laboratory conditions at ambient temperature of 25plusmn2degC and 50plusmn15 relative humidity with a 12-h light12-h dark cycle Animals were fed with a commercial pellet diet and water ad libitum The experiments were performed after prior approval by the institutional animal ethics committee of Ranchi University Ranchi Acute Toxicity studies Acute toxicity studies were determined by using fixed dose method according to OECD guidelines Healthy adult mice weighing 175-200g were used 20 albino

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 145

rats of either sex were used to determine the LD50 of the aqueous extract of fruit of Terminalia chebula The animals were randomly [24] divided into two groups of 10 rats each and administered and observed for 90 days as follows Group 1 received 1 ml of distilled water orally Group 2 received 250 mgkg body weight of extract orally Group 3 received 500 mgkg of body weight of extract orally Mortality was not observed up to 500 mgkg of body weight in case of aqueous fruit extract of Terminalia chebula Sample Collection At the end of each experimental period the rats were reweighed starved for 24 hours and sacrificed under chloroform anesthesia 5mL of blood was collected from each animal by cardiac puncture using sterile needle and syringe Part of the blood sample was put into test tubes and allowed to clot for 30 minutes before centrifuging at 800g (Wisperfuge 1384 Samson Holland) for 5 minutes The supernatant was used for the lipid analysis The remaining blood sample was put in an EDTA bottles for hematological determinations Analytical procedure Determination of Biochemical Parameters Biochemical studies involved analysis of Immunoglobulins (IgG IgM IgA) count Estimation of hematological profile The hemoglobin (Hb) level was measured by the cyanmethaemoglobin method The Red blood cell(RBC) and Reticulocyte counts were determined by visual method[25]Packed cell volume (PCV) was measured using microhematocrit method and total white blood cell(WBC) count was estimated by visual method[26]The RBC indices were calculated from the RBC count Hb level and PCV estimations[25 26] Statistical Analysis All results were expressed as mean plusmn standard deviation (mean plusmn SD) Data was analyzed using one-way ANOVA followed by Dennettrsquos- test plt005 was considered as statistically significant Results and Discussion The effect of oral administrations of aqueous extract of terminalia chebula fruit on immunological indices of albino rats is presented in (Table-1 and figure 1-3)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 146

The result showed a significant increase in IgG count and a significant decrease in IgM count in case of both low dose and high dose (group 2 and group 3 respectively) as compared to the control (group 1) However IgA count showed a significant decrease in case of low dose (group2) and non significant at the high dose (group3) as compared to control Table-1 Effect of Administration of aqueous extract of Terminalia chebula extract on immunological profile of Rats (Value are expressed as mean plusmn SD n=6 statistical significance was considered to be a plt001 b plt 0025 c plt010 d plt 00001 relative to control)

PARAMETERS GROUP 1 GROUP 2 GROUP 3 IgG (gml) 2493plusmn0089 8521plusmn0013ad 1086plusmn0019aa

IgM (gmL) 236plusmn0049 203plusmn0016bc 1545plusmn0017bb

IgA (gml) 2703plusmn0096 0565plusmn0018cd 206plusmn0012cd

Figure-1 Effect of fruit extract of terminalia chebula on IgG Value

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

1 2 3

CON

C(g

ml

)

GROUP

aa

ad

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 147

Figure-2 Effect of fruit extract of Terminalia chebula on IgM value

Figure-3 Effect of fruit extract of Terminalia chebula on IgA value An investigation of immunological parameters can be used to determine the extent of beneficial effect of extract on the immune system and also give an explanation regarding the possible immune related function Herbs taken as food or medication can increase the bodyrsquos resistance to illness by acting on various component of the immune system The active components of various medicinal plants regulate the immune system by interacting with various immunocytes and regulating their effector mechanism for instance cytokines and their receptors In an earlier study a possible role of ellagic acid (Tannins) has been reported in immune stimulation [27] Terminalia chebula extract also produced a significant increase in primary antibody IgM titer and secondary antibody IgG titer [28] A plant Echinacea on comparing to brahmi and

0

05

1

15

2

25

3

1 2 3

CON

C(g

mL

)

GROUP

0

05

1

15

2

25

3

1 2 3

CON

C(g

mL

)

GROUP

bb bc

cd

cd

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 148

ashwgandha showed that brahmi diet stimulated more secretion of IgA and IgG in the serum compared to Echinacea or ashwgandha Lectin presence in the diet did not affect the increased production of IgA IgG and IgM in spleen lymphocytes after herbal supplement intake A decline in immune system has been seen to cause multiple myeloma (blood cancer) that develops in the bone marrow In this disease which is characterized by bone pain fatigue loss of appetite increased thirst increased urination restlessness urinary tract infection shortening of breath chest pain neuropathy [29] IgM and IgG mainly protect us from infections inside our body tissues organ and blood IgA is present in blood most of the IgA in the body is in the secretions of mucosal surfaces including tears saliva colostrums genital respiratory and gastrointestinal secretions Selective IgA deficiency is one of the most common primary immunodeficiency diseases It has been found that some patients with IgA deficiency have very low levels of IgG (generally Ig2 and IgG4) Recurrent ear infections sinusitis bronchitisand pneumonia are frequently observed in patients with selective IgA deficiency Another grave problem in this disease is the increased frequency in the occurence of autoimmune diseases Allergies are also commonly observed in IgA deficiency resultion in asthma along with other allergic reactions [30] The result of this study suggests that the T chebula extract studied showed positive immunological activities in rats and can be recommended in improving immunity References

1 Hassan J O Curtiss RVirulent Salmonella typhimurium-induced lymphocyte depletion and immunosuppression in chickens Infect Immun 62 2027mdash2031 (1994)

2 Sehar I Kaul A Bani S Pal HC Saxena AK Immune up-regulatory respose of a non-caloric natural sweetener stevioside Chem Biol Interact 2008173115ndash21 [PubMed 18405890]

3 Atal C K Sharma M L Kaul A Khajuria A Immunomodulating agents of plant origin I Preliminary screening J Ethanopharmacol41 185mdash192 (1986)

4 Dua P R Shankar G Srimal R C Husian A Adaptogenic activity of Indian Panax pseudoginseng Ind J Exp Biol 27631mdash634 (1989)

5 Beusher N Bodinet C Neumann-Haefelin D Marston A Hostettmann K Antiviral activity of African medicinal plants J Ethnopharmacol 199442101ndash9 [PubMed 8072303]

6 Chopra R Nayar SL Chopra IC National Institute of Science Communication 1st ed New DelhiIndia CSIR 1956 Glossary of Indian medicinal plants p 242

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 149

7 Chadha YR Vol 10 New Delhi India CSIR 1976 The Wealth of India Raw Materials p 285

8 New Delhi India Dept of ISM and H 1986 API Govt of India Ministry of Health and Family

9 Das B 1991Materia Medica of Ayurveda New Delhi B Jain Publishers 8

10 Sohni YR PKaimal andRMBhatt 1995 The antiamoebic effect of a crude drug formulation of herbal extracts against Entamoeba histolytica in vitro and in vivo J Ethnopharmacol 45(1)43-52

11 Chattopadhyay RR and SK Bhattacharyya 1999Plant Review Terminalia Jammu Tawi154-9 Sukhdev SH Deepak M Joseph GVR Joseph S and Nagar chebula An update Phcog Rev 20071(1) 151-6

12 Kokate CK APPurohit and Gokhale SB Pharmacognosy 200112th ed Pune India NiraliPrakashan p 216-7

13 Nalamolu K and Srinivas N 2006 Antidiabetic and renoprotective effects of chloroform extracts of t chebula retz seeds in streptozotocin- induced diabetic rats

14 Tasduq SA K Singh NK Satti DK Gupta andKASuri 2006 Terminalia chebula (fruit) prevents liver toxicity caused by sub-chronic administration of rifampicin isoniazid and pyrazinamide in combination Hum Exp Toxicol25111-18

15 Cheesbrough M 2000 District Laboratory Practices in Tropical Countries part 2 Low price edition pp267-334

16 Lee HS Won NH Kim KH Lee H Jun W Lee KW Antioxidant effects of aqueous extract of Terminalia chebula in vivo and in vitro Biol Pharm Bull 2005281639ndash44 [PubMed 16141531]

17 Lee HS Jung SH Yun BS Lee KW Isolation of chebulic acid from Terminalia chebula Retz and its antioxidant effect in isolated rat hepatocytes Arch Toxicol 200781211ndash8 [PubMed 16932919]

18 Tejesvi MV Kini KR Prakash HS Subbiah V Shetty HS Antioxidant antihypertensive and antibacterial properties of endophytic Pestalotiopsis species from medicinal plants Can J Microbiol 200854769ndash80 [PubMed 18772940]

19 Kumar M S Dandapat A Kumar and M P Sinha 2014 Pharmacological screening of leaf extract of Adhatoda vasica for therapeutic efficacy Global Journal of Pharmacology 8(4) 494-500

20 Dandapat S MKumar AKumar and M P Sinha 2013 Therapeutic efficacy and nutritional potentiality of Indian Bay leaf (Cinnamomum tamala Buch Hem) International Journal of Pharmacy 3(4) 779 ndash 785

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 150

21 Kumar M S Dandapat and M P Sinha 2016 Antioxidant activity of Chiraita (Swertia chirayita) and Anar (Punica granatum) European Journal of Pharmaceutical and Medical Research 3(2) 267-269

22 Kumar M SDandapatand M PSinha 2015 Hepatoprotective activity of Adhatodavasicaand Vitexnegundo leaf extracts against carbon tetrachloride induced Hepatotoxicity in Rats Advances in Biological Research 9(4) 242 ndash 246

23 Dandapat S M Kumar andM P Sinha 2014 Effects of Aeglemarmelos (L) leaf extract and green nanoparticles on lipid profile The Ecoscan Spl issue (V) 157 ndash 167

24 Demers LM and C Spencer 2006 The thyroid pathophysiology and thyroid function testing In Burtis CA Ashwood ERBruns DE Editor Tietz text book of clinical chemistry and molecular diagnostics 4th edition New Delhi Elsevierrsquos pp2063-2073

25 Adebayo JO AAAdesokan LAOlatuji DOBuoro and A OSoladoye 2005Effect Of Ethanolic Extract Of Bougainvillea spectabilis Leaves On Haematological And Serum Lipid Variables In Rats Biokemistri17(1)45-50s

26 Rogers Kara Ed 2011 Leukocytosis definition Blood physiology and circulation Chicago Britanica Educational Publishing 198

27 NamKoong S Kim Y-J Kim T amp Sohn E-H (2012) Study on the immunomodulatory effects of ellagic acid and their mechanisms related to Toll-like receptor 4 in macrophages Korean Journal of Plant Resources 25 561ndash567

28 Ishrina R and Shakir A 2016 Dried fruit extract of Terminalia chebula modulates the immune response in miceFood and agricultural immunology27 1-22

29 (Primary immuneorggthomegtabout primary immune deficiencies) 30 Kullu AR Wazid T and Sinha MP 2013 Effect of Pisidum guajava

aqueous extracts on hematological profile and serum lipids variables of Albino rats The Bioscan 8(2)743-746

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 151

MARITAL RAPE MANrsquoS FANTASY AND WOMANrsquoS NIGHTMARE A BRIEF STUDY ABOUT NON-CRIMINALIZED CRIME IN INDIA

Dr Koneru Anuradha

Assistant Professor in Law SVD Siddhartha Law College

Kanuru Vijayawada Krishna DT AP

ldquoHappy marriages begin when we marry the ones we love And They blossom when we love the ones we marryrdquo

- Tom Mullen1 Introduction It is not shocking to say that even in modern era which almost all the world countries saying it as a society with equal treatment of men and women women still under the crux of men in several issues One of the best examples for this is lsquomarital rapersquo which is not addressed by many nations through proper law Unfortunately Indian is also one of the nations among the thirty-six nations that still have not fully criminalized marital rape2 One may have a dought that there is a provision in IPC-1860 about marital rape even though researcher saying this concept was not properly addressed in India Yes here is the point still today according to section 375 of IPC says that ldquoSexual intercourse by a man with his own wife the wife not being under fifteen years of age is not raperdquo In fact the marital age of the girl as per law in India is 18 years and what about forced sex of the husband without the will of wife after 15 years More over in several cases court also held that forced sex or deceitful sexual inter course is a violation of women right to privacy under Article 21 of the Constitution of India But under the noble social institution of marriage the human rights and Constitutional rights of the women has been under oppression In India the marital rape is the most common and repugnant form of masochism This violent activity is a manrsquos fantasy and womanrsquos nightmare This shows clearly the male dominated society even at present and women inability due to social religious and moral norms and more importantly because of physical weakness The forced sexual inter course by husband even without wife consent after 15 years can be called as lsquorapersquo yes absolutely one can but this kind of rape under the mask of marriage was not recognized by Indian law Is it not subsided womenrsquos right to equality and justice And is it not violation of women (human)

1 Tome Mullen Quotes httpwwwwisdomquotescomquotetom-mullen 2 Marital Rape in India 36 countries where marital rape is not a crime India today Mar 12 2016

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 152

basic human as well as fundamental rights like Article 14 15 (3) and 21 of the Indian Constitution So the researcher felt that it is the need of the hour to address all these issues to help women to overcome the social chaos religious crux and fight for justice Meaning and Concept of the Marital Rape Though still ages all over the world including in India this forced sexual intercourse under the shadow of marital relation happening but no where it was defined In ancient societies in some tribal groups force sexual intercourse or sexual intercourse without the consent of women or making her in cable to resist or to oppose with a motive to marry her is also accepted In many incidents in offence against women (sexual or any other) viewed by society equal to offence towards cattle or thing Hence it is offence against owner or guardian like father brother husband son etc Though in modern period forced or deceitful sexual inter course recognized as lsquo an offence of rapersquo under IPC Up to Joshape shine v Union of India (2018) the apex court of Indiarsquos historic judgment the sexual intercourse with permission of husband to his wife prevailed in Indian society and excluded from the preview of adultery In this scenario it is highly difficult to say the exact meaning for the word lsquomarital rapersquo But simply one can saw that marital rape is lsquoa undesired intercourse by a husband with his wife with or without her willing by use of force threat of force or physical assault or when she is not able to give consentrsquo The marital rape was classified by scholars in to three categories based on force inflected by husband They are Battering rape

The majority marital rape cases fall under this category Here the women battered and raped by her husband Though sexual inter course itself is a matter related to mental and physical activity In this form physical violence by husband to satisfy his gratification is presents So one can say it as physical as well as sexual violence

Force-only rape

Here the husband only applies a limited force to coerce or to deter his wife to satisfy his gratification More mental force than physical force one can find here Like stop talking to wife betting or scolding children or wifersquos parents and relatives showing aggressive behavior etc

Compulsive Sadistic Obsessive rape

It is more cruel form In this form the sexual intercourse accompanies to much torture and or perverse activities or sadistic activities In this form the frequent pornography may also one can witness3

3 Gosselin DK Heavy Hands An Introduction to the Crimes of Domestic violence (1st ed 2000)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 153

In fact with the invention of technology the marital rapes became more and more violent and in human Though in several countries through feminist movements demanded to criminalize this act still today this inhuman act prevailing in many societies as no offence Ill-effects of marital rape It is fact that this act of marital rape undisputedly results ill-effects on women This marital rape has physical mental short term and long term effects on women During marital rape it will have serious effect on mental condition of the women like fear tension sleeplessness shock depression suicidal tendencies distrust about relation and on opposite gender loneliness attractions towards illegal relations fear to give birth to female child leads to get divorce or separation of bonding and many more these will have short term prevalence if there is repetitive activities then it will have long term effect also the act of marital rape includes mental effect as well as it includes dangerous physical effects like bone breakings bloody nose lips and several parts black eyes smaller or major wounds on body even at privet parts miscarriages infertility problems stillborn babies bladder infections and even prone to get contraction diseases like HIV etc This act of though confined to wife and husband it will also has impact of children families even on society Many times this may lead to other crimes like confinement of women (wife) in house to protect reputation cruel treatment towards wife children other family members displacement of emotional stress in professions against others in the society murders committing rape against own children against others when partner is not available etc many international surveys conducted by the United nations populations fund in 2000 International Center for research on women survey in the year 2011 Committee on the elimination of discrimination against women in year 2014 reveals that one ndash third of Indian men admitting that they are perpetrating some form of sexual violence against their wives and the husbands donrsquot know the seriousness of this issue More over victims also donrsquot know that it is a kind of violence against their basic human rights and the womenrsquos also saying that it is a common factor in almost all houses Many women are not interested to revel the matter because of fear of reputation In fact marital rape is a serious psychological disorder which needs immediate treatment to the actor and protection to the victim Position of Indian law Even though it is harsh one should admit that the first step regarding reorganization of marital rape as offence done during British period through IPC-1860 under section 375 In fact they made this act only up to certain age It exempted act of marital rape after certain age to women (15 years) This exemption has its roots in England law In 17th century Sir Matthew Hale CJ

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 154

in England held that ldquothe husband cannot be guilty of a rape committed by himself upon his wife for by their mutual matrimonial consent and contract the wife hath given herself in kind unto the husband whom she cannot retractrdquo4 Even today it is prevailing in our society It is shame to share that even after 73 years of freedom in India Indian legal system careless about this silent and secret offence Fortunately by the 42nd report recommendations of the law commission of India in the year 1983 section 376A was added to IPC It says that if the husband had forced sexual intercourse with a judicially separated wife separated under any decree or custom or usage then it will be treated as offence While dealing with marital rape law commission held that marriage is note the license to rape Hence under section 376A a husband can now be indicted find and imprisoned up to 2years of punishment Later through the Protection of women from domestic violence Act 2005 at least this marital rape was considered as civil offence that to it is a de facto but not de jure In fact several countries recognized this act as criminal offence After that by the Criminal law amendment Act 2013 many necessary and substantive changes occurred to lsquoconcept of rapersquo under IPC Cr P C Evidence Act etc but it is failed to criminalize marital rape by retaining an exception to Section 376A of the IPC Even though the former CJ Late JSVerma Committee which was established by Central government to recommend on amendment and enhancing laws against rape and sexual assault recommended along with several recommendations to repeal exception to marital rape because it creating the notions of women being the property of their husbands Though based on this committee recommendation the Criminal law amendment Act took place it neglected the committee recommendation on lsquomarital rapersquo Hence one can say that at present only piece meal legislation is available on marital rape but not a commendable law Judicial contribution It is also fact that Indian judiciary has been playing a sympathetic role towards women issues contributing sensitive role and protecting and promoting women rights In number of cases being custodian of the Constitution the higher judiciary in India well addressed the issues of rape and sexual assault against women In Bodhisattwa Gautam v Subhra Chakraborty5 the apex court of India held that rape is a crime against basic human rights and violation of the victimrsquos fundamental rights namely the right to equality dignity privacy and life In Vishaka amp others v the State of Rajastha6 Court has given wider definition as sexual harassment which conveys any unwanted or uninvited physical touch or 4 Hale History of the Pleas of the Crown p 629 (1778) 5 (1996) 1 SCC 490 6 AIR 1997 SC 3011 at 3014

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 155

conduct or showing of pornography or any definable sexual comments or texts will come under the ambit of sexual harassment This kind of activities directly hampers the right of women to work to life and it also affects their dignity to live It also hinders the mental and physical health of women So it shall be avoided and the equality between the genders shall be established at workplace In Chairman Railway Board and Others v Chandrima Das7 the proactive court gave a very extensive definition of life It that rape is an act which invades the privacy dignity and life of the women more over in this case court also held that the victim in the case should be compensated with 10 lake rupees even though this amount will never take back her honor it may helpful her to live with dignity In the State of Karnataka v Krishnappa8 the apex court of India held that ldquosexual violence apart from being a dehumanizing act is an unlawful intrusion of the right to privacy and sanctity of a female and non-consensual sexual intercourse amounts to physical and sexual violencerdquo In Suchita Srivastava v Chandigarh Administration9 the Supreme Court of India equated the right to make choices related to sexual activity with rights to personal liberty privacy dignity and bodily integrity under the Article 21 of the Constitution of India In Justice KS Puttuswamy (Retd) v Union of India10 Court held that right to privacy as a fundamental right of all citizens and held that the right to privacy includes lsquodecisional privacy reflected by an ability to make intimate decisions primarily consisting of onersquos sexual or procreative nature and decisions in respect of intimate relationsrsquo Like above in many cases the Indian judiciary has recognized the right of equality privacy dignity and life of the women It also said the activities of the rape or sexual harassment is the violation of above rights and to abstain from sexual activity for all women irrespective of their marital status as a fundamental right conferred by Article 14 and 21 etc of the Constitution But unfortunately honorable Indian judiciary also fails to address properly this evil practice of marital rape It is evident in Independent Thought v Union of India11 in this case the apex court had a chance to interpret exception 2 of Section 375 of the IPC Supreme Court Justices Madan B Lokur and Deepak Gupta rationalized that IPC Section 375 exception 2 should be understood as less than eighteen years instated of 15 years Here the court held that distinction between the married girl child and the unmarried girl child is contrary to the spirit of the Constitution of India specifically Article 14 15(3) and Article 21 The court also recognized the importance of a womenrsquos autonomy over own

7 (2000) 2 SCC 465 8 (2000) 4 SCC 75 (India) 9 (2008) 14 SCR 989 (India) 10 (2017) AIR 2017 SC 4161 (India) 11 (2017) 382 SCC (India)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 156

body her right to bodily integrity and her right of privacy Forced sexual intercourse by husband with his child bride would be a violation of the Protection of Human rights Act 1993 and fundamental rights under Article 14 and 21 of the Indian constitution Hence from the above interpretation by apex court one can understand that again court also restricted the marital rape extension up to certain age (18 years) In fact in this modern era court has to interpret this marital rape concept irrespective of rape and in widest scope as like many other developed countries Honorable court failed to understand that sexual intercourse with force with married child and unmarried child is not sufficient in fact forced intercourse with women at any age irrespective of marital status should be understand Rebuttal of arguments against criminalization of marital rape It is known fact that every issue will have pros and cons In case of criminalization of marital rape also there are several arguments against the idea The act of marital rape is impossible to prove because it happened within four walls so one should believe the words of women But it is also true that it may be misused by women to black mail their husbands At present in our society one is able to witness many false cases field by women under 498A domestic violence Sexual harassment at work place etc so innocent husbands may be victims of this criminalization of marital rape It may be one of the preventive in case of the possible reconciliation of husband and wife because husband reputation in society will fall down However a study conducted by the joint women programme an NGO found that one out of seven married women had been raped by their husband at least once It is not reporting by women because there is no family support and more importantly law support It is fact that it is a age old silent unreported crime spreading in society Conclusion According to mythology marriage is a devotional institution It should be based on trust belief caring adjustment affection love etc but not with force coerce violence etc undoubtedly forced intercourse by husband with his own wife is a in human activity and it should be stopped Men and women both should have concern towards others each should respect rights of the other If they failed to respect the rights of the others than the law should take that liability so it is the need of the time to recognize marital rape irrespective of age limit and it should be criminalized As it is proved that this in human activity has long term short term physical and mental ill effect on women as well as on society It should be stopped But simply making of law itself is not sufficient for fruitful results women must rise their voice and the society must come out of several myths like husband has every right over his wife rape by onersquos spouse is inconsequential etc

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 157

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 158

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 159

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 160

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 161

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 162

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 163

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 164

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 165

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 166

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 167

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 168

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 169

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 170

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 171

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 172

Page 4: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019

C O N T E N T S

Volume 8 Issue 11(1) November 2019

S No PgNo

1 Religious Teaching Methods and Diversity Practices Based on Five Pillars Phenomenological Hermeneutic Paul Ricour Studies of Sai Culture Study Group Denpasar (SSG) Bali Province

Made Redana

1

2 Identity Politics A Master Stroke of Polarization P M N Shankar

12

3 Multiple Regression Analysis of Value Drivers of Earnings Per Share (EPS) An Analytical Study of the Wipro Ltd

Sangamesh Hugar and A S Shiralashetti

16

4

28

5 Learning Styles of the Postgraduate Students of Library and Information Science of Karnataka State An Empirical Study

Yashavanth K N and B S Maheswarappa

32

6 Food Security in Assam A Case Study of Lakhimpur District Bikash Hazarika

46

7 Overview of Self Esteem in Personality Development D Vishnu Priya

59

8 Isolation and Identification of Bioactive Molecules Produced by Entomopathogenic Bacteria Comamonas Testosteroni

Deepa I

64

9 A Study of Leadership Behaviour of Special Educator and General Educator in Inclusive School

Deepti Gupta and Mala Tandon

75

10 Process Validation Increasing Effectiveness and Safety of the Drug Products

Dhruvi Siyola Pragnesh Patani and Nishkruti Mehta

84

11 व ीकरण क दौर म फ़ल रह ह द

ज मोहन राव

94

12 Quercetin as an Antiurolithiatic Drug Against Ethylene Glycol Induced Calculi in Male Rats

G Subashini Hebsibah Elsie B Asha S and ShobaK

98

13 Four Historic Visits of Mahatma to Assam Gautam Sarmah

112

14 Skyscrapers Linked with Impending Financial Crashes Girisha Nayak S and Gaurav Lodha

116

15 Assessment of Knowledge and Practice of Women Regarding Plastic Waste and Prevention of its Usage in Selected Urban Area Tirupathi A Descriptive Study

M Lakshmi Devi and PNeeraja

121

16 A Study on Quality of Work Life of Employees in Banking Sector

Libina Babu and Koshy C J

130

17 Impact of Aqueous Fruit Extract of Haritaki (Terminalia Chebula) on Immunonological Parameters of Mammalian Model (Albino Rats)

Kumari Babli Tarkeshwar Kumar Manoj Kumar and MP Sinha

143

18 Marital Rape Manrsquos Fantasy and Womanrsquos Nightmare A Brief Study About Non-Criminalized Crime In India

Koneru Anuradha

151

19

157

20

164

Dr K VICTOR BABU

MAMAMPhilPhDPDF (DLit) Associate Professor Institute of Education amp Editor-in-Chief International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational Research (IJMER) amp Sucharitha A Journal of Philosophy and Religion Mettu University Metu Ethiopia

ISSN 2277 ndash 7881 Impact Factor 6014 (2019)

Index Copernicus Value 516

Editorialhelliphellip

It is heartening to note that our journal is able to sustain the enthusiasm and covering various facets of knowledge It is our hope that IJMER would continue to live up to its fullest expectations savoring the thoughts of the intellectuals associated with its functioning Our progress is steady and we are in a position now to receive evaluate and publish as many articles as we can The response from the academicians and scholars is excellent and we are proud to acknowledge this stimulating aspect

The writers with their rich research experience in the academic fields are contributing excellently and making IJMER march to progress as envisaged The interdisciplinary topics bring in a spirit of immense participation enabling us to understand the relations in the growing competitive world Our endeavour will be to keep IJMER as a perfect tool in making all its participants to work to unity with their thoughts and action

The Editor thanks one and all for their input towards the growth of the Knowledge Based Society All of us together are making continues efforts to make our predictions true in making IJMER a Journal of Repute

DrKVictor Babu

Editor-in-Chief

SOCIAL SCIENCES HUMANITIES COMMERCE amp MANAGEMENT ENGINEERING amp TECHNOLOGY MEDICINE SCIENCES ART amp DEVELOPMENT STUDIES LAW

wwwijmerin

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 1

RELIGIOUS TEACHING METHODS AND DIVERSITY PRACTICES BASED ON FIVE PILLARS PHENOMENOLOGICAL HERMENEUTIC

PAUL RICOUR STUDIES OF SAI CULTURE STUDY GROUP DENPASAR (SSG) BALI PROVINCE

Made Redana E-mail redanaihdnacid WA 08193108031965 Phone Number 081999824999

Abstract

The presence of Sai Study Group (SSG) gives a new color to multicultural education based on Five Pillars concept (Satya Dharma Prema Santih Ahimsa) as seen in the Sarwa Dharma symbol promoted by SSG by showing the existence of various symbols of the worlds major religions which is incorporated into a circle of lotus flowers the existence of these symbols can be explored interpreted and explored their meaning according to Paul Ricoeurs thinking paradigm to find profound religious spiritual and social meanings especially the true objective meaning in order to obtain an essential truth

This study aims to (1) identify the application of religious teaching

methodology in the culture of learning among Denpasar study group devotees (2) find principles or abstractions that can explain how the five ideological values of the five pillars are the core values in the practice of diversity Denpasar Group (SSG) and (3) interpret the meaning of the five pillar concepts according to Hermeneutics Paul Ricourand are implemented in actions and interactions among SSG Denpasar devotees and all religious people The method used is a qualitative research method that places researchers as playing instruments to help analyze the problem of ideographic research

Descriptive explorative research results show that in an effort to transfer

knowledge and transfer of community values SSG Denpasar transforms the teachings of Bhagawad Sri Sathya Sai Baba with multi methods namely Dharma Tula (Study Circle) Dharmawacana Dharma Ashrama (Balvikas PNK) Dharma Gita (Gita group Pesantian) DharmaSadhana (Youth camp Balvikas Camp Sadhana Camp) Dharma Kriya (Seva Mutual Cooperation Blood Donor Gramma Seva) Dharma Shanti for devotees Study Circle in practice is a form of discussion in which participants (devotees) sit in a circular manner in a topic set by the SSG management referring to the teachings of Sri Sathya Sai Baba

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 2

The five pillars (Satya Dharma Prema Santhi and Ahimsa) cannot be separated from elements of human behavior and dharma as a form of manifestation of these five elements in the blast of society This means that humans must always be able to show behavior that is in harmony with the values of the five pillars

Key words Methods of Religious Teaching Five Pillars Hermeneutics Paul Ricour INTRODUCTION

Now days in the lives of Balinese people spiritual cultural approaches are believed to be still held firmly and implemented adaptively and flexibly in developing the paradigm and operationalization of life practices in various dimensions such as development and improvement of appreciation for diversity through tolerance in religious life environmental management development of social life artistic life development of religious education programs and others based on spiritual culture Regarding appreciation for diversity empirical evidence shows that Hindus since ancient times valued diversity as a dynamic in interacting with other people Although textually normative religious concepts are related to appreciation of differences and the non-violent teachings of religions empirically and applicatively there seems to be a gap between theory and practice as shown by the existence of conflicts and cases of violence based on SARA and the difference in the perspective of a religious adherent to another religion Empirical evidence about cases of religious based violence is found in Indonesia and in various parts of the world The emergence of various forms of SARA-based violence is allegedly influenced by the presence of modern views that confront religion with what Hidayat and Nafis (2003 13) refer to as epistemological crises in religion this crisis rooted in what is called Religions Way of Knowing (RWK) Sociologists see the symptoms of the modern human crisis as a regression (regress) which is characterized by damage in the fabric of the structure of human behavior in peoples lives which first takes place on a personal level (individual) related to motives perceptions and responses (responses) including status and role conflicts Second with regard to religious norms which are related to the destruction of rules that must be a standard of behavior life which Durkheim calls life without normlessness

According to Levinson three distinct groups present different conceptions of multicultural education These groups are political and educational philosophers educational theorists and educational practitioners In the minds of the members of these groups multicultural education has different and sometimes conflicting aims within schools Philosophers see multicultural education as a method of response to minorities within a society who advocate

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 3

for their own groups rights or who advocate for special considerations for members of that group as a means for developing a childs sense of autonomy and as a function of the civic good Educational theorists differ from philosophers in that theorists seek to restructure schools and curriculum to enact social justice and real equality (Levinson 2010 p 433) According to Banks (2013) a major goal of multicultural education is to change teaching and learning approaches so that students of both genders and from diverse cultural ethnic and language groups will have equal opportunities to learn in educational institutions

At the cultural level the crisis is related to a shift in values and knowledge of society which is called the cultural language phenomenon That material values and knowledge grow rapidly far beyond the things that are spiritual so that people lose their balance Unfortunately the crisis also affected the world of education including religious education which was characterized by the dominance and hegemony of the practice of national education which tended to ignore the values of religious humanism because it was dominated by capitalist market ideologies that tended to be materialistic (Sukadi 2007 4) based on sacred moral values more and more time tends to show symptoms of secularization (Piliang as quoted by Widja 2007 74-87) here the world of education like the world of secular countries tends to separate between the interests of religious ideology and the ideology of science Whereas in the reality of Indonesian society in general and Balinese society in particular such ways of thinking and values conflict with the values of religious society (Azra in Maliki 2004) But in curriculum schools where the education process focuses on teaching eclectic bodies of knowledge and skills teachers need to use multicultural education to promote such highly valued outcomes as human development education equality academic excellence and democratic citizenship (see Banks amp Banks 2001 Nieto 2000)These attitudes distort multicultural education and make it susceptible to sporadic and superficial implementation if any Textbooks provide a compelling illustration of such an attitude The little multicultural content that they offer is often presented in sidebars and special events sections (Loewen 1995) This practice of education is suspected to detail the Indonesian generation towards materialism hedonism consumerism instincts glamorism and the like In addition as a result of religious learning and learning activities become dry from the touch of spiritual cultural values and highlight the increase in intellectual intelligence that tends to be rationalistic-materialistic (Sumantri 2001 85 Sukadi 2006 4) Furthermore Amin Abdullah in Abdul (2007 73) said that In the context of the epistemology of learning culture at the Sai Study Group Denpasar this study attempts to examine the application of religious teaching methodologies that lead to the formation of strong

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 4

characters and religious dimensions through intense interpretation of Spiritual Teacher discourses Intense interpretation of religious symbols and their active implementation in actions and interactions in community religious life is an imperative to create ideal conditions according to the expectations of the teachings of Hinduism The specific problem in this study which is also a strategic issue focused on the study of religious teaching methodologies applied in Panca-based religious practices and their implementation in action and interaction among the Sai Study Group (SSG) in Denpasar Religious harmony that is constructed through the exploration of religious values with their spiritual culture taught in religious learning groups at SSG Denpasar Efforts to construct religious harmony with a frame of religiosity humanism perennialism that is appreciative of diversity The existence of SSG Denpasar through its multicultural education encourages people to increase

DISCUSSIONamp RESULT Deep understanding of Sais identity must be recognized by various Sai

staff members followed by all Sri Satya Narayana adherents or devotees known as Sai Baba There are several important elements that need to be considered namely (1) The nature identity of Sai (nature) as a source of Sais identity (2) Vision Sai (Sai Vision) as a basis and purpose which is nothing but natural or teak din itself (3) Sais mission (Mision) aimed at realizing realizing Sais Vision (4) Sai Culture (culture which is implied in Sais mission (5) Sai personality and personality formed and principles The sovereignty that has been cultivated is reflected in ones views and attitudes (6) the differentiation or uniqueness of Sai (differentiations) as the most basic distinguishing element and Sai and (7) the position of Sai (positioning) important principles taught by Sri Satya Narayana (Sai Baba) who is at the same time an orientation in carrying out actions and interactions in community life and religion are There is only One Religion based on Love There is only one language - Heart language There is only one humanity caste There is only one God - He is everywhere and in the heart of every creature (SSGI 2010 31)

The statement in the form of the motto must be used as a reference in interacting with human in various dynamics of life in the context of building harmony both horizontally and vertically To strengthen the realization of the dynamics of life based on the values of sincerity compassion and mutual respect in religious and community life he built the concept of Five Pillars (Satya Dharma Prema Shantih and Ahimsa) as the main buffer in interacting in life human being in society The Satya Sai organization is based on five things as a fundamental and fundamental orientation for all Sai organizations and behavioral guidelines for their followers The principle of Sais organization consists of 1 Vedas - Sanathaa Dharma (Eternal Truth) as described by Sad Guru Bhagawan Sri Sathya Sai Baba 2 Panca Pillars of Sathya Sai

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 5

Humanitarian Values as follows 1) Sathya Truth 2) Dharma Virtue 3) Prema lsquoLove 4) Shanti aianPeace rsquo 5) Ahimsa No Violence 3 Nine Code of Conduct as follows 1) Meditating and praying or praying every day 2) Singing hymns (bhajans) and praying or praying with all family members once a week 3) Participate in educational programs for children organized by the organization 4) Following the hymns (bhajans) and prayers conducted at the organizations activity centers at least once a month 5) Participate in community service activities and other programs carried out by the organization 6) Regularly study Sag discourses of Guru Bhagawan Sri Sathya Sai Babas teacher 7) Talk softly to anyone 8) Do not talk about the ugliness of others both when the person is present especially when the person is not there 9) Running a life of limiting desire and using savings from the results of controlling that desire for humanitarian services 4 Ten Life Principles as follows 1) Regarding and upholding the homeland the place of birth as something sacred by cultivating a heroic attitude towards the nation and the nation and never having a bad dream in the mind or even in a dream to do something that can make the country miserable as soon as birth 2) Respecting all religions 3) Establishing brotherly relations between same people 4) Cleaning the house and the surrounding environment to improve harmony and health together this is actually useful and helps himself 5) Carrying out generosity encouraging but not supporting the spirit of dissemination by giving money but by providing food clothing or shelter or helping with other means that do not make him lazy 6) It is not giving or accepting bribes in solving all problems 7) It is not jealous and jealous of others by developing insights and views and treating all people equally equally without distinguishing castes nations religions groups and beliefs 8) Carry out all your own needs yourself as well as go personally in doing community service and service activities by not controlling other people or helpers for a rich person 9) Developing and cultivating devotion to God fear of sinning avoiding disgraceful deeds 10) Following and not violating all the express and implied laws of the State Law and being good telada citizens (SSGI 2003 21-23) The organization of the Sri Sathya Sai Bali Foundation only oversees Prema Sai K Kindergarten

Generally Sai Study Group activity classification based on age groups namely 1) Age Group 4-12 years is called Balvikas 2) Age Group 13-35 years old is called Youthvikas 3) Age Groups 35 years and above are called Wredhavikas (or groups that have entered the gates of Grhasta or family)

Each age group has its own teacher based on their talents and abilities including the license they have to teach National-scale education must be taught by PNK Teams who have licenses from Jakarta or Education centers such as India Thailand Philippines Zambia and Malasia Indonesia includes

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 6

Zone III (Asian region) which is incorporated with the above mentioned countries

The education of Sathya Sai or the Human Values Education at the Sai Study Group is more appropriate to be called semi-ashram The reason is Sai Study Group is in the form of a permanent place as the center of all activities in a particular area to reflect the work program of the three wings namely Spiritual Seva (Service) and Education according to the author of the three wings are sourced from the teachings of CaturMarga Yoga which can be implemented on three wings namely 1) Bhakti Marga Yoga is represented in Bhajan activities (hymns Sankirtan singing sacred songs (Sai Gopi group) mewirama (Sai Gurnita group) meditation (Sathya Sai Meditation) Yoga and Tirtayathra 2) Karma Marga Yoga is represented in Seva activities (services) such as Medical Camp Giving Sembako Visiting while providing assistance to nursing homes orphanages free clinics and providing scholarships to underprivileged children 3) JnanaMarga Yoga is represented in the activities of Human Values Education where Youthvikas children come to the villages to provide free Human Values Education for Raja Marga Yoga it is not applied because the level of King Marga Yoga is the final point of a spiritual seeker to the level of moksha

Raja Marga Yoga is the end point of human life However if one has been able to carry out the three wings mentioned above it is not impossible for them to be able to penetrate to this final level Spiritual education is very consistent with the fulfilment of self-realizing (spiritual awareness) balance of the soul not fed with a variety of worlds of materialism which he considers only virtual form Sathyam Brahman Jagan Mithyam (that truth is only brahman while the world is virtual) According to the SSGD Administrators in the discussion held before Bhajan on Thursday September 6 2018 in Tegeh Kori Denpasar it was explained that the various methods used in the SSG community group in transforming the teachings of Bhagawan Sri Sathya Sai Baba include Dharma Tula (study circle) Dharmawacana Dharma ashrama (balvikas PNK) Dharma Gita (group gita pesantian) Dharma Sadhana (Youth camp Balvikascamp Sadhana Camp) Dharma kriya (seva mutual cooperation blood donor gramma seva ) Dharma Shanti (celebrating every year for devotees)

The word value from the translation of the word value is then translated into Indonesian into values derived from Latin valere or Ancient French valoir (Encyclopedia of Real Estate Terms 2020) The denotative meaning valere valence value or value can be interpreted as price However when the word has been associated with an object or perceived from a certain point of view the price contained in it has various interpretations There are prices according to economics psychology sociology anthropology politics and religion The

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 7

difference in interpretation of the price of a birth value is not only due to differences in human interest in material things or scientific studies but more than that the price of a value needs to be articulated to realize and utilize the meanings of life (Rohmat 2008 7) Another opinion from AloLiliweri states that value is a belief based on a code of ethics in society Values show right good and bad and also show how we should live now and in the future as well as how life experiences in the past

The dimension of value is a unit of interrelation of several values that exist in a continuum of interests Value is something abstract about the goals that we build through language symbols and verbal and non-verbal (Liliweri 2002 108) Psychologist Gordon Allport defines value as occurring in a psychological area called belief Therefore he considered that Value is a belief that makes a person act on the basis of his choice Confidence is placed in the psychological area that is higher than other areas such as desires motives attitudes desires and needs Because the decision is right wrong good and bad beautiful is not beautiful in this region is the result of a series of psychological processes that then direct the individual to actions and actions that are in accordance with the value of his choice

Value is a normative benchmark that influences humans in making choices among alternative ways of action (Kupperman 1983) Therefore one of the most important parts in the process of value judgment is the involvement of normative values that apply in society Rohmat believes that the value is always related to education (2004 117) Value is not possessed by an object in itself This situation cangive rise to different values from various subjects in appreciating the same object The purpose of education itself is to shape human character to be perfect (the aim of education is character) Human consciousness must be increased at the highest level (Jumsai 2000 86-87)

Etymologically reviewed the Sai Study Group is a study group that examines the vedas which are based on teachings discourse by their spiritual teacher Bhagawan Sri Sathya Sai Baba Furthermore the Sai Study Group is shortened to SSG All SSGs in the territory of Indonesia are covered by the Central Sai Study Group Indonesia (SSG) based in Jakarta One branch of the Sai Study Group in Bali is better known as the Sai Study Group Denpasar or SSG Denpasar because it is within the Denpasar city area referring to the teachings of ancient highways originating from Vedas Literature and Upanishads carrying four sacred missions namely 1 Veda Poshanais upholding the holy teachings of the Vedas 2 VidvatPoshana is nurturing scholars who study Vedas 3 The Rakshaka Dharma is protecting the truth of the Vedas 4 Bhakta Rakshaka is protecting people who are devoted to God The Sai Study Group organization especially in Bali has developed and has a branch or wing of 32 Sai Study Groups (SSG) covering eight regencies

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 8

throughout Bali plus branches that are in the village area and officially received PHDI Center since January 1994 with letter No 26 Perny I PHDIP 1994 dated January 14 1994 Each has a branch or branch in the Rural area The teachings developed by the Sai Study Group refer to the five pillars described in this paper namely Truth (Sathya) Virtue (Dharma) Peace (Shanti) Compassion (Prema) and Non-Violence (Ahimsa) According to Kasturi (1987 150) the Sai Study Group has three wings or three fields in developing Sai Babas teachings namely 1 Spirituality (Spiritual) 2 Field of Service (Seva) 3 Field of Education (Human Values) In this study the basis of this research is in the third program namely the field of education which incorporates values in teaching education to its devotees According to the teachings of Sri Sathya Sai Baba states that education without character is futile So the end of education is forming

The three wings of the organization in conducting activities consist of 1) Wings first wings move in the Spiritual field namely Bhajans (holy songs mewirama meditation yoga tirtayathra) 2) Wings second wings are engaged in Seva (services) such as Medical Camp Basic food donations to the poor free Polyclinics Visiting Orphanages and Nursing Homes giving scholarships to the poor and so on 3) Wings third wing is engaged in the field of Education namely Debriefing of Human Values Education (PNK) to Balvikas teachers kindergarten teachers satsang (discussion) Workshop Seminar founded the Sathya Sai Kindergarten school In the opinion of the author the three wings are sourced from the teachings of CaturMarga Yoga which can be implemented on three wings namely 1) Bhakti Marga Yoga is represented in Bhajan activities (hymns Sankirtan singing sacred songs (Sai Gopi group) mewirama (Sai Gurnita group) meditation (Sathya Sai Meditation) Yoga and Tirtayathra 2) Karma Marga Yoga is represented in Seva activities (services) such as Medical Camp Giving Sembako Visiting while providing assistance to nursing homes orphanages free clinics and providing scholarships to underprivileged children 3) JnanaMarga Yoga is represented in the activities of Human Values Education where Youthvikas children come to the villages to provide free Human Values Education

Basic Ideological Values of the Five Pillars Become the SSG Religious Foundation Denpasar Five Pillars (truth virtue affection peace nonviolence) someone who lives on the path Sai will present as a wise and loving person where his discourse always conveys the truth his actions always enlighten virtue his feelings are always filled with peace and his views always implies a nonviolent attitude Efforts to understand basic uniqueness can then distinguish between Sai organizations and other similar social organizations Every view attitude or activity carried out is always seen as an effort to realize and develop self-spirituality through SAI = See Always Inside unity - purity - divinity

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 9

(Always seen as an effort to build and develop Unity - Purity - Godhead) With regard to the basic values of character Sais organization provides policy recommendations such as (1) Sais Bhakta should be aware of his own character identity and make Sais Vision the basis and purpose of his spiritual journey Embodied in the perspective of nature attitude behavior and seen from how he interpreted and responded to every situation (2) Sais devotion is obliged to carry out the Inisi Sai and build Sais personality and culture with love and service Not only intended for those who are deities in semanusiar but also for all people and all beings in the universe (3) All components of Sais organization should be able to position Sais organization as a vehicle for developing self-spirituality by promoting the principles of spirituality in life (4) Sai Bhakta should realize the implicit meaning of the symbol of Sai that emphasizes the principles of values (values) and the principle of universality and (5) Sai Bhakta must understand the depth of Sais teachings both through the existing literature through the activities of Study Circle Sathya dharma discourse and through other spiritual practices Sadhana (both proclaimed by the organization and in the daily lives of devotees) and try to make life appropriate with the mandate of Sad Teacher (Your life is My Messages)

The position of Sai devotees before the teacher sad All Sai devotees have the same position before Sad Guru Bhagavan Sri Sathya Sai Baba This relationship is personal direct without intermediaries Sai iniracles (Sais miracle) It must be realized that Sais most valuable miracle is the transformation of love within oneself Even if Bhagavan often shows miracles in the form of creating material things for someone it is only personal and is seen as a business card or as a reminder of him Sai Bhakta is expected not to stop there Sais Bhakta should not be bound to what given then forget who gave it (Sai VidyaPrashanti 2013 326-328) The concept of PancaPilar which consists of satya (truth) dharma (virtue) shanti (peace) prema (love) and ahimsa (without violence) is required by sad teacher to be the basic capital that must be a reference and guide for all devotees in doing actions and interactions in peoples lives

Methods of spiritual culture-based religious learning that can be used to develop the ability to understand (Jnatum) See (Drashtum) and Diaini (Paveshtum) depth and echo of conscience which are connected with the reality of life and life Contemplation and internalization (contemplation tracing and strengthening) is like the first spiritual kitchen that cultivates the connection between reality and the principles of Sais teachings with the reality of life that must be lived The end and this stage will present a deeper insight awareness and belief (SSGI 2010 144)

Transformation ultimately leads someone always in Gods consciousness Gods consciousness (divinity) can only be achieved with purity

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 10

and the purity of the heart born and the unity of view and action (unity) To build purity through unity of view and action resources and techniques for supporting transformation are needed The sources techniques and means of supporting Sai transformation are related to (1) devotional service (devotion) (2) duty (3) (3) discipline (discipline) (4) discrimination ability and (5) determination (determination) (SSGI 2010 40) (1) Bhakti (Devotion)

Until now devotional service still keeps a number of hearts in the heart Words cannot even describe how a person feels when he is filled with devotion The secret behind the bond between the creator and the one created is truly inaccessible with rationality (2) Duties and obligations (Duty) everything in the universe is governed by a law called duties and obligations or often referred to as Dharma (3) Discipline (Discipline) Discipline is very much needed in the process of transformation As explained in the dharma description that there is no one in the universe that moves on its own all are governed by their own rules which are called dharma or duties and obligations (4) Ability to distinguish (Discrimination) basically each person is given the ability to distinguish between good and bad and which are allowed or not to be done

The ability to distinguish is called intellect or Viveka Intellect or viveka is higher in level and in the mind whose work is only to gather knowledge build passion emotion ego and love (5) Determination (Determination) Transformation cannot be possible without determination A person will be able to have determination if he is aware and believes that these changes can provide better and earlier benefits lsquoDetermination is needed so that the spirit of transformation is maintained The technique means of Sai transformation consists of prayer bhajan service sathsang always strives in the consciousness of God PancaPilar As the Foundation for the Development of Integrity and Adaptation Integration and adaptation is the stage to build connectivity and space for adjustments between views awareness or beliefs that have been built up with action plans This is the most central stage in the transformation process Views awareness and beliefs will have no meaning if It is not integrated in life Awareness that has remained in the area of view should be integrated linked and adjusted with action plans so as to bring awareness of actions or often referred to as karma yoga Karma is action and yoga is calm The Meaning of Five Pillars through the Implementation of the Teachings of Karma and Dharma Bhakti The five pillars (Satya Dharma Prema Santi and Ahimsa) cannot be separated from elements of human behavior and dharma as a form of manifestation of these five elements in social life

This means that humans must always be able to show behavior that is in harmony with the values of pillars because every action taken will have consequences that are accepted according to the quality of the actions

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 11

performed Honor the Atma in each individual because Atma is God who resides in every being Your job is to help do service or Dharmabakti Do your heart with all your heart please help with love that is genuine and blameless CONCLUSION In an effort to transfer the knowledge and transfer of values to the SSG Denpasar community transforming the teachings of Bhagawad Sri Santhya Sai Baba with multi methods namely Dharma Tula (study circle) Dharmawacana Dharma Ashrama (balvikas PNK) Dharma Gita (Group Gita Pesantian ) DharmaSadhana (Youth camp Balvikas Camp Sadhana Camp) Dharma Kriya (Seva Mutual Cooperation Blood Donor Gramma Seva) Dharma Shanti (celebrating every year for devotees) Study Circle in practice is in the form of discussion where all participants (devotees) sit in a circular manner in a trending topic chosen by the SSG management referring to the teachings of Sri Sathya Sai Baba FivePilars (Truth Virtue Compassion Peace Non-violence) is considered as basic values as well as ideology that is used as a reference or goal to be achieved in guiding and guiding his devotees in improving self-quality identification of identity and effort to realize and develop self-spirituality The five pillars (Satya Dharma Prema Santi and Ahimsa) cannot be separated from elements of human behavior and dharma as a form of manifestation of these five elements in the blast of society This means that humans must always be able to show behavior that is in harmony with the values of the five pillars References 1 Banks James An Introduction to Multicultural Education 4th edition

2008 Pearson AllynBacon ISBN 9780205518852 2 Levinson M (2009)Mapping Multicultural Education in Harvey Seigel

ed The Oxford Handbook of Philosophy of Education (Oxford University Press)

3 Loewen J W (1995) Lies my teacher told me Everything your American history textbook got wrong New York New Press

4 Nieto S (2000) Affirming diversity The sociopolitical context of multicultural education (3rd ed) New York Longman

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 12

IDENTITY POLITICSA MASTER STROKE OF POLARIZATION

P M N Shankar Department of Political Science Sharavathi First Grade College

konandur-postThirthahalli-Taluk SHIMOGA-Dist

The past few months have seen several social groups protesting sometimes violently to either protect or extend special privileges to their members This resurgence of identify politics sits uncomfortably with a liberal constitutional order that is built on the rights of the individual The congress government in Karnataka agreed to give minority status to the Lingayat and Veerashaiva communities in March 2018 Dalit groups have taken to the streets to protest against a recent Supreme Court order to fortify The Schedule Castes and the Scheduled Tribes (Prevention of Atrocities) Act 1989 against misuse Earlier there have been demands for special privileges from relatively affluent communities such as the Jats in Haryana the Patidars in Gujurat and the Marathas in Maharashtra The two main national parties have at different times played caste and communal politics to further their electoral agendas Many regional parties too have played identity politics with equal if not grater panache Indian electoral politics essentially does not allow any major political party to take a stand against the grant of special privileges to a community with a substantial number of votes

Identity Politics

Caste

Religio

LanguagGender

Ethnicit

Urban Rural

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 13

The Power of Politics In the ldquoFirst past the postrdquo system of electing representatives the power of democratic mobilization gives communities a veto over the rights of the individual In an Indian election a political party has to cultivate a small number of communities which can deliver block votes And when the swing of a few percentage of votes can change the electoral verdict even being able to wean off a faction of a community away from the rival party may work wonders Why the Resurgence What is at stake is the number of benefits enjoyed on wearing the minority badge A number of central and state government schemes are meant exclusively for the minorities The educational institutes run by minorities enjoy much greater autonomy These perverse incentives in the name of secularism ndash which in really actually distort Indian secularism ndash have given rise to numerous such demands by communities to gain minority status Ethnic fragmentation of the kind India has allowed full play to identity politics This fragmentation also makes it difficult for communities across fault line to come together to mobilize on economic issues The middle class which is often expected to agitate for better economic policies in place of community based hand-outs has responded by exiting government delivered services in favour of private service providers If one community is being given undue favour by a ruling party other communities can unite to overthrow it in the next election With an upper cap on quotas introducing new communities into these privileges angers the original backward communities get minority status it will mean less funds for each minority group The political scientist Devesh Kapur has blamed this phenomenon of different groups demanding a greater share of public resources for Indiarsquos traditionally high fiscal deficits low public investment and stunted economic growth rates Low economic growth rates mean that even the favoured communities donrsquot end up faring much better

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 14

Role of Judiciary In such a scenario it is no surprise that the order on the SCST Act has come from a non-elected institution the Supreme Court The judiciary often leans towards activism but it still remains the one institution that can be expected to stand for the rights of the individual when they are in conflict with privileges of a community It is almost futile to hope that a political party will come to the rescue of an individual at the receiving end of the draconian provisions of the atrocities law The Supreme Court ndash an important institution to uphold republican values and protect them from democratic excesses ndash has stepped in to put a cap on the quotas granted to communities As more communities demand special privileges the government may end up committing greater fund for the welfare of select communities at the expense of development projects and public goods meant for all This has in fact been happening in India The bottom lines is that Indian democracy will be much more prosperous if the Indian republic ndash or each individual is empowered References 1 A Prasad (1997) Summary of issues Judgement and directions in Indra

Sawhney V Union of Indiarsquo in A Prasad Reservation Justice to other Backward Classes p308

2 Ashutosh Varsheney (1993) ldquoContested Meanings Indiarsquos National Identity Hindu Nationalism and the policies of Anxietyrdquo pp 113-16

3 C Jaffrelot (2003)Indiarsquos Silent Revolution ndash The rise of the lower caste in North Indian Politics pp 156-59

4 Constituent Assembly Debates (1989) Vol I Loka Sabha Secretariat P59 (Nehrursquos inaugural speech before the constituent Assembly on 13 December 1946)

5 James Manor (1977) Political Change in an Indian State Mysore 1917-1955 p60 O Chinnappa Reddy (1990) Report of Karnataka Third Backward Classes commission Vol 1 PP 11-12

6 P Radhakrishnan lsquoBackward Classes in Tamil Nadu 1872 ndash 1988 pp 509-517

7 Report of the backward classes commission First Part P 21 8 Ronald Ingleharr and Christine Welzel (2005) Modernization Cultural

Change and Democracy P21 also Pippa Norrs and Ronald Inglehart (2004) Scared and Secular Religion and Politics World P33

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 15

9 Samuel Huntington (1983) American Poltics The Promise of Disharmony pp 96-98

10 Yogendra Yadv and VB Singh (1996) Survey of Center for the Study of Developing Societies (CSDS) India Today August 15 1996 p32-35

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 16

MULTIPLE REGRESSION ANALYSIS OF VALUE DRIVERS OF EARNINGS PER SHARE (EPS) AN ANALYTICAL STUDY OF

THE WIPRO LTD

Sangamesh Hugar PhD Research Scholar

Dept of Studies in Commerce Karnatak University

Dharwad

Dr A S Shiralashetti Professor and Dean

Dept of Studies in Commerce Acting Vice - Chancellor

Karnatak University Dharwad

Abstract The Earnings Per Share (EPS) is a key factor which affects the

shareholder value It is an indicator of net addition to the shareholdersrsquo wealth EPS is influenced by several variables like operating leverage financial leverage tax effect ratio etc In view of this multi-variable nature of the EPS in the present study an attempt is made to explore the value drivers of the EPS to examine their individual contribution rates (ie beta coefficients or EPS drivers) based on operating and financial data collected from Annual Reports of the Wipro Ltd for period from 2008-09 to 2017-18 by applying Simple Linear Regression Analysis and MVAR Technique

Keywords Earnings Per Share (EPS) Earnings Before Interest and Tax (EBIT) Earnings Before Tax (EBT) Earnings After Tax (EAT) Operating Leverage Financial Leverage Tax Effect Ratio (TER) Introduction

Business enterprises are not the charitable entities Basic purpose of their existence (raison drsquoecirctre) is to earn or add a fair return to the shareholders after meeting out all external obligations so that the existing shareholders are motivated to park their funds in the same company This whole exercise of earning reasonable return on shareholdersrsquo wealth depends fundamentally upon

i how a company can increase sales (revenue management or marketing decisions)

ii how a company can effectively manage the operating cost (both variable operating cost and fixed operating cost ndash cost management decisions)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 17

iii what kinds of investment is required (investment in additional fixed assets or investment in net working capital) and

iv what pattern of financing (equity or debt or both) In nutshell it is said that shareholder value creating capacity of

company is the ultimate effect of actions reactions and interactions of operating investment and financial decisions or strategies NEED FOR THE STUDY Shareholder Value Creation has become a buzz word in recent years There is direct nexus between the shareholder value and the EPS But the EPS itself is governed by the several variables (called value drivers in the current financial literature) like Net sales direct cost of goods sold fixed operating cost Interest on debt Tax Effect Ratio ability of the company to magnify the effect of change in sales on EBIT (ie Operating Leverage) and the effect of change in EBIT on EPS (ie Financial Leverage) The very existence of the company and its contribution to the socio-economic development of the economy depends upon its value creation process Regular review of their modus operandi will enable them to examine the current financial status and to explore the key value drivers which are affecting the EPS Hence a need was felt to assess the impact of different value drivers on EPS REVIEW OF LITERATURE

In the empirical studies done so far the researchers have concentrated on the determinants of equity market prices To mention a few

i Collins (1957) studied on the determinants of market pries of equity shares of American Bank and concluded that the book value (BVs) and the dividend per share (DPS) were the major determinants of market prices

ii Stern Stewart (1990) based on the data of 618 US Companies concluded that the EVA rather MVA is the major determinant of performance evaluation

iii Pradhan (2003) based on the analysis of financial statements of companies listed on Nepal Stock Exchange Ltd concluded that the DPS was the prime determinant of shares

iv Khan (2009) also based on data collected from the companies listed on Dhaka Stock Exchange concluded that the DPS was the main determinant of equity prices

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 18

v Nirmala Sanju and Ramachandran (2011) based on the data collected from Indian Companies concluded that the DPS and the PE ratio were the significant determinants of share price

vi Nisa and Nishat (2012) found that ROI Growth Factor and Stock Valuation factor had positive impact on the share price and that risk and volatility had negative impact on the share prices of Sensex and Nifty

vii Malhotra and Tandon (2013) applied regression model for examining the factors affecting the stock prices of 100 companies listed on the NSE and found that the variables like Book Value EPS and PE ratio had positive relationship with the market prices of shares Whereas the dividends yield had the negative relationship with the market price

viii Madhu Malik (2004) examined the relationship between shareholder wealth and financial variables like EPS RONW and ROCE and found that there was high positive correlation between EVA and ROCE and low positive correlation between EVA and EPS

STATEMENT OF THE RESEARCH PROBLEM In corporate financial literature the firmrsquos ability to increase the size of shareholder wealth year-by-year is fundamentally determined by the Leverage effect and Tax Effect Ratio (TER) Leverage Effect is of three types viz operating leverage effect financial leverage effect and joint effect If each effect is favorable the firm enjoys magnifying power and its shareholdersrsquo wealth is increased whereas if each effect is unfavorable the firm does not enjoy the magnifying power and the shareholdersrsquo wealth is destroyed The magnifying power associated with operating leverage is governed by the quality of operating decisions relating to sales management cost management and the magnifying power associated with financial leverage is governed by the quality of capital structure decisions The favorable joint effect of those two effects on EPS will not be diluted only when the Tax Effect Ratio is either equal to one or very near to one and the quality of this TER depends upon sound corporate tax planning and management decisions Against this background an attempt is made in the present paper to explore the value drivers of EPS and their contributing capacity individually and collectively in the process of shareholder value creation process based on the operating and financial data collected from the Annual Reports of the WIPRO Ltd for the period from 2008-09 to 2017-18 Hence the title of the study

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 19

ldquoMULTIPLE REGRESSION ANALYSIS OF VALUE DRIVERS OF EARNINGS PER SHARE (EPS) AN ANALYTICAL STUDY OF THE WIPRO LTDrdquo OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY 1) To identify the main value drivers of the EPS of WIPRO Ltd 2) To test the significance of the explanatory power of value drivers collectively

and individually for assessing the variation in EPS 3) To examine the goodness of fit of the Regression Model used in the study 4) To measure and detect the problem of Multicollinearity 5) To resolve the issue of Multicollinearity by applying Variance Inflation

Factor (VIF) RESEARCH METHODOLOGY Scope of the Study The present study is restricted to the case study of the WIPRO Ltd and deals with the identification of the key drivers that either drive-up or drive-down the EPS and also the cause-effect analysis of EPS value drivers Nature of the Data The study is primarily based on secondary data collected from the Annual Reports of the WIPRO Ltd for a decade period from 2008-09 to 2017-18 Statistical Tools used for Analysis For the purpose of processing the data and interpreting the results generated therefrom the statistical tools like Simple Linear Regression Analysis (SLRA) Multiple Linear Regression Analysis (MLRA) Analysis of Variance (ANOVA) VIF besides the tools like ratio analysis draw from the literature of corporate finance Identification of the Drivers of EPS

The EPS is the ultimate indicator of the performance of the company and it throws light on the net addition to the shareholder wealth on per share basis EPS is the quotient arrived by dividing the Earnings after Interest and Tax (EAIT) by the total number of equity shares outstanding

(1) If the EPS is positive it implies that (a) Shareholders Wealth is increased

(b) both business risks and financial risks are covered and

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 20

(c) the firm contributed towards its CSR in the form of Income Tax (2) If the EPS is zero it implies that (a) It has no impact on or growth in shareholder wealth (b) both Business Risk and Financial Risk are covered (3) If the EPS is Negative it implies that (a) both business risk and financial risk are not covered (ie if Sales ndash Varaible Operating Cost = Zero) (b) Business risk is covered but the financial risk is not covered (ie if Sales - Variable operating cost ndash Fixed Operating Cost = 0)

No firm with commercial motive is interested in arriving at the ultimate business result of either zero EPS or negative EPS Financial literature or things today reveals that the EPS is either driven-up or driven-down depending upon the way in which the following are managed

(1) Net Sales (2) Cost of goods sold (3) Fixed operating cost (4) Fixed interest obligation on long term debt (5) Tax Burden The above EPS drivers are denoted by X1 X2 X3 X4 and X5

respectively in the present study Multiple Regression Model Used Yt = β0 + β1X1t + β2X2t + β3X3t + β4X4t + β5X5t+Et Where Yt = Dependent Variable (EPS) β0= Y Intercept (ie value of Y when the influence of all independent -variables together is zero) β1 = Partial regression coefficient of X1 β2 = Partial regression coefficient of X2 β3 = Partial regression coefficient of X3 β4 = Partial regression coefficient of X4 β5 = Partial regression coefficient of X5 Et= Random Error (with t=1helliphellip10)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 21

Hypotheses Formulated (1) For testing the significance of overall regression model

H0 β1=β2=β3=β4= β5= 0 H1 At least one β1 is not equal to zero

(2) For testing the significance of partial regression coefficients i Net Sales (X1)

H0 β1 = 0 H1 β1 ne 0

ii Cost of goods sold (X2) H0 β2 = 0

H1 β2 ne 0 iii Fixed operating cost (X3)

H0 β3 = 0 H1 β3 ne 0

iv Interest on long-term debt (X4) H0 β4 = 0 H1 β4 ne 0

v Tax Burden(X5) H0 β5 = 0 H1 β5 ne 0

ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION OF DATA Analysis and Interpretation of data is outlined in three parts Part-A Testing the significance of overall model in explaining the extent of variation in EPS by all independent variables together by using F-test and also the significance of each partial regression coefficients of independent variables by using t-test Part-B Detecting the Multicollinearity problem Part-C Measuring the Multicollinearity and resolving Multicollinearity problem PART-A Testing of Hypotheses For the purpose of analysis and processing so as to derive logical conclusions relating to the Joint effect of all the EPS drivers together and individual effect of each value driver on the EPS the input data used in study are shown in Table 1

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 22

Table 1 Input Data relating to Dependent Variables (ie EPS) and the Independent Variables (ie the EPS drivers)

(Rs in millions)

Year EPS (Yt)

Net Sales (X1)

Cost of Goods Sold (X2)

Fixed Cost (X3)

Interest (X4)

Tax Burden (X5)

2008-09 2681 256995 178958 33062 2400 6460 2009-10 3178 272129 185649 34529 1232 9163 2010-11 2172 310385 211943 41871 776 9695 2011-12 2288 371878 211945 99364 3439 13845 2012-13 2507 374300 210774 96349 2894 16865 2013-14 3237 434238 236612 111867 3834 21234 2014-15 3528 469510 252328 125939 3499 25101 2015-16 3647 512478 276606 143628 5484 25158 2016-17 3497 554484 295052 169323 5942 25214 2017-18 1685 544871 291162 170955 5830 22399

(Source Computed from the operating and financial data collected from Annual Reports of the company) The above input data are fed in the MS-Excel software and the resultant excel output is shown in Table 2 Table 2 Excel Output For Multiple Linear Regression Model for analysis of EPS Regression Statistics

Multiple R 0902419101 R Square 0814360234 Adjusted R Square 0582310527 Standard Error 4334998428 Observations 10

ANOVA

df SS MS F Significance F

Regression 5 3297489545 659497909 3509421515 0123782418 Residual 4 7516884548 1879221137 Total 9 4049178

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 23

Coefficients Standard Error t Stat P-value Lower 95 Upper 95

Intercept 254648423 2112427886 1205477473 0294452581 -3318555835 8411524294 Net Sales -0000748739 0000918002 -0815618439 0460498905 -000329752 0001800042 Cost of Sales 0000822917 0001014168 0811420447 0462646071 -0001992866 0003638699 Fixed Cost 000017568 000078872 0222740094 083464943 -0002014158 0002365517

Interest 0005642198 0002655337 2124852056 010079 -0001730199 0013014595

Tax 0004487349 0002719957 1649786703 0174331484 -0003064463 0012039162

Table 2 reveals that (1) As the F- Value(calculated) 351 lt F(α=00554)= 1552 the null hypothesis

that β1=β2=β3=β4= β5= 0 needs to be accepted Hence it is inferred that all the value drivers together do not have significant explanatory power to account for the variation in EPS R2 value (081) appears to be more than 2 simply because of more independent variables than the sample size in the model As the number of independent variables (regardless of the quality of variables) goes on increasing the R2 value gets increased But it does not mean that the explanatory power of the model has increased But in fact the percentage of explained variation in the dependent variable by the model has declined to 058 as denoted by 2

(2) As t-values(calculated) of all independent variables appearing in Table 2 are less than the critical t-value(α=00254) of plusmn2776 the hypotheses relating to the partial regression coefficients of all the five variables also need to be accepted No doubt the partial regression coefficients of X2 X3 X4 and X5 are not infact equal to zero but are very very near to zero Similarly the partial regression coefficient of the variable X1 also is not equal to zero but has negative value which is also very very near to zero Hence it is inferred that the value drivers have influenced the change in the EPS not in a substantial way but in a negligible way

PART-B

Checking the presence of Multicollinearity In a Econometrics theory it is postulated that when independent

variables included in the model are highly correlated with each other they will adversely affect the regression results In such a situation the signs of regression coefficients of independent variables will not be in consistent

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 24

with the signs of correlation coefficients between the independent variables Hence a multicollinearity matrix is prepared and the correlation results are given in Table 3 Table 3 Correlation Matrix (Dependent and Independent Variables)

EPS Net Sale Cost of Goods Sold

Fixed Cost Interest

Tax Burden

EPS (Y) 1 Net Sales (X1) 0225446 1 Cost of Goods Sold (X2) 0192969 0982302 1 Fixed Cost (X3) 0158958 0986948 09488977 1 Interest (X4) 0192725 0922605 089057601 0945189 1 Tax Burden (X5) 0423779 0952386 090320405 0930673 0836026 1 Table 3 reveals that there is no consistency between the partial regression coefficient sign of X1 variable (it is minus in Table 2) with the sign of correlation coefficient of that variable with the dependent variable EPS (it is plus in Table 3) Hence there is a problem of multicollinearity PART - C Measuring Multicollinearity and resolving the issue For measuring mutlicollinearity the Variance Inflation Factors (VIFs) are computed by applying the following formula VIFj =1(1-Rj

2) Where Rj

2= Coefficient of determination when ith independent variable is regressed against the remaining k-1 independent variables Generally if VIF of ith variable lt 5 Multicollinearity is not considered as a problem for that independent variable If VIF ge 5 it implies that the correlation between independent variables is too extreme and therefore the said variable needs to be removed from the model

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 25

The information relating to variance inflation factors of independent variables used in the study is given in Table 4

Table 4 Variance Inflation Factors of Independent variables Table 4 reveals that the VIFs of all the independent variables are less than five and therefore it is inferred that the is mutlicollinearity will not pose any problem among the independent variables though there is inconsistency between the regression sign of X1 (Net Sales) and its correlation coefficients sign with the dependent variable (EPS) FINDINGS AND SUGGESTIONS The major findings of the study and the suggestions relating thereto are listed below (1) The overall regression model results reveal that the Null Hypothesis(H0)

β1=β2=β3=β4=β5=0 is accepted against its H1 Hence as per the principles of econometrics it needs to be inferred that explanatory power of the model is zero However it is to be further noted that the partial regression coefficients of all independent variables are not in fact equal to zero but are very near to zero Therefore it is inferred that the overall regression model has moderate explanatory power to the extent of 058

(2) The Null hypotheses relating to individual independent variables also need to be accepted as their calculated t-values are less than the critical t-value(α=00254) of plusmn2776 However it is to be noted that their regression coefficients are not exactly equal to zero but are very very near to zero Hence it is inferred that they have negligible power to explain for the change in the value of the EPS

(3) There is mutlicollinearity problem as there is inconsistency between the regression coefficients of X1 and its correlation coefficient value with the dependent variable EPS

(4) Though there is mutlicollinearity problem an analysis of Variance Inflation Factor (VIFs) of all independent variable reveals that mutlicollinearity will not be a serious problem as the VIF of X1 happens to be less than five Hence it need not be removed from the model This is also in consistent with

Independent Variables VIF Factor Net Sales (X1) 0000205 Cost of Goods Sold (X2) 0001140 Fixed Cost (X3) 0005293 Interest (X4) 0005293 Tax (X5) 0005293

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 26

the priori reasoning in finance theory that the variable net sales(X1) is the prime and predominant factor of influencing the EPS if properly managed

(5) The correlation coefficient between the EPS and Tax factor (X5) is the highest (042) when compared with its correlation coefficient values with other variables Hence tax planning and management practices need to be streamlined

(6) Next highest correlation coefficient is between the Net Sales (X1) and the EPS followed by the correlation coefficient between the EPS and Cost of goods Sold (X2) Hence there is a need for increasing the volume of sales through effective marketing strategies and also for reducing cost of goods sold by adopting strategic cost management tools like ABC Target-Costing etc so as to improve the power of X1 and X2 variables in increasing the size of the EPS

CONCLUSION In view of priori reasoning in finance that all the variables (X1 X2 X3 X4 and X5) in the model have together the potential power to influence the extent of positive change in the EPS it is concluded by saying that it is imperative on the part of firm to streamline all the functional areas of management viz marketing (X1 variable) production and operations (X2 variable) cost management (X3 variable) to reap the magnifying power of the operating leverage capital structure policy (X4 variable) to take the advantage of favorable financial leverage and tax planning and management practices (X5 variable) so as to reduce the tax incidence LIMITATIONS OF THE STUDY

The study is confined to an analysis of impact of only five quantitative financial variables on EPS Further the study is primarily based on secondary data collected from the Annual Reports of the firm under study for the respective years SCOPE FOR FURTHER RESEARCH There is ample scope for undertaking further research studies relating to analysis of impact of both quantitative and qualitative variables on EPS Research studies relating to an assessment of value drivers on EPS in each functional area of management viz production marketing HRM etc

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 27

REFERENCES 1) Bryman A and E Bell (2011) Business Research Methods 3rd Ed

Oxford University Press 2) Cooley William W and Paul R Lohnes (1971) Multivariate Data Analysis

New York John Wiley and Sons 3) Cooper R D PS Schilder and J K Sharma (2012) Business Research

Methods McGraw ndash Hill Education (India) Pvt Ltd 4) Dixit RK 1986 Behaviour of Equity share prices and Investment in

India Deep and Deep publications New Delhi 5) Dougherty Christopher (2007) Introduction to Econometrics 3rd Ed

Oxford University Press 6) Geetha E and Swaaminathan M (2015) A study on the factors

influencing stock prices A Comparative study of Automobile and Information Technology Industries stocks in India International Journal of Current Research and Academic Review 3(3) 97-109

7) Gujarati Damodar (2017) Basic Econometrics 5th Ed TMH New Delhi 8) Hawawini and Viallet (2002) Finance for executives Managing for value

Creation 2nd Ed Thomson Learning Press USA 9) I M Pandey (2015) Financial Management 11th Ed Vikas New Delhi 10) Nirmala PS PS Sanju and M Ramachandran 2011 Determinants of

share prices in India Journal of Emerging Trends in Economics and Management Sciences 2(2)pp124-130

11) Nisa MU and M Nishat 2012 The determinants of stock prices in Pakistan Asian Economics and Financial Review 1(4)pp276-291

12) Pushpa Bhatt P and Sumangala J K 2012 Impact of Earnings per share on Market Value of an equity share An Empirical study in Indian Capital Market Journal of Finance Accounting and Management 3(2)

13) Sharma S and B Singh 2006 Determinants of equity share prices in Indian corporate sector An empirical study The ICFAI Journal of Applied Finance 12(4) pp177-189

14) Tandon K and malhotra N 2013 Determinants of Stock Prices Empirical Evidence from NSE 100 Companies International Journal of Research in Management and Technology (IJRMT) ISSN2249-9563

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 28

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 29

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 30

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 31

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 32

LEARNING STYLES OF THE POSTGRADUATE STUDENTS OF LIBRARY AND INFORMATION SCIENCE OF KARNATAKA STATE AN EMPIRICAL

STUDY

Yashavanth K N

Research Scholar Department of PG Studies and Research

in Library and Information Science Gulbarga University Kalaburagi

B S Maheswarappa

Professor (Retired) Department of PG Studies and Research in

Library and Information Science Gulbarga University Kalaburagi

Abstract The main purpose of the present study was undertaken to determine individual differences in the three patterns of learning styles and the constraints of the 397 students with [Feminine 255 viz (642) and Masculine 358 respondents (142)] who enrolled for the Library and Information Science regular programs offered by the 10 universities and 2 postgraduate centres mdash located in the different places within the Karnataka State India Further a questionnaire was designed to collect the response on a face-to-face basis from arbitrarily selected the 397 respondents for research work Besides the quantitative data were analyzed using crosstabs in SPSS version 21 Consequently the produced results have exhaustively organized with mathematical calculation in tabular forms mdash while the qualitative data probed deductively and inductively set up on the research questions to draw the pattern of results Finally the findings revealed that the lsquoVisualrsquo learning style has offered the highest numeral with 219 respondents viz 552 followed by the 126 lsquoAuditoryrsquo students videlicet 317 and the rest of them lsquoTactilersquo learners who stood in the third position at 52 (131) of the overall Pupils involved in this research study Keywords Behavior Constraints Educators Impediments Learning Preference Learning Problems Obstacles Students University 1 Introduction An educates have both pros and cons towards the way they acquire knowledge but a series of steps to be carried out for specific learning behaviour to extend the strength of their learning skills (Heffler 2010) as long as they learn more efficiently and sharpen their learning styles to overcome in their area of weakness (Stice 1987) Besides where there is classroom communication between the teaching and learning processes the personalized student has a responsibility for hisher own learning skills (Heffler 2010) Further students customize this kind of learning exercise have become masterminds shows with characterized by good substantial quality dynamic systematic and the capacity to reach higher grade or obtaining greater success in academic prospective (Myers amp McCaulley 1985) Besides greater awareness of the learning styles serving as an essential component to open better communication between the educators and the pupils (Montgomery amp Groat 1998) Moreover ldquoa good teacher also needs both to

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 33

motivate students to continue learning and to teach them the skills and strategies needed for continued learningrdquo (Pintrich amp Lin 1985) Learning is a holistic process of four-stages viz a) lsquoFeelingrsquo b) lsquowatchingrsquo c) lsquothinkingrsquo d) lsquodoing from all this every learner interchange between a concrete experience reflective observation then thinking analyzing and testing the information (Heffler 2010 Kolb 1984) Learning styles play a very important role especially learning environment which mainly divided into three subdivisions that are to say a) visual learner study by the mind map notes taking visualization of the concept in mind and information gathering through reading b) Auditory learner collecting information through the acoustic or Podcast c) Kinesthetic (Tactile) learner possesses information through physical involvement laboratory works and model construction (El-Farargy 2010) Besides Instruction training is distinct as ldquothe situation when the entire content of what is to be learned is presented to the learner in final formrdquo (Simon 2000 p 43) Also (Simon 2000) examined that Exploration training providing the learner to ldquofreedom to impose their own structures on learningrdquo Gardner (1995) expresses an excellent opinion of educators to develop educational models to increase the confidence and qualities or abilities of students to lend a hand them work towards their career goals according to their talents abilities Personal values and needs Later on after a few years ago (Roebber 2005) recommended that educators should bridge the gap between how students learned in the classroom and what they did in many challenging real-life work settings to increase studentsrsquo abilities as well as their employment potentials 2 Objectives of the Study

The paper discusses to fulfil the specific research objectives are as follows Identify the demographic characteristics and socioeconomic status of the

respondents Discover the learning styles and their associated variables of the pupils Determine the obstacles of the students in the learning process

3 Research Design The primary principle of this research intends to analyse the learning styles and constraints on the learning process of postgraduate students enrolled in Master of Library and Information Science professional program [two years duration (4 semesters) regular mode] offered by the 10 universities in Karnataka state selected for the study of the universe Table 1 Ten universities in Karnataka State offering the regular mode Postgraduate program in Library and Information Science

Sl No Name of the University

Year of Estd

Name of the Departments

Both MLISc II amp IV Semester Total QD QR

01 The University of Mysore Mysore ndash 570006 1916 Department of Library amp Information

Science 60 59

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 34

01 (a)

Dr BR Ambedkar Post Graduate Centre Chamarajanagara- 571313

2015-16

Master of Library and Information Science program (PG centre ndash University of Mysore)

26 18

01 (b)

Government First Grade Women`s College Holenarsipur-573211

2016-17

Master of Library and Information Science program (affiliated to University of Mysore)

23 16

02 Karnatak University Dharwad -580003 1949 Department of Library and

Information Science 39 39

03 Bangalore University Bangalore ndash 560056 1975 Department of Library amp Information

Science 74 68

04 Gulbarga University Gulbarga ndash 585106

1979-80

Department of PG Studies amp Research in Library amp Information Science

35 35

05 Mangalore University Mangalore ndash 574199 1982 Department of Studies In Library amp

Information Science 17 16

06 Kuvempu University Shimoga - 577 451 1993 Department of Library amp Information

Science 50 44

07

Akkamahadevi Womenrsquos University Vijayapura ndash 586108

2003 Department of Library amp Information Science 34 32

08 Tumkur University Tumkur- 572103 2004 Department of Studies amp Research

in Library and Information Science 52 41

09 Rani Channamma University Belgaum ndash 591156 2010 Department of Library amp Information

Science 26 17

10 Vijayanagara Sri Krishnadevaraya University Ballary- 583104

2010 Department of Library amp Information Science 19 12

Total 455 397 Note a) Questionnaires Distributed (QD) b) Questionnaires Received (QR)

31 Research Procedure A designed questionnaire has a main method of tool to collect the required data from the respondents for the research study Further the questionnaire has separated into 3 main parts namely Part I Demographic characteristics and socioeconomic status of the students while Part II discovers the Learning Style Inventory (httpwwwsisuedu) forming of 24 items has employed to investigate the various learning styles of the learners prefer to process the information for learning Subsequently Part III consists of 10 items dealing with constraints on the learning process Moreover with the help of the Statistical Package for Social Sciences (SPSS) inferential statistical analysis was conducted through the data collected from the questionnaire were tabulated and transformed into Frequency and Percentage 32 Rationale for the study The analysis carried out with quantitative and qualitative data collected through the designed questionnaire (open and close-ended questions) for the research work Further three points Likert scale (scores mentioned in the learning style inventory) namely a) Often (5) b) Sometimes (3) c) Seldom (1) has used to evaluate participants responses on learning styles inventory broadly classified as three sections viz a) Visual (8 items ie Qii Qiii Qvii Qx Qxiv Qxvi Qxix Qxxii) students prefer to learn from the seeing words in books or the chalkboard and workbooks b) Auditory (8 items ie Qi Qv

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 35

Qviii Qxi Qxiii Qxviii Qxxi Qxiv) learners prefer to process information through oralaural c) Tactile (8 items are Qiv Qvi Qix Qxii Qxv Qxvii Qxx Qxxiii) students prefer to learn best by the hands-on experiences with materials Finally Constraints of the students on Learning process discovered by five-point Likert scale Viz a) Very easy [1] b) Easy [2] c) Neutral [3] d) Difficult [4] and e) Very difficult [5] 4 Analysis and Interpretation of Data This section especially focuses on the detailed analysis and interpretation of the participantsrsquo response collected through the formulated questionnaires and specified objectives for the research work Further statistical analysis of data presented in the tabular form with frequencies and percentages as under follows Table 2 Demographic Characteristics and Socioeconomic Status of the Respondents

Variables Categories Frequency Percent

Age Group

21-22 192 484

23-24 130 327

25-26 48 121

27-28 27 068

Total 397 100

Gender Male 142 358

Female 255 645

Total 397 100

Marital Status Married 26 065 Unmarried 371 935

Total 397 100

Semesters II 208 524 IV 189 476

Total 397 100

Annual Income

Low 289 728 Middle 69 174

High 39 094 Total 397 100

Occupation

Farmer 253 637 Business 38 096

Government 55 139 Private 29 073 Skilled worker 15 038 Unemployed 07 018 Total 397 100

Table 2 emphases the demographic characteristics and socioeconomic status of the respondents of ten universities of Karnataka state Further age is one of the important factors which influence of sub-sections of the learning styles of the learners Besides groups the respondent categories as 4 divisionrsquos viz 21-22 23-24 25-26 and 27-38

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 36

respectively to analysis and interpretation of the age-wise data in terms of frequency and percentage The high frequencies (192) with the percentage of (484) were recorded from participants between 21 and 22 years old followed by age group formulating 23 to 24 years old respondents presents frequency of 130 (327) as well as the third position of the age band in percentage of 121 and a frequency of 48 of the respondents grouped between 25 and 26 years old Finally the age group of 27 to 38 years old respondents indicates the quite lesser frequency (27) and (68) out of the total numbers (397) of samples selected for the study Gender considered as the variable which influences the learning approach in many ways Consequently the lsquoFemalersquo respondents collected the highest frequency of 255 (642) and remaining Male participants record a frequency of 142 with a minimal 358 only in the total unit of the population The marital status of learners namely lsquoMarriedrsquo and lsquoUnmarriedrsquo viewed as variable to identify the learning approaches and associated relationship of the respondents As table 1 shows that lsquounmarriedrdquo 371mdasheducatee obtained the greatest percentage of 935 as well as remaining of them were lsquomarried respondents projected a frequency of 26 with a minimum of 65 Opted the study on semester wise basis of 10 universities mdash 397 postgraduate students of Karnataka state table 2 exhibits the second-semester learners attained a higher lsquoFrequency of 208 respondents with 524 whereas the rest of the respondents recorded 476 viz 189 participants belong to the lsquoFourth Semester Annual income-wise study of the parents has one of the most significant variables in calculating the socioeconomic status of the students parents Besides based on the Kuppuswamy socioeconomic status scale mdash annual income was categorized into three social class income level namely Low (lt ` 20000) Middle (` 20001- ` 50000) and High (gt ` 50001) to generate tables with frequency and percentage In addition to students coming from the lsquoLowrsquo income category family demonstrating the highest frequency of 289 respondents that is to say 728 followed by lsquoMiddlersquo annual income familiesrsquo projected 69 respondents 174 Whereas lsquoHighrsquo annual family earns the lowest with 39 (94) participants of the overall students involved in the study As figures shown in table 2 demonstrate occupation is a variable to significantly study different occupations of the parents mdash have classified as 6 parts based on their line of work The farming community presents the highest number of frequencies 253 with 637 followed by the parents working on the lsquoGovernmentrsquo sector register 55 as follows139 out of the total population as well as the business-oriented participants list 38 viz 096 At the same time 15 to wit 038 shows the respondents from the lsquoskilled workerrsquo sector and the remaining lsquounemployedrsquo present 07 respondentsrsquo videlicet 018 in their participation

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 37

Table 3 Learning Styles of the Educatee Learning Styles Frequency Percents Visual 219 552 Auditory 126 317 Tactile 52 131 Total 397 100 Figure 1 Learning Styles of the Educatee

Learning styles are imperative to facilitate the learning process of students at any level of their academic or studentrsquos life Therefore Table 3 described three main types of lsquolearning stylesrsquo mdash Visual Auditory and Kinesthetic (Tactile) which account for the differences in learning aptitudes Out of the 397 randomly selected participants 552 that is to say 219 tabulated under the lsquoVisualrsquo learning style and 317 as follows 126 respondents obtained under the lsquoAuditoryrsquo mode of learning At the same time as 131 videlicet 52 Tactilersquo oriented respondents contributed the least percentage among the total number of respondents take part learning style survey Table 4 Age group-wise Comparison of Learning Styles of the Students

Age Group Learning Styles Visual Auditory Tactile Total

21-22 100 457

69 548

23 442

192 484

23-24 80 365

36 286

14 269

130 327

25-26 24 110

13 103

11 212

48 121

27-38 15 068

08 063

04 077

27 068

Total 219 100

126 100

52 100

397 100

Every student adopts individualized approach learning as per their age perceptions of the postgraduate studentsrsquo age groups vary from 21 to 38 years old in the selected

55 32

13 VisualAuditory

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 38

universities mdash learning styles were parted as 3 learning approaches such as Visual Auditory and Tactile Table 4 discovers that the 21-22 age categories indexed the highest percentage of 457 (100) postgraduate students followed by 365 (80) within the age range of 23-24 who learn by the visual mode Even as the remaining age groups namely 25-26 and 27-38 brought in 110 (24) and 068 (15) respondents take part lsquoVisualrsquo learning style Beneath the lsquoAuditoryrsquo approach to learning the data reveal that the 21-22-year-old candidates polled in 548 viz 69 and the 22-24 age group owned 36 respondents to wit 286 At the same time as the 25-26 age bands displays 13 participants that are to say 103 even as the 27-28-year-old correspondences managed only 063 with 08 responses Thereafter the lsquoTactilersquo fashion of the learning shared 442 with 23 respondents within the age of 21 and 22 years old Subsequently 23-24 and 25-26-year-old learner record a performance of below 30 that is 269 (14) and 077 (04) responses Finally the slightest total percentage was collected in the 27-38 age bands with 27 namely 068 and the maximum performance were contributed by the 21-22-year-olds with 192 viz 484 of respondents in this table Table 5 Gender-wise Classification of Learning Styles of the Participants

Gender Learning Styles Visual Auditory Tactile Total

Male 72 329

48 381

21 404

141 355

Female 147 671

78 619

31 596

256 645

Total 219 100

126 100

52 100

397 100

Figure 2 Gender-wise Classification of Learning Styles of the Participants

33 38 40

67 62 60

01020304050607080

Visual Auditory Tactile

o

f Par

ticip

ants

Learning Styles

Male

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 39

Table 5 discloses that 355 (141) male 645 (256) female respondents sub-classified under the 3 learning styles of participants selected in the universities for the survey Besides under the lsquoMalersquo respondent category mdash Table 5 reveals that out of 141 respondents 72 with 329 of the respondents opted for the visual mode of learning as well as 48 viz 381 chose the auditory style and 21 to wit 404 prefer the tactile mode of learning in the institutions Moreover the highest number of male respondents remained in the lsquovisualrsquo style The lsquoFemalersquo partakers revealed the highest 147 responses at 671 of learners prefer the visual learning style followed by 78 female respondents with 619 who opted for the auditory learning style and 596 as follows 31 respondents learning through the hands-on experience (Tactile) Table 6 Marital Status versus Learning Styles of the Respondents

Marital Status Learning Styles Visual Auditory Tactile Total

Married 14 064

08 063

04 077

26 065

Unmarried 205 936

118 937

48 923

371 935

Total 219 100

126 100

52 100

397 100

Figure 3 Marital Status versus Learning Styles of the Respondents

Table 6 exposes the 397 participants in the universities under the learning styles out of which 371 (935) owned the lsquoUnmarriedrsquo section and the remained 26 (65) respondents were selected lsquoMarriedrsquo status The visual-auditory- tactile learning styles registered 064 (14) 063 (08) and 077 (04) respectively in the married respondents Thereafter the unmarried respondents have unlikely rendered greater percentages under the 3 learning styles with 936 viz 205 visual-oriented learners mdash at the same time 937 viz 118 auditory related candidates and the rest of the 923 as follows 48 learners who opted for the tactile learning approach

020406080

100

Visual Auditory Tactile

6 6 8

94 94 92

o

f the

stud

ents

Learning Styles

MarriedUnmarried

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 40

Table 7 Semesters-wise Comparison of the Learning Styles of the Learners

Semesters Learning Styles Visual Auditory Tactile Total

Semester 2 120 548

64 508

24 462

208 524

Semester 4 99 452

62 492

28 538

189 476

Total 219 100

126 100

52 100

397 100

Figure 4 Semesters-wise Comparison of the Learning Styles of the Learners

To understand the learning styles of the 397 respondents enrolled in Post-Graduate studies in Library and Information Science programme of the students were categorized on a semester basis viz II amp IV semesters to award the degree of the candidates Table 6 illustrates the semester-wise (Semesters 2 and 4) within the visual auditory and tactile approaches to learning At first glance second-semester mdash learners came upon of 208 respondents with 524 discovered top order with the highest percentage in the table However the lsquoFourthrsquo semester respondents recorded 476 viz 189 for the semester-wise representation Table 7 rendered the numerical illustration of the collected responses underneath the visual learning style mdash statistics in Semester 2 with 548 (120) and 452 (99) in Semester 4 Subsequently Semester 2 recorded 508 (64) and unlike Semester 4 showed a lesser percentage of 492 (62) auditory learners in the universities Finally the tactile learners showed the maximum percentage in Semester 4 with owned 538 as follows 28 respondents mdash whereas 462 viz 24 reported their responses in Semester 2

55 51 46 45

49 54

0102030405060

Visual Auditory Tactile

o

f the

Pup

ils

Learning Styles

II Semester

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 41

Table 8 Total Annual Income-wise crosstabs of Learning Styles of the Educatee

Income Learning Styles Visual Auditory Tactile Total

Low 154 703

97 770

38 731

289 728

Middle 39 178

18 143

12 231

69 174

High 26 119

11 087

02 038

39 098

Total 219 100

126 100

52 100

397 100

Table 8 illustrates the total annual income-wise allocation of the educates parents within the learning styles Besides students coming from the Low-income category family standing above the frequency of 289 viz 728 followed by the lsquoMiddlersquo register 69 candidatesrsquo viz 174 and the lsquoHighrsquo annual income family projects the lowest with 39 respondents at 98 of the total correspondents approached for the study The total yearly earnings of the visual learners showed that the low-income category received the highest percentage of 703 with 154 respondents whereas the high-income category recorded 119 with 26 participants followed by 39 visual-oriented respondents at the same time as the middle-income category earned 178 While low-income class displayed 97 auditory learners of 770 while the middle and high-income categories displayed 143 (18) and 087 (11) aural learners Ultimately Table 8 statistics showed that the 38 that is to say 731 of respondents portray the low income 12 viz 231 projecting the middle-income earners and 02 viz 038 were reflecting the high-income class Table 9 Occupation of the Parents versus Learning Styles of the Respondents

Occupation Learning Styles Visual Auditory Tactile Total

Farmer 140 639

82 651

31 596

253 637

Business 12 055

16 127

10 192

38 096

Government 33 151

16 127

06 115

55 139

Private 19 087

08 063

02 038

29 073

Skilled Worker 11 050

03 024

01 019

15 038

Unemployed 04 018

01 08

02 038

07 018

Total 219 100

126 100

52 100

397 100

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 42

Table 9 exemplifies profession of the parents to evaluate the learning styles of the students under the 3 learning qualities and 6 categories of service sectors Besides the lsquoFarmerrsquo class compiled the utmost total number of 253 (637) respondents and the least data projected the lsquoUnemployedrsquo at the bottom directory with 07 (018) participants The farmersrsquo registered 140 visual-oriented learners with 639 described the maximum figure whereas the 04 unemployed showed 018 as the least collected data Similarly the businessmen and skilled workers displayed a minor inconsistency in visual learning such as 12 videlicet 055 and the latter registered 11 to wit 050 response as well as the 33 Government employees projected 151 in the same context mdash whereas 19 private employees indexed 087 of the visual learners Subsequently the auditory learners owned 82 viz 651 of parents belong to the farming community and 16 respondents equally tallied 127 from the government and business classes Even though the unemployed registered 01 to wit 08 and the 08 private workers recorded 063 under the auditory learning style Later on 024 attained with 03 skilled workers Thereafter the farmers achieved the maximum percentage with 31 respondentsrsquo namely 596 under the tactile learning style Whilst the last figure of 019 displayed by 01 skilled worker as well as the private employees (02) and unemployed (02) balanced equally with 038 responses each Finally the 10 businessmenrsquos noted 192 and the 06 Government employees led to 115 respondents under the tactile learning style Table 10 Study the Constraints of the students in Learning

Statements

Learning Constraints

Very Easy Easy Neutral Difficu

lt

Very Difficult

Total

Identifying supporting ideasexamples

83 209

165 416

129 325

17 043

03 08

397 100

Reading carefully to understand a text

77 194

192 484

90 227

28 071

10 025

397 100

Identifying key ideas 69 174

148 373

106 267

63 159

11 028

397 100

Understanding the organization of a text

52 131

169 426

118 297

49 123

09 023

397 100

Taking a brief relevant notes

62 155

163 411

103 259

53 134

16 040

397 100

Using own words in note-taking

70 176

150 378

104 262

63 159

10 025

397 100

Reading quickly to get the overall meaning

56 141

117 295

115 290

101 254

08 020

397 100

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 43

Reading quickly to find information

57 144

150 378

122 307

59 149

09 023

397 100

Working out the meaning of difficult words

47 118

119 300

123 310

90 227

18 045

397 100

Understanding specialist vocabulary

50 126

106 267

106 267

109 275

26 065

397 100

Table 10 discovered the learning variance of the 397 respondents faces constraints in their learning process for instance reading quickly note-taking identification of ideas concepts usage of owning words and vocabulary are a few of the identified constraints faced by learners Further table 10 panoramic views of 10 lsquoStatementsrsquo and responses to learning constraints of respondents analyses by five-point Likert scale notably mdash Very Easy Easy Neutral Difficult Very Difficult The maximal numbers of 165 as follows 416 of the easy learners draw attention to that lsquoIdentifying supporting ideasexamplesrsquo whereas the learners who acknowledged that lsquoReading carefully to understand a textrsquo easy reaches its maximum at the 484 viz 192 learners While Table 10 chronicles 129 viz 325 neutral responses in the identification of supporting ideas and or examples followed by lsquoReading carefully to understand a text register 90 to wit 227 of the responses in neutrality Similarly 17 (043) and 03 (08) of learners consent that it is difficult and very difficult in lsquoIdentifying supporting ideasexamples lsquoas well as 28 (071) and 10 (025) of the respondents agree that lsquoReading carefully to understand a textrsquo has difficult and very difficult respectively Subsequently 83 (209) and 77 (194) of the learners determine minimum statistical variance that very easy for them to carry out the lsquoIdentifying supporting ideasexamples and Reading carefully to understand a textrsquo On the one hand 148 as follows 373 of the learners agree that it was easy to identify the key ideas and 267 viz 106 learners were neutral for this statement on the other hand lsquoUnderstanding organization of a textrsquo recorded 169 viz 426 of the learners who say it had easy and 118 namely 297 of the respondents noted a neutral stand under the same statement At the same time as 11 (028) said that it was very difficult to identify the key ideas the 09 (023) of the learners approved that lsquoUnderstanding organization of a textrsquo had very difficult Later on Table 10 shows that lsquoIdentifying the key ideasrsquo obtained 69 (17 4) of the respondents mentioned that this task was very easy unlike 52 viz 131 of the responses underpin that lsquoUnderstanding organization of a textrsquo are very easy Finally 63 (159) and 49 (123) of the learners endorsed that it was difficult to identify key ideas and understand the textual organization respectively lsquoTaking brief relevant notes lsquoUsing own words in note-taking and lsquoReading quickly to get overall meaning go along with the minimum percentages of 16 (040) 10 (025) and 08 (020) find it very difficult to carry the assigned tasks as well as 101 learners found that lsquoReading quickly to get overall meaningrsquo recorded 254 also 63 (159) respondents approved that it is difficult to fulfil tasks mdash lsquoUsing own words in note-takingmdash even as and 53 correspondences at 134 of the total 397 partakers conceded that it had equally difficult to understand Although out of 397 respondents 115 viz

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 44

290 104 viz 262 and 103 that is to say 259 of the students concurred that they share a neutral perspective when it comes to lsquoReading quickly to get overall meaningrsquo lsquoTaking brief relevant notes lsquoUsing own words in note-taking respectively At the same time as 163 (411) show the highest number of learners found it easy in lsquoTaking a brief relevant notes and 150 viz 378 of the responses proved that its easy in lsquoUsing own words in note-taking mdash 117 (295) of the respondents acquiesced that lsquoReading quickly to get the overall meaning has an easy task for them The learners who find the tasks under the following statements particularly lsquolsquoTaking a brief relevant notes lsquoUsing own words in note-taking and lsquoReading quickly to get overall meaning as very easy are recorded as 62 (155) 70 (176) and 56 (141) respectively At the same time as the learners found lsquoreading quickly to find informationrsquo very easy registered the highest percentage at 144 followed by those who agreed that lsquoUnderstanding specialist vocabularyrsquo very easy obtained 126 respondents who found lsquoWorking out the meaning of difficult wordsrsquo very easily stand at the lowest figure of 118 with 47 learners Out of the 397 total respondents 378 (150) agreed that lsquoReading quickly to find informationrsquo easy mdash whereas 300 (119) conceded that lsquoWorking out meaning of difficult wordsrsquo an easy task and 267 (106) share similar opinion when it comes to lsquoUnderstanding specialist vocabularyrsquo Whilst out of the 397 respondents lsquoReading quickly to find informationrsquo lsquoWorking out the meaning of difficult wordsrsquo and lsquoUnderstanding specialist vocabularyrsquo attained 307 31 and 267 neutral students respectively Subsequently lsquoReading quickly to find informationrsquo lsquoWorking out the meaning of difficult wordsrsquo and lsquoUnderstanding specialist vocabularyrsquo recorded the difficultrsquo responses like the following 59 (149) 90 (227) and 109 (275) concurrently However the very difficult learnersrsquo responses to these 3 statements record the minimum percentages at 09 (023) 18 (045) and 26 (065) respectively 5 Summarisation The teacher knows the students various learning styles can allow the educator to respond correctly to the diverse group of students for instance their questions and comments Consecutively help students to improve their learning styles mdash teachers have to be aware of studentsrsquo learning obstacles to educate efficient learning strategies to help students decipher their learning troubles Besides learning is more effective by using diagrams sketches photographs schematics flow charts pictures videos computer graphics and demonstrations in training programmes and their everyday working environment (Ictenbas amp Eryilmaz 2011) Further the learning attributes of the participants were incorporated to empathies and comprehend the nature passing to acquiring the information in different situations Moreover taken as a whole mdash the results of this research motivate students to adopt the dynamic systematic and more appropriate learning styles to learn an individual enhance their learning aptitude and confidently achieving academic grades

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 45

References 1 Heffler B (2001) Individual learning style and the learning style inventory

Educational studies 27(3) 307-316 2 Crosstabs procedure (nd) Retrieved August 26 2019 from httpswwwibmcom

SupportknowledgecenterenSSLVMB_2400soupsbaseidh_xtabhtml 3 El-Farargy N (2010) The views attitudes and learning style preferences of Higher

National Chemical Engineering students Education for chemical engineers 5(4) e55-e71

4 Flowerdew J amp Miller L (1992) Student perceptions problems and strategies in second language lecture comprehension RELC journal 23(2) 60-80

5 Gardner H (1995) Reflections on multiple intelligences Myths and messages Phi Delta Kappan 77(3) 200

6 Ictenbas B D amp Eryilmaz H (2011) Determining the learning styles of engineering students to improve the design of a service course Procedia-Social and Behavioral Sciences 28 342-346

7 Kolb DA (1984) Experiential Learning Experience as the source of learning and development Englewood Cliffs NJ Prentice-Hall

8 Learning Style Inventory (nd) Academic success Retrieved November 30 2018 from httpwwwsjsuedueopcurrent-studentsworkshopsACADEMIC_Learning 20Style20Inventorypdf

9 McKeachie W J (1995) Learning styles can become learning strategies In The National Teaching and Learning Forum 4(6) 1-3

10 Montgomery S amp Groat L (1998) Student learning styles and their implications for teaching CRLT Occasional Papers 10 Educational Center for Research on Learning and Teaching at the University of Michigan

11 Myers I B McCauley M H amp Most R (1985) Manual a guide to the development and use of the Myers-Briggs type indicator Consulting psychologists press

12 Roebber P J (2005) Bridging the gap between theory and applications Bulletin of the American Meteorological Society 86(4) 507-518

13 Simon S (2000) The relationship of learning style and training method to the end-user Computer satisfaction and computer use A structural equation model Information Technology Learning and Performance Journal 18(1) 41-59

14 Stice J E (1987) Using Kolbs Learning Cycle to Improve Student Learning Engineering education 77(5) 291-96

15 Weaver III J B amp Kirtley M D (1995) Listening styles and empathy Southern Journal of Communication 60(2) 131-140

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 46

FOOD SECURITY IN ASSAM A CASE STUDY OF LAKHIMPUR DISTRICT

Bikash Hazarika

Assistant Professor North Bank College

Lakhimpur Assam India Abstract Food self-sufficiency and nutritional security are the essential components of food security Food and nutritional security is very must important for living an active and healthy life Again health is also an important determinant for human resource development and productivity So adequate amount of quality food should be avail by all people at all time is very must necessary Food insecurity is a major problem of the state like Assam because of shortage of food grain production poverty and lack of nutritional knowledge In the present study an attempt has been made to assess the present level of food security among different sections of the society of Lakhimpur district of Assam For finding out the level of food security from primary data Per Capita per day Calorie Intake (PCCI) and Food Insecurity Gap (FIG) have been employed Calculated per capita calorie intake of sample household has been compared with the 2730 and 2230 kilocalories which is recommended by Indian Council of Medical Research for an adult man and woman doing moderate activity respectively (NIN 2010) For obtaining final sample multistage mix-sampling technique has been used It has been found that out of 511 sample households only 267 are food secure ie only 5225 percent another 4775 percent households are food insecure For understanding the depth and severity of food insecurity of sample household Total food Insecurity Gap and Squared food Insecurity Gap have also been calculated Key Words Food Security Food Insecurity Gap Lakhimpur Per Capita per day Calorie Intake 1 INTRODUCTION Ensuring the food security continues to be a challenging issue of vital importance for the developing countries like India Removal of malnutrition and hunger from the country is not only socially desirable but also necessary for improving overall economic development as healthy people contribute more to the economy with their relatively higher level of productivity and efficiency

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 47

Hunger and malnutrition put enormous cost burden on the society A World Bank Report states that malnutrition brings down three percent of countries GDP annually The Indian planners right from the beginning realized the need to attain self-sufficiency in food grains as one of the impotent goals of planning (Singh 2013) Food security refers to a householdrsquos physical and economic access to sufficient safe and nutritious food that fulfils the dietary needs and food preferences of that household The Universal Declaration of Human Rights in 1948 recognized right to foodas a core element of an adequate standard of living Following this and more especially from world food crisis of 1972-74 food security became an important ldquoorganizing principlerdquo in development Following are the some important definitions of food security

World Development Report (1986) defined food security as ldquoaccess by all people at all times to enough food for an active healthy liferdquo The 1996 World Food Summit redefined food security as ldquoFood security exists when all people at all times have physical and economic access to sufficient safe and nutritious food to meet their dietary needs and food preferences for an active and healthy liferdquo

In 2001 the FAO Expert Consultation on Food Security gives a working definition of food security Food security exists when all people at all times have physical social and economic access to sufficient safe and nutritious food which meets their dietary needs and food preferences for an active and healthy life Food insecurity exists when people do not have adequate physical social or economic access to food as defined above Food insecurity thus is just an opposite situation of food security Worldwide around 852 million people out of 635 billion are chronicallyhungry due to extreme poverty while up to 2 billion people lack food securityintermittently due to varying degrees of poverty (FAO 2003) At the global levelthe South Asian region is home to more chronically food insecure people than anyother region in the world and Global Hunger Index (2008)placed India in 94thrank among 119countries The Indian State Hunger Index (International Food Policy Research Institute 2009) placed Assam among the ldquoalarmingrdquo state in terms of undernourishment MadhuraSwaminathan Research Foundation (2003) in collaboration with World Food Programme prepares food security map of both rural and urban India and accordingly has given a broad indicative picture of the level of food security of different states of the country According to their report Assam is among the ldquomost food insecurerdquo states of India As a part of state Lakhimpur district has also been suffering the severe problem of food insecurity

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 48

Till now the available literature is concerned there have not been found any research work assessing householdsrsquo food security among different sections of the society in Lakhimpur district The proposed study is induced by necessity to fill this gap to some extent Moreover the proposed study has important policy implications as well 2 OBJECTIVES The present study has been conducted with the following major objectives- (1) To assess the level of food security of different section of the society of

Lakhimpur district (2) To identify the determinants influencing the level of food security 3 DATABASE AND METHODOLOGY Since the study area is Lakhimpur district of Assam the micro level analysis is mainly based on primary data collected by carrying out field survey from the district The sample has been collected through a process of multistage mix-sampling (ie mixed of random and purposive sampling) As per 2011 census there are nine community development blocks in the district From these nine blocks three have been selected purposively on the basis of block having highest percentage of household under Below Poverty Line (BPL) namely Dhakuakhana Ghilamara and Narayanpur block In the second stage five villages from each block have been taken for household survey Lastly 20 percent household has been selected randomly from each sample village and finally 511 households have been surveyed A structured scheduled has been used to collect the necessary information on household food security status For finding out the level of food security from primary information the Per Capita per day Calorie Intake (PCCI) and Food Insecurity Gap (FIG) have been employed The survey has been conducted as per the guideline prepared by Smith and Subandoro (2007) of International Food Policy Research Institute For analyzing the level of food security per consumer per day calorie intake has been calculated for each household based on average nutritive value of Indian food (Gopalan et al 2000) Calculated per capita calorie intake of sample household has been compared with the 2730 and 2230 kilocalories which is recommended byIndian Council of Medical Research for an adult man and woman doing moderate activity respectively (NIN 2010) The householdsrsquo calorie intake above the recommended level has been considered as food secure and food insecure otherwise 4 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Food security is a multidimensional concept and it is a complex issue that has been raised over time So the level of household food security has several

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 49

determinants ie level of income occupational pattern level of education size of household type of the family cast and community and government policy have different impact on incidence of food security 41 Level of Food Security in terms of Per Consumer unit Calorie Intake (PCCI) By using Per Consumer unit Calorie Intake (PCCI) level of food security of the sample households has been summarised in the following Table 41 The table shows that per consumer unit calorie intake across the study area are 2489 kilocalories Among the sample households 5225 percent are food secure ie these households have calorie intake with higher than daily recommended level of Indian Council of Medical Research (ICMR) Another 4775 percent households are food insecure in terms of PCCI Table 41 Level of Food Security of the Sample Households in terms of Per Consumerunit Calorie Intake

Blocks PCCI

No amp Percentage of Food Secure Households

No amp Percentage of Food Insecure Households

Total

Dhakuakhana 2397 85(4645) 98(5355) 183(10000)

Narayanpur 2548 98(5731) 73(4269) 171(10000)

Ghilamara 2521 84(5350) 73(4650) 157(10000)

Overall 2489 267(5225) 244 (4775) 511(10000)

SourceCalculated from primary data (Figures in the bracket indicates percentage to total) 42 Level of Food Security among Different Occupational Categories Table 42 reveals that the level of food security is different among the sample household with different occupation of the household head From the table it is clear that the level of food security among daily wage labour is lowest ie 2955 percent with compared to it the level of food security is slight better among the agricultural labour (3548 percent) The highest level of food security has been found among government service holders ie 9355 percent followed by retired employees (8182 percent) Although more than 60 percent of the sample households have been involve with cultivation as their primary

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 50

occupation but among them only 5225 percent households are food secure another 4775 percent households are food insecure It is a severe problem for economic efficiency and productivity Table 42Level of food security among sample households of different occupational categories

Occupation

No amp percentage of food secure households

Noamp percentage of food insecure households

Total

Cultivator 161(5244) 146(4756) 307(10000) Agricultural labour 11(3548) 20(6452) 31(10000)

Animal Husbandry 6(6667) 3(3333) 9(10000)

Other daily wage labour 26(2955) 62(7045) 88(10000)

Service 29(9355) 2(645) 31(10000) Trading and self-employment

17(5000) 17(5000) 34(10000)

Retired 9(8182) 2(1818) 11(10000) Total 267(5284) 244 (4716) 511(10000)

SourceCalculated from primary data (Figures in the bracket indicates percentage to total) 43 Level of Food Security among Households with Cultivation as Primary Occupation inLakhimpur The following Table 43 depicts per consumer unit calorie intake among the households with cultivation as primary occupation Percentage of farming household that are food secure have been found overall area is 5244 percent It has been found highest in the Narayanpur block (5833 percent) and lowest in Dhakuakhana block (4529 percent) Among the three block average calorie intake is highest in Ghilamara block (2491 kilocalories) and lowest in Dhakuakhana block (2333 kilocalorie) Again among the food insecure households average calorie intake is highest in Ghilamara block (1907 kilocalories) and lowest in Narayanpur block (1782 kilocalories)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 51

Table 43 Food Security among the Households with Cultivation as Primary Occupation

Blocks Total Households

Food Secure Households

Food Insecure Households

Dha

kuak

hana

PCCI 2333 2885 1876

Number () 117 53 (4529) 64 (5471)

Nar

ayan

pur

PCCI 2459 2943 1782

Number () 108 63 (5833) 45 (4167)

Ghi

lam

ara PCCI 2491 2971 1907

Number () 82 45 (5488) 37 (4512)

Ove

rall

PCCI 2428 2933 1855

Number () 307 (100) 161 (5244) 146 (4756)

SourceCalculated from primary data (Figures in the bracket indicates percentage to total) 44 Level of Food Security among Households with Different Level ofEducation The following Table 44 shows that incidence of food security is different among household with different educational level of household head From the table it is clear that there is a positive relationship between level of food security and level of education In all the three blocks household head with below primary and primary to high school level education shows low level of food security On the other hand household head having graduate post graduate or professional degree has shown high level of food security But some of the households having higher degree also have found to be food insecure because of

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 52

underemployment In all the three blocks some post graduates and a significant portion of the graduates are involved with agriculture for their livelihood Table 44 Level of Food Security among Sample Householdrsquos with Different Level ofEducation of the Householdrsquos Head

SourceCalculated from primary data (Figures in the bracket indicates percentage to total)

Blocks Educational level

No amp percentage of food secure households

No amp percentage of food insecure households

Total

Dha

kuak

hana

Below Primary 6(3529) 11(6471) 17(100) Primary to High School 31(4247) 42(5753) 73(100)

Matriculates and undergraduates 34(5075) 33(4925) 67(100)

Graduate 11(5000) 11(5000) 22(100)

Post graduate 1(5000) 1(5000) 2(100) Professional degree 2(10000) 0(000) 2(100)

Nar

ayan

pur

Below Primary 8(4211) 11(5789) 19(100) Primary to High School 41(5325) 36(4675) 77(100)

Matriculates and undergraduates 35(6140) 22(3860) 57(100)

Graduate 11(7333) 4(2667) 15(100) Post graduate 2(6667) 1(3333) 3(100) Professional degree -- -- --

Ghi

lam

ara

Below Primary 2(3333) 4(6667) 6(100) Primary to High School 26(4561) 31(5439) 57(100)

Matriculates and undergraduates 40(5714) 30(4286) 70(100)

Graduate 12(6316) 7(3684) 19(100) Post graduate 2(5000) 2(5000) 4(100) Professional degree 1(10000) 0(000) 1(100)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 53

45Determinants of Food Security Since the food security is a multidimensional concept So the level of food security of a household has been influence by various socio-economic factors At the time of field survey it has been found that some socio-economic factor has significant impact on the level of food security viz income of the household size of cultivable land family size educational attainment occupation type of the family cast amp community and PDS beneficiary etc To identify and assess the determinants significantly affecting Household Food Security (HFS) following regression model has been formulated- HFS= α + β1PCHI + β2SCL + β3EA + β4FS + β5PCFOWN + δ1OPD1 + δ2OPD2 + δ3OPD3 + λ1COMD1 + λ2COMD2 + γFTD + μ BPDSD + Ui Explanation of the Explanatory Variables Per Capita Household Income (PCHI) It is the average income earned by per household member in a specified year Income generally determines the purchasing power of a household and hence higher is the level of income better will be the level of food security So we expect the coefficient of the variable to bear a positive sign Size of Cultivable Land (SCL) Basically the size of food grain production depends upon the size of agricultural land Again food supply or food availability is a major determinant of food security Hence we expect the coefficient of the variable to bear a positive sign Educational Attainment (EA) This variable represents the level of education of the head of the household Education is a categorical variable with ndash 0 = illiterate 1 = below primary 2 = primary to high school 3 = matriculate and undergraduate 4 = graduate 5 = postgraduate 6 = professional degree Education creates awareness about proper diet and nutrition and also educated people can earn more Hence higher is the level of education better will be the level of food security So we expect the coefficient of the variable to bear a positive sign Family Size (FS) Generally among large family the ratio of dependency is high with compared to small family Hence size of the family has adverse impact on the level of household food security So we expect the coefficient of the variable to bear a negative sign Percentage Contribution of Foodgrains of Own Sources (PCFOWN) At the time of field survey it has been found that majority of households without farming as primary occupation often go for farming Since food availability is a major determinant of food security and hence higher is the level of own contribution of foodgrain better will be the level of food security So we expect the coefficient of the variable to bear a positive sign

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 54

Occupational Dummies (OPD1 OPD2amp OPD3) Taking occupation as reference category four occupational dummies have been used viz OPD1 OPD2 and OPD3 where OPD1 = 1 for cultivator = 0 otherwise OPD2 = 1 for agricultural labour = 0 otherwise OPD3 = 1 other daily wage labour = 0 otherwise Community Dummies (COMD1amp COMD) Taking community as reference category three dummies have been used vizCOMD1 and COMD2 where COMD1= 1 schedule tribe = 0 otherwise COMD2 = 1 schedule caste = 0 otherwise Family Type Dummy (FTD) = 1 for nuclear family = 0 for otherwise Beneficiary of PDS Dummy (BPDSD) = 1 for beneficiary of PDS = 0 for otherwise The coefficient of COMD1 and COMD2 may bear either positive or negative sign The coefficient of FTD and BPDSD are expected to be positive Regression has been run by taking Household Food Security (HFS) as dependent variable It is the level of food security of the household measured as per the value of index calculated from per consumer unit calorie intake The results of the regression analysis have been summarized in table 45 The results of the regression analysis indicate that the coefficient of the variables PCHI SCL EA FS PCFOWN and FTD have been found statistically significant Coefficient of variables PCHI SCL EA PCFOWN and FTD are significant with a positive sign This implies that household with high per capita income large size of cultivable land higher level of educational attainment of the household head higher percentage of foodgrain consumption from own sources and nuclear family system have better food security level and vice-versa The negative sign of the coefficient of variable indicates that as the household become larger the level of household food security become lower From field survey it has been found that majority of the large families are joint family and among joint family dependency ratio is high Hence bigger the size of the family lower the level of food security The other variables have been found statistically insignificant and hence play no role in determining the level of household food security

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 55

Table 45 Results of Regression Analysis Taking HFS as Dependent Variable in terms of PCCI

VariablesConstant Estimates of the Coefficients t - value

PCHI 0000082 (0000012) 582226

SCL 0002213 (0003133) 312462

EA 0010577 (0004214) 2874937

FS -007893 (0005361) -357332

PCFOWN 0002133 (0001031) 4130215

OPD1 0053217 (0030768) 0991633

OPD2 - 0000131 (0000122) -0007436

OPD3 0007542 (0005328) 0009773

COMD1 - 0007632 (0005985) -0130713

COMD2 - 00084421 (0007421) -0112722

FTD 0311722 (0100438) 3572181

BPDSD 0089221 (0066594) 0758323

Constant 0630517 (0296773) 2501321

R2 0875

F [12 495] 5782 Figures in ( ) and [ ] indicates Standard Error of coefficients and degrees of freedom respectively indicates significant at 15 and 10 percent respectively 46Computation of Food Insecurity Gap For computing the extent of food security gap food insecurity gap of the households has been calculated ie total food insecurity gap and squared food insecurity gap has been calculated separately

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 56

Food insecurity gap (FIGi)Food insecurity gap of ithfood insecure households is define as ܩܫܨ = (ோ)

(Guja 2012) Where TCRi= Total per capita calorie requirement for ith food insecure household TCCi= Total per capita calorie consumption by ith food insecure household Total Food Insecurity Gap (TFIG)which indicates the depth of food insecurity among the food insecure households is expressed as-

ܩܫܨ = ܩܫܨ

ୀଵ

Here m=total number of food insecure households In this study ΣFIGi= 5612 m=244 TFIG=023 Or TFIG= 23 Squared Food Insecurity Gap (SFIG)which indicates severity of food insecurity among the food insecure households is given as-

ܩܫܨ = 2(ܩܫܨ)

ୀଵ

In this study Σ(FIGi)2=1291 m=244 SFIG=00529 Or SFIG=529 5 POLICY IMPLICATIONS In order to solve the serious food crisis faced by the district the government

should adopt technological measures to boost the agricultural production Application of HYV seeds organic fertilizer pesticides etc and farm mechanization technique through the use of tractors power-tiller pump-sets tube-wells threshers harvester combines etc all these technological measures have helped the farmers to raise the agricultural output considerably Hence growth of agriculture sector will provide direct sources for food and income for buying food

Production of fruits and vegetables should be increased But fruits and vegetables are highly perishable and have many post-harvest losses To overcome this they may require different infrastructure for handling value-

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 57

addition processing and marketing This will help in augmenting farm income generating employment and in bring a number of additional stakeholders in the food-supply chain

Cooperative farming could be examined as an effective technique for enhancing agricultural productivity that will increase the supply of food-grains in the district and also will increase the farmerrsquos income

The policy of Minimum Support Price for incentivizing farmers through fair value of their products should be implemented effectively

The flow of credit particularly to small and marginal farmers should be made speedier and easier

For ensuring economic accessibility of food government should create stable income earning opportunities for the rural poor by developing rural non-farm activities on sustainable basis

The identification of target households modernization of the delivery system and effective monitoring of the food security programme are the main areas that need attention

Food system must focus on stability of production and prices of food-grains Intensifying the provision of better-quality education and vocational training

for women to ensure food security for all Government can arrange awareness programme about food and nutritional

security in rural areas under the department of Food and Civil Supplies or Health the NGOs also can play a significant role in this respect

6 CONCLUSION The findings of the present study confers that the level of food security of the households of Lakhimpur district is not good It has found that only 5225 percent household are food secure and another 4775 percent are food insecure It shows that almost half of the sample households have been found to be food insecure The result of the study indicated that food insecure households are 23 percent far off from the minimum level of calorie requirement Again it has found that the severity of the food insecurity of the study area is about 529 percent Although central government as well as state government formulating various policies and launching several schemes for reducing the level of food insecurity the achievement is far away from the satisfactory level It is only because of improper implementation of government policies and lack of awareness about adequate diet of the general people Hence proper implementation of the government policies and nutritional knowledge of the people is very much necessary for reducing the level of food insecurity

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 58

References 1 Basu K (2011) ldquoIndiarsquos Foodgrain Policy An Economic Theory

PerspectiverdquoEconomyampPolitical Weekly Vol XLVI No 5 2 FAO (1996) ldquoRome Declaration on World Food Security World Food

Summitrdquo Rome Food and Agriculture Organization 3 FAO (2001) ldquoExpert Consultation on Energy in Human Nutrition

Interim ReportrdquoFoodand Agriculture Organization of the United Nation Rome

4 FAO (2003) ldquoWorld Food Security A Reappraisal of the Concept andApproachesrdquo Director Generalrsquos Report Rome

5 Gopalan et al (2012)ldquoNutritive Value of IndianFoodsrdquo ( Revised amp updated by BSNarasingaRao YG Deosthaleand KC Pant) National Institute of NutritionIndian Council of Medical Research Hyderabad

6 Guja MM (2012) Household Food Security Status and Coping Strategies in HumboWereda Snnprs Ethiopia InternationalJournal of Sciences Basic and AppliedResearch Vl 6 No 1 pp 64-82

7 ICMR (2010) ldquoNutrient Requirements and Recommended Dietary Allowances for Indiasrdquo A Report of the Expert Group of the Indian Council of Medical ResearchNational Institute of Nutrition Hyderabad

8 Sing PS (2013) ldquoSupply-Side Challenges of the National Food Security Billrdquo KurukshetraVl 62 No 1

9 Smith L amp A Subandoro(2007) ldquoMeasuring Food Security Using Household Expenditure Surveysrdquo International Food Policy Research Institute Washington DC

10 World Bank (1986) ldquoPoverty and Hunger and Options for Food Security in Developing Countriesrdquo World Bank Policy Study Washington DC

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 59

OVERVIEW OF SELF ESTEEM IN PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT

Dr D Vishnu Priya Reader in Commerce

PG Department of Commerce Besant Theosophical College Madanapalli

Abstract We all know that Self- esteem can be an important part of success Too little self-esteem can leave people feeling depressed It can also lead people to make bad choices fall into distractive relationship similarly too much of self esteem can certainly be off putting and can even damage personal relationship Self esteem levels at the extreme high and low ends of the spectrum can be damaging so the idle is to stick balance somewhere in the middle Hence the main purpose of this article is to focus on overview of self esteem in personality development with the following objectives Objectives 1) To identify the different components of self esteem 2) To trace out causes of low self esteem and its impact on personality

development 3) To identify the ways for developing a positive self esteem Introduction Self esteem is the term used to describe a personrsquos own measurements of his or her self worth It is also how we think of our self and the collection of believes we have relating to our abilities and worthiness In psychology the term ldquoSELF ESTEEMrdquo is used to describe a personrsquos over all sense of self worth or personal value Self esteem is often seen as ldquoA PERSONALITY TRAIT ldquowhich means that it tends to be stable It also involves a variety of believes about the self such as-

1) Appraisal of onersquos own appearance 2) Own believes 3) Emotions 4) Behaviors

Self esteem is the positive or negative state of mind that an individual posses himself In simpler language it means the opinion one holes for himself

The personality of a human being is complex and interestingldquoSELF ESTEEMrdquo forms a crucial segment of the same if to a great extent determines the nature and social behavior of an individual It also noted that individuals self

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 60

esteem may be different in different situations and in different set of social environment

Components of Self Esteem According to ldquoBRAMDENrdquo there are 3 components of self esteem

1) Self esteem is an essential human need i e vital for survival and normal healthy development

2) Self esteem a raise automatically from onersquos believes and consciousness

3) Self esteem occurs in conjunction with a personrsquos thoughts behaviors feelings and actions

Characteristics of self Esteem

Any self esteem consists of the following 8 basic characteristics These are 1) Living consciously 2) Learning from mistakes 3) Listening to others point of view 4) Taking care of us physically emotionally mentally and spiritually 5) Respecting other peoplersquos differences 6) Taking responsibility for our own life 7) Being able to speak and act from our own convenience 8) Having a sense of purpose and direction

The whole concept of self esteem can be seen in the following diagram

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 61

Types of self Esteem Any individual could have only two kinds of self esteem

1) High self esteem [Positive self esteem ] 2) Low self esteem [Negative self esteem ] 1) High (or) Positive self esteem

People who have high self esteem generally feel good about their abilities to participate confident in social situations and happy with the way generally the high self esteem possesses the following characteristics

Believing in a set of firmly place rules and principles Being able to make choices trust own Judgment and not feel guilty about

choices if someone does not agree Not living in the past or future and not caring about ldquoWhat ifrsquos ldquoand fully

living in present Believing in their capacity to solve problems just for failures and ask for

assistance Believe that they are valuable and that others enjoy spending the time with

them Participating in and enjoy many activities and hobbies Resisting manipulation by others Being sensitive to the feelings and needs of others aspect and abide by the

social norms Considering themselves self worthy and equal to others irrespective of

differences in finances and other personal causes

2) Low or Negative self esteem Low esteem is a hopeless condition that keeps individuals from

realizing their full potential a person who as low self esteem feels in competent unworthy and incapable lsquoShillingrsquo states that Low self esteem is a trait of financially unsuccessful people which in turn results in poor decision making The low self esteem possesses the following characteristics

Heavy self criticism having high dissatisfaction about their self or themselves

Hyper sensitivity to criticism leading to feeling attacked Continuous in decision due to the fear of making mistakes Having chronic irritation and easily angered even over minor things General negativity about life and often an inability to enjoy life

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 62

CAUSES OF LOW SELF ESTEEM Since low self esteem is dangerous and it leads to self killing and so it should be remove completely to overcome the attitude of low self esteem it is better to tries out the causes of low self esteem The following are some of the main causes for low self esteem 1) Negative self talk 2) Environment 3) Education 4) Poor role models 5) Making unfair comparison 6) Failures or success 7) Unrealistic expectations of perfection 8) Lack of discipline 9) Learning negative values 10) Fully down or labeling has put down Impact of Lowself Esteem Low self esteem can have an effect on various aspects of a personrsquos life This can be clear from the following statements

1) A person with low self esteem problem says a lot of negative things about themselves they might criticize themselves They might put themselves down or balm themselves

2) Low self esteem affect a personrsquos performance at work they might consistently achieve lower productivity because they believe that they are less capable them others They will avoid challenges in work life for fear of not doing well

3) Low self esteem also affects the peoplersquos personal relationships People will low self esteem might became disturbed or upset by any criticism or this approval and so they avoid to meet the people and talk to them

Building high self Esteem People who have high self esteem generally feel good about their abilities to participate confident in social situations and happy with the way to have positive personality every person needs to develop positive self esteem Steps for Building a Positive self Esteem Positive self esteem can be develop by adopting the following steps 1) Turn scars in to stars 2) Learn intelligence ignorance 3) Do something for other who cannot repay in cash 4) Learn to give and receive compliments

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 63

5) Accept responsibility 6) Practice discipline 7) Set goals 8) Associate with people of high moral character 9) Get our self positive suggestions 10) Our great strengths can become our great weakness 11) Hare passions Conclusion

In this article I considered the nature origin consequences causes for low self esteem and steps to build positive self esteem while the main focus is on improving self image through positive thinking Having a more positive attitude can make you open to a world of physical changes In addition to changing your way of thinking you can also change your behavior and abilities by learning new skills

References 1 Abraham T (1988) toward a self-evaluation maintenance model of social

behavior 2 Adler N and stewart J 2004 self-esteem psychological working group 3 Branden N (1992) the power of self esteem Deerfield beach 4 Burton N (2015) self-confidence vs self-esteem-psychology today 5 Council on Alcoholism and drug abuse- image amp Self-esteem-mentor

resource center 6 Cooper Smith (1967) The antecedents of self-esteem 7 Davis W Gteller K amp Thaut M (2008)- An introduction to Music therapy 8 Demo D H (1985) The measurement of self esteem Refusing our methods

Journal of personality and social psychology 9 Edberg H (2013) how to improve your self-esteem 10 Maslow A H (1943) a theory of human motivation 11 Robinson J Shaver P(2010) measures of personality and social

psychological activities

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 64

ISOLATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF BIOACTIVE MOLECULES PRODUCED BY ENTOMOPATHOGENIC BACTERIA COMAMONAS

TESTOSTERONI

Deepa I Guest Faculty

Department of Botany and Biotechnology Milad -E- Sherief Memorial (MSM) College

Kayamkulam Alappuzha India Abstract

The entomopathogenic nematode isolate Rhabditis (Oscheius) species was collected from the soil of Bangalore Electronic City Karnataka and was selected for this study In the present study cell free culture filtrate of the symbiotic bacterium Comamonas testosteroni was prepared and separated into aqueous and organic fractions Insecticidal nematicidal and antimicrobial activity of organic fraction was evaluated For the separation of bioactive molecules the concentrated organic fraction was subjected to silica gel column chromatography Elution was carried out using a gradient of solvent mixtures of increasing polarity starting from a non-polar solvent (hexane) followed by mixtures of dichloromethane in hexane (5-100) ethyl acetate in dichloromethane (1-100) and finally with methanol in ethyl acetate (1-100) The fractions after concentration were tested for antibacterial and antifungal activity Purification of organic fraction was further then done using column chromatography TLC and HPLC The pure compound was subjected to various spectral analysis (UV-visible spectrum FTIR NMR and MS) and the structure was elucidated and identified as Cyclo (Pro-leu) a derivative of diketopiperazine (DKPs) Thus the above study concluded that Rhabditis (Oscheius) species and Comamonas testosteroni could be used as a promising source of bioactive compounds with antimicrobial activity

Keywords- Entomopathogenic nematode Rhabditis (Oscheius) Comamonas testosteroni Introduction Entomopathogenic nematodes are soft bodied non-segmented roundworms that are obligate or sometimes facultative parasites of insects Entomopathogenic nematodes occur naturally in soil environments and locate their host in response to carbon dioxide vibration and other chemical cues (Kaya and Gaugler 1993) Species in two families (Heterorhabditidae and Steinernematidae) have been effectively used as biological insecticides in pest

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 65

management programs (Grewal et al 2005) Entomopathogenic nematodes fit nicely into integrated pest management or IPM programs because they are considered non-toxic to humans relatively specific to their target pest(s) and can be applied with standard pesticide equipment (Shapiro-Ilan et al 2006) The bacterial symbiont is Photorhabdus in nematodes of the genus Heterorhabditis and Xenorhabdus in nematodes of the genus Steinernema In addition to Xenorhabdus and Photorhabdus sp a novel entomopathogenic bacteria is isolated from a new entomopathogenic nematode Rhabditis (Oschieus) sp of the family Rhabditidae (Mohandas et al 2004) Entomopathogenic bacteria are potential source of antibacterial antifungal antiulcer anti cancerous insecticidal and nematicidal compounds which might become promising pharmaceutical antibiotics or bio pesticides EPB produce bioactive molecules which inhibit the growth of a wide range of bacteria fungi and other microbes (Khushbu et al 2016) Materials and Methods Microorganisms and culture maintenance EPN culture The nematode isolate BEC collected from the soil of Bangalore Electronic City Karnataka was selected for this study It was taken from the nematode culture collection maintained in CTCRI laboratory Test pathogens Test bacteria their source and maintenance The following four bacteria Bacillus subtilis MTCC 2756 Escherichia coli MTCC 2622 Staphylococcus aureus MTCC 902 and Pseudomonas aeruginosa MTCC 2642 were purchased from IMTECH Chandigarh and are maintained on Nutrient agar (NA) slants and sub cultured using standard aseptic laboratory techniques every 2 weeks Test fungi their source and maintenance Aspergillus flavus MTCC 183 Fusarium oxysporum MTCC 284 and Rhizoctonia solani MTCC 2644 were purchased from IMTECH Chandigarh All fungi were maintained and sub cultured biweekly on potato dextrose agar (PDA) slants Culturing of EPN Soil samples were processed with insect baiting method (White GF 1927) 250g soil sample was taken in a plastic bottle and baited with Galleria mellonella larvae After two days dead larvae were placed in White Traps (Rosa et al 2000) and when there was emergence of infective juveniles (IJrsquos) they were harvested The IJs were collected in a beaker and rinsed 3 times with sterile distilled water and stored at room temperature Nematode isolate was passed through G mellonella every 6 months for sub culturing (Woodring and

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 66

Kaya 1988) G mellonella larvae were reared (Park and Yu 1999) by giving artificial diet Isolation of EPB The entomopathogenic bacteria used in this study were isolated from EPN belonging to the Rhabditis (Oscheius) species recovered from soil collected from Bangalore Electronic City Karnataka and maintained at CTCRI Bacterial isolate used in this study were taken from culture collection maintained in CTCRI laboratory Production of Bacterial Metabolites Standardization of incubation time and preparation of cell free culture filtrate

A pure culture of the bacterium was obtained from the third stage infective juveniles of the nematode isolate BEC and bacterial fermentation was carried out using Tryptic Soya Broth (TSB) Aliquots of the stock culture were added separately into 100 ml sterile medium The flasks were incubated in a gyrorotatory shaker (150 times g) at 30degC for 24 hr When the optical density of the culture at 600 nm was approx 17 the bacterial cultures were transferred asceptically into 400 ml sterile medium (TSB) and incubated in the gyrorotatory shaker (150 times g) at 30ordmC Fermentation was carried out for 4 days during which samples (100 ml) were withdrawn at regular intervals (24 hr 48 hr 72 hr and 96 hr) The culture media were then centrifuged (10000 times g 20 min 4degC) followed by filtration through a 045 microm micro filters to obtain cell free culture filtrate Separation of cell free culture filtrates into aqueous and organic fraction Fifteen litres of TSB culture filtrate were separated into aqueous and organic fractions For this the filtrate was neutralized with concentrated hydrochloric acid and extracted with an equal volume of ethyl acetate thrice The ethyl acetate layers were combined dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate and concentrated using a rotary flash evaporator at 30ordmC The dry residue was weighed and reconstituted in 6 ml methanol and stored at -20ordmC for further studies Antibacterial activity

Antibacterial activity was studied by agar well and disc diffusion method (Bauer et al 1966) Samples to be tested were filtered through 022 microm micro filters The level of activity was measured by the diameter (mm) of the zone of inhibition Antifungal activity

The antifungal activity of organic fraction was tested using agar-well diffusion method (Perez et al 1990) Wells were made on the agar surface with 6 mm cork borer The sample of 50 microl was poured into the well using sterile syringe The plates were incubated at 37degC for 48 hr The plates were observed for the zone formation around the wells

Purification of the organic compounds

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 67

Purification of organic fraction was done using column chromatography TLC and HPLC Column chromatography

The ethyl acetate extracts were chromatographed on a silica gel column (silica gel 60 45 x 25 cm)Two active sub fractions were collected from column through solvent systems such as dichloromethanehexane and methanolethyl acetate These were mixture of compounds and purification was done by preparative TLC and crystallization process The single compounds obtained from column were further purified by crystallization process Thin layer chromatography

The separation of the organic fraction was carried out by thin layer chromatography (TLC) The solvents used for the separation of sub fractions were Benzene-hexane acetone-benzene and methanol-chloroform combinations (Table 1) These solvent systems were found to be the most suitable ones

Each sub fraction was spotted (2 microl) on TLC plates in order to check the separation of the compounds The sub fractions were found to have mixture of compounds Hence number of bands and Rf values were calculated After standardization following solvents were used for thin layer chromatography Table 1 Sub fractions and solvents used for TLC

Slno Sub fractions Solvents used for TLC 1 DCMhexane benzenehexane 2 ethyl acetateDCM acetonebenzene 3 methanolethyl acetate methanolchloroform

High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC)

After performing the TLC only the pure compounds were subjected to HPLC using methanol as mobile phase Elucidation of the structure of the compound

The pure compounds obtained were subjected to NMR (H113C) (Brucker AMX-500 at National Institute for Interdiciplinary science and Technology (CSIR) Thiruvananthapuram) FTIR (Perkin Elmer at Sree Chitra Thirunal Institute of Science and Technology Thiruvananthapuram) and optical rotation (Rudolph Research analytical Autopol N polarimeter at Tropical Botanical Garden and Research Institute Thiruvananthapuram) were carried out The mass spectrum was recorded by JEOL-JMS mass spectrometer at National Institute for Interdiciplinary science and Technology (CSIR) Thiruvananthapuram) for the elucidation of the structure of the compound

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 68

Antimicrobial activity of the compound was tested Results

Isolation of EPB The entomopathogenic bacteria were isolated from the

entomopathogenic nematode isolate collected from soil samples of Bangalore Electronic City Karnataka The bacteria were isolated on Nutrient agar medium and re isolated on NBTA medium After incubation for 48 h on nutrient agar single colonies were isolated which were appeared to be circular slightly granular irregular margin opaque with 2-25 mm diameter Only one type of bacterial colony found to absorb bromothymol blue from the NBTA plate and the colony appeared red in colour The bacterial culture was maintained in nutrient agar by sub culturing This bacterium was identified as Comamonas testosteroni (Accession no HQ200410) Preparation of cell free culture filtrate and its separation

15L TSB was prepared The cell free culture filtrate of 72 hr showed maximum antimicrobial activity and the cell free culture filtrate was separated into aqueous and organic fractions Organic fractions were concentrated and were used for antimicrobial assay Antibacterial activity

Bacillus subtilis (which is very sensitive to EPB antibiotics Webster et al (2002) is used to monitor activity during isolation and identification of EPB bioactive compounds The diameter of zone of inhibition against the test bacteria are shown in Table 2 and displayed in Figure 1-6

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 69

Table 2 Antibacterial activity against B subtilis E coli S aureus and P aeruginosa

Zone of inhibition ( dia in mm) Concentration (microl)disc

Organic fraction

P aeruginosa S aureus

E coli B subtilis

Nil 9 14 10

Nil 10 18 11

Nil 11 16 12

Nil 12 19 14

50 50 50 50

24 hr 48 hr 72 hr 96 hr

Antifungal activity

The antifungal activity of organic fraction was tested against A flavus F oxysporum and R solani It is displayed in Figure 7-12 and diameter of zones of inhibition is given in Table 3

Table 3 Antifungal activity against A flavus F oxysporum and R solani Zone of inhibition (dia in mm)

Concentration (microl)disc

Organic fraction

R solani F oxysporum A flavus

NIL 14 20 15

NIL 17 16 19

NIL 19 27 18

50 50 50 50

24 hr 48 hr 72 hr 96 hr

Purification of the organic compounds The dichloromethanehexane ethyl acetatedichloromethane methanolethyl acetate fraction of TSB obtained after column chromatography were dissolved in 300 microl methanol and stored at -20oC for further purification and assay of bioactivity TLC profile indicated a single spot which indicate the purity of the compounds From the three sub fractions only one pure compound was obtained

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 70

in powder form with Rf value of 058 (TLC profile on Figure 13) and the yield of the compound was 157 mg The pure compound on HPLC indicated a single peak (Figure 14) and the retention time of the compound was 546

Figure 13 TLC Profile of Compound

F Figure 14 HPLC elution profile of Cyclo (pro-leu) C -18 reverse phase column 50 methanol ndashwater as the mobile phase Identification of compounds

NMR (C13 and H1) was recorded (Figure15 and 16) Mass was determined as 210 Da It had a melting point of 169ordmC (Figure17) and optical rotation of 1397 The IR was also taken for the compound (Figure18) The compound was identified as Cyclo (pro-leu) (Figure19) based on the above spectral analysis

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 71

Figure15 C13 NMR of Cyclo (pro-leu)

Figure16 H1 NMR of Cyclo (pro-leu)

Figure17 Melting point of Cyclo (pro-leu)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 72

Figure18 FTIR of Cyclo (pro-leu)

Figure19 General Structure Structure of Cyclo (pro-leu) Antimicrobial activity of compound Table 4 Antimicrobial activity of Compound against test organisms Discussion

The entomopathogenic bacteria associated with the EPN of Rhabditis (Oscheius) species isolated from Bangalore Electronic City Karnataka was used in this study This bacterium was found to have 99 sequence similarity with Comamonas testosteroni CNB-2 complete genome (Accession No CP001220) The sequences obtained in this study have been assigned in the

Microorganism Zone diameter(mm)

Bsubtilis 23 S aureus 19 A flavus 20 Foxysporum 16 Rsolani 13

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 73

NCBI GenBank under the accession number HQ200410 The 16s rDNA sequencing is the most trusted and widely used method in bacterial identification Among the three fractions the ethyl acetatedichloromethane was obtained in pure form Based on NMR FTIR and mass spectra the structure was elucidated and it was identified as a derivative of diketopiperazine (DKPs) The compound is identified as Cyclo (Pro-leu)

DKPs have received continuous interest because of their spectrum of pharmacological activities and are used as antibiotics synthetic vaccines and in cancer chemotherapy (Funabashi et al 1994)

It is the first time that the Diketopiperazine derivative ie Cyclo (pro-leu) has been isolated purified and identified from this nematode-bacterium system Both the TLC and HPLC methods were applied to the analysis of the bioactive compounds obtained from the symbiotic bacterial isolate BEC The compound possessed strong antimicrobial activity This is effective against human pathogenic bacteria and fungi and agriculturally important F oxysporum and R solani The metabolites of the antagonistic bacteria may be developed to an effective antibiotic

Acknowledgement The authors are grateful to the director of Central Tuber Crops Research Institute for providing the facility and financial support References [1] Bauer AW Kirby MM Sherris JC and Truck M 1966 Antibiotic

susceptibility testing by a standardized single disk method Am J Clin Pathol 45 493-496

[2] Funabashi Y Horiguchi T Iinuma S Tanida Sand Harada S 1994 J Antibiot 47 1202-1218

[3] Grewal PS Ehlers R-U and Shapiro-Ilan DI 2005 Nematodes as Biocontrol Agents CABI New York NY

[4] Kaya HK and Gaugler R 1993 Entomopathogenic nematodes Annual Review of Entomology 38 181-206

[5] Khushbu S Suresh W Sudershan G and Aditi K 2016 Analytical characterization of secondary Metabolites from Indian Xenorhabdus Species the symbiotic bacteria of entomopatathogenic nematode (Steinernema spp) as antifungal agent National Academy Science Letters 1-6

[6] Mohandas C Sheela MS Mathews S and Naveen Raj DS 2004 Rhabditis (Oscheious) Spp (NematodaRhabditidae) a new pathogenic nematode of crop pests National Sympo Green Pesticides for insect pest management 51-52

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 74

[7] Park SH and Yu SU 1999 Isolation and identification of a symbiotic bacterium from Steinernema carpocapsae Biotechnology and Bioprocess Engineering 4 12-16

[8] Perez C Paul M and Bazerque P 1990 Antibiotic assay by agar-well diffusion method Acta Biol Med Exp 15 113-115

[9] Rosa JS Bonifassi E Amaral J Lacey LA and Simoes N et al 2000 Natural Occurrence of Entomopathogenic Nematodes (Rhabditida Steinernema Heterorhabditis) in the Azores J Nematol 32 215 -222

[10] Shapiro-Ilan DI Gough DH Piggott SJ and Patterson Fife J 2006 Application technology and environmental considerations for use of entomopathogenic nematodes in biological control Biological Control 38 124-133

[11] Webster J M Chen G and Hu K Li J 2002 Bacterial metabolites In Gaugler R (ed) Entomopathogenic nematology CABI Publishing New York 99-114

[12] White GF 1927 A method for obtaining infective nematode larvae from cultures Science 66 302-303

[13] Woodring JL and Kaya HK 1988 Steinernematid and Heterorhabditid nematodes Hand book of biology and techniques South cooperative Ser Bulletin Arkans Agricultural ExpStn Fayetteville 331 1-30

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 75

A STUDY OF LEARDERSHIP BEHAVIOUR OF SPECIAL EDUCATOR AND GENERAL EDUCATOR IN INCLUSIVE SCHOOL

Deepti Gupta PhD Scholar

Amity Institute of Education Amity University Uttar Pradesh

Lucknow

Prof (Dr) Mala Tandon Professor

Dy Director and Head of Institute Amity Institute of Education

Amity University Uttar Pradesh Lucknow

Abstract Leadership is the most important feature of the organizational structure of any institution In a school the leadership of teacher plays an important role In an inclusive setup both special educators and general educators are leaders as well as teachers Educators are the role models Effective leadership provided by them in the classrooms leads to effective grooming of young children This study was undertaken to investigate the leadership behaviour of special educator and general educator of inclusive school The study was conducted on the sample of 40 educators (20 special educators including remedial teachers and 20 general educators) of inclusive schools The selection of inclusive school was purposive as there are a selective inclusive school in Lucknow district The leadership behaviour scale developed by Dr Asha Hingar (2005) was used to measure the level of leadership behaviour of teachers Keyword- Leadership Behaviour Special Educator General Educator Inclusive School Introduction Leadership is the most important feature of the organizational structure of any institution Alan Keith of Genentech told that ldquoleadership is inevitably about setting up (making) a route for individuals to help with causing something unprecedented to occurrdquo Leaders plays very important role in the effective performance of the school Beginning from decision of goals to achieving them Many researchers have associated leadership with school effectiveness with the leadership Be it the leadership of the Head of the institution of the school or any organization or the leadership of the teacher in the classroom School effectiveness and accomplishment of goals can not being guaranteed in the absence of effective leadership In the view of Bryk Anthony S Gomez Louis M (2010) the role of teachers is very crucial for educational change and effectiveness They are of

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 76

the view that it is the great challenge for the to create a culture of quality that penetrates into the minutest elements processes and systems of any school According to Farris Berg Kim Derkswager Edward (2012)- Teacher leadership not only focuses on the teaching-learning processe in the class but it also involves matters within and outside the school In the school the leadership of the teacher plays an important role Numerous teachers who practice in the leadership position of educators do not consider themselves to be a teacher It is expected that the term leadership for the teacher refers to a formal occupation of a position of obligation for example Principals Headmasters and in-charge They feel that the teaching is not a part of their job Halverson Rich Kelley Garolyn Shaw (2013) said that In general to improve school performance teachers perspective on teacher leadership has been changed Reason behind this is that leadership practice can improve the quality of student learning In an inclusive setup both special educators and general educators are supposed to be leaders as well as teachers The word educator and teachers are used synonymously Keeping this in mind the following study has been undertaken and the influence of the leadership behaviour of special educator and general educator has been studied in the inclusive school setup Concept of Leadership The concept of leadership is not new From earlier time leadership has been a point of interest for the researchers History on leadership indicates shifting to focus on theoretical orientation While the psychological approach of leadership focused the attention on the lsquoLeaderrsquohimself distinguishing him from non leaders the sociological approach to leadership emphasized organizational goals and relationship According to this methodology there is no ldquoLeaderrdquo without the ldquofollowerrdquo Another approach to the concept of leadership is behavioral approach which emphasizes the observed behavior of the leadership in the specific situations The behavior of leader according to this approach varies widely from one situation to another Leadership among educators- Educators are the role models Effective leadership provided by them in the classrooms leads to effective grooming of young children (special and normal) The approach adopted by educators as leaders makes a difference in the learning of children who have a tendency to follow their teachers as leaders People who are trained and are qualified to be educators are expected to become effective teachers Such teachers when interested with additional responsibilities of holding leadership forget that they are already leaders of their class working as teachers and role models They succumb to the glories of their designations as lsquoPrincipals lsquoHeadmasterrsquo or lsquoInchargersquo forgetting that primary role and

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 77

responsibilities as teachers They gradually give up teaching and direct interaction with the student for which they were initially recruited and hang to their glorified status Thereby seeking their responsibilities very easily and causing national loss and educational damage not only to themselves but for the institution they are working in The management should ensure that such leaders need to stay connected in classroom then only they will know the actual need of the children Thus in the present study researchers took teachers educators as leaders Objective of the study The objectives of the present study are as follows

To find out- 1 Difference between the leadership behavior of female special educator and

female general educator of inclusive school 2 Difference between the leadership behaviour of male special educator and

male general educator of inclusive school 3 Difference between the leadership behaviour female special educator and

male general educator of inclusive school 4 Difference between the leadership behaviour of male special educator and

female general educator of inclusive school Note- in present study remedial teacher is also considered as a special educator since they have done diploma and have experience of 5 years and above Hypothesis

There is- no significance difference in the leadership behaviour of - 1 Female special educator and general educator of inclusive school 2 Male special educator and male general educator of inclusive school 3 Female special educator and male general educator of inclusive school 4 No significance difference between male special educator and female

general educator of inclusive school Review of related literature- NEA (The National Education Association) (2011) portray instructor pioneers as experienced proficient who have earned of their students and associates and have picked up a lot of aptitudes that empowers them to work successfully and cooperatively with partners They work intimately with principals who have been prepared to create and execute viable systems of help for teachers and teacher leaders Teachers as leaders are those who need to remain firmly associated with the classroom and students however are eager to accept new obligations that

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 78

afford them leadership authority in or outside the classroom while remain teaching as a full or part-timerdquo Dozier T (2009) mentioned that many research show that in order to stay in the occupation teachers the need to participate in basic leadership activities at the school and region level A strong and positive culture in the sschool cultivates cooperation and successful correspondence proficient opportunities that incorporate profession teamwork opportunities leading to innovation in-depth opinion and support from organizations and associates time set aside for uniform coordinated efforts and reasonable pay and a separated pay structure which incorporates remunerating exceptional execution gaining new information and aptitude which help students in their learning process Kolderie (2014) emphasizes ldquoIf teachers can control what is important for student achievement teachers will acknowledge responsibility for student achievementrdquo NET 2011 In leadership role teachers work in partnership with principals and other school administration by supporting them to improve instructions and encouraging peers to improve their learning outcomes By this teachers as leaders support school leaders (Principals) in promoting new features and establishing cultures of success in school Leadership of teachers can neither be viable nor fruitful without the support of principals however neither can the principal expand his or her performance without tackling the talents and ability of teachers in leadership roles Methodology The population constitutes of all the special educator and general educator of inclusive school of Lucknow district The teachers belong to different socio-cultural groups and to both genders Sampling technique The researcher used purposive sampling technique as there are few inclusive schools in Lucknow district Sampling The total sample consists of 40 teachers from inclusive schools 20 teachers are special educators (teachers) and 20 general educators were selected From the 20 special educators 10 females and 10 males were part of the study (male teachers are remedial teachers who have done diploma in special education and have experience of 3-5 years and more) 10 are female and 10 are male comprised of 20 general educator Variable of the study In the present study leadership behaviour was the only variable

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 79

Tool used Leadership Behaviour Scale (LBS) which was developed by DrAsha Hingar professor Department of Psychology University of Rajasthan Jaipur LBS has five point likert type scale consisting 30 items based on six dimension of leaderrsquos effectiveness focusing on positive and constructive dimension- Emotion Stabilizer (ES) Team Builder (TB) Performance Orientor (PO) Potential Extractor (PE) Socially Intelligent (SI) and Value Inculcator (VI) Scoring Procedure The responses of the respondent were rated on a five point scale viz Always Usually Sometimes Rarely Never Score five being assigned to lsquoAlwaysrsquo four to lsquoUsuallyrsquo three to lsquoSometimesrsquo two for lsquoRarelyrsquo and one to lsquoNeverrsquo Statistical techniques used- mean SD and t-value was calculated to analysis the data Analysis and Interpretation of Data Testing of Hypothesis To fulfill the objectives in the study hypothesis were formulated and tested 1 Comparison of leadership behaviour of female special educator and

female general educator of inclusive school was done (Hypothesis 1) To test hypothesis 1 t-test were used and the following results were obtained (table 1)

Table 1 shows that the calculated t-value (086) at 005 level of significance and df =18 is less than table value(210) Therefore the null hypothesis (H1) is

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 80

accepted Thus there is no significant difference in the leadership behaviour of female special educator and female general educator of inclusive school Further table 1 also shows that there is no significant difference in the different dimension viz emotional stabilizer team builder performance orientor potential extractor socially intelligent and value inculcator of leadership behaviour of female special educator and female general educator of inclusive school

2 Comparison between the leadership behaviour of male special educator and male general educator of inclusive school

After testing hypothesie 2 following result were obtained (table 3)

From the above table 2 shows that the calculated t-value (202) at 005 level of significance and df= 18 is less than the tablevalue (210) Therefore accepting the null hypothesis (H2) is accepted Thus there is no significant difference in the leadership behaviour of male special educator and male general educator of inclusive school From the above table no significant difference is found in the different dimension- emotional stabilizer team builder performance orientor potential extractor socially intelligent and value inculcator of male special educator and male general educator of inclusive school 3 Comparison between the leadership behaviour of female special

educator and male general educator of inclusive school

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 81

To test hypothesis 3 t-test were used and the following results were obtained (table 3)

Table 3 shows that the calculated t-value (202) at 005 level of significance and df= 18 is less than the table value (210) therefore the null hypothesis (H3) is accepted Thus iy is clear from the above table that there is no significant difference in the leadership behaviour of female special educator and male general educator of inclusive school It is also clear that there is no difference in the different dimension of leadership behaviour of female special educator and male general educator of inclusive school

4 Comparison between the leadership behaviour of male special

educator and female general educator of inclusive school

Table 4 shows the calculated t-value (202) at 005 level of significant and df =

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 82

18 is less than the table value (210) Therefore the null hypothesis (H4) is accepted As the calculated value of dimension- emotional stabilizer team builder performance orientor potential extractor socially intelligent and value inculcator is 075 116 067 022 136 and 083 respectively at 005 level of significant and df= 18 is less than the table value (210) so it is clear that there is no significant difference between the leadership behaviour of male special educator and female general educator of inclusive school Discussion and result The above findings shows that no significant difference was found between the leadership behaviour of female special educator and female general educator of inclusive school male special educator and male general educator of inclusive school female special educator and male general educator of inclusive school male special educator and female general educator of inclusive school The purpose of this study was to describe the exiting patterns of leadership behaviour of special and general educators of inclusive school at district level It is obvious that leadership behaviour of different inclusive school could be differ as they come from the different environment set up have different attitudes perceptions values and different personality The perceive the problems of their selection in their own unique way But in this study it was observed that there is no difference in the leadership behaviour of special educator and general educator of different inclusive school Both types of teachers (special and general educators) of different inclusive school were capable of providing emotional stability to their students They have an absence of prejudices and it was found that they were managing the emotion of self and others The special educator and general educator and general educator of different inclusive schools were in proper alliance and with clear communication with the other teachers students and parents It was also noted that the special educator and general educator of different inclusive school possess a team spirit and they avoid unhealthy competition among the students for better achievement Both educators focus on overall development along with utilizations of skills and abilities of students It was also found that both special and general educators were capable of exploring and channelizing the latent potentialities in a proper manner Thus the special educator and general educator of different inclusive school possess high effective leadership behaviour Conclusion The present study shows that both special educator and general educator work in coordination in inclusive schools They take their responsibilities in the classroom with sincerity and dedication and provide effective leadership and support system for each other Thereby from this we may conclude that in

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 83

schools it would be important to have special educator along with general educators so that the overall upliftment of the quality of teaching and students is ensured References 1 Bryk Anthony S Gomez Louis M 2010 Getting Ideas into Action

Building Networked Improvement Communities in Education Frontiers in Sociology of Education Springer Publishing

2 Farris-Berg Kim Dirkswager Edward J 2012 Trusting Teachers with School Success What Happens When Teachers Call the Shots Rowman amp Littlefield Publishers

3 Halverson Rich Kelley Carolyn Shaw Jim 2013 Comprehensive Assessment of Leadership for Learning Formative Assessment for School-Wide Improvement Submitted as a conference paper for the 2013 Annual Conference of the University Council for Education Administration

4 NEA 2011 Teacher Leader Model Standards Teacher Leadership Exploratory Consortium ltlthttpw wwneaorg assetsdo csTeach erLeaderModelStandards2011pdfgtgt

5 Kolderie (2014) Teaching as a Leadership The Highly Effective Teacherrsquos Guide to Closing the Achievement Gap

6 Dozier T (2007) Turning good teachers into great teachers Educational Leadership65(1) 54-55

7 Kolderie Ted 2014 The Split Screen Strategy Improvement + Innovation How to Get Education Changing the Way Successful Systems Change Beaverrsquos Pond Press Edina MNltlthttpw wweduca tionevo lvingorgpdfBook-Innovation-Plus-Improvementpdfgtgt p 135

8 Hingar A (1984) Leader Behaviour Scale National Psychological CorporationAgra 7

9 Hingar A (1984) Manual for Leader Behaviour Scale National Psychological Corporation Agra

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 84

PROCESS VALIDATION INCREASING EFFECTIVENESS AND SAFETY OF THE DRUG PRODUCTS

Dhruvi Siyola Dr Pragnesh Patani Dr Nishkruti Mehta

A-one Pharmacy College Naroda Ahmedabad

Abstract Quality assurance techniques must be used in pharmaceutical industry process validation performs this task ensuring that the process does what it purports to do Processes Validation is important for process design elements and maintaining process control during commercialization and communicate that process validation is an on-going program and align process validation activities with product lifecycle It is also a regulatory requirement The purpose of this review to cover need of process validation principle of process validation types of process validation phase of process validation strategy for process validation

Keywords-Process validation Process control Regulatory requirement

Introduction The process of drug development involves drug discovery laboratory testing animal studies clinical trials and regulatory registration To increase the effectiveness and safety of the drug product after approval many regulatory agencies such as the United States Food and Drug Administration (FDA) also require that the drug product be tested for its identity strength quality purity and stability before it can be released in industrial market for use For this reason pharmaceutical validation and process

controls are important in spite of the problems that may be encountered [1]

The concept of validation was first proposed by two Food and Drug Administration officials Ted Byers and Bud Loftus in the mid 1970rsquos in order to improve the quality of pharmaceuticals [2]

PROCESS VALIDATION The word validation means ldquoassessment of validation or action of proving effectivenessrdquo The collection and evaluation of data from the process design stage throughout production which establishes scientific evidence that a process is capable of consistently delivering quality products is known as Process

Validation[3]

WHY IS VALIDATION REQUIRED In pharmaceutical industry expensive materials sophisticated facilities amp equipment and highly qualified personnel are used The efficient use of these resources is needed for the continued growth of the industry The cost of product failures rejects reworks and recalls complaints are the significant parts of the total production cost If we want to control failure and improve productivity as well as Quality then Detailed study and

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 85

control of the manufacturing process and validation is necessary The pharmaceutical industries are concerned about validation because of the following factors

1 Assurance of quality 2 Cost reduction 3 Government regulation [45]

Validation is establishing documented evidence which provides a high degree of assurance that a specific system will consistently produce a product meeting its predetermined specifications and quality attributes Principle for process validation[111213141516171819]

1Installation Qualification (IQ) The process or equipment meets all specifications is installed correctly and all required components and documentation needed for continued operation are installed and in place Design features of equipment (material of construction cleanability) Equipment Installation conditions (wiring utility functionality etc) Calibration preventative maintenance cleaning schedules Safety features Supplier documentation prints drawings and manuals Documented Software Environmental conditions of the manufacturing area (such as clean room 2Operational Qualification (OQ)Check whether The process or equipment are operating correctly Operational qualification (OQ) should follow Installation qualification Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 86

Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material 1 Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) 2 Software parameters 3 Specifications of raw material 4 Operating procedures for the process 5 Material handling requirements 6 Material handling requirements 7 Training 3Performance Qualification (PQ)Check whether the process or equipment performs as intended in a completion of Installation qualification and Operational qualification PQ

PQ considerations include Actual product and process parameters and procedures established in OQ bullAcceptability of the product 1Actual product and process parameters and procedures established in PQ 2 Acceptability of the product 3 Assurance of process capability as established in PQ 4 Process repeatability long term process stability 4Re ndash Qualification This formal review should include consideration of re-qualification of the equipment Minor changes or changes having no direct effect on final or in-process product quality should be handled through the documentation system of the preventive maintenance program[5]

Based on the stage of the production lifecycle at which process validation is performed it can be of four types[2021222325] 1 Prospective Validation This type of validation is performed before production during a productrsquos development stage A risk analysis is performed to assess the production process by breaking it down

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 87

into separate steps These are individually evaluated and based on past experience the likelihood of each one leading to critical situations is determined[6] Once yoursquove identified the critical sub-processes these are the steps you should follow Evaluate individual risk for each one Investigate and assess o Potential causes o Probability of situations arising o The extent of their effects Draw up the trial plans Set priorities for the validation After this you can begin with the trials and make an over assessment Prospective validation is essential for limiting the risk of quality lapses and errors occurring during the actual production[7] 2 Concurrent Validation You should monitor the first three batches produced on a production-scale as closely as possible The data gathered through this step can provide an in-depth detail of the fundamentals which greatly impacts the effectiveness of concurrent validation Together with comprehensive trend analysis which includes other aspects like stability you should perform concurrent validation throughout a productrsquos life to whatever extent it is needed[89] 3 Retrospective Validation It involves examining the past experiences of the process and evaluating the final control tests This evaluation is done while assuming that the procedures composition and equipment remains unchanged To determine how well the process parameters adhere to the permissible range you can also conduct a trend analysis Retrospective validation should not be considered a one of quality assurance measure rather it should be performed only in certain circumstances like when yoursquore introducing validation requirements for the first time It is more useful for establishing priorities for validation so avoid this technique for new products or processes[10]

4 Revalidation

Revalidation is essential for ensuring that any changes made to the process or its environment have not resulted in adverse effects on product quality or process characteristics It can be divided into two sub-types Revalidation after Changes ndash Whenever yoursquove introduced any new elements

in the manufacturing process revalidation needs to be performed to ascertain their effects There can be a number of changes in the manufacturing or standard operating procedures that impact product quality These can be Changes in Starting Materials ndash Changes in physical attributes can alter the mechanical properties of compounds and materials which can consequently have adverse effects on the product or the process Changes in Packaging Material ndash If you switch packaging materials you may also be forced to make changes to the procedures followed during packaging which can impact product stability

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 88

Changes in Process ndash Any time you alter the manufacturing process the subsequent steps can be affected and thereby the product quality too Changes in Equipment ndash Repairs maintenance and replacement of key components is unavoidable but be sure to assess whether quality is affected and how much Changes in Support System or Production Area ndash Rearrangement of support systems or production areas can also affect product quality especially critical systems like ventilation VALIDATION PROTOCOL[242526] The validation protocol should be numbered signed and dated and should contain as a minimum the following information Title Objective amp Scope Responsibility Protocol Approval Validation Team Product Composition Process Flow Chart Manufacturing Process Review of Equipments Utilities Review of Raw Materials and Packing Materials Review of Analytical and Batch Manufacturing Records Review of Batch Quantities for Validation (Raw Materials) Review of Batch Quantities for Validation (Packing Materials) HSE Requirements Review of Process Parameters Validation Procedure Sampling Location Documentation Acceptance Criteria Summary Conclusion The Three Stages of Process Validation The definition of Process Validation from the FDA is as follows ldquoThe collection and evaluation of data from the process design stage through commercial production which establishes scientific evidence that a process is capable of consistently delivering quality productsrdquo[3031]

The Three Stages of Process Validation are

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 89

Stage 1 ndash Process Design Stage 2 ndash Process Qualification Stage 3 ndash Continued Process Validation Stage 1 ndash Process Design[32]

This is the research and development phase and involves defining a process for manufacturing the product It usually includes the following Creation of a Quality Target Product Profile (QTPP) Identifying Critical Quality Attributes (CQAs) Defining Critical Process Parameters (CPPs) Defining Critical Material Attributes (CMAs) Conducting risk assessments From a regulatory point of view an essential component of this stage is meticulous and comprehensive record keeping That said the collection and evaluation of data as part of this Process Validation stage also has business benefits too This is because you can use the data to optimise your production process create efficiencies and troubleshoot problems Stage 2 ndashProcess Qualification[3334]

This stage evaluatesqualifies the process designed earlier to ensure it can reproduce consistent and reliable levels of quality It involves collecting and evaluating data on all aspects and stages of the manufacturing process This includes The building and facilities ie ensuring they adhere to local regulations as well as pharmaceutical manufacturing regulations The transportation of raw materials Storage of raw materials The knowledge training and working practices of production line employees Every step of the process to turn raw materials into the finished product This includes having pre-defined sampling points at various stages of the process Finished product packaging storage and distribution Another useful component of this stage of Process Validation is to develop contingency plans for situations where things go wrong Stage 3 ndash Continued Process Verification Continued Process Verification involves ongoing validation during production of the commercial product to ensure the process designed and qualified in the previous stages continues to deliver consistent quality One of the main aims of this stage is to detect and resolve process drift The stage involves product sampling analysis and verification at various points in the manufacturing process and requires the involvement of employees with quality control training Again comprehensive record-keeping is required at this stage including logging anomalies and issues with product quality

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 90

Reason Why Process validation that increasing safety of drug product[2829]

1 Simple process 2 Moisture sensitive and heat sensitive product 3 Consistent through output 4 Reduction in rejection and rework 5 Fewer complaints about process related failure 6 Reduce testing in process and finished goods 7 Easier scale-up from development work 8 Easier maintenance of equipment 9 28More rapid and accurate investigation of process deviation 10 Increase confidence about process reproducibility and product quality 11 Improve employee awareness of process

Conclusion It is necessary before approval of a new drug that an accurate and reliable assessment for its effectiveness and safety for the intended indication and target patient population is demonstrated Validation is the key element in assuring that quality goals are met References 1 Sharp JR The Problems of Process ValidationPharm J 1986 143-5 2httpenwikipediaorgwikivalidation(drugmanufacture) Dated20th september 2011 3US Department of human and health services Food and Drug Administration Center for drug evaluation and research (CDER) Center for biologics evaluation and research (CBER) Center for veterinary medicine (CVM) Guidance for industry Process Validation General principles and practices 2008 4Patel C Desai D G Seth AK Process validation of artemether and lumefantrine 80480 mg tablet Pharma Science Monitor 6(1) 233-243 (2015) 5 Patel C Desai D G Seth AK Process validation of artemether and lumefantrine 80480 mg tablet Pharma Science Monitor 6(1) 233-243 (2015) 6Recommendations on Validation Master Plan Installation and Operational Qualification Non-Sterile Process Validation Cleaning Validation PICS September 2007 7 Guidelines for Process Validation of Pharmaceutical Dosage Form ndash Saudi Food amp Drug Authority Version 2 February 1992 8 FDA Guide on APIs 1998 48 PIC Guide 1999 32 Gold Sheet 1996 9Chaitanyakumar G Rout RP Ramtake S Bhattacharya S Process Validation The Indian Pharmacist 2005 14-19 10 Elsie Jatto Augustine and O Okhamafe An Overview of Pharmaceutical Validation andProcess Controls in Drug Development Tropical Journal of Pharmaceutical Research December 2002 1 (2) 115-122

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 91

11 Requirements for the Registration of Pharmaceu- ticals for Human Use Geneva ICH-QZA 1995 12 Health Canada Health Products and Food Branch Inspectorate Validation Guidelines for Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms (GUI ndash 0029) December 2009 13 Donald M lsquoVector Corporationrsquo 14 FDA Presentation lsquoICH Q7A GMP Guidancefor API and its use DuringInspectionsrsquolsquohttpwwwfdagovcdrmeetingICH_Q7Aindexhtm 2002 15Nassani Mowafak ldquoCleaning Validation in the Pharmaceutical Industryrdquo Institute of Validation Technology 38 16Shah DH QA Manual 1-7 17Alcock P and Motise P FDA statement Human Drug cGMP Notes 18GMP training Organization websites [httpgmptrainingcomnewshtml] 19 Donald M Rosendale lsquoValidation group managerrsquoVector corporation validation of Pharmaceutical Process Equipment 20 Sharma S Khurana G Gupta R A review on pharmaceutical validation and its implications Indian Journal of Pharmaceutical and Biological Research 1(3) 100-104 (2013) 21 Ojha A Bharkatiya M Santosh K Pharmaceutical process validation of solid dosage forms a review World Journal of Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Sciences 3(6) 476-484 (2014) 22 Pandita R Rana AC Seth N Introduction and general overview of pharmaceutical process validation review International Research Journal of Pharmacy 3(6) 60- 64 (2012) 23 Ahir K B Singh K D Yadav S P Patel H S Poyahari C B Overview of validation and basic concepts of process validation Scholars Academic Journal of Pharmacy 3(2) 178-190 (2014) 24 Ch Sandhya Brahmaiah B Pusuluri D L S Konkipudi V S Process validation an essential process in pharmaceutical industry International Journal of Advances in Scientific Research 1(4) 179-182 (2015) 25 Health Canada Health Products and Food Branch Inspectorate Validation Guidelines forPharmaceutical Dosage Forms (GUI ndash 0029) December 2009 26 Guide to Inspections of Oral Solid Dosage Forms prepost Approval Issue for Development and Validation issue (194) January 2010 27 Rockville MD Guideline on General Principles of Process Validation US Food and Drug Administration US FDA 1987 28 Alam S Pharmaceutical Process Validation An Overview J Advanced Pharm Edu Res 2012 2(4) 185-200 29Ajay S Seema S International Journal of Research in Pharmacy and Science Int J Res Pharm Sc 201312 30Kathiresan K Moorthi C Prathyusha Y Gade B R Reddy B K Manavalan R An overview of pharmaceutical validation Research Journal of Pharmaceutical Biological and Chemical Sciences ISSN 0975-8585 October ndash December 2010 RJPBCS 1(4)1026 31 Kathiresan K Moorthi C Prathyusha Y Gade B R Reddy B K Manavalan R An overview of pharmaceutical validation Research Journal of Pharmaceutical

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 92

Biological and Chemical Sciences ISSN 0975- 8585 October ndash December 2010 RJPBCS 1(4)1026 32ICH Q7A Good Manufacturing Practices Guideline for Active Pharmaceutical Ingredient 2001 33 Guidance for Industry Process Validation General Principles and Practices US Department of Health and Human Services Food and Drug Administration Centre for Drug Evaluation and Research (CDER) Centre for Biologics Evaluation and Research (CBER) Centre for Veterinary Medicine (CVM) January 2011 34 ASTM E2709-10 Standard Practice for Demonstrating Capability to Comply with a Lot Acceptance Procedure 35 FDArsquos guidance for industry Quality Systems Approach to Pharmaceutical Current Good Manufacturing Practice Regulations 36 Guidelines for Process Validation of Pharmaceutical Dosage Form ndash Saudi Food amp Drug Authority Version 2 February 1992 37 ASTM E2281-03 Standard Practice for Process and Measurement Capability Indices Operating procedures for the process

Material handling requirements Process change control Training

Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 93

Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 94

व ीकरण क दौर म फ़ल रह ह द

ज मोहन राव शोधाथ ह द वभाग

आ व व ालय वशाखप टणम

आ दश

भारत क असली ताकत हद भाषा ह आम बोलचाल क हद तानी हद को दश क आधी स अिधक जनस या बोलती समझती ह विभ न भाषा-भा षय क बीच अिधकतर हद ह सवाद सत का काम करती ह

यवसाय क स दख तो बाजार बकन वाली व त क ताकत को दखता ह

हद भाषा म वह ताकत ह यह कारण ह क आज सवािधक व ापन भी हद म आत ह

इटरनट और सोशल मी डया पर भी हद का भाव बढ़ रहा ह अब कई सॉ टवयर और हाडवयर अतिनिमत हद यिनकोड क स वधा क साथ

आ रह ह

व ीकरण बाजार करण और सचना ाित क इस दौर म त ण बदलत व क प र य क बीच हद भाषा एक नए जोश क साथ उभर रह ह आज भारत व क अथजगत म महाश बनकर उभर रहा ह व क सवािधक श शाली मान जान वाल दश अम रका क पव रा पित बराक ओबामा तो अपन दश क नाग रक को कई बार हद सीखन क सलाह द चक ह य क उ ह भी लगता ह क भारत एक उभरती हई व श ह और भ व य म हद सीखना अिनवाय होगा भारत क असली ताकत हद भाषा ह आम बोलचाल क हद तानी हद को दश क आधी स अिधक जनस या बोलती

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 95

समझती ह विभ न भाषा-भा षय क बीच अिधकतर हद ह सवाद सत का काम करती ह

हद भाषा म वह ताकत ह यह कारण ह क आज सवािधक व ापन भी हद म आत ह इटरनट और सोशल मी डया पर भी हद का भाव बढ़ रहा ह अब कई सॉ टवयर और हाडवयर अतिनिमत हद यिनकोड क स वधा क साथ आ रह ह इसस हद क तकनीक सम याए लगभग समा हो गई ह अब समय ह क सभी इटरनट यो ा रोमन िल प म हद िलखन क बजाय दवनागर म ह हद िलख अिधकाश बड़ सचार कपिनय को हद म बड़ा उपभो ा बाजार दख रहा ह जसस व हद तकनीक पर सभी स वधाए दान कर रह ह भारतीय यवा ldquoय यबrdquo पर सवािधक 93 ितशत वी डयो हद म दखत ह

हद पर तरह स स म और समथ भाषा ह इसक सबस बड़ वशषता तो यह ह क इस जस बोला जाता ह वसा ह िलखा भी जाता ह यानी हद भाषा पर तरह स विन और उ चारण आधा रत भाषा ह यह खबी व क अ य कसी भी भाषा म नह ह अ जी स हत व क अ य भाषाओ क िलखन और बोल जान म काफ अतर होता ह हद भाषा का ज म स कत भाषा स हआ ह व ािनक ारा स कत और हद भाषा को विन व ान और दरसचार तरग क मा यम स अत र और अ य अ ात

स यताओ को सदश भज जान क िलए भी सवािधक उपय पाया गया ह

कछ वष पव तक हद को गवार जा हल और कम पढ़-िलख लोग क भाषा माना जाता था ल कन व ीकरण और बाजार करण क इस दौर म यह सोच तजी स बदल रह ह भारत का कॉरपोरट जगत मजबर म ह सह हद को हाथ -हाथ वीकार कर रहा ह भारत म उपभो ा व तओ क वह बाजार को आज अनदखा करना असभव ह वदशी कपिनय क िलए भारतीय बाजार क खलन क साथ ह कई बहरा ीय कपिनय न भारत म पदापण कया वपणन माक टग और यापार म भारतीय स कह यादा मा हर इन कपिनय का यह अनभव था क कसी भी दश म वहा क भाषा स कित और जायका

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 96

जान बना अपन पाव जमाना आसान नह ह ऐस म इन कपिनय न अपन उ पाद को भारतीय ज रत क हसाब स ढालकर पश कया अपन उ पाद क वपणन क िलए इन कपिनय न हद भाषा को चना य क यह भाषा सबस बड़ ल य समह तक पहचती ह

ट इ डयन िम डल लास स सबध रखन वाल इस बाजार म 50 ितशत स अिधक लोग या तो हद भाषी ह या दसर भाषा क तौर पर हद

का योग करत ह ऐस म यह एक सकन दन वाला समाचार ह क हद भाषा का भारत म ह नह ब क समच व म व तार हो रहा ह यहा हद स पयाय सा ह य क किल भाषा स नह ह ब क आम बोलचाल क भाषा स ह जसका उपयोग आज का मी डया खलकर कर रहा ह ऐस म हद क कछ परोकार बदलत सा कितक प र य म भाषा क बदलत बगड़त व प क ित िचितत भी दखाई द रह ह ल कन इस बीच यह भी प हो रहा ह क हद को अ जी स सीध तौर पर कोई खतरा नह दखाई दता आज यापार को व तार क िलए हद का दामन थामना पड़ रहा ह और हद बाज़ार क साथ आग बढ़ रह ह

मी डया और व ापन म हद का योग बहत अिधक बढ़ा ह हाला क इसका उ य हद क सवा कदा प नह ह ब क बहरा ीय और दशी कपिनय क नजर हद भाषी उपभो ाओ क एक बड़ बाजार पर ह पछल एक हजार वष स अिधक समय स भारत म हद का यापक उपयोग होता आ रहा ह अप श स ारभ हआ हद का रचना ससार आज प रप वता क चरम पर ह हद भाषा अनक प म आचिलक और थानीय बोिलय क प म भी चिलत ह अ ज क भारत आगमन स पव ह हद न अपनी जड़ समच

भारतीय उपमहा प म जमा द थी उस समय का भारत आज क ह तरह व यापार का एक मह वपण भागीदार था इसिलए इस दश क जनता क साथ काय यवहार करन क िलए हद का समिचत ान होना आव यक था

भारतीय स वधान म हद को राजभाषा बनान का उपबध 14 िसतबर 1949 को जोड़ा गया था इसिलए हर साल 14 िसतबर को हद दवस क प

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 97

म मनाया जाता ह 26 जनवर 1950 को स वधान क लाग होन क साथ ह स वधान क अन छद 343 क उपबध एक क अतगत दवनागर िल प म िलखी जान वाली हद को भारतीय सघ क राजभाषा का दजा दया गया हद को राजभाषा का दजा तो द दया गया ल कन इसी अन छद क उपबध तीन म यह ावधान कया गया क राजभाषा हद क साथ-साथ अ जी को अगल 15 वष

तक सहभाषा क प म जार रखन का अिधिनयम दश क ससद बना सकती ह बाद म 1967 म त कालीन धानम ी इ दरा गाधी न राजभाषा अिधिनयम म सशोधन कर अ जी को अिन तकाल क िलए भारत क सहभाषा बना दया यह उपबध हद क वकासपथ पर एक बहत बड़ा रोड़ा सा बत हआ और आज भी क और कई रा य का कामकाज अ जी म ह चल रहा ह

राजनीितक इ छाश क अभाव म और वाद क कारण हद को पया शासक य सर ण ा नह हो सका रह -सह कसर दश क दश क अ जी पर त नौकरशाह न पर कर द ए ज ह न अ जी को ह रा भाषा क तरह गल लगाया हद भाषा अ जी और चीनी क बाद व म सवािधक सार वाली तीसर भाषा ह हाला क व तार क कोण स दख तो अ जी

क बाद हद सबस वशाल म बोली जान वाली भाषा ह दिनया क 150 स अिधक व व ालय म हद भाषा पढ़ाई जाती ह हजार क स या म वदशी छा हद सीख रह ह और भारत क कई िश क भी वदश म हद को व तार दन क पनीत काय म जी-जान स जट ह आशा ह क आन वाल समय म हद गवार जा हल और कम पढ़-िलख क भाषा होन क अिभषाप स पर तरह स म हो जाएगी

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 98

QUERCETIN AS AN ANTIUROLITHIATIC DRUG AGAINST ETHYLENE GLYCOL INDUCED CALCULI IN MALE RATS

G Subashini PhD scholar

Department of Biochemistry DKM College Vellore

Tamil Nadu India

Hebsibah Elsie B Asst Professor

Department of Biochemistry DKM College for Women Vellore

Asha S Asst Professor

Department of Biochemistry DKM College for Women Vellore

ShobaK Asst Professor

Department of Biochemistry DKM College for Women Vellore

Abstract

Kidney is vital in the maintenance of homeostasis through the excretion of catabolites like urea creatinine and uric acid and elevated concentration of these indicate compromised renal function Due to the presence of kidney stones there is an obstruction to the outflow of urine in urinary system and the glomerular filtration rate (GFR) decreases The data revealed that ethanol extract of leaves of euphorbia hirta have significant inhibitory activity on calcium oxalate crystallization Laboratory investigation of hypercalciuria hyperuricosuria hyperoxaluria cystinuria hypocitraturia renal tubular acidosis urinary tract infection and reduction of urinary volume is based on the results of 24-hr urine collection and a spot urine for urinary sediment culture and pH Blood analysis for creatinine calcium and uric acid must be obtained Current knowledge does not support calcium restriction recommendation because it can lead to secondary hyperoxaluria and bone demineralization Reduction of animal protein and salt intake higher fluid intake and potassium consumption should be implemented Medical treatments involve the use of thiazides allopurinol potassium citrate or other drugs according to the metabolic disturbances The correction of those metabolic abnormalities is the basic tool for prevention or reduction of recurrent stone formation Further the flavonoid compound quercetin had also shown effective anti-urolithiatic activity

Keywords Kidney stones Nephrolithiasis Hypercalciuria Osteopenia Calcium Quercetin Oxalate Introduction The kidneys are two bean-shaped organs in the renal system one of a pair of organs located in the right and left side of the abdomen The kidneys remove waste products from the blood and produce urine As blood flows through the kidneys the kidneys filter waste products chemicals and unneeded water from the blood Urine collects in the middle of each kidney in an area called the renal pelvis It then drains from the kidney through a long tube the ureter to the bladder where it is stored until

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 99

elimination The kidneys also make substances that help control blood pressure and regulate the formation of red blood cells

Urinary calculus (kidney stones) is one of the painful disorders of the urinary tract urolithiasis refers to the solid nonmetallic minerals in the urinary tract It is estimated that 10 of the population in the industrialized areas of the world are affected by urinary tract stone disease with an incidence of 05ndash19In India upper and lower urinary tract stones occur frequently but the incidence depends on regional climatic and socioeconomic conditions (Marshall and Stoller 2004)Approximately 80 are of calcium-containing stones are in the form of pure calcium oxalate (CaOx) (50) or calcium phosphate (1) and a mixture of both (45) and other stones are Struvite (10) uric acid (9) and cystine (1) (Kirtikar and Basu 2005) Among the several types of kidney stones the most common are calcium oxalate stones representing up to 80 of the analyzed stones Although the mechanisms involved in the formation of calcific stones it is generally agreed that urinary lithiasis is a multifaceted process involving a series of events such as supersaturation of urine crystal nucleation aggregation and growth of insoluble particles that are finally retained in the urinary tractTubular cell injury facilitates CaOx crystal formation and deposition in the renal tubules( Pons 2011)

Kidney Stone Inhibitors and Promoters

Inhibitors are substances which decrease the initiation of supersaturation nucleation crystal growth rate of aggregation or any other processes required to stone formation Normally urine contains chemicals that prevent crystal formation Inhibitors in urine includes small organic anions such as citrate small inorganic anions such as pyrophosphates multivalent metallic cations such as magnesium or macromolecules such as osteopontin glycosaminoglycans glycoproteins urinary prothrombin fragment-1 and TammndashHorsfall proteins (Gaitondeacute andJetmalani 2017) These inhibitors do not seem to work equally for everyone therefore some people form stones But if crystals formed remain tiny usually it travels through the urinary tract and passes out from the body with urine splash without being noticed Inhibitors may act either directly by interacting with crystal or indirectly by influencing the urinary environment When inhibitory compounds adsorb onto the surface of the crystal it inhibits nucleation crystal growth aggregation or crystal-cell adherence ( Visavadiya and Narasimhacharya 2005) In contrast promoters are substances which facilitate stone formation by various mechanisms Some of the promoters include cell membrane lipids (phospholipids cholesterol and glycolipids) calcitriol hormone enhancement via parathyroid hormone stimulation] oxalate calcium sodium cystine and low urine volume Among recurrent stone formers urinary oxalate excretion was found to be higher whereas citrate excretion was lower (Joshi et al 2008)Studies indicated that oxalate can increase chloride sodium and water reabsorption in the proximal tubule and activate multiple signaling pathways in renal epithelial cells In general an imbalance between urinary stone inhibitors and promoters has been suggested to be the cause for stone formation (Meeploy et al 2008)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 100

Herbal Therapy The use of plants or plant extracts for medicinal purposes (especially plants that are not part of the normal diet (Gupta et al 2006)Herbal medicine is also called botanical medicine or phytomedicine It is refers to using a plants seeds berries roots leaves bark or flowers for medicinal purposes (Nigam and Sodhi 2014) Herbalism has a long tradition of use outside of conventional medicine It is becoming more mainstream as improvements inanalysis and quality control along with advances in clinical research show the value of herbal medicine in the treating and preventing disease( Vijayakumar et al 2013) Herbs Herbs are any plant or a part of a plant that are used for medicine food flavoring or perfume Herb consists of flower buds bark seeds leaves or any other parts of the plants Examples of herbs are ginsing chamomile basil thyme etc Herbs journals deals with complete details of plants used on medicine used in the maintenance of health as like in the prevention diagnosis improvement and treatment of illnesses( Gupta and Sharma 2006) Quercetin The name quercetin (33457-pentahydroxyflavone) comes from the Latin word ldquoQuercetumrdquo which means Oak Forest belongs to the class called flavonols that cannot be produced in the human bodyIt is yellow color and is poorly soluble in hot water quite soluble in alcohol and lipids and is insoluble in cold water (Fig -115) Quercetin is said to be one of the most widely used bioflavonoids for the treatment of metabolic and inflammatory disorders (Salvamani et al 2014) Occurrence It is one of the most abundant dietary flavonoids found in fruits (mainly citrus) green leafy vegetables as well as many seeds buckwheat nuts flowers barks broccoli olive oil apples onions green tea red grapes red wine dark cherries and berries such as blueberries and cranberries The highest concentrations of flavonols were found in vegetables such as onions and broccoli fruits such as apples cherries and berries and drinks such as tea and red wine ( Sultana and Anwar2008) 3Materials and Methods 31 Exvivo study Plant collection The leaves of Euphorbia hita were collected from vellore district The plant was identified at Euphorbia hita the Botany Department DKM Collage vellore The voucher specimen of the plant was deposited at the college for further reference Preparation of Extracts Leaves of Euphorbia hirta were shade dried and powdered to get coarse granules which were stored in an air tight container in the dark The 25 g of the powder was subjected to continuous extraction in Soxhlet apparatus using absolute ethanol for 7 h The extract was filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to give a viscous mass The

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 101

concentrated crude extracts were stored at 4degC in a refrigerator and used for further study Ex Vivo Turbidity Assay The oxalate crystal inhibition potential of Euphorbia hirta extract and fractions was also carried out in rat plasma to provide the biological environment The plasma sample was diluted with equal volume of calcium chloride and sodium oxalate (60thinspmmolL each) separately Resulting plasma solutions containing either calcium chloride or sodium oxalate were used for nucleation assay The 950thinspμL of plasma containing sodium oxalate (60thinspmmolL) was mixed with 100thinspμL of Euphorbia hirta extractsfractions at the different concentrations (50-100-150thinspμgmL) Crystallization was carried out by adding 950thinspμL of plasma containing calcium chloride (60thinspmmolL) The mixture solution was incubated for 1thinsph and the temperature was maintained at 37degC The OD of the crystallized suspension was measured at 620thinspnm and the inhibition potential was estimated by comparing with control The percentage of aggregation inhibition was then calculated by comparing the turbidity in the presence of the extract with that obtained in the control using formula Percentagethinspthinspofthinspthinspinhibition=(1minusTurbiditysampleTurbiditycontrol)times100 32 In vivo studies Drug administration The reference drug and isolated compounds (quercetin) were administered orally through stainless steel oral feeding tube Sodium CMC 1 of the weight was added to the isolated compounds for preparing the test doses 25 mg and 50 mg body weight orally given for 10 days Animals Eight healthy male Wistar albino rats weighing between 100 and 150 g were used for the study The animals were housed separately in polypropylene cage at temperature of 23 plusmn 2о`C and 50-60 relative humidity with a 12 h lightdark cycle respectively for one week before and during the commencement of experiment Animals were allowed to access standard rodent pellet diet and drinking water The animals were acclimatized for 10 days before experiments commenced The animals were housed in polypropylene cages and maintained under standard laboratory conditions They were fed with standard pellet diet and water ad libitum Experimental design Invivo study Ethylene glycol- induced urolithiasis The male wistar albino rats were divided in four groups each of six animals Group I Control rats - received normal pelleted diet Group II Urolithiasis induced rats - received 075 vv ethylene glycol and 2 ammonium chloride wv in water for 10 days Group III Urolithiasis induced rats received 075 vv ethylene glycol and 2 ammonium chloride wv in water along with quercetin (25 mgkg body weight) by oral administration for subsequent 10days at a rate of 00025 g of body weight rat day Group IV Urolithiasis induced rats received 075 vv ethylene glycol and 2 ammonium chloride wv in water along with quercetin (50mg kg body weight) by oral

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 102

administration for subsequent 10 days at a rate of 0005 g of body weight rat day The drug were given once daily by oral route Assessment of Antiurolithiatic Activity Serum analysis At the end of 11 days of the experimental period rats were sacrificed anaesthetized and blood collected from the retro-orbital region centrifuged at 10000 times g for 10 min The serum was for urea and creatinine using the respective diagnostic kits by a colorimetric method Estimation of biochemical parameters 1Estimation of creatinine (Bonser and Taussky 1945) The concentration of creatinine was estimated in serum and urine by the method of Roscoe (1953) 1 ml of working reagent was added to all eppendorfs 100 μl of serumurine was added for test while in blank purified water was added and mixed well as shown above and allowed to stand at room temperature exactly for 20 minutes The optical density of Blank (B) Standard (S) and Test (T) was measured immediately against purified water at 520 nm 2Estimation of uric acid (Fossati et al 1980 Young et al 1997 Newman et al 1999) 1 ml of uric acid reagent was added to all eppendorfs Thereafter 20 μl urineserum was added for the test while in blank uric acid reagent was added They were then mixed well and incubated at room temperature for 5 min The absorbance was read at 546 nm 3 Estimation of Urea (Young et al 1997) The concentration of urea was estimated in serum and urine by the method as described by Young et al( 1997)

Test tubes were labeled as Blank (B) Standard (S) and Test (T) and serum samples and reagents were added Tubes were mixed well and incubated at 37oC for 5 minutes Absorbance of Standard followed by Test was measured at 578 nm 4Estimation of alanine amino transferase (ALT) activity- Reitman and Frankel (1957) The method of Reitman and Frankel (1957) was followed to determine alanine transaminase activity in serum 1 ml of working reagent was added to all eppendorfs 100 μl of serum was added for testwhile in blank purified water was addedTubes were mixed well and incubated at 37oC for 5 minutes Absorbance of Standard followed by Test was measured at 340nm 4Estimation of aspartate amino transferase (AST) activity- Reitman and Frankel (1957)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 103

The aspartate transaminase (AST) activity was assayed in serum by the method of Reitman and Frankel (1957) 1 ml of working reagent was added to all eppendorfs 100 μl serum was added for test They were mixed well and incubated at room temperature for 2 min and Absorbance of Standard followed by Test was measured at 340nm 5Estimation of alkaline phosphatase (ALP) activity - Malloy and Evelyn (1937) 1 ml of working reagent was added to all eppendorfs 20 μl serum was added for test while in blank purified water was added They were mixed well and absorbance was read at 405 nm The mean absorbance change per minute (ΔA min) was determined Histopathological studies The rats were killed by high doses of ether abdomen was cut opened and the kidneys were removed The abdomen was cut open to remove both kidneys from each animal on 11th day The kidneys were stored in formalin (10) fixed in bouin liquid soaked in paraffin cut at 2ndash3 μm intervals and the slices were stained using hematoxylin and eosin Tissue slices were photographed using optical microscopy under polarized light architecture of the kidney Statistical Analysis Results were expressed in terms of mean plusmn standard error mean Differences among data were determined using one-way ANOVA test followed by Dunnetts multiple comparison test (SPSS Software) and P lt 005 was considered statistically significant The value of probability less than 5 (P lt 005) was considered statically significant 4 RESULTS Exvivo Study In order to provide the biological environment Antiurolithiatic activity of an extract of Euphorbia hirta was carried out in rat in rat serum by Exvivo assay It was found that the ethanol extract was responsible for the inhibition of calcium oxalate crystal formation It was found that ethanol extract showed 7311 of inhibition at 005g and 9632 of inhibition at 010gmWhereas at 015 gm the percentage of inhibition was found to be 9823 99 (Figure 41 ) Thus the percentage of inhibition increases as concentration increases This phenomenon may be due to the presence of copound quercetin which in turn inhibits glycolate oxidase Invivo studies Physical parameters Action of drug on change in body weight At the start of the body weight of the animals in all the animals in all the groups were found to be 10005 plusmn 878 with no significance But after 10 days body weight was found to be significantly lowered in Ethylene glycol induced group (11011 plusmn 59 p value lt 001 ) as compared to normal animals (130688 68)Whereasquercetin at 25 mgbwt (12118 plusmn 86) showed no significance when compared to the control group A

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 104

significance rise in body weight was showen in quercitin (50 mgbwt-12552 plusmn 84 p value lt001) treated groups as compared to Ethylene glycol induced rats(Table 41) Effect on water intake The level of water intake in ethylene glycol induced rats showed a level of 79 plusmn 09 with a significance of plt005 when compared to the control group (1313 plusmn 30)whereas the quercetin administered animals exhibited a decreased intake level of 88 plusmn 08 and 101 plusmn 011 with no significance when compared to induced animals (Table 42)

Figure 41 Effect of different concentration of ethanol extract of leaves of Euphorbia hirta on calcium oxalate crystallization in rat plasma by Exvivo model Bio chemical parameters Action of drugs on creatinine The serum creatinine levels was significantly increase in the nephrolithiatic group (262 plusmn 043 with p value of lt 0001) when compared to all the control groups (125 plusmn 034)Treatment with quercetin showed a significant decrease (plt001) in the creatinine levels in the serum compared to the nephrolithiatic animals with a concentration range of (160 plusmn 037 and 153plusmn035respectively) However in the 25 mg kg bwt quercetin administered group of serum creatinine levels remained lower than the quercetin (50 mgkg bwt) treated group (Table 41 ) Action of drugs on uric acid The serum uric acid levels were significantly higher in the group 2 animals (2345plusmn 00 4 lt005)when compared to the group 1 animals whereas treatment group at both dose (25 and 50 mgkg bwt) showed a significant reduction in the serum uric acid levels (17 plusmn 006 and 13plusmn 004 plt001 respectively) compared to the group 2 animals Among

0

005

01

015

02

005 01 015 O

F IN

HIB

ITIO

N

CONCENTRATION OF ETHANOL EXTRACT

Ex vivo study

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 105

the treated groups quercetin at 50 mgkg b wt showed a better results than 25 mgkg b wt (Table 41) Action of drugs on blood urea nitrogen The effect of the administration of quercetin was assessed on the BUN and the data is represented in Table 41 The ethylene glycol indued group showed an signicant elevation (6015 plusmn34 plt0001)in the BUN values than control group (3145plusmn51) A significant decrease was found in the BUN levels in both the quercetin treated groups 3 and 4 (4089plusmn34 and 3566plusmn51plt005 respectively)On comparison among the quercetin treated groups the higher concentration showed a higher activity Table ndash 41 Alteration in the level of biochemical parameters in various test group in experimental male albino rats

Sno Parameter Group -1

Group -2 Group -3 Group -4

1 Body weight (gm) ndash Initial

10005 plusmn878

10005 plusmn878 10005 plusmn878 10005 plusmn878

Final 130686plusmn 8

11011plusmn 59 12115plusmn 86 12552plusmn 84

2 Water intake (ml)

135plusmn 30 79plusmn 09 88plusmn 08 101plusmn 011

3 Creatinine (mgdl)

125plusmn 034

262plusmn 043 160plusmn 037 153plusmn 035

4 Uric acid (mgdl)

0978plusmn 007

2345plusmn004 17plusmn 006 13plusmn 004

5 BUN (mgdl)

3145plusmn 51

6015plusmn 34 4089plusmn34 3566plusmn51

6 ALT (IUL)

3555plusmn 57

9666plusmn 88 449plusmn 57 4010plusmn 77

7 ALP (IUL)

3222plusmn 42

7822plusmn 72 433plusmn 33 3718plusmn 69

8 AST (IUL)

6823plusmn 74

13042plusmn104 8156plusmn956 7475plusmn 811

Results are expressed as mean plusmn SEM n = 5 indicates p lt 001 indicates p lt 0001 indicates p lt 005 Group 1 - Normal rat Group 2- Ethylene glycol induced rat Group 3- quercetin treated rat (25 mgbwt) Group 4- quercetin treated rat (50 mgb wt) Group II compared with Group I

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 106

Group III and IV compared with Group II Action of drugs on ALT The serum ALT levels in the animals at the end of the experimental regimen was shown in Table 41 There was a significant increase plt001 in the serum ALT levels in the Ethylene glycol induced group (9666 plusmn 88) when compared to the controls group(3555plusmn57)On quercetin administration (Group 3 and 449plusmn57 and 4010plusmn77respectively)there was a significant reduction in serum ALT level as concentration increases when compared to the ethylene glycol All the treated groups showed a significant reduction in serum ALT when compared to the ethylene glycol induced group (plt005 and plt 01 respectively ) Action of drugs on ALP Calculi induced group showed a significant increase in ALP level of 7822 plusmn72 with a significant value of plt005 when compared to the control group (3222 plusmn 42 )In addition group 3 rats showed a significant decreased (433 plusmn 33 p lt005) in the level of ALP when compared to the group 1 rats While group 4 rats revealed a market decreased (3718 plusmn69 plt001) in the activity of enzyme ALP compared to Group 1 rats Among the treated groups Group 4 showed more activity than the Group 3 animals (Table 41 ) Action of drugs on AST On ethylene glycol administration the level of AST (13042 plusmn 104) was found to be remarkedly increased with a significance of p lt 001 compared to normal animals (6823 plusmn 74) However on quercetin administration as treatment drugs (8156 plusmn 956 25 mg kg b wt and 7475 plusmn 8111 50 mg kg b wt) showed a significant decrease (plt005 and plt 001respectively) in the level of AST compared to the ethylene glycol induced animals with a dose dependent activity Thus quercetin shows a concentration dependent activity (Table 41) Histopathological Evaluation of Kidney Liver and Spleen The histopathological evaluation of the kidney of experimental animals was represented in Figure 42 ) Histopathological section of normal control animal kidney revealed no abnormalities like interstitial inflammation and proximal tubules dilation within the renal tissue (Figure 42 a )While Kidney of urolithiasis group animal showed a marked inflammation in the interstitial space of calculi development on continuous administration of the renal tissue along with proximal tubules dilation and deposition of the intratubular and interstitial crystal inside the tubules was a found as a characteristic sign of calculi development on continuing administration of 075 ethylene glycol (vv) (Figure 42 (b) Figures 42(c) and (d) at both quercitine 25 mg and 50 mg treated rats showed a reduced degenerative changes in the kidney tissue like interstitial infiltration of the inflammatory cell and proximal tubules dilation inside the tubules The results revealed that quercetin has a protective effect on kidney liver and spleen as revealed from histopathological results and this supports the therapeutic efficiency of quercetin as an anti ndash urolithiatic drug

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 107

Fig 42 Microscopic images of kidney sections under a light microscope (40x) after hematoxylin and eosin staining from animals of (a) Group -1 (Normal ) (b) Group - 2 (Ethylene glycol induced) (c) Group -3 (Quercetin Treated rats 25mgKg bwt) (d) Group - 4 (Quercetin Treated rats 50 mgKg bwt)

(a) (b)

(c) (d)Fig ndash 43 Microscopic images of Liver sections under a light microscope (40x)

after hematoxylin and eosin staining from animals of (a)Group -1 (Normal ) (b)

Group - 2 (Ethylene glycol induced) (c) Group -3 (Quercetin Treated rats-

25mgKg bwt) (d) Group - 4 (Quercetin Treated rats-50mgKgbwt)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 108

(a) (b)

(c) (d)Fig ndash 44 Microscopic images of Spleen sections under a light microscope (40x)after hematoxylin and eosin staining from animals of (a) Group -1 (normal ) (b)Group ndash 2 (calculi induced group) (c) Group -3 (Quercetin treated group ndash25mgKgbwt) (d) Group- 4 (Quercetin treated rats-50mgKgbwt)

Discussion Kidney is vital in the maintenance of homeostasis through the excretion of catabolites like urea creatinine and uric acid and elevated concentration of these indicate compromised renal function Due to the presence of kidney stones there is an obstruction to the outflow of urine in urinary system and the glomerular filtration rate (GFR) decreases This is also attributed to the rise in tubular pressure caused by renal tubular cell necrosis as a result of intraluminal crystal deposition (Bardaoui et al 2010) Reduction in the GFR leads to accumulation of the waste products particularly nitrogenous substances such as blood urea nitrogen (BUN) creatinine and uric acid in blood and urine (Ghodkar 1994) Urolithiasis or Urinary stone formation in kidney has ever been an annoying urinary disease for human This disease is mainly the result of supersaturation of urine with certain urinary salts such as CaOx and phosphate the most common constituent of kidney stones (Daudon et al 1993) Kidney stone or urolithiasis is a complex process that results from a succession of several physicochemical events including supersaturation nucleation growth aggregation and retention within renal tubules (Atmani et al 2004) Different chemicals used to induced urolithiasis in experimental animals includes ethylene glycol glycolic acid insertion of calcium oxalate crystals in to urinary bladder calculi-producing diet model using Gentamicin and 5 ammonium

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 109

oxalate insertion of zinc disc in to bladder sodium oxalate (Perez et al 1998 Bahuguna et al 2009 Doddola et al 2008) The administration of ethylene glycol in drinking water caused a dose dependent significant reduction in the body weight of rat A significant loss in body weight correlates with the decrease in feed consumption Similar decrease in body weight due to the decrease in the food consumption has also been reported in an earlier study (Ringold et al 2005) A considerable reduction inbody weight and increase in kidney weight in rats was also observed when treated with ethylene glycol in drinking water (Parmar et al 2012) Uric acid concentration highly elevates that causing hyperuricaemia thus leading to associated rise in urinary uric acid (Sakhaee L et al 2002) The superior of crystals of uric acid in CaOx calculi amp uric acid combining proteins are able to combining to CaOx amp regulate crystallization shows its function in calculi formation (Yadav RD et al 2011)An increase in uric acid and associated binding proteins has been shown to play an important role in calcium oxalate crystallisation process (Kalaiselvi et al 1999) Uric acid interferes with calcium oxalate solubility and reduces the inhibitory activity of compounds such as glycosaminoglycans (Divakar et al 2010) In the present study alsowe have observed an elevation in serum and urine uric acid levels in the nephrolithiatic group Acute worsening of renal function due to crystal deposition in the renal tubules results in glomerular dysfunction Renal damage induced by oxidative stress was associated with impaired renal function and a marked increase in serum creatinine calcium urea uric acid and phosphorus (Bhalodia 2010) Histopathological results revealed no serious damage in the hepatic structure and spleen by used concentration The administration of quercetin extract having flavonoids can prevent liver tissue injury in a normal pattern Damaging of liver cells depends on the dose of the extract indicating that our selected dose is appropriate and it can be used for the management of urolithiasis In summary it was demonstrated that B ligulata extract does not have any toxic effect at the mentioned dose(Amer2012) Histopathological evaluation of kidney through microscopic examination showed accumulation of calcium oxalate deposits inside the tubules in calculi-induced animals Marked changes such as dilation of the proximal tubules along with interstitial inflammation were observed in urolithiasis rats The quercitine alone treated significantly decreased the number and size of calcium oxalate deposits in different parts of renal tubules and also reduced damage to the renal tubules quercetin which protect the kidney from oxidative injury by oxalate and crystal deposition Thus Quercetin has the curative effect for the kidney stone formation Conclusion In the present study dried powder of leaves of Euphorbia hirta were subjected to extraction using 70 vv ethanol Ex vivo activity used as a model to study antiurolithiatic potential of ethanol extract using rat plasma From the findings it was found that as the concentration increases from 005 to 015 g the percentage of

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 110

inhibition also found to be increased and this indicates the inhibitory activity of extract towards the calcium oxalate formation The study was extended to evaluate the antiurolithiatic activity of quercetin using ethylene glycol (075) and ammonium chloride (2) induced renal calculi in male albino rats The kidney stone formation induced in rats as a result of 10 days simultaneous administration This was significantly inhibited by oral administration of quercetin at two selected doses (25 and 50 mgkg of body weight) Lithogenic animals showed a marked decrease in body weight and water intake compared to control group while quercetin treatment reversed these changes Induced group of animals showed a significant increase in all the parameters such as serum creatinine uric acid BUN AST ALP ALT levels compared to control group All these changes were brought to near normal level on quercetin administration as a treatment Histopathological changes observed due to ethylene glycol induction also reversed on treatment In conclusion the presented data revealed that ethanol extract of leaves of euphorbia hirta have significant inhibitory activity on calcium oxalate crystallization Further the flavonoid compound quercetin had also shown effective anti-urolithiatic activity Hence it may be concluded that the flavonoid compound quercetin can be used for the treatment of urolithiasis

References bull Abate N Chandalia M Cabo-Chan AV Jr et al The metabolic syndrome and uric

acid nephrolithiasis novel features of renal manifestation of insulin resistance Kidney Int 200465386ndash92

bull Begum AN Terao J Protective effect of quercetin against cigarette tar extract-induced impairment of erythrocyte deformability J Nutr Biochem 200213265ndash72

bull Clarke AM Mckenzie RG Ileostomy and the risk of urinary uric acid stones The Lancet 1969294395ndash7

bull Prasad KVSRG Bharathi K Srinivasan KK Evaluation of Musa (Parasidica Linn Cultivar) Puttubale stems juice for antilithiatic activity in albino rats Indian journal Physiology and Pharmacology 1993 37 337-341

bull Huang HS Ma MC Chen J Chen CF Changes in the oxidant- antioxidant balance in the kidney of rats with nephrolithiasis induced by ethylene glycol Journal of Urology2002 167 2584 2593

bull Atmani F Slimani Y Mimouni M Hacht B Prophylaxis of calcium oxalate stones by Herniaria hirsute on experimentally induced nephrolithiasis in rats British Journal of Urology International 2003 92 137-140

bull AdhiraiM Selvam R Vitamin E pretreatment prevents cyclosporine A-induced crystal deposition in hyperoxaluric rats Nephron 1997 75 77-81

o Huang HS Ma MC Chen J Chen CF Changes in the oxidant- antioxidant balance in the kidney of rats with nephrolithiasis induced by ethylene glycol Journal of Urology2002 167 2584 2593

bull Elias Edwin Jarald Pankaj Kushwah Sheeja Edwin Suhail Asgharand Showkat Ahmad Patni Effect of Unex on ethylene glycol-induced urolithiasis in rats Indian J Pharmacol 2011 Jul-Aug 43(4) 466ndash468

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 111

bull Marshall L Stoller MD Urinary stone disease In Tanagho EA McAninch JW editors Smiths General Urology 16th ed New York McGraw-Hill Lange Medical Books 2004 pp 256ndash91

bull Kirtikar K Basu B 2nd ed vol II International Book Distributors Dehradun 2005 (Indian medicinal plants

bull Pons CA Custer RP Acute ethylene glycol poisoning clinico-pathologic report of eighteen fatal cases Am J Med Sci 2011 211 544ndash52

bull Salvamani S Gunasekaran B Shaharuddin NA Ahmad SA Shukor MY Antiartherosclerotic effects of plant flavonoids Biomed Res Int 2014 2014

bull Blokhina O Virolainen E Fagerstedt KV Antioxidants oxidative damage and oxygen deprivation stress A review Ann Bot 200391179ndash94

bull Sandhar HK Kumar B Prasher S Tiwari P Salhan M Sharma P A review of phytochemistry and pharmacology of flavonoids Int Pharm Sci 2011125ndash41

bull Agrawal AD Pharmacological activities of flavonoids Review Int J Pharm Nanotechnol 201141394ndash7

bull Pal DK Verma P Flavonoids A powerful and abundant source of antioxidants Int J Pharm Pharm Sci 2013595ndash8

bull Prochaacutezkovaacute D Boušovaacute I Wilhelmovaacute N Antioxidant and prooxidant properties of flavonoids Fitoterapia 201182513ndash23

bull Lakhanpal P Rai DK Quercetin A versatile flavonoid Int J Med Update 2007222ndash 37

bull Begum AN Terao J Protective effect of quercetin against cigarette tar extract-induced impairment of erythrocyte deformability J Nutr Biochem 200213265ndash72

bull Xiao X Shi D Liu L Wang J Xie X Kang T et al Quercetin suppresses cyclooxygenase-2 expression and angiogenesis through inactivation of P300 signaling PLoS One 20116(8)e2293

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 112

FOUR HISTORIC VISITS OF MAHATMA TO ASSAM

Gautam Sarmah Assistant Professor

Department of History Rupahi College Nagaon

Assam Abstract

MK Gandhi - The man we have known as Mahatma and father of our nation Who had a very close relation with the people of Assam Gandhi visited Assam in 1921 1926 1934 and 1946 These four historic visits to Assam by Gandhi immensely enriched the history of Assam Gandhi was not only a person he was an institution When he went to a new place in his lifetime thousands of his followers always surrounded him to meet and talk with him People of Assam also was not excepted from this genuine truth Which truth was proved within his all four historical arrivals to Assam Key-words Assam Gandhi Public meetings Swadeshi Visit Introduction History of India was enriched by a new chapter through the emergence of Mahatma Gandhi in 1919 After joining by Gandhi to Indian freedom struggle the whole picture of the contemporary Indias had been changed Gandhi was an iconic figure who united the people of India against British Raj Gandhis four times visit of Assam gave a new power to the people of Assam and also united them against the foreign rules as well as contemporary India In one sentence four visits of Assam by Gandhi made a strong nationalism among all the people of Assam they also became more conscious of their rights and duties Therefore except the discussion of Gandhis four historic visits to Assam the history of Assam is always incomplete Aim and objectives of the study To highlight about the Gandhis visits in different parts of Assam Responsible factors Gandhis visits to Assam also will be focused Treats of the people of Assam towards Gandhi will be discussed Impact on the people of Assam by Gandhis views also will be mentioned Methods of the Study Method of the writing of this paper is descriptive with applying historical analysis Data has been collected from the different secondary sources like books research papers research thesis newspapers souvenirs etc

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 113

Discussion On 18 August 1921 Gandhi first came to Assam along with his eleven companies He first reached at Golakganj Assam Pradesh Congress Committees general secretary a prominent freedom fighter of Assam Nabin Chandra Bordoloi along with his followers received Gandhi from Golakganj On the way people of Dhubri and Goalpara districts of Assam heartily welcomed him to their state By passing those districts when Gandhi finally reached at Gauhati (present Guwahati) he shocked to see a long line of gathering people at Gauhati from Pandu to Bharalumukh They eagerly waiting to see Gandhi from near and talk with him In this first visit to Assam Gandhi stayed at Tarun Ram Phukans residence who was a patriotic figure and prominent leader of freedom struggle also known as Desabhakt of Assam The residence was decorated by the flags of INC In that place or in front of the Tarun Ram Phukans residence of Bharalumukh Gandhi addressed in a public meeting where more than 25000 Gandhis followers were present In that public meeting Gandhis speeches translated into Assamese by Tarun Ram Phukan for the understanding of general people Through the impact of Gandhis speeches a rapid change came into existence It is notable the year of 1921 was the time of Swadeshi movement against British misrule in India By listening Gandhis views on Swadeshi movement at once people of Assam jumped into this movement As the rapid impact of Gandhis speeches in that same day in evening people of Assam started burning the foreign cloths and started a boycott movement against British Raj However in his first visit Gandhi was staying in Assam from 18 August to 30 August 1921 Specially to expand the swadeshi feelings among the people of Assam he also visited Nagaon Jorhat Tezpur Dibrugarh Silchar and Sylhet He visited almost all important districts of undivided upper and lower Assam People of those districts had arranged some public meetings In each meeting Gandhi delivered his powerful speeches on swadeshi movement and self-independence He inspired to all people of Assam to adopt and expand swadeshi feeling in every walk of their life In 1926 for second time Gandhi came to Assam In this time the main reason was to visit Assam by him to attend 41 no INC session at Pandu Gauhati Noteworthy that this was the only and first Congress session accomplished in Assam before pre-independent To this session Gandhi came as an important representative of INC Congresss representatives had set a target of collecting 10000 yards of khadi clothes to decorate the pandal of that Congress session Actually by this work they tried to expand the Gandhis views and activities on Swadeshi movement far and wide To attend the meeting of Harijan Sewak Sangh Gandhi again visited Assam in 1934 in the month of April On 10 April Gandhi reached Assam after a day on 11 April he addressed a meeting at Rupashri Dhubri district of Assam In that meeting he appealed to the people to eradicate untouchability from their

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 114

mind and brain Aiming to the all gathering people he said Im glad to be in Assam again after a very long period This time my mission is in connection with the Harijan movement It is said that there is no considerable untouchability in Assam and Bengal But I dont think that the statement squares with facts We are guilty of untouchability as soon as we make distinctions between man and man and we have grades of high and low Surely there are distinctions enough in Assam In this third visit Gandhi also went to Gauripur Bansbari Chaprakata Sorbhog Howly and Sarupeta In those places on the same day Gandhi attended some another important public meetings where he also said to the people to the removal of untouchability feelings from their mind Next dupay he went to Goreswar Tangla Udalguri Bindukuri Rangapara and Tezpur On 13 April he reached Gauhati by a steamer from Tezpur In Gauhati Gandhi inaugurated a Seva Ashram He also visited a leprosy asylum and the quarters of Harijans in Gauhati On the same day he attended a meeting was arranged by Marwari people of Assam After meeting he went to Khetri Chaparmukh Nagaon and Furkating He attended some public meeting in Golaghat Dergaon and Jorhat Through this third visit to Assam Gandhi adopted and expanded a message to uplift the Harijans Within two weeks staying in Assam Gandhi collected almost 17000 rupees to Harijans of Assam Finally by finishing his great mission he moved to his homeland from Assam In 1946 Gandhi last visited to Assam He came via Brahmaputra by a steamer from Bengal Some prominent leaders of INC like Lokapriya Gopinath Bordoloi Bishnuram Medhi Siddhartha Sarma and others received Gandhi from the river port of Brahmaputra In his last visit he inaugurated the Assam Branch of Kasturba Gandhi National Memorial Trust Under this trust a branch was named the Gram Sevika Vidyalaya was started in Assam Gandhi gave the responsibilities to managing this branch to Amal Prabha Das Gandhi stayed on a small hillock was known as Sarania The owner of this hillock was Dr Harekrishna Das father of Amal Prabha Das He was a faithful follower of Gandhi However when Gandhi was at Sarania suddenly the hillock was surrounded by some poor people to meet and talk with Gandhi about their problems To meet those people by the suggestion of Gandhi at once a temporarily a small hut was constructed by Harekrishna Das Gopinath Bordoloi Bhubaneswar Barua etc INC leaders or followers of Gandhi Later the hillock was donated to the Gram Sevika Vidyalaya by Dr Harekrishna Das and his family where Gandhi was last staying This is fourth or last historic visit of Gandhi to Assam before the independent of our country

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 115

Conclusion Thus we have found that between 1921 to 1946 Gandhi visited Assam for four times to take some important agendas and initiatives like to expand the swadeshi message to uplift the socio-economic status of harijans removal the untouchability from the society and development of nationalist feeling among the people of Assam However in finally undoubtedly we can say that Gandhis these four historic visits to Assam will always remain as a golden chapter of Assam History References 1 Barpujari HK (1992) The comprehensive history of Assam Assam

Publication Board Guwahati 2 Barua SL (1995) A comprehensive history of Assam MM Publication

New Delhi 3 Chandra B (1989) Indian Struggle for Independence Penguin Pub New

Delhi 4 Gait EA (1990) A history of Assam LBS publication 5 Goswami P (2012) The history of Assam from yandabo to partition 1826-

1947 Orient Blackswan Publication 6 Sharma D (1993) Assamese Women in the Freedom Struggle Punthi

Pustak Publication Calcutta

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 116

SKYSCRAPERS LINKED WITH IMPENDING FINANCIAL CRASHES

Girisha Nayak S Research Scholar

Department of Commerce Manipal University Jaipur

Dr Gaurav Lodha Research Supervisor

Department of Commerce Manipal University Jaipur

Abstract Economic experts sometimes call the skyscraper effect the skyscraper curse or Tower of Babel curse a reference to the myth of Genesis in which people have dispersed abroad and received different languages to build a city or tower that reached the heavensThe skyscraper effect is an economic indicator that combines the construction of the tallest skyscrapers in the world with an impending economic recession The theory that there is a positive correlation between the development of megawatt buildings and financial crises was developed by British economist Andrew Lawrence in 1999 The skyscraper effect is also known as the Skyscraper Index The skyscraper index designed by economist Andrew Lawrence shows the relationship between the construction of the tallest building in the world and the business cycle Is this just a coincidence or are skyscrapers causing business cycles The technical foundations of Cantillon effects for a building indicator are presented here proving how essential skyscraper construction components such as technology are linked to key technical concepts in economics such as the construction of production The findings practical and theoretical suggest that the business cycle theory of the Austrian School of Economics can significantly contribute to our understanding of business cycles particularly serious onesTheconcept that any country that creates a record skyscraper will be punished with an economic crisis may at first seem too far-reaching However dig a little deeper and it will become clear that Lawrences theory has some validity The relationship between the construction of a skyscraper taller than the recent height record holder and the aftermath of the economic crisis can be explained in many ways The financial crisis usually occurs after a period of economic boom characterized by higher gross domestic product (GDP) low unemployment rate and rising asset pricesWhen a project such as a worlds tallest building receives the necessary funds to start construction the countrys economy can be seen as one that has developed so much that the probability of a crack shortly is high Keywords Tall buildings new technologies urban design future cities sustainability

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 117

Introduction Historically bull market booms and real estate bubbles primarily commercial real estate go hand in hand The same irrational enthusiasm that convinces average stock investors that everything they touch turns to gold also infects developers who reach for the hilt with cheap money near the top of the cycle And the most visible indicator of this is the skyscraper In the past the completion of record skyscrapers was the proverbial bell that rings at the top of the market At this time the massive construction of super-high residential and business towers especially in Manhattan can signal that the bulls end is near The first skyscrapers were built at the shift of the century In the 1920s the Life Tower metropolis and Singer building were built in Lower Manhattan before panic in 1907 The magnificent Woolworth building was opened as the tallest building in the world a few years later It was soon overshadowed by the Chrysler Building an Art Deco miracle that opened in 1928 followed by 40 Wall Street The Empire State Building which began construction before the stock market crash in 1929 was finally opened in 1931 During the Great Depression Review of Literature In 2015 Jason Barr Bruce Mizrach and Kusum Mundra conducted in-depth analysis regarding the relationship between skyscraper height and the business cycle Economists have theorized that if building the highest structures shows that the business cycle has reached its peak then the plan to make these structures can also be used to forecast GDP growth The researchers compared GDP growth per capita in four countries - America Canada China and Hong Kong - with the height of the tallest buildings in these countries and assumed that both of these factors are tracking each other This means that during the economic boom building developers are increasing the height of buildings trying to capitalize on growing revenues that result from increased demand for more office space In other words how tall a construction depends on how suddenly the economy is expanding but it does not indicate an imminent recession Andrew Lawrence sees the upcoming trouble in skyscraper mushrooms in China and India The man who created the term skyscraper index in 1999 directs research into the Asian regional real estate sector at Barclays Capital Lawrence looks out that India and China are in the midst of a skyscraper boom and claims that it bodes poorly for the economies of these rapidly developing nations This is an argument that has caused strong reactions in the Indian real estate sector Methods of data collection The research-based upon secondary data and hence the data has collected from various books magazines and websites

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 118

Skyscrapers and Economic Crisis

Source Economictimesindiatimes

Source Economictimesindiatimes

Source Economictimesindiatimes

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 119

After the panic in 1907 - which led to the creation of the Federal Reserve in 1913 - the construction of the New York Singer building (612 feet) in 1908 was completed shortly thereafter and the Metropolitan Life building (1900 feet) in 1909 was also marked by a flood of skyscrapers 927-meter-high 40 Wall Street in 1929 1046-meter Chrysler building in 1930 and 1250-meter Empire State building in 1931 Completed in 1972 and 1973 the Two World Trade Centre towers - 1368 and 1362 feet respectively - and the ribbon cutting of the 1445-meter Sears Tower in 1974 It coincided with the oil crisis in 1973 the stock market crash in 1973 I recession in 1973ndash1975 The Asian economic crisis of 1997ndash98 coincided with the opening of the 1483-foot Petronas towers in Kuala Lumpur in 1997 and the dotcom internet bubble burst in 2000 And the construction in Taiwan in the years 1999ndash2004 of 1671 feet And finally the Great Recession of 2007ndash2010 was announced by the construction of the 2717-meter Burj Khalifa in Dubai which was completed in 2010 With China which Bloomberg News calls the skyscraper mania - China is home to 53 of current high-rise construction projects in the world including Sky City 2749 feet in Changsha which is expected to start construction in July The Taipei 101 was completed in 2004 four years after the Internet bubble burst and Burj Khalifa was completed three years after the financial crisis of 2007-10 Yes both are in the range but a few years is an aeon for investors If you tried to measure time on the stock market with the construction of a skyscraper you would make an extremely costly mistake This is a more subtle risk indicator than a precise tool Conclude - Skyscrapers have an harmful connection with the threatening financial breakdown The researchers showed out that the worlds first skyscraper the Equitable Life building in New York was built in 1873 during a five-year depression while the Empire State Building coincided with the Great Depression According to Barclays China may be particularly affected by the current largest skyscraper developer responsible for 53 of the structures currently under construction Barclays Capital analysts said Usually the tallest buildings in the world are simply the construction of a wider boom for skyscrapers reflecting the widespread misallocation of capital and the impending economic correction Investors should therefore pay special attention to China and India they added Barclays Capitals Skyscraper Index has been published every year since 1999

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 120

It was stated Our high-rise index still shows a weak correlation between the construction of the next tallest building in the world and the impending financial crisis New York 1930 Chicago 1974 Kuala Lumpur 1997 and Dubai 2010 Dark announcements were supported by a separate JPMorgan Chase report cited by the BBC He warned that the Chinese real estate market could fall by up to 20 in major cities References 1 A Sev and A Oumlzgen ldquoSpace efficiency in high-rise office buildingsrdquo

METU Journal of the Faculty of Architecture vol 26 no 2 pp 69-89 December 2009

2 J Barr ldquoSkyscraper heightrdquo The Journal of Real Estate Finance and Economics vol 45 no 3 pp 723-753 October 2012

3 J Barr ldquoSkyscrapers and the skyline Manhattan 1895ndash2004rdquo Real Estate Economics vol 38 no 3 pp 567-597 June 2010

4 M M Ali and A Aksamija ldquoToward a better urban life Integration of cities and tall buildingsrdquo in Proc 4th Architectural Conference on High Rise Buildings pp 1-21 Amman Jordan June 2008

5 N W Alnaser ldquoTowards sustainable buildings in Bahrain Kuwait and United Arab Emiratesrdquo Open Construction and Building Technology Journal vol 2 pp 30-45 2008

6 R Lacayo C Estulin and S Jakes ldquoGoing up and up When height is all that mattersrdquo Time vol 164165 no 261 pp 172-173 December 2004

7 R W Helsley and W C Strange ldquoA game-theoretic analysis of skyscrapersrdquo Journal of Urban Economics vol 64 no 1 pp 49-64 July 2008

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 121

ASSESSMENT OF KNOWLEDGE AND PRACTICE OF WOMEN REGARDING PLASTIC WASTE AND PREVENTION OF ITS USAGE

IN SELECTED URBAN AREA TIRUPATHI A DESCRIPTIVE STUDY

M Lakshmi Devi

Research scholar Department of Women Studies

Sri Padmavathi Mahila Viswavidhyalayam

Tirupathi Chittoor Dist Andhra Pradesh

Dr PNeeraja Assistant professor

Department of Women Studies Sri Padmavathi Mahila

Viswavidhyalayam Tirupathi Chittoor Dist

Andhra Pradesh

Abstract A plastic material is a wide range of synthetic or semi synthetic organic solids and typical organic polymers of high molecular substances They are usually synthetic most commonly derived from the petrochemicals but many are partially natural Plastic products become an integral part of our daily life as a result of which the plastic is produced at a massive scale worldwide The present study was aimed to assess the knowledge and knowledge on practice regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage among urban women carried out in tirupati Andhra Pradesh Selected research design was descriptive design from non-experimental research A total of hundred women sample were selected by non probability convenient sampling method Data was collected by administering self answered questionnaire Descriptive and inferential statistics were used to analyses the data Major findings of the study includes 37 of sample were inadequate knowledged 35 of the sample are having moderately adequate knowledge and 28 of the women are having adequate knowledge regarding plastic waste Regarding knowledge on practice 50 of the sample having inadequate 28 of the women having moderately adequate and remaining 22 of the sample are adequately knowledged The observed mean score was 1316 and standard deviation was 345 for knowledge with observed mean of 10 and 291 of standard deviation score for knowledge on practice Demographic characters like age and education were significant at 005 and 001 level respectively

1 Introduction A plastic material is a wide range of synthetic or semi synthetic organic solids and typical organic polymers of high molecular substances They are usually

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 122

synthetic most commonly derived from the petrochemicals but many are partially natural Plastic products become an integral part of our daily life as a result of which the plastic is produced at a massive scale worldwide Plastic materials are inexpensive lightweight strong durable corrosion resistant materials with high thermal and electrical insulation properties Plastic materials are inexpensive available at low cost ease of manufacture versatility and imperviousness to water plastics are used in an enormous and expanding range of products from paperclips to space ships Plastics are replaced by displacing some of the traditional materials like wood stone horn and bone leather paper metal and glass in most of their former uses In developed countries about one third of plastic is used in packaging and another third in building materials such as piping used in plumbing or vinyl siding Other uses includes in automobiles furniture and toys In developing countries the ratio may different like example reportedly 42 of Indiarsquos consumption is used in packaging Global production of plastic crosses 150 million tons per year on an average Its broad range of usage is in packaging films wrapping materials shopping and garbage bags fluid containers clothing toys household and industrial products and building materials Approximately it is estimated that 70 of plastic packaging products are converted in to plastic waste in a short span Once plastic is discarded after its utility is over it is known as plastic waste It is fact that plastic waste never degrades and remains on landscape for several years Most of the plastic waste is recyclable but recycled products are more harmful to the environment as this contains additives and colors The recycling of a plastic material can be done 2-3 times only because after every recycling the plastic material deteriorates after every recycling and its lifespan is reduced So recycling is not a permanent solution for plastic waste is a serious concern due to improper collection and segregation system According to the reports for the year 2017-18 Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) has estimated that India generates approximately 94 million tons of plastic waste (which amounts to 26000 tons of waste per day) and out of this approximately 56 million tons per annum plastic waste is recycled (ie 15600 tons of waste per day) and 38 million tons per annum plastic waste is left uncollected or littered (9400 tons of waste per day) Out of 60 of recycled plastic 70 is recycled at registered facilities 20 is recycled by unrecognized sector 10 of the plastic is recycled at home Plastic pollution is the accumulation of plastic objects in the earth environment that adversely affects wild life habitat and humans Plastics that act as pollutants are categorized in to micro debris meso debris and macro debris based on the size Plastics are in expensive and durable and as a result levels of plastic production by humans are high However the chemical structure of most plastics

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 123

renders them resistant to many natural processes of degradation and as a result they are slow to degrade Together these two factors lead to high prominence of plastic pollution in the environment Plastic pollution can affect land water ways and oceans it is estimated that 11 to 88 million metric tons of plastic waste enters the ocean from coastal communities each year From the year 1950 up to 2018 an estimated 63 billion tons of plastic has been produced worldwide of which is estimated 9 has been recycled and another 12 has been reused Sources of household plastic waste includes salad dressing containers processed meat packages plastic soft drink and water bottles milk bottles shampoo bottles detergent bottles oil jelly cans toys fruit plastic packaging sweet trays frozen food bags squeezable bottles clothing furniture carpet shrink wraps garment bags margarine and yogurt containers caps of the containers egg cottons fast food trays disposable plastic silver ware etc In 1990 ndash 1991 India produced 0363 metric tons of plastics polymer but in a decade an incredible 890 increase leads to total plastic production up to 32 metric tons in 2000 ndash 2001 Plastic production in India further raises to 477 metric tons in 2005 ndash 2006 in 1990 ndash 1991 per capita consumption of plastic in India was 08 kg but within a decade per capita consumption significantly increases to 35kg in 2000 However it is still far below than the global average 18 kg However the projected estimates per capita plastics consumption in 2021 may reach to substantial figure of 109kg which is realistic considering the rapidity with which plastics are replacing its competitive materials Packaging represents the largest single sector of plastic use in the India The sector accountants for 42 of plastic consumption and plastic are the material of choice in nearly half of all packaged goods Apart from the use in packaging plastics are also extensively used in the consumer products such as furniture and house wears building and construction and in industrial sector According to the research findings of National Plastic Waste Management Task Force packaging constitutes 52 of the total Indiarsquos plastic consumption After primary use of this portion of plastic annually 093 metric tons of waste plastics are discarded along with the household waste In this connection the researcher was so much interested towards conducting a study on household plastic waste and prevention of its usage 2 METHODOLOGY Aim The present study was aimed to assess the knowledge regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage among household women residing in urban area Objectives The objectives of the study are as follows To study the knowledge and knowledge on plastic among women regarding

plastic waste and prevention of its usage

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 124

To correlate the knowledge with knowledge on practice of women regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage

To measure the association between the selected demographic variables and knowledge and practice of women regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage

Research hypotheses 1 There is a significant knowledge and knowledge on attitude regarding

plastic waste and prevention of its usage 2 There is a positive correlation knowledge and knowledge on practice of

women regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage 3 There is a significant difference between knowledge and attitude scores with

their selected demographic variables Research approach Non experimental research approach was adopted to achieve the objectives of the present study which is felt to be most appropriate in the field of education Research design As the researcher has attempted to describe the knowledge and knowledge on attitude regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage among resident women in urban mandal Hence adopted research design was descriptive design Variables under study Knowledge and knowledge on practice regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage Population and setting of the study Population of the present study includes women between the age of 20 ndash 50 years residing in urban area Bazar street Tirupathi urban mandal Sample size and sampling technique The selected sample size was 100 household women and sample was selected by non probability convenient sampling technique Development and description of the tool The tool was developed with the help of related literature from various textbooks journals websites discussion from experts The study data was carried out by using structured knowledge questionnaire on plastic waste and prevention of its usage The questionnaire consists of three sections First section consists of seven questions which includes age religion education occupation type of family type of drainage system and available facility for waste disposal Second section consists of thirty four questions related to knowledge on plastic waste and third section consists of seventeen questions on prevention of plastic usage Reliability of the tool Reliability was established by Karl Pearson Split Half Method The tool was found highly reliable with a score of r=088 Plan of data collection The data was obtained by using self administered questionnaire from the participants Analysis of data Data analysis done by the following methods

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 125

Mean Standard deviation Chi-square test lsquoprsquo test

3 Major findings of the study Table 1 Frequency Percentage and Distribution of socio- demographic characteristics

SNo Demographic Variables Frequency Percentage 1 Age 20-35 Yrs 45 450 35-50 Yrs 43 430 50 Yrs and above 12 120 Total 100 1000 2 Religion Hindu 88 880 Muslim 7 70 Christian 5 50 Total 100 1000 3 Educational status Primary education 28 280 Secondary education 35 350 Intermediate and above 37 370 Total 100 1000 4 Occupation Government employee 9 90 Private employee 16 160 Home maker 75 750 Total 100 1000 5 Type of family Nuclear family 85 850 Joint family 15 150 Total 100 1000 6 Type of drainage system Open 36 360 Closed 64 640 Total 100 1000

7 Availability facility for waste disposal

Discarding waste 32 320

Using municipality dustbins 34 340

Throwing in streets 34 340 Total 100 1000

Socio ndash demographic characteristics Above table represents that

More than one third (45) of the respondents are between the age of 20 ndash 35 years

Majority of the respondents are(88) belongs to hindu religion

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 126

72 of the sample studied secondary education and above Majority of the sample (75) are home makers 85 of the respondents are living in nuclear families Majority (64) of the respondents are having closed drainage system in

their home Only 34 of the respondents are using municipality dustbins

Table 2 Distribution of the level of knowledge regarding Plastic waste

Above table findings of the study includes 37 of sample were inadequate knowledged 35 of the sample are having moderately adequate knowledge and 28 of the women are having adequate knowledge regarding plastic waste Table 3 Distribution of the level of knowledge on practice regarding Plastic waste and prevention of its usage

Above table of scores representing regarding knowledge on practice 50 of the sample having inadequate 28 of the women having moderately adequate and remaining 22 of the sample are adequately knowledged

Level of knowledge

Frequency Percentage

Inadequate 37 370 Moderate 35 350 Adequate 28 280 Total 100 1000

Level of knowledge

Frequency Percentage

Inadequate 50 500 Moderate 28 280 Adequate 22 220 Total 100 1000

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 127

Table 4 Mean and standard deviation scores of the level of knowledge and knowledge on practice regarding Plastic waste and prevention of its usage

The above table observed mean score was 1316 and standard deviation was 345 for knowledge with observed mean of 10 and 291 of standard deviation score for knowledge on practice Table -5 Association between socio-demographic variables and the level of knowledge regarding Plastic waste and prevention of its usage

(n=100)

variable Mean Standard deviation

Knowledge on plastic waste 1316 345 Knowledge on practice regarding plastic waste

100 291

SNO Socio-Demographic Variables

Level of knowledge regarding plastic waste and its management among household women Chi-

square

lsquoprsquo-value Sig Inadequate

Moderate

Adequate Total

1 Age 20-35 Yrs 11 13 21 45

1469 000 35-50 Yrs 20 17 6 43

50 Yrs and above 6 5 1 12 Total 37 35 28 100 2 Religion

710

013

Hindu 34 32 22 88 Muslim 1 1 5 7 Christian 2 2 1 5 Total 37 35 28 100

3 Educational status

1029 003

Primary education 6 15 7 28

Secondary education 19 7 9 35

Intermediate and above 12 13 12 37

Total 37 35 28 100 4 Occupation

Government employee 3 2 4 9

312

053

Private employee 4 6 6 16

Home maker 30 27 18 75

Total 37 35 28 100

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 128

5 Type of family

Nuclear family 33 31 21 85 305 021

Joint family 4 4 7 15

Total 37 35 28 100

6 Type of drainage system

Open 13 10 13 36 217

033

Closed 24 25 15 64

Total 37 35 28 100

7 Availability facility for waste disposal

Discarding waste 16 8 8 32 372 044

Using municipality dustbins

11 13 10 34

Throwing in streets 10 14 10 34

Total 37 35 28 100

From above table data there is a Demographic characteristics like age and education were significant at 005 and 001 level respectively

4 Discussion

Man is behind every development endeavor the large Scale production and improper disposal of waste has became a source of Pollution and further accumulation of plastic has resulted in serious deterioration of quality of life environmental damage water pollution and Imbalance in the ecological system in this regard the researcher wants to give some of the suggestions to government as well as to the individuals Various awareness programmes should be conducted by government to

create awareness on prevention of plastic use Plastic bag production companies should be ordered to produce high micron

plastic bags only Make availability of alternative forms of bags People should give preference to use alternative bags instead of plastic People should not buy cups glasses plates spoons wrapped products

packaging material made up of plastic People should try their level best to reuse plastic material instead of single

use

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 129

5 Conclusion Generalizing the present studyrsquos findings indicated that people are less in knowledge regarding plastic waste prevention of its usage The attitude of the people should change towards the plastic usage Every person in the society should have responsibility towards the prevention plastic usage Everyone living in the planet having duty to protect our environment from plastic pollution References 1 UNDIO Report- Recycling of plastics in Indian perspective by Dr Smita

Mohanty 2 httpsourworldindataorgfoq-on-plastics 3 httpcpcbnicinplastic_wastephp 4 Banerjee T and Srivastava R K(2014) Plastic waste management and

resource recovery in India2nd edition world scientific publishing co Singapore

5 Mutha N H Patel M and Premnath V(2006) Plastic materials flow analysis for India Resources conservation and recycling 47 222-244

6 Thompson R C et al Plastics the environment and human health current consensus and future trends Philos TransR SocLondB Biol Sci 2009 364(1526) 2153-66

7 httpenwikipediaorgwikiplasti_bag 8 httpdeb4unleduChemCHEM869ELikswwwplasticresourcecomplasti

cs_101usesuseshtml 9 httprstbroyalsocietypublishingorgcontent36415622153 10 httpcompositeaboutcomodplasticsaEveryday-Plasticshtm 11 httpwwwcseindiaorgnode3705 12 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlePMC3299092 13 httpwwwearthresourceorgcampainscappcapp-background-infohtml 14 httpwwwsustainableplasticsorgnewsindia-issues-rules-plastic-bags-and-

waste-rejects-full-ban 15 httpwwwearthdayorgbloginternational20130306edn-india-launches-

E2809Cbags-earthE29D-campaign

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 130

A STUDY ON QUALITY OF WORK LIFE OF EMPLOYEES IN BANKING SECTOR

Ms Libina Babu Research Scholar

Pazhassiraja College Pulpally

Mr Koshy C J Pazhassiraja College

Pulpally Abstract Public and Private Sector Banks play a significant role in the Indian economy in terms of both investment and employment In recent years there has been an increasing awareness in India of the need to tone up the performance of public sector banks in order to achieve the twin objectives of rapid national development and greater productivitySince the banks are service organizations their productivity and performance depend on the performance of its personnelIn the context of economic liberalization and growing trend towards globalization various banking sector reforms have been introduced in India to improve the operational efficiency and to upgrade the health and financial soundness of banks The banks are said to be providing a lot of benefits to the employees Still the employees are facing a lot of problems in their working environment This will lead to deterioration of the quality of services offered by them This study aims to understand the quality of work life of employees in banking sector The data has been collected from employees of both private and public sector banking companiesTo measure quality of work life in these banks eight dimensions were undertaken They are economic aspect working condition aspect opportunity for career growth and personal development nature of work atmosphere work and total life space social integration superior subordinate relationship and welfare facilities This will lead to provide sufficient information to banks to improve quality of work life among bank employees Keywords- Quality of Work Life QWL Public and Private Sector Banks Banking Employees Introduction Banking Sectors in India play a significant role in the development of the Indian economy and it is one of the fastest growing economies in the world Evidence from across the world suggests that a sound and evolved banking system is required for sustained economic development India has a better banking system than other developing countries but there are several issues that need to be ironed out To keep the pace with the competitiveness derived from the above

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 131

changes the banking industry which is area of concern being manpower intensive must consider the role of human resource as the most significant key to enhance the profitability efficiency and overall organizational effectiveness Public and Private Sector Banks play a significant role in the Indian economy in terms of both investment and employment In recent years there has been an increasing awareness in India of the need to tone up the performance of public sector banks in order to achieve the twin objectives of rapid national development and greater productivitySince the banks are service organizations their productivity and performance depend on the performance of its personnel The increasing pace of technological change is making manpower the key ingredient to the nationrsquos wellbeing and growth Public and Private sector banks enroll a large number of employees both men and women Prosperity of these banks depends on the performance of the employees which in turn depends on their satisfaction with their jobs Job satisfaction is linked to productivity motivation mental and physical health and general satisfaction in life Lack of it accounts for absenteeism tardiness accidents and the like Quality of Work Life The term Quality of Work life (QWL) refers to the favorableness or un-favorableness of a total job environment for employees QWL programmers are another way in which organizations recognize their responsibility to develop jobs and working conditions that are excellent for people as well as for economic health of the organization The elements in typical QWL programme include open communication equitable reward systems a concern for employeersquos job security and satisfying careers and participation in decision making Many early QWL efforts focus on job enrichment In addition to improve the work system QWL programmes usually emphasis development of employee skills the reduction of occupational stress and development of more co-operative labour-management relations

Statement of Problem In the context of economic liberalization and growing trend towards globalization various banking sector reforms have been introduced in India to improve the operational efficiency and to upgrade the health and financial soundness of banks The banks are said to be providing a lot of benefits to the employees Still the employees are facing a lot of problems in their working environment This will lead to deterioration of the quality of services offered by them This study aims to understand the quality of work life of employees in banking sector

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 132

Significance and Scope of the Study This study is exclusively made to understand analyze and measure quality of work life among the bank employees in Wayanad Two kinds of banks namely-Public sector and Private sector banks are concerned The present study only considers public and private sector bank employees To measure quality of work life in these banks eight dimensions were undertaken They are economic aspect working condition aspect opportunity for career growth and personal development nature of work atmosphere work and total life space social integration superior subordinate relationship and welfare facilities This will lead to provide sufficient information to banks to improve quality of work life among bank employees Objectives of the Study To examine the perception level of bank employees relating to the quality of

work life To compare the quality of work life in private and public sector banks To study the satisfaction level of employees from various dimensions of

quality of work life Sample Size Sampling size of 50 employees from six banks consisting of 25 sample from five public sector banks and 25 sample from fiveprivate sector banks in Wayanad district Review of Literature Lau Wong Chan and Law (2001) defined QWL as the favorable working conditions that support and enhance satisfaction by providing employees with rewards job security and career growth opportunities Indirectly the definition reflects that an employee who is not satisfied with reward may be satisfied with the job security and may be possibly enjoying the career growth opportunity available in the organization for personal as well as professional growthSirgy et al (2002) developed a new measure of Quality of Work Life based on need satisfaction and spillover theories The measure was designed to capture the extent to which the work environment job requirement supervisory behavior and ancillary programs in an organization are perceived to meet the needs of employees Seven major needs were identified each having several dimensions Morin et al (2003) indicated that one major issue in the development of Quality of Work Life practices is the primacy of financial growth to the detriment of values such as health and social welfare They also viewed that organizational performance is assessed with two or three financial indicators

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 133

such as return on investment profit per share and net revenues Although these indicators are essential to profitable organizations but they do not give a complete picture of the firmrsquos performance Dargahi (2007)conducted a study to provide the processes used to investigate and implement a pathway for improving of Quality of Work Life as an approach model This researcher evaluated the outcomes of Quality of Work Life managers and employees teams to improve the employeesrsquo Quality of Work Life Guna (2008)concluded that IT industries in many developing countries are experiencing tremendous challenges in meeting the employment market demand A good human resource practice would encourage IT professionals to be more productive while enjoying their work Therefore Quality of Work Life is becoming an important human resource issue in IT organizations Data Analysis and Intrepretation The data has been collected from 50 employees out of which 57 ofrespondents are male and 43 of respondents are female employees Table No11 Working Environment

Opinion Respondents Percentage Public Private Public Private

Participative 18 10 72 40 Autonomy 7 15 28 60 Total 25 25 100 100

Source Primary data INTERPRETATION In public banks 72 of the respondents indicated thatthey are working in participative environment and 28 of respondents are autonomy In private banks employees indicated that 40 of the respondents works in participative and 60 in autonomy Table No 12 Motivational insights

Insights Respondents Percentage Public Private Public Private

Interesting work 4 3 16 12 Recognition 3 5 12 20 Award amp Reward 2 5 8 20 Compensation 15 10 60 40 Other factors 1 1 4 4 Total 25 25 100 100

Source Primary data

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 134

INTERPRETATIONTheabove table shows that 60 of workers in public and 40 in private have interest in work because of compensation they receive For recognition it is at 12 and 20 In case of interest in work it is 16 and 12 8 of employees in public sector is working for receiving awards and rewards while in private sector it is 20 Table No 13 Level of job satisfaction among employees

Opinion

Respondents Percentage

Public Private Public Private Very High 5 2 20 8 High 12 6 48 24 Moderate 5 8 20 40 Less 2 6 8 32 Very Less 1 3 4 16 Total 25 25 100 100

Source Primary data INTERPRETATIONThe above table shows that out of 50 respondents 20 of the respondents in public sector banks are very highly satisfied in job but in private it is 8 only In public sector banks we can see that 48 of the respondents are highly satisfied while in private sector it is only 24 In private there are 20 of the respondents are moderately satisfied but in public it is 40 32 of respondents in private sector indicated that their job satisfaction level is low Table No 14 Problem faced by the employees

Problems

Respondents Percentage Public Priva

te Public Privat

e Work is over burdened 5 8 20 32 Absence of team work 9 5 36 20 Poor cooperation 5 5 20 20 Lack of career development opportunities 4 4

16 16

Discrimination among employees 2 3 8 12 Total 25 25 100 100

Source Primary data INTERPRETATION The above table shows that out of 50 respondents in

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 135

public 20 of respondents feels that the work is overburdened but in private it is 32 In public 36 feels that there exist an absence of team work but in private it is 20 In public and private 20 feels that there is poor cooperation among themselves In public and private 16 feels that there exist lack of career development12 of private sector employees feels that there exist a discrimination among employees QUALITY OF WORK LIFE (QWL) The term Quality of Work life (QWL) refers to the favorableness or un-favorableness of atotal job environment for employees To measure quality of work life in these banks eight dimensions were undertaken They are economic aspect working condition aspect opportunity for career growth and personal development nature of work atmosphere work and total life space social integration superior subordinate relationship and welfare facilities Table No 15 Perception level of an employees in economic aspect

Economic Aspect Mean Value Public Private

Salary is appropriate for the skill amp experience 38 21 Salary is sufficient to accommodate the cost of living 35 24 Salary reflects the present market rates 32 25 Basic pay DA amp HRA as paid as per industry norms 36 29 Annual increment is given as per the standards 36 31 PF gratuity amp pension plan facility are adequate 35 28 Insurance coverage leave travel concession facilities are reasonable

38 32

Adequate fringe benefits are provided 37 27 Leave encashment benefits are satisfactory 33 24 Amount of flexibility in advance salary option is satisfactory

33 25

Average 351 267 Source Primary data INTERPRETATION The above table shows that out of 50 respondents the highest level of satisfaction among different variables in public sector banks is on insurance coverage and leave enhancement (38) and in private sector it is same (32) Among different variables the least level of satisfaction among public sector is seen on their opinion that the salary reflects the present markets rate (32) While in private sector respondents mentioned that they do not feel the salary is sufficient for the skill and experience (21)By taking the average

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 136

value of mean scores we can see that public sector bank employeesare satisfied more than the privatesector employees in economic aspect Table No 16 Perception level of an employees in working condition

working condition Mean value Public Private

Drinking water facility 41 46 Latest technological facility 35 46 Adequate rest time 31 24 Comfort seating system 34 41 Safety and protection measures 29 26 Cleanliness initiatives 35 38 Lighting and ventilation 39 47 Rest rooms 34 39 Recreational activities 34 31 Work space is well designed 28 35 Average 34 373

Source Primary data INTERPRETATION The above table shows that out of 50 respondents the highest level of satisfaction among different variables is on Lighting and ventilation for both public (39) and private sector (47) Among different variables the least level of satisfaction among public sector is on work space (28) While in private sector respondents mentioned that they do not have adequate rest time (24) By taking the average value of mean scores we can see that private sector bank employees is satisfied more than the public sector in working condition aspect TABLE 17 Perception level of an employees in opportunity for career growth and personal development Opportunity for career growth and personal development

Mean value Public Private

Supports career planning and growth 29 35 Recognition and reward for efforts and hard work 26 29 Reward for innovative ideas and suggestions 16 25 Satisfied with periodic and effective training programmers

27 37

Promotion policies of my organization is fair 33 23 Organization encourages me in pursuing higher education

21 26

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 137

Receive enough help equipment and information 32 36 Opportunity provided for develop my abilities and potentials

31 32

Provided appreciation for better performance 26 29 Highlights outstanding individual contribution 27 29 Average 268 301

Source Primary data INTERPRETATIONThe above table shows that out of 50 respondents the highest level of satisfaction among different variables is on promotion policies among public (33) and in private sector they indicated that they receive enough help equipment and information (37) Among different variables the least level of satisfaction among public and private sector is on reward for innovative ideas and suggestions By taking the average value of mean scores we can see that private sector bank employees is satisfied more than the public sector in career growth and personal development Table No 18 Perception level of an employees in nature of work atmosphere

work atmosphere Mean value Public Private

Full liberty to choose my work and assignment 36 21 Duration of working hours is reasonable 39 35 Work is overburdened 31 36 Job is highly repetitive and boredom 35 26 Job is too much stress 32 43 I feel no discrimination in terms of age sex and religion

34 29

Satisfied with job rotation and varieties in job 29 31 Satisfied with job enlargement and enrichment policy

34 24

Providing job security for me 39 14 Grievance redressal procedure is effective 23 31

Source Primary data InterpretationThe above table shows that out of 50 respondents the majority of respondents in public sector banks agree that they feel job security (39) and in private sector they indicated that the job is too stress for them (43) Among least variable we can see that private sector employees agree with the job security they feels (14) and in public sector they feels the grievance redressal

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 138

mechanism is not effective Table No 19 Perception level of employees in work and total life space

work and total life space Mean value Public Private

Enjoy flexible work options 25 21 Able to balance work and family life 36 24 Organization supports in achieving aspirations and ambitions

33 32

I have sufficient time to spend with family members

36 27

I have good friends at work who can understand and help

33 21

Average 33 25 Source Primary data InterpretationThe above table shows that out of 50 respondents majority of respondents in public sector agrees that they have sufficient time to spend with family members (36) and in private sector they indicated that Organization supports in achieving aspirations and ambitions (32) Among different variables the least mean score among public sector is that they are not enjoying flexible work options (25) While in private sector respondents mentioned that they are not having good friends at work who can understand and help (21) By taking the average value of mean scores we can see that public sector bank employees is satisfied more than the private sector in work and total life aspect Table No 110 Perception level of employees in social integration

social integration

Employees are recognized as individuals I have enough opportunity to interact with others Organization encourages involvement in community and cultural activities

Have a good social status Average

Source Primary data InterpretationThe above table shows that out of 50 respondents majority of respondents in public and private sector agrees that they have a good social status Among different variables the least mean score among public sector is on involvement in community and cultural activities (32) While in private sector respondents mentioned that they are not havingenough opportunity to interact

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 139

with others (18) By taking the average value of mean scores we can see that public sector bank employees is satisfied more than the private sector in social integration aspect Table No 111 Perception level of employees in superior subordinate relationship

superior subordinate relationship Mean value Public Private

The supervisory relationship is satisfactory 31 32 Satisfied with the subordinate relationship 28 31 The colleaguepeer relationship is satisfactory 34 29 Get enough encouragement from the superiorfor theachievement

33 25

Management considers me as a member of the organization

32 35

Comfortable with delegation of responsibility among Subordinates

27 31

Trade union function is highly satisfied 42 19 Frank and fair discussions are allowed in meetings 32 29 Management maintains open channels for communication 25 23 Guidelines issued are in a simplified manner 29 28 Average 32 28

Source Primary data Interpretation The above table shows that out of 50 respondents majority of respondents in public sector agrees that their trade union function is highly satisfied (42) And in private sector they feel that management considers me as a member of the organization (35) Among different variables the least mean score among public sector is onopen channels for communication (25) While in private sector respondents mentioned that they are not satisfied with the trade union function (19) By taking the average value of mean scores we can see that public sector bank employees is satisfied more than the private sector in superior subordinate relationship

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 140

Table No 112 Perception level of employees in welfare facilities

Welfare facilities Mean value

Public

Private

Housing education and transportation facilities encourage me to continue the job

37 24

The medical facility available in the organization is satisfactory

29 28

Recreational facilities available helps me to reduce stress 31 23

Toilets washrooms is available 36 34 Education of employees children is systematically designed 35 31

Average 34 28 Source Primary data Interpretation The above table shows that out of 50 respondents majority of respondents in public sector agrees that Housing education and transportation facilities encourage them to continue the job Among different variables the least mean score among public sector is onmedical facility available in the organization (29) While in private sector respondents mentioned that they are not satisfied with the recreational facilities available helps me to reduce stress (23) By taking the average value of mean scores we can see that public sector bank employees is satisfied more than the private sector in employee welfare aspect Conclusion QWL is the need of the hour Quality of working life is not a concept that deals with onearea but it has been observed as an incorporating hierarchy of concepts that not only include the work based factors There is considerable evidence from this study that bank employees of both public and private can be truly empowered through the measures taken by banks to improve the quality of work life

From the analysis regarding satisfaction level of employees at public and private sector banks majority of the employees at public sector bank are satisfied with their various dimensions in an quality of work life aspect except career growth and personal development and working condition aspectThe private sector doesnrsquot fulfill the other dimensions of QWL So they have to take

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 141

necessary decisions to satisfy the jobs in private sector References [1] Adreine E Eaon M E (1992The impact of Quality of work Life Programs and Grievances system effectiveness on union commitment Industrial and labour relation review Vol 45 No3 [2]Akdere M (2006) Improving quality of work-life Implications for humanresources The Business Review 6(1) 173-177 [3] AlirezaBolhari et al (2011) The Relationship between Quality of Work Life and Demographic Characteristics of Information Technology Staffs International Conference on Computer Communication and Management vol5 IACSIT Press Singapore [4] AloysNK (2013) Working Environment Factors that Affect QWL among Attendants in Petrol stations in Kitale Town in Kenya International Journal of AcademicResearch in Business and Social Sciences 3(5) [5] AnandPawar(2013)quality work-life and job satisfaction of employees in VTPS International journal of management research and review March Volume 3Issue 3Article No-72547-2556 [6]Ayesha Tabassum et al (2012) an evaluation of the quality of work life a study of the faculty members of private universities in Bangladesh Int Journal of Economics and Management 5(1) [7]ChandranshuSinha (2012) factors affecting quality of work life Empirical Evidence From Indian Organizations Australian Journal of Business and Management Research 1(11) [8] D Chitraa V Mahalakshmi (2012) a Panimalar Engineering College Chennai India A Study on Employeesrsquo Perception on Quality of Work Life and Job Satisfaction in manufacturing organization ndash an Empirical study International Journal of Trade and Commerce - IIARTC1 (2) [9] David lewis et al (2001) extrinsic and intrinsic determinants of quality of worklife leadership in health sciences MCB university press 14(2) [10] FH Kashani 2012 A Review on Relationship between Quality of Work Life and Organizational Citizenship Behavior (Case Study An Iranian Company)Journal of Basic and Applied scientific research [11]GS sandhyanair (2013) a study on the effect of quality of work life on organisational citizenship behaviour ndashwith special reference to college teachers is thrissur district keralajournal of basic and applied scientific research vol 2(9) [12] H Mohammadiaamp M A Shahrabib (2013)A study on relationship between quality of work life and job satisfaction an empirical Investigation management science letter2

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 142

[13] Havlovic S J (1991) Quality of Work Life and Human Resource Outcomes Industrial Relations 30(3) 469-479 [14] J GnanayudamampAjanthaDharmasiri (2008)The Influence of Quality of Work-life on Organizational Commitment A Study of the Apparel Industry Sri Lankan Journal of Management 12(3) [15] K M Nalwadeamp S R Nikam(2013) Quality of Work Life in Academic A Review of Literatureinternational journal of scientific researchvolume 2 issue 2 [16] K RNiaamp Maryam Maleki (2013) A study on the relationship between quality of work life and organizational commitment of faculty members at Islamic Azad University International Journal of Research in Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management Vol1No 4 [17] Lau RS M amp Brue E M (1998)A win win paradigm for quality of work life and business performance HumanResource envelopmentQualrterly Vol 9 No3 pp211-226

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 143

IMPACT OF AQUEOUS FRUIT EXTRACT OF HARITAKI (TERMINALIA CHEBULA) ON IMMUNONOLOGICAL

PARAMETERS OF MAMMALIAN MODEL (ALBINO RATS)

Kumari Babli

Department of Zoology Ranchi University

Ranchi India

Tarkeshwar Kumar Department of Zoology

Ranchi University Ranchi India

Manoj Kumar

Department of Zoology St Xavierrsquos College

Ranchi India

MP Sinha

Department of Zoology St Xavierrsquos College

Ranchi India

Abstract The effect of aqueous Terminalia chebula fruit extract on immunological parameters in rat during a seven day oral administration of the low dose of 250mgkg and high dose of 500mgkg body weight was investigated The result showed a significant increase in IgG count and a significant decrease in IgM count at the dose of 250 mgkg and 500 mgkg body weight when compared with control However IgA count showed a significant decrease in case of low dose and non significant at the high dose as compared to control The result of this study suggests that Terminalia chebula fruit extract may have a beneficial effect on immunity dependent disorders Keywords Terminalia chebula Immunology IgG IgM IgA Introduction Ayurvedic science treats different ailments through balancing what they call the three pillars of life vat pitta and kaf- the Tridoshas Herbs are given in different combinations for their ability to inhibit microbial growth at various parts of the body and enhance immune functions Recently there has been an upsurge in the clinical usage of indigenous drugs because of their efficacy and negligible toxic side-effects Moreover the rise in antibiotic resistant strains of bacteria and various side effects caused by synthetic drugs have resulted in scientists searching for herbal immunomodulators for the treatment of infections [1] Herbal concoctions also are said to restore and rejuvenate as they act on the immune system coercing it to positively affect the response of the body towards infection [2] Herbal drugs are also said to enhance the natural resistance of the

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 144

body against several infection [3] and their immunomodulatory roles have been observed in plant based studies[4] T chebula Retz (known as Triphla in India) is a plant species belonging to family Combretaceae and is found abundantly in Madhya Pradesh Gujarat Maharashtra Tamil Nadu Karnataka and Bengal [5] It is also referred to as Chebulic Myrobalan in English Harad or Harra in Hindi and Abhaya in Sanskrit [6-8] Pharmacological use of the fruit extract has been described for a number of diseases [9] T chebula extract has been reported in treatment of diabetes [10-12] jaundice digestion cough pitta oedema asthma constipation [13] as a cardio protectant [14] and as an immunomodulator [15] The biologically active compounds in the extract such as chebulagic acid gallic acid and ellagic acid make T chebula a highly potent antioxidant and that may be responsible for its immunomodulatory roles [161718] Despite its extensive medicinal use no information is available related to its effects on immunological profile Hence the present work investigated the effect of T chebula fruit extract on immunological profile of albino rats Materials and Methods Collection of plant material The fresh fruits of Terminalia chebula were collected from Ranchi district of Jharkhand state of India dried in shade six to seven days and then crushed into coarse powdery substance by using electric grinder The coarse powdery substance was dried again and was then sieved to get fine powder using the fine plastic sieve and stored in an air tight bottle in the laboratory until required [19- 21] Extract preparation 50 g of the sieved powder was subjected to extraction in a Soxhlet apparatus at room temperature using ~350 mL distilled water The extract obtained was filtered concentrated in rotary flash evaporator and maintained at 45ordmC the percentage yield of each extract was calculated [22 23] Animals Male Albino rats (175-200 g) were used in the study They were maintained under standard laboratory conditions at ambient temperature of 25plusmn2degC and 50plusmn15 relative humidity with a 12-h light12-h dark cycle Animals were fed with a commercial pellet diet and water ad libitum The experiments were performed after prior approval by the institutional animal ethics committee of Ranchi University Ranchi Acute Toxicity studies Acute toxicity studies were determined by using fixed dose method according to OECD guidelines Healthy adult mice weighing 175-200g were used 20 albino

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 145

rats of either sex were used to determine the LD50 of the aqueous extract of fruit of Terminalia chebula The animals were randomly [24] divided into two groups of 10 rats each and administered and observed for 90 days as follows Group 1 received 1 ml of distilled water orally Group 2 received 250 mgkg body weight of extract orally Group 3 received 500 mgkg of body weight of extract orally Mortality was not observed up to 500 mgkg of body weight in case of aqueous fruit extract of Terminalia chebula Sample Collection At the end of each experimental period the rats were reweighed starved for 24 hours and sacrificed under chloroform anesthesia 5mL of blood was collected from each animal by cardiac puncture using sterile needle and syringe Part of the blood sample was put into test tubes and allowed to clot for 30 minutes before centrifuging at 800g (Wisperfuge 1384 Samson Holland) for 5 minutes The supernatant was used for the lipid analysis The remaining blood sample was put in an EDTA bottles for hematological determinations Analytical procedure Determination of Biochemical Parameters Biochemical studies involved analysis of Immunoglobulins (IgG IgM IgA) count Estimation of hematological profile The hemoglobin (Hb) level was measured by the cyanmethaemoglobin method The Red blood cell(RBC) and Reticulocyte counts were determined by visual method[25]Packed cell volume (PCV) was measured using microhematocrit method and total white blood cell(WBC) count was estimated by visual method[26]The RBC indices were calculated from the RBC count Hb level and PCV estimations[25 26] Statistical Analysis All results were expressed as mean plusmn standard deviation (mean plusmn SD) Data was analyzed using one-way ANOVA followed by Dennettrsquos- test plt005 was considered as statistically significant Results and Discussion The effect of oral administrations of aqueous extract of terminalia chebula fruit on immunological indices of albino rats is presented in (Table-1 and figure 1-3)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 146

The result showed a significant increase in IgG count and a significant decrease in IgM count in case of both low dose and high dose (group 2 and group 3 respectively) as compared to the control (group 1) However IgA count showed a significant decrease in case of low dose (group2) and non significant at the high dose (group3) as compared to control Table-1 Effect of Administration of aqueous extract of Terminalia chebula extract on immunological profile of Rats (Value are expressed as mean plusmn SD n=6 statistical significance was considered to be a plt001 b plt 0025 c plt010 d plt 00001 relative to control)

PARAMETERS GROUP 1 GROUP 2 GROUP 3 IgG (gml) 2493plusmn0089 8521plusmn0013ad 1086plusmn0019aa

IgM (gmL) 236plusmn0049 203plusmn0016bc 1545plusmn0017bb

IgA (gml) 2703plusmn0096 0565plusmn0018cd 206plusmn0012cd

Figure-1 Effect of fruit extract of terminalia chebula on IgG Value

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

1 2 3

CON

C(g

ml

)

GROUP

aa

ad

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 147

Figure-2 Effect of fruit extract of Terminalia chebula on IgM value

Figure-3 Effect of fruit extract of Terminalia chebula on IgA value An investigation of immunological parameters can be used to determine the extent of beneficial effect of extract on the immune system and also give an explanation regarding the possible immune related function Herbs taken as food or medication can increase the bodyrsquos resistance to illness by acting on various component of the immune system The active components of various medicinal plants regulate the immune system by interacting with various immunocytes and regulating their effector mechanism for instance cytokines and their receptors In an earlier study a possible role of ellagic acid (Tannins) has been reported in immune stimulation [27] Terminalia chebula extract also produced a significant increase in primary antibody IgM titer and secondary antibody IgG titer [28] A plant Echinacea on comparing to brahmi and

0

05

1

15

2

25

3

1 2 3

CON

C(g

mL

)

GROUP

0

05

1

15

2

25

3

1 2 3

CON

C(g

mL

)

GROUP

bb bc

cd

cd

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 148

ashwgandha showed that brahmi diet stimulated more secretion of IgA and IgG in the serum compared to Echinacea or ashwgandha Lectin presence in the diet did not affect the increased production of IgA IgG and IgM in spleen lymphocytes after herbal supplement intake A decline in immune system has been seen to cause multiple myeloma (blood cancer) that develops in the bone marrow In this disease which is characterized by bone pain fatigue loss of appetite increased thirst increased urination restlessness urinary tract infection shortening of breath chest pain neuropathy [29] IgM and IgG mainly protect us from infections inside our body tissues organ and blood IgA is present in blood most of the IgA in the body is in the secretions of mucosal surfaces including tears saliva colostrums genital respiratory and gastrointestinal secretions Selective IgA deficiency is one of the most common primary immunodeficiency diseases It has been found that some patients with IgA deficiency have very low levels of IgG (generally Ig2 and IgG4) Recurrent ear infections sinusitis bronchitisand pneumonia are frequently observed in patients with selective IgA deficiency Another grave problem in this disease is the increased frequency in the occurence of autoimmune diseases Allergies are also commonly observed in IgA deficiency resultion in asthma along with other allergic reactions [30] The result of this study suggests that the T chebula extract studied showed positive immunological activities in rats and can be recommended in improving immunity References

1 Hassan J O Curtiss RVirulent Salmonella typhimurium-induced lymphocyte depletion and immunosuppression in chickens Infect Immun 62 2027mdash2031 (1994)

2 Sehar I Kaul A Bani S Pal HC Saxena AK Immune up-regulatory respose of a non-caloric natural sweetener stevioside Chem Biol Interact 2008173115ndash21 [PubMed 18405890]

3 Atal C K Sharma M L Kaul A Khajuria A Immunomodulating agents of plant origin I Preliminary screening J Ethanopharmacol41 185mdash192 (1986)

4 Dua P R Shankar G Srimal R C Husian A Adaptogenic activity of Indian Panax pseudoginseng Ind J Exp Biol 27631mdash634 (1989)

5 Beusher N Bodinet C Neumann-Haefelin D Marston A Hostettmann K Antiviral activity of African medicinal plants J Ethnopharmacol 199442101ndash9 [PubMed 8072303]

6 Chopra R Nayar SL Chopra IC National Institute of Science Communication 1st ed New DelhiIndia CSIR 1956 Glossary of Indian medicinal plants p 242

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 149

7 Chadha YR Vol 10 New Delhi India CSIR 1976 The Wealth of India Raw Materials p 285

8 New Delhi India Dept of ISM and H 1986 API Govt of India Ministry of Health and Family

9 Das B 1991Materia Medica of Ayurveda New Delhi B Jain Publishers 8

10 Sohni YR PKaimal andRMBhatt 1995 The antiamoebic effect of a crude drug formulation of herbal extracts against Entamoeba histolytica in vitro and in vivo J Ethnopharmacol 45(1)43-52

11 Chattopadhyay RR and SK Bhattacharyya 1999Plant Review Terminalia Jammu Tawi154-9 Sukhdev SH Deepak M Joseph GVR Joseph S and Nagar chebula An update Phcog Rev 20071(1) 151-6

12 Kokate CK APPurohit and Gokhale SB Pharmacognosy 200112th ed Pune India NiraliPrakashan p 216-7

13 Nalamolu K and Srinivas N 2006 Antidiabetic and renoprotective effects of chloroform extracts of t chebula retz seeds in streptozotocin- induced diabetic rats

14 Tasduq SA K Singh NK Satti DK Gupta andKASuri 2006 Terminalia chebula (fruit) prevents liver toxicity caused by sub-chronic administration of rifampicin isoniazid and pyrazinamide in combination Hum Exp Toxicol25111-18

15 Cheesbrough M 2000 District Laboratory Practices in Tropical Countries part 2 Low price edition pp267-334

16 Lee HS Won NH Kim KH Lee H Jun W Lee KW Antioxidant effects of aqueous extract of Terminalia chebula in vivo and in vitro Biol Pharm Bull 2005281639ndash44 [PubMed 16141531]

17 Lee HS Jung SH Yun BS Lee KW Isolation of chebulic acid from Terminalia chebula Retz and its antioxidant effect in isolated rat hepatocytes Arch Toxicol 200781211ndash8 [PubMed 16932919]

18 Tejesvi MV Kini KR Prakash HS Subbiah V Shetty HS Antioxidant antihypertensive and antibacterial properties of endophytic Pestalotiopsis species from medicinal plants Can J Microbiol 200854769ndash80 [PubMed 18772940]

19 Kumar M S Dandapat A Kumar and M P Sinha 2014 Pharmacological screening of leaf extract of Adhatoda vasica for therapeutic efficacy Global Journal of Pharmacology 8(4) 494-500

20 Dandapat S MKumar AKumar and M P Sinha 2013 Therapeutic efficacy and nutritional potentiality of Indian Bay leaf (Cinnamomum tamala Buch Hem) International Journal of Pharmacy 3(4) 779 ndash 785

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 150

21 Kumar M S Dandapat and M P Sinha 2016 Antioxidant activity of Chiraita (Swertia chirayita) and Anar (Punica granatum) European Journal of Pharmaceutical and Medical Research 3(2) 267-269

22 Kumar M SDandapatand M PSinha 2015 Hepatoprotective activity of Adhatodavasicaand Vitexnegundo leaf extracts against carbon tetrachloride induced Hepatotoxicity in Rats Advances in Biological Research 9(4) 242 ndash 246

23 Dandapat S M Kumar andM P Sinha 2014 Effects of Aeglemarmelos (L) leaf extract and green nanoparticles on lipid profile The Ecoscan Spl issue (V) 157 ndash 167

24 Demers LM and C Spencer 2006 The thyroid pathophysiology and thyroid function testing In Burtis CA Ashwood ERBruns DE Editor Tietz text book of clinical chemistry and molecular diagnostics 4th edition New Delhi Elsevierrsquos pp2063-2073

25 Adebayo JO AAAdesokan LAOlatuji DOBuoro and A OSoladoye 2005Effect Of Ethanolic Extract Of Bougainvillea spectabilis Leaves On Haematological And Serum Lipid Variables In Rats Biokemistri17(1)45-50s

26 Rogers Kara Ed 2011 Leukocytosis definition Blood physiology and circulation Chicago Britanica Educational Publishing 198

27 NamKoong S Kim Y-J Kim T amp Sohn E-H (2012) Study on the immunomodulatory effects of ellagic acid and their mechanisms related to Toll-like receptor 4 in macrophages Korean Journal of Plant Resources 25 561ndash567

28 Ishrina R and Shakir A 2016 Dried fruit extract of Terminalia chebula modulates the immune response in miceFood and agricultural immunology27 1-22

29 (Primary immuneorggthomegtabout primary immune deficiencies) 30 Kullu AR Wazid T and Sinha MP 2013 Effect of Pisidum guajava

aqueous extracts on hematological profile and serum lipids variables of Albino rats The Bioscan 8(2)743-746

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 151

MARITAL RAPE MANrsquoS FANTASY AND WOMANrsquoS NIGHTMARE A BRIEF STUDY ABOUT NON-CRIMINALIZED CRIME IN INDIA

Dr Koneru Anuradha

Assistant Professor in Law SVD Siddhartha Law College

Kanuru Vijayawada Krishna DT AP

ldquoHappy marriages begin when we marry the ones we love And They blossom when we love the ones we marryrdquo

- Tom Mullen1 Introduction It is not shocking to say that even in modern era which almost all the world countries saying it as a society with equal treatment of men and women women still under the crux of men in several issues One of the best examples for this is lsquomarital rapersquo which is not addressed by many nations through proper law Unfortunately Indian is also one of the nations among the thirty-six nations that still have not fully criminalized marital rape2 One may have a dought that there is a provision in IPC-1860 about marital rape even though researcher saying this concept was not properly addressed in India Yes here is the point still today according to section 375 of IPC says that ldquoSexual intercourse by a man with his own wife the wife not being under fifteen years of age is not raperdquo In fact the marital age of the girl as per law in India is 18 years and what about forced sex of the husband without the will of wife after 15 years More over in several cases court also held that forced sex or deceitful sexual inter course is a violation of women right to privacy under Article 21 of the Constitution of India But under the noble social institution of marriage the human rights and Constitutional rights of the women has been under oppression In India the marital rape is the most common and repugnant form of masochism This violent activity is a manrsquos fantasy and womanrsquos nightmare This shows clearly the male dominated society even at present and women inability due to social religious and moral norms and more importantly because of physical weakness The forced sexual inter course by husband even without wife consent after 15 years can be called as lsquorapersquo yes absolutely one can but this kind of rape under the mask of marriage was not recognized by Indian law Is it not subsided womenrsquos right to equality and justice And is it not violation of women (human)

1 Tome Mullen Quotes httpwwwwisdomquotescomquotetom-mullen 2 Marital Rape in India 36 countries where marital rape is not a crime India today Mar 12 2016

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 152

basic human as well as fundamental rights like Article 14 15 (3) and 21 of the Indian Constitution So the researcher felt that it is the need of the hour to address all these issues to help women to overcome the social chaos religious crux and fight for justice Meaning and Concept of the Marital Rape Though still ages all over the world including in India this forced sexual intercourse under the shadow of marital relation happening but no where it was defined In ancient societies in some tribal groups force sexual intercourse or sexual intercourse without the consent of women or making her in cable to resist or to oppose with a motive to marry her is also accepted In many incidents in offence against women (sexual or any other) viewed by society equal to offence towards cattle or thing Hence it is offence against owner or guardian like father brother husband son etc Though in modern period forced or deceitful sexual inter course recognized as lsquo an offence of rapersquo under IPC Up to Joshape shine v Union of India (2018) the apex court of Indiarsquos historic judgment the sexual intercourse with permission of husband to his wife prevailed in Indian society and excluded from the preview of adultery In this scenario it is highly difficult to say the exact meaning for the word lsquomarital rapersquo But simply one can saw that marital rape is lsquoa undesired intercourse by a husband with his wife with or without her willing by use of force threat of force or physical assault or when she is not able to give consentrsquo The marital rape was classified by scholars in to three categories based on force inflected by husband They are Battering rape

The majority marital rape cases fall under this category Here the women battered and raped by her husband Though sexual inter course itself is a matter related to mental and physical activity In this form physical violence by husband to satisfy his gratification is presents So one can say it as physical as well as sexual violence

Force-only rape

Here the husband only applies a limited force to coerce or to deter his wife to satisfy his gratification More mental force than physical force one can find here Like stop talking to wife betting or scolding children or wifersquos parents and relatives showing aggressive behavior etc

Compulsive Sadistic Obsessive rape

It is more cruel form In this form the sexual intercourse accompanies to much torture and or perverse activities or sadistic activities In this form the frequent pornography may also one can witness3

3 Gosselin DK Heavy Hands An Introduction to the Crimes of Domestic violence (1st ed 2000)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 153

In fact with the invention of technology the marital rapes became more and more violent and in human Though in several countries through feminist movements demanded to criminalize this act still today this inhuman act prevailing in many societies as no offence Ill-effects of marital rape It is fact that this act of marital rape undisputedly results ill-effects on women This marital rape has physical mental short term and long term effects on women During marital rape it will have serious effect on mental condition of the women like fear tension sleeplessness shock depression suicidal tendencies distrust about relation and on opposite gender loneliness attractions towards illegal relations fear to give birth to female child leads to get divorce or separation of bonding and many more these will have short term prevalence if there is repetitive activities then it will have long term effect also the act of marital rape includes mental effect as well as it includes dangerous physical effects like bone breakings bloody nose lips and several parts black eyes smaller or major wounds on body even at privet parts miscarriages infertility problems stillborn babies bladder infections and even prone to get contraction diseases like HIV etc This act of though confined to wife and husband it will also has impact of children families even on society Many times this may lead to other crimes like confinement of women (wife) in house to protect reputation cruel treatment towards wife children other family members displacement of emotional stress in professions against others in the society murders committing rape against own children against others when partner is not available etc many international surveys conducted by the United nations populations fund in 2000 International Center for research on women survey in the year 2011 Committee on the elimination of discrimination against women in year 2014 reveals that one ndash third of Indian men admitting that they are perpetrating some form of sexual violence against their wives and the husbands donrsquot know the seriousness of this issue More over victims also donrsquot know that it is a kind of violence against their basic human rights and the womenrsquos also saying that it is a common factor in almost all houses Many women are not interested to revel the matter because of fear of reputation In fact marital rape is a serious psychological disorder which needs immediate treatment to the actor and protection to the victim Position of Indian law Even though it is harsh one should admit that the first step regarding reorganization of marital rape as offence done during British period through IPC-1860 under section 375 In fact they made this act only up to certain age It exempted act of marital rape after certain age to women (15 years) This exemption has its roots in England law In 17th century Sir Matthew Hale CJ

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 154

in England held that ldquothe husband cannot be guilty of a rape committed by himself upon his wife for by their mutual matrimonial consent and contract the wife hath given herself in kind unto the husband whom she cannot retractrdquo4 Even today it is prevailing in our society It is shame to share that even after 73 years of freedom in India Indian legal system careless about this silent and secret offence Fortunately by the 42nd report recommendations of the law commission of India in the year 1983 section 376A was added to IPC It says that if the husband had forced sexual intercourse with a judicially separated wife separated under any decree or custom or usage then it will be treated as offence While dealing with marital rape law commission held that marriage is note the license to rape Hence under section 376A a husband can now be indicted find and imprisoned up to 2years of punishment Later through the Protection of women from domestic violence Act 2005 at least this marital rape was considered as civil offence that to it is a de facto but not de jure In fact several countries recognized this act as criminal offence After that by the Criminal law amendment Act 2013 many necessary and substantive changes occurred to lsquoconcept of rapersquo under IPC Cr P C Evidence Act etc but it is failed to criminalize marital rape by retaining an exception to Section 376A of the IPC Even though the former CJ Late JSVerma Committee which was established by Central government to recommend on amendment and enhancing laws against rape and sexual assault recommended along with several recommendations to repeal exception to marital rape because it creating the notions of women being the property of their husbands Though based on this committee recommendation the Criminal law amendment Act took place it neglected the committee recommendation on lsquomarital rapersquo Hence one can say that at present only piece meal legislation is available on marital rape but not a commendable law Judicial contribution It is also fact that Indian judiciary has been playing a sympathetic role towards women issues contributing sensitive role and protecting and promoting women rights In number of cases being custodian of the Constitution the higher judiciary in India well addressed the issues of rape and sexual assault against women In Bodhisattwa Gautam v Subhra Chakraborty5 the apex court of India held that rape is a crime against basic human rights and violation of the victimrsquos fundamental rights namely the right to equality dignity privacy and life In Vishaka amp others v the State of Rajastha6 Court has given wider definition as sexual harassment which conveys any unwanted or uninvited physical touch or 4 Hale History of the Pleas of the Crown p 629 (1778) 5 (1996) 1 SCC 490 6 AIR 1997 SC 3011 at 3014

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 155

conduct or showing of pornography or any definable sexual comments or texts will come under the ambit of sexual harassment This kind of activities directly hampers the right of women to work to life and it also affects their dignity to live It also hinders the mental and physical health of women So it shall be avoided and the equality between the genders shall be established at workplace In Chairman Railway Board and Others v Chandrima Das7 the proactive court gave a very extensive definition of life It that rape is an act which invades the privacy dignity and life of the women more over in this case court also held that the victim in the case should be compensated with 10 lake rupees even though this amount will never take back her honor it may helpful her to live with dignity In the State of Karnataka v Krishnappa8 the apex court of India held that ldquosexual violence apart from being a dehumanizing act is an unlawful intrusion of the right to privacy and sanctity of a female and non-consensual sexual intercourse amounts to physical and sexual violencerdquo In Suchita Srivastava v Chandigarh Administration9 the Supreme Court of India equated the right to make choices related to sexual activity with rights to personal liberty privacy dignity and bodily integrity under the Article 21 of the Constitution of India In Justice KS Puttuswamy (Retd) v Union of India10 Court held that right to privacy as a fundamental right of all citizens and held that the right to privacy includes lsquodecisional privacy reflected by an ability to make intimate decisions primarily consisting of onersquos sexual or procreative nature and decisions in respect of intimate relationsrsquo Like above in many cases the Indian judiciary has recognized the right of equality privacy dignity and life of the women It also said the activities of the rape or sexual harassment is the violation of above rights and to abstain from sexual activity for all women irrespective of their marital status as a fundamental right conferred by Article 14 and 21 etc of the Constitution But unfortunately honorable Indian judiciary also fails to address properly this evil practice of marital rape It is evident in Independent Thought v Union of India11 in this case the apex court had a chance to interpret exception 2 of Section 375 of the IPC Supreme Court Justices Madan B Lokur and Deepak Gupta rationalized that IPC Section 375 exception 2 should be understood as less than eighteen years instated of 15 years Here the court held that distinction between the married girl child and the unmarried girl child is contrary to the spirit of the Constitution of India specifically Article 14 15(3) and Article 21 The court also recognized the importance of a womenrsquos autonomy over own

7 (2000) 2 SCC 465 8 (2000) 4 SCC 75 (India) 9 (2008) 14 SCR 989 (India) 10 (2017) AIR 2017 SC 4161 (India) 11 (2017) 382 SCC (India)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 156

body her right to bodily integrity and her right of privacy Forced sexual intercourse by husband with his child bride would be a violation of the Protection of Human rights Act 1993 and fundamental rights under Article 14 and 21 of the Indian constitution Hence from the above interpretation by apex court one can understand that again court also restricted the marital rape extension up to certain age (18 years) In fact in this modern era court has to interpret this marital rape concept irrespective of rape and in widest scope as like many other developed countries Honorable court failed to understand that sexual intercourse with force with married child and unmarried child is not sufficient in fact forced intercourse with women at any age irrespective of marital status should be understand Rebuttal of arguments against criminalization of marital rape It is known fact that every issue will have pros and cons In case of criminalization of marital rape also there are several arguments against the idea The act of marital rape is impossible to prove because it happened within four walls so one should believe the words of women But it is also true that it may be misused by women to black mail their husbands At present in our society one is able to witness many false cases field by women under 498A domestic violence Sexual harassment at work place etc so innocent husbands may be victims of this criminalization of marital rape It may be one of the preventive in case of the possible reconciliation of husband and wife because husband reputation in society will fall down However a study conducted by the joint women programme an NGO found that one out of seven married women had been raped by their husband at least once It is not reporting by women because there is no family support and more importantly law support It is fact that it is a age old silent unreported crime spreading in society Conclusion According to mythology marriage is a devotional institution It should be based on trust belief caring adjustment affection love etc but not with force coerce violence etc undoubtedly forced intercourse by husband with his own wife is a in human activity and it should be stopped Men and women both should have concern towards others each should respect rights of the other If they failed to respect the rights of the others than the law should take that liability so it is the need of the time to recognize marital rape irrespective of age limit and it should be criminalized As it is proved that this in human activity has long term short term physical and mental ill effect on women as well as on society It should be stopped But simply making of law itself is not sufficient for fruitful results women must rise their voice and the society must come out of several myths like husband has every right over his wife rape by onersquos spouse is inconsequential etc

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 157

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 158

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 159

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 160

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 161

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 162

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 163

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 164

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 165

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 166

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 167

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 168

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 169

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 170

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 171

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 172

Page 5: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019

13 Four Historic Visits of Mahatma to Assam Gautam Sarmah

112

14 Skyscrapers Linked with Impending Financial Crashes Girisha Nayak S and Gaurav Lodha

116

15 Assessment of Knowledge and Practice of Women Regarding Plastic Waste and Prevention of its Usage in Selected Urban Area Tirupathi A Descriptive Study

M Lakshmi Devi and PNeeraja

121

16 A Study on Quality of Work Life of Employees in Banking Sector

Libina Babu and Koshy C J

130

17 Impact of Aqueous Fruit Extract of Haritaki (Terminalia Chebula) on Immunonological Parameters of Mammalian Model (Albino Rats)

Kumari Babli Tarkeshwar Kumar Manoj Kumar and MP Sinha

143

18 Marital Rape Manrsquos Fantasy and Womanrsquos Nightmare A Brief Study About Non-Criminalized Crime In India

Koneru Anuradha

151

19

157

20

164

Dr K VICTOR BABU

MAMAMPhilPhDPDF (DLit) Associate Professor Institute of Education amp Editor-in-Chief International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational Research (IJMER) amp Sucharitha A Journal of Philosophy and Religion Mettu University Metu Ethiopia

ISSN 2277 ndash 7881 Impact Factor 6014 (2019)

Index Copernicus Value 516

Editorialhelliphellip

It is heartening to note that our journal is able to sustain the enthusiasm and covering various facets of knowledge It is our hope that IJMER would continue to live up to its fullest expectations savoring the thoughts of the intellectuals associated with its functioning Our progress is steady and we are in a position now to receive evaluate and publish as many articles as we can The response from the academicians and scholars is excellent and we are proud to acknowledge this stimulating aspect

The writers with their rich research experience in the academic fields are contributing excellently and making IJMER march to progress as envisaged The interdisciplinary topics bring in a spirit of immense participation enabling us to understand the relations in the growing competitive world Our endeavour will be to keep IJMER as a perfect tool in making all its participants to work to unity with their thoughts and action

The Editor thanks one and all for their input towards the growth of the Knowledge Based Society All of us together are making continues efforts to make our predictions true in making IJMER a Journal of Repute

DrKVictor Babu

Editor-in-Chief

SOCIAL SCIENCES HUMANITIES COMMERCE amp MANAGEMENT ENGINEERING amp TECHNOLOGY MEDICINE SCIENCES ART amp DEVELOPMENT STUDIES LAW

wwwijmerin

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 1

RELIGIOUS TEACHING METHODS AND DIVERSITY PRACTICES BASED ON FIVE PILLARS PHENOMENOLOGICAL HERMENEUTIC

PAUL RICOUR STUDIES OF SAI CULTURE STUDY GROUP DENPASAR (SSG) BALI PROVINCE

Made Redana E-mail redanaihdnacid WA 08193108031965 Phone Number 081999824999

Abstract

The presence of Sai Study Group (SSG) gives a new color to multicultural education based on Five Pillars concept (Satya Dharma Prema Santih Ahimsa) as seen in the Sarwa Dharma symbol promoted by SSG by showing the existence of various symbols of the worlds major religions which is incorporated into a circle of lotus flowers the existence of these symbols can be explored interpreted and explored their meaning according to Paul Ricoeurs thinking paradigm to find profound religious spiritual and social meanings especially the true objective meaning in order to obtain an essential truth

This study aims to (1) identify the application of religious teaching

methodology in the culture of learning among Denpasar study group devotees (2) find principles or abstractions that can explain how the five ideological values of the five pillars are the core values in the practice of diversity Denpasar Group (SSG) and (3) interpret the meaning of the five pillar concepts according to Hermeneutics Paul Ricourand are implemented in actions and interactions among SSG Denpasar devotees and all religious people The method used is a qualitative research method that places researchers as playing instruments to help analyze the problem of ideographic research

Descriptive explorative research results show that in an effort to transfer

knowledge and transfer of community values SSG Denpasar transforms the teachings of Bhagawad Sri Sathya Sai Baba with multi methods namely Dharma Tula (Study Circle) Dharmawacana Dharma Ashrama (Balvikas PNK) Dharma Gita (Gita group Pesantian) DharmaSadhana (Youth camp Balvikas Camp Sadhana Camp) Dharma Kriya (Seva Mutual Cooperation Blood Donor Gramma Seva) Dharma Shanti for devotees Study Circle in practice is a form of discussion in which participants (devotees) sit in a circular manner in a topic set by the SSG management referring to the teachings of Sri Sathya Sai Baba

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 2

The five pillars (Satya Dharma Prema Santhi and Ahimsa) cannot be separated from elements of human behavior and dharma as a form of manifestation of these five elements in the blast of society This means that humans must always be able to show behavior that is in harmony with the values of the five pillars

Key words Methods of Religious Teaching Five Pillars Hermeneutics Paul Ricour INTRODUCTION

Now days in the lives of Balinese people spiritual cultural approaches are believed to be still held firmly and implemented adaptively and flexibly in developing the paradigm and operationalization of life practices in various dimensions such as development and improvement of appreciation for diversity through tolerance in religious life environmental management development of social life artistic life development of religious education programs and others based on spiritual culture Regarding appreciation for diversity empirical evidence shows that Hindus since ancient times valued diversity as a dynamic in interacting with other people Although textually normative religious concepts are related to appreciation of differences and the non-violent teachings of religions empirically and applicatively there seems to be a gap between theory and practice as shown by the existence of conflicts and cases of violence based on SARA and the difference in the perspective of a religious adherent to another religion Empirical evidence about cases of religious based violence is found in Indonesia and in various parts of the world The emergence of various forms of SARA-based violence is allegedly influenced by the presence of modern views that confront religion with what Hidayat and Nafis (2003 13) refer to as epistemological crises in religion this crisis rooted in what is called Religions Way of Knowing (RWK) Sociologists see the symptoms of the modern human crisis as a regression (regress) which is characterized by damage in the fabric of the structure of human behavior in peoples lives which first takes place on a personal level (individual) related to motives perceptions and responses (responses) including status and role conflicts Second with regard to religious norms which are related to the destruction of rules that must be a standard of behavior life which Durkheim calls life without normlessness

According to Levinson three distinct groups present different conceptions of multicultural education These groups are political and educational philosophers educational theorists and educational practitioners In the minds of the members of these groups multicultural education has different and sometimes conflicting aims within schools Philosophers see multicultural education as a method of response to minorities within a society who advocate

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 3

for their own groups rights or who advocate for special considerations for members of that group as a means for developing a childs sense of autonomy and as a function of the civic good Educational theorists differ from philosophers in that theorists seek to restructure schools and curriculum to enact social justice and real equality (Levinson 2010 p 433) According to Banks (2013) a major goal of multicultural education is to change teaching and learning approaches so that students of both genders and from diverse cultural ethnic and language groups will have equal opportunities to learn in educational institutions

At the cultural level the crisis is related to a shift in values and knowledge of society which is called the cultural language phenomenon That material values and knowledge grow rapidly far beyond the things that are spiritual so that people lose their balance Unfortunately the crisis also affected the world of education including religious education which was characterized by the dominance and hegemony of the practice of national education which tended to ignore the values of religious humanism because it was dominated by capitalist market ideologies that tended to be materialistic (Sukadi 2007 4) based on sacred moral values more and more time tends to show symptoms of secularization (Piliang as quoted by Widja 2007 74-87) here the world of education like the world of secular countries tends to separate between the interests of religious ideology and the ideology of science Whereas in the reality of Indonesian society in general and Balinese society in particular such ways of thinking and values conflict with the values of religious society (Azra in Maliki 2004) But in curriculum schools where the education process focuses on teaching eclectic bodies of knowledge and skills teachers need to use multicultural education to promote such highly valued outcomes as human development education equality academic excellence and democratic citizenship (see Banks amp Banks 2001 Nieto 2000)These attitudes distort multicultural education and make it susceptible to sporadic and superficial implementation if any Textbooks provide a compelling illustration of such an attitude The little multicultural content that they offer is often presented in sidebars and special events sections (Loewen 1995) This practice of education is suspected to detail the Indonesian generation towards materialism hedonism consumerism instincts glamorism and the like In addition as a result of religious learning and learning activities become dry from the touch of spiritual cultural values and highlight the increase in intellectual intelligence that tends to be rationalistic-materialistic (Sumantri 2001 85 Sukadi 2006 4) Furthermore Amin Abdullah in Abdul (2007 73) said that In the context of the epistemology of learning culture at the Sai Study Group Denpasar this study attempts to examine the application of religious teaching methodologies that lead to the formation of strong

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 4

characters and religious dimensions through intense interpretation of Spiritual Teacher discourses Intense interpretation of religious symbols and their active implementation in actions and interactions in community religious life is an imperative to create ideal conditions according to the expectations of the teachings of Hinduism The specific problem in this study which is also a strategic issue focused on the study of religious teaching methodologies applied in Panca-based religious practices and their implementation in action and interaction among the Sai Study Group (SSG) in Denpasar Religious harmony that is constructed through the exploration of religious values with their spiritual culture taught in religious learning groups at SSG Denpasar Efforts to construct religious harmony with a frame of religiosity humanism perennialism that is appreciative of diversity The existence of SSG Denpasar through its multicultural education encourages people to increase

DISCUSSIONamp RESULT Deep understanding of Sais identity must be recognized by various Sai

staff members followed by all Sri Satya Narayana adherents or devotees known as Sai Baba There are several important elements that need to be considered namely (1) The nature identity of Sai (nature) as a source of Sais identity (2) Vision Sai (Sai Vision) as a basis and purpose which is nothing but natural or teak din itself (3) Sais mission (Mision) aimed at realizing realizing Sais Vision (4) Sai Culture (culture which is implied in Sais mission (5) Sai personality and personality formed and principles The sovereignty that has been cultivated is reflected in ones views and attitudes (6) the differentiation or uniqueness of Sai (differentiations) as the most basic distinguishing element and Sai and (7) the position of Sai (positioning) important principles taught by Sri Satya Narayana (Sai Baba) who is at the same time an orientation in carrying out actions and interactions in community life and religion are There is only One Religion based on Love There is only one language - Heart language There is only one humanity caste There is only one God - He is everywhere and in the heart of every creature (SSGI 2010 31)

The statement in the form of the motto must be used as a reference in interacting with human in various dynamics of life in the context of building harmony both horizontally and vertically To strengthen the realization of the dynamics of life based on the values of sincerity compassion and mutual respect in religious and community life he built the concept of Five Pillars (Satya Dharma Prema Shantih and Ahimsa) as the main buffer in interacting in life human being in society The Satya Sai organization is based on five things as a fundamental and fundamental orientation for all Sai organizations and behavioral guidelines for their followers The principle of Sais organization consists of 1 Vedas - Sanathaa Dharma (Eternal Truth) as described by Sad Guru Bhagawan Sri Sathya Sai Baba 2 Panca Pillars of Sathya Sai

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 5

Humanitarian Values as follows 1) Sathya Truth 2) Dharma Virtue 3) Prema lsquoLove 4) Shanti aianPeace rsquo 5) Ahimsa No Violence 3 Nine Code of Conduct as follows 1) Meditating and praying or praying every day 2) Singing hymns (bhajans) and praying or praying with all family members once a week 3) Participate in educational programs for children organized by the organization 4) Following the hymns (bhajans) and prayers conducted at the organizations activity centers at least once a month 5) Participate in community service activities and other programs carried out by the organization 6) Regularly study Sag discourses of Guru Bhagawan Sri Sathya Sai Babas teacher 7) Talk softly to anyone 8) Do not talk about the ugliness of others both when the person is present especially when the person is not there 9) Running a life of limiting desire and using savings from the results of controlling that desire for humanitarian services 4 Ten Life Principles as follows 1) Regarding and upholding the homeland the place of birth as something sacred by cultivating a heroic attitude towards the nation and the nation and never having a bad dream in the mind or even in a dream to do something that can make the country miserable as soon as birth 2) Respecting all religions 3) Establishing brotherly relations between same people 4) Cleaning the house and the surrounding environment to improve harmony and health together this is actually useful and helps himself 5) Carrying out generosity encouraging but not supporting the spirit of dissemination by giving money but by providing food clothing or shelter or helping with other means that do not make him lazy 6) It is not giving or accepting bribes in solving all problems 7) It is not jealous and jealous of others by developing insights and views and treating all people equally equally without distinguishing castes nations religions groups and beliefs 8) Carry out all your own needs yourself as well as go personally in doing community service and service activities by not controlling other people or helpers for a rich person 9) Developing and cultivating devotion to God fear of sinning avoiding disgraceful deeds 10) Following and not violating all the express and implied laws of the State Law and being good telada citizens (SSGI 2003 21-23) The organization of the Sri Sathya Sai Bali Foundation only oversees Prema Sai K Kindergarten

Generally Sai Study Group activity classification based on age groups namely 1) Age Group 4-12 years is called Balvikas 2) Age Group 13-35 years old is called Youthvikas 3) Age Groups 35 years and above are called Wredhavikas (or groups that have entered the gates of Grhasta or family)

Each age group has its own teacher based on their talents and abilities including the license they have to teach National-scale education must be taught by PNK Teams who have licenses from Jakarta or Education centers such as India Thailand Philippines Zambia and Malasia Indonesia includes

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 6

Zone III (Asian region) which is incorporated with the above mentioned countries

The education of Sathya Sai or the Human Values Education at the Sai Study Group is more appropriate to be called semi-ashram The reason is Sai Study Group is in the form of a permanent place as the center of all activities in a particular area to reflect the work program of the three wings namely Spiritual Seva (Service) and Education according to the author of the three wings are sourced from the teachings of CaturMarga Yoga which can be implemented on three wings namely 1) Bhakti Marga Yoga is represented in Bhajan activities (hymns Sankirtan singing sacred songs (Sai Gopi group) mewirama (Sai Gurnita group) meditation (Sathya Sai Meditation) Yoga and Tirtayathra 2) Karma Marga Yoga is represented in Seva activities (services) such as Medical Camp Giving Sembako Visiting while providing assistance to nursing homes orphanages free clinics and providing scholarships to underprivileged children 3) JnanaMarga Yoga is represented in the activities of Human Values Education where Youthvikas children come to the villages to provide free Human Values Education for Raja Marga Yoga it is not applied because the level of King Marga Yoga is the final point of a spiritual seeker to the level of moksha

Raja Marga Yoga is the end point of human life However if one has been able to carry out the three wings mentioned above it is not impossible for them to be able to penetrate to this final level Spiritual education is very consistent with the fulfilment of self-realizing (spiritual awareness) balance of the soul not fed with a variety of worlds of materialism which he considers only virtual form Sathyam Brahman Jagan Mithyam (that truth is only brahman while the world is virtual) According to the SSGD Administrators in the discussion held before Bhajan on Thursday September 6 2018 in Tegeh Kori Denpasar it was explained that the various methods used in the SSG community group in transforming the teachings of Bhagawan Sri Sathya Sai Baba include Dharma Tula (study circle) Dharmawacana Dharma ashrama (balvikas PNK) Dharma Gita (group gita pesantian) Dharma Sadhana (Youth camp Balvikascamp Sadhana Camp) Dharma kriya (seva mutual cooperation blood donor gramma seva ) Dharma Shanti (celebrating every year for devotees)

The word value from the translation of the word value is then translated into Indonesian into values derived from Latin valere or Ancient French valoir (Encyclopedia of Real Estate Terms 2020) The denotative meaning valere valence value or value can be interpreted as price However when the word has been associated with an object or perceived from a certain point of view the price contained in it has various interpretations There are prices according to economics psychology sociology anthropology politics and religion The

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 7

difference in interpretation of the price of a birth value is not only due to differences in human interest in material things or scientific studies but more than that the price of a value needs to be articulated to realize and utilize the meanings of life (Rohmat 2008 7) Another opinion from AloLiliweri states that value is a belief based on a code of ethics in society Values show right good and bad and also show how we should live now and in the future as well as how life experiences in the past

The dimension of value is a unit of interrelation of several values that exist in a continuum of interests Value is something abstract about the goals that we build through language symbols and verbal and non-verbal (Liliweri 2002 108) Psychologist Gordon Allport defines value as occurring in a psychological area called belief Therefore he considered that Value is a belief that makes a person act on the basis of his choice Confidence is placed in the psychological area that is higher than other areas such as desires motives attitudes desires and needs Because the decision is right wrong good and bad beautiful is not beautiful in this region is the result of a series of psychological processes that then direct the individual to actions and actions that are in accordance with the value of his choice

Value is a normative benchmark that influences humans in making choices among alternative ways of action (Kupperman 1983) Therefore one of the most important parts in the process of value judgment is the involvement of normative values that apply in society Rohmat believes that the value is always related to education (2004 117) Value is not possessed by an object in itself This situation cangive rise to different values from various subjects in appreciating the same object The purpose of education itself is to shape human character to be perfect (the aim of education is character) Human consciousness must be increased at the highest level (Jumsai 2000 86-87)

Etymologically reviewed the Sai Study Group is a study group that examines the vedas which are based on teachings discourse by their spiritual teacher Bhagawan Sri Sathya Sai Baba Furthermore the Sai Study Group is shortened to SSG All SSGs in the territory of Indonesia are covered by the Central Sai Study Group Indonesia (SSG) based in Jakarta One branch of the Sai Study Group in Bali is better known as the Sai Study Group Denpasar or SSG Denpasar because it is within the Denpasar city area referring to the teachings of ancient highways originating from Vedas Literature and Upanishads carrying four sacred missions namely 1 Veda Poshanais upholding the holy teachings of the Vedas 2 VidvatPoshana is nurturing scholars who study Vedas 3 The Rakshaka Dharma is protecting the truth of the Vedas 4 Bhakta Rakshaka is protecting people who are devoted to God The Sai Study Group organization especially in Bali has developed and has a branch or wing of 32 Sai Study Groups (SSG) covering eight regencies

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 8

throughout Bali plus branches that are in the village area and officially received PHDI Center since January 1994 with letter No 26 Perny I PHDIP 1994 dated January 14 1994 Each has a branch or branch in the Rural area The teachings developed by the Sai Study Group refer to the five pillars described in this paper namely Truth (Sathya) Virtue (Dharma) Peace (Shanti) Compassion (Prema) and Non-Violence (Ahimsa) According to Kasturi (1987 150) the Sai Study Group has three wings or three fields in developing Sai Babas teachings namely 1 Spirituality (Spiritual) 2 Field of Service (Seva) 3 Field of Education (Human Values) In this study the basis of this research is in the third program namely the field of education which incorporates values in teaching education to its devotees According to the teachings of Sri Sathya Sai Baba states that education without character is futile So the end of education is forming

The three wings of the organization in conducting activities consist of 1) Wings first wings move in the Spiritual field namely Bhajans (holy songs mewirama meditation yoga tirtayathra) 2) Wings second wings are engaged in Seva (services) such as Medical Camp Basic food donations to the poor free Polyclinics Visiting Orphanages and Nursing Homes giving scholarships to the poor and so on 3) Wings third wing is engaged in the field of Education namely Debriefing of Human Values Education (PNK) to Balvikas teachers kindergarten teachers satsang (discussion) Workshop Seminar founded the Sathya Sai Kindergarten school In the opinion of the author the three wings are sourced from the teachings of CaturMarga Yoga which can be implemented on three wings namely 1) Bhakti Marga Yoga is represented in Bhajan activities (hymns Sankirtan singing sacred songs (Sai Gopi group) mewirama (Sai Gurnita group) meditation (Sathya Sai Meditation) Yoga and Tirtayathra 2) Karma Marga Yoga is represented in Seva activities (services) such as Medical Camp Giving Sembako Visiting while providing assistance to nursing homes orphanages free clinics and providing scholarships to underprivileged children 3) JnanaMarga Yoga is represented in the activities of Human Values Education where Youthvikas children come to the villages to provide free Human Values Education

Basic Ideological Values of the Five Pillars Become the SSG Religious Foundation Denpasar Five Pillars (truth virtue affection peace nonviolence) someone who lives on the path Sai will present as a wise and loving person where his discourse always conveys the truth his actions always enlighten virtue his feelings are always filled with peace and his views always implies a nonviolent attitude Efforts to understand basic uniqueness can then distinguish between Sai organizations and other similar social organizations Every view attitude or activity carried out is always seen as an effort to realize and develop self-spirituality through SAI = See Always Inside unity - purity - divinity

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 9

(Always seen as an effort to build and develop Unity - Purity - Godhead) With regard to the basic values of character Sais organization provides policy recommendations such as (1) Sais Bhakta should be aware of his own character identity and make Sais Vision the basis and purpose of his spiritual journey Embodied in the perspective of nature attitude behavior and seen from how he interpreted and responded to every situation (2) Sais devotion is obliged to carry out the Inisi Sai and build Sais personality and culture with love and service Not only intended for those who are deities in semanusiar but also for all people and all beings in the universe (3) All components of Sais organization should be able to position Sais organization as a vehicle for developing self-spirituality by promoting the principles of spirituality in life (4) Sai Bhakta should realize the implicit meaning of the symbol of Sai that emphasizes the principles of values (values) and the principle of universality and (5) Sai Bhakta must understand the depth of Sais teachings both through the existing literature through the activities of Study Circle Sathya dharma discourse and through other spiritual practices Sadhana (both proclaimed by the organization and in the daily lives of devotees) and try to make life appropriate with the mandate of Sad Teacher (Your life is My Messages)

The position of Sai devotees before the teacher sad All Sai devotees have the same position before Sad Guru Bhagavan Sri Sathya Sai Baba This relationship is personal direct without intermediaries Sai iniracles (Sais miracle) It must be realized that Sais most valuable miracle is the transformation of love within oneself Even if Bhagavan often shows miracles in the form of creating material things for someone it is only personal and is seen as a business card or as a reminder of him Sai Bhakta is expected not to stop there Sais Bhakta should not be bound to what given then forget who gave it (Sai VidyaPrashanti 2013 326-328) The concept of PancaPilar which consists of satya (truth) dharma (virtue) shanti (peace) prema (love) and ahimsa (without violence) is required by sad teacher to be the basic capital that must be a reference and guide for all devotees in doing actions and interactions in peoples lives

Methods of spiritual culture-based religious learning that can be used to develop the ability to understand (Jnatum) See (Drashtum) and Diaini (Paveshtum) depth and echo of conscience which are connected with the reality of life and life Contemplation and internalization (contemplation tracing and strengthening) is like the first spiritual kitchen that cultivates the connection between reality and the principles of Sais teachings with the reality of life that must be lived The end and this stage will present a deeper insight awareness and belief (SSGI 2010 144)

Transformation ultimately leads someone always in Gods consciousness Gods consciousness (divinity) can only be achieved with purity

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 10

and the purity of the heart born and the unity of view and action (unity) To build purity through unity of view and action resources and techniques for supporting transformation are needed The sources techniques and means of supporting Sai transformation are related to (1) devotional service (devotion) (2) duty (3) (3) discipline (discipline) (4) discrimination ability and (5) determination (determination) (SSGI 2010 40) (1) Bhakti (Devotion)

Until now devotional service still keeps a number of hearts in the heart Words cannot even describe how a person feels when he is filled with devotion The secret behind the bond between the creator and the one created is truly inaccessible with rationality (2) Duties and obligations (Duty) everything in the universe is governed by a law called duties and obligations or often referred to as Dharma (3) Discipline (Discipline) Discipline is very much needed in the process of transformation As explained in the dharma description that there is no one in the universe that moves on its own all are governed by their own rules which are called dharma or duties and obligations (4) Ability to distinguish (Discrimination) basically each person is given the ability to distinguish between good and bad and which are allowed or not to be done

The ability to distinguish is called intellect or Viveka Intellect or viveka is higher in level and in the mind whose work is only to gather knowledge build passion emotion ego and love (5) Determination (Determination) Transformation cannot be possible without determination A person will be able to have determination if he is aware and believes that these changes can provide better and earlier benefits lsquoDetermination is needed so that the spirit of transformation is maintained The technique means of Sai transformation consists of prayer bhajan service sathsang always strives in the consciousness of God PancaPilar As the Foundation for the Development of Integrity and Adaptation Integration and adaptation is the stage to build connectivity and space for adjustments between views awareness or beliefs that have been built up with action plans This is the most central stage in the transformation process Views awareness and beliefs will have no meaning if It is not integrated in life Awareness that has remained in the area of view should be integrated linked and adjusted with action plans so as to bring awareness of actions or often referred to as karma yoga Karma is action and yoga is calm The Meaning of Five Pillars through the Implementation of the Teachings of Karma and Dharma Bhakti The five pillars (Satya Dharma Prema Santi and Ahimsa) cannot be separated from elements of human behavior and dharma as a form of manifestation of these five elements in social life

This means that humans must always be able to show behavior that is in harmony with the values of pillars because every action taken will have consequences that are accepted according to the quality of the actions

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 11

performed Honor the Atma in each individual because Atma is God who resides in every being Your job is to help do service or Dharmabakti Do your heart with all your heart please help with love that is genuine and blameless CONCLUSION In an effort to transfer the knowledge and transfer of values to the SSG Denpasar community transforming the teachings of Bhagawad Sri Santhya Sai Baba with multi methods namely Dharma Tula (study circle) Dharmawacana Dharma Ashrama (balvikas PNK) Dharma Gita (Group Gita Pesantian ) DharmaSadhana (Youth camp Balvikas Camp Sadhana Camp) Dharma Kriya (Seva Mutual Cooperation Blood Donor Gramma Seva) Dharma Shanti (celebrating every year for devotees) Study Circle in practice is in the form of discussion where all participants (devotees) sit in a circular manner in a trending topic chosen by the SSG management referring to the teachings of Sri Sathya Sai Baba FivePilars (Truth Virtue Compassion Peace Non-violence) is considered as basic values as well as ideology that is used as a reference or goal to be achieved in guiding and guiding his devotees in improving self-quality identification of identity and effort to realize and develop self-spirituality The five pillars (Satya Dharma Prema Santi and Ahimsa) cannot be separated from elements of human behavior and dharma as a form of manifestation of these five elements in the blast of society This means that humans must always be able to show behavior that is in harmony with the values of the five pillars References 1 Banks James An Introduction to Multicultural Education 4th edition

2008 Pearson AllynBacon ISBN 9780205518852 2 Levinson M (2009)Mapping Multicultural Education in Harvey Seigel

ed The Oxford Handbook of Philosophy of Education (Oxford University Press)

3 Loewen J W (1995) Lies my teacher told me Everything your American history textbook got wrong New York New Press

4 Nieto S (2000) Affirming diversity The sociopolitical context of multicultural education (3rd ed) New York Longman

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 12

IDENTITY POLITICSA MASTER STROKE OF POLARIZATION

P M N Shankar Department of Political Science Sharavathi First Grade College

konandur-postThirthahalli-Taluk SHIMOGA-Dist

The past few months have seen several social groups protesting sometimes violently to either protect or extend special privileges to their members This resurgence of identify politics sits uncomfortably with a liberal constitutional order that is built on the rights of the individual The congress government in Karnataka agreed to give minority status to the Lingayat and Veerashaiva communities in March 2018 Dalit groups have taken to the streets to protest against a recent Supreme Court order to fortify The Schedule Castes and the Scheduled Tribes (Prevention of Atrocities) Act 1989 against misuse Earlier there have been demands for special privileges from relatively affluent communities such as the Jats in Haryana the Patidars in Gujurat and the Marathas in Maharashtra The two main national parties have at different times played caste and communal politics to further their electoral agendas Many regional parties too have played identity politics with equal if not grater panache Indian electoral politics essentially does not allow any major political party to take a stand against the grant of special privileges to a community with a substantial number of votes

Identity Politics

Caste

Religio

LanguagGender

Ethnicit

Urban Rural

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 13

The Power of Politics In the ldquoFirst past the postrdquo system of electing representatives the power of democratic mobilization gives communities a veto over the rights of the individual In an Indian election a political party has to cultivate a small number of communities which can deliver block votes And when the swing of a few percentage of votes can change the electoral verdict even being able to wean off a faction of a community away from the rival party may work wonders Why the Resurgence What is at stake is the number of benefits enjoyed on wearing the minority badge A number of central and state government schemes are meant exclusively for the minorities The educational institutes run by minorities enjoy much greater autonomy These perverse incentives in the name of secularism ndash which in really actually distort Indian secularism ndash have given rise to numerous such demands by communities to gain minority status Ethnic fragmentation of the kind India has allowed full play to identity politics This fragmentation also makes it difficult for communities across fault line to come together to mobilize on economic issues The middle class which is often expected to agitate for better economic policies in place of community based hand-outs has responded by exiting government delivered services in favour of private service providers If one community is being given undue favour by a ruling party other communities can unite to overthrow it in the next election With an upper cap on quotas introducing new communities into these privileges angers the original backward communities get minority status it will mean less funds for each minority group The political scientist Devesh Kapur has blamed this phenomenon of different groups demanding a greater share of public resources for Indiarsquos traditionally high fiscal deficits low public investment and stunted economic growth rates Low economic growth rates mean that even the favoured communities donrsquot end up faring much better

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 14

Role of Judiciary In such a scenario it is no surprise that the order on the SCST Act has come from a non-elected institution the Supreme Court The judiciary often leans towards activism but it still remains the one institution that can be expected to stand for the rights of the individual when they are in conflict with privileges of a community It is almost futile to hope that a political party will come to the rescue of an individual at the receiving end of the draconian provisions of the atrocities law The Supreme Court ndash an important institution to uphold republican values and protect them from democratic excesses ndash has stepped in to put a cap on the quotas granted to communities As more communities demand special privileges the government may end up committing greater fund for the welfare of select communities at the expense of development projects and public goods meant for all This has in fact been happening in India The bottom lines is that Indian democracy will be much more prosperous if the Indian republic ndash or each individual is empowered References 1 A Prasad (1997) Summary of issues Judgement and directions in Indra

Sawhney V Union of Indiarsquo in A Prasad Reservation Justice to other Backward Classes p308

2 Ashutosh Varsheney (1993) ldquoContested Meanings Indiarsquos National Identity Hindu Nationalism and the policies of Anxietyrdquo pp 113-16

3 C Jaffrelot (2003)Indiarsquos Silent Revolution ndash The rise of the lower caste in North Indian Politics pp 156-59

4 Constituent Assembly Debates (1989) Vol I Loka Sabha Secretariat P59 (Nehrursquos inaugural speech before the constituent Assembly on 13 December 1946)

5 James Manor (1977) Political Change in an Indian State Mysore 1917-1955 p60 O Chinnappa Reddy (1990) Report of Karnataka Third Backward Classes commission Vol 1 PP 11-12

6 P Radhakrishnan lsquoBackward Classes in Tamil Nadu 1872 ndash 1988 pp 509-517

7 Report of the backward classes commission First Part P 21 8 Ronald Ingleharr and Christine Welzel (2005) Modernization Cultural

Change and Democracy P21 also Pippa Norrs and Ronald Inglehart (2004) Scared and Secular Religion and Politics World P33

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 15

9 Samuel Huntington (1983) American Poltics The Promise of Disharmony pp 96-98

10 Yogendra Yadv and VB Singh (1996) Survey of Center for the Study of Developing Societies (CSDS) India Today August 15 1996 p32-35

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 16

MULTIPLE REGRESSION ANALYSIS OF VALUE DRIVERS OF EARNINGS PER SHARE (EPS) AN ANALYTICAL STUDY OF

THE WIPRO LTD

Sangamesh Hugar PhD Research Scholar

Dept of Studies in Commerce Karnatak University

Dharwad

Dr A S Shiralashetti Professor and Dean

Dept of Studies in Commerce Acting Vice - Chancellor

Karnatak University Dharwad

Abstract The Earnings Per Share (EPS) is a key factor which affects the

shareholder value It is an indicator of net addition to the shareholdersrsquo wealth EPS is influenced by several variables like operating leverage financial leverage tax effect ratio etc In view of this multi-variable nature of the EPS in the present study an attempt is made to explore the value drivers of the EPS to examine their individual contribution rates (ie beta coefficients or EPS drivers) based on operating and financial data collected from Annual Reports of the Wipro Ltd for period from 2008-09 to 2017-18 by applying Simple Linear Regression Analysis and MVAR Technique

Keywords Earnings Per Share (EPS) Earnings Before Interest and Tax (EBIT) Earnings Before Tax (EBT) Earnings After Tax (EAT) Operating Leverage Financial Leverage Tax Effect Ratio (TER) Introduction

Business enterprises are not the charitable entities Basic purpose of their existence (raison drsquoecirctre) is to earn or add a fair return to the shareholders after meeting out all external obligations so that the existing shareholders are motivated to park their funds in the same company This whole exercise of earning reasonable return on shareholdersrsquo wealth depends fundamentally upon

i how a company can increase sales (revenue management or marketing decisions)

ii how a company can effectively manage the operating cost (both variable operating cost and fixed operating cost ndash cost management decisions)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 17

iii what kinds of investment is required (investment in additional fixed assets or investment in net working capital) and

iv what pattern of financing (equity or debt or both) In nutshell it is said that shareholder value creating capacity of

company is the ultimate effect of actions reactions and interactions of operating investment and financial decisions or strategies NEED FOR THE STUDY Shareholder Value Creation has become a buzz word in recent years There is direct nexus between the shareholder value and the EPS But the EPS itself is governed by the several variables (called value drivers in the current financial literature) like Net sales direct cost of goods sold fixed operating cost Interest on debt Tax Effect Ratio ability of the company to magnify the effect of change in sales on EBIT (ie Operating Leverage) and the effect of change in EBIT on EPS (ie Financial Leverage) The very existence of the company and its contribution to the socio-economic development of the economy depends upon its value creation process Regular review of their modus operandi will enable them to examine the current financial status and to explore the key value drivers which are affecting the EPS Hence a need was felt to assess the impact of different value drivers on EPS REVIEW OF LITERATURE

In the empirical studies done so far the researchers have concentrated on the determinants of equity market prices To mention a few

i Collins (1957) studied on the determinants of market pries of equity shares of American Bank and concluded that the book value (BVs) and the dividend per share (DPS) were the major determinants of market prices

ii Stern Stewart (1990) based on the data of 618 US Companies concluded that the EVA rather MVA is the major determinant of performance evaluation

iii Pradhan (2003) based on the analysis of financial statements of companies listed on Nepal Stock Exchange Ltd concluded that the DPS was the prime determinant of shares

iv Khan (2009) also based on data collected from the companies listed on Dhaka Stock Exchange concluded that the DPS was the main determinant of equity prices

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 18

v Nirmala Sanju and Ramachandran (2011) based on the data collected from Indian Companies concluded that the DPS and the PE ratio were the significant determinants of share price

vi Nisa and Nishat (2012) found that ROI Growth Factor and Stock Valuation factor had positive impact on the share price and that risk and volatility had negative impact on the share prices of Sensex and Nifty

vii Malhotra and Tandon (2013) applied regression model for examining the factors affecting the stock prices of 100 companies listed on the NSE and found that the variables like Book Value EPS and PE ratio had positive relationship with the market prices of shares Whereas the dividends yield had the negative relationship with the market price

viii Madhu Malik (2004) examined the relationship between shareholder wealth and financial variables like EPS RONW and ROCE and found that there was high positive correlation between EVA and ROCE and low positive correlation between EVA and EPS

STATEMENT OF THE RESEARCH PROBLEM In corporate financial literature the firmrsquos ability to increase the size of shareholder wealth year-by-year is fundamentally determined by the Leverage effect and Tax Effect Ratio (TER) Leverage Effect is of three types viz operating leverage effect financial leverage effect and joint effect If each effect is favorable the firm enjoys magnifying power and its shareholdersrsquo wealth is increased whereas if each effect is unfavorable the firm does not enjoy the magnifying power and the shareholdersrsquo wealth is destroyed The magnifying power associated with operating leverage is governed by the quality of operating decisions relating to sales management cost management and the magnifying power associated with financial leverage is governed by the quality of capital structure decisions The favorable joint effect of those two effects on EPS will not be diluted only when the Tax Effect Ratio is either equal to one or very near to one and the quality of this TER depends upon sound corporate tax planning and management decisions Against this background an attempt is made in the present paper to explore the value drivers of EPS and their contributing capacity individually and collectively in the process of shareholder value creation process based on the operating and financial data collected from the Annual Reports of the WIPRO Ltd for the period from 2008-09 to 2017-18 Hence the title of the study

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 19

ldquoMULTIPLE REGRESSION ANALYSIS OF VALUE DRIVERS OF EARNINGS PER SHARE (EPS) AN ANALYTICAL STUDY OF THE WIPRO LTDrdquo OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY 1) To identify the main value drivers of the EPS of WIPRO Ltd 2) To test the significance of the explanatory power of value drivers collectively

and individually for assessing the variation in EPS 3) To examine the goodness of fit of the Regression Model used in the study 4) To measure and detect the problem of Multicollinearity 5) To resolve the issue of Multicollinearity by applying Variance Inflation

Factor (VIF) RESEARCH METHODOLOGY Scope of the Study The present study is restricted to the case study of the WIPRO Ltd and deals with the identification of the key drivers that either drive-up or drive-down the EPS and also the cause-effect analysis of EPS value drivers Nature of the Data The study is primarily based on secondary data collected from the Annual Reports of the WIPRO Ltd for a decade period from 2008-09 to 2017-18 Statistical Tools used for Analysis For the purpose of processing the data and interpreting the results generated therefrom the statistical tools like Simple Linear Regression Analysis (SLRA) Multiple Linear Regression Analysis (MLRA) Analysis of Variance (ANOVA) VIF besides the tools like ratio analysis draw from the literature of corporate finance Identification of the Drivers of EPS

The EPS is the ultimate indicator of the performance of the company and it throws light on the net addition to the shareholder wealth on per share basis EPS is the quotient arrived by dividing the Earnings after Interest and Tax (EAIT) by the total number of equity shares outstanding

(1) If the EPS is positive it implies that (a) Shareholders Wealth is increased

(b) both business risks and financial risks are covered and

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 20

(c) the firm contributed towards its CSR in the form of Income Tax (2) If the EPS is zero it implies that (a) It has no impact on or growth in shareholder wealth (b) both Business Risk and Financial Risk are covered (3) If the EPS is Negative it implies that (a) both business risk and financial risk are not covered (ie if Sales ndash Varaible Operating Cost = Zero) (b) Business risk is covered but the financial risk is not covered (ie if Sales - Variable operating cost ndash Fixed Operating Cost = 0)

No firm with commercial motive is interested in arriving at the ultimate business result of either zero EPS or negative EPS Financial literature or things today reveals that the EPS is either driven-up or driven-down depending upon the way in which the following are managed

(1) Net Sales (2) Cost of goods sold (3) Fixed operating cost (4) Fixed interest obligation on long term debt (5) Tax Burden The above EPS drivers are denoted by X1 X2 X3 X4 and X5

respectively in the present study Multiple Regression Model Used Yt = β0 + β1X1t + β2X2t + β3X3t + β4X4t + β5X5t+Et Where Yt = Dependent Variable (EPS) β0= Y Intercept (ie value of Y when the influence of all independent -variables together is zero) β1 = Partial regression coefficient of X1 β2 = Partial regression coefficient of X2 β3 = Partial regression coefficient of X3 β4 = Partial regression coefficient of X4 β5 = Partial regression coefficient of X5 Et= Random Error (with t=1helliphellip10)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 21

Hypotheses Formulated (1) For testing the significance of overall regression model

H0 β1=β2=β3=β4= β5= 0 H1 At least one β1 is not equal to zero

(2) For testing the significance of partial regression coefficients i Net Sales (X1)

H0 β1 = 0 H1 β1 ne 0

ii Cost of goods sold (X2) H0 β2 = 0

H1 β2 ne 0 iii Fixed operating cost (X3)

H0 β3 = 0 H1 β3 ne 0

iv Interest on long-term debt (X4) H0 β4 = 0 H1 β4 ne 0

v Tax Burden(X5) H0 β5 = 0 H1 β5 ne 0

ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION OF DATA Analysis and Interpretation of data is outlined in three parts Part-A Testing the significance of overall model in explaining the extent of variation in EPS by all independent variables together by using F-test and also the significance of each partial regression coefficients of independent variables by using t-test Part-B Detecting the Multicollinearity problem Part-C Measuring the Multicollinearity and resolving Multicollinearity problem PART-A Testing of Hypotheses For the purpose of analysis and processing so as to derive logical conclusions relating to the Joint effect of all the EPS drivers together and individual effect of each value driver on the EPS the input data used in study are shown in Table 1

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 22

Table 1 Input Data relating to Dependent Variables (ie EPS) and the Independent Variables (ie the EPS drivers)

(Rs in millions)

Year EPS (Yt)

Net Sales (X1)

Cost of Goods Sold (X2)

Fixed Cost (X3)

Interest (X4)

Tax Burden (X5)

2008-09 2681 256995 178958 33062 2400 6460 2009-10 3178 272129 185649 34529 1232 9163 2010-11 2172 310385 211943 41871 776 9695 2011-12 2288 371878 211945 99364 3439 13845 2012-13 2507 374300 210774 96349 2894 16865 2013-14 3237 434238 236612 111867 3834 21234 2014-15 3528 469510 252328 125939 3499 25101 2015-16 3647 512478 276606 143628 5484 25158 2016-17 3497 554484 295052 169323 5942 25214 2017-18 1685 544871 291162 170955 5830 22399

(Source Computed from the operating and financial data collected from Annual Reports of the company) The above input data are fed in the MS-Excel software and the resultant excel output is shown in Table 2 Table 2 Excel Output For Multiple Linear Regression Model for analysis of EPS Regression Statistics

Multiple R 0902419101 R Square 0814360234 Adjusted R Square 0582310527 Standard Error 4334998428 Observations 10

ANOVA

df SS MS F Significance F

Regression 5 3297489545 659497909 3509421515 0123782418 Residual 4 7516884548 1879221137 Total 9 4049178

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 23

Coefficients Standard Error t Stat P-value Lower 95 Upper 95

Intercept 254648423 2112427886 1205477473 0294452581 -3318555835 8411524294 Net Sales -0000748739 0000918002 -0815618439 0460498905 -000329752 0001800042 Cost of Sales 0000822917 0001014168 0811420447 0462646071 -0001992866 0003638699 Fixed Cost 000017568 000078872 0222740094 083464943 -0002014158 0002365517

Interest 0005642198 0002655337 2124852056 010079 -0001730199 0013014595

Tax 0004487349 0002719957 1649786703 0174331484 -0003064463 0012039162

Table 2 reveals that (1) As the F- Value(calculated) 351 lt F(α=00554)= 1552 the null hypothesis

that β1=β2=β3=β4= β5= 0 needs to be accepted Hence it is inferred that all the value drivers together do not have significant explanatory power to account for the variation in EPS R2 value (081) appears to be more than 2 simply because of more independent variables than the sample size in the model As the number of independent variables (regardless of the quality of variables) goes on increasing the R2 value gets increased But it does not mean that the explanatory power of the model has increased But in fact the percentage of explained variation in the dependent variable by the model has declined to 058 as denoted by 2

(2) As t-values(calculated) of all independent variables appearing in Table 2 are less than the critical t-value(α=00254) of plusmn2776 the hypotheses relating to the partial regression coefficients of all the five variables also need to be accepted No doubt the partial regression coefficients of X2 X3 X4 and X5 are not infact equal to zero but are very very near to zero Similarly the partial regression coefficient of the variable X1 also is not equal to zero but has negative value which is also very very near to zero Hence it is inferred that the value drivers have influenced the change in the EPS not in a substantial way but in a negligible way

PART-B

Checking the presence of Multicollinearity In a Econometrics theory it is postulated that when independent

variables included in the model are highly correlated with each other they will adversely affect the regression results In such a situation the signs of regression coefficients of independent variables will not be in consistent

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 24

with the signs of correlation coefficients between the independent variables Hence a multicollinearity matrix is prepared and the correlation results are given in Table 3 Table 3 Correlation Matrix (Dependent and Independent Variables)

EPS Net Sale Cost of Goods Sold

Fixed Cost Interest

Tax Burden

EPS (Y) 1 Net Sales (X1) 0225446 1 Cost of Goods Sold (X2) 0192969 0982302 1 Fixed Cost (X3) 0158958 0986948 09488977 1 Interest (X4) 0192725 0922605 089057601 0945189 1 Tax Burden (X5) 0423779 0952386 090320405 0930673 0836026 1 Table 3 reveals that there is no consistency between the partial regression coefficient sign of X1 variable (it is minus in Table 2) with the sign of correlation coefficient of that variable with the dependent variable EPS (it is plus in Table 3) Hence there is a problem of multicollinearity PART - C Measuring Multicollinearity and resolving the issue For measuring mutlicollinearity the Variance Inflation Factors (VIFs) are computed by applying the following formula VIFj =1(1-Rj

2) Where Rj

2= Coefficient of determination when ith independent variable is regressed against the remaining k-1 independent variables Generally if VIF of ith variable lt 5 Multicollinearity is not considered as a problem for that independent variable If VIF ge 5 it implies that the correlation between independent variables is too extreme and therefore the said variable needs to be removed from the model

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 25

The information relating to variance inflation factors of independent variables used in the study is given in Table 4

Table 4 Variance Inflation Factors of Independent variables Table 4 reveals that the VIFs of all the independent variables are less than five and therefore it is inferred that the is mutlicollinearity will not pose any problem among the independent variables though there is inconsistency between the regression sign of X1 (Net Sales) and its correlation coefficients sign with the dependent variable (EPS) FINDINGS AND SUGGESTIONS The major findings of the study and the suggestions relating thereto are listed below (1) The overall regression model results reveal that the Null Hypothesis(H0)

β1=β2=β3=β4=β5=0 is accepted against its H1 Hence as per the principles of econometrics it needs to be inferred that explanatory power of the model is zero However it is to be further noted that the partial regression coefficients of all independent variables are not in fact equal to zero but are very near to zero Therefore it is inferred that the overall regression model has moderate explanatory power to the extent of 058

(2) The Null hypotheses relating to individual independent variables also need to be accepted as their calculated t-values are less than the critical t-value(α=00254) of plusmn2776 However it is to be noted that their regression coefficients are not exactly equal to zero but are very very near to zero Hence it is inferred that they have negligible power to explain for the change in the value of the EPS

(3) There is mutlicollinearity problem as there is inconsistency between the regression coefficients of X1 and its correlation coefficient value with the dependent variable EPS

(4) Though there is mutlicollinearity problem an analysis of Variance Inflation Factor (VIFs) of all independent variable reveals that mutlicollinearity will not be a serious problem as the VIF of X1 happens to be less than five Hence it need not be removed from the model This is also in consistent with

Independent Variables VIF Factor Net Sales (X1) 0000205 Cost of Goods Sold (X2) 0001140 Fixed Cost (X3) 0005293 Interest (X4) 0005293 Tax (X5) 0005293

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 26

the priori reasoning in finance theory that the variable net sales(X1) is the prime and predominant factor of influencing the EPS if properly managed

(5) The correlation coefficient between the EPS and Tax factor (X5) is the highest (042) when compared with its correlation coefficient values with other variables Hence tax planning and management practices need to be streamlined

(6) Next highest correlation coefficient is between the Net Sales (X1) and the EPS followed by the correlation coefficient between the EPS and Cost of goods Sold (X2) Hence there is a need for increasing the volume of sales through effective marketing strategies and also for reducing cost of goods sold by adopting strategic cost management tools like ABC Target-Costing etc so as to improve the power of X1 and X2 variables in increasing the size of the EPS

CONCLUSION In view of priori reasoning in finance that all the variables (X1 X2 X3 X4 and X5) in the model have together the potential power to influence the extent of positive change in the EPS it is concluded by saying that it is imperative on the part of firm to streamline all the functional areas of management viz marketing (X1 variable) production and operations (X2 variable) cost management (X3 variable) to reap the magnifying power of the operating leverage capital structure policy (X4 variable) to take the advantage of favorable financial leverage and tax planning and management practices (X5 variable) so as to reduce the tax incidence LIMITATIONS OF THE STUDY

The study is confined to an analysis of impact of only five quantitative financial variables on EPS Further the study is primarily based on secondary data collected from the Annual Reports of the firm under study for the respective years SCOPE FOR FURTHER RESEARCH There is ample scope for undertaking further research studies relating to analysis of impact of both quantitative and qualitative variables on EPS Research studies relating to an assessment of value drivers on EPS in each functional area of management viz production marketing HRM etc

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 27

REFERENCES 1) Bryman A and E Bell (2011) Business Research Methods 3rd Ed

Oxford University Press 2) Cooley William W and Paul R Lohnes (1971) Multivariate Data Analysis

New York John Wiley and Sons 3) Cooper R D PS Schilder and J K Sharma (2012) Business Research

Methods McGraw ndash Hill Education (India) Pvt Ltd 4) Dixit RK 1986 Behaviour of Equity share prices and Investment in

India Deep and Deep publications New Delhi 5) Dougherty Christopher (2007) Introduction to Econometrics 3rd Ed

Oxford University Press 6) Geetha E and Swaaminathan M (2015) A study on the factors

influencing stock prices A Comparative study of Automobile and Information Technology Industries stocks in India International Journal of Current Research and Academic Review 3(3) 97-109

7) Gujarati Damodar (2017) Basic Econometrics 5th Ed TMH New Delhi 8) Hawawini and Viallet (2002) Finance for executives Managing for value

Creation 2nd Ed Thomson Learning Press USA 9) I M Pandey (2015) Financial Management 11th Ed Vikas New Delhi 10) Nirmala PS PS Sanju and M Ramachandran 2011 Determinants of

share prices in India Journal of Emerging Trends in Economics and Management Sciences 2(2)pp124-130

11) Nisa MU and M Nishat 2012 The determinants of stock prices in Pakistan Asian Economics and Financial Review 1(4)pp276-291

12) Pushpa Bhatt P and Sumangala J K 2012 Impact of Earnings per share on Market Value of an equity share An Empirical study in Indian Capital Market Journal of Finance Accounting and Management 3(2)

13) Sharma S and B Singh 2006 Determinants of equity share prices in Indian corporate sector An empirical study The ICFAI Journal of Applied Finance 12(4) pp177-189

14) Tandon K and malhotra N 2013 Determinants of Stock Prices Empirical Evidence from NSE 100 Companies International Journal of Research in Management and Technology (IJRMT) ISSN2249-9563

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 28

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 29

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 30

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 31

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 32

LEARNING STYLES OF THE POSTGRADUATE STUDENTS OF LIBRARY AND INFORMATION SCIENCE OF KARNATAKA STATE AN EMPIRICAL

STUDY

Yashavanth K N

Research Scholar Department of PG Studies and Research

in Library and Information Science Gulbarga University Kalaburagi

B S Maheswarappa

Professor (Retired) Department of PG Studies and Research in

Library and Information Science Gulbarga University Kalaburagi

Abstract The main purpose of the present study was undertaken to determine individual differences in the three patterns of learning styles and the constraints of the 397 students with [Feminine 255 viz (642) and Masculine 358 respondents (142)] who enrolled for the Library and Information Science regular programs offered by the 10 universities and 2 postgraduate centres mdash located in the different places within the Karnataka State India Further a questionnaire was designed to collect the response on a face-to-face basis from arbitrarily selected the 397 respondents for research work Besides the quantitative data were analyzed using crosstabs in SPSS version 21 Consequently the produced results have exhaustively organized with mathematical calculation in tabular forms mdash while the qualitative data probed deductively and inductively set up on the research questions to draw the pattern of results Finally the findings revealed that the lsquoVisualrsquo learning style has offered the highest numeral with 219 respondents viz 552 followed by the 126 lsquoAuditoryrsquo students videlicet 317 and the rest of them lsquoTactilersquo learners who stood in the third position at 52 (131) of the overall Pupils involved in this research study Keywords Behavior Constraints Educators Impediments Learning Preference Learning Problems Obstacles Students University 1 Introduction An educates have both pros and cons towards the way they acquire knowledge but a series of steps to be carried out for specific learning behaviour to extend the strength of their learning skills (Heffler 2010) as long as they learn more efficiently and sharpen their learning styles to overcome in their area of weakness (Stice 1987) Besides where there is classroom communication between the teaching and learning processes the personalized student has a responsibility for hisher own learning skills (Heffler 2010) Further students customize this kind of learning exercise have become masterminds shows with characterized by good substantial quality dynamic systematic and the capacity to reach higher grade or obtaining greater success in academic prospective (Myers amp McCaulley 1985) Besides greater awareness of the learning styles serving as an essential component to open better communication between the educators and the pupils (Montgomery amp Groat 1998) Moreover ldquoa good teacher also needs both to

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 33

motivate students to continue learning and to teach them the skills and strategies needed for continued learningrdquo (Pintrich amp Lin 1985) Learning is a holistic process of four-stages viz a) lsquoFeelingrsquo b) lsquowatchingrsquo c) lsquothinkingrsquo d) lsquodoing from all this every learner interchange between a concrete experience reflective observation then thinking analyzing and testing the information (Heffler 2010 Kolb 1984) Learning styles play a very important role especially learning environment which mainly divided into three subdivisions that are to say a) visual learner study by the mind map notes taking visualization of the concept in mind and information gathering through reading b) Auditory learner collecting information through the acoustic or Podcast c) Kinesthetic (Tactile) learner possesses information through physical involvement laboratory works and model construction (El-Farargy 2010) Besides Instruction training is distinct as ldquothe situation when the entire content of what is to be learned is presented to the learner in final formrdquo (Simon 2000 p 43) Also (Simon 2000) examined that Exploration training providing the learner to ldquofreedom to impose their own structures on learningrdquo Gardner (1995) expresses an excellent opinion of educators to develop educational models to increase the confidence and qualities or abilities of students to lend a hand them work towards their career goals according to their talents abilities Personal values and needs Later on after a few years ago (Roebber 2005) recommended that educators should bridge the gap between how students learned in the classroom and what they did in many challenging real-life work settings to increase studentsrsquo abilities as well as their employment potentials 2 Objectives of the Study

The paper discusses to fulfil the specific research objectives are as follows Identify the demographic characteristics and socioeconomic status of the

respondents Discover the learning styles and their associated variables of the pupils Determine the obstacles of the students in the learning process

3 Research Design The primary principle of this research intends to analyse the learning styles and constraints on the learning process of postgraduate students enrolled in Master of Library and Information Science professional program [two years duration (4 semesters) regular mode] offered by the 10 universities in Karnataka state selected for the study of the universe Table 1 Ten universities in Karnataka State offering the regular mode Postgraduate program in Library and Information Science

Sl No Name of the University

Year of Estd

Name of the Departments

Both MLISc II amp IV Semester Total QD QR

01 The University of Mysore Mysore ndash 570006 1916 Department of Library amp Information

Science 60 59

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 34

01 (a)

Dr BR Ambedkar Post Graduate Centre Chamarajanagara- 571313

2015-16

Master of Library and Information Science program (PG centre ndash University of Mysore)

26 18

01 (b)

Government First Grade Women`s College Holenarsipur-573211

2016-17

Master of Library and Information Science program (affiliated to University of Mysore)

23 16

02 Karnatak University Dharwad -580003 1949 Department of Library and

Information Science 39 39

03 Bangalore University Bangalore ndash 560056 1975 Department of Library amp Information

Science 74 68

04 Gulbarga University Gulbarga ndash 585106

1979-80

Department of PG Studies amp Research in Library amp Information Science

35 35

05 Mangalore University Mangalore ndash 574199 1982 Department of Studies In Library amp

Information Science 17 16

06 Kuvempu University Shimoga - 577 451 1993 Department of Library amp Information

Science 50 44

07

Akkamahadevi Womenrsquos University Vijayapura ndash 586108

2003 Department of Library amp Information Science 34 32

08 Tumkur University Tumkur- 572103 2004 Department of Studies amp Research

in Library and Information Science 52 41

09 Rani Channamma University Belgaum ndash 591156 2010 Department of Library amp Information

Science 26 17

10 Vijayanagara Sri Krishnadevaraya University Ballary- 583104

2010 Department of Library amp Information Science 19 12

Total 455 397 Note a) Questionnaires Distributed (QD) b) Questionnaires Received (QR)

31 Research Procedure A designed questionnaire has a main method of tool to collect the required data from the respondents for the research study Further the questionnaire has separated into 3 main parts namely Part I Demographic characteristics and socioeconomic status of the students while Part II discovers the Learning Style Inventory (httpwwwsisuedu) forming of 24 items has employed to investigate the various learning styles of the learners prefer to process the information for learning Subsequently Part III consists of 10 items dealing with constraints on the learning process Moreover with the help of the Statistical Package for Social Sciences (SPSS) inferential statistical analysis was conducted through the data collected from the questionnaire were tabulated and transformed into Frequency and Percentage 32 Rationale for the study The analysis carried out with quantitative and qualitative data collected through the designed questionnaire (open and close-ended questions) for the research work Further three points Likert scale (scores mentioned in the learning style inventory) namely a) Often (5) b) Sometimes (3) c) Seldom (1) has used to evaluate participants responses on learning styles inventory broadly classified as three sections viz a) Visual (8 items ie Qii Qiii Qvii Qx Qxiv Qxvi Qxix Qxxii) students prefer to learn from the seeing words in books or the chalkboard and workbooks b) Auditory (8 items ie Qi Qv

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 35

Qviii Qxi Qxiii Qxviii Qxxi Qxiv) learners prefer to process information through oralaural c) Tactile (8 items are Qiv Qvi Qix Qxii Qxv Qxvii Qxx Qxxiii) students prefer to learn best by the hands-on experiences with materials Finally Constraints of the students on Learning process discovered by five-point Likert scale Viz a) Very easy [1] b) Easy [2] c) Neutral [3] d) Difficult [4] and e) Very difficult [5] 4 Analysis and Interpretation of Data This section especially focuses on the detailed analysis and interpretation of the participantsrsquo response collected through the formulated questionnaires and specified objectives for the research work Further statistical analysis of data presented in the tabular form with frequencies and percentages as under follows Table 2 Demographic Characteristics and Socioeconomic Status of the Respondents

Variables Categories Frequency Percent

Age Group

21-22 192 484

23-24 130 327

25-26 48 121

27-28 27 068

Total 397 100

Gender Male 142 358

Female 255 645

Total 397 100

Marital Status Married 26 065 Unmarried 371 935

Total 397 100

Semesters II 208 524 IV 189 476

Total 397 100

Annual Income

Low 289 728 Middle 69 174

High 39 094 Total 397 100

Occupation

Farmer 253 637 Business 38 096

Government 55 139 Private 29 073 Skilled worker 15 038 Unemployed 07 018 Total 397 100

Table 2 emphases the demographic characteristics and socioeconomic status of the respondents of ten universities of Karnataka state Further age is one of the important factors which influence of sub-sections of the learning styles of the learners Besides groups the respondent categories as 4 divisionrsquos viz 21-22 23-24 25-26 and 27-38

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 36

respectively to analysis and interpretation of the age-wise data in terms of frequency and percentage The high frequencies (192) with the percentage of (484) were recorded from participants between 21 and 22 years old followed by age group formulating 23 to 24 years old respondents presents frequency of 130 (327) as well as the third position of the age band in percentage of 121 and a frequency of 48 of the respondents grouped between 25 and 26 years old Finally the age group of 27 to 38 years old respondents indicates the quite lesser frequency (27) and (68) out of the total numbers (397) of samples selected for the study Gender considered as the variable which influences the learning approach in many ways Consequently the lsquoFemalersquo respondents collected the highest frequency of 255 (642) and remaining Male participants record a frequency of 142 with a minimal 358 only in the total unit of the population The marital status of learners namely lsquoMarriedrsquo and lsquoUnmarriedrsquo viewed as variable to identify the learning approaches and associated relationship of the respondents As table 1 shows that lsquounmarriedrdquo 371mdasheducatee obtained the greatest percentage of 935 as well as remaining of them were lsquomarried respondents projected a frequency of 26 with a minimum of 65 Opted the study on semester wise basis of 10 universities mdash 397 postgraduate students of Karnataka state table 2 exhibits the second-semester learners attained a higher lsquoFrequency of 208 respondents with 524 whereas the rest of the respondents recorded 476 viz 189 participants belong to the lsquoFourth Semester Annual income-wise study of the parents has one of the most significant variables in calculating the socioeconomic status of the students parents Besides based on the Kuppuswamy socioeconomic status scale mdash annual income was categorized into three social class income level namely Low (lt ` 20000) Middle (` 20001- ` 50000) and High (gt ` 50001) to generate tables with frequency and percentage In addition to students coming from the lsquoLowrsquo income category family demonstrating the highest frequency of 289 respondents that is to say 728 followed by lsquoMiddlersquo annual income familiesrsquo projected 69 respondents 174 Whereas lsquoHighrsquo annual family earns the lowest with 39 (94) participants of the overall students involved in the study As figures shown in table 2 demonstrate occupation is a variable to significantly study different occupations of the parents mdash have classified as 6 parts based on their line of work The farming community presents the highest number of frequencies 253 with 637 followed by the parents working on the lsquoGovernmentrsquo sector register 55 as follows139 out of the total population as well as the business-oriented participants list 38 viz 096 At the same time 15 to wit 038 shows the respondents from the lsquoskilled workerrsquo sector and the remaining lsquounemployedrsquo present 07 respondentsrsquo videlicet 018 in their participation

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 37

Table 3 Learning Styles of the Educatee Learning Styles Frequency Percents Visual 219 552 Auditory 126 317 Tactile 52 131 Total 397 100 Figure 1 Learning Styles of the Educatee

Learning styles are imperative to facilitate the learning process of students at any level of their academic or studentrsquos life Therefore Table 3 described three main types of lsquolearning stylesrsquo mdash Visual Auditory and Kinesthetic (Tactile) which account for the differences in learning aptitudes Out of the 397 randomly selected participants 552 that is to say 219 tabulated under the lsquoVisualrsquo learning style and 317 as follows 126 respondents obtained under the lsquoAuditoryrsquo mode of learning At the same time as 131 videlicet 52 Tactilersquo oriented respondents contributed the least percentage among the total number of respondents take part learning style survey Table 4 Age group-wise Comparison of Learning Styles of the Students

Age Group Learning Styles Visual Auditory Tactile Total

21-22 100 457

69 548

23 442

192 484

23-24 80 365

36 286

14 269

130 327

25-26 24 110

13 103

11 212

48 121

27-38 15 068

08 063

04 077

27 068

Total 219 100

126 100

52 100

397 100

Every student adopts individualized approach learning as per their age perceptions of the postgraduate studentsrsquo age groups vary from 21 to 38 years old in the selected

55 32

13 VisualAuditory

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 38

universities mdash learning styles were parted as 3 learning approaches such as Visual Auditory and Tactile Table 4 discovers that the 21-22 age categories indexed the highest percentage of 457 (100) postgraduate students followed by 365 (80) within the age range of 23-24 who learn by the visual mode Even as the remaining age groups namely 25-26 and 27-38 brought in 110 (24) and 068 (15) respondents take part lsquoVisualrsquo learning style Beneath the lsquoAuditoryrsquo approach to learning the data reveal that the 21-22-year-old candidates polled in 548 viz 69 and the 22-24 age group owned 36 respondents to wit 286 At the same time as the 25-26 age bands displays 13 participants that are to say 103 even as the 27-28-year-old correspondences managed only 063 with 08 responses Thereafter the lsquoTactilersquo fashion of the learning shared 442 with 23 respondents within the age of 21 and 22 years old Subsequently 23-24 and 25-26-year-old learner record a performance of below 30 that is 269 (14) and 077 (04) responses Finally the slightest total percentage was collected in the 27-38 age bands with 27 namely 068 and the maximum performance were contributed by the 21-22-year-olds with 192 viz 484 of respondents in this table Table 5 Gender-wise Classification of Learning Styles of the Participants

Gender Learning Styles Visual Auditory Tactile Total

Male 72 329

48 381

21 404

141 355

Female 147 671

78 619

31 596

256 645

Total 219 100

126 100

52 100

397 100

Figure 2 Gender-wise Classification of Learning Styles of the Participants

33 38 40

67 62 60

01020304050607080

Visual Auditory Tactile

o

f Par

ticip

ants

Learning Styles

Male

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 39

Table 5 discloses that 355 (141) male 645 (256) female respondents sub-classified under the 3 learning styles of participants selected in the universities for the survey Besides under the lsquoMalersquo respondent category mdash Table 5 reveals that out of 141 respondents 72 with 329 of the respondents opted for the visual mode of learning as well as 48 viz 381 chose the auditory style and 21 to wit 404 prefer the tactile mode of learning in the institutions Moreover the highest number of male respondents remained in the lsquovisualrsquo style The lsquoFemalersquo partakers revealed the highest 147 responses at 671 of learners prefer the visual learning style followed by 78 female respondents with 619 who opted for the auditory learning style and 596 as follows 31 respondents learning through the hands-on experience (Tactile) Table 6 Marital Status versus Learning Styles of the Respondents

Marital Status Learning Styles Visual Auditory Tactile Total

Married 14 064

08 063

04 077

26 065

Unmarried 205 936

118 937

48 923

371 935

Total 219 100

126 100

52 100

397 100

Figure 3 Marital Status versus Learning Styles of the Respondents

Table 6 exposes the 397 participants in the universities under the learning styles out of which 371 (935) owned the lsquoUnmarriedrsquo section and the remained 26 (65) respondents were selected lsquoMarriedrsquo status The visual-auditory- tactile learning styles registered 064 (14) 063 (08) and 077 (04) respectively in the married respondents Thereafter the unmarried respondents have unlikely rendered greater percentages under the 3 learning styles with 936 viz 205 visual-oriented learners mdash at the same time 937 viz 118 auditory related candidates and the rest of the 923 as follows 48 learners who opted for the tactile learning approach

020406080

100

Visual Auditory Tactile

6 6 8

94 94 92

o

f the

stud

ents

Learning Styles

MarriedUnmarried

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 40

Table 7 Semesters-wise Comparison of the Learning Styles of the Learners

Semesters Learning Styles Visual Auditory Tactile Total

Semester 2 120 548

64 508

24 462

208 524

Semester 4 99 452

62 492

28 538

189 476

Total 219 100

126 100

52 100

397 100

Figure 4 Semesters-wise Comparison of the Learning Styles of the Learners

To understand the learning styles of the 397 respondents enrolled in Post-Graduate studies in Library and Information Science programme of the students were categorized on a semester basis viz II amp IV semesters to award the degree of the candidates Table 6 illustrates the semester-wise (Semesters 2 and 4) within the visual auditory and tactile approaches to learning At first glance second-semester mdash learners came upon of 208 respondents with 524 discovered top order with the highest percentage in the table However the lsquoFourthrsquo semester respondents recorded 476 viz 189 for the semester-wise representation Table 7 rendered the numerical illustration of the collected responses underneath the visual learning style mdash statistics in Semester 2 with 548 (120) and 452 (99) in Semester 4 Subsequently Semester 2 recorded 508 (64) and unlike Semester 4 showed a lesser percentage of 492 (62) auditory learners in the universities Finally the tactile learners showed the maximum percentage in Semester 4 with owned 538 as follows 28 respondents mdash whereas 462 viz 24 reported their responses in Semester 2

55 51 46 45

49 54

0102030405060

Visual Auditory Tactile

o

f the

Pup

ils

Learning Styles

II Semester

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 41

Table 8 Total Annual Income-wise crosstabs of Learning Styles of the Educatee

Income Learning Styles Visual Auditory Tactile Total

Low 154 703

97 770

38 731

289 728

Middle 39 178

18 143

12 231

69 174

High 26 119

11 087

02 038

39 098

Total 219 100

126 100

52 100

397 100

Table 8 illustrates the total annual income-wise allocation of the educates parents within the learning styles Besides students coming from the Low-income category family standing above the frequency of 289 viz 728 followed by the lsquoMiddlersquo register 69 candidatesrsquo viz 174 and the lsquoHighrsquo annual income family projects the lowest with 39 respondents at 98 of the total correspondents approached for the study The total yearly earnings of the visual learners showed that the low-income category received the highest percentage of 703 with 154 respondents whereas the high-income category recorded 119 with 26 participants followed by 39 visual-oriented respondents at the same time as the middle-income category earned 178 While low-income class displayed 97 auditory learners of 770 while the middle and high-income categories displayed 143 (18) and 087 (11) aural learners Ultimately Table 8 statistics showed that the 38 that is to say 731 of respondents portray the low income 12 viz 231 projecting the middle-income earners and 02 viz 038 were reflecting the high-income class Table 9 Occupation of the Parents versus Learning Styles of the Respondents

Occupation Learning Styles Visual Auditory Tactile Total

Farmer 140 639

82 651

31 596

253 637

Business 12 055

16 127

10 192

38 096

Government 33 151

16 127

06 115

55 139

Private 19 087

08 063

02 038

29 073

Skilled Worker 11 050

03 024

01 019

15 038

Unemployed 04 018

01 08

02 038

07 018

Total 219 100

126 100

52 100

397 100

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 42

Table 9 exemplifies profession of the parents to evaluate the learning styles of the students under the 3 learning qualities and 6 categories of service sectors Besides the lsquoFarmerrsquo class compiled the utmost total number of 253 (637) respondents and the least data projected the lsquoUnemployedrsquo at the bottom directory with 07 (018) participants The farmersrsquo registered 140 visual-oriented learners with 639 described the maximum figure whereas the 04 unemployed showed 018 as the least collected data Similarly the businessmen and skilled workers displayed a minor inconsistency in visual learning such as 12 videlicet 055 and the latter registered 11 to wit 050 response as well as the 33 Government employees projected 151 in the same context mdash whereas 19 private employees indexed 087 of the visual learners Subsequently the auditory learners owned 82 viz 651 of parents belong to the farming community and 16 respondents equally tallied 127 from the government and business classes Even though the unemployed registered 01 to wit 08 and the 08 private workers recorded 063 under the auditory learning style Later on 024 attained with 03 skilled workers Thereafter the farmers achieved the maximum percentage with 31 respondentsrsquo namely 596 under the tactile learning style Whilst the last figure of 019 displayed by 01 skilled worker as well as the private employees (02) and unemployed (02) balanced equally with 038 responses each Finally the 10 businessmenrsquos noted 192 and the 06 Government employees led to 115 respondents under the tactile learning style Table 10 Study the Constraints of the students in Learning

Statements

Learning Constraints

Very Easy Easy Neutral Difficu

lt

Very Difficult

Total

Identifying supporting ideasexamples

83 209

165 416

129 325

17 043

03 08

397 100

Reading carefully to understand a text

77 194

192 484

90 227

28 071

10 025

397 100

Identifying key ideas 69 174

148 373

106 267

63 159

11 028

397 100

Understanding the organization of a text

52 131

169 426

118 297

49 123

09 023

397 100

Taking a brief relevant notes

62 155

163 411

103 259

53 134

16 040

397 100

Using own words in note-taking

70 176

150 378

104 262

63 159

10 025

397 100

Reading quickly to get the overall meaning

56 141

117 295

115 290

101 254

08 020

397 100

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 43

Reading quickly to find information

57 144

150 378

122 307

59 149

09 023

397 100

Working out the meaning of difficult words

47 118

119 300

123 310

90 227

18 045

397 100

Understanding specialist vocabulary

50 126

106 267

106 267

109 275

26 065

397 100

Table 10 discovered the learning variance of the 397 respondents faces constraints in their learning process for instance reading quickly note-taking identification of ideas concepts usage of owning words and vocabulary are a few of the identified constraints faced by learners Further table 10 panoramic views of 10 lsquoStatementsrsquo and responses to learning constraints of respondents analyses by five-point Likert scale notably mdash Very Easy Easy Neutral Difficult Very Difficult The maximal numbers of 165 as follows 416 of the easy learners draw attention to that lsquoIdentifying supporting ideasexamplesrsquo whereas the learners who acknowledged that lsquoReading carefully to understand a textrsquo easy reaches its maximum at the 484 viz 192 learners While Table 10 chronicles 129 viz 325 neutral responses in the identification of supporting ideas and or examples followed by lsquoReading carefully to understand a text register 90 to wit 227 of the responses in neutrality Similarly 17 (043) and 03 (08) of learners consent that it is difficult and very difficult in lsquoIdentifying supporting ideasexamples lsquoas well as 28 (071) and 10 (025) of the respondents agree that lsquoReading carefully to understand a textrsquo has difficult and very difficult respectively Subsequently 83 (209) and 77 (194) of the learners determine minimum statistical variance that very easy for them to carry out the lsquoIdentifying supporting ideasexamples and Reading carefully to understand a textrsquo On the one hand 148 as follows 373 of the learners agree that it was easy to identify the key ideas and 267 viz 106 learners were neutral for this statement on the other hand lsquoUnderstanding organization of a textrsquo recorded 169 viz 426 of the learners who say it had easy and 118 namely 297 of the respondents noted a neutral stand under the same statement At the same time as 11 (028) said that it was very difficult to identify the key ideas the 09 (023) of the learners approved that lsquoUnderstanding organization of a textrsquo had very difficult Later on Table 10 shows that lsquoIdentifying the key ideasrsquo obtained 69 (17 4) of the respondents mentioned that this task was very easy unlike 52 viz 131 of the responses underpin that lsquoUnderstanding organization of a textrsquo are very easy Finally 63 (159) and 49 (123) of the learners endorsed that it was difficult to identify key ideas and understand the textual organization respectively lsquoTaking brief relevant notes lsquoUsing own words in note-taking and lsquoReading quickly to get overall meaning go along with the minimum percentages of 16 (040) 10 (025) and 08 (020) find it very difficult to carry the assigned tasks as well as 101 learners found that lsquoReading quickly to get overall meaningrsquo recorded 254 also 63 (159) respondents approved that it is difficult to fulfil tasks mdash lsquoUsing own words in note-takingmdash even as and 53 correspondences at 134 of the total 397 partakers conceded that it had equally difficult to understand Although out of 397 respondents 115 viz

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 44

290 104 viz 262 and 103 that is to say 259 of the students concurred that they share a neutral perspective when it comes to lsquoReading quickly to get overall meaningrsquo lsquoTaking brief relevant notes lsquoUsing own words in note-taking respectively At the same time as 163 (411) show the highest number of learners found it easy in lsquoTaking a brief relevant notes and 150 viz 378 of the responses proved that its easy in lsquoUsing own words in note-taking mdash 117 (295) of the respondents acquiesced that lsquoReading quickly to get the overall meaning has an easy task for them The learners who find the tasks under the following statements particularly lsquolsquoTaking a brief relevant notes lsquoUsing own words in note-taking and lsquoReading quickly to get overall meaning as very easy are recorded as 62 (155) 70 (176) and 56 (141) respectively At the same time as the learners found lsquoreading quickly to find informationrsquo very easy registered the highest percentage at 144 followed by those who agreed that lsquoUnderstanding specialist vocabularyrsquo very easy obtained 126 respondents who found lsquoWorking out the meaning of difficult wordsrsquo very easily stand at the lowest figure of 118 with 47 learners Out of the 397 total respondents 378 (150) agreed that lsquoReading quickly to find informationrsquo easy mdash whereas 300 (119) conceded that lsquoWorking out meaning of difficult wordsrsquo an easy task and 267 (106) share similar opinion when it comes to lsquoUnderstanding specialist vocabularyrsquo Whilst out of the 397 respondents lsquoReading quickly to find informationrsquo lsquoWorking out the meaning of difficult wordsrsquo and lsquoUnderstanding specialist vocabularyrsquo attained 307 31 and 267 neutral students respectively Subsequently lsquoReading quickly to find informationrsquo lsquoWorking out the meaning of difficult wordsrsquo and lsquoUnderstanding specialist vocabularyrsquo recorded the difficultrsquo responses like the following 59 (149) 90 (227) and 109 (275) concurrently However the very difficult learnersrsquo responses to these 3 statements record the minimum percentages at 09 (023) 18 (045) and 26 (065) respectively 5 Summarisation The teacher knows the students various learning styles can allow the educator to respond correctly to the diverse group of students for instance their questions and comments Consecutively help students to improve their learning styles mdash teachers have to be aware of studentsrsquo learning obstacles to educate efficient learning strategies to help students decipher their learning troubles Besides learning is more effective by using diagrams sketches photographs schematics flow charts pictures videos computer graphics and demonstrations in training programmes and their everyday working environment (Ictenbas amp Eryilmaz 2011) Further the learning attributes of the participants were incorporated to empathies and comprehend the nature passing to acquiring the information in different situations Moreover taken as a whole mdash the results of this research motivate students to adopt the dynamic systematic and more appropriate learning styles to learn an individual enhance their learning aptitude and confidently achieving academic grades

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 45

References 1 Heffler B (2001) Individual learning style and the learning style inventory

Educational studies 27(3) 307-316 2 Crosstabs procedure (nd) Retrieved August 26 2019 from httpswwwibmcom

SupportknowledgecenterenSSLVMB_2400soupsbaseidh_xtabhtml 3 El-Farargy N (2010) The views attitudes and learning style preferences of Higher

National Chemical Engineering students Education for chemical engineers 5(4) e55-e71

4 Flowerdew J amp Miller L (1992) Student perceptions problems and strategies in second language lecture comprehension RELC journal 23(2) 60-80

5 Gardner H (1995) Reflections on multiple intelligences Myths and messages Phi Delta Kappan 77(3) 200

6 Ictenbas B D amp Eryilmaz H (2011) Determining the learning styles of engineering students to improve the design of a service course Procedia-Social and Behavioral Sciences 28 342-346

7 Kolb DA (1984) Experiential Learning Experience as the source of learning and development Englewood Cliffs NJ Prentice-Hall

8 Learning Style Inventory (nd) Academic success Retrieved November 30 2018 from httpwwwsjsuedueopcurrent-studentsworkshopsACADEMIC_Learning 20Style20Inventorypdf

9 McKeachie W J (1995) Learning styles can become learning strategies In The National Teaching and Learning Forum 4(6) 1-3

10 Montgomery S amp Groat L (1998) Student learning styles and their implications for teaching CRLT Occasional Papers 10 Educational Center for Research on Learning and Teaching at the University of Michigan

11 Myers I B McCauley M H amp Most R (1985) Manual a guide to the development and use of the Myers-Briggs type indicator Consulting psychologists press

12 Roebber P J (2005) Bridging the gap between theory and applications Bulletin of the American Meteorological Society 86(4) 507-518

13 Simon S (2000) The relationship of learning style and training method to the end-user Computer satisfaction and computer use A structural equation model Information Technology Learning and Performance Journal 18(1) 41-59

14 Stice J E (1987) Using Kolbs Learning Cycle to Improve Student Learning Engineering education 77(5) 291-96

15 Weaver III J B amp Kirtley M D (1995) Listening styles and empathy Southern Journal of Communication 60(2) 131-140

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 46

FOOD SECURITY IN ASSAM A CASE STUDY OF LAKHIMPUR DISTRICT

Bikash Hazarika

Assistant Professor North Bank College

Lakhimpur Assam India Abstract Food self-sufficiency and nutritional security are the essential components of food security Food and nutritional security is very must important for living an active and healthy life Again health is also an important determinant for human resource development and productivity So adequate amount of quality food should be avail by all people at all time is very must necessary Food insecurity is a major problem of the state like Assam because of shortage of food grain production poverty and lack of nutritional knowledge In the present study an attempt has been made to assess the present level of food security among different sections of the society of Lakhimpur district of Assam For finding out the level of food security from primary data Per Capita per day Calorie Intake (PCCI) and Food Insecurity Gap (FIG) have been employed Calculated per capita calorie intake of sample household has been compared with the 2730 and 2230 kilocalories which is recommended by Indian Council of Medical Research for an adult man and woman doing moderate activity respectively (NIN 2010) For obtaining final sample multistage mix-sampling technique has been used It has been found that out of 511 sample households only 267 are food secure ie only 5225 percent another 4775 percent households are food insecure For understanding the depth and severity of food insecurity of sample household Total food Insecurity Gap and Squared food Insecurity Gap have also been calculated Key Words Food Security Food Insecurity Gap Lakhimpur Per Capita per day Calorie Intake 1 INTRODUCTION Ensuring the food security continues to be a challenging issue of vital importance for the developing countries like India Removal of malnutrition and hunger from the country is not only socially desirable but also necessary for improving overall economic development as healthy people contribute more to the economy with their relatively higher level of productivity and efficiency

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 47

Hunger and malnutrition put enormous cost burden on the society A World Bank Report states that malnutrition brings down three percent of countries GDP annually The Indian planners right from the beginning realized the need to attain self-sufficiency in food grains as one of the impotent goals of planning (Singh 2013) Food security refers to a householdrsquos physical and economic access to sufficient safe and nutritious food that fulfils the dietary needs and food preferences of that household The Universal Declaration of Human Rights in 1948 recognized right to foodas a core element of an adequate standard of living Following this and more especially from world food crisis of 1972-74 food security became an important ldquoorganizing principlerdquo in development Following are the some important definitions of food security

World Development Report (1986) defined food security as ldquoaccess by all people at all times to enough food for an active healthy liferdquo The 1996 World Food Summit redefined food security as ldquoFood security exists when all people at all times have physical and economic access to sufficient safe and nutritious food to meet their dietary needs and food preferences for an active and healthy liferdquo

In 2001 the FAO Expert Consultation on Food Security gives a working definition of food security Food security exists when all people at all times have physical social and economic access to sufficient safe and nutritious food which meets their dietary needs and food preferences for an active and healthy life Food insecurity exists when people do not have adequate physical social or economic access to food as defined above Food insecurity thus is just an opposite situation of food security Worldwide around 852 million people out of 635 billion are chronicallyhungry due to extreme poverty while up to 2 billion people lack food securityintermittently due to varying degrees of poverty (FAO 2003) At the global levelthe South Asian region is home to more chronically food insecure people than anyother region in the world and Global Hunger Index (2008)placed India in 94thrank among 119countries The Indian State Hunger Index (International Food Policy Research Institute 2009) placed Assam among the ldquoalarmingrdquo state in terms of undernourishment MadhuraSwaminathan Research Foundation (2003) in collaboration with World Food Programme prepares food security map of both rural and urban India and accordingly has given a broad indicative picture of the level of food security of different states of the country According to their report Assam is among the ldquomost food insecurerdquo states of India As a part of state Lakhimpur district has also been suffering the severe problem of food insecurity

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 48

Till now the available literature is concerned there have not been found any research work assessing householdsrsquo food security among different sections of the society in Lakhimpur district The proposed study is induced by necessity to fill this gap to some extent Moreover the proposed study has important policy implications as well 2 OBJECTIVES The present study has been conducted with the following major objectives- (1) To assess the level of food security of different section of the society of

Lakhimpur district (2) To identify the determinants influencing the level of food security 3 DATABASE AND METHODOLOGY Since the study area is Lakhimpur district of Assam the micro level analysis is mainly based on primary data collected by carrying out field survey from the district The sample has been collected through a process of multistage mix-sampling (ie mixed of random and purposive sampling) As per 2011 census there are nine community development blocks in the district From these nine blocks three have been selected purposively on the basis of block having highest percentage of household under Below Poverty Line (BPL) namely Dhakuakhana Ghilamara and Narayanpur block In the second stage five villages from each block have been taken for household survey Lastly 20 percent household has been selected randomly from each sample village and finally 511 households have been surveyed A structured scheduled has been used to collect the necessary information on household food security status For finding out the level of food security from primary information the Per Capita per day Calorie Intake (PCCI) and Food Insecurity Gap (FIG) have been employed The survey has been conducted as per the guideline prepared by Smith and Subandoro (2007) of International Food Policy Research Institute For analyzing the level of food security per consumer per day calorie intake has been calculated for each household based on average nutritive value of Indian food (Gopalan et al 2000) Calculated per capita calorie intake of sample household has been compared with the 2730 and 2230 kilocalories which is recommended byIndian Council of Medical Research for an adult man and woman doing moderate activity respectively (NIN 2010) The householdsrsquo calorie intake above the recommended level has been considered as food secure and food insecure otherwise 4 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Food security is a multidimensional concept and it is a complex issue that has been raised over time So the level of household food security has several

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 49

determinants ie level of income occupational pattern level of education size of household type of the family cast and community and government policy have different impact on incidence of food security 41 Level of Food Security in terms of Per Consumer unit Calorie Intake (PCCI) By using Per Consumer unit Calorie Intake (PCCI) level of food security of the sample households has been summarised in the following Table 41 The table shows that per consumer unit calorie intake across the study area are 2489 kilocalories Among the sample households 5225 percent are food secure ie these households have calorie intake with higher than daily recommended level of Indian Council of Medical Research (ICMR) Another 4775 percent households are food insecure in terms of PCCI Table 41 Level of Food Security of the Sample Households in terms of Per Consumerunit Calorie Intake

Blocks PCCI

No amp Percentage of Food Secure Households

No amp Percentage of Food Insecure Households

Total

Dhakuakhana 2397 85(4645) 98(5355) 183(10000)

Narayanpur 2548 98(5731) 73(4269) 171(10000)

Ghilamara 2521 84(5350) 73(4650) 157(10000)

Overall 2489 267(5225) 244 (4775) 511(10000)

SourceCalculated from primary data (Figures in the bracket indicates percentage to total) 42 Level of Food Security among Different Occupational Categories Table 42 reveals that the level of food security is different among the sample household with different occupation of the household head From the table it is clear that the level of food security among daily wage labour is lowest ie 2955 percent with compared to it the level of food security is slight better among the agricultural labour (3548 percent) The highest level of food security has been found among government service holders ie 9355 percent followed by retired employees (8182 percent) Although more than 60 percent of the sample households have been involve with cultivation as their primary

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 50

occupation but among them only 5225 percent households are food secure another 4775 percent households are food insecure It is a severe problem for economic efficiency and productivity Table 42Level of food security among sample households of different occupational categories

Occupation

No amp percentage of food secure households

Noamp percentage of food insecure households

Total

Cultivator 161(5244) 146(4756) 307(10000) Agricultural labour 11(3548) 20(6452) 31(10000)

Animal Husbandry 6(6667) 3(3333) 9(10000)

Other daily wage labour 26(2955) 62(7045) 88(10000)

Service 29(9355) 2(645) 31(10000) Trading and self-employment

17(5000) 17(5000) 34(10000)

Retired 9(8182) 2(1818) 11(10000) Total 267(5284) 244 (4716) 511(10000)

SourceCalculated from primary data (Figures in the bracket indicates percentage to total) 43 Level of Food Security among Households with Cultivation as Primary Occupation inLakhimpur The following Table 43 depicts per consumer unit calorie intake among the households with cultivation as primary occupation Percentage of farming household that are food secure have been found overall area is 5244 percent It has been found highest in the Narayanpur block (5833 percent) and lowest in Dhakuakhana block (4529 percent) Among the three block average calorie intake is highest in Ghilamara block (2491 kilocalories) and lowest in Dhakuakhana block (2333 kilocalorie) Again among the food insecure households average calorie intake is highest in Ghilamara block (1907 kilocalories) and lowest in Narayanpur block (1782 kilocalories)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 51

Table 43 Food Security among the Households with Cultivation as Primary Occupation

Blocks Total Households

Food Secure Households

Food Insecure Households

Dha

kuak

hana

PCCI 2333 2885 1876

Number () 117 53 (4529) 64 (5471)

Nar

ayan

pur

PCCI 2459 2943 1782

Number () 108 63 (5833) 45 (4167)

Ghi

lam

ara PCCI 2491 2971 1907

Number () 82 45 (5488) 37 (4512)

Ove

rall

PCCI 2428 2933 1855

Number () 307 (100) 161 (5244) 146 (4756)

SourceCalculated from primary data (Figures in the bracket indicates percentage to total) 44 Level of Food Security among Households with Different Level ofEducation The following Table 44 shows that incidence of food security is different among household with different educational level of household head From the table it is clear that there is a positive relationship between level of food security and level of education In all the three blocks household head with below primary and primary to high school level education shows low level of food security On the other hand household head having graduate post graduate or professional degree has shown high level of food security But some of the households having higher degree also have found to be food insecure because of

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 52

underemployment In all the three blocks some post graduates and a significant portion of the graduates are involved with agriculture for their livelihood Table 44 Level of Food Security among Sample Householdrsquos with Different Level ofEducation of the Householdrsquos Head

SourceCalculated from primary data (Figures in the bracket indicates percentage to total)

Blocks Educational level

No amp percentage of food secure households

No amp percentage of food insecure households

Total

Dha

kuak

hana

Below Primary 6(3529) 11(6471) 17(100) Primary to High School 31(4247) 42(5753) 73(100)

Matriculates and undergraduates 34(5075) 33(4925) 67(100)

Graduate 11(5000) 11(5000) 22(100)

Post graduate 1(5000) 1(5000) 2(100) Professional degree 2(10000) 0(000) 2(100)

Nar

ayan

pur

Below Primary 8(4211) 11(5789) 19(100) Primary to High School 41(5325) 36(4675) 77(100)

Matriculates and undergraduates 35(6140) 22(3860) 57(100)

Graduate 11(7333) 4(2667) 15(100) Post graduate 2(6667) 1(3333) 3(100) Professional degree -- -- --

Ghi

lam

ara

Below Primary 2(3333) 4(6667) 6(100) Primary to High School 26(4561) 31(5439) 57(100)

Matriculates and undergraduates 40(5714) 30(4286) 70(100)

Graduate 12(6316) 7(3684) 19(100) Post graduate 2(5000) 2(5000) 4(100) Professional degree 1(10000) 0(000) 1(100)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 53

45Determinants of Food Security Since the food security is a multidimensional concept So the level of food security of a household has been influence by various socio-economic factors At the time of field survey it has been found that some socio-economic factor has significant impact on the level of food security viz income of the household size of cultivable land family size educational attainment occupation type of the family cast amp community and PDS beneficiary etc To identify and assess the determinants significantly affecting Household Food Security (HFS) following regression model has been formulated- HFS= α + β1PCHI + β2SCL + β3EA + β4FS + β5PCFOWN + δ1OPD1 + δ2OPD2 + δ3OPD3 + λ1COMD1 + λ2COMD2 + γFTD + μ BPDSD + Ui Explanation of the Explanatory Variables Per Capita Household Income (PCHI) It is the average income earned by per household member in a specified year Income generally determines the purchasing power of a household and hence higher is the level of income better will be the level of food security So we expect the coefficient of the variable to bear a positive sign Size of Cultivable Land (SCL) Basically the size of food grain production depends upon the size of agricultural land Again food supply or food availability is a major determinant of food security Hence we expect the coefficient of the variable to bear a positive sign Educational Attainment (EA) This variable represents the level of education of the head of the household Education is a categorical variable with ndash 0 = illiterate 1 = below primary 2 = primary to high school 3 = matriculate and undergraduate 4 = graduate 5 = postgraduate 6 = professional degree Education creates awareness about proper diet and nutrition and also educated people can earn more Hence higher is the level of education better will be the level of food security So we expect the coefficient of the variable to bear a positive sign Family Size (FS) Generally among large family the ratio of dependency is high with compared to small family Hence size of the family has adverse impact on the level of household food security So we expect the coefficient of the variable to bear a negative sign Percentage Contribution of Foodgrains of Own Sources (PCFOWN) At the time of field survey it has been found that majority of households without farming as primary occupation often go for farming Since food availability is a major determinant of food security and hence higher is the level of own contribution of foodgrain better will be the level of food security So we expect the coefficient of the variable to bear a positive sign

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 54

Occupational Dummies (OPD1 OPD2amp OPD3) Taking occupation as reference category four occupational dummies have been used viz OPD1 OPD2 and OPD3 where OPD1 = 1 for cultivator = 0 otherwise OPD2 = 1 for agricultural labour = 0 otherwise OPD3 = 1 other daily wage labour = 0 otherwise Community Dummies (COMD1amp COMD) Taking community as reference category three dummies have been used vizCOMD1 and COMD2 where COMD1= 1 schedule tribe = 0 otherwise COMD2 = 1 schedule caste = 0 otherwise Family Type Dummy (FTD) = 1 for nuclear family = 0 for otherwise Beneficiary of PDS Dummy (BPDSD) = 1 for beneficiary of PDS = 0 for otherwise The coefficient of COMD1 and COMD2 may bear either positive or negative sign The coefficient of FTD and BPDSD are expected to be positive Regression has been run by taking Household Food Security (HFS) as dependent variable It is the level of food security of the household measured as per the value of index calculated from per consumer unit calorie intake The results of the regression analysis have been summarized in table 45 The results of the regression analysis indicate that the coefficient of the variables PCHI SCL EA FS PCFOWN and FTD have been found statistically significant Coefficient of variables PCHI SCL EA PCFOWN and FTD are significant with a positive sign This implies that household with high per capita income large size of cultivable land higher level of educational attainment of the household head higher percentage of foodgrain consumption from own sources and nuclear family system have better food security level and vice-versa The negative sign of the coefficient of variable indicates that as the household become larger the level of household food security become lower From field survey it has been found that majority of the large families are joint family and among joint family dependency ratio is high Hence bigger the size of the family lower the level of food security The other variables have been found statistically insignificant and hence play no role in determining the level of household food security

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 55

Table 45 Results of Regression Analysis Taking HFS as Dependent Variable in terms of PCCI

VariablesConstant Estimates of the Coefficients t - value

PCHI 0000082 (0000012) 582226

SCL 0002213 (0003133) 312462

EA 0010577 (0004214) 2874937

FS -007893 (0005361) -357332

PCFOWN 0002133 (0001031) 4130215

OPD1 0053217 (0030768) 0991633

OPD2 - 0000131 (0000122) -0007436

OPD3 0007542 (0005328) 0009773

COMD1 - 0007632 (0005985) -0130713

COMD2 - 00084421 (0007421) -0112722

FTD 0311722 (0100438) 3572181

BPDSD 0089221 (0066594) 0758323

Constant 0630517 (0296773) 2501321

R2 0875

F [12 495] 5782 Figures in ( ) and [ ] indicates Standard Error of coefficients and degrees of freedom respectively indicates significant at 15 and 10 percent respectively 46Computation of Food Insecurity Gap For computing the extent of food security gap food insecurity gap of the households has been calculated ie total food insecurity gap and squared food insecurity gap has been calculated separately

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 56

Food insecurity gap (FIGi)Food insecurity gap of ithfood insecure households is define as ܩܫܨ = (ோ)

(Guja 2012) Where TCRi= Total per capita calorie requirement for ith food insecure household TCCi= Total per capita calorie consumption by ith food insecure household Total Food Insecurity Gap (TFIG)which indicates the depth of food insecurity among the food insecure households is expressed as-

ܩܫܨ = ܩܫܨ

ୀଵ

Here m=total number of food insecure households In this study ΣFIGi= 5612 m=244 TFIG=023 Or TFIG= 23 Squared Food Insecurity Gap (SFIG)which indicates severity of food insecurity among the food insecure households is given as-

ܩܫܨ = 2(ܩܫܨ)

ୀଵ

In this study Σ(FIGi)2=1291 m=244 SFIG=00529 Or SFIG=529 5 POLICY IMPLICATIONS In order to solve the serious food crisis faced by the district the government

should adopt technological measures to boost the agricultural production Application of HYV seeds organic fertilizer pesticides etc and farm mechanization technique through the use of tractors power-tiller pump-sets tube-wells threshers harvester combines etc all these technological measures have helped the farmers to raise the agricultural output considerably Hence growth of agriculture sector will provide direct sources for food and income for buying food

Production of fruits and vegetables should be increased But fruits and vegetables are highly perishable and have many post-harvest losses To overcome this they may require different infrastructure for handling value-

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 57

addition processing and marketing This will help in augmenting farm income generating employment and in bring a number of additional stakeholders in the food-supply chain

Cooperative farming could be examined as an effective technique for enhancing agricultural productivity that will increase the supply of food-grains in the district and also will increase the farmerrsquos income

The policy of Minimum Support Price for incentivizing farmers through fair value of their products should be implemented effectively

The flow of credit particularly to small and marginal farmers should be made speedier and easier

For ensuring economic accessibility of food government should create stable income earning opportunities for the rural poor by developing rural non-farm activities on sustainable basis

The identification of target households modernization of the delivery system and effective monitoring of the food security programme are the main areas that need attention

Food system must focus on stability of production and prices of food-grains Intensifying the provision of better-quality education and vocational training

for women to ensure food security for all Government can arrange awareness programme about food and nutritional

security in rural areas under the department of Food and Civil Supplies or Health the NGOs also can play a significant role in this respect

6 CONCLUSION The findings of the present study confers that the level of food security of the households of Lakhimpur district is not good It has found that only 5225 percent household are food secure and another 4775 percent are food insecure It shows that almost half of the sample households have been found to be food insecure The result of the study indicated that food insecure households are 23 percent far off from the minimum level of calorie requirement Again it has found that the severity of the food insecurity of the study area is about 529 percent Although central government as well as state government formulating various policies and launching several schemes for reducing the level of food insecurity the achievement is far away from the satisfactory level It is only because of improper implementation of government policies and lack of awareness about adequate diet of the general people Hence proper implementation of the government policies and nutritional knowledge of the people is very much necessary for reducing the level of food insecurity

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 58

References 1 Basu K (2011) ldquoIndiarsquos Foodgrain Policy An Economic Theory

PerspectiverdquoEconomyampPolitical Weekly Vol XLVI No 5 2 FAO (1996) ldquoRome Declaration on World Food Security World Food

Summitrdquo Rome Food and Agriculture Organization 3 FAO (2001) ldquoExpert Consultation on Energy in Human Nutrition

Interim ReportrdquoFoodand Agriculture Organization of the United Nation Rome

4 FAO (2003) ldquoWorld Food Security A Reappraisal of the Concept andApproachesrdquo Director Generalrsquos Report Rome

5 Gopalan et al (2012)ldquoNutritive Value of IndianFoodsrdquo ( Revised amp updated by BSNarasingaRao YG Deosthaleand KC Pant) National Institute of NutritionIndian Council of Medical Research Hyderabad

6 Guja MM (2012) Household Food Security Status and Coping Strategies in HumboWereda Snnprs Ethiopia InternationalJournal of Sciences Basic and AppliedResearch Vl 6 No 1 pp 64-82

7 ICMR (2010) ldquoNutrient Requirements and Recommended Dietary Allowances for Indiasrdquo A Report of the Expert Group of the Indian Council of Medical ResearchNational Institute of Nutrition Hyderabad

8 Sing PS (2013) ldquoSupply-Side Challenges of the National Food Security Billrdquo KurukshetraVl 62 No 1

9 Smith L amp A Subandoro(2007) ldquoMeasuring Food Security Using Household Expenditure Surveysrdquo International Food Policy Research Institute Washington DC

10 World Bank (1986) ldquoPoverty and Hunger and Options for Food Security in Developing Countriesrdquo World Bank Policy Study Washington DC

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 59

OVERVIEW OF SELF ESTEEM IN PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT

Dr D Vishnu Priya Reader in Commerce

PG Department of Commerce Besant Theosophical College Madanapalli

Abstract We all know that Self- esteem can be an important part of success Too little self-esteem can leave people feeling depressed It can also lead people to make bad choices fall into distractive relationship similarly too much of self esteem can certainly be off putting and can even damage personal relationship Self esteem levels at the extreme high and low ends of the spectrum can be damaging so the idle is to stick balance somewhere in the middle Hence the main purpose of this article is to focus on overview of self esteem in personality development with the following objectives Objectives 1) To identify the different components of self esteem 2) To trace out causes of low self esteem and its impact on personality

development 3) To identify the ways for developing a positive self esteem Introduction Self esteem is the term used to describe a personrsquos own measurements of his or her self worth It is also how we think of our self and the collection of believes we have relating to our abilities and worthiness In psychology the term ldquoSELF ESTEEMrdquo is used to describe a personrsquos over all sense of self worth or personal value Self esteem is often seen as ldquoA PERSONALITY TRAIT ldquowhich means that it tends to be stable It also involves a variety of believes about the self such as-

1) Appraisal of onersquos own appearance 2) Own believes 3) Emotions 4) Behaviors

Self esteem is the positive or negative state of mind that an individual posses himself In simpler language it means the opinion one holes for himself

The personality of a human being is complex and interestingldquoSELF ESTEEMrdquo forms a crucial segment of the same if to a great extent determines the nature and social behavior of an individual It also noted that individuals self

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 60

esteem may be different in different situations and in different set of social environment

Components of Self Esteem According to ldquoBRAMDENrdquo there are 3 components of self esteem

1) Self esteem is an essential human need i e vital for survival and normal healthy development

2) Self esteem a raise automatically from onersquos believes and consciousness

3) Self esteem occurs in conjunction with a personrsquos thoughts behaviors feelings and actions

Characteristics of self Esteem

Any self esteem consists of the following 8 basic characteristics These are 1) Living consciously 2) Learning from mistakes 3) Listening to others point of view 4) Taking care of us physically emotionally mentally and spiritually 5) Respecting other peoplersquos differences 6) Taking responsibility for our own life 7) Being able to speak and act from our own convenience 8) Having a sense of purpose and direction

The whole concept of self esteem can be seen in the following diagram

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 61

Types of self Esteem Any individual could have only two kinds of self esteem

1) High self esteem [Positive self esteem ] 2) Low self esteem [Negative self esteem ] 1) High (or) Positive self esteem

People who have high self esteem generally feel good about their abilities to participate confident in social situations and happy with the way generally the high self esteem possesses the following characteristics

Believing in a set of firmly place rules and principles Being able to make choices trust own Judgment and not feel guilty about

choices if someone does not agree Not living in the past or future and not caring about ldquoWhat ifrsquos ldquoand fully

living in present Believing in their capacity to solve problems just for failures and ask for

assistance Believe that they are valuable and that others enjoy spending the time with

them Participating in and enjoy many activities and hobbies Resisting manipulation by others Being sensitive to the feelings and needs of others aspect and abide by the

social norms Considering themselves self worthy and equal to others irrespective of

differences in finances and other personal causes

2) Low or Negative self esteem Low esteem is a hopeless condition that keeps individuals from

realizing their full potential a person who as low self esteem feels in competent unworthy and incapable lsquoShillingrsquo states that Low self esteem is a trait of financially unsuccessful people which in turn results in poor decision making The low self esteem possesses the following characteristics

Heavy self criticism having high dissatisfaction about their self or themselves

Hyper sensitivity to criticism leading to feeling attacked Continuous in decision due to the fear of making mistakes Having chronic irritation and easily angered even over minor things General negativity about life and often an inability to enjoy life

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 62

CAUSES OF LOW SELF ESTEEM Since low self esteem is dangerous and it leads to self killing and so it should be remove completely to overcome the attitude of low self esteem it is better to tries out the causes of low self esteem The following are some of the main causes for low self esteem 1) Negative self talk 2) Environment 3) Education 4) Poor role models 5) Making unfair comparison 6) Failures or success 7) Unrealistic expectations of perfection 8) Lack of discipline 9) Learning negative values 10) Fully down or labeling has put down Impact of Lowself Esteem Low self esteem can have an effect on various aspects of a personrsquos life This can be clear from the following statements

1) A person with low self esteem problem says a lot of negative things about themselves they might criticize themselves They might put themselves down or balm themselves

2) Low self esteem affect a personrsquos performance at work they might consistently achieve lower productivity because they believe that they are less capable them others They will avoid challenges in work life for fear of not doing well

3) Low self esteem also affects the peoplersquos personal relationships People will low self esteem might became disturbed or upset by any criticism or this approval and so they avoid to meet the people and talk to them

Building high self Esteem People who have high self esteem generally feel good about their abilities to participate confident in social situations and happy with the way to have positive personality every person needs to develop positive self esteem Steps for Building a Positive self Esteem Positive self esteem can be develop by adopting the following steps 1) Turn scars in to stars 2) Learn intelligence ignorance 3) Do something for other who cannot repay in cash 4) Learn to give and receive compliments

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 63

5) Accept responsibility 6) Practice discipline 7) Set goals 8) Associate with people of high moral character 9) Get our self positive suggestions 10) Our great strengths can become our great weakness 11) Hare passions Conclusion

In this article I considered the nature origin consequences causes for low self esteem and steps to build positive self esteem while the main focus is on improving self image through positive thinking Having a more positive attitude can make you open to a world of physical changes In addition to changing your way of thinking you can also change your behavior and abilities by learning new skills

References 1 Abraham T (1988) toward a self-evaluation maintenance model of social

behavior 2 Adler N and stewart J 2004 self-esteem psychological working group 3 Branden N (1992) the power of self esteem Deerfield beach 4 Burton N (2015) self-confidence vs self-esteem-psychology today 5 Council on Alcoholism and drug abuse- image amp Self-esteem-mentor

resource center 6 Cooper Smith (1967) The antecedents of self-esteem 7 Davis W Gteller K amp Thaut M (2008)- An introduction to Music therapy 8 Demo D H (1985) The measurement of self esteem Refusing our methods

Journal of personality and social psychology 9 Edberg H (2013) how to improve your self-esteem 10 Maslow A H (1943) a theory of human motivation 11 Robinson J Shaver P(2010) measures of personality and social

psychological activities

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 64

ISOLATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF BIOACTIVE MOLECULES PRODUCED BY ENTOMOPATHOGENIC BACTERIA COMAMONAS

TESTOSTERONI

Deepa I Guest Faculty

Department of Botany and Biotechnology Milad -E- Sherief Memorial (MSM) College

Kayamkulam Alappuzha India Abstract

The entomopathogenic nematode isolate Rhabditis (Oscheius) species was collected from the soil of Bangalore Electronic City Karnataka and was selected for this study In the present study cell free culture filtrate of the symbiotic bacterium Comamonas testosteroni was prepared and separated into aqueous and organic fractions Insecticidal nematicidal and antimicrobial activity of organic fraction was evaluated For the separation of bioactive molecules the concentrated organic fraction was subjected to silica gel column chromatography Elution was carried out using a gradient of solvent mixtures of increasing polarity starting from a non-polar solvent (hexane) followed by mixtures of dichloromethane in hexane (5-100) ethyl acetate in dichloromethane (1-100) and finally with methanol in ethyl acetate (1-100) The fractions after concentration were tested for antibacterial and antifungal activity Purification of organic fraction was further then done using column chromatography TLC and HPLC The pure compound was subjected to various spectral analysis (UV-visible spectrum FTIR NMR and MS) and the structure was elucidated and identified as Cyclo (Pro-leu) a derivative of diketopiperazine (DKPs) Thus the above study concluded that Rhabditis (Oscheius) species and Comamonas testosteroni could be used as a promising source of bioactive compounds with antimicrobial activity

Keywords- Entomopathogenic nematode Rhabditis (Oscheius) Comamonas testosteroni Introduction Entomopathogenic nematodes are soft bodied non-segmented roundworms that are obligate or sometimes facultative parasites of insects Entomopathogenic nematodes occur naturally in soil environments and locate their host in response to carbon dioxide vibration and other chemical cues (Kaya and Gaugler 1993) Species in two families (Heterorhabditidae and Steinernematidae) have been effectively used as biological insecticides in pest

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 65

management programs (Grewal et al 2005) Entomopathogenic nematodes fit nicely into integrated pest management or IPM programs because they are considered non-toxic to humans relatively specific to their target pest(s) and can be applied with standard pesticide equipment (Shapiro-Ilan et al 2006) The bacterial symbiont is Photorhabdus in nematodes of the genus Heterorhabditis and Xenorhabdus in nematodes of the genus Steinernema In addition to Xenorhabdus and Photorhabdus sp a novel entomopathogenic bacteria is isolated from a new entomopathogenic nematode Rhabditis (Oschieus) sp of the family Rhabditidae (Mohandas et al 2004) Entomopathogenic bacteria are potential source of antibacterial antifungal antiulcer anti cancerous insecticidal and nematicidal compounds which might become promising pharmaceutical antibiotics or bio pesticides EPB produce bioactive molecules which inhibit the growth of a wide range of bacteria fungi and other microbes (Khushbu et al 2016) Materials and Methods Microorganisms and culture maintenance EPN culture The nematode isolate BEC collected from the soil of Bangalore Electronic City Karnataka was selected for this study It was taken from the nematode culture collection maintained in CTCRI laboratory Test pathogens Test bacteria their source and maintenance The following four bacteria Bacillus subtilis MTCC 2756 Escherichia coli MTCC 2622 Staphylococcus aureus MTCC 902 and Pseudomonas aeruginosa MTCC 2642 were purchased from IMTECH Chandigarh and are maintained on Nutrient agar (NA) slants and sub cultured using standard aseptic laboratory techniques every 2 weeks Test fungi their source and maintenance Aspergillus flavus MTCC 183 Fusarium oxysporum MTCC 284 and Rhizoctonia solani MTCC 2644 were purchased from IMTECH Chandigarh All fungi were maintained and sub cultured biweekly on potato dextrose agar (PDA) slants Culturing of EPN Soil samples were processed with insect baiting method (White GF 1927) 250g soil sample was taken in a plastic bottle and baited with Galleria mellonella larvae After two days dead larvae were placed in White Traps (Rosa et al 2000) and when there was emergence of infective juveniles (IJrsquos) they were harvested The IJs were collected in a beaker and rinsed 3 times with sterile distilled water and stored at room temperature Nematode isolate was passed through G mellonella every 6 months for sub culturing (Woodring and

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 66

Kaya 1988) G mellonella larvae were reared (Park and Yu 1999) by giving artificial diet Isolation of EPB The entomopathogenic bacteria used in this study were isolated from EPN belonging to the Rhabditis (Oscheius) species recovered from soil collected from Bangalore Electronic City Karnataka and maintained at CTCRI Bacterial isolate used in this study were taken from culture collection maintained in CTCRI laboratory Production of Bacterial Metabolites Standardization of incubation time and preparation of cell free culture filtrate

A pure culture of the bacterium was obtained from the third stage infective juveniles of the nematode isolate BEC and bacterial fermentation was carried out using Tryptic Soya Broth (TSB) Aliquots of the stock culture were added separately into 100 ml sterile medium The flasks were incubated in a gyrorotatory shaker (150 times g) at 30degC for 24 hr When the optical density of the culture at 600 nm was approx 17 the bacterial cultures were transferred asceptically into 400 ml sterile medium (TSB) and incubated in the gyrorotatory shaker (150 times g) at 30ordmC Fermentation was carried out for 4 days during which samples (100 ml) were withdrawn at regular intervals (24 hr 48 hr 72 hr and 96 hr) The culture media were then centrifuged (10000 times g 20 min 4degC) followed by filtration through a 045 microm micro filters to obtain cell free culture filtrate Separation of cell free culture filtrates into aqueous and organic fraction Fifteen litres of TSB culture filtrate were separated into aqueous and organic fractions For this the filtrate was neutralized with concentrated hydrochloric acid and extracted with an equal volume of ethyl acetate thrice The ethyl acetate layers were combined dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate and concentrated using a rotary flash evaporator at 30ordmC The dry residue was weighed and reconstituted in 6 ml methanol and stored at -20ordmC for further studies Antibacterial activity

Antibacterial activity was studied by agar well and disc diffusion method (Bauer et al 1966) Samples to be tested were filtered through 022 microm micro filters The level of activity was measured by the diameter (mm) of the zone of inhibition Antifungal activity

The antifungal activity of organic fraction was tested using agar-well diffusion method (Perez et al 1990) Wells were made on the agar surface with 6 mm cork borer The sample of 50 microl was poured into the well using sterile syringe The plates were incubated at 37degC for 48 hr The plates were observed for the zone formation around the wells

Purification of the organic compounds

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 67

Purification of organic fraction was done using column chromatography TLC and HPLC Column chromatography

The ethyl acetate extracts were chromatographed on a silica gel column (silica gel 60 45 x 25 cm)Two active sub fractions were collected from column through solvent systems such as dichloromethanehexane and methanolethyl acetate These were mixture of compounds and purification was done by preparative TLC and crystallization process The single compounds obtained from column were further purified by crystallization process Thin layer chromatography

The separation of the organic fraction was carried out by thin layer chromatography (TLC) The solvents used for the separation of sub fractions were Benzene-hexane acetone-benzene and methanol-chloroform combinations (Table 1) These solvent systems were found to be the most suitable ones

Each sub fraction was spotted (2 microl) on TLC plates in order to check the separation of the compounds The sub fractions were found to have mixture of compounds Hence number of bands and Rf values were calculated After standardization following solvents were used for thin layer chromatography Table 1 Sub fractions and solvents used for TLC

Slno Sub fractions Solvents used for TLC 1 DCMhexane benzenehexane 2 ethyl acetateDCM acetonebenzene 3 methanolethyl acetate methanolchloroform

High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC)

After performing the TLC only the pure compounds were subjected to HPLC using methanol as mobile phase Elucidation of the structure of the compound

The pure compounds obtained were subjected to NMR (H113C) (Brucker AMX-500 at National Institute for Interdiciplinary science and Technology (CSIR) Thiruvananthapuram) FTIR (Perkin Elmer at Sree Chitra Thirunal Institute of Science and Technology Thiruvananthapuram) and optical rotation (Rudolph Research analytical Autopol N polarimeter at Tropical Botanical Garden and Research Institute Thiruvananthapuram) were carried out The mass spectrum was recorded by JEOL-JMS mass spectrometer at National Institute for Interdiciplinary science and Technology (CSIR) Thiruvananthapuram) for the elucidation of the structure of the compound

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 68

Antimicrobial activity of the compound was tested Results

Isolation of EPB The entomopathogenic bacteria were isolated from the

entomopathogenic nematode isolate collected from soil samples of Bangalore Electronic City Karnataka The bacteria were isolated on Nutrient agar medium and re isolated on NBTA medium After incubation for 48 h on nutrient agar single colonies were isolated which were appeared to be circular slightly granular irregular margin opaque with 2-25 mm diameter Only one type of bacterial colony found to absorb bromothymol blue from the NBTA plate and the colony appeared red in colour The bacterial culture was maintained in nutrient agar by sub culturing This bacterium was identified as Comamonas testosteroni (Accession no HQ200410) Preparation of cell free culture filtrate and its separation

15L TSB was prepared The cell free culture filtrate of 72 hr showed maximum antimicrobial activity and the cell free culture filtrate was separated into aqueous and organic fractions Organic fractions were concentrated and were used for antimicrobial assay Antibacterial activity

Bacillus subtilis (which is very sensitive to EPB antibiotics Webster et al (2002) is used to monitor activity during isolation and identification of EPB bioactive compounds The diameter of zone of inhibition against the test bacteria are shown in Table 2 and displayed in Figure 1-6

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 69

Table 2 Antibacterial activity against B subtilis E coli S aureus and P aeruginosa

Zone of inhibition ( dia in mm) Concentration (microl)disc

Organic fraction

P aeruginosa S aureus

E coli B subtilis

Nil 9 14 10

Nil 10 18 11

Nil 11 16 12

Nil 12 19 14

50 50 50 50

24 hr 48 hr 72 hr 96 hr

Antifungal activity

The antifungal activity of organic fraction was tested against A flavus F oxysporum and R solani It is displayed in Figure 7-12 and diameter of zones of inhibition is given in Table 3

Table 3 Antifungal activity against A flavus F oxysporum and R solani Zone of inhibition (dia in mm)

Concentration (microl)disc

Organic fraction

R solani F oxysporum A flavus

NIL 14 20 15

NIL 17 16 19

NIL 19 27 18

50 50 50 50

24 hr 48 hr 72 hr 96 hr

Purification of the organic compounds The dichloromethanehexane ethyl acetatedichloromethane methanolethyl acetate fraction of TSB obtained after column chromatography were dissolved in 300 microl methanol and stored at -20oC for further purification and assay of bioactivity TLC profile indicated a single spot which indicate the purity of the compounds From the three sub fractions only one pure compound was obtained

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 70

in powder form with Rf value of 058 (TLC profile on Figure 13) and the yield of the compound was 157 mg The pure compound on HPLC indicated a single peak (Figure 14) and the retention time of the compound was 546

Figure 13 TLC Profile of Compound

F Figure 14 HPLC elution profile of Cyclo (pro-leu) C -18 reverse phase column 50 methanol ndashwater as the mobile phase Identification of compounds

NMR (C13 and H1) was recorded (Figure15 and 16) Mass was determined as 210 Da It had a melting point of 169ordmC (Figure17) and optical rotation of 1397 The IR was also taken for the compound (Figure18) The compound was identified as Cyclo (pro-leu) (Figure19) based on the above spectral analysis

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 71

Figure15 C13 NMR of Cyclo (pro-leu)

Figure16 H1 NMR of Cyclo (pro-leu)

Figure17 Melting point of Cyclo (pro-leu)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 72

Figure18 FTIR of Cyclo (pro-leu)

Figure19 General Structure Structure of Cyclo (pro-leu) Antimicrobial activity of compound Table 4 Antimicrobial activity of Compound against test organisms Discussion

The entomopathogenic bacteria associated with the EPN of Rhabditis (Oscheius) species isolated from Bangalore Electronic City Karnataka was used in this study This bacterium was found to have 99 sequence similarity with Comamonas testosteroni CNB-2 complete genome (Accession No CP001220) The sequences obtained in this study have been assigned in the

Microorganism Zone diameter(mm)

Bsubtilis 23 S aureus 19 A flavus 20 Foxysporum 16 Rsolani 13

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 73

NCBI GenBank under the accession number HQ200410 The 16s rDNA sequencing is the most trusted and widely used method in bacterial identification Among the three fractions the ethyl acetatedichloromethane was obtained in pure form Based on NMR FTIR and mass spectra the structure was elucidated and it was identified as a derivative of diketopiperazine (DKPs) The compound is identified as Cyclo (Pro-leu)

DKPs have received continuous interest because of their spectrum of pharmacological activities and are used as antibiotics synthetic vaccines and in cancer chemotherapy (Funabashi et al 1994)

It is the first time that the Diketopiperazine derivative ie Cyclo (pro-leu) has been isolated purified and identified from this nematode-bacterium system Both the TLC and HPLC methods were applied to the analysis of the bioactive compounds obtained from the symbiotic bacterial isolate BEC The compound possessed strong antimicrobial activity This is effective against human pathogenic bacteria and fungi and agriculturally important F oxysporum and R solani The metabolites of the antagonistic bacteria may be developed to an effective antibiotic

Acknowledgement The authors are grateful to the director of Central Tuber Crops Research Institute for providing the facility and financial support References [1] Bauer AW Kirby MM Sherris JC and Truck M 1966 Antibiotic

susceptibility testing by a standardized single disk method Am J Clin Pathol 45 493-496

[2] Funabashi Y Horiguchi T Iinuma S Tanida Sand Harada S 1994 J Antibiot 47 1202-1218

[3] Grewal PS Ehlers R-U and Shapiro-Ilan DI 2005 Nematodes as Biocontrol Agents CABI New York NY

[4] Kaya HK and Gaugler R 1993 Entomopathogenic nematodes Annual Review of Entomology 38 181-206

[5] Khushbu S Suresh W Sudershan G and Aditi K 2016 Analytical characterization of secondary Metabolites from Indian Xenorhabdus Species the symbiotic bacteria of entomopatathogenic nematode (Steinernema spp) as antifungal agent National Academy Science Letters 1-6

[6] Mohandas C Sheela MS Mathews S and Naveen Raj DS 2004 Rhabditis (Oscheious) Spp (NematodaRhabditidae) a new pathogenic nematode of crop pests National Sympo Green Pesticides for insect pest management 51-52

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 74

[7] Park SH and Yu SU 1999 Isolation and identification of a symbiotic bacterium from Steinernema carpocapsae Biotechnology and Bioprocess Engineering 4 12-16

[8] Perez C Paul M and Bazerque P 1990 Antibiotic assay by agar-well diffusion method Acta Biol Med Exp 15 113-115

[9] Rosa JS Bonifassi E Amaral J Lacey LA and Simoes N et al 2000 Natural Occurrence of Entomopathogenic Nematodes (Rhabditida Steinernema Heterorhabditis) in the Azores J Nematol 32 215 -222

[10] Shapiro-Ilan DI Gough DH Piggott SJ and Patterson Fife J 2006 Application technology and environmental considerations for use of entomopathogenic nematodes in biological control Biological Control 38 124-133

[11] Webster J M Chen G and Hu K Li J 2002 Bacterial metabolites In Gaugler R (ed) Entomopathogenic nematology CABI Publishing New York 99-114

[12] White GF 1927 A method for obtaining infective nematode larvae from cultures Science 66 302-303

[13] Woodring JL and Kaya HK 1988 Steinernematid and Heterorhabditid nematodes Hand book of biology and techniques South cooperative Ser Bulletin Arkans Agricultural ExpStn Fayetteville 331 1-30

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 75

A STUDY OF LEARDERSHIP BEHAVIOUR OF SPECIAL EDUCATOR AND GENERAL EDUCATOR IN INCLUSIVE SCHOOL

Deepti Gupta PhD Scholar

Amity Institute of Education Amity University Uttar Pradesh

Lucknow

Prof (Dr) Mala Tandon Professor

Dy Director and Head of Institute Amity Institute of Education

Amity University Uttar Pradesh Lucknow

Abstract Leadership is the most important feature of the organizational structure of any institution In a school the leadership of teacher plays an important role In an inclusive setup both special educators and general educators are leaders as well as teachers Educators are the role models Effective leadership provided by them in the classrooms leads to effective grooming of young children This study was undertaken to investigate the leadership behaviour of special educator and general educator of inclusive school The study was conducted on the sample of 40 educators (20 special educators including remedial teachers and 20 general educators) of inclusive schools The selection of inclusive school was purposive as there are a selective inclusive school in Lucknow district The leadership behaviour scale developed by Dr Asha Hingar (2005) was used to measure the level of leadership behaviour of teachers Keyword- Leadership Behaviour Special Educator General Educator Inclusive School Introduction Leadership is the most important feature of the organizational structure of any institution Alan Keith of Genentech told that ldquoleadership is inevitably about setting up (making) a route for individuals to help with causing something unprecedented to occurrdquo Leaders plays very important role in the effective performance of the school Beginning from decision of goals to achieving them Many researchers have associated leadership with school effectiveness with the leadership Be it the leadership of the Head of the institution of the school or any organization or the leadership of the teacher in the classroom School effectiveness and accomplishment of goals can not being guaranteed in the absence of effective leadership In the view of Bryk Anthony S Gomez Louis M (2010) the role of teachers is very crucial for educational change and effectiveness They are of

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 76

the view that it is the great challenge for the to create a culture of quality that penetrates into the minutest elements processes and systems of any school According to Farris Berg Kim Derkswager Edward (2012)- Teacher leadership not only focuses on the teaching-learning processe in the class but it also involves matters within and outside the school In the school the leadership of the teacher plays an important role Numerous teachers who practice in the leadership position of educators do not consider themselves to be a teacher It is expected that the term leadership for the teacher refers to a formal occupation of a position of obligation for example Principals Headmasters and in-charge They feel that the teaching is not a part of their job Halverson Rich Kelley Garolyn Shaw (2013) said that In general to improve school performance teachers perspective on teacher leadership has been changed Reason behind this is that leadership practice can improve the quality of student learning In an inclusive setup both special educators and general educators are supposed to be leaders as well as teachers The word educator and teachers are used synonymously Keeping this in mind the following study has been undertaken and the influence of the leadership behaviour of special educator and general educator has been studied in the inclusive school setup Concept of Leadership The concept of leadership is not new From earlier time leadership has been a point of interest for the researchers History on leadership indicates shifting to focus on theoretical orientation While the psychological approach of leadership focused the attention on the lsquoLeaderrsquohimself distinguishing him from non leaders the sociological approach to leadership emphasized organizational goals and relationship According to this methodology there is no ldquoLeaderrdquo without the ldquofollowerrdquo Another approach to the concept of leadership is behavioral approach which emphasizes the observed behavior of the leadership in the specific situations The behavior of leader according to this approach varies widely from one situation to another Leadership among educators- Educators are the role models Effective leadership provided by them in the classrooms leads to effective grooming of young children (special and normal) The approach adopted by educators as leaders makes a difference in the learning of children who have a tendency to follow their teachers as leaders People who are trained and are qualified to be educators are expected to become effective teachers Such teachers when interested with additional responsibilities of holding leadership forget that they are already leaders of their class working as teachers and role models They succumb to the glories of their designations as lsquoPrincipals lsquoHeadmasterrsquo or lsquoInchargersquo forgetting that primary role and

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 77

responsibilities as teachers They gradually give up teaching and direct interaction with the student for which they were initially recruited and hang to their glorified status Thereby seeking their responsibilities very easily and causing national loss and educational damage not only to themselves but for the institution they are working in The management should ensure that such leaders need to stay connected in classroom then only they will know the actual need of the children Thus in the present study researchers took teachers educators as leaders Objective of the study The objectives of the present study are as follows

To find out- 1 Difference between the leadership behavior of female special educator and

female general educator of inclusive school 2 Difference between the leadership behaviour of male special educator and

male general educator of inclusive school 3 Difference between the leadership behaviour female special educator and

male general educator of inclusive school 4 Difference between the leadership behaviour of male special educator and

female general educator of inclusive school Note- in present study remedial teacher is also considered as a special educator since they have done diploma and have experience of 5 years and above Hypothesis

There is- no significance difference in the leadership behaviour of - 1 Female special educator and general educator of inclusive school 2 Male special educator and male general educator of inclusive school 3 Female special educator and male general educator of inclusive school 4 No significance difference between male special educator and female

general educator of inclusive school Review of related literature- NEA (The National Education Association) (2011) portray instructor pioneers as experienced proficient who have earned of their students and associates and have picked up a lot of aptitudes that empowers them to work successfully and cooperatively with partners They work intimately with principals who have been prepared to create and execute viable systems of help for teachers and teacher leaders Teachers as leaders are those who need to remain firmly associated with the classroom and students however are eager to accept new obligations that

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 78

afford them leadership authority in or outside the classroom while remain teaching as a full or part-timerdquo Dozier T (2009) mentioned that many research show that in order to stay in the occupation teachers the need to participate in basic leadership activities at the school and region level A strong and positive culture in the sschool cultivates cooperation and successful correspondence proficient opportunities that incorporate profession teamwork opportunities leading to innovation in-depth opinion and support from organizations and associates time set aside for uniform coordinated efforts and reasonable pay and a separated pay structure which incorporates remunerating exceptional execution gaining new information and aptitude which help students in their learning process Kolderie (2014) emphasizes ldquoIf teachers can control what is important for student achievement teachers will acknowledge responsibility for student achievementrdquo NET 2011 In leadership role teachers work in partnership with principals and other school administration by supporting them to improve instructions and encouraging peers to improve their learning outcomes By this teachers as leaders support school leaders (Principals) in promoting new features and establishing cultures of success in school Leadership of teachers can neither be viable nor fruitful without the support of principals however neither can the principal expand his or her performance without tackling the talents and ability of teachers in leadership roles Methodology The population constitutes of all the special educator and general educator of inclusive school of Lucknow district The teachers belong to different socio-cultural groups and to both genders Sampling technique The researcher used purposive sampling technique as there are few inclusive schools in Lucknow district Sampling The total sample consists of 40 teachers from inclusive schools 20 teachers are special educators (teachers) and 20 general educators were selected From the 20 special educators 10 females and 10 males were part of the study (male teachers are remedial teachers who have done diploma in special education and have experience of 3-5 years and more) 10 are female and 10 are male comprised of 20 general educator Variable of the study In the present study leadership behaviour was the only variable

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 79

Tool used Leadership Behaviour Scale (LBS) which was developed by DrAsha Hingar professor Department of Psychology University of Rajasthan Jaipur LBS has five point likert type scale consisting 30 items based on six dimension of leaderrsquos effectiveness focusing on positive and constructive dimension- Emotion Stabilizer (ES) Team Builder (TB) Performance Orientor (PO) Potential Extractor (PE) Socially Intelligent (SI) and Value Inculcator (VI) Scoring Procedure The responses of the respondent were rated on a five point scale viz Always Usually Sometimes Rarely Never Score five being assigned to lsquoAlwaysrsquo four to lsquoUsuallyrsquo three to lsquoSometimesrsquo two for lsquoRarelyrsquo and one to lsquoNeverrsquo Statistical techniques used- mean SD and t-value was calculated to analysis the data Analysis and Interpretation of Data Testing of Hypothesis To fulfill the objectives in the study hypothesis were formulated and tested 1 Comparison of leadership behaviour of female special educator and

female general educator of inclusive school was done (Hypothesis 1) To test hypothesis 1 t-test were used and the following results were obtained (table 1)

Table 1 shows that the calculated t-value (086) at 005 level of significance and df =18 is less than table value(210) Therefore the null hypothesis (H1) is

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 80

accepted Thus there is no significant difference in the leadership behaviour of female special educator and female general educator of inclusive school Further table 1 also shows that there is no significant difference in the different dimension viz emotional stabilizer team builder performance orientor potential extractor socially intelligent and value inculcator of leadership behaviour of female special educator and female general educator of inclusive school

2 Comparison between the leadership behaviour of male special educator and male general educator of inclusive school

After testing hypothesie 2 following result were obtained (table 3)

From the above table 2 shows that the calculated t-value (202) at 005 level of significance and df= 18 is less than the tablevalue (210) Therefore accepting the null hypothesis (H2) is accepted Thus there is no significant difference in the leadership behaviour of male special educator and male general educator of inclusive school From the above table no significant difference is found in the different dimension- emotional stabilizer team builder performance orientor potential extractor socially intelligent and value inculcator of male special educator and male general educator of inclusive school 3 Comparison between the leadership behaviour of female special

educator and male general educator of inclusive school

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 81

To test hypothesis 3 t-test were used and the following results were obtained (table 3)

Table 3 shows that the calculated t-value (202) at 005 level of significance and df= 18 is less than the table value (210) therefore the null hypothesis (H3) is accepted Thus iy is clear from the above table that there is no significant difference in the leadership behaviour of female special educator and male general educator of inclusive school It is also clear that there is no difference in the different dimension of leadership behaviour of female special educator and male general educator of inclusive school

4 Comparison between the leadership behaviour of male special

educator and female general educator of inclusive school

Table 4 shows the calculated t-value (202) at 005 level of significant and df =

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 82

18 is less than the table value (210) Therefore the null hypothesis (H4) is accepted As the calculated value of dimension- emotional stabilizer team builder performance orientor potential extractor socially intelligent and value inculcator is 075 116 067 022 136 and 083 respectively at 005 level of significant and df= 18 is less than the table value (210) so it is clear that there is no significant difference between the leadership behaviour of male special educator and female general educator of inclusive school Discussion and result The above findings shows that no significant difference was found between the leadership behaviour of female special educator and female general educator of inclusive school male special educator and male general educator of inclusive school female special educator and male general educator of inclusive school male special educator and female general educator of inclusive school The purpose of this study was to describe the exiting patterns of leadership behaviour of special and general educators of inclusive school at district level It is obvious that leadership behaviour of different inclusive school could be differ as they come from the different environment set up have different attitudes perceptions values and different personality The perceive the problems of their selection in their own unique way But in this study it was observed that there is no difference in the leadership behaviour of special educator and general educator of different inclusive school Both types of teachers (special and general educators) of different inclusive school were capable of providing emotional stability to their students They have an absence of prejudices and it was found that they were managing the emotion of self and others The special educator and general educator and general educator of different inclusive schools were in proper alliance and with clear communication with the other teachers students and parents It was also noted that the special educator and general educator of different inclusive school possess a team spirit and they avoid unhealthy competition among the students for better achievement Both educators focus on overall development along with utilizations of skills and abilities of students It was also found that both special and general educators were capable of exploring and channelizing the latent potentialities in a proper manner Thus the special educator and general educator of different inclusive school possess high effective leadership behaviour Conclusion The present study shows that both special educator and general educator work in coordination in inclusive schools They take their responsibilities in the classroom with sincerity and dedication and provide effective leadership and support system for each other Thereby from this we may conclude that in

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 83

schools it would be important to have special educator along with general educators so that the overall upliftment of the quality of teaching and students is ensured References 1 Bryk Anthony S Gomez Louis M 2010 Getting Ideas into Action

Building Networked Improvement Communities in Education Frontiers in Sociology of Education Springer Publishing

2 Farris-Berg Kim Dirkswager Edward J 2012 Trusting Teachers with School Success What Happens When Teachers Call the Shots Rowman amp Littlefield Publishers

3 Halverson Rich Kelley Carolyn Shaw Jim 2013 Comprehensive Assessment of Leadership for Learning Formative Assessment for School-Wide Improvement Submitted as a conference paper for the 2013 Annual Conference of the University Council for Education Administration

4 NEA 2011 Teacher Leader Model Standards Teacher Leadership Exploratory Consortium ltlthttpw wwneaorg assetsdo csTeach erLeaderModelStandards2011pdfgtgt

5 Kolderie (2014) Teaching as a Leadership The Highly Effective Teacherrsquos Guide to Closing the Achievement Gap

6 Dozier T (2007) Turning good teachers into great teachers Educational Leadership65(1) 54-55

7 Kolderie Ted 2014 The Split Screen Strategy Improvement + Innovation How to Get Education Changing the Way Successful Systems Change Beaverrsquos Pond Press Edina MNltlthttpw wweduca tionevo lvingorgpdfBook-Innovation-Plus-Improvementpdfgtgt p 135

8 Hingar A (1984) Leader Behaviour Scale National Psychological CorporationAgra 7

9 Hingar A (1984) Manual for Leader Behaviour Scale National Psychological Corporation Agra

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 84

PROCESS VALIDATION INCREASING EFFECTIVENESS AND SAFETY OF THE DRUG PRODUCTS

Dhruvi Siyola Dr Pragnesh Patani Dr Nishkruti Mehta

A-one Pharmacy College Naroda Ahmedabad

Abstract Quality assurance techniques must be used in pharmaceutical industry process validation performs this task ensuring that the process does what it purports to do Processes Validation is important for process design elements and maintaining process control during commercialization and communicate that process validation is an on-going program and align process validation activities with product lifecycle It is also a regulatory requirement The purpose of this review to cover need of process validation principle of process validation types of process validation phase of process validation strategy for process validation

Keywords-Process validation Process control Regulatory requirement

Introduction The process of drug development involves drug discovery laboratory testing animal studies clinical trials and regulatory registration To increase the effectiveness and safety of the drug product after approval many regulatory agencies such as the United States Food and Drug Administration (FDA) also require that the drug product be tested for its identity strength quality purity and stability before it can be released in industrial market for use For this reason pharmaceutical validation and process

controls are important in spite of the problems that may be encountered [1]

The concept of validation was first proposed by two Food and Drug Administration officials Ted Byers and Bud Loftus in the mid 1970rsquos in order to improve the quality of pharmaceuticals [2]

PROCESS VALIDATION The word validation means ldquoassessment of validation or action of proving effectivenessrdquo The collection and evaluation of data from the process design stage throughout production which establishes scientific evidence that a process is capable of consistently delivering quality products is known as Process

Validation[3]

WHY IS VALIDATION REQUIRED In pharmaceutical industry expensive materials sophisticated facilities amp equipment and highly qualified personnel are used The efficient use of these resources is needed for the continued growth of the industry The cost of product failures rejects reworks and recalls complaints are the significant parts of the total production cost If we want to control failure and improve productivity as well as Quality then Detailed study and

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 85

control of the manufacturing process and validation is necessary The pharmaceutical industries are concerned about validation because of the following factors

1 Assurance of quality 2 Cost reduction 3 Government regulation [45]

Validation is establishing documented evidence which provides a high degree of assurance that a specific system will consistently produce a product meeting its predetermined specifications and quality attributes Principle for process validation[111213141516171819]

1Installation Qualification (IQ) The process or equipment meets all specifications is installed correctly and all required components and documentation needed for continued operation are installed and in place Design features of equipment (material of construction cleanability) Equipment Installation conditions (wiring utility functionality etc) Calibration preventative maintenance cleaning schedules Safety features Supplier documentation prints drawings and manuals Documented Software Environmental conditions of the manufacturing area (such as clean room 2Operational Qualification (OQ)Check whether The process or equipment are operating correctly Operational qualification (OQ) should follow Installation qualification Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 86

Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material 1 Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) 2 Software parameters 3 Specifications of raw material 4 Operating procedures for the process 5 Material handling requirements 6 Material handling requirements 7 Training 3Performance Qualification (PQ)Check whether the process or equipment performs as intended in a completion of Installation qualification and Operational qualification PQ

PQ considerations include Actual product and process parameters and procedures established in OQ bullAcceptability of the product 1Actual product and process parameters and procedures established in PQ 2 Acceptability of the product 3 Assurance of process capability as established in PQ 4 Process repeatability long term process stability 4Re ndash Qualification This formal review should include consideration of re-qualification of the equipment Minor changes or changes having no direct effect on final or in-process product quality should be handled through the documentation system of the preventive maintenance program[5]

Based on the stage of the production lifecycle at which process validation is performed it can be of four types[2021222325] 1 Prospective Validation This type of validation is performed before production during a productrsquos development stage A risk analysis is performed to assess the production process by breaking it down

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 87

into separate steps These are individually evaluated and based on past experience the likelihood of each one leading to critical situations is determined[6] Once yoursquove identified the critical sub-processes these are the steps you should follow Evaluate individual risk for each one Investigate and assess o Potential causes o Probability of situations arising o The extent of their effects Draw up the trial plans Set priorities for the validation After this you can begin with the trials and make an over assessment Prospective validation is essential for limiting the risk of quality lapses and errors occurring during the actual production[7] 2 Concurrent Validation You should monitor the first three batches produced on a production-scale as closely as possible The data gathered through this step can provide an in-depth detail of the fundamentals which greatly impacts the effectiveness of concurrent validation Together with comprehensive trend analysis which includes other aspects like stability you should perform concurrent validation throughout a productrsquos life to whatever extent it is needed[89] 3 Retrospective Validation It involves examining the past experiences of the process and evaluating the final control tests This evaluation is done while assuming that the procedures composition and equipment remains unchanged To determine how well the process parameters adhere to the permissible range you can also conduct a trend analysis Retrospective validation should not be considered a one of quality assurance measure rather it should be performed only in certain circumstances like when yoursquore introducing validation requirements for the first time It is more useful for establishing priorities for validation so avoid this technique for new products or processes[10]

4 Revalidation

Revalidation is essential for ensuring that any changes made to the process or its environment have not resulted in adverse effects on product quality or process characteristics It can be divided into two sub-types Revalidation after Changes ndash Whenever yoursquove introduced any new elements

in the manufacturing process revalidation needs to be performed to ascertain their effects There can be a number of changes in the manufacturing or standard operating procedures that impact product quality These can be Changes in Starting Materials ndash Changes in physical attributes can alter the mechanical properties of compounds and materials which can consequently have adverse effects on the product or the process Changes in Packaging Material ndash If you switch packaging materials you may also be forced to make changes to the procedures followed during packaging which can impact product stability

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 88

Changes in Process ndash Any time you alter the manufacturing process the subsequent steps can be affected and thereby the product quality too Changes in Equipment ndash Repairs maintenance and replacement of key components is unavoidable but be sure to assess whether quality is affected and how much Changes in Support System or Production Area ndash Rearrangement of support systems or production areas can also affect product quality especially critical systems like ventilation VALIDATION PROTOCOL[242526] The validation protocol should be numbered signed and dated and should contain as a minimum the following information Title Objective amp Scope Responsibility Protocol Approval Validation Team Product Composition Process Flow Chart Manufacturing Process Review of Equipments Utilities Review of Raw Materials and Packing Materials Review of Analytical and Batch Manufacturing Records Review of Batch Quantities for Validation (Raw Materials) Review of Batch Quantities for Validation (Packing Materials) HSE Requirements Review of Process Parameters Validation Procedure Sampling Location Documentation Acceptance Criteria Summary Conclusion The Three Stages of Process Validation The definition of Process Validation from the FDA is as follows ldquoThe collection and evaluation of data from the process design stage through commercial production which establishes scientific evidence that a process is capable of consistently delivering quality productsrdquo[3031]

The Three Stages of Process Validation are

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 89

Stage 1 ndash Process Design Stage 2 ndash Process Qualification Stage 3 ndash Continued Process Validation Stage 1 ndash Process Design[32]

This is the research and development phase and involves defining a process for manufacturing the product It usually includes the following Creation of a Quality Target Product Profile (QTPP) Identifying Critical Quality Attributes (CQAs) Defining Critical Process Parameters (CPPs) Defining Critical Material Attributes (CMAs) Conducting risk assessments From a regulatory point of view an essential component of this stage is meticulous and comprehensive record keeping That said the collection and evaluation of data as part of this Process Validation stage also has business benefits too This is because you can use the data to optimise your production process create efficiencies and troubleshoot problems Stage 2 ndashProcess Qualification[3334]

This stage evaluatesqualifies the process designed earlier to ensure it can reproduce consistent and reliable levels of quality It involves collecting and evaluating data on all aspects and stages of the manufacturing process This includes The building and facilities ie ensuring they adhere to local regulations as well as pharmaceutical manufacturing regulations The transportation of raw materials Storage of raw materials The knowledge training and working practices of production line employees Every step of the process to turn raw materials into the finished product This includes having pre-defined sampling points at various stages of the process Finished product packaging storage and distribution Another useful component of this stage of Process Validation is to develop contingency plans for situations where things go wrong Stage 3 ndash Continued Process Verification Continued Process Verification involves ongoing validation during production of the commercial product to ensure the process designed and qualified in the previous stages continues to deliver consistent quality One of the main aims of this stage is to detect and resolve process drift The stage involves product sampling analysis and verification at various points in the manufacturing process and requires the involvement of employees with quality control training Again comprehensive record-keeping is required at this stage including logging anomalies and issues with product quality

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 90

Reason Why Process validation that increasing safety of drug product[2829]

1 Simple process 2 Moisture sensitive and heat sensitive product 3 Consistent through output 4 Reduction in rejection and rework 5 Fewer complaints about process related failure 6 Reduce testing in process and finished goods 7 Easier scale-up from development work 8 Easier maintenance of equipment 9 28More rapid and accurate investigation of process deviation 10 Increase confidence about process reproducibility and product quality 11 Improve employee awareness of process

Conclusion It is necessary before approval of a new drug that an accurate and reliable assessment for its effectiveness and safety for the intended indication and target patient population is demonstrated Validation is the key element in assuring that quality goals are met References 1 Sharp JR The Problems of Process ValidationPharm J 1986 143-5 2httpenwikipediaorgwikivalidation(drugmanufacture) Dated20th september 2011 3US Department of human and health services Food and Drug Administration Center for drug evaluation and research (CDER) Center for biologics evaluation and research (CBER) Center for veterinary medicine (CVM) Guidance for industry Process Validation General principles and practices 2008 4Patel C Desai D G Seth AK Process validation of artemether and lumefantrine 80480 mg tablet Pharma Science Monitor 6(1) 233-243 (2015) 5 Patel C Desai D G Seth AK Process validation of artemether and lumefantrine 80480 mg tablet Pharma Science Monitor 6(1) 233-243 (2015) 6Recommendations on Validation Master Plan Installation and Operational Qualification Non-Sterile Process Validation Cleaning Validation PICS September 2007 7 Guidelines for Process Validation of Pharmaceutical Dosage Form ndash Saudi Food amp Drug Authority Version 2 February 1992 8 FDA Guide on APIs 1998 48 PIC Guide 1999 32 Gold Sheet 1996 9Chaitanyakumar G Rout RP Ramtake S Bhattacharya S Process Validation The Indian Pharmacist 2005 14-19 10 Elsie Jatto Augustine and O Okhamafe An Overview of Pharmaceutical Validation andProcess Controls in Drug Development Tropical Journal of Pharmaceutical Research December 2002 1 (2) 115-122

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 91

11 Requirements for the Registration of Pharmaceu- ticals for Human Use Geneva ICH-QZA 1995 12 Health Canada Health Products and Food Branch Inspectorate Validation Guidelines for Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms (GUI ndash 0029) December 2009 13 Donald M lsquoVector Corporationrsquo 14 FDA Presentation lsquoICH Q7A GMP Guidancefor API and its use DuringInspectionsrsquolsquohttpwwwfdagovcdrmeetingICH_Q7Aindexhtm 2002 15Nassani Mowafak ldquoCleaning Validation in the Pharmaceutical Industryrdquo Institute of Validation Technology 38 16Shah DH QA Manual 1-7 17Alcock P and Motise P FDA statement Human Drug cGMP Notes 18GMP training Organization websites [httpgmptrainingcomnewshtml] 19 Donald M Rosendale lsquoValidation group managerrsquoVector corporation validation of Pharmaceutical Process Equipment 20 Sharma S Khurana G Gupta R A review on pharmaceutical validation and its implications Indian Journal of Pharmaceutical and Biological Research 1(3) 100-104 (2013) 21 Ojha A Bharkatiya M Santosh K Pharmaceutical process validation of solid dosage forms a review World Journal of Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Sciences 3(6) 476-484 (2014) 22 Pandita R Rana AC Seth N Introduction and general overview of pharmaceutical process validation review International Research Journal of Pharmacy 3(6) 60- 64 (2012) 23 Ahir K B Singh K D Yadav S P Patel H S Poyahari C B Overview of validation and basic concepts of process validation Scholars Academic Journal of Pharmacy 3(2) 178-190 (2014) 24 Ch Sandhya Brahmaiah B Pusuluri D L S Konkipudi V S Process validation an essential process in pharmaceutical industry International Journal of Advances in Scientific Research 1(4) 179-182 (2015) 25 Health Canada Health Products and Food Branch Inspectorate Validation Guidelines forPharmaceutical Dosage Forms (GUI ndash 0029) December 2009 26 Guide to Inspections of Oral Solid Dosage Forms prepost Approval Issue for Development and Validation issue (194) January 2010 27 Rockville MD Guideline on General Principles of Process Validation US Food and Drug Administration US FDA 1987 28 Alam S Pharmaceutical Process Validation An Overview J Advanced Pharm Edu Res 2012 2(4) 185-200 29Ajay S Seema S International Journal of Research in Pharmacy and Science Int J Res Pharm Sc 201312 30Kathiresan K Moorthi C Prathyusha Y Gade B R Reddy B K Manavalan R An overview of pharmaceutical validation Research Journal of Pharmaceutical Biological and Chemical Sciences ISSN 0975-8585 October ndash December 2010 RJPBCS 1(4)1026 31 Kathiresan K Moorthi C Prathyusha Y Gade B R Reddy B K Manavalan R An overview of pharmaceutical validation Research Journal of Pharmaceutical

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 92

Biological and Chemical Sciences ISSN 0975- 8585 October ndash December 2010 RJPBCS 1(4)1026 32ICH Q7A Good Manufacturing Practices Guideline for Active Pharmaceutical Ingredient 2001 33 Guidance for Industry Process Validation General Principles and Practices US Department of Health and Human Services Food and Drug Administration Centre for Drug Evaluation and Research (CDER) Centre for Biologics Evaluation and Research (CBER) Centre for Veterinary Medicine (CVM) January 2011 34 ASTM E2709-10 Standard Practice for Demonstrating Capability to Comply with a Lot Acceptance Procedure 35 FDArsquos guidance for industry Quality Systems Approach to Pharmaceutical Current Good Manufacturing Practice Regulations 36 Guidelines for Process Validation of Pharmaceutical Dosage Form ndash Saudi Food amp Drug Authority Version 2 February 1992 37 ASTM E2281-03 Standard Practice for Process and Measurement Capability Indices Operating procedures for the process

Material handling requirements Process change control Training

Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 93

Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 94

व ीकरण क दौर म फ़ल रह ह द

ज मोहन राव शोधाथ ह द वभाग

आ व व ालय वशाखप टणम

आ दश

भारत क असली ताकत हद भाषा ह आम बोलचाल क हद तानी हद को दश क आधी स अिधक जनस या बोलती समझती ह विभ न भाषा-भा षय क बीच अिधकतर हद ह सवाद सत का काम करती ह

यवसाय क स दख तो बाजार बकन वाली व त क ताकत को दखता ह

हद भाषा म वह ताकत ह यह कारण ह क आज सवािधक व ापन भी हद म आत ह

इटरनट और सोशल मी डया पर भी हद का भाव बढ़ रहा ह अब कई सॉ टवयर और हाडवयर अतिनिमत हद यिनकोड क स वधा क साथ

आ रह ह

व ीकरण बाजार करण और सचना ाित क इस दौर म त ण बदलत व क प र य क बीच हद भाषा एक नए जोश क साथ उभर रह ह आज भारत व क अथजगत म महाश बनकर उभर रहा ह व क सवािधक श शाली मान जान वाल दश अम रका क पव रा पित बराक ओबामा तो अपन दश क नाग रक को कई बार हद सीखन क सलाह द चक ह य क उ ह भी लगता ह क भारत एक उभरती हई व श ह और भ व य म हद सीखना अिनवाय होगा भारत क असली ताकत हद भाषा ह आम बोलचाल क हद तानी हद को दश क आधी स अिधक जनस या बोलती

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 95

समझती ह विभ न भाषा-भा षय क बीच अिधकतर हद ह सवाद सत का काम करती ह

हद भाषा म वह ताकत ह यह कारण ह क आज सवािधक व ापन भी हद म आत ह इटरनट और सोशल मी डया पर भी हद का भाव बढ़ रहा ह अब कई सॉ टवयर और हाडवयर अतिनिमत हद यिनकोड क स वधा क साथ आ रह ह इसस हद क तकनीक सम याए लगभग समा हो गई ह अब समय ह क सभी इटरनट यो ा रोमन िल प म हद िलखन क बजाय दवनागर म ह हद िलख अिधकाश बड़ सचार कपिनय को हद म बड़ा उपभो ा बाजार दख रहा ह जसस व हद तकनीक पर सभी स वधाए दान कर रह ह भारतीय यवा ldquoय यबrdquo पर सवािधक 93 ितशत वी डयो हद म दखत ह

हद पर तरह स स म और समथ भाषा ह इसक सबस बड़ वशषता तो यह ह क इस जस बोला जाता ह वसा ह िलखा भी जाता ह यानी हद भाषा पर तरह स विन और उ चारण आधा रत भाषा ह यह खबी व क अ य कसी भी भाषा म नह ह अ जी स हत व क अ य भाषाओ क िलखन और बोल जान म काफ अतर होता ह हद भाषा का ज म स कत भाषा स हआ ह व ािनक ारा स कत और हद भाषा को विन व ान और दरसचार तरग क मा यम स अत र और अ य अ ात

स यताओ को सदश भज जान क िलए भी सवािधक उपय पाया गया ह

कछ वष पव तक हद को गवार जा हल और कम पढ़-िलख लोग क भाषा माना जाता था ल कन व ीकरण और बाजार करण क इस दौर म यह सोच तजी स बदल रह ह भारत का कॉरपोरट जगत मजबर म ह सह हद को हाथ -हाथ वीकार कर रहा ह भारत म उपभो ा व तओ क वह बाजार को आज अनदखा करना असभव ह वदशी कपिनय क िलए भारतीय बाजार क खलन क साथ ह कई बहरा ीय कपिनय न भारत म पदापण कया वपणन माक टग और यापार म भारतीय स कह यादा मा हर इन कपिनय का यह अनभव था क कसी भी दश म वहा क भाषा स कित और जायका

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 96

जान बना अपन पाव जमाना आसान नह ह ऐस म इन कपिनय न अपन उ पाद को भारतीय ज रत क हसाब स ढालकर पश कया अपन उ पाद क वपणन क िलए इन कपिनय न हद भाषा को चना य क यह भाषा सबस बड़ ल य समह तक पहचती ह

ट इ डयन िम डल लास स सबध रखन वाल इस बाजार म 50 ितशत स अिधक लोग या तो हद भाषी ह या दसर भाषा क तौर पर हद

का योग करत ह ऐस म यह एक सकन दन वाला समाचार ह क हद भाषा का भारत म ह नह ब क समच व म व तार हो रहा ह यहा हद स पयाय सा ह य क किल भाषा स नह ह ब क आम बोलचाल क भाषा स ह जसका उपयोग आज का मी डया खलकर कर रहा ह ऐस म हद क कछ परोकार बदलत सा कितक प र य म भाषा क बदलत बगड़त व प क ित िचितत भी दखाई द रह ह ल कन इस बीच यह भी प हो रहा ह क हद को अ जी स सीध तौर पर कोई खतरा नह दखाई दता आज यापार को व तार क िलए हद का दामन थामना पड़ रहा ह और हद बाज़ार क साथ आग बढ़ रह ह

मी डया और व ापन म हद का योग बहत अिधक बढ़ा ह हाला क इसका उ य हद क सवा कदा प नह ह ब क बहरा ीय और दशी कपिनय क नजर हद भाषी उपभो ाओ क एक बड़ बाजार पर ह पछल एक हजार वष स अिधक समय स भारत म हद का यापक उपयोग होता आ रहा ह अप श स ारभ हआ हद का रचना ससार आज प रप वता क चरम पर ह हद भाषा अनक प म आचिलक और थानीय बोिलय क प म भी चिलत ह अ ज क भारत आगमन स पव ह हद न अपनी जड़ समच

भारतीय उपमहा प म जमा द थी उस समय का भारत आज क ह तरह व यापार का एक मह वपण भागीदार था इसिलए इस दश क जनता क साथ काय यवहार करन क िलए हद का समिचत ान होना आव यक था

भारतीय स वधान म हद को राजभाषा बनान का उपबध 14 िसतबर 1949 को जोड़ा गया था इसिलए हर साल 14 िसतबर को हद दवस क प

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 97

म मनाया जाता ह 26 जनवर 1950 को स वधान क लाग होन क साथ ह स वधान क अन छद 343 क उपबध एक क अतगत दवनागर िल प म िलखी जान वाली हद को भारतीय सघ क राजभाषा का दजा दया गया हद को राजभाषा का दजा तो द दया गया ल कन इसी अन छद क उपबध तीन म यह ावधान कया गया क राजभाषा हद क साथ-साथ अ जी को अगल 15 वष

तक सहभाषा क प म जार रखन का अिधिनयम दश क ससद बना सकती ह बाद म 1967 म त कालीन धानम ी इ दरा गाधी न राजभाषा अिधिनयम म सशोधन कर अ जी को अिन तकाल क िलए भारत क सहभाषा बना दया यह उपबध हद क वकासपथ पर एक बहत बड़ा रोड़ा सा बत हआ और आज भी क और कई रा य का कामकाज अ जी म ह चल रहा ह

राजनीितक इ छाश क अभाव म और वाद क कारण हद को पया शासक य सर ण ा नह हो सका रह -सह कसर दश क दश क अ जी पर त नौकरशाह न पर कर द ए ज ह न अ जी को ह रा भाषा क तरह गल लगाया हद भाषा अ जी और चीनी क बाद व म सवािधक सार वाली तीसर भाषा ह हाला क व तार क कोण स दख तो अ जी

क बाद हद सबस वशाल म बोली जान वाली भाषा ह दिनया क 150 स अिधक व व ालय म हद भाषा पढ़ाई जाती ह हजार क स या म वदशी छा हद सीख रह ह और भारत क कई िश क भी वदश म हद को व तार दन क पनीत काय म जी-जान स जट ह आशा ह क आन वाल समय म हद गवार जा हल और कम पढ़-िलख क भाषा होन क अिभषाप स पर तरह स म हो जाएगी

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 98

QUERCETIN AS AN ANTIUROLITHIATIC DRUG AGAINST ETHYLENE GLYCOL INDUCED CALCULI IN MALE RATS

G Subashini PhD scholar

Department of Biochemistry DKM College Vellore

Tamil Nadu India

Hebsibah Elsie B Asst Professor

Department of Biochemistry DKM College for Women Vellore

Asha S Asst Professor

Department of Biochemistry DKM College for Women Vellore

ShobaK Asst Professor

Department of Biochemistry DKM College for Women Vellore

Abstract

Kidney is vital in the maintenance of homeostasis through the excretion of catabolites like urea creatinine and uric acid and elevated concentration of these indicate compromised renal function Due to the presence of kidney stones there is an obstruction to the outflow of urine in urinary system and the glomerular filtration rate (GFR) decreases The data revealed that ethanol extract of leaves of euphorbia hirta have significant inhibitory activity on calcium oxalate crystallization Laboratory investigation of hypercalciuria hyperuricosuria hyperoxaluria cystinuria hypocitraturia renal tubular acidosis urinary tract infection and reduction of urinary volume is based on the results of 24-hr urine collection and a spot urine for urinary sediment culture and pH Blood analysis for creatinine calcium and uric acid must be obtained Current knowledge does not support calcium restriction recommendation because it can lead to secondary hyperoxaluria and bone demineralization Reduction of animal protein and salt intake higher fluid intake and potassium consumption should be implemented Medical treatments involve the use of thiazides allopurinol potassium citrate or other drugs according to the metabolic disturbances The correction of those metabolic abnormalities is the basic tool for prevention or reduction of recurrent stone formation Further the flavonoid compound quercetin had also shown effective anti-urolithiatic activity

Keywords Kidney stones Nephrolithiasis Hypercalciuria Osteopenia Calcium Quercetin Oxalate Introduction The kidneys are two bean-shaped organs in the renal system one of a pair of organs located in the right and left side of the abdomen The kidneys remove waste products from the blood and produce urine As blood flows through the kidneys the kidneys filter waste products chemicals and unneeded water from the blood Urine collects in the middle of each kidney in an area called the renal pelvis It then drains from the kidney through a long tube the ureter to the bladder where it is stored until

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 99

elimination The kidneys also make substances that help control blood pressure and regulate the formation of red blood cells

Urinary calculus (kidney stones) is one of the painful disorders of the urinary tract urolithiasis refers to the solid nonmetallic minerals in the urinary tract It is estimated that 10 of the population in the industrialized areas of the world are affected by urinary tract stone disease with an incidence of 05ndash19In India upper and lower urinary tract stones occur frequently but the incidence depends on regional climatic and socioeconomic conditions (Marshall and Stoller 2004)Approximately 80 are of calcium-containing stones are in the form of pure calcium oxalate (CaOx) (50) or calcium phosphate (1) and a mixture of both (45) and other stones are Struvite (10) uric acid (9) and cystine (1) (Kirtikar and Basu 2005) Among the several types of kidney stones the most common are calcium oxalate stones representing up to 80 of the analyzed stones Although the mechanisms involved in the formation of calcific stones it is generally agreed that urinary lithiasis is a multifaceted process involving a series of events such as supersaturation of urine crystal nucleation aggregation and growth of insoluble particles that are finally retained in the urinary tractTubular cell injury facilitates CaOx crystal formation and deposition in the renal tubules( Pons 2011)

Kidney Stone Inhibitors and Promoters

Inhibitors are substances which decrease the initiation of supersaturation nucleation crystal growth rate of aggregation or any other processes required to stone formation Normally urine contains chemicals that prevent crystal formation Inhibitors in urine includes small organic anions such as citrate small inorganic anions such as pyrophosphates multivalent metallic cations such as magnesium or macromolecules such as osteopontin glycosaminoglycans glycoproteins urinary prothrombin fragment-1 and TammndashHorsfall proteins (Gaitondeacute andJetmalani 2017) These inhibitors do not seem to work equally for everyone therefore some people form stones But if crystals formed remain tiny usually it travels through the urinary tract and passes out from the body with urine splash without being noticed Inhibitors may act either directly by interacting with crystal or indirectly by influencing the urinary environment When inhibitory compounds adsorb onto the surface of the crystal it inhibits nucleation crystal growth aggregation or crystal-cell adherence ( Visavadiya and Narasimhacharya 2005) In contrast promoters are substances which facilitate stone formation by various mechanisms Some of the promoters include cell membrane lipids (phospholipids cholesterol and glycolipids) calcitriol hormone enhancement via parathyroid hormone stimulation] oxalate calcium sodium cystine and low urine volume Among recurrent stone formers urinary oxalate excretion was found to be higher whereas citrate excretion was lower (Joshi et al 2008)Studies indicated that oxalate can increase chloride sodium and water reabsorption in the proximal tubule and activate multiple signaling pathways in renal epithelial cells In general an imbalance between urinary stone inhibitors and promoters has been suggested to be the cause for stone formation (Meeploy et al 2008)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 100

Herbal Therapy The use of plants or plant extracts for medicinal purposes (especially plants that are not part of the normal diet (Gupta et al 2006)Herbal medicine is also called botanical medicine or phytomedicine It is refers to using a plants seeds berries roots leaves bark or flowers for medicinal purposes (Nigam and Sodhi 2014) Herbalism has a long tradition of use outside of conventional medicine It is becoming more mainstream as improvements inanalysis and quality control along with advances in clinical research show the value of herbal medicine in the treating and preventing disease( Vijayakumar et al 2013) Herbs Herbs are any plant or a part of a plant that are used for medicine food flavoring or perfume Herb consists of flower buds bark seeds leaves or any other parts of the plants Examples of herbs are ginsing chamomile basil thyme etc Herbs journals deals with complete details of plants used on medicine used in the maintenance of health as like in the prevention diagnosis improvement and treatment of illnesses( Gupta and Sharma 2006) Quercetin The name quercetin (33457-pentahydroxyflavone) comes from the Latin word ldquoQuercetumrdquo which means Oak Forest belongs to the class called flavonols that cannot be produced in the human bodyIt is yellow color and is poorly soluble in hot water quite soluble in alcohol and lipids and is insoluble in cold water (Fig -115) Quercetin is said to be one of the most widely used bioflavonoids for the treatment of metabolic and inflammatory disorders (Salvamani et al 2014) Occurrence It is one of the most abundant dietary flavonoids found in fruits (mainly citrus) green leafy vegetables as well as many seeds buckwheat nuts flowers barks broccoli olive oil apples onions green tea red grapes red wine dark cherries and berries such as blueberries and cranberries The highest concentrations of flavonols were found in vegetables such as onions and broccoli fruits such as apples cherries and berries and drinks such as tea and red wine ( Sultana and Anwar2008) 3Materials and Methods 31 Exvivo study Plant collection The leaves of Euphorbia hita were collected from vellore district The plant was identified at Euphorbia hita the Botany Department DKM Collage vellore The voucher specimen of the plant was deposited at the college for further reference Preparation of Extracts Leaves of Euphorbia hirta were shade dried and powdered to get coarse granules which were stored in an air tight container in the dark The 25 g of the powder was subjected to continuous extraction in Soxhlet apparatus using absolute ethanol for 7 h The extract was filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to give a viscous mass The

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 101

concentrated crude extracts were stored at 4degC in a refrigerator and used for further study Ex Vivo Turbidity Assay The oxalate crystal inhibition potential of Euphorbia hirta extract and fractions was also carried out in rat plasma to provide the biological environment The plasma sample was diluted with equal volume of calcium chloride and sodium oxalate (60thinspmmolL each) separately Resulting plasma solutions containing either calcium chloride or sodium oxalate were used for nucleation assay The 950thinspμL of plasma containing sodium oxalate (60thinspmmolL) was mixed with 100thinspμL of Euphorbia hirta extractsfractions at the different concentrations (50-100-150thinspμgmL) Crystallization was carried out by adding 950thinspμL of plasma containing calcium chloride (60thinspmmolL) The mixture solution was incubated for 1thinsph and the temperature was maintained at 37degC The OD of the crystallized suspension was measured at 620thinspnm and the inhibition potential was estimated by comparing with control The percentage of aggregation inhibition was then calculated by comparing the turbidity in the presence of the extract with that obtained in the control using formula Percentagethinspthinspofthinspthinspinhibition=(1minusTurbiditysampleTurbiditycontrol)times100 32 In vivo studies Drug administration The reference drug and isolated compounds (quercetin) were administered orally through stainless steel oral feeding tube Sodium CMC 1 of the weight was added to the isolated compounds for preparing the test doses 25 mg and 50 mg body weight orally given for 10 days Animals Eight healthy male Wistar albino rats weighing between 100 and 150 g were used for the study The animals were housed separately in polypropylene cage at temperature of 23 plusmn 2о`C and 50-60 relative humidity with a 12 h lightdark cycle respectively for one week before and during the commencement of experiment Animals were allowed to access standard rodent pellet diet and drinking water The animals were acclimatized for 10 days before experiments commenced The animals were housed in polypropylene cages and maintained under standard laboratory conditions They were fed with standard pellet diet and water ad libitum Experimental design Invivo study Ethylene glycol- induced urolithiasis The male wistar albino rats were divided in four groups each of six animals Group I Control rats - received normal pelleted diet Group II Urolithiasis induced rats - received 075 vv ethylene glycol and 2 ammonium chloride wv in water for 10 days Group III Urolithiasis induced rats received 075 vv ethylene glycol and 2 ammonium chloride wv in water along with quercetin (25 mgkg body weight) by oral administration for subsequent 10days at a rate of 00025 g of body weight rat day Group IV Urolithiasis induced rats received 075 vv ethylene glycol and 2 ammonium chloride wv in water along with quercetin (50mg kg body weight) by oral

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 102

administration for subsequent 10 days at a rate of 0005 g of body weight rat day The drug were given once daily by oral route Assessment of Antiurolithiatic Activity Serum analysis At the end of 11 days of the experimental period rats were sacrificed anaesthetized and blood collected from the retro-orbital region centrifuged at 10000 times g for 10 min The serum was for urea and creatinine using the respective diagnostic kits by a colorimetric method Estimation of biochemical parameters 1Estimation of creatinine (Bonser and Taussky 1945) The concentration of creatinine was estimated in serum and urine by the method of Roscoe (1953) 1 ml of working reagent was added to all eppendorfs 100 μl of serumurine was added for test while in blank purified water was added and mixed well as shown above and allowed to stand at room temperature exactly for 20 minutes The optical density of Blank (B) Standard (S) and Test (T) was measured immediately against purified water at 520 nm 2Estimation of uric acid (Fossati et al 1980 Young et al 1997 Newman et al 1999) 1 ml of uric acid reagent was added to all eppendorfs Thereafter 20 μl urineserum was added for the test while in blank uric acid reagent was added They were then mixed well and incubated at room temperature for 5 min The absorbance was read at 546 nm 3 Estimation of Urea (Young et al 1997) The concentration of urea was estimated in serum and urine by the method as described by Young et al( 1997)

Test tubes were labeled as Blank (B) Standard (S) and Test (T) and serum samples and reagents were added Tubes were mixed well and incubated at 37oC for 5 minutes Absorbance of Standard followed by Test was measured at 578 nm 4Estimation of alanine amino transferase (ALT) activity- Reitman and Frankel (1957) The method of Reitman and Frankel (1957) was followed to determine alanine transaminase activity in serum 1 ml of working reagent was added to all eppendorfs 100 μl of serum was added for testwhile in blank purified water was addedTubes were mixed well and incubated at 37oC for 5 minutes Absorbance of Standard followed by Test was measured at 340nm 4Estimation of aspartate amino transferase (AST) activity- Reitman and Frankel (1957)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 103

The aspartate transaminase (AST) activity was assayed in serum by the method of Reitman and Frankel (1957) 1 ml of working reagent was added to all eppendorfs 100 μl serum was added for test They were mixed well and incubated at room temperature for 2 min and Absorbance of Standard followed by Test was measured at 340nm 5Estimation of alkaline phosphatase (ALP) activity - Malloy and Evelyn (1937) 1 ml of working reagent was added to all eppendorfs 20 μl serum was added for test while in blank purified water was added They were mixed well and absorbance was read at 405 nm The mean absorbance change per minute (ΔA min) was determined Histopathological studies The rats were killed by high doses of ether abdomen was cut opened and the kidneys were removed The abdomen was cut open to remove both kidneys from each animal on 11th day The kidneys were stored in formalin (10) fixed in bouin liquid soaked in paraffin cut at 2ndash3 μm intervals and the slices were stained using hematoxylin and eosin Tissue slices were photographed using optical microscopy under polarized light architecture of the kidney Statistical Analysis Results were expressed in terms of mean plusmn standard error mean Differences among data were determined using one-way ANOVA test followed by Dunnetts multiple comparison test (SPSS Software) and P lt 005 was considered statistically significant The value of probability less than 5 (P lt 005) was considered statically significant 4 RESULTS Exvivo Study In order to provide the biological environment Antiurolithiatic activity of an extract of Euphorbia hirta was carried out in rat in rat serum by Exvivo assay It was found that the ethanol extract was responsible for the inhibition of calcium oxalate crystal formation It was found that ethanol extract showed 7311 of inhibition at 005g and 9632 of inhibition at 010gmWhereas at 015 gm the percentage of inhibition was found to be 9823 99 (Figure 41 ) Thus the percentage of inhibition increases as concentration increases This phenomenon may be due to the presence of copound quercetin which in turn inhibits glycolate oxidase Invivo studies Physical parameters Action of drug on change in body weight At the start of the body weight of the animals in all the animals in all the groups were found to be 10005 plusmn 878 with no significance But after 10 days body weight was found to be significantly lowered in Ethylene glycol induced group (11011 plusmn 59 p value lt 001 ) as compared to normal animals (130688 68)Whereasquercetin at 25 mgbwt (12118 plusmn 86) showed no significance when compared to the control group A

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 104

significance rise in body weight was showen in quercitin (50 mgbwt-12552 plusmn 84 p value lt001) treated groups as compared to Ethylene glycol induced rats(Table 41) Effect on water intake The level of water intake in ethylene glycol induced rats showed a level of 79 plusmn 09 with a significance of plt005 when compared to the control group (1313 plusmn 30)whereas the quercetin administered animals exhibited a decreased intake level of 88 plusmn 08 and 101 plusmn 011 with no significance when compared to induced animals (Table 42)

Figure 41 Effect of different concentration of ethanol extract of leaves of Euphorbia hirta on calcium oxalate crystallization in rat plasma by Exvivo model Bio chemical parameters Action of drugs on creatinine The serum creatinine levels was significantly increase in the nephrolithiatic group (262 plusmn 043 with p value of lt 0001) when compared to all the control groups (125 plusmn 034)Treatment with quercetin showed a significant decrease (plt001) in the creatinine levels in the serum compared to the nephrolithiatic animals with a concentration range of (160 plusmn 037 and 153plusmn035respectively) However in the 25 mg kg bwt quercetin administered group of serum creatinine levels remained lower than the quercetin (50 mgkg bwt) treated group (Table 41 ) Action of drugs on uric acid The serum uric acid levels were significantly higher in the group 2 animals (2345plusmn 00 4 lt005)when compared to the group 1 animals whereas treatment group at both dose (25 and 50 mgkg bwt) showed a significant reduction in the serum uric acid levels (17 plusmn 006 and 13plusmn 004 plt001 respectively) compared to the group 2 animals Among

0

005

01

015

02

005 01 015 O

F IN

HIB

ITIO

N

CONCENTRATION OF ETHANOL EXTRACT

Ex vivo study

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 105

the treated groups quercetin at 50 mgkg b wt showed a better results than 25 mgkg b wt (Table 41) Action of drugs on blood urea nitrogen The effect of the administration of quercetin was assessed on the BUN and the data is represented in Table 41 The ethylene glycol indued group showed an signicant elevation (6015 plusmn34 plt0001)in the BUN values than control group (3145plusmn51) A significant decrease was found in the BUN levels in both the quercetin treated groups 3 and 4 (4089plusmn34 and 3566plusmn51plt005 respectively)On comparison among the quercetin treated groups the higher concentration showed a higher activity Table ndash 41 Alteration in the level of biochemical parameters in various test group in experimental male albino rats

Sno Parameter Group -1

Group -2 Group -3 Group -4

1 Body weight (gm) ndash Initial

10005 plusmn878

10005 plusmn878 10005 plusmn878 10005 plusmn878

Final 130686plusmn 8

11011plusmn 59 12115plusmn 86 12552plusmn 84

2 Water intake (ml)

135plusmn 30 79plusmn 09 88plusmn 08 101plusmn 011

3 Creatinine (mgdl)

125plusmn 034

262plusmn 043 160plusmn 037 153plusmn 035

4 Uric acid (mgdl)

0978plusmn 007

2345plusmn004 17plusmn 006 13plusmn 004

5 BUN (mgdl)

3145plusmn 51

6015plusmn 34 4089plusmn34 3566plusmn51

6 ALT (IUL)

3555plusmn 57

9666plusmn 88 449plusmn 57 4010plusmn 77

7 ALP (IUL)

3222plusmn 42

7822plusmn 72 433plusmn 33 3718plusmn 69

8 AST (IUL)

6823plusmn 74

13042plusmn104 8156plusmn956 7475plusmn 811

Results are expressed as mean plusmn SEM n = 5 indicates p lt 001 indicates p lt 0001 indicates p lt 005 Group 1 - Normal rat Group 2- Ethylene glycol induced rat Group 3- quercetin treated rat (25 mgbwt) Group 4- quercetin treated rat (50 mgb wt) Group II compared with Group I

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 106

Group III and IV compared with Group II Action of drugs on ALT The serum ALT levels in the animals at the end of the experimental regimen was shown in Table 41 There was a significant increase plt001 in the serum ALT levels in the Ethylene glycol induced group (9666 plusmn 88) when compared to the controls group(3555plusmn57)On quercetin administration (Group 3 and 449plusmn57 and 4010plusmn77respectively)there was a significant reduction in serum ALT level as concentration increases when compared to the ethylene glycol All the treated groups showed a significant reduction in serum ALT when compared to the ethylene glycol induced group (plt005 and plt 01 respectively ) Action of drugs on ALP Calculi induced group showed a significant increase in ALP level of 7822 plusmn72 with a significant value of plt005 when compared to the control group (3222 plusmn 42 )In addition group 3 rats showed a significant decreased (433 plusmn 33 p lt005) in the level of ALP when compared to the group 1 rats While group 4 rats revealed a market decreased (3718 plusmn69 plt001) in the activity of enzyme ALP compared to Group 1 rats Among the treated groups Group 4 showed more activity than the Group 3 animals (Table 41 ) Action of drugs on AST On ethylene glycol administration the level of AST (13042 plusmn 104) was found to be remarkedly increased with a significance of p lt 001 compared to normal animals (6823 plusmn 74) However on quercetin administration as treatment drugs (8156 plusmn 956 25 mg kg b wt and 7475 plusmn 8111 50 mg kg b wt) showed a significant decrease (plt005 and plt 001respectively) in the level of AST compared to the ethylene glycol induced animals with a dose dependent activity Thus quercetin shows a concentration dependent activity (Table 41) Histopathological Evaluation of Kidney Liver and Spleen The histopathological evaluation of the kidney of experimental animals was represented in Figure 42 ) Histopathological section of normal control animal kidney revealed no abnormalities like interstitial inflammation and proximal tubules dilation within the renal tissue (Figure 42 a )While Kidney of urolithiasis group animal showed a marked inflammation in the interstitial space of calculi development on continuous administration of the renal tissue along with proximal tubules dilation and deposition of the intratubular and interstitial crystal inside the tubules was a found as a characteristic sign of calculi development on continuing administration of 075 ethylene glycol (vv) (Figure 42 (b) Figures 42(c) and (d) at both quercitine 25 mg and 50 mg treated rats showed a reduced degenerative changes in the kidney tissue like interstitial infiltration of the inflammatory cell and proximal tubules dilation inside the tubules The results revealed that quercetin has a protective effect on kidney liver and spleen as revealed from histopathological results and this supports the therapeutic efficiency of quercetin as an anti ndash urolithiatic drug

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 107

Fig 42 Microscopic images of kidney sections under a light microscope (40x) after hematoxylin and eosin staining from animals of (a) Group -1 (Normal ) (b) Group - 2 (Ethylene glycol induced) (c) Group -3 (Quercetin Treated rats 25mgKg bwt) (d) Group - 4 (Quercetin Treated rats 50 mgKg bwt)

(a) (b)

(c) (d)Fig ndash 43 Microscopic images of Liver sections under a light microscope (40x)

after hematoxylin and eosin staining from animals of (a)Group -1 (Normal ) (b)

Group - 2 (Ethylene glycol induced) (c) Group -3 (Quercetin Treated rats-

25mgKg bwt) (d) Group - 4 (Quercetin Treated rats-50mgKgbwt)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 108

(a) (b)

(c) (d)Fig ndash 44 Microscopic images of Spleen sections under a light microscope (40x)after hematoxylin and eosin staining from animals of (a) Group -1 (normal ) (b)Group ndash 2 (calculi induced group) (c) Group -3 (Quercetin treated group ndash25mgKgbwt) (d) Group- 4 (Quercetin treated rats-50mgKgbwt)

Discussion Kidney is vital in the maintenance of homeostasis through the excretion of catabolites like urea creatinine and uric acid and elevated concentration of these indicate compromised renal function Due to the presence of kidney stones there is an obstruction to the outflow of urine in urinary system and the glomerular filtration rate (GFR) decreases This is also attributed to the rise in tubular pressure caused by renal tubular cell necrosis as a result of intraluminal crystal deposition (Bardaoui et al 2010) Reduction in the GFR leads to accumulation of the waste products particularly nitrogenous substances such as blood urea nitrogen (BUN) creatinine and uric acid in blood and urine (Ghodkar 1994) Urolithiasis or Urinary stone formation in kidney has ever been an annoying urinary disease for human This disease is mainly the result of supersaturation of urine with certain urinary salts such as CaOx and phosphate the most common constituent of kidney stones (Daudon et al 1993) Kidney stone or urolithiasis is a complex process that results from a succession of several physicochemical events including supersaturation nucleation growth aggregation and retention within renal tubules (Atmani et al 2004) Different chemicals used to induced urolithiasis in experimental animals includes ethylene glycol glycolic acid insertion of calcium oxalate crystals in to urinary bladder calculi-producing diet model using Gentamicin and 5 ammonium

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 109

oxalate insertion of zinc disc in to bladder sodium oxalate (Perez et al 1998 Bahuguna et al 2009 Doddola et al 2008) The administration of ethylene glycol in drinking water caused a dose dependent significant reduction in the body weight of rat A significant loss in body weight correlates with the decrease in feed consumption Similar decrease in body weight due to the decrease in the food consumption has also been reported in an earlier study (Ringold et al 2005) A considerable reduction inbody weight and increase in kidney weight in rats was also observed when treated with ethylene glycol in drinking water (Parmar et al 2012) Uric acid concentration highly elevates that causing hyperuricaemia thus leading to associated rise in urinary uric acid (Sakhaee L et al 2002) The superior of crystals of uric acid in CaOx calculi amp uric acid combining proteins are able to combining to CaOx amp regulate crystallization shows its function in calculi formation (Yadav RD et al 2011)An increase in uric acid and associated binding proteins has been shown to play an important role in calcium oxalate crystallisation process (Kalaiselvi et al 1999) Uric acid interferes with calcium oxalate solubility and reduces the inhibitory activity of compounds such as glycosaminoglycans (Divakar et al 2010) In the present study alsowe have observed an elevation in serum and urine uric acid levels in the nephrolithiatic group Acute worsening of renal function due to crystal deposition in the renal tubules results in glomerular dysfunction Renal damage induced by oxidative stress was associated with impaired renal function and a marked increase in serum creatinine calcium urea uric acid and phosphorus (Bhalodia 2010) Histopathological results revealed no serious damage in the hepatic structure and spleen by used concentration The administration of quercetin extract having flavonoids can prevent liver tissue injury in a normal pattern Damaging of liver cells depends on the dose of the extract indicating that our selected dose is appropriate and it can be used for the management of urolithiasis In summary it was demonstrated that B ligulata extract does not have any toxic effect at the mentioned dose(Amer2012) Histopathological evaluation of kidney through microscopic examination showed accumulation of calcium oxalate deposits inside the tubules in calculi-induced animals Marked changes such as dilation of the proximal tubules along with interstitial inflammation were observed in urolithiasis rats The quercitine alone treated significantly decreased the number and size of calcium oxalate deposits in different parts of renal tubules and also reduced damage to the renal tubules quercetin which protect the kidney from oxidative injury by oxalate and crystal deposition Thus Quercetin has the curative effect for the kidney stone formation Conclusion In the present study dried powder of leaves of Euphorbia hirta were subjected to extraction using 70 vv ethanol Ex vivo activity used as a model to study antiurolithiatic potential of ethanol extract using rat plasma From the findings it was found that as the concentration increases from 005 to 015 g the percentage of

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 110

inhibition also found to be increased and this indicates the inhibitory activity of extract towards the calcium oxalate formation The study was extended to evaluate the antiurolithiatic activity of quercetin using ethylene glycol (075) and ammonium chloride (2) induced renal calculi in male albino rats The kidney stone formation induced in rats as a result of 10 days simultaneous administration This was significantly inhibited by oral administration of quercetin at two selected doses (25 and 50 mgkg of body weight) Lithogenic animals showed a marked decrease in body weight and water intake compared to control group while quercetin treatment reversed these changes Induced group of animals showed a significant increase in all the parameters such as serum creatinine uric acid BUN AST ALP ALT levels compared to control group All these changes were brought to near normal level on quercetin administration as a treatment Histopathological changes observed due to ethylene glycol induction also reversed on treatment In conclusion the presented data revealed that ethanol extract of leaves of euphorbia hirta have significant inhibitory activity on calcium oxalate crystallization Further the flavonoid compound quercetin had also shown effective anti-urolithiatic activity Hence it may be concluded that the flavonoid compound quercetin can be used for the treatment of urolithiasis

References bull Abate N Chandalia M Cabo-Chan AV Jr et al The metabolic syndrome and uric

acid nephrolithiasis novel features of renal manifestation of insulin resistance Kidney Int 200465386ndash92

bull Begum AN Terao J Protective effect of quercetin against cigarette tar extract-induced impairment of erythrocyte deformability J Nutr Biochem 200213265ndash72

bull Clarke AM Mckenzie RG Ileostomy and the risk of urinary uric acid stones The Lancet 1969294395ndash7

bull Prasad KVSRG Bharathi K Srinivasan KK Evaluation of Musa (Parasidica Linn Cultivar) Puttubale stems juice for antilithiatic activity in albino rats Indian journal Physiology and Pharmacology 1993 37 337-341

bull Huang HS Ma MC Chen J Chen CF Changes in the oxidant- antioxidant balance in the kidney of rats with nephrolithiasis induced by ethylene glycol Journal of Urology2002 167 2584 2593

bull Atmani F Slimani Y Mimouni M Hacht B Prophylaxis of calcium oxalate stones by Herniaria hirsute on experimentally induced nephrolithiasis in rats British Journal of Urology International 2003 92 137-140

bull AdhiraiM Selvam R Vitamin E pretreatment prevents cyclosporine A-induced crystal deposition in hyperoxaluric rats Nephron 1997 75 77-81

o Huang HS Ma MC Chen J Chen CF Changes in the oxidant- antioxidant balance in the kidney of rats with nephrolithiasis induced by ethylene glycol Journal of Urology2002 167 2584 2593

bull Elias Edwin Jarald Pankaj Kushwah Sheeja Edwin Suhail Asgharand Showkat Ahmad Patni Effect of Unex on ethylene glycol-induced urolithiasis in rats Indian J Pharmacol 2011 Jul-Aug 43(4) 466ndash468

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 111

bull Marshall L Stoller MD Urinary stone disease In Tanagho EA McAninch JW editors Smiths General Urology 16th ed New York McGraw-Hill Lange Medical Books 2004 pp 256ndash91

bull Kirtikar K Basu B 2nd ed vol II International Book Distributors Dehradun 2005 (Indian medicinal plants

bull Pons CA Custer RP Acute ethylene glycol poisoning clinico-pathologic report of eighteen fatal cases Am J Med Sci 2011 211 544ndash52

bull Salvamani S Gunasekaran B Shaharuddin NA Ahmad SA Shukor MY Antiartherosclerotic effects of plant flavonoids Biomed Res Int 2014 2014

bull Blokhina O Virolainen E Fagerstedt KV Antioxidants oxidative damage and oxygen deprivation stress A review Ann Bot 200391179ndash94

bull Sandhar HK Kumar B Prasher S Tiwari P Salhan M Sharma P A review of phytochemistry and pharmacology of flavonoids Int Pharm Sci 2011125ndash41

bull Agrawal AD Pharmacological activities of flavonoids Review Int J Pharm Nanotechnol 201141394ndash7

bull Pal DK Verma P Flavonoids A powerful and abundant source of antioxidants Int J Pharm Pharm Sci 2013595ndash8

bull Prochaacutezkovaacute D Boušovaacute I Wilhelmovaacute N Antioxidant and prooxidant properties of flavonoids Fitoterapia 201182513ndash23

bull Lakhanpal P Rai DK Quercetin A versatile flavonoid Int J Med Update 2007222ndash 37

bull Begum AN Terao J Protective effect of quercetin against cigarette tar extract-induced impairment of erythrocyte deformability J Nutr Biochem 200213265ndash72

bull Xiao X Shi D Liu L Wang J Xie X Kang T et al Quercetin suppresses cyclooxygenase-2 expression and angiogenesis through inactivation of P300 signaling PLoS One 20116(8)e2293

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 112

FOUR HISTORIC VISITS OF MAHATMA TO ASSAM

Gautam Sarmah Assistant Professor

Department of History Rupahi College Nagaon

Assam Abstract

MK Gandhi - The man we have known as Mahatma and father of our nation Who had a very close relation with the people of Assam Gandhi visited Assam in 1921 1926 1934 and 1946 These four historic visits to Assam by Gandhi immensely enriched the history of Assam Gandhi was not only a person he was an institution When he went to a new place in his lifetime thousands of his followers always surrounded him to meet and talk with him People of Assam also was not excepted from this genuine truth Which truth was proved within his all four historical arrivals to Assam Key-words Assam Gandhi Public meetings Swadeshi Visit Introduction History of India was enriched by a new chapter through the emergence of Mahatma Gandhi in 1919 After joining by Gandhi to Indian freedom struggle the whole picture of the contemporary Indias had been changed Gandhi was an iconic figure who united the people of India against British Raj Gandhis four times visit of Assam gave a new power to the people of Assam and also united them against the foreign rules as well as contemporary India In one sentence four visits of Assam by Gandhi made a strong nationalism among all the people of Assam they also became more conscious of their rights and duties Therefore except the discussion of Gandhis four historic visits to Assam the history of Assam is always incomplete Aim and objectives of the study To highlight about the Gandhis visits in different parts of Assam Responsible factors Gandhis visits to Assam also will be focused Treats of the people of Assam towards Gandhi will be discussed Impact on the people of Assam by Gandhis views also will be mentioned Methods of the Study Method of the writing of this paper is descriptive with applying historical analysis Data has been collected from the different secondary sources like books research papers research thesis newspapers souvenirs etc

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 113

Discussion On 18 August 1921 Gandhi first came to Assam along with his eleven companies He first reached at Golakganj Assam Pradesh Congress Committees general secretary a prominent freedom fighter of Assam Nabin Chandra Bordoloi along with his followers received Gandhi from Golakganj On the way people of Dhubri and Goalpara districts of Assam heartily welcomed him to their state By passing those districts when Gandhi finally reached at Gauhati (present Guwahati) he shocked to see a long line of gathering people at Gauhati from Pandu to Bharalumukh They eagerly waiting to see Gandhi from near and talk with him In this first visit to Assam Gandhi stayed at Tarun Ram Phukans residence who was a patriotic figure and prominent leader of freedom struggle also known as Desabhakt of Assam The residence was decorated by the flags of INC In that place or in front of the Tarun Ram Phukans residence of Bharalumukh Gandhi addressed in a public meeting where more than 25000 Gandhis followers were present In that public meeting Gandhis speeches translated into Assamese by Tarun Ram Phukan for the understanding of general people Through the impact of Gandhis speeches a rapid change came into existence It is notable the year of 1921 was the time of Swadeshi movement against British misrule in India By listening Gandhis views on Swadeshi movement at once people of Assam jumped into this movement As the rapid impact of Gandhis speeches in that same day in evening people of Assam started burning the foreign cloths and started a boycott movement against British Raj However in his first visit Gandhi was staying in Assam from 18 August to 30 August 1921 Specially to expand the swadeshi feelings among the people of Assam he also visited Nagaon Jorhat Tezpur Dibrugarh Silchar and Sylhet He visited almost all important districts of undivided upper and lower Assam People of those districts had arranged some public meetings In each meeting Gandhi delivered his powerful speeches on swadeshi movement and self-independence He inspired to all people of Assam to adopt and expand swadeshi feeling in every walk of their life In 1926 for second time Gandhi came to Assam In this time the main reason was to visit Assam by him to attend 41 no INC session at Pandu Gauhati Noteworthy that this was the only and first Congress session accomplished in Assam before pre-independent To this session Gandhi came as an important representative of INC Congresss representatives had set a target of collecting 10000 yards of khadi clothes to decorate the pandal of that Congress session Actually by this work they tried to expand the Gandhis views and activities on Swadeshi movement far and wide To attend the meeting of Harijan Sewak Sangh Gandhi again visited Assam in 1934 in the month of April On 10 April Gandhi reached Assam after a day on 11 April he addressed a meeting at Rupashri Dhubri district of Assam In that meeting he appealed to the people to eradicate untouchability from their

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 114

mind and brain Aiming to the all gathering people he said Im glad to be in Assam again after a very long period This time my mission is in connection with the Harijan movement It is said that there is no considerable untouchability in Assam and Bengal But I dont think that the statement squares with facts We are guilty of untouchability as soon as we make distinctions between man and man and we have grades of high and low Surely there are distinctions enough in Assam In this third visit Gandhi also went to Gauripur Bansbari Chaprakata Sorbhog Howly and Sarupeta In those places on the same day Gandhi attended some another important public meetings where he also said to the people to the removal of untouchability feelings from their mind Next dupay he went to Goreswar Tangla Udalguri Bindukuri Rangapara and Tezpur On 13 April he reached Gauhati by a steamer from Tezpur In Gauhati Gandhi inaugurated a Seva Ashram He also visited a leprosy asylum and the quarters of Harijans in Gauhati On the same day he attended a meeting was arranged by Marwari people of Assam After meeting he went to Khetri Chaparmukh Nagaon and Furkating He attended some public meeting in Golaghat Dergaon and Jorhat Through this third visit to Assam Gandhi adopted and expanded a message to uplift the Harijans Within two weeks staying in Assam Gandhi collected almost 17000 rupees to Harijans of Assam Finally by finishing his great mission he moved to his homeland from Assam In 1946 Gandhi last visited to Assam He came via Brahmaputra by a steamer from Bengal Some prominent leaders of INC like Lokapriya Gopinath Bordoloi Bishnuram Medhi Siddhartha Sarma and others received Gandhi from the river port of Brahmaputra In his last visit he inaugurated the Assam Branch of Kasturba Gandhi National Memorial Trust Under this trust a branch was named the Gram Sevika Vidyalaya was started in Assam Gandhi gave the responsibilities to managing this branch to Amal Prabha Das Gandhi stayed on a small hillock was known as Sarania The owner of this hillock was Dr Harekrishna Das father of Amal Prabha Das He was a faithful follower of Gandhi However when Gandhi was at Sarania suddenly the hillock was surrounded by some poor people to meet and talk with Gandhi about their problems To meet those people by the suggestion of Gandhi at once a temporarily a small hut was constructed by Harekrishna Das Gopinath Bordoloi Bhubaneswar Barua etc INC leaders or followers of Gandhi Later the hillock was donated to the Gram Sevika Vidyalaya by Dr Harekrishna Das and his family where Gandhi was last staying This is fourth or last historic visit of Gandhi to Assam before the independent of our country

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 115

Conclusion Thus we have found that between 1921 to 1946 Gandhi visited Assam for four times to take some important agendas and initiatives like to expand the swadeshi message to uplift the socio-economic status of harijans removal the untouchability from the society and development of nationalist feeling among the people of Assam However in finally undoubtedly we can say that Gandhis these four historic visits to Assam will always remain as a golden chapter of Assam History References 1 Barpujari HK (1992) The comprehensive history of Assam Assam

Publication Board Guwahati 2 Barua SL (1995) A comprehensive history of Assam MM Publication

New Delhi 3 Chandra B (1989) Indian Struggle for Independence Penguin Pub New

Delhi 4 Gait EA (1990) A history of Assam LBS publication 5 Goswami P (2012) The history of Assam from yandabo to partition 1826-

1947 Orient Blackswan Publication 6 Sharma D (1993) Assamese Women in the Freedom Struggle Punthi

Pustak Publication Calcutta

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 116

SKYSCRAPERS LINKED WITH IMPENDING FINANCIAL CRASHES

Girisha Nayak S Research Scholar

Department of Commerce Manipal University Jaipur

Dr Gaurav Lodha Research Supervisor

Department of Commerce Manipal University Jaipur

Abstract Economic experts sometimes call the skyscraper effect the skyscraper curse or Tower of Babel curse a reference to the myth of Genesis in which people have dispersed abroad and received different languages to build a city or tower that reached the heavensThe skyscraper effect is an economic indicator that combines the construction of the tallest skyscrapers in the world with an impending economic recession The theory that there is a positive correlation between the development of megawatt buildings and financial crises was developed by British economist Andrew Lawrence in 1999 The skyscraper effect is also known as the Skyscraper Index The skyscraper index designed by economist Andrew Lawrence shows the relationship between the construction of the tallest building in the world and the business cycle Is this just a coincidence or are skyscrapers causing business cycles The technical foundations of Cantillon effects for a building indicator are presented here proving how essential skyscraper construction components such as technology are linked to key technical concepts in economics such as the construction of production The findings practical and theoretical suggest that the business cycle theory of the Austrian School of Economics can significantly contribute to our understanding of business cycles particularly serious onesTheconcept that any country that creates a record skyscraper will be punished with an economic crisis may at first seem too far-reaching However dig a little deeper and it will become clear that Lawrences theory has some validity The relationship between the construction of a skyscraper taller than the recent height record holder and the aftermath of the economic crisis can be explained in many ways The financial crisis usually occurs after a period of economic boom characterized by higher gross domestic product (GDP) low unemployment rate and rising asset pricesWhen a project such as a worlds tallest building receives the necessary funds to start construction the countrys economy can be seen as one that has developed so much that the probability of a crack shortly is high Keywords Tall buildings new technologies urban design future cities sustainability

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 117

Introduction Historically bull market booms and real estate bubbles primarily commercial real estate go hand in hand The same irrational enthusiasm that convinces average stock investors that everything they touch turns to gold also infects developers who reach for the hilt with cheap money near the top of the cycle And the most visible indicator of this is the skyscraper In the past the completion of record skyscrapers was the proverbial bell that rings at the top of the market At this time the massive construction of super-high residential and business towers especially in Manhattan can signal that the bulls end is near The first skyscrapers were built at the shift of the century In the 1920s the Life Tower metropolis and Singer building were built in Lower Manhattan before panic in 1907 The magnificent Woolworth building was opened as the tallest building in the world a few years later It was soon overshadowed by the Chrysler Building an Art Deco miracle that opened in 1928 followed by 40 Wall Street The Empire State Building which began construction before the stock market crash in 1929 was finally opened in 1931 During the Great Depression Review of Literature In 2015 Jason Barr Bruce Mizrach and Kusum Mundra conducted in-depth analysis regarding the relationship between skyscraper height and the business cycle Economists have theorized that if building the highest structures shows that the business cycle has reached its peak then the plan to make these structures can also be used to forecast GDP growth The researchers compared GDP growth per capita in four countries - America Canada China and Hong Kong - with the height of the tallest buildings in these countries and assumed that both of these factors are tracking each other This means that during the economic boom building developers are increasing the height of buildings trying to capitalize on growing revenues that result from increased demand for more office space In other words how tall a construction depends on how suddenly the economy is expanding but it does not indicate an imminent recession Andrew Lawrence sees the upcoming trouble in skyscraper mushrooms in China and India The man who created the term skyscraper index in 1999 directs research into the Asian regional real estate sector at Barclays Capital Lawrence looks out that India and China are in the midst of a skyscraper boom and claims that it bodes poorly for the economies of these rapidly developing nations This is an argument that has caused strong reactions in the Indian real estate sector Methods of data collection The research-based upon secondary data and hence the data has collected from various books magazines and websites

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 118

Skyscrapers and Economic Crisis

Source Economictimesindiatimes

Source Economictimesindiatimes

Source Economictimesindiatimes

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 119

After the panic in 1907 - which led to the creation of the Federal Reserve in 1913 - the construction of the New York Singer building (612 feet) in 1908 was completed shortly thereafter and the Metropolitan Life building (1900 feet) in 1909 was also marked by a flood of skyscrapers 927-meter-high 40 Wall Street in 1929 1046-meter Chrysler building in 1930 and 1250-meter Empire State building in 1931 Completed in 1972 and 1973 the Two World Trade Centre towers - 1368 and 1362 feet respectively - and the ribbon cutting of the 1445-meter Sears Tower in 1974 It coincided with the oil crisis in 1973 the stock market crash in 1973 I recession in 1973ndash1975 The Asian economic crisis of 1997ndash98 coincided with the opening of the 1483-foot Petronas towers in Kuala Lumpur in 1997 and the dotcom internet bubble burst in 2000 And the construction in Taiwan in the years 1999ndash2004 of 1671 feet And finally the Great Recession of 2007ndash2010 was announced by the construction of the 2717-meter Burj Khalifa in Dubai which was completed in 2010 With China which Bloomberg News calls the skyscraper mania - China is home to 53 of current high-rise construction projects in the world including Sky City 2749 feet in Changsha which is expected to start construction in July The Taipei 101 was completed in 2004 four years after the Internet bubble burst and Burj Khalifa was completed three years after the financial crisis of 2007-10 Yes both are in the range but a few years is an aeon for investors If you tried to measure time on the stock market with the construction of a skyscraper you would make an extremely costly mistake This is a more subtle risk indicator than a precise tool Conclude - Skyscrapers have an harmful connection with the threatening financial breakdown The researchers showed out that the worlds first skyscraper the Equitable Life building in New York was built in 1873 during a five-year depression while the Empire State Building coincided with the Great Depression According to Barclays China may be particularly affected by the current largest skyscraper developer responsible for 53 of the structures currently under construction Barclays Capital analysts said Usually the tallest buildings in the world are simply the construction of a wider boom for skyscrapers reflecting the widespread misallocation of capital and the impending economic correction Investors should therefore pay special attention to China and India they added Barclays Capitals Skyscraper Index has been published every year since 1999

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 120

It was stated Our high-rise index still shows a weak correlation between the construction of the next tallest building in the world and the impending financial crisis New York 1930 Chicago 1974 Kuala Lumpur 1997 and Dubai 2010 Dark announcements were supported by a separate JPMorgan Chase report cited by the BBC He warned that the Chinese real estate market could fall by up to 20 in major cities References 1 A Sev and A Oumlzgen ldquoSpace efficiency in high-rise office buildingsrdquo

METU Journal of the Faculty of Architecture vol 26 no 2 pp 69-89 December 2009

2 J Barr ldquoSkyscraper heightrdquo The Journal of Real Estate Finance and Economics vol 45 no 3 pp 723-753 October 2012

3 J Barr ldquoSkyscrapers and the skyline Manhattan 1895ndash2004rdquo Real Estate Economics vol 38 no 3 pp 567-597 June 2010

4 M M Ali and A Aksamija ldquoToward a better urban life Integration of cities and tall buildingsrdquo in Proc 4th Architectural Conference on High Rise Buildings pp 1-21 Amman Jordan June 2008

5 N W Alnaser ldquoTowards sustainable buildings in Bahrain Kuwait and United Arab Emiratesrdquo Open Construction and Building Technology Journal vol 2 pp 30-45 2008

6 R Lacayo C Estulin and S Jakes ldquoGoing up and up When height is all that mattersrdquo Time vol 164165 no 261 pp 172-173 December 2004

7 R W Helsley and W C Strange ldquoA game-theoretic analysis of skyscrapersrdquo Journal of Urban Economics vol 64 no 1 pp 49-64 July 2008

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 121

ASSESSMENT OF KNOWLEDGE AND PRACTICE OF WOMEN REGARDING PLASTIC WASTE AND PREVENTION OF ITS USAGE

IN SELECTED URBAN AREA TIRUPATHI A DESCRIPTIVE STUDY

M Lakshmi Devi

Research scholar Department of Women Studies

Sri Padmavathi Mahila Viswavidhyalayam

Tirupathi Chittoor Dist Andhra Pradesh

Dr PNeeraja Assistant professor

Department of Women Studies Sri Padmavathi Mahila

Viswavidhyalayam Tirupathi Chittoor Dist

Andhra Pradesh

Abstract A plastic material is a wide range of synthetic or semi synthetic organic solids and typical organic polymers of high molecular substances They are usually synthetic most commonly derived from the petrochemicals but many are partially natural Plastic products become an integral part of our daily life as a result of which the plastic is produced at a massive scale worldwide The present study was aimed to assess the knowledge and knowledge on practice regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage among urban women carried out in tirupati Andhra Pradesh Selected research design was descriptive design from non-experimental research A total of hundred women sample were selected by non probability convenient sampling method Data was collected by administering self answered questionnaire Descriptive and inferential statistics were used to analyses the data Major findings of the study includes 37 of sample were inadequate knowledged 35 of the sample are having moderately adequate knowledge and 28 of the women are having adequate knowledge regarding plastic waste Regarding knowledge on practice 50 of the sample having inadequate 28 of the women having moderately adequate and remaining 22 of the sample are adequately knowledged The observed mean score was 1316 and standard deviation was 345 for knowledge with observed mean of 10 and 291 of standard deviation score for knowledge on practice Demographic characters like age and education were significant at 005 and 001 level respectively

1 Introduction A plastic material is a wide range of synthetic or semi synthetic organic solids and typical organic polymers of high molecular substances They are usually

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 122

synthetic most commonly derived from the petrochemicals but many are partially natural Plastic products become an integral part of our daily life as a result of which the plastic is produced at a massive scale worldwide Plastic materials are inexpensive lightweight strong durable corrosion resistant materials with high thermal and electrical insulation properties Plastic materials are inexpensive available at low cost ease of manufacture versatility and imperviousness to water plastics are used in an enormous and expanding range of products from paperclips to space ships Plastics are replaced by displacing some of the traditional materials like wood stone horn and bone leather paper metal and glass in most of their former uses In developed countries about one third of plastic is used in packaging and another third in building materials such as piping used in plumbing or vinyl siding Other uses includes in automobiles furniture and toys In developing countries the ratio may different like example reportedly 42 of Indiarsquos consumption is used in packaging Global production of plastic crosses 150 million tons per year on an average Its broad range of usage is in packaging films wrapping materials shopping and garbage bags fluid containers clothing toys household and industrial products and building materials Approximately it is estimated that 70 of plastic packaging products are converted in to plastic waste in a short span Once plastic is discarded after its utility is over it is known as plastic waste It is fact that plastic waste never degrades and remains on landscape for several years Most of the plastic waste is recyclable but recycled products are more harmful to the environment as this contains additives and colors The recycling of a plastic material can be done 2-3 times only because after every recycling the plastic material deteriorates after every recycling and its lifespan is reduced So recycling is not a permanent solution for plastic waste is a serious concern due to improper collection and segregation system According to the reports for the year 2017-18 Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) has estimated that India generates approximately 94 million tons of plastic waste (which amounts to 26000 tons of waste per day) and out of this approximately 56 million tons per annum plastic waste is recycled (ie 15600 tons of waste per day) and 38 million tons per annum plastic waste is left uncollected or littered (9400 tons of waste per day) Out of 60 of recycled plastic 70 is recycled at registered facilities 20 is recycled by unrecognized sector 10 of the plastic is recycled at home Plastic pollution is the accumulation of plastic objects in the earth environment that adversely affects wild life habitat and humans Plastics that act as pollutants are categorized in to micro debris meso debris and macro debris based on the size Plastics are in expensive and durable and as a result levels of plastic production by humans are high However the chemical structure of most plastics

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 123

renders them resistant to many natural processes of degradation and as a result they are slow to degrade Together these two factors lead to high prominence of plastic pollution in the environment Plastic pollution can affect land water ways and oceans it is estimated that 11 to 88 million metric tons of plastic waste enters the ocean from coastal communities each year From the year 1950 up to 2018 an estimated 63 billion tons of plastic has been produced worldwide of which is estimated 9 has been recycled and another 12 has been reused Sources of household plastic waste includes salad dressing containers processed meat packages plastic soft drink and water bottles milk bottles shampoo bottles detergent bottles oil jelly cans toys fruit plastic packaging sweet trays frozen food bags squeezable bottles clothing furniture carpet shrink wraps garment bags margarine and yogurt containers caps of the containers egg cottons fast food trays disposable plastic silver ware etc In 1990 ndash 1991 India produced 0363 metric tons of plastics polymer but in a decade an incredible 890 increase leads to total plastic production up to 32 metric tons in 2000 ndash 2001 Plastic production in India further raises to 477 metric tons in 2005 ndash 2006 in 1990 ndash 1991 per capita consumption of plastic in India was 08 kg but within a decade per capita consumption significantly increases to 35kg in 2000 However it is still far below than the global average 18 kg However the projected estimates per capita plastics consumption in 2021 may reach to substantial figure of 109kg which is realistic considering the rapidity with which plastics are replacing its competitive materials Packaging represents the largest single sector of plastic use in the India The sector accountants for 42 of plastic consumption and plastic are the material of choice in nearly half of all packaged goods Apart from the use in packaging plastics are also extensively used in the consumer products such as furniture and house wears building and construction and in industrial sector According to the research findings of National Plastic Waste Management Task Force packaging constitutes 52 of the total Indiarsquos plastic consumption After primary use of this portion of plastic annually 093 metric tons of waste plastics are discarded along with the household waste In this connection the researcher was so much interested towards conducting a study on household plastic waste and prevention of its usage 2 METHODOLOGY Aim The present study was aimed to assess the knowledge regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage among household women residing in urban area Objectives The objectives of the study are as follows To study the knowledge and knowledge on plastic among women regarding

plastic waste and prevention of its usage

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 124

To correlate the knowledge with knowledge on practice of women regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage

To measure the association between the selected demographic variables and knowledge and practice of women regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage

Research hypotheses 1 There is a significant knowledge and knowledge on attitude regarding

plastic waste and prevention of its usage 2 There is a positive correlation knowledge and knowledge on practice of

women regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage 3 There is a significant difference between knowledge and attitude scores with

their selected demographic variables Research approach Non experimental research approach was adopted to achieve the objectives of the present study which is felt to be most appropriate in the field of education Research design As the researcher has attempted to describe the knowledge and knowledge on attitude regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage among resident women in urban mandal Hence adopted research design was descriptive design Variables under study Knowledge and knowledge on practice regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage Population and setting of the study Population of the present study includes women between the age of 20 ndash 50 years residing in urban area Bazar street Tirupathi urban mandal Sample size and sampling technique The selected sample size was 100 household women and sample was selected by non probability convenient sampling technique Development and description of the tool The tool was developed with the help of related literature from various textbooks journals websites discussion from experts The study data was carried out by using structured knowledge questionnaire on plastic waste and prevention of its usage The questionnaire consists of three sections First section consists of seven questions which includes age religion education occupation type of family type of drainage system and available facility for waste disposal Second section consists of thirty four questions related to knowledge on plastic waste and third section consists of seventeen questions on prevention of plastic usage Reliability of the tool Reliability was established by Karl Pearson Split Half Method The tool was found highly reliable with a score of r=088 Plan of data collection The data was obtained by using self administered questionnaire from the participants Analysis of data Data analysis done by the following methods

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 125

Mean Standard deviation Chi-square test lsquoprsquo test

3 Major findings of the study Table 1 Frequency Percentage and Distribution of socio- demographic characteristics

SNo Demographic Variables Frequency Percentage 1 Age 20-35 Yrs 45 450 35-50 Yrs 43 430 50 Yrs and above 12 120 Total 100 1000 2 Religion Hindu 88 880 Muslim 7 70 Christian 5 50 Total 100 1000 3 Educational status Primary education 28 280 Secondary education 35 350 Intermediate and above 37 370 Total 100 1000 4 Occupation Government employee 9 90 Private employee 16 160 Home maker 75 750 Total 100 1000 5 Type of family Nuclear family 85 850 Joint family 15 150 Total 100 1000 6 Type of drainage system Open 36 360 Closed 64 640 Total 100 1000

7 Availability facility for waste disposal

Discarding waste 32 320

Using municipality dustbins 34 340

Throwing in streets 34 340 Total 100 1000

Socio ndash demographic characteristics Above table represents that

More than one third (45) of the respondents are between the age of 20 ndash 35 years

Majority of the respondents are(88) belongs to hindu religion

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 126

72 of the sample studied secondary education and above Majority of the sample (75) are home makers 85 of the respondents are living in nuclear families Majority (64) of the respondents are having closed drainage system in

their home Only 34 of the respondents are using municipality dustbins

Table 2 Distribution of the level of knowledge regarding Plastic waste

Above table findings of the study includes 37 of sample were inadequate knowledged 35 of the sample are having moderately adequate knowledge and 28 of the women are having adequate knowledge regarding plastic waste Table 3 Distribution of the level of knowledge on practice regarding Plastic waste and prevention of its usage

Above table of scores representing regarding knowledge on practice 50 of the sample having inadequate 28 of the women having moderately adequate and remaining 22 of the sample are adequately knowledged

Level of knowledge

Frequency Percentage

Inadequate 37 370 Moderate 35 350 Adequate 28 280 Total 100 1000

Level of knowledge

Frequency Percentage

Inadequate 50 500 Moderate 28 280 Adequate 22 220 Total 100 1000

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 127

Table 4 Mean and standard deviation scores of the level of knowledge and knowledge on practice regarding Plastic waste and prevention of its usage

The above table observed mean score was 1316 and standard deviation was 345 for knowledge with observed mean of 10 and 291 of standard deviation score for knowledge on practice Table -5 Association between socio-demographic variables and the level of knowledge regarding Plastic waste and prevention of its usage

(n=100)

variable Mean Standard deviation

Knowledge on plastic waste 1316 345 Knowledge on practice regarding plastic waste

100 291

SNO Socio-Demographic Variables

Level of knowledge regarding plastic waste and its management among household women Chi-

square

lsquoprsquo-value Sig Inadequate

Moderate

Adequate Total

1 Age 20-35 Yrs 11 13 21 45

1469 000 35-50 Yrs 20 17 6 43

50 Yrs and above 6 5 1 12 Total 37 35 28 100 2 Religion

710

013

Hindu 34 32 22 88 Muslim 1 1 5 7 Christian 2 2 1 5 Total 37 35 28 100

3 Educational status

1029 003

Primary education 6 15 7 28

Secondary education 19 7 9 35

Intermediate and above 12 13 12 37

Total 37 35 28 100 4 Occupation

Government employee 3 2 4 9

312

053

Private employee 4 6 6 16

Home maker 30 27 18 75

Total 37 35 28 100

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 128

5 Type of family

Nuclear family 33 31 21 85 305 021

Joint family 4 4 7 15

Total 37 35 28 100

6 Type of drainage system

Open 13 10 13 36 217

033

Closed 24 25 15 64

Total 37 35 28 100

7 Availability facility for waste disposal

Discarding waste 16 8 8 32 372 044

Using municipality dustbins

11 13 10 34

Throwing in streets 10 14 10 34

Total 37 35 28 100

From above table data there is a Demographic characteristics like age and education were significant at 005 and 001 level respectively

4 Discussion

Man is behind every development endeavor the large Scale production and improper disposal of waste has became a source of Pollution and further accumulation of plastic has resulted in serious deterioration of quality of life environmental damage water pollution and Imbalance in the ecological system in this regard the researcher wants to give some of the suggestions to government as well as to the individuals Various awareness programmes should be conducted by government to

create awareness on prevention of plastic use Plastic bag production companies should be ordered to produce high micron

plastic bags only Make availability of alternative forms of bags People should give preference to use alternative bags instead of plastic People should not buy cups glasses plates spoons wrapped products

packaging material made up of plastic People should try their level best to reuse plastic material instead of single

use

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 129

5 Conclusion Generalizing the present studyrsquos findings indicated that people are less in knowledge regarding plastic waste prevention of its usage The attitude of the people should change towards the plastic usage Every person in the society should have responsibility towards the prevention plastic usage Everyone living in the planet having duty to protect our environment from plastic pollution References 1 UNDIO Report- Recycling of plastics in Indian perspective by Dr Smita

Mohanty 2 httpsourworldindataorgfoq-on-plastics 3 httpcpcbnicinplastic_wastephp 4 Banerjee T and Srivastava R K(2014) Plastic waste management and

resource recovery in India2nd edition world scientific publishing co Singapore

5 Mutha N H Patel M and Premnath V(2006) Plastic materials flow analysis for India Resources conservation and recycling 47 222-244

6 Thompson R C et al Plastics the environment and human health current consensus and future trends Philos TransR SocLondB Biol Sci 2009 364(1526) 2153-66

7 httpenwikipediaorgwikiplasti_bag 8 httpdeb4unleduChemCHEM869ELikswwwplasticresourcecomplasti

cs_101usesuseshtml 9 httprstbroyalsocietypublishingorgcontent36415622153 10 httpcompositeaboutcomodplasticsaEveryday-Plasticshtm 11 httpwwwcseindiaorgnode3705 12 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlePMC3299092 13 httpwwwearthresourceorgcampainscappcapp-background-infohtml 14 httpwwwsustainableplasticsorgnewsindia-issues-rules-plastic-bags-and-

waste-rejects-full-ban 15 httpwwwearthdayorgbloginternational20130306edn-india-launches-

E2809Cbags-earthE29D-campaign

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 130

A STUDY ON QUALITY OF WORK LIFE OF EMPLOYEES IN BANKING SECTOR

Ms Libina Babu Research Scholar

Pazhassiraja College Pulpally

Mr Koshy C J Pazhassiraja College

Pulpally Abstract Public and Private Sector Banks play a significant role in the Indian economy in terms of both investment and employment In recent years there has been an increasing awareness in India of the need to tone up the performance of public sector banks in order to achieve the twin objectives of rapid national development and greater productivitySince the banks are service organizations their productivity and performance depend on the performance of its personnelIn the context of economic liberalization and growing trend towards globalization various banking sector reforms have been introduced in India to improve the operational efficiency and to upgrade the health and financial soundness of banks The banks are said to be providing a lot of benefits to the employees Still the employees are facing a lot of problems in their working environment This will lead to deterioration of the quality of services offered by them This study aims to understand the quality of work life of employees in banking sector The data has been collected from employees of both private and public sector banking companiesTo measure quality of work life in these banks eight dimensions were undertaken They are economic aspect working condition aspect opportunity for career growth and personal development nature of work atmosphere work and total life space social integration superior subordinate relationship and welfare facilities This will lead to provide sufficient information to banks to improve quality of work life among bank employees Keywords- Quality of Work Life QWL Public and Private Sector Banks Banking Employees Introduction Banking Sectors in India play a significant role in the development of the Indian economy and it is one of the fastest growing economies in the world Evidence from across the world suggests that a sound and evolved banking system is required for sustained economic development India has a better banking system than other developing countries but there are several issues that need to be ironed out To keep the pace with the competitiveness derived from the above

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 131

changes the banking industry which is area of concern being manpower intensive must consider the role of human resource as the most significant key to enhance the profitability efficiency and overall organizational effectiveness Public and Private Sector Banks play a significant role in the Indian economy in terms of both investment and employment In recent years there has been an increasing awareness in India of the need to tone up the performance of public sector banks in order to achieve the twin objectives of rapid national development and greater productivitySince the banks are service organizations their productivity and performance depend on the performance of its personnel The increasing pace of technological change is making manpower the key ingredient to the nationrsquos wellbeing and growth Public and Private sector banks enroll a large number of employees both men and women Prosperity of these banks depends on the performance of the employees which in turn depends on their satisfaction with their jobs Job satisfaction is linked to productivity motivation mental and physical health and general satisfaction in life Lack of it accounts for absenteeism tardiness accidents and the like Quality of Work Life The term Quality of Work life (QWL) refers to the favorableness or un-favorableness of a total job environment for employees QWL programmers are another way in which organizations recognize their responsibility to develop jobs and working conditions that are excellent for people as well as for economic health of the organization The elements in typical QWL programme include open communication equitable reward systems a concern for employeersquos job security and satisfying careers and participation in decision making Many early QWL efforts focus on job enrichment In addition to improve the work system QWL programmes usually emphasis development of employee skills the reduction of occupational stress and development of more co-operative labour-management relations

Statement of Problem In the context of economic liberalization and growing trend towards globalization various banking sector reforms have been introduced in India to improve the operational efficiency and to upgrade the health and financial soundness of banks The banks are said to be providing a lot of benefits to the employees Still the employees are facing a lot of problems in their working environment This will lead to deterioration of the quality of services offered by them This study aims to understand the quality of work life of employees in banking sector

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 132

Significance and Scope of the Study This study is exclusively made to understand analyze and measure quality of work life among the bank employees in Wayanad Two kinds of banks namely-Public sector and Private sector banks are concerned The present study only considers public and private sector bank employees To measure quality of work life in these banks eight dimensions were undertaken They are economic aspect working condition aspect opportunity for career growth and personal development nature of work atmosphere work and total life space social integration superior subordinate relationship and welfare facilities This will lead to provide sufficient information to banks to improve quality of work life among bank employees Objectives of the Study To examine the perception level of bank employees relating to the quality of

work life To compare the quality of work life in private and public sector banks To study the satisfaction level of employees from various dimensions of

quality of work life Sample Size Sampling size of 50 employees from six banks consisting of 25 sample from five public sector banks and 25 sample from fiveprivate sector banks in Wayanad district Review of Literature Lau Wong Chan and Law (2001) defined QWL as the favorable working conditions that support and enhance satisfaction by providing employees with rewards job security and career growth opportunities Indirectly the definition reflects that an employee who is not satisfied with reward may be satisfied with the job security and may be possibly enjoying the career growth opportunity available in the organization for personal as well as professional growthSirgy et al (2002) developed a new measure of Quality of Work Life based on need satisfaction and spillover theories The measure was designed to capture the extent to which the work environment job requirement supervisory behavior and ancillary programs in an organization are perceived to meet the needs of employees Seven major needs were identified each having several dimensions Morin et al (2003) indicated that one major issue in the development of Quality of Work Life practices is the primacy of financial growth to the detriment of values such as health and social welfare They also viewed that organizational performance is assessed with two or three financial indicators

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 133

such as return on investment profit per share and net revenues Although these indicators are essential to profitable organizations but they do not give a complete picture of the firmrsquos performance Dargahi (2007)conducted a study to provide the processes used to investigate and implement a pathway for improving of Quality of Work Life as an approach model This researcher evaluated the outcomes of Quality of Work Life managers and employees teams to improve the employeesrsquo Quality of Work Life Guna (2008)concluded that IT industries in many developing countries are experiencing tremendous challenges in meeting the employment market demand A good human resource practice would encourage IT professionals to be more productive while enjoying their work Therefore Quality of Work Life is becoming an important human resource issue in IT organizations Data Analysis and Intrepretation The data has been collected from 50 employees out of which 57 ofrespondents are male and 43 of respondents are female employees Table No11 Working Environment

Opinion Respondents Percentage Public Private Public Private

Participative 18 10 72 40 Autonomy 7 15 28 60 Total 25 25 100 100

Source Primary data INTERPRETATION In public banks 72 of the respondents indicated thatthey are working in participative environment and 28 of respondents are autonomy In private banks employees indicated that 40 of the respondents works in participative and 60 in autonomy Table No 12 Motivational insights

Insights Respondents Percentage Public Private Public Private

Interesting work 4 3 16 12 Recognition 3 5 12 20 Award amp Reward 2 5 8 20 Compensation 15 10 60 40 Other factors 1 1 4 4 Total 25 25 100 100

Source Primary data

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 134

INTERPRETATIONTheabove table shows that 60 of workers in public and 40 in private have interest in work because of compensation they receive For recognition it is at 12 and 20 In case of interest in work it is 16 and 12 8 of employees in public sector is working for receiving awards and rewards while in private sector it is 20 Table No 13 Level of job satisfaction among employees

Opinion

Respondents Percentage

Public Private Public Private Very High 5 2 20 8 High 12 6 48 24 Moderate 5 8 20 40 Less 2 6 8 32 Very Less 1 3 4 16 Total 25 25 100 100

Source Primary data INTERPRETATIONThe above table shows that out of 50 respondents 20 of the respondents in public sector banks are very highly satisfied in job but in private it is 8 only In public sector banks we can see that 48 of the respondents are highly satisfied while in private sector it is only 24 In private there are 20 of the respondents are moderately satisfied but in public it is 40 32 of respondents in private sector indicated that their job satisfaction level is low Table No 14 Problem faced by the employees

Problems

Respondents Percentage Public Priva

te Public Privat

e Work is over burdened 5 8 20 32 Absence of team work 9 5 36 20 Poor cooperation 5 5 20 20 Lack of career development opportunities 4 4

16 16

Discrimination among employees 2 3 8 12 Total 25 25 100 100

Source Primary data INTERPRETATION The above table shows that out of 50 respondents in

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 135

public 20 of respondents feels that the work is overburdened but in private it is 32 In public 36 feels that there exist an absence of team work but in private it is 20 In public and private 20 feels that there is poor cooperation among themselves In public and private 16 feels that there exist lack of career development12 of private sector employees feels that there exist a discrimination among employees QUALITY OF WORK LIFE (QWL) The term Quality of Work life (QWL) refers to the favorableness or un-favorableness of atotal job environment for employees To measure quality of work life in these banks eight dimensions were undertaken They are economic aspect working condition aspect opportunity for career growth and personal development nature of work atmosphere work and total life space social integration superior subordinate relationship and welfare facilities Table No 15 Perception level of an employees in economic aspect

Economic Aspect Mean Value Public Private

Salary is appropriate for the skill amp experience 38 21 Salary is sufficient to accommodate the cost of living 35 24 Salary reflects the present market rates 32 25 Basic pay DA amp HRA as paid as per industry norms 36 29 Annual increment is given as per the standards 36 31 PF gratuity amp pension plan facility are adequate 35 28 Insurance coverage leave travel concession facilities are reasonable

38 32

Adequate fringe benefits are provided 37 27 Leave encashment benefits are satisfactory 33 24 Amount of flexibility in advance salary option is satisfactory

33 25

Average 351 267 Source Primary data INTERPRETATION The above table shows that out of 50 respondents the highest level of satisfaction among different variables in public sector banks is on insurance coverage and leave enhancement (38) and in private sector it is same (32) Among different variables the least level of satisfaction among public sector is seen on their opinion that the salary reflects the present markets rate (32) While in private sector respondents mentioned that they do not feel the salary is sufficient for the skill and experience (21)By taking the average

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 136

value of mean scores we can see that public sector bank employeesare satisfied more than the privatesector employees in economic aspect Table No 16 Perception level of an employees in working condition

working condition Mean value Public Private

Drinking water facility 41 46 Latest technological facility 35 46 Adequate rest time 31 24 Comfort seating system 34 41 Safety and protection measures 29 26 Cleanliness initiatives 35 38 Lighting and ventilation 39 47 Rest rooms 34 39 Recreational activities 34 31 Work space is well designed 28 35 Average 34 373

Source Primary data INTERPRETATION The above table shows that out of 50 respondents the highest level of satisfaction among different variables is on Lighting and ventilation for both public (39) and private sector (47) Among different variables the least level of satisfaction among public sector is on work space (28) While in private sector respondents mentioned that they do not have adequate rest time (24) By taking the average value of mean scores we can see that private sector bank employees is satisfied more than the public sector in working condition aspect TABLE 17 Perception level of an employees in opportunity for career growth and personal development Opportunity for career growth and personal development

Mean value Public Private

Supports career planning and growth 29 35 Recognition and reward for efforts and hard work 26 29 Reward for innovative ideas and suggestions 16 25 Satisfied with periodic and effective training programmers

27 37

Promotion policies of my organization is fair 33 23 Organization encourages me in pursuing higher education

21 26

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 137

Receive enough help equipment and information 32 36 Opportunity provided for develop my abilities and potentials

31 32

Provided appreciation for better performance 26 29 Highlights outstanding individual contribution 27 29 Average 268 301

Source Primary data INTERPRETATIONThe above table shows that out of 50 respondents the highest level of satisfaction among different variables is on promotion policies among public (33) and in private sector they indicated that they receive enough help equipment and information (37) Among different variables the least level of satisfaction among public and private sector is on reward for innovative ideas and suggestions By taking the average value of mean scores we can see that private sector bank employees is satisfied more than the public sector in career growth and personal development Table No 18 Perception level of an employees in nature of work atmosphere

work atmosphere Mean value Public Private

Full liberty to choose my work and assignment 36 21 Duration of working hours is reasonable 39 35 Work is overburdened 31 36 Job is highly repetitive and boredom 35 26 Job is too much stress 32 43 I feel no discrimination in terms of age sex and religion

34 29

Satisfied with job rotation and varieties in job 29 31 Satisfied with job enlargement and enrichment policy

34 24

Providing job security for me 39 14 Grievance redressal procedure is effective 23 31

Source Primary data InterpretationThe above table shows that out of 50 respondents the majority of respondents in public sector banks agree that they feel job security (39) and in private sector they indicated that the job is too stress for them (43) Among least variable we can see that private sector employees agree with the job security they feels (14) and in public sector they feels the grievance redressal

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 138

mechanism is not effective Table No 19 Perception level of employees in work and total life space

work and total life space Mean value Public Private

Enjoy flexible work options 25 21 Able to balance work and family life 36 24 Organization supports in achieving aspirations and ambitions

33 32

I have sufficient time to spend with family members

36 27

I have good friends at work who can understand and help

33 21

Average 33 25 Source Primary data InterpretationThe above table shows that out of 50 respondents majority of respondents in public sector agrees that they have sufficient time to spend with family members (36) and in private sector they indicated that Organization supports in achieving aspirations and ambitions (32) Among different variables the least mean score among public sector is that they are not enjoying flexible work options (25) While in private sector respondents mentioned that they are not having good friends at work who can understand and help (21) By taking the average value of mean scores we can see that public sector bank employees is satisfied more than the private sector in work and total life aspect Table No 110 Perception level of employees in social integration

social integration

Employees are recognized as individuals I have enough opportunity to interact with others Organization encourages involvement in community and cultural activities

Have a good social status Average

Source Primary data InterpretationThe above table shows that out of 50 respondents majority of respondents in public and private sector agrees that they have a good social status Among different variables the least mean score among public sector is on involvement in community and cultural activities (32) While in private sector respondents mentioned that they are not havingenough opportunity to interact

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 139

with others (18) By taking the average value of mean scores we can see that public sector bank employees is satisfied more than the private sector in social integration aspect Table No 111 Perception level of employees in superior subordinate relationship

superior subordinate relationship Mean value Public Private

The supervisory relationship is satisfactory 31 32 Satisfied with the subordinate relationship 28 31 The colleaguepeer relationship is satisfactory 34 29 Get enough encouragement from the superiorfor theachievement

33 25

Management considers me as a member of the organization

32 35

Comfortable with delegation of responsibility among Subordinates

27 31

Trade union function is highly satisfied 42 19 Frank and fair discussions are allowed in meetings 32 29 Management maintains open channels for communication 25 23 Guidelines issued are in a simplified manner 29 28 Average 32 28

Source Primary data Interpretation The above table shows that out of 50 respondents majority of respondents in public sector agrees that their trade union function is highly satisfied (42) And in private sector they feel that management considers me as a member of the organization (35) Among different variables the least mean score among public sector is onopen channels for communication (25) While in private sector respondents mentioned that they are not satisfied with the trade union function (19) By taking the average value of mean scores we can see that public sector bank employees is satisfied more than the private sector in superior subordinate relationship

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 140

Table No 112 Perception level of employees in welfare facilities

Welfare facilities Mean value

Public

Private

Housing education and transportation facilities encourage me to continue the job

37 24

The medical facility available in the organization is satisfactory

29 28

Recreational facilities available helps me to reduce stress 31 23

Toilets washrooms is available 36 34 Education of employees children is systematically designed 35 31

Average 34 28 Source Primary data Interpretation The above table shows that out of 50 respondents majority of respondents in public sector agrees that Housing education and transportation facilities encourage them to continue the job Among different variables the least mean score among public sector is onmedical facility available in the organization (29) While in private sector respondents mentioned that they are not satisfied with the recreational facilities available helps me to reduce stress (23) By taking the average value of mean scores we can see that public sector bank employees is satisfied more than the private sector in employee welfare aspect Conclusion QWL is the need of the hour Quality of working life is not a concept that deals with onearea but it has been observed as an incorporating hierarchy of concepts that not only include the work based factors There is considerable evidence from this study that bank employees of both public and private can be truly empowered through the measures taken by banks to improve the quality of work life

From the analysis regarding satisfaction level of employees at public and private sector banks majority of the employees at public sector bank are satisfied with their various dimensions in an quality of work life aspect except career growth and personal development and working condition aspectThe private sector doesnrsquot fulfill the other dimensions of QWL So they have to take

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 141

necessary decisions to satisfy the jobs in private sector References [1] Adreine E Eaon M E (1992The impact of Quality of work Life Programs and Grievances system effectiveness on union commitment Industrial and labour relation review Vol 45 No3 [2]Akdere M (2006) Improving quality of work-life Implications for humanresources The Business Review 6(1) 173-177 [3] AlirezaBolhari et al (2011) The Relationship between Quality of Work Life and Demographic Characteristics of Information Technology Staffs International Conference on Computer Communication and Management vol5 IACSIT Press Singapore [4] AloysNK (2013) Working Environment Factors that Affect QWL among Attendants in Petrol stations in Kitale Town in Kenya International Journal of AcademicResearch in Business and Social Sciences 3(5) [5] AnandPawar(2013)quality work-life and job satisfaction of employees in VTPS International journal of management research and review March Volume 3Issue 3Article No-72547-2556 [6]Ayesha Tabassum et al (2012) an evaluation of the quality of work life a study of the faculty members of private universities in Bangladesh Int Journal of Economics and Management 5(1) [7]ChandranshuSinha (2012) factors affecting quality of work life Empirical Evidence From Indian Organizations Australian Journal of Business and Management Research 1(11) [8] D Chitraa V Mahalakshmi (2012) a Panimalar Engineering College Chennai India A Study on Employeesrsquo Perception on Quality of Work Life and Job Satisfaction in manufacturing organization ndash an Empirical study International Journal of Trade and Commerce - IIARTC1 (2) [9] David lewis et al (2001) extrinsic and intrinsic determinants of quality of worklife leadership in health sciences MCB university press 14(2) [10] FH Kashani 2012 A Review on Relationship between Quality of Work Life and Organizational Citizenship Behavior (Case Study An Iranian Company)Journal of Basic and Applied scientific research [11]GS sandhyanair (2013) a study on the effect of quality of work life on organisational citizenship behaviour ndashwith special reference to college teachers is thrissur district keralajournal of basic and applied scientific research vol 2(9) [12] H Mohammadiaamp M A Shahrabib (2013)A study on relationship between quality of work life and job satisfaction an empirical Investigation management science letter2

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 142

[13] Havlovic S J (1991) Quality of Work Life and Human Resource Outcomes Industrial Relations 30(3) 469-479 [14] J GnanayudamampAjanthaDharmasiri (2008)The Influence of Quality of Work-life on Organizational Commitment A Study of the Apparel Industry Sri Lankan Journal of Management 12(3) [15] K M Nalwadeamp S R Nikam(2013) Quality of Work Life in Academic A Review of Literatureinternational journal of scientific researchvolume 2 issue 2 [16] K RNiaamp Maryam Maleki (2013) A study on the relationship between quality of work life and organizational commitment of faculty members at Islamic Azad University International Journal of Research in Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management Vol1No 4 [17] Lau RS M amp Brue E M (1998)A win win paradigm for quality of work life and business performance HumanResource envelopmentQualrterly Vol 9 No3 pp211-226

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 143

IMPACT OF AQUEOUS FRUIT EXTRACT OF HARITAKI (TERMINALIA CHEBULA) ON IMMUNONOLOGICAL

PARAMETERS OF MAMMALIAN MODEL (ALBINO RATS)

Kumari Babli

Department of Zoology Ranchi University

Ranchi India

Tarkeshwar Kumar Department of Zoology

Ranchi University Ranchi India

Manoj Kumar

Department of Zoology St Xavierrsquos College

Ranchi India

MP Sinha

Department of Zoology St Xavierrsquos College

Ranchi India

Abstract The effect of aqueous Terminalia chebula fruit extract on immunological parameters in rat during a seven day oral administration of the low dose of 250mgkg and high dose of 500mgkg body weight was investigated The result showed a significant increase in IgG count and a significant decrease in IgM count at the dose of 250 mgkg and 500 mgkg body weight when compared with control However IgA count showed a significant decrease in case of low dose and non significant at the high dose as compared to control The result of this study suggests that Terminalia chebula fruit extract may have a beneficial effect on immunity dependent disorders Keywords Terminalia chebula Immunology IgG IgM IgA Introduction Ayurvedic science treats different ailments through balancing what they call the three pillars of life vat pitta and kaf- the Tridoshas Herbs are given in different combinations for their ability to inhibit microbial growth at various parts of the body and enhance immune functions Recently there has been an upsurge in the clinical usage of indigenous drugs because of their efficacy and negligible toxic side-effects Moreover the rise in antibiotic resistant strains of bacteria and various side effects caused by synthetic drugs have resulted in scientists searching for herbal immunomodulators for the treatment of infections [1] Herbal concoctions also are said to restore and rejuvenate as they act on the immune system coercing it to positively affect the response of the body towards infection [2] Herbal drugs are also said to enhance the natural resistance of the

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 144

body against several infection [3] and their immunomodulatory roles have been observed in plant based studies[4] T chebula Retz (known as Triphla in India) is a plant species belonging to family Combretaceae and is found abundantly in Madhya Pradesh Gujarat Maharashtra Tamil Nadu Karnataka and Bengal [5] It is also referred to as Chebulic Myrobalan in English Harad or Harra in Hindi and Abhaya in Sanskrit [6-8] Pharmacological use of the fruit extract has been described for a number of diseases [9] T chebula extract has been reported in treatment of diabetes [10-12] jaundice digestion cough pitta oedema asthma constipation [13] as a cardio protectant [14] and as an immunomodulator [15] The biologically active compounds in the extract such as chebulagic acid gallic acid and ellagic acid make T chebula a highly potent antioxidant and that may be responsible for its immunomodulatory roles [161718] Despite its extensive medicinal use no information is available related to its effects on immunological profile Hence the present work investigated the effect of T chebula fruit extract on immunological profile of albino rats Materials and Methods Collection of plant material The fresh fruits of Terminalia chebula were collected from Ranchi district of Jharkhand state of India dried in shade six to seven days and then crushed into coarse powdery substance by using electric grinder The coarse powdery substance was dried again and was then sieved to get fine powder using the fine plastic sieve and stored in an air tight bottle in the laboratory until required [19- 21] Extract preparation 50 g of the sieved powder was subjected to extraction in a Soxhlet apparatus at room temperature using ~350 mL distilled water The extract obtained was filtered concentrated in rotary flash evaporator and maintained at 45ordmC the percentage yield of each extract was calculated [22 23] Animals Male Albino rats (175-200 g) were used in the study They were maintained under standard laboratory conditions at ambient temperature of 25plusmn2degC and 50plusmn15 relative humidity with a 12-h light12-h dark cycle Animals were fed with a commercial pellet diet and water ad libitum The experiments were performed after prior approval by the institutional animal ethics committee of Ranchi University Ranchi Acute Toxicity studies Acute toxicity studies were determined by using fixed dose method according to OECD guidelines Healthy adult mice weighing 175-200g were used 20 albino

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 145

rats of either sex were used to determine the LD50 of the aqueous extract of fruit of Terminalia chebula The animals were randomly [24] divided into two groups of 10 rats each and administered and observed for 90 days as follows Group 1 received 1 ml of distilled water orally Group 2 received 250 mgkg body weight of extract orally Group 3 received 500 mgkg of body weight of extract orally Mortality was not observed up to 500 mgkg of body weight in case of aqueous fruit extract of Terminalia chebula Sample Collection At the end of each experimental period the rats were reweighed starved for 24 hours and sacrificed under chloroform anesthesia 5mL of blood was collected from each animal by cardiac puncture using sterile needle and syringe Part of the blood sample was put into test tubes and allowed to clot for 30 minutes before centrifuging at 800g (Wisperfuge 1384 Samson Holland) for 5 minutes The supernatant was used for the lipid analysis The remaining blood sample was put in an EDTA bottles for hematological determinations Analytical procedure Determination of Biochemical Parameters Biochemical studies involved analysis of Immunoglobulins (IgG IgM IgA) count Estimation of hematological profile The hemoglobin (Hb) level was measured by the cyanmethaemoglobin method The Red blood cell(RBC) and Reticulocyte counts were determined by visual method[25]Packed cell volume (PCV) was measured using microhematocrit method and total white blood cell(WBC) count was estimated by visual method[26]The RBC indices were calculated from the RBC count Hb level and PCV estimations[25 26] Statistical Analysis All results were expressed as mean plusmn standard deviation (mean plusmn SD) Data was analyzed using one-way ANOVA followed by Dennettrsquos- test plt005 was considered as statistically significant Results and Discussion The effect of oral administrations of aqueous extract of terminalia chebula fruit on immunological indices of albino rats is presented in (Table-1 and figure 1-3)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 146

The result showed a significant increase in IgG count and a significant decrease in IgM count in case of both low dose and high dose (group 2 and group 3 respectively) as compared to the control (group 1) However IgA count showed a significant decrease in case of low dose (group2) and non significant at the high dose (group3) as compared to control Table-1 Effect of Administration of aqueous extract of Terminalia chebula extract on immunological profile of Rats (Value are expressed as mean plusmn SD n=6 statistical significance was considered to be a plt001 b plt 0025 c plt010 d plt 00001 relative to control)

PARAMETERS GROUP 1 GROUP 2 GROUP 3 IgG (gml) 2493plusmn0089 8521plusmn0013ad 1086plusmn0019aa

IgM (gmL) 236plusmn0049 203plusmn0016bc 1545plusmn0017bb

IgA (gml) 2703plusmn0096 0565plusmn0018cd 206plusmn0012cd

Figure-1 Effect of fruit extract of terminalia chebula on IgG Value

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

1 2 3

CON

C(g

ml

)

GROUP

aa

ad

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 147

Figure-2 Effect of fruit extract of Terminalia chebula on IgM value

Figure-3 Effect of fruit extract of Terminalia chebula on IgA value An investigation of immunological parameters can be used to determine the extent of beneficial effect of extract on the immune system and also give an explanation regarding the possible immune related function Herbs taken as food or medication can increase the bodyrsquos resistance to illness by acting on various component of the immune system The active components of various medicinal plants regulate the immune system by interacting with various immunocytes and regulating their effector mechanism for instance cytokines and their receptors In an earlier study a possible role of ellagic acid (Tannins) has been reported in immune stimulation [27] Terminalia chebula extract also produced a significant increase in primary antibody IgM titer and secondary antibody IgG titer [28] A plant Echinacea on comparing to brahmi and

0

05

1

15

2

25

3

1 2 3

CON

C(g

mL

)

GROUP

0

05

1

15

2

25

3

1 2 3

CON

C(g

mL

)

GROUP

bb bc

cd

cd

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 148

ashwgandha showed that brahmi diet stimulated more secretion of IgA and IgG in the serum compared to Echinacea or ashwgandha Lectin presence in the diet did not affect the increased production of IgA IgG and IgM in spleen lymphocytes after herbal supplement intake A decline in immune system has been seen to cause multiple myeloma (blood cancer) that develops in the bone marrow In this disease which is characterized by bone pain fatigue loss of appetite increased thirst increased urination restlessness urinary tract infection shortening of breath chest pain neuropathy [29] IgM and IgG mainly protect us from infections inside our body tissues organ and blood IgA is present in blood most of the IgA in the body is in the secretions of mucosal surfaces including tears saliva colostrums genital respiratory and gastrointestinal secretions Selective IgA deficiency is one of the most common primary immunodeficiency diseases It has been found that some patients with IgA deficiency have very low levels of IgG (generally Ig2 and IgG4) Recurrent ear infections sinusitis bronchitisand pneumonia are frequently observed in patients with selective IgA deficiency Another grave problem in this disease is the increased frequency in the occurence of autoimmune diseases Allergies are also commonly observed in IgA deficiency resultion in asthma along with other allergic reactions [30] The result of this study suggests that the T chebula extract studied showed positive immunological activities in rats and can be recommended in improving immunity References

1 Hassan J O Curtiss RVirulent Salmonella typhimurium-induced lymphocyte depletion and immunosuppression in chickens Infect Immun 62 2027mdash2031 (1994)

2 Sehar I Kaul A Bani S Pal HC Saxena AK Immune up-regulatory respose of a non-caloric natural sweetener stevioside Chem Biol Interact 2008173115ndash21 [PubMed 18405890]

3 Atal C K Sharma M L Kaul A Khajuria A Immunomodulating agents of plant origin I Preliminary screening J Ethanopharmacol41 185mdash192 (1986)

4 Dua P R Shankar G Srimal R C Husian A Adaptogenic activity of Indian Panax pseudoginseng Ind J Exp Biol 27631mdash634 (1989)

5 Beusher N Bodinet C Neumann-Haefelin D Marston A Hostettmann K Antiviral activity of African medicinal plants J Ethnopharmacol 199442101ndash9 [PubMed 8072303]

6 Chopra R Nayar SL Chopra IC National Institute of Science Communication 1st ed New DelhiIndia CSIR 1956 Glossary of Indian medicinal plants p 242

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 149

7 Chadha YR Vol 10 New Delhi India CSIR 1976 The Wealth of India Raw Materials p 285

8 New Delhi India Dept of ISM and H 1986 API Govt of India Ministry of Health and Family

9 Das B 1991Materia Medica of Ayurveda New Delhi B Jain Publishers 8

10 Sohni YR PKaimal andRMBhatt 1995 The antiamoebic effect of a crude drug formulation of herbal extracts against Entamoeba histolytica in vitro and in vivo J Ethnopharmacol 45(1)43-52

11 Chattopadhyay RR and SK Bhattacharyya 1999Plant Review Terminalia Jammu Tawi154-9 Sukhdev SH Deepak M Joseph GVR Joseph S and Nagar chebula An update Phcog Rev 20071(1) 151-6

12 Kokate CK APPurohit and Gokhale SB Pharmacognosy 200112th ed Pune India NiraliPrakashan p 216-7

13 Nalamolu K and Srinivas N 2006 Antidiabetic and renoprotective effects of chloroform extracts of t chebula retz seeds in streptozotocin- induced diabetic rats

14 Tasduq SA K Singh NK Satti DK Gupta andKASuri 2006 Terminalia chebula (fruit) prevents liver toxicity caused by sub-chronic administration of rifampicin isoniazid and pyrazinamide in combination Hum Exp Toxicol25111-18

15 Cheesbrough M 2000 District Laboratory Practices in Tropical Countries part 2 Low price edition pp267-334

16 Lee HS Won NH Kim KH Lee H Jun W Lee KW Antioxidant effects of aqueous extract of Terminalia chebula in vivo and in vitro Biol Pharm Bull 2005281639ndash44 [PubMed 16141531]

17 Lee HS Jung SH Yun BS Lee KW Isolation of chebulic acid from Terminalia chebula Retz and its antioxidant effect in isolated rat hepatocytes Arch Toxicol 200781211ndash8 [PubMed 16932919]

18 Tejesvi MV Kini KR Prakash HS Subbiah V Shetty HS Antioxidant antihypertensive and antibacterial properties of endophytic Pestalotiopsis species from medicinal plants Can J Microbiol 200854769ndash80 [PubMed 18772940]

19 Kumar M S Dandapat A Kumar and M P Sinha 2014 Pharmacological screening of leaf extract of Adhatoda vasica for therapeutic efficacy Global Journal of Pharmacology 8(4) 494-500

20 Dandapat S MKumar AKumar and M P Sinha 2013 Therapeutic efficacy and nutritional potentiality of Indian Bay leaf (Cinnamomum tamala Buch Hem) International Journal of Pharmacy 3(4) 779 ndash 785

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 150

21 Kumar M S Dandapat and M P Sinha 2016 Antioxidant activity of Chiraita (Swertia chirayita) and Anar (Punica granatum) European Journal of Pharmaceutical and Medical Research 3(2) 267-269

22 Kumar M SDandapatand M PSinha 2015 Hepatoprotective activity of Adhatodavasicaand Vitexnegundo leaf extracts against carbon tetrachloride induced Hepatotoxicity in Rats Advances in Biological Research 9(4) 242 ndash 246

23 Dandapat S M Kumar andM P Sinha 2014 Effects of Aeglemarmelos (L) leaf extract and green nanoparticles on lipid profile The Ecoscan Spl issue (V) 157 ndash 167

24 Demers LM and C Spencer 2006 The thyroid pathophysiology and thyroid function testing In Burtis CA Ashwood ERBruns DE Editor Tietz text book of clinical chemistry and molecular diagnostics 4th edition New Delhi Elsevierrsquos pp2063-2073

25 Adebayo JO AAAdesokan LAOlatuji DOBuoro and A OSoladoye 2005Effect Of Ethanolic Extract Of Bougainvillea spectabilis Leaves On Haematological And Serum Lipid Variables In Rats Biokemistri17(1)45-50s

26 Rogers Kara Ed 2011 Leukocytosis definition Blood physiology and circulation Chicago Britanica Educational Publishing 198

27 NamKoong S Kim Y-J Kim T amp Sohn E-H (2012) Study on the immunomodulatory effects of ellagic acid and their mechanisms related to Toll-like receptor 4 in macrophages Korean Journal of Plant Resources 25 561ndash567

28 Ishrina R and Shakir A 2016 Dried fruit extract of Terminalia chebula modulates the immune response in miceFood and agricultural immunology27 1-22

29 (Primary immuneorggthomegtabout primary immune deficiencies) 30 Kullu AR Wazid T and Sinha MP 2013 Effect of Pisidum guajava

aqueous extracts on hematological profile and serum lipids variables of Albino rats The Bioscan 8(2)743-746

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 151

MARITAL RAPE MANrsquoS FANTASY AND WOMANrsquoS NIGHTMARE A BRIEF STUDY ABOUT NON-CRIMINALIZED CRIME IN INDIA

Dr Koneru Anuradha

Assistant Professor in Law SVD Siddhartha Law College

Kanuru Vijayawada Krishna DT AP

ldquoHappy marriages begin when we marry the ones we love And They blossom when we love the ones we marryrdquo

- Tom Mullen1 Introduction It is not shocking to say that even in modern era which almost all the world countries saying it as a society with equal treatment of men and women women still under the crux of men in several issues One of the best examples for this is lsquomarital rapersquo which is not addressed by many nations through proper law Unfortunately Indian is also one of the nations among the thirty-six nations that still have not fully criminalized marital rape2 One may have a dought that there is a provision in IPC-1860 about marital rape even though researcher saying this concept was not properly addressed in India Yes here is the point still today according to section 375 of IPC says that ldquoSexual intercourse by a man with his own wife the wife not being under fifteen years of age is not raperdquo In fact the marital age of the girl as per law in India is 18 years and what about forced sex of the husband without the will of wife after 15 years More over in several cases court also held that forced sex or deceitful sexual inter course is a violation of women right to privacy under Article 21 of the Constitution of India But under the noble social institution of marriage the human rights and Constitutional rights of the women has been under oppression In India the marital rape is the most common and repugnant form of masochism This violent activity is a manrsquos fantasy and womanrsquos nightmare This shows clearly the male dominated society even at present and women inability due to social religious and moral norms and more importantly because of physical weakness The forced sexual inter course by husband even without wife consent after 15 years can be called as lsquorapersquo yes absolutely one can but this kind of rape under the mask of marriage was not recognized by Indian law Is it not subsided womenrsquos right to equality and justice And is it not violation of women (human)

1 Tome Mullen Quotes httpwwwwisdomquotescomquotetom-mullen 2 Marital Rape in India 36 countries where marital rape is not a crime India today Mar 12 2016

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 152

basic human as well as fundamental rights like Article 14 15 (3) and 21 of the Indian Constitution So the researcher felt that it is the need of the hour to address all these issues to help women to overcome the social chaos religious crux and fight for justice Meaning and Concept of the Marital Rape Though still ages all over the world including in India this forced sexual intercourse under the shadow of marital relation happening but no where it was defined In ancient societies in some tribal groups force sexual intercourse or sexual intercourse without the consent of women or making her in cable to resist or to oppose with a motive to marry her is also accepted In many incidents in offence against women (sexual or any other) viewed by society equal to offence towards cattle or thing Hence it is offence against owner or guardian like father brother husband son etc Though in modern period forced or deceitful sexual inter course recognized as lsquo an offence of rapersquo under IPC Up to Joshape shine v Union of India (2018) the apex court of Indiarsquos historic judgment the sexual intercourse with permission of husband to his wife prevailed in Indian society and excluded from the preview of adultery In this scenario it is highly difficult to say the exact meaning for the word lsquomarital rapersquo But simply one can saw that marital rape is lsquoa undesired intercourse by a husband with his wife with or without her willing by use of force threat of force or physical assault or when she is not able to give consentrsquo The marital rape was classified by scholars in to three categories based on force inflected by husband They are Battering rape

The majority marital rape cases fall under this category Here the women battered and raped by her husband Though sexual inter course itself is a matter related to mental and physical activity In this form physical violence by husband to satisfy his gratification is presents So one can say it as physical as well as sexual violence

Force-only rape

Here the husband only applies a limited force to coerce or to deter his wife to satisfy his gratification More mental force than physical force one can find here Like stop talking to wife betting or scolding children or wifersquos parents and relatives showing aggressive behavior etc

Compulsive Sadistic Obsessive rape

It is more cruel form In this form the sexual intercourse accompanies to much torture and or perverse activities or sadistic activities In this form the frequent pornography may also one can witness3

3 Gosselin DK Heavy Hands An Introduction to the Crimes of Domestic violence (1st ed 2000)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 153

In fact with the invention of technology the marital rapes became more and more violent and in human Though in several countries through feminist movements demanded to criminalize this act still today this inhuman act prevailing in many societies as no offence Ill-effects of marital rape It is fact that this act of marital rape undisputedly results ill-effects on women This marital rape has physical mental short term and long term effects on women During marital rape it will have serious effect on mental condition of the women like fear tension sleeplessness shock depression suicidal tendencies distrust about relation and on opposite gender loneliness attractions towards illegal relations fear to give birth to female child leads to get divorce or separation of bonding and many more these will have short term prevalence if there is repetitive activities then it will have long term effect also the act of marital rape includes mental effect as well as it includes dangerous physical effects like bone breakings bloody nose lips and several parts black eyes smaller or major wounds on body even at privet parts miscarriages infertility problems stillborn babies bladder infections and even prone to get contraction diseases like HIV etc This act of though confined to wife and husband it will also has impact of children families even on society Many times this may lead to other crimes like confinement of women (wife) in house to protect reputation cruel treatment towards wife children other family members displacement of emotional stress in professions against others in the society murders committing rape against own children against others when partner is not available etc many international surveys conducted by the United nations populations fund in 2000 International Center for research on women survey in the year 2011 Committee on the elimination of discrimination against women in year 2014 reveals that one ndash third of Indian men admitting that they are perpetrating some form of sexual violence against their wives and the husbands donrsquot know the seriousness of this issue More over victims also donrsquot know that it is a kind of violence against their basic human rights and the womenrsquos also saying that it is a common factor in almost all houses Many women are not interested to revel the matter because of fear of reputation In fact marital rape is a serious psychological disorder which needs immediate treatment to the actor and protection to the victim Position of Indian law Even though it is harsh one should admit that the first step regarding reorganization of marital rape as offence done during British period through IPC-1860 under section 375 In fact they made this act only up to certain age It exempted act of marital rape after certain age to women (15 years) This exemption has its roots in England law In 17th century Sir Matthew Hale CJ

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 154

in England held that ldquothe husband cannot be guilty of a rape committed by himself upon his wife for by their mutual matrimonial consent and contract the wife hath given herself in kind unto the husband whom she cannot retractrdquo4 Even today it is prevailing in our society It is shame to share that even after 73 years of freedom in India Indian legal system careless about this silent and secret offence Fortunately by the 42nd report recommendations of the law commission of India in the year 1983 section 376A was added to IPC It says that if the husband had forced sexual intercourse with a judicially separated wife separated under any decree or custom or usage then it will be treated as offence While dealing with marital rape law commission held that marriage is note the license to rape Hence under section 376A a husband can now be indicted find and imprisoned up to 2years of punishment Later through the Protection of women from domestic violence Act 2005 at least this marital rape was considered as civil offence that to it is a de facto but not de jure In fact several countries recognized this act as criminal offence After that by the Criminal law amendment Act 2013 many necessary and substantive changes occurred to lsquoconcept of rapersquo under IPC Cr P C Evidence Act etc but it is failed to criminalize marital rape by retaining an exception to Section 376A of the IPC Even though the former CJ Late JSVerma Committee which was established by Central government to recommend on amendment and enhancing laws against rape and sexual assault recommended along with several recommendations to repeal exception to marital rape because it creating the notions of women being the property of their husbands Though based on this committee recommendation the Criminal law amendment Act took place it neglected the committee recommendation on lsquomarital rapersquo Hence one can say that at present only piece meal legislation is available on marital rape but not a commendable law Judicial contribution It is also fact that Indian judiciary has been playing a sympathetic role towards women issues contributing sensitive role and protecting and promoting women rights In number of cases being custodian of the Constitution the higher judiciary in India well addressed the issues of rape and sexual assault against women In Bodhisattwa Gautam v Subhra Chakraborty5 the apex court of India held that rape is a crime against basic human rights and violation of the victimrsquos fundamental rights namely the right to equality dignity privacy and life In Vishaka amp others v the State of Rajastha6 Court has given wider definition as sexual harassment which conveys any unwanted or uninvited physical touch or 4 Hale History of the Pleas of the Crown p 629 (1778) 5 (1996) 1 SCC 490 6 AIR 1997 SC 3011 at 3014

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 155

conduct or showing of pornography or any definable sexual comments or texts will come under the ambit of sexual harassment This kind of activities directly hampers the right of women to work to life and it also affects their dignity to live It also hinders the mental and physical health of women So it shall be avoided and the equality between the genders shall be established at workplace In Chairman Railway Board and Others v Chandrima Das7 the proactive court gave a very extensive definition of life It that rape is an act which invades the privacy dignity and life of the women more over in this case court also held that the victim in the case should be compensated with 10 lake rupees even though this amount will never take back her honor it may helpful her to live with dignity In the State of Karnataka v Krishnappa8 the apex court of India held that ldquosexual violence apart from being a dehumanizing act is an unlawful intrusion of the right to privacy and sanctity of a female and non-consensual sexual intercourse amounts to physical and sexual violencerdquo In Suchita Srivastava v Chandigarh Administration9 the Supreme Court of India equated the right to make choices related to sexual activity with rights to personal liberty privacy dignity and bodily integrity under the Article 21 of the Constitution of India In Justice KS Puttuswamy (Retd) v Union of India10 Court held that right to privacy as a fundamental right of all citizens and held that the right to privacy includes lsquodecisional privacy reflected by an ability to make intimate decisions primarily consisting of onersquos sexual or procreative nature and decisions in respect of intimate relationsrsquo Like above in many cases the Indian judiciary has recognized the right of equality privacy dignity and life of the women It also said the activities of the rape or sexual harassment is the violation of above rights and to abstain from sexual activity for all women irrespective of their marital status as a fundamental right conferred by Article 14 and 21 etc of the Constitution But unfortunately honorable Indian judiciary also fails to address properly this evil practice of marital rape It is evident in Independent Thought v Union of India11 in this case the apex court had a chance to interpret exception 2 of Section 375 of the IPC Supreme Court Justices Madan B Lokur and Deepak Gupta rationalized that IPC Section 375 exception 2 should be understood as less than eighteen years instated of 15 years Here the court held that distinction between the married girl child and the unmarried girl child is contrary to the spirit of the Constitution of India specifically Article 14 15(3) and Article 21 The court also recognized the importance of a womenrsquos autonomy over own

7 (2000) 2 SCC 465 8 (2000) 4 SCC 75 (India) 9 (2008) 14 SCR 989 (India) 10 (2017) AIR 2017 SC 4161 (India) 11 (2017) 382 SCC (India)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 156

body her right to bodily integrity and her right of privacy Forced sexual intercourse by husband with his child bride would be a violation of the Protection of Human rights Act 1993 and fundamental rights under Article 14 and 21 of the Indian constitution Hence from the above interpretation by apex court one can understand that again court also restricted the marital rape extension up to certain age (18 years) In fact in this modern era court has to interpret this marital rape concept irrespective of rape and in widest scope as like many other developed countries Honorable court failed to understand that sexual intercourse with force with married child and unmarried child is not sufficient in fact forced intercourse with women at any age irrespective of marital status should be understand Rebuttal of arguments against criminalization of marital rape It is known fact that every issue will have pros and cons In case of criminalization of marital rape also there are several arguments against the idea The act of marital rape is impossible to prove because it happened within four walls so one should believe the words of women But it is also true that it may be misused by women to black mail their husbands At present in our society one is able to witness many false cases field by women under 498A domestic violence Sexual harassment at work place etc so innocent husbands may be victims of this criminalization of marital rape It may be one of the preventive in case of the possible reconciliation of husband and wife because husband reputation in society will fall down However a study conducted by the joint women programme an NGO found that one out of seven married women had been raped by their husband at least once It is not reporting by women because there is no family support and more importantly law support It is fact that it is a age old silent unreported crime spreading in society Conclusion According to mythology marriage is a devotional institution It should be based on trust belief caring adjustment affection love etc but not with force coerce violence etc undoubtedly forced intercourse by husband with his own wife is a in human activity and it should be stopped Men and women both should have concern towards others each should respect rights of the other If they failed to respect the rights of the others than the law should take that liability so it is the need of the time to recognize marital rape irrespective of age limit and it should be criminalized As it is proved that this in human activity has long term short term physical and mental ill effect on women as well as on society It should be stopped But simply making of law itself is not sufficient for fruitful results women must rise their voice and the society must come out of several myths like husband has every right over his wife rape by onersquos spouse is inconsequential etc

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 157

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 158

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 159

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 160

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 161

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 162

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 163

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 164

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 165

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 166

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 167

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 168

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 169

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 170

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 171

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 172

Page 6: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019

Dr K VICTOR BABU

MAMAMPhilPhDPDF (DLit) Associate Professor Institute of Education amp Editor-in-Chief International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational Research (IJMER) amp Sucharitha A Journal of Philosophy and Religion Mettu University Metu Ethiopia

ISSN 2277 ndash 7881 Impact Factor 6014 (2019)

Index Copernicus Value 516

Editorialhelliphellip

It is heartening to note that our journal is able to sustain the enthusiasm and covering various facets of knowledge It is our hope that IJMER would continue to live up to its fullest expectations savoring the thoughts of the intellectuals associated with its functioning Our progress is steady and we are in a position now to receive evaluate and publish as many articles as we can The response from the academicians and scholars is excellent and we are proud to acknowledge this stimulating aspect

The writers with their rich research experience in the academic fields are contributing excellently and making IJMER march to progress as envisaged The interdisciplinary topics bring in a spirit of immense participation enabling us to understand the relations in the growing competitive world Our endeavour will be to keep IJMER as a perfect tool in making all its participants to work to unity with their thoughts and action

The Editor thanks one and all for their input towards the growth of the Knowledge Based Society All of us together are making continues efforts to make our predictions true in making IJMER a Journal of Repute

DrKVictor Babu

Editor-in-Chief

SOCIAL SCIENCES HUMANITIES COMMERCE amp MANAGEMENT ENGINEERING amp TECHNOLOGY MEDICINE SCIENCES ART amp DEVELOPMENT STUDIES LAW

wwwijmerin

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 1

RELIGIOUS TEACHING METHODS AND DIVERSITY PRACTICES BASED ON FIVE PILLARS PHENOMENOLOGICAL HERMENEUTIC

PAUL RICOUR STUDIES OF SAI CULTURE STUDY GROUP DENPASAR (SSG) BALI PROVINCE

Made Redana E-mail redanaihdnacid WA 08193108031965 Phone Number 081999824999

Abstract

The presence of Sai Study Group (SSG) gives a new color to multicultural education based on Five Pillars concept (Satya Dharma Prema Santih Ahimsa) as seen in the Sarwa Dharma symbol promoted by SSG by showing the existence of various symbols of the worlds major religions which is incorporated into a circle of lotus flowers the existence of these symbols can be explored interpreted and explored their meaning according to Paul Ricoeurs thinking paradigm to find profound religious spiritual and social meanings especially the true objective meaning in order to obtain an essential truth

This study aims to (1) identify the application of religious teaching

methodology in the culture of learning among Denpasar study group devotees (2) find principles or abstractions that can explain how the five ideological values of the five pillars are the core values in the practice of diversity Denpasar Group (SSG) and (3) interpret the meaning of the five pillar concepts according to Hermeneutics Paul Ricourand are implemented in actions and interactions among SSG Denpasar devotees and all religious people The method used is a qualitative research method that places researchers as playing instruments to help analyze the problem of ideographic research

Descriptive explorative research results show that in an effort to transfer

knowledge and transfer of community values SSG Denpasar transforms the teachings of Bhagawad Sri Sathya Sai Baba with multi methods namely Dharma Tula (Study Circle) Dharmawacana Dharma Ashrama (Balvikas PNK) Dharma Gita (Gita group Pesantian) DharmaSadhana (Youth camp Balvikas Camp Sadhana Camp) Dharma Kriya (Seva Mutual Cooperation Blood Donor Gramma Seva) Dharma Shanti for devotees Study Circle in practice is a form of discussion in which participants (devotees) sit in a circular manner in a topic set by the SSG management referring to the teachings of Sri Sathya Sai Baba

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 2

The five pillars (Satya Dharma Prema Santhi and Ahimsa) cannot be separated from elements of human behavior and dharma as a form of manifestation of these five elements in the blast of society This means that humans must always be able to show behavior that is in harmony with the values of the five pillars

Key words Methods of Religious Teaching Five Pillars Hermeneutics Paul Ricour INTRODUCTION

Now days in the lives of Balinese people spiritual cultural approaches are believed to be still held firmly and implemented adaptively and flexibly in developing the paradigm and operationalization of life practices in various dimensions such as development and improvement of appreciation for diversity through tolerance in religious life environmental management development of social life artistic life development of religious education programs and others based on spiritual culture Regarding appreciation for diversity empirical evidence shows that Hindus since ancient times valued diversity as a dynamic in interacting with other people Although textually normative religious concepts are related to appreciation of differences and the non-violent teachings of religions empirically and applicatively there seems to be a gap between theory and practice as shown by the existence of conflicts and cases of violence based on SARA and the difference in the perspective of a religious adherent to another religion Empirical evidence about cases of religious based violence is found in Indonesia and in various parts of the world The emergence of various forms of SARA-based violence is allegedly influenced by the presence of modern views that confront religion with what Hidayat and Nafis (2003 13) refer to as epistemological crises in religion this crisis rooted in what is called Religions Way of Knowing (RWK) Sociologists see the symptoms of the modern human crisis as a regression (regress) which is characterized by damage in the fabric of the structure of human behavior in peoples lives which first takes place on a personal level (individual) related to motives perceptions and responses (responses) including status and role conflicts Second with regard to religious norms which are related to the destruction of rules that must be a standard of behavior life which Durkheim calls life without normlessness

According to Levinson three distinct groups present different conceptions of multicultural education These groups are political and educational philosophers educational theorists and educational practitioners In the minds of the members of these groups multicultural education has different and sometimes conflicting aims within schools Philosophers see multicultural education as a method of response to minorities within a society who advocate

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 3

for their own groups rights or who advocate for special considerations for members of that group as a means for developing a childs sense of autonomy and as a function of the civic good Educational theorists differ from philosophers in that theorists seek to restructure schools and curriculum to enact social justice and real equality (Levinson 2010 p 433) According to Banks (2013) a major goal of multicultural education is to change teaching and learning approaches so that students of both genders and from diverse cultural ethnic and language groups will have equal opportunities to learn in educational institutions

At the cultural level the crisis is related to a shift in values and knowledge of society which is called the cultural language phenomenon That material values and knowledge grow rapidly far beyond the things that are spiritual so that people lose their balance Unfortunately the crisis also affected the world of education including religious education which was characterized by the dominance and hegemony of the practice of national education which tended to ignore the values of religious humanism because it was dominated by capitalist market ideologies that tended to be materialistic (Sukadi 2007 4) based on sacred moral values more and more time tends to show symptoms of secularization (Piliang as quoted by Widja 2007 74-87) here the world of education like the world of secular countries tends to separate between the interests of religious ideology and the ideology of science Whereas in the reality of Indonesian society in general and Balinese society in particular such ways of thinking and values conflict with the values of religious society (Azra in Maliki 2004) But in curriculum schools where the education process focuses on teaching eclectic bodies of knowledge and skills teachers need to use multicultural education to promote such highly valued outcomes as human development education equality academic excellence and democratic citizenship (see Banks amp Banks 2001 Nieto 2000)These attitudes distort multicultural education and make it susceptible to sporadic and superficial implementation if any Textbooks provide a compelling illustration of such an attitude The little multicultural content that they offer is often presented in sidebars and special events sections (Loewen 1995) This practice of education is suspected to detail the Indonesian generation towards materialism hedonism consumerism instincts glamorism and the like In addition as a result of religious learning and learning activities become dry from the touch of spiritual cultural values and highlight the increase in intellectual intelligence that tends to be rationalistic-materialistic (Sumantri 2001 85 Sukadi 2006 4) Furthermore Amin Abdullah in Abdul (2007 73) said that In the context of the epistemology of learning culture at the Sai Study Group Denpasar this study attempts to examine the application of religious teaching methodologies that lead to the formation of strong

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 4

characters and religious dimensions through intense interpretation of Spiritual Teacher discourses Intense interpretation of religious symbols and their active implementation in actions and interactions in community religious life is an imperative to create ideal conditions according to the expectations of the teachings of Hinduism The specific problem in this study which is also a strategic issue focused on the study of religious teaching methodologies applied in Panca-based religious practices and their implementation in action and interaction among the Sai Study Group (SSG) in Denpasar Religious harmony that is constructed through the exploration of religious values with their spiritual culture taught in religious learning groups at SSG Denpasar Efforts to construct religious harmony with a frame of religiosity humanism perennialism that is appreciative of diversity The existence of SSG Denpasar through its multicultural education encourages people to increase

DISCUSSIONamp RESULT Deep understanding of Sais identity must be recognized by various Sai

staff members followed by all Sri Satya Narayana adherents or devotees known as Sai Baba There are several important elements that need to be considered namely (1) The nature identity of Sai (nature) as a source of Sais identity (2) Vision Sai (Sai Vision) as a basis and purpose which is nothing but natural or teak din itself (3) Sais mission (Mision) aimed at realizing realizing Sais Vision (4) Sai Culture (culture which is implied in Sais mission (5) Sai personality and personality formed and principles The sovereignty that has been cultivated is reflected in ones views and attitudes (6) the differentiation or uniqueness of Sai (differentiations) as the most basic distinguishing element and Sai and (7) the position of Sai (positioning) important principles taught by Sri Satya Narayana (Sai Baba) who is at the same time an orientation in carrying out actions and interactions in community life and religion are There is only One Religion based on Love There is only one language - Heart language There is only one humanity caste There is only one God - He is everywhere and in the heart of every creature (SSGI 2010 31)

The statement in the form of the motto must be used as a reference in interacting with human in various dynamics of life in the context of building harmony both horizontally and vertically To strengthen the realization of the dynamics of life based on the values of sincerity compassion and mutual respect in religious and community life he built the concept of Five Pillars (Satya Dharma Prema Shantih and Ahimsa) as the main buffer in interacting in life human being in society The Satya Sai organization is based on five things as a fundamental and fundamental orientation for all Sai organizations and behavioral guidelines for their followers The principle of Sais organization consists of 1 Vedas - Sanathaa Dharma (Eternal Truth) as described by Sad Guru Bhagawan Sri Sathya Sai Baba 2 Panca Pillars of Sathya Sai

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 5

Humanitarian Values as follows 1) Sathya Truth 2) Dharma Virtue 3) Prema lsquoLove 4) Shanti aianPeace rsquo 5) Ahimsa No Violence 3 Nine Code of Conduct as follows 1) Meditating and praying or praying every day 2) Singing hymns (bhajans) and praying or praying with all family members once a week 3) Participate in educational programs for children organized by the organization 4) Following the hymns (bhajans) and prayers conducted at the organizations activity centers at least once a month 5) Participate in community service activities and other programs carried out by the organization 6) Regularly study Sag discourses of Guru Bhagawan Sri Sathya Sai Babas teacher 7) Talk softly to anyone 8) Do not talk about the ugliness of others both when the person is present especially when the person is not there 9) Running a life of limiting desire and using savings from the results of controlling that desire for humanitarian services 4 Ten Life Principles as follows 1) Regarding and upholding the homeland the place of birth as something sacred by cultivating a heroic attitude towards the nation and the nation and never having a bad dream in the mind or even in a dream to do something that can make the country miserable as soon as birth 2) Respecting all religions 3) Establishing brotherly relations between same people 4) Cleaning the house and the surrounding environment to improve harmony and health together this is actually useful and helps himself 5) Carrying out generosity encouraging but not supporting the spirit of dissemination by giving money but by providing food clothing or shelter or helping with other means that do not make him lazy 6) It is not giving or accepting bribes in solving all problems 7) It is not jealous and jealous of others by developing insights and views and treating all people equally equally without distinguishing castes nations religions groups and beliefs 8) Carry out all your own needs yourself as well as go personally in doing community service and service activities by not controlling other people or helpers for a rich person 9) Developing and cultivating devotion to God fear of sinning avoiding disgraceful deeds 10) Following and not violating all the express and implied laws of the State Law and being good telada citizens (SSGI 2003 21-23) The organization of the Sri Sathya Sai Bali Foundation only oversees Prema Sai K Kindergarten

Generally Sai Study Group activity classification based on age groups namely 1) Age Group 4-12 years is called Balvikas 2) Age Group 13-35 years old is called Youthvikas 3) Age Groups 35 years and above are called Wredhavikas (or groups that have entered the gates of Grhasta or family)

Each age group has its own teacher based on their talents and abilities including the license they have to teach National-scale education must be taught by PNK Teams who have licenses from Jakarta or Education centers such as India Thailand Philippines Zambia and Malasia Indonesia includes

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 6

Zone III (Asian region) which is incorporated with the above mentioned countries

The education of Sathya Sai or the Human Values Education at the Sai Study Group is more appropriate to be called semi-ashram The reason is Sai Study Group is in the form of a permanent place as the center of all activities in a particular area to reflect the work program of the three wings namely Spiritual Seva (Service) and Education according to the author of the three wings are sourced from the teachings of CaturMarga Yoga which can be implemented on three wings namely 1) Bhakti Marga Yoga is represented in Bhajan activities (hymns Sankirtan singing sacred songs (Sai Gopi group) mewirama (Sai Gurnita group) meditation (Sathya Sai Meditation) Yoga and Tirtayathra 2) Karma Marga Yoga is represented in Seva activities (services) such as Medical Camp Giving Sembako Visiting while providing assistance to nursing homes orphanages free clinics and providing scholarships to underprivileged children 3) JnanaMarga Yoga is represented in the activities of Human Values Education where Youthvikas children come to the villages to provide free Human Values Education for Raja Marga Yoga it is not applied because the level of King Marga Yoga is the final point of a spiritual seeker to the level of moksha

Raja Marga Yoga is the end point of human life However if one has been able to carry out the three wings mentioned above it is not impossible for them to be able to penetrate to this final level Spiritual education is very consistent with the fulfilment of self-realizing (spiritual awareness) balance of the soul not fed with a variety of worlds of materialism which he considers only virtual form Sathyam Brahman Jagan Mithyam (that truth is only brahman while the world is virtual) According to the SSGD Administrators in the discussion held before Bhajan on Thursday September 6 2018 in Tegeh Kori Denpasar it was explained that the various methods used in the SSG community group in transforming the teachings of Bhagawan Sri Sathya Sai Baba include Dharma Tula (study circle) Dharmawacana Dharma ashrama (balvikas PNK) Dharma Gita (group gita pesantian) Dharma Sadhana (Youth camp Balvikascamp Sadhana Camp) Dharma kriya (seva mutual cooperation blood donor gramma seva ) Dharma Shanti (celebrating every year for devotees)

The word value from the translation of the word value is then translated into Indonesian into values derived from Latin valere or Ancient French valoir (Encyclopedia of Real Estate Terms 2020) The denotative meaning valere valence value or value can be interpreted as price However when the word has been associated with an object or perceived from a certain point of view the price contained in it has various interpretations There are prices according to economics psychology sociology anthropology politics and religion The

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 7

difference in interpretation of the price of a birth value is not only due to differences in human interest in material things or scientific studies but more than that the price of a value needs to be articulated to realize and utilize the meanings of life (Rohmat 2008 7) Another opinion from AloLiliweri states that value is a belief based on a code of ethics in society Values show right good and bad and also show how we should live now and in the future as well as how life experiences in the past

The dimension of value is a unit of interrelation of several values that exist in a continuum of interests Value is something abstract about the goals that we build through language symbols and verbal and non-verbal (Liliweri 2002 108) Psychologist Gordon Allport defines value as occurring in a psychological area called belief Therefore he considered that Value is a belief that makes a person act on the basis of his choice Confidence is placed in the psychological area that is higher than other areas such as desires motives attitudes desires and needs Because the decision is right wrong good and bad beautiful is not beautiful in this region is the result of a series of psychological processes that then direct the individual to actions and actions that are in accordance with the value of his choice

Value is a normative benchmark that influences humans in making choices among alternative ways of action (Kupperman 1983) Therefore one of the most important parts in the process of value judgment is the involvement of normative values that apply in society Rohmat believes that the value is always related to education (2004 117) Value is not possessed by an object in itself This situation cangive rise to different values from various subjects in appreciating the same object The purpose of education itself is to shape human character to be perfect (the aim of education is character) Human consciousness must be increased at the highest level (Jumsai 2000 86-87)

Etymologically reviewed the Sai Study Group is a study group that examines the vedas which are based on teachings discourse by their spiritual teacher Bhagawan Sri Sathya Sai Baba Furthermore the Sai Study Group is shortened to SSG All SSGs in the territory of Indonesia are covered by the Central Sai Study Group Indonesia (SSG) based in Jakarta One branch of the Sai Study Group in Bali is better known as the Sai Study Group Denpasar or SSG Denpasar because it is within the Denpasar city area referring to the teachings of ancient highways originating from Vedas Literature and Upanishads carrying four sacred missions namely 1 Veda Poshanais upholding the holy teachings of the Vedas 2 VidvatPoshana is nurturing scholars who study Vedas 3 The Rakshaka Dharma is protecting the truth of the Vedas 4 Bhakta Rakshaka is protecting people who are devoted to God The Sai Study Group organization especially in Bali has developed and has a branch or wing of 32 Sai Study Groups (SSG) covering eight regencies

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 8

throughout Bali plus branches that are in the village area and officially received PHDI Center since January 1994 with letter No 26 Perny I PHDIP 1994 dated January 14 1994 Each has a branch or branch in the Rural area The teachings developed by the Sai Study Group refer to the five pillars described in this paper namely Truth (Sathya) Virtue (Dharma) Peace (Shanti) Compassion (Prema) and Non-Violence (Ahimsa) According to Kasturi (1987 150) the Sai Study Group has three wings or three fields in developing Sai Babas teachings namely 1 Spirituality (Spiritual) 2 Field of Service (Seva) 3 Field of Education (Human Values) In this study the basis of this research is in the third program namely the field of education which incorporates values in teaching education to its devotees According to the teachings of Sri Sathya Sai Baba states that education without character is futile So the end of education is forming

The three wings of the organization in conducting activities consist of 1) Wings first wings move in the Spiritual field namely Bhajans (holy songs mewirama meditation yoga tirtayathra) 2) Wings second wings are engaged in Seva (services) such as Medical Camp Basic food donations to the poor free Polyclinics Visiting Orphanages and Nursing Homes giving scholarships to the poor and so on 3) Wings third wing is engaged in the field of Education namely Debriefing of Human Values Education (PNK) to Balvikas teachers kindergarten teachers satsang (discussion) Workshop Seminar founded the Sathya Sai Kindergarten school In the opinion of the author the three wings are sourced from the teachings of CaturMarga Yoga which can be implemented on three wings namely 1) Bhakti Marga Yoga is represented in Bhajan activities (hymns Sankirtan singing sacred songs (Sai Gopi group) mewirama (Sai Gurnita group) meditation (Sathya Sai Meditation) Yoga and Tirtayathra 2) Karma Marga Yoga is represented in Seva activities (services) such as Medical Camp Giving Sembako Visiting while providing assistance to nursing homes orphanages free clinics and providing scholarships to underprivileged children 3) JnanaMarga Yoga is represented in the activities of Human Values Education where Youthvikas children come to the villages to provide free Human Values Education

Basic Ideological Values of the Five Pillars Become the SSG Religious Foundation Denpasar Five Pillars (truth virtue affection peace nonviolence) someone who lives on the path Sai will present as a wise and loving person where his discourse always conveys the truth his actions always enlighten virtue his feelings are always filled with peace and his views always implies a nonviolent attitude Efforts to understand basic uniqueness can then distinguish between Sai organizations and other similar social organizations Every view attitude or activity carried out is always seen as an effort to realize and develop self-spirituality through SAI = See Always Inside unity - purity - divinity

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 9

(Always seen as an effort to build and develop Unity - Purity - Godhead) With regard to the basic values of character Sais organization provides policy recommendations such as (1) Sais Bhakta should be aware of his own character identity and make Sais Vision the basis and purpose of his spiritual journey Embodied in the perspective of nature attitude behavior and seen from how he interpreted and responded to every situation (2) Sais devotion is obliged to carry out the Inisi Sai and build Sais personality and culture with love and service Not only intended for those who are deities in semanusiar but also for all people and all beings in the universe (3) All components of Sais organization should be able to position Sais organization as a vehicle for developing self-spirituality by promoting the principles of spirituality in life (4) Sai Bhakta should realize the implicit meaning of the symbol of Sai that emphasizes the principles of values (values) and the principle of universality and (5) Sai Bhakta must understand the depth of Sais teachings both through the existing literature through the activities of Study Circle Sathya dharma discourse and through other spiritual practices Sadhana (both proclaimed by the organization and in the daily lives of devotees) and try to make life appropriate with the mandate of Sad Teacher (Your life is My Messages)

The position of Sai devotees before the teacher sad All Sai devotees have the same position before Sad Guru Bhagavan Sri Sathya Sai Baba This relationship is personal direct without intermediaries Sai iniracles (Sais miracle) It must be realized that Sais most valuable miracle is the transformation of love within oneself Even if Bhagavan often shows miracles in the form of creating material things for someone it is only personal and is seen as a business card or as a reminder of him Sai Bhakta is expected not to stop there Sais Bhakta should not be bound to what given then forget who gave it (Sai VidyaPrashanti 2013 326-328) The concept of PancaPilar which consists of satya (truth) dharma (virtue) shanti (peace) prema (love) and ahimsa (without violence) is required by sad teacher to be the basic capital that must be a reference and guide for all devotees in doing actions and interactions in peoples lives

Methods of spiritual culture-based religious learning that can be used to develop the ability to understand (Jnatum) See (Drashtum) and Diaini (Paveshtum) depth and echo of conscience which are connected with the reality of life and life Contemplation and internalization (contemplation tracing and strengthening) is like the first spiritual kitchen that cultivates the connection between reality and the principles of Sais teachings with the reality of life that must be lived The end and this stage will present a deeper insight awareness and belief (SSGI 2010 144)

Transformation ultimately leads someone always in Gods consciousness Gods consciousness (divinity) can only be achieved with purity

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 10

and the purity of the heart born and the unity of view and action (unity) To build purity through unity of view and action resources and techniques for supporting transformation are needed The sources techniques and means of supporting Sai transformation are related to (1) devotional service (devotion) (2) duty (3) (3) discipline (discipline) (4) discrimination ability and (5) determination (determination) (SSGI 2010 40) (1) Bhakti (Devotion)

Until now devotional service still keeps a number of hearts in the heart Words cannot even describe how a person feels when he is filled with devotion The secret behind the bond between the creator and the one created is truly inaccessible with rationality (2) Duties and obligations (Duty) everything in the universe is governed by a law called duties and obligations or often referred to as Dharma (3) Discipline (Discipline) Discipline is very much needed in the process of transformation As explained in the dharma description that there is no one in the universe that moves on its own all are governed by their own rules which are called dharma or duties and obligations (4) Ability to distinguish (Discrimination) basically each person is given the ability to distinguish between good and bad and which are allowed or not to be done

The ability to distinguish is called intellect or Viveka Intellect or viveka is higher in level and in the mind whose work is only to gather knowledge build passion emotion ego and love (5) Determination (Determination) Transformation cannot be possible without determination A person will be able to have determination if he is aware and believes that these changes can provide better and earlier benefits lsquoDetermination is needed so that the spirit of transformation is maintained The technique means of Sai transformation consists of prayer bhajan service sathsang always strives in the consciousness of God PancaPilar As the Foundation for the Development of Integrity and Adaptation Integration and adaptation is the stage to build connectivity and space for adjustments between views awareness or beliefs that have been built up with action plans This is the most central stage in the transformation process Views awareness and beliefs will have no meaning if It is not integrated in life Awareness that has remained in the area of view should be integrated linked and adjusted with action plans so as to bring awareness of actions or often referred to as karma yoga Karma is action and yoga is calm The Meaning of Five Pillars through the Implementation of the Teachings of Karma and Dharma Bhakti The five pillars (Satya Dharma Prema Santi and Ahimsa) cannot be separated from elements of human behavior and dharma as a form of manifestation of these five elements in social life

This means that humans must always be able to show behavior that is in harmony with the values of pillars because every action taken will have consequences that are accepted according to the quality of the actions

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 11

performed Honor the Atma in each individual because Atma is God who resides in every being Your job is to help do service or Dharmabakti Do your heart with all your heart please help with love that is genuine and blameless CONCLUSION In an effort to transfer the knowledge and transfer of values to the SSG Denpasar community transforming the teachings of Bhagawad Sri Santhya Sai Baba with multi methods namely Dharma Tula (study circle) Dharmawacana Dharma Ashrama (balvikas PNK) Dharma Gita (Group Gita Pesantian ) DharmaSadhana (Youth camp Balvikas Camp Sadhana Camp) Dharma Kriya (Seva Mutual Cooperation Blood Donor Gramma Seva) Dharma Shanti (celebrating every year for devotees) Study Circle in practice is in the form of discussion where all participants (devotees) sit in a circular manner in a trending topic chosen by the SSG management referring to the teachings of Sri Sathya Sai Baba FivePilars (Truth Virtue Compassion Peace Non-violence) is considered as basic values as well as ideology that is used as a reference or goal to be achieved in guiding and guiding his devotees in improving self-quality identification of identity and effort to realize and develop self-spirituality The five pillars (Satya Dharma Prema Santi and Ahimsa) cannot be separated from elements of human behavior and dharma as a form of manifestation of these five elements in the blast of society This means that humans must always be able to show behavior that is in harmony with the values of the five pillars References 1 Banks James An Introduction to Multicultural Education 4th edition

2008 Pearson AllynBacon ISBN 9780205518852 2 Levinson M (2009)Mapping Multicultural Education in Harvey Seigel

ed The Oxford Handbook of Philosophy of Education (Oxford University Press)

3 Loewen J W (1995) Lies my teacher told me Everything your American history textbook got wrong New York New Press

4 Nieto S (2000) Affirming diversity The sociopolitical context of multicultural education (3rd ed) New York Longman

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 12

IDENTITY POLITICSA MASTER STROKE OF POLARIZATION

P M N Shankar Department of Political Science Sharavathi First Grade College

konandur-postThirthahalli-Taluk SHIMOGA-Dist

The past few months have seen several social groups protesting sometimes violently to either protect or extend special privileges to their members This resurgence of identify politics sits uncomfortably with a liberal constitutional order that is built on the rights of the individual The congress government in Karnataka agreed to give minority status to the Lingayat and Veerashaiva communities in March 2018 Dalit groups have taken to the streets to protest against a recent Supreme Court order to fortify The Schedule Castes and the Scheduled Tribes (Prevention of Atrocities) Act 1989 against misuse Earlier there have been demands for special privileges from relatively affluent communities such as the Jats in Haryana the Patidars in Gujurat and the Marathas in Maharashtra The two main national parties have at different times played caste and communal politics to further their electoral agendas Many regional parties too have played identity politics with equal if not grater panache Indian electoral politics essentially does not allow any major political party to take a stand against the grant of special privileges to a community with a substantial number of votes

Identity Politics

Caste

Religio

LanguagGender

Ethnicit

Urban Rural

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 13

The Power of Politics In the ldquoFirst past the postrdquo system of electing representatives the power of democratic mobilization gives communities a veto over the rights of the individual In an Indian election a political party has to cultivate a small number of communities which can deliver block votes And when the swing of a few percentage of votes can change the electoral verdict even being able to wean off a faction of a community away from the rival party may work wonders Why the Resurgence What is at stake is the number of benefits enjoyed on wearing the minority badge A number of central and state government schemes are meant exclusively for the minorities The educational institutes run by minorities enjoy much greater autonomy These perverse incentives in the name of secularism ndash which in really actually distort Indian secularism ndash have given rise to numerous such demands by communities to gain minority status Ethnic fragmentation of the kind India has allowed full play to identity politics This fragmentation also makes it difficult for communities across fault line to come together to mobilize on economic issues The middle class which is often expected to agitate for better economic policies in place of community based hand-outs has responded by exiting government delivered services in favour of private service providers If one community is being given undue favour by a ruling party other communities can unite to overthrow it in the next election With an upper cap on quotas introducing new communities into these privileges angers the original backward communities get minority status it will mean less funds for each minority group The political scientist Devesh Kapur has blamed this phenomenon of different groups demanding a greater share of public resources for Indiarsquos traditionally high fiscal deficits low public investment and stunted economic growth rates Low economic growth rates mean that even the favoured communities donrsquot end up faring much better

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 14

Role of Judiciary In such a scenario it is no surprise that the order on the SCST Act has come from a non-elected institution the Supreme Court The judiciary often leans towards activism but it still remains the one institution that can be expected to stand for the rights of the individual when they are in conflict with privileges of a community It is almost futile to hope that a political party will come to the rescue of an individual at the receiving end of the draconian provisions of the atrocities law The Supreme Court ndash an important institution to uphold republican values and protect them from democratic excesses ndash has stepped in to put a cap on the quotas granted to communities As more communities demand special privileges the government may end up committing greater fund for the welfare of select communities at the expense of development projects and public goods meant for all This has in fact been happening in India The bottom lines is that Indian democracy will be much more prosperous if the Indian republic ndash or each individual is empowered References 1 A Prasad (1997) Summary of issues Judgement and directions in Indra

Sawhney V Union of Indiarsquo in A Prasad Reservation Justice to other Backward Classes p308

2 Ashutosh Varsheney (1993) ldquoContested Meanings Indiarsquos National Identity Hindu Nationalism and the policies of Anxietyrdquo pp 113-16

3 C Jaffrelot (2003)Indiarsquos Silent Revolution ndash The rise of the lower caste in North Indian Politics pp 156-59

4 Constituent Assembly Debates (1989) Vol I Loka Sabha Secretariat P59 (Nehrursquos inaugural speech before the constituent Assembly on 13 December 1946)

5 James Manor (1977) Political Change in an Indian State Mysore 1917-1955 p60 O Chinnappa Reddy (1990) Report of Karnataka Third Backward Classes commission Vol 1 PP 11-12

6 P Radhakrishnan lsquoBackward Classes in Tamil Nadu 1872 ndash 1988 pp 509-517

7 Report of the backward classes commission First Part P 21 8 Ronald Ingleharr and Christine Welzel (2005) Modernization Cultural

Change and Democracy P21 also Pippa Norrs and Ronald Inglehart (2004) Scared and Secular Religion and Politics World P33

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 15

9 Samuel Huntington (1983) American Poltics The Promise of Disharmony pp 96-98

10 Yogendra Yadv and VB Singh (1996) Survey of Center for the Study of Developing Societies (CSDS) India Today August 15 1996 p32-35

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 16

MULTIPLE REGRESSION ANALYSIS OF VALUE DRIVERS OF EARNINGS PER SHARE (EPS) AN ANALYTICAL STUDY OF

THE WIPRO LTD

Sangamesh Hugar PhD Research Scholar

Dept of Studies in Commerce Karnatak University

Dharwad

Dr A S Shiralashetti Professor and Dean

Dept of Studies in Commerce Acting Vice - Chancellor

Karnatak University Dharwad

Abstract The Earnings Per Share (EPS) is a key factor which affects the

shareholder value It is an indicator of net addition to the shareholdersrsquo wealth EPS is influenced by several variables like operating leverage financial leverage tax effect ratio etc In view of this multi-variable nature of the EPS in the present study an attempt is made to explore the value drivers of the EPS to examine their individual contribution rates (ie beta coefficients or EPS drivers) based on operating and financial data collected from Annual Reports of the Wipro Ltd for period from 2008-09 to 2017-18 by applying Simple Linear Regression Analysis and MVAR Technique

Keywords Earnings Per Share (EPS) Earnings Before Interest and Tax (EBIT) Earnings Before Tax (EBT) Earnings After Tax (EAT) Operating Leverage Financial Leverage Tax Effect Ratio (TER) Introduction

Business enterprises are not the charitable entities Basic purpose of their existence (raison drsquoecirctre) is to earn or add a fair return to the shareholders after meeting out all external obligations so that the existing shareholders are motivated to park their funds in the same company This whole exercise of earning reasonable return on shareholdersrsquo wealth depends fundamentally upon

i how a company can increase sales (revenue management or marketing decisions)

ii how a company can effectively manage the operating cost (both variable operating cost and fixed operating cost ndash cost management decisions)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 17

iii what kinds of investment is required (investment in additional fixed assets or investment in net working capital) and

iv what pattern of financing (equity or debt or both) In nutshell it is said that shareholder value creating capacity of

company is the ultimate effect of actions reactions and interactions of operating investment and financial decisions or strategies NEED FOR THE STUDY Shareholder Value Creation has become a buzz word in recent years There is direct nexus between the shareholder value and the EPS But the EPS itself is governed by the several variables (called value drivers in the current financial literature) like Net sales direct cost of goods sold fixed operating cost Interest on debt Tax Effect Ratio ability of the company to magnify the effect of change in sales on EBIT (ie Operating Leverage) and the effect of change in EBIT on EPS (ie Financial Leverage) The very existence of the company and its contribution to the socio-economic development of the economy depends upon its value creation process Regular review of their modus operandi will enable them to examine the current financial status and to explore the key value drivers which are affecting the EPS Hence a need was felt to assess the impact of different value drivers on EPS REVIEW OF LITERATURE

In the empirical studies done so far the researchers have concentrated on the determinants of equity market prices To mention a few

i Collins (1957) studied on the determinants of market pries of equity shares of American Bank and concluded that the book value (BVs) and the dividend per share (DPS) were the major determinants of market prices

ii Stern Stewart (1990) based on the data of 618 US Companies concluded that the EVA rather MVA is the major determinant of performance evaluation

iii Pradhan (2003) based on the analysis of financial statements of companies listed on Nepal Stock Exchange Ltd concluded that the DPS was the prime determinant of shares

iv Khan (2009) also based on data collected from the companies listed on Dhaka Stock Exchange concluded that the DPS was the main determinant of equity prices

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 18

v Nirmala Sanju and Ramachandran (2011) based on the data collected from Indian Companies concluded that the DPS and the PE ratio were the significant determinants of share price

vi Nisa and Nishat (2012) found that ROI Growth Factor and Stock Valuation factor had positive impact on the share price and that risk and volatility had negative impact on the share prices of Sensex and Nifty

vii Malhotra and Tandon (2013) applied regression model for examining the factors affecting the stock prices of 100 companies listed on the NSE and found that the variables like Book Value EPS and PE ratio had positive relationship with the market prices of shares Whereas the dividends yield had the negative relationship with the market price

viii Madhu Malik (2004) examined the relationship between shareholder wealth and financial variables like EPS RONW and ROCE and found that there was high positive correlation between EVA and ROCE and low positive correlation between EVA and EPS

STATEMENT OF THE RESEARCH PROBLEM In corporate financial literature the firmrsquos ability to increase the size of shareholder wealth year-by-year is fundamentally determined by the Leverage effect and Tax Effect Ratio (TER) Leverage Effect is of three types viz operating leverage effect financial leverage effect and joint effect If each effect is favorable the firm enjoys magnifying power and its shareholdersrsquo wealth is increased whereas if each effect is unfavorable the firm does not enjoy the magnifying power and the shareholdersrsquo wealth is destroyed The magnifying power associated with operating leverage is governed by the quality of operating decisions relating to sales management cost management and the magnifying power associated with financial leverage is governed by the quality of capital structure decisions The favorable joint effect of those two effects on EPS will not be diluted only when the Tax Effect Ratio is either equal to one or very near to one and the quality of this TER depends upon sound corporate tax planning and management decisions Against this background an attempt is made in the present paper to explore the value drivers of EPS and their contributing capacity individually and collectively in the process of shareholder value creation process based on the operating and financial data collected from the Annual Reports of the WIPRO Ltd for the period from 2008-09 to 2017-18 Hence the title of the study

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 19

ldquoMULTIPLE REGRESSION ANALYSIS OF VALUE DRIVERS OF EARNINGS PER SHARE (EPS) AN ANALYTICAL STUDY OF THE WIPRO LTDrdquo OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY 1) To identify the main value drivers of the EPS of WIPRO Ltd 2) To test the significance of the explanatory power of value drivers collectively

and individually for assessing the variation in EPS 3) To examine the goodness of fit of the Regression Model used in the study 4) To measure and detect the problem of Multicollinearity 5) To resolve the issue of Multicollinearity by applying Variance Inflation

Factor (VIF) RESEARCH METHODOLOGY Scope of the Study The present study is restricted to the case study of the WIPRO Ltd and deals with the identification of the key drivers that either drive-up or drive-down the EPS and also the cause-effect analysis of EPS value drivers Nature of the Data The study is primarily based on secondary data collected from the Annual Reports of the WIPRO Ltd for a decade period from 2008-09 to 2017-18 Statistical Tools used for Analysis For the purpose of processing the data and interpreting the results generated therefrom the statistical tools like Simple Linear Regression Analysis (SLRA) Multiple Linear Regression Analysis (MLRA) Analysis of Variance (ANOVA) VIF besides the tools like ratio analysis draw from the literature of corporate finance Identification of the Drivers of EPS

The EPS is the ultimate indicator of the performance of the company and it throws light on the net addition to the shareholder wealth on per share basis EPS is the quotient arrived by dividing the Earnings after Interest and Tax (EAIT) by the total number of equity shares outstanding

(1) If the EPS is positive it implies that (a) Shareholders Wealth is increased

(b) both business risks and financial risks are covered and

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 20

(c) the firm contributed towards its CSR in the form of Income Tax (2) If the EPS is zero it implies that (a) It has no impact on or growth in shareholder wealth (b) both Business Risk and Financial Risk are covered (3) If the EPS is Negative it implies that (a) both business risk and financial risk are not covered (ie if Sales ndash Varaible Operating Cost = Zero) (b) Business risk is covered but the financial risk is not covered (ie if Sales - Variable operating cost ndash Fixed Operating Cost = 0)

No firm with commercial motive is interested in arriving at the ultimate business result of either zero EPS or negative EPS Financial literature or things today reveals that the EPS is either driven-up or driven-down depending upon the way in which the following are managed

(1) Net Sales (2) Cost of goods sold (3) Fixed operating cost (4) Fixed interest obligation on long term debt (5) Tax Burden The above EPS drivers are denoted by X1 X2 X3 X4 and X5

respectively in the present study Multiple Regression Model Used Yt = β0 + β1X1t + β2X2t + β3X3t + β4X4t + β5X5t+Et Where Yt = Dependent Variable (EPS) β0= Y Intercept (ie value of Y when the influence of all independent -variables together is zero) β1 = Partial regression coefficient of X1 β2 = Partial regression coefficient of X2 β3 = Partial regression coefficient of X3 β4 = Partial regression coefficient of X4 β5 = Partial regression coefficient of X5 Et= Random Error (with t=1helliphellip10)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 21

Hypotheses Formulated (1) For testing the significance of overall regression model

H0 β1=β2=β3=β4= β5= 0 H1 At least one β1 is not equal to zero

(2) For testing the significance of partial regression coefficients i Net Sales (X1)

H0 β1 = 0 H1 β1 ne 0

ii Cost of goods sold (X2) H0 β2 = 0

H1 β2 ne 0 iii Fixed operating cost (X3)

H0 β3 = 0 H1 β3 ne 0

iv Interest on long-term debt (X4) H0 β4 = 0 H1 β4 ne 0

v Tax Burden(X5) H0 β5 = 0 H1 β5 ne 0

ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION OF DATA Analysis and Interpretation of data is outlined in three parts Part-A Testing the significance of overall model in explaining the extent of variation in EPS by all independent variables together by using F-test and also the significance of each partial regression coefficients of independent variables by using t-test Part-B Detecting the Multicollinearity problem Part-C Measuring the Multicollinearity and resolving Multicollinearity problem PART-A Testing of Hypotheses For the purpose of analysis and processing so as to derive logical conclusions relating to the Joint effect of all the EPS drivers together and individual effect of each value driver on the EPS the input data used in study are shown in Table 1

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 22

Table 1 Input Data relating to Dependent Variables (ie EPS) and the Independent Variables (ie the EPS drivers)

(Rs in millions)

Year EPS (Yt)

Net Sales (X1)

Cost of Goods Sold (X2)

Fixed Cost (X3)

Interest (X4)

Tax Burden (X5)

2008-09 2681 256995 178958 33062 2400 6460 2009-10 3178 272129 185649 34529 1232 9163 2010-11 2172 310385 211943 41871 776 9695 2011-12 2288 371878 211945 99364 3439 13845 2012-13 2507 374300 210774 96349 2894 16865 2013-14 3237 434238 236612 111867 3834 21234 2014-15 3528 469510 252328 125939 3499 25101 2015-16 3647 512478 276606 143628 5484 25158 2016-17 3497 554484 295052 169323 5942 25214 2017-18 1685 544871 291162 170955 5830 22399

(Source Computed from the operating and financial data collected from Annual Reports of the company) The above input data are fed in the MS-Excel software and the resultant excel output is shown in Table 2 Table 2 Excel Output For Multiple Linear Regression Model for analysis of EPS Regression Statistics

Multiple R 0902419101 R Square 0814360234 Adjusted R Square 0582310527 Standard Error 4334998428 Observations 10

ANOVA

df SS MS F Significance F

Regression 5 3297489545 659497909 3509421515 0123782418 Residual 4 7516884548 1879221137 Total 9 4049178

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 23

Coefficients Standard Error t Stat P-value Lower 95 Upper 95

Intercept 254648423 2112427886 1205477473 0294452581 -3318555835 8411524294 Net Sales -0000748739 0000918002 -0815618439 0460498905 -000329752 0001800042 Cost of Sales 0000822917 0001014168 0811420447 0462646071 -0001992866 0003638699 Fixed Cost 000017568 000078872 0222740094 083464943 -0002014158 0002365517

Interest 0005642198 0002655337 2124852056 010079 -0001730199 0013014595

Tax 0004487349 0002719957 1649786703 0174331484 -0003064463 0012039162

Table 2 reveals that (1) As the F- Value(calculated) 351 lt F(α=00554)= 1552 the null hypothesis

that β1=β2=β3=β4= β5= 0 needs to be accepted Hence it is inferred that all the value drivers together do not have significant explanatory power to account for the variation in EPS R2 value (081) appears to be more than 2 simply because of more independent variables than the sample size in the model As the number of independent variables (regardless of the quality of variables) goes on increasing the R2 value gets increased But it does not mean that the explanatory power of the model has increased But in fact the percentage of explained variation in the dependent variable by the model has declined to 058 as denoted by 2

(2) As t-values(calculated) of all independent variables appearing in Table 2 are less than the critical t-value(α=00254) of plusmn2776 the hypotheses relating to the partial regression coefficients of all the five variables also need to be accepted No doubt the partial regression coefficients of X2 X3 X4 and X5 are not infact equal to zero but are very very near to zero Similarly the partial regression coefficient of the variable X1 also is not equal to zero but has negative value which is also very very near to zero Hence it is inferred that the value drivers have influenced the change in the EPS not in a substantial way but in a negligible way

PART-B

Checking the presence of Multicollinearity In a Econometrics theory it is postulated that when independent

variables included in the model are highly correlated with each other they will adversely affect the regression results In such a situation the signs of regression coefficients of independent variables will not be in consistent

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 24

with the signs of correlation coefficients between the independent variables Hence a multicollinearity matrix is prepared and the correlation results are given in Table 3 Table 3 Correlation Matrix (Dependent and Independent Variables)

EPS Net Sale Cost of Goods Sold

Fixed Cost Interest

Tax Burden

EPS (Y) 1 Net Sales (X1) 0225446 1 Cost of Goods Sold (X2) 0192969 0982302 1 Fixed Cost (X3) 0158958 0986948 09488977 1 Interest (X4) 0192725 0922605 089057601 0945189 1 Tax Burden (X5) 0423779 0952386 090320405 0930673 0836026 1 Table 3 reveals that there is no consistency between the partial regression coefficient sign of X1 variable (it is minus in Table 2) with the sign of correlation coefficient of that variable with the dependent variable EPS (it is plus in Table 3) Hence there is a problem of multicollinearity PART - C Measuring Multicollinearity and resolving the issue For measuring mutlicollinearity the Variance Inflation Factors (VIFs) are computed by applying the following formula VIFj =1(1-Rj

2) Where Rj

2= Coefficient of determination when ith independent variable is regressed against the remaining k-1 independent variables Generally if VIF of ith variable lt 5 Multicollinearity is not considered as a problem for that independent variable If VIF ge 5 it implies that the correlation between independent variables is too extreme and therefore the said variable needs to be removed from the model

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 25

The information relating to variance inflation factors of independent variables used in the study is given in Table 4

Table 4 Variance Inflation Factors of Independent variables Table 4 reveals that the VIFs of all the independent variables are less than five and therefore it is inferred that the is mutlicollinearity will not pose any problem among the independent variables though there is inconsistency between the regression sign of X1 (Net Sales) and its correlation coefficients sign with the dependent variable (EPS) FINDINGS AND SUGGESTIONS The major findings of the study and the suggestions relating thereto are listed below (1) The overall regression model results reveal that the Null Hypothesis(H0)

β1=β2=β3=β4=β5=0 is accepted against its H1 Hence as per the principles of econometrics it needs to be inferred that explanatory power of the model is zero However it is to be further noted that the partial regression coefficients of all independent variables are not in fact equal to zero but are very near to zero Therefore it is inferred that the overall regression model has moderate explanatory power to the extent of 058

(2) The Null hypotheses relating to individual independent variables also need to be accepted as their calculated t-values are less than the critical t-value(α=00254) of plusmn2776 However it is to be noted that their regression coefficients are not exactly equal to zero but are very very near to zero Hence it is inferred that they have negligible power to explain for the change in the value of the EPS

(3) There is mutlicollinearity problem as there is inconsistency between the regression coefficients of X1 and its correlation coefficient value with the dependent variable EPS

(4) Though there is mutlicollinearity problem an analysis of Variance Inflation Factor (VIFs) of all independent variable reveals that mutlicollinearity will not be a serious problem as the VIF of X1 happens to be less than five Hence it need not be removed from the model This is also in consistent with

Independent Variables VIF Factor Net Sales (X1) 0000205 Cost of Goods Sold (X2) 0001140 Fixed Cost (X3) 0005293 Interest (X4) 0005293 Tax (X5) 0005293

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 26

the priori reasoning in finance theory that the variable net sales(X1) is the prime and predominant factor of influencing the EPS if properly managed

(5) The correlation coefficient between the EPS and Tax factor (X5) is the highest (042) when compared with its correlation coefficient values with other variables Hence tax planning and management practices need to be streamlined

(6) Next highest correlation coefficient is between the Net Sales (X1) and the EPS followed by the correlation coefficient between the EPS and Cost of goods Sold (X2) Hence there is a need for increasing the volume of sales through effective marketing strategies and also for reducing cost of goods sold by adopting strategic cost management tools like ABC Target-Costing etc so as to improve the power of X1 and X2 variables in increasing the size of the EPS

CONCLUSION In view of priori reasoning in finance that all the variables (X1 X2 X3 X4 and X5) in the model have together the potential power to influence the extent of positive change in the EPS it is concluded by saying that it is imperative on the part of firm to streamline all the functional areas of management viz marketing (X1 variable) production and operations (X2 variable) cost management (X3 variable) to reap the magnifying power of the operating leverage capital structure policy (X4 variable) to take the advantage of favorable financial leverage and tax planning and management practices (X5 variable) so as to reduce the tax incidence LIMITATIONS OF THE STUDY

The study is confined to an analysis of impact of only five quantitative financial variables on EPS Further the study is primarily based on secondary data collected from the Annual Reports of the firm under study for the respective years SCOPE FOR FURTHER RESEARCH There is ample scope for undertaking further research studies relating to analysis of impact of both quantitative and qualitative variables on EPS Research studies relating to an assessment of value drivers on EPS in each functional area of management viz production marketing HRM etc

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 27

REFERENCES 1) Bryman A and E Bell (2011) Business Research Methods 3rd Ed

Oxford University Press 2) Cooley William W and Paul R Lohnes (1971) Multivariate Data Analysis

New York John Wiley and Sons 3) Cooper R D PS Schilder and J K Sharma (2012) Business Research

Methods McGraw ndash Hill Education (India) Pvt Ltd 4) Dixit RK 1986 Behaviour of Equity share prices and Investment in

India Deep and Deep publications New Delhi 5) Dougherty Christopher (2007) Introduction to Econometrics 3rd Ed

Oxford University Press 6) Geetha E and Swaaminathan M (2015) A study on the factors

influencing stock prices A Comparative study of Automobile and Information Technology Industries stocks in India International Journal of Current Research and Academic Review 3(3) 97-109

7) Gujarati Damodar (2017) Basic Econometrics 5th Ed TMH New Delhi 8) Hawawini and Viallet (2002) Finance for executives Managing for value

Creation 2nd Ed Thomson Learning Press USA 9) I M Pandey (2015) Financial Management 11th Ed Vikas New Delhi 10) Nirmala PS PS Sanju and M Ramachandran 2011 Determinants of

share prices in India Journal of Emerging Trends in Economics and Management Sciences 2(2)pp124-130

11) Nisa MU and M Nishat 2012 The determinants of stock prices in Pakistan Asian Economics and Financial Review 1(4)pp276-291

12) Pushpa Bhatt P and Sumangala J K 2012 Impact of Earnings per share on Market Value of an equity share An Empirical study in Indian Capital Market Journal of Finance Accounting and Management 3(2)

13) Sharma S and B Singh 2006 Determinants of equity share prices in Indian corporate sector An empirical study The ICFAI Journal of Applied Finance 12(4) pp177-189

14) Tandon K and malhotra N 2013 Determinants of Stock Prices Empirical Evidence from NSE 100 Companies International Journal of Research in Management and Technology (IJRMT) ISSN2249-9563

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 28

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 29

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 30

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 31

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 32

LEARNING STYLES OF THE POSTGRADUATE STUDENTS OF LIBRARY AND INFORMATION SCIENCE OF KARNATAKA STATE AN EMPIRICAL

STUDY

Yashavanth K N

Research Scholar Department of PG Studies and Research

in Library and Information Science Gulbarga University Kalaburagi

B S Maheswarappa

Professor (Retired) Department of PG Studies and Research in

Library and Information Science Gulbarga University Kalaburagi

Abstract The main purpose of the present study was undertaken to determine individual differences in the three patterns of learning styles and the constraints of the 397 students with [Feminine 255 viz (642) and Masculine 358 respondents (142)] who enrolled for the Library and Information Science regular programs offered by the 10 universities and 2 postgraduate centres mdash located in the different places within the Karnataka State India Further a questionnaire was designed to collect the response on a face-to-face basis from arbitrarily selected the 397 respondents for research work Besides the quantitative data were analyzed using crosstabs in SPSS version 21 Consequently the produced results have exhaustively organized with mathematical calculation in tabular forms mdash while the qualitative data probed deductively and inductively set up on the research questions to draw the pattern of results Finally the findings revealed that the lsquoVisualrsquo learning style has offered the highest numeral with 219 respondents viz 552 followed by the 126 lsquoAuditoryrsquo students videlicet 317 and the rest of them lsquoTactilersquo learners who stood in the third position at 52 (131) of the overall Pupils involved in this research study Keywords Behavior Constraints Educators Impediments Learning Preference Learning Problems Obstacles Students University 1 Introduction An educates have both pros and cons towards the way they acquire knowledge but a series of steps to be carried out for specific learning behaviour to extend the strength of their learning skills (Heffler 2010) as long as they learn more efficiently and sharpen their learning styles to overcome in their area of weakness (Stice 1987) Besides where there is classroom communication between the teaching and learning processes the personalized student has a responsibility for hisher own learning skills (Heffler 2010) Further students customize this kind of learning exercise have become masterminds shows with characterized by good substantial quality dynamic systematic and the capacity to reach higher grade or obtaining greater success in academic prospective (Myers amp McCaulley 1985) Besides greater awareness of the learning styles serving as an essential component to open better communication between the educators and the pupils (Montgomery amp Groat 1998) Moreover ldquoa good teacher also needs both to

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 33

motivate students to continue learning and to teach them the skills and strategies needed for continued learningrdquo (Pintrich amp Lin 1985) Learning is a holistic process of four-stages viz a) lsquoFeelingrsquo b) lsquowatchingrsquo c) lsquothinkingrsquo d) lsquodoing from all this every learner interchange between a concrete experience reflective observation then thinking analyzing and testing the information (Heffler 2010 Kolb 1984) Learning styles play a very important role especially learning environment which mainly divided into three subdivisions that are to say a) visual learner study by the mind map notes taking visualization of the concept in mind and information gathering through reading b) Auditory learner collecting information through the acoustic or Podcast c) Kinesthetic (Tactile) learner possesses information through physical involvement laboratory works and model construction (El-Farargy 2010) Besides Instruction training is distinct as ldquothe situation when the entire content of what is to be learned is presented to the learner in final formrdquo (Simon 2000 p 43) Also (Simon 2000) examined that Exploration training providing the learner to ldquofreedom to impose their own structures on learningrdquo Gardner (1995) expresses an excellent opinion of educators to develop educational models to increase the confidence and qualities or abilities of students to lend a hand them work towards their career goals according to their talents abilities Personal values and needs Later on after a few years ago (Roebber 2005) recommended that educators should bridge the gap between how students learned in the classroom and what they did in many challenging real-life work settings to increase studentsrsquo abilities as well as their employment potentials 2 Objectives of the Study

The paper discusses to fulfil the specific research objectives are as follows Identify the demographic characteristics and socioeconomic status of the

respondents Discover the learning styles and their associated variables of the pupils Determine the obstacles of the students in the learning process

3 Research Design The primary principle of this research intends to analyse the learning styles and constraints on the learning process of postgraduate students enrolled in Master of Library and Information Science professional program [two years duration (4 semesters) regular mode] offered by the 10 universities in Karnataka state selected for the study of the universe Table 1 Ten universities in Karnataka State offering the regular mode Postgraduate program in Library and Information Science

Sl No Name of the University

Year of Estd

Name of the Departments

Both MLISc II amp IV Semester Total QD QR

01 The University of Mysore Mysore ndash 570006 1916 Department of Library amp Information

Science 60 59

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 34

01 (a)

Dr BR Ambedkar Post Graduate Centre Chamarajanagara- 571313

2015-16

Master of Library and Information Science program (PG centre ndash University of Mysore)

26 18

01 (b)

Government First Grade Women`s College Holenarsipur-573211

2016-17

Master of Library and Information Science program (affiliated to University of Mysore)

23 16

02 Karnatak University Dharwad -580003 1949 Department of Library and

Information Science 39 39

03 Bangalore University Bangalore ndash 560056 1975 Department of Library amp Information

Science 74 68

04 Gulbarga University Gulbarga ndash 585106

1979-80

Department of PG Studies amp Research in Library amp Information Science

35 35

05 Mangalore University Mangalore ndash 574199 1982 Department of Studies In Library amp

Information Science 17 16

06 Kuvempu University Shimoga - 577 451 1993 Department of Library amp Information

Science 50 44

07

Akkamahadevi Womenrsquos University Vijayapura ndash 586108

2003 Department of Library amp Information Science 34 32

08 Tumkur University Tumkur- 572103 2004 Department of Studies amp Research

in Library and Information Science 52 41

09 Rani Channamma University Belgaum ndash 591156 2010 Department of Library amp Information

Science 26 17

10 Vijayanagara Sri Krishnadevaraya University Ballary- 583104

2010 Department of Library amp Information Science 19 12

Total 455 397 Note a) Questionnaires Distributed (QD) b) Questionnaires Received (QR)

31 Research Procedure A designed questionnaire has a main method of tool to collect the required data from the respondents for the research study Further the questionnaire has separated into 3 main parts namely Part I Demographic characteristics and socioeconomic status of the students while Part II discovers the Learning Style Inventory (httpwwwsisuedu) forming of 24 items has employed to investigate the various learning styles of the learners prefer to process the information for learning Subsequently Part III consists of 10 items dealing with constraints on the learning process Moreover with the help of the Statistical Package for Social Sciences (SPSS) inferential statistical analysis was conducted through the data collected from the questionnaire were tabulated and transformed into Frequency and Percentage 32 Rationale for the study The analysis carried out with quantitative and qualitative data collected through the designed questionnaire (open and close-ended questions) for the research work Further three points Likert scale (scores mentioned in the learning style inventory) namely a) Often (5) b) Sometimes (3) c) Seldom (1) has used to evaluate participants responses on learning styles inventory broadly classified as three sections viz a) Visual (8 items ie Qii Qiii Qvii Qx Qxiv Qxvi Qxix Qxxii) students prefer to learn from the seeing words in books or the chalkboard and workbooks b) Auditory (8 items ie Qi Qv

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 35

Qviii Qxi Qxiii Qxviii Qxxi Qxiv) learners prefer to process information through oralaural c) Tactile (8 items are Qiv Qvi Qix Qxii Qxv Qxvii Qxx Qxxiii) students prefer to learn best by the hands-on experiences with materials Finally Constraints of the students on Learning process discovered by five-point Likert scale Viz a) Very easy [1] b) Easy [2] c) Neutral [3] d) Difficult [4] and e) Very difficult [5] 4 Analysis and Interpretation of Data This section especially focuses on the detailed analysis and interpretation of the participantsrsquo response collected through the formulated questionnaires and specified objectives for the research work Further statistical analysis of data presented in the tabular form with frequencies and percentages as under follows Table 2 Demographic Characteristics and Socioeconomic Status of the Respondents

Variables Categories Frequency Percent

Age Group

21-22 192 484

23-24 130 327

25-26 48 121

27-28 27 068

Total 397 100

Gender Male 142 358

Female 255 645

Total 397 100

Marital Status Married 26 065 Unmarried 371 935

Total 397 100

Semesters II 208 524 IV 189 476

Total 397 100

Annual Income

Low 289 728 Middle 69 174

High 39 094 Total 397 100

Occupation

Farmer 253 637 Business 38 096

Government 55 139 Private 29 073 Skilled worker 15 038 Unemployed 07 018 Total 397 100

Table 2 emphases the demographic characteristics and socioeconomic status of the respondents of ten universities of Karnataka state Further age is one of the important factors which influence of sub-sections of the learning styles of the learners Besides groups the respondent categories as 4 divisionrsquos viz 21-22 23-24 25-26 and 27-38

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 36

respectively to analysis and interpretation of the age-wise data in terms of frequency and percentage The high frequencies (192) with the percentage of (484) were recorded from participants between 21 and 22 years old followed by age group formulating 23 to 24 years old respondents presents frequency of 130 (327) as well as the third position of the age band in percentage of 121 and a frequency of 48 of the respondents grouped between 25 and 26 years old Finally the age group of 27 to 38 years old respondents indicates the quite lesser frequency (27) and (68) out of the total numbers (397) of samples selected for the study Gender considered as the variable which influences the learning approach in many ways Consequently the lsquoFemalersquo respondents collected the highest frequency of 255 (642) and remaining Male participants record a frequency of 142 with a minimal 358 only in the total unit of the population The marital status of learners namely lsquoMarriedrsquo and lsquoUnmarriedrsquo viewed as variable to identify the learning approaches and associated relationship of the respondents As table 1 shows that lsquounmarriedrdquo 371mdasheducatee obtained the greatest percentage of 935 as well as remaining of them were lsquomarried respondents projected a frequency of 26 with a minimum of 65 Opted the study on semester wise basis of 10 universities mdash 397 postgraduate students of Karnataka state table 2 exhibits the second-semester learners attained a higher lsquoFrequency of 208 respondents with 524 whereas the rest of the respondents recorded 476 viz 189 participants belong to the lsquoFourth Semester Annual income-wise study of the parents has one of the most significant variables in calculating the socioeconomic status of the students parents Besides based on the Kuppuswamy socioeconomic status scale mdash annual income was categorized into three social class income level namely Low (lt ` 20000) Middle (` 20001- ` 50000) and High (gt ` 50001) to generate tables with frequency and percentage In addition to students coming from the lsquoLowrsquo income category family demonstrating the highest frequency of 289 respondents that is to say 728 followed by lsquoMiddlersquo annual income familiesrsquo projected 69 respondents 174 Whereas lsquoHighrsquo annual family earns the lowest with 39 (94) participants of the overall students involved in the study As figures shown in table 2 demonstrate occupation is a variable to significantly study different occupations of the parents mdash have classified as 6 parts based on their line of work The farming community presents the highest number of frequencies 253 with 637 followed by the parents working on the lsquoGovernmentrsquo sector register 55 as follows139 out of the total population as well as the business-oriented participants list 38 viz 096 At the same time 15 to wit 038 shows the respondents from the lsquoskilled workerrsquo sector and the remaining lsquounemployedrsquo present 07 respondentsrsquo videlicet 018 in their participation

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 37

Table 3 Learning Styles of the Educatee Learning Styles Frequency Percents Visual 219 552 Auditory 126 317 Tactile 52 131 Total 397 100 Figure 1 Learning Styles of the Educatee

Learning styles are imperative to facilitate the learning process of students at any level of their academic or studentrsquos life Therefore Table 3 described three main types of lsquolearning stylesrsquo mdash Visual Auditory and Kinesthetic (Tactile) which account for the differences in learning aptitudes Out of the 397 randomly selected participants 552 that is to say 219 tabulated under the lsquoVisualrsquo learning style and 317 as follows 126 respondents obtained under the lsquoAuditoryrsquo mode of learning At the same time as 131 videlicet 52 Tactilersquo oriented respondents contributed the least percentage among the total number of respondents take part learning style survey Table 4 Age group-wise Comparison of Learning Styles of the Students

Age Group Learning Styles Visual Auditory Tactile Total

21-22 100 457

69 548

23 442

192 484

23-24 80 365

36 286

14 269

130 327

25-26 24 110

13 103

11 212

48 121

27-38 15 068

08 063

04 077

27 068

Total 219 100

126 100

52 100

397 100

Every student adopts individualized approach learning as per their age perceptions of the postgraduate studentsrsquo age groups vary from 21 to 38 years old in the selected

55 32

13 VisualAuditory

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 38

universities mdash learning styles were parted as 3 learning approaches such as Visual Auditory and Tactile Table 4 discovers that the 21-22 age categories indexed the highest percentage of 457 (100) postgraduate students followed by 365 (80) within the age range of 23-24 who learn by the visual mode Even as the remaining age groups namely 25-26 and 27-38 brought in 110 (24) and 068 (15) respondents take part lsquoVisualrsquo learning style Beneath the lsquoAuditoryrsquo approach to learning the data reveal that the 21-22-year-old candidates polled in 548 viz 69 and the 22-24 age group owned 36 respondents to wit 286 At the same time as the 25-26 age bands displays 13 participants that are to say 103 even as the 27-28-year-old correspondences managed only 063 with 08 responses Thereafter the lsquoTactilersquo fashion of the learning shared 442 with 23 respondents within the age of 21 and 22 years old Subsequently 23-24 and 25-26-year-old learner record a performance of below 30 that is 269 (14) and 077 (04) responses Finally the slightest total percentage was collected in the 27-38 age bands with 27 namely 068 and the maximum performance were contributed by the 21-22-year-olds with 192 viz 484 of respondents in this table Table 5 Gender-wise Classification of Learning Styles of the Participants

Gender Learning Styles Visual Auditory Tactile Total

Male 72 329

48 381

21 404

141 355

Female 147 671

78 619

31 596

256 645

Total 219 100

126 100

52 100

397 100

Figure 2 Gender-wise Classification of Learning Styles of the Participants

33 38 40

67 62 60

01020304050607080

Visual Auditory Tactile

o

f Par

ticip

ants

Learning Styles

Male

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 39

Table 5 discloses that 355 (141) male 645 (256) female respondents sub-classified under the 3 learning styles of participants selected in the universities for the survey Besides under the lsquoMalersquo respondent category mdash Table 5 reveals that out of 141 respondents 72 with 329 of the respondents opted for the visual mode of learning as well as 48 viz 381 chose the auditory style and 21 to wit 404 prefer the tactile mode of learning in the institutions Moreover the highest number of male respondents remained in the lsquovisualrsquo style The lsquoFemalersquo partakers revealed the highest 147 responses at 671 of learners prefer the visual learning style followed by 78 female respondents with 619 who opted for the auditory learning style and 596 as follows 31 respondents learning through the hands-on experience (Tactile) Table 6 Marital Status versus Learning Styles of the Respondents

Marital Status Learning Styles Visual Auditory Tactile Total

Married 14 064

08 063

04 077

26 065

Unmarried 205 936

118 937

48 923

371 935

Total 219 100

126 100

52 100

397 100

Figure 3 Marital Status versus Learning Styles of the Respondents

Table 6 exposes the 397 participants in the universities under the learning styles out of which 371 (935) owned the lsquoUnmarriedrsquo section and the remained 26 (65) respondents were selected lsquoMarriedrsquo status The visual-auditory- tactile learning styles registered 064 (14) 063 (08) and 077 (04) respectively in the married respondents Thereafter the unmarried respondents have unlikely rendered greater percentages under the 3 learning styles with 936 viz 205 visual-oriented learners mdash at the same time 937 viz 118 auditory related candidates and the rest of the 923 as follows 48 learners who opted for the tactile learning approach

020406080

100

Visual Auditory Tactile

6 6 8

94 94 92

o

f the

stud

ents

Learning Styles

MarriedUnmarried

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 40

Table 7 Semesters-wise Comparison of the Learning Styles of the Learners

Semesters Learning Styles Visual Auditory Tactile Total

Semester 2 120 548

64 508

24 462

208 524

Semester 4 99 452

62 492

28 538

189 476

Total 219 100

126 100

52 100

397 100

Figure 4 Semesters-wise Comparison of the Learning Styles of the Learners

To understand the learning styles of the 397 respondents enrolled in Post-Graduate studies in Library and Information Science programme of the students were categorized on a semester basis viz II amp IV semesters to award the degree of the candidates Table 6 illustrates the semester-wise (Semesters 2 and 4) within the visual auditory and tactile approaches to learning At first glance second-semester mdash learners came upon of 208 respondents with 524 discovered top order with the highest percentage in the table However the lsquoFourthrsquo semester respondents recorded 476 viz 189 for the semester-wise representation Table 7 rendered the numerical illustration of the collected responses underneath the visual learning style mdash statistics in Semester 2 with 548 (120) and 452 (99) in Semester 4 Subsequently Semester 2 recorded 508 (64) and unlike Semester 4 showed a lesser percentage of 492 (62) auditory learners in the universities Finally the tactile learners showed the maximum percentage in Semester 4 with owned 538 as follows 28 respondents mdash whereas 462 viz 24 reported their responses in Semester 2

55 51 46 45

49 54

0102030405060

Visual Auditory Tactile

o

f the

Pup

ils

Learning Styles

II Semester

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 41

Table 8 Total Annual Income-wise crosstabs of Learning Styles of the Educatee

Income Learning Styles Visual Auditory Tactile Total

Low 154 703

97 770

38 731

289 728

Middle 39 178

18 143

12 231

69 174

High 26 119

11 087

02 038

39 098

Total 219 100

126 100

52 100

397 100

Table 8 illustrates the total annual income-wise allocation of the educates parents within the learning styles Besides students coming from the Low-income category family standing above the frequency of 289 viz 728 followed by the lsquoMiddlersquo register 69 candidatesrsquo viz 174 and the lsquoHighrsquo annual income family projects the lowest with 39 respondents at 98 of the total correspondents approached for the study The total yearly earnings of the visual learners showed that the low-income category received the highest percentage of 703 with 154 respondents whereas the high-income category recorded 119 with 26 participants followed by 39 visual-oriented respondents at the same time as the middle-income category earned 178 While low-income class displayed 97 auditory learners of 770 while the middle and high-income categories displayed 143 (18) and 087 (11) aural learners Ultimately Table 8 statistics showed that the 38 that is to say 731 of respondents portray the low income 12 viz 231 projecting the middle-income earners and 02 viz 038 were reflecting the high-income class Table 9 Occupation of the Parents versus Learning Styles of the Respondents

Occupation Learning Styles Visual Auditory Tactile Total

Farmer 140 639

82 651

31 596

253 637

Business 12 055

16 127

10 192

38 096

Government 33 151

16 127

06 115

55 139

Private 19 087

08 063

02 038

29 073

Skilled Worker 11 050

03 024

01 019

15 038

Unemployed 04 018

01 08

02 038

07 018

Total 219 100

126 100

52 100

397 100

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 42

Table 9 exemplifies profession of the parents to evaluate the learning styles of the students under the 3 learning qualities and 6 categories of service sectors Besides the lsquoFarmerrsquo class compiled the utmost total number of 253 (637) respondents and the least data projected the lsquoUnemployedrsquo at the bottom directory with 07 (018) participants The farmersrsquo registered 140 visual-oriented learners with 639 described the maximum figure whereas the 04 unemployed showed 018 as the least collected data Similarly the businessmen and skilled workers displayed a minor inconsistency in visual learning such as 12 videlicet 055 and the latter registered 11 to wit 050 response as well as the 33 Government employees projected 151 in the same context mdash whereas 19 private employees indexed 087 of the visual learners Subsequently the auditory learners owned 82 viz 651 of parents belong to the farming community and 16 respondents equally tallied 127 from the government and business classes Even though the unemployed registered 01 to wit 08 and the 08 private workers recorded 063 under the auditory learning style Later on 024 attained with 03 skilled workers Thereafter the farmers achieved the maximum percentage with 31 respondentsrsquo namely 596 under the tactile learning style Whilst the last figure of 019 displayed by 01 skilled worker as well as the private employees (02) and unemployed (02) balanced equally with 038 responses each Finally the 10 businessmenrsquos noted 192 and the 06 Government employees led to 115 respondents under the tactile learning style Table 10 Study the Constraints of the students in Learning

Statements

Learning Constraints

Very Easy Easy Neutral Difficu

lt

Very Difficult

Total

Identifying supporting ideasexamples

83 209

165 416

129 325

17 043

03 08

397 100

Reading carefully to understand a text

77 194

192 484

90 227

28 071

10 025

397 100

Identifying key ideas 69 174

148 373

106 267

63 159

11 028

397 100

Understanding the organization of a text

52 131

169 426

118 297

49 123

09 023

397 100

Taking a brief relevant notes

62 155

163 411

103 259

53 134

16 040

397 100

Using own words in note-taking

70 176

150 378

104 262

63 159

10 025

397 100

Reading quickly to get the overall meaning

56 141

117 295

115 290

101 254

08 020

397 100

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 43

Reading quickly to find information

57 144

150 378

122 307

59 149

09 023

397 100

Working out the meaning of difficult words

47 118

119 300

123 310

90 227

18 045

397 100

Understanding specialist vocabulary

50 126

106 267

106 267

109 275

26 065

397 100

Table 10 discovered the learning variance of the 397 respondents faces constraints in their learning process for instance reading quickly note-taking identification of ideas concepts usage of owning words and vocabulary are a few of the identified constraints faced by learners Further table 10 panoramic views of 10 lsquoStatementsrsquo and responses to learning constraints of respondents analyses by five-point Likert scale notably mdash Very Easy Easy Neutral Difficult Very Difficult The maximal numbers of 165 as follows 416 of the easy learners draw attention to that lsquoIdentifying supporting ideasexamplesrsquo whereas the learners who acknowledged that lsquoReading carefully to understand a textrsquo easy reaches its maximum at the 484 viz 192 learners While Table 10 chronicles 129 viz 325 neutral responses in the identification of supporting ideas and or examples followed by lsquoReading carefully to understand a text register 90 to wit 227 of the responses in neutrality Similarly 17 (043) and 03 (08) of learners consent that it is difficult and very difficult in lsquoIdentifying supporting ideasexamples lsquoas well as 28 (071) and 10 (025) of the respondents agree that lsquoReading carefully to understand a textrsquo has difficult and very difficult respectively Subsequently 83 (209) and 77 (194) of the learners determine minimum statistical variance that very easy for them to carry out the lsquoIdentifying supporting ideasexamples and Reading carefully to understand a textrsquo On the one hand 148 as follows 373 of the learners agree that it was easy to identify the key ideas and 267 viz 106 learners were neutral for this statement on the other hand lsquoUnderstanding organization of a textrsquo recorded 169 viz 426 of the learners who say it had easy and 118 namely 297 of the respondents noted a neutral stand under the same statement At the same time as 11 (028) said that it was very difficult to identify the key ideas the 09 (023) of the learners approved that lsquoUnderstanding organization of a textrsquo had very difficult Later on Table 10 shows that lsquoIdentifying the key ideasrsquo obtained 69 (17 4) of the respondents mentioned that this task was very easy unlike 52 viz 131 of the responses underpin that lsquoUnderstanding organization of a textrsquo are very easy Finally 63 (159) and 49 (123) of the learners endorsed that it was difficult to identify key ideas and understand the textual organization respectively lsquoTaking brief relevant notes lsquoUsing own words in note-taking and lsquoReading quickly to get overall meaning go along with the minimum percentages of 16 (040) 10 (025) and 08 (020) find it very difficult to carry the assigned tasks as well as 101 learners found that lsquoReading quickly to get overall meaningrsquo recorded 254 also 63 (159) respondents approved that it is difficult to fulfil tasks mdash lsquoUsing own words in note-takingmdash even as and 53 correspondences at 134 of the total 397 partakers conceded that it had equally difficult to understand Although out of 397 respondents 115 viz

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 44

290 104 viz 262 and 103 that is to say 259 of the students concurred that they share a neutral perspective when it comes to lsquoReading quickly to get overall meaningrsquo lsquoTaking brief relevant notes lsquoUsing own words in note-taking respectively At the same time as 163 (411) show the highest number of learners found it easy in lsquoTaking a brief relevant notes and 150 viz 378 of the responses proved that its easy in lsquoUsing own words in note-taking mdash 117 (295) of the respondents acquiesced that lsquoReading quickly to get the overall meaning has an easy task for them The learners who find the tasks under the following statements particularly lsquolsquoTaking a brief relevant notes lsquoUsing own words in note-taking and lsquoReading quickly to get overall meaning as very easy are recorded as 62 (155) 70 (176) and 56 (141) respectively At the same time as the learners found lsquoreading quickly to find informationrsquo very easy registered the highest percentage at 144 followed by those who agreed that lsquoUnderstanding specialist vocabularyrsquo very easy obtained 126 respondents who found lsquoWorking out the meaning of difficult wordsrsquo very easily stand at the lowest figure of 118 with 47 learners Out of the 397 total respondents 378 (150) agreed that lsquoReading quickly to find informationrsquo easy mdash whereas 300 (119) conceded that lsquoWorking out meaning of difficult wordsrsquo an easy task and 267 (106) share similar opinion when it comes to lsquoUnderstanding specialist vocabularyrsquo Whilst out of the 397 respondents lsquoReading quickly to find informationrsquo lsquoWorking out the meaning of difficult wordsrsquo and lsquoUnderstanding specialist vocabularyrsquo attained 307 31 and 267 neutral students respectively Subsequently lsquoReading quickly to find informationrsquo lsquoWorking out the meaning of difficult wordsrsquo and lsquoUnderstanding specialist vocabularyrsquo recorded the difficultrsquo responses like the following 59 (149) 90 (227) and 109 (275) concurrently However the very difficult learnersrsquo responses to these 3 statements record the minimum percentages at 09 (023) 18 (045) and 26 (065) respectively 5 Summarisation The teacher knows the students various learning styles can allow the educator to respond correctly to the diverse group of students for instance their questions and comments Consecutively help students to improve their learning styles mdash teachers have to be aware of studentsrsquo learning obstacles to educate efficient learning strategies to help students decipher their learning troubles Besides learning is more effective by using diagrams sketches photographs schematics flow charts pictures videos computer graphics and demonstrations in training programmes and their everyday working environment (Ictenbas amp Eryilmaz 2011) Further the learning attributes of the participants were incorporated to empathies and comprehend the nature passing to acquiring the information in different situations Moreover taken as a whole mdash the results of this research motivate students to adopt the dynamic systematic and more appropriate learning styles to learn an individual enhance their learning aptitude and confidently achieving academic grades

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 45

References 1 Heffler B (2001) Individual learning style and the learning style inventory

Educational studies 27(3) 307-316 2 Crosstabs procedure (nd) Retrieved August 26 2019 from httpswwwibmcom

SupportknowledgecenterenSSLVMB_2400soupsbaseidh_xtabhtml 3 El-Farargy N (2010) The views attitudes and learning style preferences of Higher

National Chemical Engineering students Education for chemical engineers 5(4) e55-e71

4 Flowerdew J amp Miller L (1992) Student perceptions problems and strategies in second language lecture comprehension RELC journal 23(2) 60-80

5 Gardner H (1995) Reflections on multiple intelligences Myths and messages Phi Delta Kappan 77(3) 200

6 Ictenbas B D amp Eryilmaz H (2011) Determining the learning styles of engineering students to improve the design of a service course Procedia-Social and Behavioral Sciences 28 342-346

7 Kolb DA (1984) Experiential Learning Experience as the source of learning and development Englewood Cliffs NJ Prentice-Hall

8 Learning Style Inventory (nd) Academic success Retrieved November 30 2018 from httpwwwsjsuedueopcurrent-studentsworkshopsACADEMIC_Learning 20Style20Inventorypdf

9 McKeachie W J (1995) Learning styles can become learning strategies In The National Teaching and Learning Forum 4(6) 1-3

10 Montgomery S amp Groat L (1998) Student learning styles and their implications for teaching CRLT Occasional Papers 10 Educational Center for Research on Learning and Teaching at the University of Michigan

11 Myers I B McCauley M H amp Most R (1985) Manual a guide to the development and use of the Myers-Briggs type indicator Consulting psychologists press

12 Roebber P J (2005) Bridging the gap between theory and applications Bulletin of the American Meteorological Society 86(4) 507-518

13 Simon S (2000) The relationship of learning style and training method to the end-user Computer satisfaction and computer use A structural equation model Information Technology Learning and Performance Journal 18(1) 41-59

14 Stice J E (1987) Using Kolbs Learning Cycle to Improve Student Learning Engineering education 77(5) 291-96

15 Weaver III J B amp Kirtley M D (1995) Listening styles and empathy Southern Journal of Communication 60(2) 131-140

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 46

FOOD SECURITY IN ASSAM A CASE STUDY OF LAKHIMPUR DISTRICT

Bikash Hazarika

Assistant Professor North Bank College

Lakhimpur Assam India Abstract Food self-sufficiency and nutritional security are the essential components of food security Food and nutritional security is very must important for living an active and healthy life Again health is also an important determinant for human resource development and productivity So adequate amount of quality food should be avail by all people at all time is very must necessary Food insecurity is a major problem of the state like Assam because of shortage of food grain production poverty and lack of nutritional knowledge In the present study an attempt has been made to assess the present level of food security among different sections of the society of Lakhimpur district of Assam For finding out the level of food security from primary data Per Capita per day Calorie Intake (PCCI) and Food Insecurity Gap (FIG) have been employed Calculated per capita calorie intake of sample household has been compared with the 2730 and 2230 kilocalories which is recommended by Indian Council of Medical Research for an adult man and woman doing moderate activity respectively (NIN 2010) For obtaining final sample multistage mix-sampling technique has been used It has been found that out of 511 sample households only 267 are food secure ie only 5225 percent another 4775 percent households are food insecure For understanding the depth and severity of food insecurity of sample household Total food Insecurity Gap and Squared food Insecurity Gap have also been calculated Key Words Food Security Food Insecurity Gap Lakhimpur Per Capita per day Calorie Intake 1 INTRODUCTION Ensuring the food security continues to be a challenging issue of vital importance for the developing countries like India Removal of malnutrition and hunger from the country is not only socially desirable but also necessary for improving overall economic development as healthy people contribute more to the economy with their relatively higher level of productivity and efficiency

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 47

Hunger and malnutrition put enormous cost burden on the society A World Bank Report states that malnutrition brings down three percent of countries GDP annually The Indian planners right from the beginning realized the need to attain self-sufficiency in food grains as one of the impotent goals of planning (Singh 2013) Food security refers to a householdrsquos physical and economic access to sufficient safe and nutritious food that fulfils the dietary needs and food preferences of that household The Universal Declaration of Human Rights in 1948 recognized right to foodas a core element of an adequate standard of living Following this and more especially from world food crisis of 1972-74 food security became an important ldquoorganizing principlerdquo in development Following are the some important definitions of food security

World Development Report (1986) defined food security as ldquoaccess by all people at all times to enough food for an active healthy liferdquo The 1996 World Food Summit redefined food security as ldquoFood security exists when all people at all times have physical and economic access to sufficient safe and nutritious food to meet their dietary needs and food preferences for an active and healthy liferdquo

In 2001 the FAO Expert Consultation on Food Security gives a working definition of food security Food security exists when all people at all times have physical social and economic access to sufficient safe and nutritious food which meets their dietary needs and food preferences for an active and healthy life Food insecurity exists when people do not have adequate physical social or economic access to food as defined above Food insecurity thus is just an opposite situation of food security Worldwide around 852 million people out of 635 billion are chronicallyhungry due to extreme poverty while up to 2 billion people lack food securityintermittently due to varying degrees of poverty (FAO 2003) At the global levelthe South Asian region is home to more chronically food insecure people than anyother region in the world and Global Hunger Index (2008)placed India in 94thrank among 119countries The Indian State Hunger Index (International Food Policy Research Institute 2009) placed Assam among the ldquoalarmingrdquo state in terms of undernourishment MadhuraSwaminathan Research Foundation (2003) in collaboration with World Food Programme prepares food security map of both rural and urban India and accordingly has given a broad indicative picture of the level of food security of different states of the country According to their report Assam is among the ldquomost food insecurerdquo states of India As a part of state Lakhimpur district has also been suffering the severe problem of food insecurity

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 48

Till now the available literature is concerned there have not been found any research work assessing householdsrsquo food security among different sections of the society in Lakhimpur district The proposed study is induced by necessity to fill this gap to some extent Moreover the proposed study has important policy implications as well 2 OBJECTIVES The present study has been conducted with the following major objectives- (1) To assess the level of food security of different section of the society of

Lakhimpur district (2) To identify the determinants influencing the level of food security 3 DATABASE AND METHODOLOGY Since the study area is Lakhimpur district of Assam the micro level analysis is mainly based on primary data collected by carrying out field survey from the district The sample has been collected through a process of multistage mix-sampling (ie mixed of random and purposive sampling) As per 2011 census there are nine community development blocks in the district From these nine blocks three have been selected purposively on the basis of block having highest percentage of household under Below Poverty Line (BPL) namely Dhakuakhana Ghilamara and Narayanpur block In the second stage five villages from each block have been taken for household survey Lastly 20 percent household has been selected randomly from each sample village and finally 511 households have been surveyed A structured scheduled has been used to collect the necessary information on household food security status For finding out the level of food security from primary information the Per Capita per day Calorie Intake (PCCI) and Food Insecurity Gap (FIG) have been employed The survey has been conducted as per the guideline prepared by Smith and Subandoro (2007) of International Food Policy Research Institute For analyzing the level of food security per consumer per day calorie intake has been calculated for each household based on average nutritive value of Indian food (Gopalan et al 2000) Calculated per capita calorie intake of sample household has been compared with the 2730 and 2230 kilocalories which is recommended byIndian Council of Medical Research for an adult man and woman doing moderate activity respectively (NIN 2010) The householdsrsquo calorie intake above the recommended level has been considered as food secure and food insecure otherwise 4 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Food security is a multidimensional concept and it is a complex issue that has been raised over time So the level of household food security has several

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 49

determinants ie level of income occupational pattern level of education size of household type of the family cast and community and government policy have different impact on incidence of food security 41 Level of Food Security in terms of Per Consumer unit Calorie Intake (PCCI) By using Per Consumer unit Calorie Intake (PCCI) level of food security of the sample households has been summarised in the following Table 41 The table shows that per consumer unit calorie intake across the study area are 2489 kilocalories Among the sample households 5225 percent are food secure ie these households have calorie intake with higher than daily recommended level of Indian Council of Medical Research (ICMR) Another 4775 percent households are food insecure in terms of PCCI Table 41 Level of Food Security of the Sample Households in terms of Per Consumerunit Calorie Intake

Blocks PCCI

No amp Percentage of Food Secure Households

No amp Percentage of Food Insecure Households

Total

Dhakuakhana 2397 85(4645) 98(5355) 183(10000)

Narayanpur 2548 98(5731) 73(4269) 171(10000)

Ghilamara 2521 84(5350) 73(4650) 157(10000)

Overall 2489 267(5225) 244 (4775) 511(10000)

SourceCalculated from primary data (Figures in the bracket indicates percentage to total) 42 Level of Food Security among Different Occupational Categories Table 42 reveals that the level of food security is different among the sample household with different occupation of the household head From the table it is clear that the level of food security among daily wage labour is lowest ie 2955 percent with compared to it the level of food security is slight better among the agricultural labour (3548 percent) The highest level of food security has been found among government service holders ie 9355 percent followed by retired employees (8182 percent) Although more than 60 percent of the sample households have been involve with cultivation as their primary

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 50

occupation but among them only 5225 percent households are food secure another 4775 percent households are food insecure It is a severe problem for economic efficiency and productivity Table 42Level of food security among sample households of different occupational categories

Occupation

No amp percentage of food secure households

Noamp percentage of food insecure households

Total

Cultivator 161(5244) 146(4756) 307(10000) Agricultural labour 11(3548) 20(6452) 31(10000)

Animal Husbandry 6(6667) 3(3333) 9(10000)

Other daily wage labour 26(2955) 62(7045) 88(10000)

Service 29(9355) 2(645) 31(10000) Trading and self-employment

17(5000) 17(5000) 34(10000)

Retired 9(8182) 2(1818) 11(10000) Total 267(5284) 244 (4716) 511(10000)

SourceCalculated from primary data (Figures in the bracket indicates percentage to total) 43 Level of Food Security among Households with Cultivation as Primary Occupation inLakhimpur The following Table 43 depicts per consumer unit calorie intake among the households with cultivation as primary occupation Percentage of farming household that are food secure have been found overall area is 5244 percent It has been found highest in the Narayanpur block (5833 percent) and lowest in Dhakuakhana block (4529 percent) Among the three block average calorie intake is highest in Ghilamara block (2491 kilocalories) and lowest in Dhakuakhana block (2333 kilocalorie) Again among the food insecure households average calorie intake is highest in Ghilamara block (1907 kilocalories) and lowest in Narayanpur block (1782 kilocalories)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 51

Table 43 Food Security among the Households with Cultivation as Primary Occupation

Blocks Total Households

Food Secure Households

Food Insecure Households

Dha

kuak

hana

PCCI 2333 2885 1876

Number () 117 53 (4529) 64 (5471)

Nar

ayan

pur

PCCI 2459 2943 1782

Number () 108 63 (5833) 45 (4167)

Ghi

lam

ara PCCI 2491 2971 1907

Number () 82 45 (5488) 37 (4512)

Ove

rall

PCCI 2428 2933 1855

Number () 307 (100) 161 (5244) 146 (4756)

SourceCalculated from primary data (Figures in the bracket indicates percentage to total) 44 Level of Food Security among Households with Different Level ofEducation The following Table 44 shows that incidence of food security is different among household with different educational level of household head From the table it is clear that there is a positive relationship between level of food security and level of education In all the three blocks household head with below primary and primary to high school level education shows low level of food security On the other hand household head having graduate post graduate or professional degree has shown high level of food security But some of the households having higher degree also have found to be food insecure because of

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 52

underemployment In all the three blocks some post graduates and a significant portion of the graduates are involved with agriculture for their livelihood Table 44 Level of Food Security among Sample Householdrsquos with Different Level ofEducation of the Householdrsquos Head

SourceCalculated from primary data (Figures in the bracket indicates percentage to total)

Blocks Educational level

No amp percentage of food secure households

No amp percentage of food insecure households

Total

Dha

kuak

hana

Below Primary 6(3529) 11(6471) 17(100) Primary to High School 31(4247) 42(5753) 73(100)

Matriculates and undergraduates 34(5075) 33(4925) 67(100)

Graduate 11(5000) 11(5000) 22(100)

Post graduate 1(5000) 1(5000) 2(100) Professional degree 2(10000) 0(000) 2(100)

Nar

ayan

pur

Below Primary 8(4211) 11(5789) 19(100) Primary to High School 41(5325) 36(4675) 77(100)

Matriculates and undergraduates 35(6140) 22(3860) 57(100)

Graduate 11(7333) 4(2667) 15(100) Post graduate 2(6667) 1(3333) 3(100) Professional degree -- -- --

Ghi

lam

ara

Below Primary 2(3333) 4(6667) 6(100) Primary to High School 26(4561) 31(5439) 57(100)

Matriculates and undergraduates 40(5714) 30(4286) 70(100)

Graduate 12(6316) 7(3684) 19(100) Post graduate 2(5000) 2(5000) 4(100) Professional degree 1(10000) 0(000) 1(100)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 53

45Determinants of Food Security Since the food security is a multidimensional concept So the level of food security of a household has been influence by various socio-economic factors At the time of field survey it has been found that some socio-economic factor has significant impact on the level of food security viz income of the household size of cultivable land family size educational attainment occupation type of the family cast amp community and PDS beneficiary etc To identify and assess the determinants significantly affecting Household Food Security (HFS) following regression model has been formulated- HFS= α + β1PCHI + β2SCL + β3EA + β4FS + β5PCFOWN + δ1OPD1 + δ2OPD2 + δ3OPD3 + λ1COMD1 + λ2COMD2 + γFTD + μ BPDSD + Ui Explanation of the Explanatory Variables Per Capita Household Income (PCHI) It is the average income earned by per household member in a specified year Income generally determines the purchasing power of a household and hence higher is the level of income better will be the level of food security So we expect the coefficient of the variable to bear a positive sign Size of Cultivable Land (SCL) Basically the size of food grain production depends upon the size of agricultural land Again food supply or food availability is a major determinant of food security Hence we expect the coefficient of the variable to bear a positive sign Educational Attainment (EA) This variable represents the level of education of the head of the household Education is a categorical variable with ndash 0 = illiterate 1 = below primary 2 = primary to high school 3 = matriculate and undergraduate 4 = graduate 5 = postgraduate 6 = professional degree Education creates awareness about proper diet and nutrition and also educated people can earn more Hence higher is the level of education better will be the level of food security So we expect the coefficient of the variable to bear a positive sign Family Size (FS) Generally among large family the ratio of dependency is high with compared to small family Hence size of the family has adverse impact on the level of household food security So we expect the coefficient of the variable to bear a negative sign Percentage Contribution of Foodgrains of Own Sources (PCFOWN) At the time of field survey it has been found that majority of households without farming as primary occupation often go for farming Since food availability is a major determinant of food security and hence higher is the level of own contribution of foodgrain better will be the level of food security So we expect the coefficient of the variable to bear a positive sign

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 54

Occupational Dummies (OPD1 OPD2amp OPD3) Taking occupation as reference category four occupational dummies have been used viz OPD1 OPD2 and OPD3 where OPD1 = 1 for cultivator = 0 otherwise OPD2 = 1 for agricultural labour = 0 otherwise OPD3 = 1 other daily wage labour = 0 otherwise Community Dummies (COMD1amp COMD) Taking community as reference category three dummies have been used vizCOMD1 and COMD2 where COMD1= 1 schedule tribe = 0 otherwise COMD2 = 1 schedule caste = 0 otherwise Family Type Dummy (FTD) = 1 for nuclear family = 0 for otherwise Beneficiary of PDS Dummy (BPDSD) = 1 for beneficiary of PDS = 0 for otherwise The coefficient of COMD1 and COMD2 may bear either positive or negative sign The coefficient of FTD and BPDSD are expected to be positive Regression has been run by taking Household Food Security (HFS) as dependent variable It is the level of food security of the household measured as per the value of index calculated from per consumer unit calorie intake The results of the regression analysis have been summarized in table 45 The results of the regression analysis indicate that the coefficient of the variables PCHI SCL EA FS PCFOWN and FTD have been found statistically significant Coefficient of variables PCHI SCL EA PCFOWN and FTD are significant with a positive sign This implies that household with high per capita income large size of cultivable land higher level of educational attainment of the household head higher percentage of foodgrain consumption from own sources and nuclear family system have better food security level and vice-versa The negative sign of the coefficient of variable indicates that as the household become larger the level of household food security become lower From field survey it has been found that majority of the large families are joint family and among joint family dependency ratio is high Hence bigger the size of the family lower the level of food security The other variables have been found statistically insignificant and hence play no role in determining the level of household food security

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 55

Table 45 Results of Regression Analysis Taking HFS as Dependent Variable in terms of PCCI

VariablesConstant Estimates of the Coefficients t - value

PCHI 0000082 (0000012) 582226

SCL 0002213 (0003133) 312462

EA 0010577 (0004214) 2874937

FS -007893 (0005361) -357332

PCFOWN 0002133 (0001031) 4130215

OPD1 0053217 (0030768) 0991633

OPD2 - 0000131 (0000122) -0007436

OPD3 0007542 (0005328) 0009773

COMD1 - 0007632 (0005985) -0130713

COMD2 - 00084421 (0007421) -0112722

FTD 0311722 (0100438) 3572181

BPDSD 0089221 (0066594) 0758323

Constant 0630517 (0296773) 2501321

R2 0875

F [12 495] 5782 Figures in ( ) and [ ] indicates Standard Error of coefficients and degrees of freedom respectively indicates significant at 15 and 10 percent respectively 46Computation of Food Insecurity Gap For computing the extent of food security gap food insecurity gap of the households has been calculated ie total food insecurity gap and squared food insecurity gap has been calculated separately

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 56

Food insecurity gap (FIGi)Food insecurity gap of ithfood insecure households is define as ܩܫܨ = (ோ)

(Guja 2012) Where TCRi= Total per capita calorie requirement for ith food insecure household TCCi= Total per capita calorie consumption by ith food insecure household Total Food Insecurity Gap (TFIG)which indicates the depth of food insecurity among the food insecure households is expressed as-

ܩܫܨ = ܩܫܨ

ୀଵ

Here m=total number of food insecure households In this study ΣFIGi= 5612 m=244 TFIG=023 Or TFIG= 23 Squared Food Insecurity Gap (SFIG)which indicates severity of food insecurity among the food insecure households is given as-

ܩܫܨ = 2(ܩܫܨ)

ୀଵ

In this study Σ(FIGi)2=1291 m=244 SFIG=00529 Or SFIG=529 5 POLICY IMPLICATIONS In order to solve the serious food crisis faced by the district the government

should adopt technological measures to boost the agricultural production Application of HYV seeds organic fertilizer pesticides etc and farm mechanization technique through the use of tractors power-tiller pump-sets tube-wells threshers harvester combines etc all these technological measures have helped the farmers to raise the agricultural output considerably Hence growth of agriculture sector will provide direct sources for food and income for buying food

Production of fruits and vegetables should be increased But fruits and vegetables are highly perishable and have many post-harvest losses To overcome this they may require different infrastructure for handling value-

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 57

addition processing and marketing This will help in augmenting farm income generating employment and in bring a number of additional stakeholders in the food-supply chain

Cooperative farming could be examined as an effective technique for enhancing agricultural productivity that will increase the supply of food-grains in the district and also will increase the farmerrsquos income

The policy of Minimum Support Price for incentivizing farmers through fair value of their products should be implemented effectively

The flow of credit particularly to small and marginal farmers should be made speedier and easier

For ensuring economic accessibility of food government should create stable income earning opportunities for the rural poor by developing rural non-farm activities on sustainable basis

The identification of target households modernization of the delivery system and effective monitoring of the food security programme are the main areas that need attention

Food system must focus on stability of production and prices of food-grains Intensifying the provision of better-quality education and vocational training

for women to ensure food security for all Government can arrange awareness programme about food and nutritional

security in rural areas under the department of Food and Civil Supplies or Health the NGOs also can play a significant role in this respect

6 CONCLUSION The findings of the present study confers that the level of food security of the households of Lakhimpur district is not good It has found that only 5225 percent household are food secure and another 4775 percent are food insecure It shows that almost half of the sample households have been found to be food insecure The result of the study indicated that food insecure households are 23 percent far off from the minimum level of calorie requirement Again it has found that the severity of the food insecurity of the study area is about 529 percent Although central government as well as state government formulating various policies and launching several schemes for reducing the level of food insecurity the achievement is far away from the satisfactory level It is only because of improper implementation of government policies and lack of awareness about adequate diet of the general people Hence proper implementation of the government policies and nutritional knowledge of the people is very much necessary for reducing the level of food insecurity

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 58

References 1 Basu K (2011) ldquoIndiarsquos Foodgrain Policy An Economic Theory

PerspectiverdquoEconomyampPolitical Weekly Vol XLVI No 5 2 FAO (1996) ldquoRome Declaration on World Food Security World Food

Summitrdquo Rome Food and Agriculture Organization 3 FAO (2001) ldquoExpert Consultation on Energy in Human Nutrition

Interim ReportrdquoFoodand Agriculture Organization of the United Nation Rome

4 FAO (2003) ldquoWorld Food Security A Reappraisal of the Concept andApproachesrdquo Director Generalrsquos Report Rome

5 Gopalan et al (2012)ldquoNutritive Value of IndianFoodsrdquo ( Revised amp updated by BSNarasingaRao YG Deosthaleand KC Pant) National Institute of NutritionIndian Council of Medical Research Hyderabad

6 Guja MM (2012) Household Food Security Status and Coping Strategies in HumboWereda Snnprs Ethiopia InternationalJournal of Sciences Basic and AppliedResearch Vl 6 No 1 pp 64-82

7 ICMR (2010) ldquoNutrient Requirements and Recommended Dietary Allowances for Indiasrdquo A Report of the Expert Group of the Indian Council of Medical ResearchNational Institute of Nutrition Hyderabad

8 Sing PS (2013) ldquoSupply-Side Challenges of the National Food Security Billrdquo KurukshetraVl 62 No 1

9 Smith L amp A Subandoro(2007) ldquoMeasuring Food Security Using Household Expenditure Surveysrdquo International Food Policy Research Institute Washington DC

10 World Bank (1986) ldquoPoverty and Hunger and Options for Food Security in Developing Countriesrdquo World Bank Policy Study Washington DC

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 59

OVERVIEW OF SELF ESTEEM IN PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT

Dr D Vishnu Priya Reader in Commerce

PG Department of Commerce Besant Theosophical College Madanapalli

Abstract We all know that Self- esteem can be an important part of success Too little self-esteem can leave people feeling depressed It can also lead people to make bad choices fall into distractive relationship similarly too much of self esteem can certainly be off putting and can even damage personal relationship Self esteem levels at the extreme high and low ends of the spectrum can be damaging so the idle is to stick balance somewhere in the middle Hence the main purpose of this article is to focus on overview of self esteem in personality development with the following objectives Objectives 1) To identify the different components of self esteem 2) To trace out causes of low self esteem and its impact on personality

development 3) To identify the ways for developing a positive self esteem Introduction Self esteem is the term used to describe a personrsquos own measurements of his or her self worth It is also how we think of our self and the collection of believes we have relating to our abilities and worthiness In psychology the term ldquoSELF ESTEEMrdquo is used to describe a personrsquos over all sense of self worth or personal value Self esteem is often seen as ldquoA PERSONALITY TRAIT ldquowhich means that it tends to be stable It also involves a variety of believes about the self such as-

1) Appraisal of onersquos own appearance 2) Own believes 3) Emotions 4) Behaviors

Self esteem is the positive or negative state of mind that an individual posses himself In simpler language it means the opinion one holes for himself

The personality of a human being is complex and interestingldquoSELF ESTEEMrdquo forms a crucial segment of the same if to a great extent determines the nature and social behavior of an individual It also noted that individuals self

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 60

esteem may be different in different situations and in different set of social environment

Components of Self Esteem According to ldquoBRAMDENrdquo there are 3 components of self esteem

1) Self esteem is an essential human need i e vital for survival and normal healthy development

2) Self esteem a raise automatically from onersquos believes and consciousness

3) Self esteem occurs in conjunction with a personrsquos thoughts behaviors feelings and actions

Characteristics of self Esteem

Any self esteem consists of the following 8 basic characteristics These are 1) Living consciously 2) Learning from mistakes 3) Listening to others point of view 4) Taking care of us physically emotionally mentally and spiritually 5) Respecting other peoplersquos differences 6) Taking responsibility for our own life 7) Being able to speak and act from our own convenience 8) Having a sense of purpose and direction

The whole concept of self esteem can be seen in the following diagram

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 61

Types of self Esteem Any individual could have only two kinds of self esteem

1) High self esteem [Positive self esteem ] 2) Low self esteem [Negative self esteem ] 1) High (or) Positive self esteem

People who have high self esteem generally feel good about their abilities to participate confident in social situations and happy with the way generally the high self esteem possesses the following characteristics

Believing in a set of firmly place rules and principles Being able to make choices trust own Judgment and not feel guilty about

choices if someone does not agree Not living in the past or future and not caring about ldquoWhat ifrsquos ldquoand fully

living in present Believing in their capacity to solve problems just for failures and ask for

assistance Believe that they are valuable and that others enjoy spending the time with

them Participating in and enjoy many activities and hobbies Resisting manipulation by others Being sensitive to the feelings and needs of others aspect and abide by the

social norms Considering themselves self worthy and equal to others irrespective of

differences in finances and other personal causes

2) Low or Negative self esteem Low esteem is a hopeless condition that keeps individuals from

realizing their full potential a person who as low self esteem feels in competent unworthy and incapable lsquoShillingrsquo states that Low self esteem is a trait of financially unsuccessful people which in turn results in poor decision making The low self esteem possesses the following characteristics

Heavy self criticism having high dissatisfaction about their self or themselves

Hyper sensitivity to criticism leading to feeling attacked Continuous in decision due to the fear of making mistakes Having chronic irritation and easily angered even over minor things General negativity about life and often an inability to enjoy life

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 62

CAUSES OF LOW SELF ESTEEM Since low self esteem is dangerous and it leads to self killing and so it should be remove completely to overcome the attitude of low self esteem it is better to tries out the causes of low self esteem The following are some of the main causes for low self esteem 1) Negative self talk 2) Environment 3) Education 4) Poor role models 5) Making unfair comparison 6) Failures or success 7) Unrealistic expectations of perfection 8) Lack of discipline 9) Learning negative values 10) Fully down or labeling has put down Impact of Lowself Esteem Low self esteem can have an effect on various aspects of a personrsquos life This can be clear from the following statements

1) A person with low self esteem problem says a lot of negative things about themselves they might criticize themselves They might put themselves down or balm themselves

2) Low self esteem affect a personrsquos performance at work they might consistently achieve lower productivity because they believe that they are less capable them others They will avoid challenges in work life for fear of not doing well

3) Low self esteem also affects the peoplersquos personal relationships People will low self esteem might became disturbed or upset by any criticism or this approval and so they avoid to meet the people and talk to them

Building high self Esteem People who have high self esteem generally feel good about their abilities to participate confident in social situations and happy with the way to have positive personality every person needs to develop positive self esteem Steps for Building a Positive self Esteem Positive self esteem can be develop by adopting the following steps 1) Turn scars in to stars 2) Learn intelligence ignorance 3) Do something for other who cannot repay in cash 4) Learn to give and receive compliments

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 63

5) Accept responsibility 6) Practice discipline 7) Set goals 8) Associate with people of high moral character 9) Get our self positive suggestions 10) Our great strengths can become our great weakness 11) Hare passions Conclusion

In this article I considered the nature origin consequences causes for low self esteem and steps to build positive self esteem while the main focus is on improving self image through positive thinking Having a more positive attitude can make you open to a world of physical changes In addition to changing your way of thinking you can also change your behavior and abilities by learning new skills

References 1 Abraham T (1988) toward a self-evaluation maintenance model of social

behavior 2 Adler N and stewart J 2004 self-esteem psychological working group 3 Branden N (1992) the power of self esteem Deerfield beach 4 Burton N (2015) self-confidence vs self-esteem-psychology today 5 Council on Alcoholism and drug abuse- image amp Self-esteem-mentor

resource center 6 Cooper Smith (1967) The antecedents of self-esteem 7 Davis W Gteller K amp Thaut M (2008)- An introduction to Music therapy 8 Demo D H (1985) The measurement of self esteem Refusing our methods

Journal of personality and social psychology 9 Edberg H (2013) how to improve your self-esteem 10 Maslow A H (1943) a theory of human motivation 11 Robinson J Shaver P(2010) measures of personality and social

psychological activities

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 64

ISOLATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF BIOACTIVE MOLECULES PRODUCED BY ENTOMOPATHOGENIC BACTERIA COMAMONAS

TESTOSTERONI

Deepa I Guest Faculty

Department of Botany and Biotechnology Milad -E- Sherief Memorial (MSM) College

Kayamkulam Alappuzha India Abstract

The entomopathogenic nematode isolate Rhabditis (Oscheius) species was collected from the soil of Bangalore Electronic City Karnataka and was selected for this study In the present study cell free culture filtrate of the symbiotic bacterium Comamonas testosteroni was prepared and separated into aqueous and organic fractions Insecticidal nematicidal and antimicrobial activity of organic fraction was evaluated For the separation of bioactive molecules the concentrated organic fraction was subjected to silica gel column chromatography Elution was carried out using a gradient of solvent mixtures of increasing polarity starting from a non-polar solvent (hexane) followed by mixtures of dichloromethane in hexane (5-100) ethyl acetate in dichloromethane (1-100) and finally with methanol in ethyl acetate (1-100) The fractions after concentration were tested for antibacterial and antifungal activity Purification of organic fraction was further then done using column chromatography TLC and HPLC The pure compound was subjected to various spectral analysis (UV-visible spectrum FTIR NMR and MS) and the structure was elucidated and identified as Cyclo (Pro-leu) a derivative of diketopiperazine (DKPs) Thus the above study concluded that Rhabditis (Oscheius) species and Comamonas testosteroni could be used as a promising source of bioactive compounds with antimicrobial activity

Keywords- Entomopathogenic nematode Rhabditis (Oscheius) Comamonas testosteroni Introduction Entomopathogenic nematodes are soft bodied non-segmented roundworms that are obligate or sometimes facultative parasites of insects Entomopathogenic nematodes occur naturally in soil environments and locate their host in response to carbon dioxide vibration and other chemical cues (Kaya and Gaugler 1993) Species in two families (Heterorhabditidae and Steinernematidae) have been effectively used as biological insecticides in pest

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 65

management programs (Grewal et al 2005) Entomopathogenic nematodes fit nicely into integrated pest management or IPM programs because they are considered non-toxic to humans relatively specific to their target pest(s) and can be applied with standard pesticide equipment (Shapiro-Ilan et al 2006) The bacterial symbiont is Photorhabdus in nematodes of the genus Heterorhabditis and Xenorhabdus in nematodes of the genus Steinernema In addition to Xenorhabdus and Photorhabdus sp a novel entomopathogenic bacteria is isolated from a new entomopathogenic nematode Rhabditis (Oschieus) sp of the family Rhabditidae (Mohandas et al 2004) Entomopathogenic bacteria are potential source of antibacterial antifungal antiulcer anti cancerous insecticidal and nematicidal compounds which might become promising pharmaceutical antibiotics or bio pesticides EPB produce bioactive molecules which inhibit the growth of a wide range of bacteria fungi and other microbes (Khushbu et al 2016) Materials and Methods Microorganisms and culture maintenance EPN culture The nematode isolate BEC collected from the soil of Bangalore Electronic City Karnataka was selected for this study It was taken from the nematode culture collection maintained in CTCRI laboratory Test pathogens Test bacteria their source and maintenance The following four bacteria Bacillus subtilis MTCC 2756 Escherichia coli MTCC 2622 Staphylococcus aureus MTCC 902 and Pseudomonas aeruginosa MTCC 2642 were purchased from IMTECH Chandigarh and are maintained on Nutrient agar (NA) slants and sub cultured using standard aseptic laboratory techniques every 2 weeks Test fungi their source and maintenance Aspergillus flavus MTCC 183 Fusarium oxysporum MTCC 284 and Rhizoctonia solani MTCC 2644 were purchased from IMTECH Chandigarh All fungi were maintained and sub cultured biweekly on potato dextrose agar (PDA) slants Culturing of EPN Soil samples were processed with insect baiting method (White GF 1927) 250g soil sample was taken in a plastic bottle and baited with Galleria mellonella larvae After two days dead larvae were placed in White Traps (Rosa et al 2000) and when there was emergence of infective juveniles (IJrsquos) they were harvested The IJs were collected in a beaker and rinsed 3 times with sterile distilled water and stored at room temperature Nematode isolate was passed through G mellonella every 6 months for sub culturing (Woodring and

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 66

Kaya 1988) G mellonella larvae were reared (Park and Yu 1999) by giving artificial diet Isolation of EPB The entomopathogenic bacteria used in this study were isolated from EPN belonging to the Rhabditis (Oscheius) species recovered from soil collected from Bangalore Electronic City Karnataka and maintained at CTCRI Bacterial isolate used in this study were taken from culture collection maintained in CTCRI laboratory Production of Bacterial Metabolites Standardization of incubation time and preparation of cell free culture filtrate

A pure culture of the bacterium was obtained from the third stage infective juveniles of the nematode isolate BEC and bacterial fermentation was carried out using Tryptic Soya Broth (TSB) Aliquots of the stock culture were added separately into 100 ml sterile medium The flasks were incubated in a gyrorotatory shaker (150 times g) at 30degC for 24 hr When the optical density of the culture at 600 nm was approx 17 the bacterial cultures were transferred asceptically into 400 ml sterile medium (TSB) and incubated in the gyrorotatory shaker (150 times g) at 30ordmC Fermentation was carried out for 4 days during which samples (100 ml) were withdrawn at regular intervals (24 hr 48 hr 72 hr and 96 hr) The culture media were then centrifuged (10000 times g 20 min 4degC) followed by filtration through a 045 microm micro filters to obtain cell free culture filtrate Separation of cell free culture filtrates into aqueous and organic fraction Fifteen litres of TSB culture filtrate were separated into aqueous and organic fractions For this the filtrate was neutralized with concentrated hydrochloric acid and extracted with an equal volume of ethyl acetate thrice The ethyl acetate layers were combined dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate and concentrated using a rotary flash evaporator at 30ordmC The dry residue was weighed and reconstituted in 6 ml methanol and stored at -20ordmC for further studies Antibacterial activity

Antibacterial activity was studied by agar well and disc diffusion method (Bauer et al 1966) Samples to be tested were filtered through 022 microm micro filters The level of activity was measured by the diameter (mm) of the zone of inhibition Antifungal activity

The antifungal activity of organic fraction was tested using agar-well diffusion method (Perez et al 1990) Wells were made on the agar surface with 6 mm cork borer The sample of 50 microl was poured into the well using sterile syringe The plates were incubated at 37degC for 48 hr The plates were observed for the zone formation around the wells

Purification of the organic compounds

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 67

Purification of organic fraction was done using column chromatography TLC and HPLC Column chromatography

The ethyl acetate extracts were chromatographed on a silica gel column (silica gel 60 45 x 25 cm)Two active sub fractions were collected from column through solvent systems such as dichloromethanehexane and methanolethyl acetate These were mixture of compounds and purification was done by preparative TLC and crystallization process The single compounds obtained from column were further purified by crystallization process Thin layer chromatography

The separation of the organic fraction was carried out by thin layer chromatography (TLC) The solvents used for the separation of sub fractions were Benzene-hexane acetone-benzene and methanol-chloroform combinations (Table 1) These solvent systems were found to be the most suitable ones

Each sub fraction was spotted (2 microl) on TLC plates in order to check the separation of the compounds The sub fractions were found to have mixture of compounds Hence number of bands and Rf values were calculated After standardization following solvents were used for thin layer chromatography Table 1 Sub fractions and solvents used for TLC

Slno Sub fractions Solvents used for TLC 1 DCMhexane benzenehexane 2 ethyl acetateDCM acetonebenzene 3 methanolethyl acetate methanolchloroform

High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC)

After performing the TLC only the pure compounds were subjected to HPLC using methanol as mobile phase Elucidation of the structure of the compound

The pure compounds obtained were subjected to NMR (H113C) (Brucker AMX-500 at National Institute for Interdiciplinary science and Technology (CSIR) Thiruvananthapuram) FTIR (Perkin Elmer at Sree Chitra Thirunal Institute of Science and Technology Thiruvananthapuram) and optical rotation (Rudolph Research analytical Autopol N polarimeter at Tropical Botanical Garden and Research Institute Thiruvananthapuram) were carried out The mass spectrum was recorded by JEOL-JMS mass spectrometer at National Institute for Interdiciplinary science and Technology (CSIR) Thiruvananthapuram) for the elucidation of the structure of the compound

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 68

Antimicrobial activity of the compound was tested Results

Isolation of EPB The entomopathogenic bacteria were isolated from the

entomopathogenic nematode isolate collected from soil samples of Bangalore Electronic City Karnataka The bacteria were isolated on Nutrient agar medium and re isolated on NBTA medium After incubation for 48 h on nutrient agar single colonies were isolated which were appeared to be circular slightly granular irregular margin opaque with 2-25 mm diameter Only one type of bacterial colony found to absorb bromothymol blue from the NBTA plate and the colony appeared red in colour The bacterial culture was maintained in nutrient agar by sub culturing This bacterium was identified as Comamonas testosteroni (Accession no HQ200410) Preparation of cell free culture filtrate and its separation

15L TSB was prepared The cell free culture filtrate of 72 hr showed maximum antimicrobial activity and the cell free culture filtrate was separated into aqueous and organic fractions Organic fractions were concentrated and were used for antimicrobial assay Antibacterial activity

Bacillus subtilis (which is very sensitive to EPB antibiotics Webster et al (2002) is used to monitor activity during isolation and identification of EPB bioactive compounds The diameter of zone of inhibition against the test bacteria are shown in Table 2 and displayed in Figure 1-6

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 69

Table 2 Antibacterial activity against B subtilis E coli S aureus and P aeruginosa

Zone of inhibition ( dia in mm) Concentration (microl)disc

Organic fraction

P aeruginosa S aureus

E coli B subtilis

Nil 9 14 10

Nil 10 18 11

Nil 11 16 12

Nil 12 19 14

50 50 50 50

24 hr 48 hr 72 hr 96 hr

Antifungal activity

The antifungal activity of organic fraction was tested against A flavus F oxysporum and R solani It is displayed in Figure 7-12 and diameter of zones of inhibition is given in Table 3

Table 3 Antifungal activity against A flavus F oxysporum and R solani Zone of inhibition (dia in mm)

Concentration (microl)disc

Organic fraction

R solani F oxysporum A flavus

NIL 14 20 15

NIL 17 16 19

NIL 19 27 18

50 50 50 50

24 hr 48 hr 72 hr 96 hr

Purification of the organic compounds The dichloromethanehexane ethyl acetatedichloromethane methanolethyl acetate fraction of TSB obtained after column chromatography were dissolved in 300 microl methanol and stored at -20oC for further purification and assay of bioactivity TLC profile indicated a single spot which indicate the purity of the compounds From the three sub fractions only one pure compound was obtained

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 70

in powder form with Rf value of 058 (TLC profile on Figure 13) and the yield of the compound was 157 mg The pure compound on HPLC indicated a single peak (Figure 14) and the retention time of the compound was 546

Figure 13 TLC Profile of Compound

F Figure 14 HPLC elution profile of Cyclo (pro-leu) C -18 reverse phase column 50 methanol ndashwater as the mobile phase Identification of compounds

NMR (C13 and H1) was recorded (Figure15 and 16) Mass was determined as 210 Da It had a melting point of 169ordmC (Figure17) and optical rotation of 1397 The IR was also taken for the compound (Figure18) The compound was identified as Cyclo (pro-leu) (Figure19) based on the above spectral analysis

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 71

Figure15 C13 NMR of Cyclo (pro-leu)

Figure16 H1 NMR of Cyclo (pro-leu)

Figure17 Melting point of Cyclo (pro-leu)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 72

Figure18 FTIR of Cyclo (pro-leu)

Figure19 General Structure Structure of Cyclo (pro-leu) Antimicrobial activity of compound Table 4 Antimicrobial activity of Compound against test organisms Discussion

The entomopathogenic bacteria associated with the EPN of Rhabditis (Oscheius) species isolated from Bangalore Electronic City Karnataka was used in this study This bacterium was found to have 99 sequence similarity with Comamonas testosteroni CNB-2 complete genome (Accession No CP001220) The sequences obtained in this study have been assigned in the

Microorganism Zone diameter(mm)

Bsubtilis 23 S aureus 19 A flavus 20 Foxysporum 16 Rsolani 13

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 73

NCBI GenBank under the accession number HQ200410 The 16s rDNA sequencing is the most trusted and widely used method in bacterial identification Among the three fractions the ethyl acetatedichloromethane was obtained in pure form Based on NMR FTIR and mass spectra the structure was elucidated and it was identified as a derivative of diketopiperazine (DKPs) The compound is identified as Cyclo (Pro-leu)

DKPs have received continuous interest because of their spectrum of pharmacological activities and are used as antibiotics synthetic vaccines and in cancer chemotherapy (Funabashi et al 1994)

It is the first time that the Diketopiperazine derivative ie Cyclo (pro-leu) has been isolated purified and identified from this nematode-bacterium system Both the TLC and HPLC methods were applied to the analysis of the bioactive compounds obtained from the symbiotic bacterial isolate BEC The compound possessed strong antimicrobial activity This is effective against human pathogenic bacteria and fungi and agriculturally important F oxysporum and R solani The metabolites of the antagonistic bacteria may be developed to an effective antibiotic

Acknowledgement The authors are grateful to the director of Central Tuber Crops Research Institute for providing the facility and financial support References [1] Bauer AW Kirby MM Sherris JC and Truck M 1966 Antibiotic

susceptibility testing by a standardized single disk method Am J Clin Pathol 45 493-496

[2] Funabashi Y Horiguchi T Iinuma S Tanida Sand Harada S 1994 J Antibiot 47 1202-1218

[3] Grewal PS Ehlers R-U and Shapiro-Ilan DI 2005 Nematodes as Biocontrol Agents CABI New York NY

[4] Kaya HK and Gaugler R 1993 Entomopathogenic nematodes Annual Review of Entomology 38 181-206

[5] Khushbu S Suresh W Sudershan G and Aditi K 2016 Analytical characterization of secondary Metabolites from Indian Xenorhabdus Species the symbiotic bacteria of entomopatathogenic nematode (Steinernema spp) as antifungal agent National Academy Science Letters 1-6

[6] Mohandas C Sheela MS Mathews S and Naveen Raj DS 2004 Rhabditis (Oscheious) Spp (NematodaRhabditidae) a new pathogenic nematode of crop pests National Sympo Green Pesticides for insect pest management 51-52

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 74

[7] Park SH and Yu SU 1999 Isolation and identification of a symbiotic bacterium from Steinernema carpocapsae Biotechnology and Bioprocess Engineering 4 12-16

[8] Perez C Paul M and Bazerque P 1990 Antibiotic assay by agar-well diffusion method Acta Biol Med Exp 15 113-115

[9] Rosa JS Bonifassi E Amaral J Lacey LA and Simoes N et al 2000 Natural Occurrence of Entomopathogenic Nematodes (Rhabditida Steinernema Heterorhabditis) in the Azores J Nematol 32 215 -222

[10] Shapiro-Ilan DI Gough DH Piggott SJ and Patterson Fife J 2006 Application technology and environmental considerations for use of entomopathogenic nematodes in biological control Biological Control 38 124-133

[11] Webster J M Chen G and Hu K Li J 2002 Bacterial metabolites In Gaugler R (ed) Entomopathogenic nematology CABI Publishing New York 99-114

[12] White GF 1927 A method for obtaining infective nematode larvae from cultures Science 66 302-303

[13] Woodring JL and Kaya HK 1988 Steinernematid and Heterorhabditid nematodes Hand book of biology and techniques South cooperative Ser Bulletin Arkans Agricultural ExpStn Fayetteville 331 1-30

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 75

A STUDY OF LEARDERSHIP BEHAVIOUR OF SPECIAL EDUCATOR AND GENERAL EDUCATOR IN INCLUSIVE SCHOOL

Deepti Gupta PhD Scholar

Amity Institute of Education Amity University Uttar Pradesh

Lucknow

Prof (Dr) Mala Tandon Professor

Dy Director and Head of Institute Amity Institute of Education

Amity University Uttar Pradesh Lucknow

Abstract Leadership is the most important feature of the organizational structure of any institution In a school the leadership of teacher plays an important role In an inclusive setup both special educators and general educators are leaders as well as teachers Educators are the role models Effective leadership provided by them in the classrooms leads to effective grooming of young children This study was undertaken to investigate the leadership behaviour of special educator and general educator of inclusive school The study was conducted on the sample of 40 educators (20 special educators including remedial teachers and 20 general educators) of inclusive schools The selection of inclusive school was purposive as there are a selective inclusive school in Lucknow district The leadership behaviour scale developed by Dr Asha Hingar (2005) was used to measure the level of leadership behaviour of teachers Keyword- Leadership Behaviour Special Educator General Educator Inclusive School Introduction Leadership is the most important feature of the organizational structure of any institution Alan Keith of Genentech told that ldquoleadership is inevitably about setting up (making) a route for individuals to help with causing something unprecedented to occurrdquo Leaders plays very important role in the effective performance of the school Beginning from decision of goals to achieving them Many researchers have associated leadership with school effectiveness with the leadership Be it the leadership of the Head of the institution of the school or any organization or the leadership of the teacher in the classroom School effectiveness and accomplishment of goals can not being guaranteed in the absence of effective leadership In the view of Bryk Anthony S Gomez Louis M (2010) the role of teachers is very crucial for educational change and effectiveness They are of

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 76

the view that it is the great challenge for the to create a culture of quality that penetrates into the minutest elements processes and systems of any school According to Farris Berg Kim Derkswager Edward (2012)- Teacher leadership not only focuses on the teaching-learning processe in the class but it also involves matters within and outside the school In the school the leadership of the teacher plays an important role Numerous teachers who practice in the leadership position of educators do not consider themselves to be a teacher It is expected that the term leadership for the teacher refers to a formal occupation of a position of obligation for example Principals Headmasters and in-charge They feel that the teaching is not a part of their job Halverson Rich Kelley Garolyn Shaw (2013) said that In general to improve school performance teachers perspective on teacher leadership has been changed Reason behind this is that leadership practice can improve the quality of student learning In an inclusive setup both special educators and general educators are supposed to be leaders as well as teachers The word educator and teachers are used synonymously Keeping this in mind the following study has been undertaken and the influence of the leadership behaviour of special educator and general educator has been studied in the inclusive school setup Concept of Leadership The concept of leadership is not new From earlier time leadership has been a point of interest for the researchers History on leadership indicates shifting to focus on theoretical orientation While the psychological approach of leadership focused the attention on the lsquoLeaderrsquohimself distinguishing him from non leaders the sociological approach to leadership emphasized organizational goals and relationship According to this methodology there is no ldquoLeaderrdquo without the ldquofollowerrdquo Another approach to the concept of leadership is behavioral approach which emphasizes the observed behavior of the leadership in the specific situations The behavior of leader according to this approach varies widely from one situation to another Leadership among educators- Educators are the role models Effective leadership provided by them in the classrooms leads to effective grooming of young children (special and normal) The approach adopted by educators as leaders makes a difference in the learning of children who have a tendency to follow their teachers as leaders People who are trained and are qualified to be educators are expected to become effective teachers Such teachers when interested with additional responsibilities of holding leadership forget that they are already leaders of their class working as teachers and role models They succumb to the glories of their designations as lsquoPrincipals lsquoHeadmasterrsquo or lsquoInchargersquo forgetting that primary role and

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 77

responsibilities as teachers They gradually give up teaching and direct interaction with the student for which they were initially recruited and hang to their glorified status Thereby seeking their responsibilities very easily and causing national loss and educational damage not only to themselves but for the institution they are working in The management should ensure that such leaders need to stay connected in classroom then only they will know the actual need of the children Thus in the present study researchers took teachers educators as leaders Objective of the study The objectives of the present study are as follows

To find out- 1 Difference between the leadership behavior of female special educator and

female general educator of inclusive school 2 Difference between the leadership behaviour of male special educator and

male general educator of inclusive school 3 Difference between the leadership behaviour female special educator and

male general educator of inclusive school 4 Difference between the leadership behaviour of male special educator and

female general educator of inclusive school Note- in present study remedial teacher is also considered as a special educator since they have done diploma and have experience of 5 years and above Hypothesis

There is- no significance difference in the leadership behaviour of - 1 Female special educator and general educator of inclusive school 2 Male special educator and male general educator of inclusive school 3 Female special educator and male general educator of inclusive school 4 No significance difference between male special educator and female

general educator of inclusive school Review of related literature- NEA (The National Education Association) (2011) portray instructor pioneers as experienced proficient who have earned of their students and associates and have picked up a lot of aptitudes that empowers them to work successfully and cooperatively with partners They work intimately with principals who have been prepared to create and execute viable systems of help for teachers and teacher leaders Teachers as leaders are those who need to remain firmly associated with the classroom and students however are eager to accept new obligations that

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 78

afford them leadership authority in or outside the classroom while remain teaching as a full or part-timerdquo Dozier T (2009) mentioned that many research show that in order to stay in the occupation teachers the need to participate in basic leadership activities at the school and region level A strong and positive culture in the sschool cultivates cooperation and successful correspondence proficient opportunities that incorporate profession teamwork opportunities leading to innovation in-depth opinion and support from organizations and associates time set aside for uniform coordinated efforts and reasonable pay and a separated pay structure which incorporates remunerating exceptional execution gaining new information and aptitude which help students in their learning process Kolderie (2014) emphasizes ldquoIf teachers can control what is important for student achievement teachers will acknowledge responsibility for student achievementrdquo NET 2011 In leadership role teachers work in partnership with principals and other school administration by supporting them to improve instructions and encouraging peers to improve their learning outcomes By this teachers as leaders support school leaders (Principals) in promoting new features and establishing cultures of success in school Leadership of teachers can neither be viable nor fruitful without the support of principals however neither can the principal expand his or her performance without tackling the talents and ability of teachers in leadership roles Methodology The population constitutes of all the special educator and general educator of inclusive school of Lucknow district The teachers belong to different socio-cultural groups and to both genders Sampling technique The researcher used purposive sampling technique as there are few inclusive schools in Lucknow district Sampling The total sample consists of 40 teachers from inclusive schools 20 teachers are special educators (teachers) and 20 general educators were selected From the 20 special educators 10 females and 10 males were part of the study (male teachers are remedial teachers who have done diploma in special education and have experience of 3-5 years and more) 10 are female and 10 are male comprised of 20 general educator Variable of the study In the present study leadership behaviour was the only variable

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 79

Tool used Leadership Behaviour Scale (LBS) which was developed by DrAsha Hingar professor Department of Psychology University of Rajasthan Jaipur LBS has five point likert type scale consisting 30 items based on six dimension of leaderrsquos effectiveness focusing on positive and constructive dimension- Emotion Stabilizer (ES) Team Builder (TB) Performance Orientor (PO) Potential Extractor (PE) Socially Intelligent (SI) and Value Inculcator (VI) Scoring Procedure The responses of the respondent were rated on a five point scale viz Always Usually Sometimes Rarely Never Score five being assigned to lsquoAlwaysrsquo four to lsquoUsuallyrsquo three to lsquoSometimesrsquo two for lsquoRarelyrsquo and one to lsquoNeverrsquo Statistical techniques used- mean SD and t-value was calculated to analysis the data Analysis and Interpretation of Data Testing of Hypothesis To fulfill the objectives in the study hypothesis were formulated and tested 1 Comparison of leadership behaviour of female special educator and

female general educator of inclusive school was done (Hypothesis 1) To test hypothesis 1 t-test were used and the following results were obtained (table 1)

Table 1 shows that the calculated t-value (086) at 005 level of significance and df =18 is less than table value(210) Therefore the null hypothesis (H1) is

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 80

accepted Thus there is no significant difference in the leadership behaviour of female special educator and female general educator of inclusive school Further table 1 also shows that there is no significant difference in the different dimension viz emotional stabilizer team builder performance orientor potential extractor socially intelligent and value inculcator of leadership behaviour of female special educator and female general educator of inclusive school

2 Comparison between the leadership behaviour of male special educator and male general educator of inclusive school

After testing hypothesie 2 following result were obtained (table 3)

From the above table 2 shows that the calculated t-value (202) at 005 level of significance and df= 18 is less than the tablevalue (210) Therefore accepting the null hypothesis (H2) is accepted Thus there is no significant difference in the leadership behaviour of male special educator and male general educator of inclusive school From the above table no significant difference is found in the different dimension- emotional stabilizer team builder performance orientor potential extractor socially intelligent and value inculcator of male special educator and male general educator of inclusive school 3 Comparison between the leadership behaviour of female special

educator and male general educator of inclusive school

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 81

To test hypothesis 3 t-test were used and the following results were obtained (table 3)

Table 3 shows that the calculated t-value (202) at 005 level of significance and df= 18 is less than the table value (210) therefore the null hypothesis (H3) is accepted Thus iy is clear from the above table that there is no significant difference in the leadership behaviour of female special educator and male general educator of inclusive school It is also clear that there is no difference in the different dimension of leadership behaviour of female special educator and male general educator of inclusive school

4 Comparison between the leadership behaviour of male special

educator and female general educator of inclusive school

Table 4 shows the calculated t-value (202) at 005 level of significant and df =

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 82

18 is less than the table value (210) Therefore the null hypothesis (H4) is accepted As the calculated value of dimension- emotional stabilizer team builder performance orientor potential extractor socially intelligent and value inculcator is 075 116 067 022 136 and 083 respectively at 005 level of significant and df= 18 is less than the table value (210) so it is clear that there is no significant difference between the leadership behaviour of male special educator and female general educator of inclusive school Discussion and result The above findings shows that no significant difference was found between the leadership behaviour of female special educator and female general educator of inclusive school male special educator and male general educator of inclusive school female special educator and male general educator of inclusive school male special educator and female general educator of inclusive school The purpose of this study was to describe the exiting patterns of leadership behaviour of special and general educators of inclusive school at district level It is obvious that leadership behaviour of different inclusive school could be differ as they come from the different environment set up have different attitudes perceptions values and different personality The perceive the problems of their selection in their own unique way But in this study it was observed that there is no difference in the leadership behaviour of special educator and general educator of different inclusive school Both types of teachers (special and general educators) of different inclusive school were capable of providing emotional stability to their students They have an absence of prejudices and it was found that they were managing the emotion of self and others The special educator and general educator and general educator of different inclusive schools were in proper alliance and with clear communication with the other teachers students and parents It was also noted that the special educator and general educator of different inclusive school possess a team spirit and they avoid unhealthy competition among the students for better achievement Both educators focus on overall development along with utilizations of skills and abilities of students It was also found that both special and general educators were capable of exploring and channelizing the latent potentialities in a proper manner Thus the special educator and general educator of different inclusive school possess high effective leadership behaviour Conclusion The present study shows that both special educator and general educator work in coordination in inclusive schools They take their responsibilities in the classroom with sincerity and dedication and provide effective leadership and support system for each other Thereby from this we may conclude that in

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 83

schools it would be important to have special educator along with general educators so that the overall upliftment of the quality of teaching and students is ensured References 1 Bryk Anthony S Gomez Louis M 2010 Getting Ideas into Action

Building Networked Improvement Communities in Education Frontiers in Sociology of Education Springer Publishing

2 Farris-Berg Kim Dirkswager Edward J 2012 Trusting Teachers with School Success What Happens When Teachers Call the Shots Rowman amp Littlefield Publishers

3 Halverson Rich Kelley Carolyn Shaw Jim 2013 Comprehensive Assessment of Leadership for Learning Formative Assessment for School-Wide Improvement Submitted as a conference paper for the 2013 Annual Conference of the University Council for Education Administration

4 NEA 2011 Teacher Leader Model Standards Teacher Leadership Exploratory Consortium ltlthttpw wwneaorg assetsdo csTeach erLeaderModelStandards2011pdfgtgt

5 Kolderie (2014) Teaching as a Leadership The Highly Effective Teacherrsquos Guide to Closing the Achievement Gap

6 Dozier T (2007) Turning good teachers into great teachers Educational Leadership65(1) 54-55

7 Kolderie Ted 2014 The Split Screen Strategy Improvement + Innovation How to Get Education Changing the Way Successful Systems Change Beaverrsquos Pond Press Edina MNltlthttpw wweduca tionevo lvingorgpdfBook-Innovation-Plus-Improvementpdfgtgt p 135

8 Hingar A (1984) Leader Behaviour Scale National Psychological CorporationAgra 7

9 Hingar A (1984) Manual for Leader Behaviour Scale National Psychological Corporation Agra

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 84

PROCESS VALIDATION INCREASING EFFECTIVENESS AND SAFETY OF THE DRUG PRODUCTS

Dhruvi Siyola Dr Pragnesh Patani Dr Nishkruti Mehta

A-one Pharmacy College Naroda Ahmedabad

Abstract Quality assurance techniques must be used in pharmaceutical industry process validation performs this task ensuring that the process does what it purports to do Processes Validation is important for process design elements and maintaining process control during commercialization and communicate that process validation is an on-going program and align process validation activities with product lifecycle It is also a regulatory requirement The purpose of this review to cover need of process validation principle of process validation types of process validation phase of process validation strategy for process validation

Keywords-Process validation Process control Regulatory requirement

Introduction The process of drug development involves drug discovery laboratory testing animal studies clinical trials and regulatory registration To increase the effectiveness and safety of the drug product after approval many regulatory agencies such as the United States Food and Drug Administration (FDA) also require that the drug product be tested for its identity strength quality purity and stability before it can be released in industrial market for use For this reason pharmaceutical validation and process

controls are important in spite of the problems that may be encountered [1]

The concept of validation was first proposed by two Food and Drug Administration officials Ted Byers and Bud Loftus in the mid 1970rsquos in order to improve the quality of pharmaceuticals [2]

PROCESS VALIDATION The word validation means ldquoassessment of validation or action of proving effectivenessrdquo The collection and evaluation of data from the process design stage throughout production which establishes scientific evidence that a process is capable of consistently delivering quality products is known as Process

Validation[3]

WHY IS VALIDATION REQUIRED In pharmaceutical industry expensive materials sophisticated facilities amp equipment and highly qualified personnel are used The efficient use of these resources is needed for the continued growth of the industry The cost of product failures rejects reworks and recalls complaints are the significant parts of the total production cost If we want to control failure and improve productivity as well as Quality then Detailed study and

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 85

control of the manufacturing process and validation is necessary The pharmaceutical industries are concerned about validation because of the following factors

1 Assurance of quality 2 Cost reduction 3 Government regulation [45]

Validation is establishing documented evidence which provides a high degree of assurance that a specific system will consistently produce a product meeting its predetermined specifications and quality attributes Principle for process validation[111213141516171819]

1Installation Qualification (IQ) The process or equipment meets all specifications is installed correctly and all required components and documentation needed for continued operation are installed and in place Design features of equipment (material of construction cleanability) Equipment Installation conditions (wiring utility functionality etc) Calibration preventative maintenance cleaning schedules Safety features Supplier documentation prints drawings and manuals Documented Software Environmental conditions of the manufacturing area (such as clean room 2Operational Qualification (OQ)Check whether The process or equipment are operating correctly Operational qualification (OQ) should follow Installation qualification Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 86

Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material 1 Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions

etc) 2 Software parameters 3 Specifications of raw material 4 Operating procedures for the process 5 Material handling requirements 6 Material handling requirements 7 Training 3Performance Qualification (PQ)Check whether the process or equipment performs as intended in a completion of Installation qualification and Operational qualification PQ

PQ considerations include Actual product and process parameters and procedures established in OQ bullAcceptability of the product 1Actual product and process parameters and procedures established in PQ 2 Acceptability of the product 3 Assurance of process capability as established in PQ 4 Process repeatability long term process stability 4Re ndash Qualification This formal review should include consideration of re-qualification of the equipment Minor changes or changes having no direct effect on final or in-process product quality should be handled through the documentation system of the preventive maintenance program[5]

Based on the stage of the production lifecycle at which process validation is performed it can be of four types[2021222325] 1 Prospective Validation This type of validation is performed before production during a productrsquos development stage A risk analysis is performed to assess the production process by breaking it down

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 87

into separate steps These are individually evaluated and based on past experience the likelihood of each one leading to critical situations is determined[6] Once yoursquove identified the critical sub-processes these are the steps you should follow Evaluate individual risk for each one Investigate and assess o Potential causes o Probability of situations arising o The extent of their effects Draw up the trial plans Set priorities for the validation After this you can begin with the trials and make an over assessment Prospective validation is essential for limiting the risk of quality lapses and errors occurring during the actual production[7] 2 Concurrent Validation You should monitor the first three batches produced on a production-scale as closely as possible The data gathered through this step can provide an in-depth detail of the fundamentals which greatly impacts the effectiveness of concurrent validation Together with comprehensive trend analysis which includes other aspects like stability you should perform concurrent validation throughout a productrsquos life to whatever extent it is needed[89] 3 Retrospective Validation It involves examining the past experiences of the process and evaluating the final control tests This evaluation is done while assuming that the procedures composition and equipment remains unchanged To determine how well the process parameters adhere to the permissible range you can also conduct a trend analysis Retrospective validation should not be considered a one of quality assurance measure rather it should be performed only in certain circumstances like when yoursquore introducing validation requirements for the first time It is more useful for establishing priorities for validation so avoid this technique for new products or processes[10]

4 Revalidation

Revalidation is essential for ensuring that any changes made to the process or its environment have not resulted in adverse effects on product quality or process characteristics It can be divided into two sub-types Revalidation after Changes ndash Whenever yoursquove introduced any new elements

in the manufacturing process revalidation needs to be performed to ascertain their effects There can be a number of changes in the manufacturing or standard operating procedures that impact product quality These can be Changes in Starting Materials ndash Changes in physical attributes can alter the mechanical properties of compounds and materials which can consequently have adverse effects on the product or the process Changes in Packaging Material ndash If you switch packaging materials you may also be forced to make changes to the procedures followed during packaging which can impact product stability

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 88

Changes in Process ndash Any time you alter the manufacturing process the subsequent steps can be affected and thereby the product quality too Changes in Equipment ndash Repairs maintenance and replacement of key components is unavoidable but be sure to assess whether quality is affected and how much Changes in Support System or Production Area ndash Rearrangement of support systems or production areas can also affect product quality especially critical systems like ventilation VALIDATION PROTOCOL[242526] The validation protocol should be numbered signed and dated and should contain as a minimum the following information Title Objective amp Scope Responsibility Protocol Approval Validation Team Product Composition Process Flow Chart Manufacturing Process Review of Equipments Utilities Review of Raw Materials and Packing Materials Review of Analytical and Batch Manufacturing Records Review of Batch Quantities for Validation (Raw Materials) Review of Batch Quantities for Validation (Packing Materials) HSE Requirements Review of Process Parameters Validation Procedure Sampling Location Documentation Acceptance Criteria Summary Conclusion The Three Stages of Process Validation The definition of Process Validation from the FDA is as follows ldquoThe collection and evaluation of data from the process design stage through commercial production which establishes scientific evidence that a process is capable of consistently delivering quality productsrdquo[3031]

The Three Stages of Process Validation are

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 89

Stage 1 ndash Process Design Stage 2 ndash Process Qualification Stage 3 ndash Continued Process Validation Stage 1 ndash Process Design[32]

This is the research and development phase and involves defining a process for manufacturing the product It usually includes the following Creation of a Quality Target Product Profile (QTPP) Identifying Critical Quality Attributes (CQAs) Defining Critical Process Parameters (CPPs) Defining Critical Material Attributes (CMAs) Conducting risk assessments From a regulatory point of view an essential component of this stage is meticulous and comprehensive record keeping That said the collection and evaluation of data as part of this Process Validation stage also has business benefits too This is because you can use the data to optimise your production process create efficiencies and troubleshoot problems Stage 2 ndashProcess Qualification[3334]

This stage evaluatesqualifies the process designed earlier to ensure it can reproduce consistent and reliable levels of quality It involves collecting and evaluating data on all aspects and stages of the manufacturing process This includes The building and facilities ie ensuring they adhere to local regulations as well as pharmaceutical manufacturing regulations The transportation of raw materials Storage of raw materials The knowledge training and working practices of production line employees Every step of the process to turn raw materials into the finished product This includes having pre-defined sampling points at various stages of the process Finished product packaging storage and distribution Another useful component of this stage of Process Validation is to develop contingency plans for situations where things go wrong Stage 3 ndash Continued Process Verification Continued Process Verification involves ongoing validation during production of the commercial product to ensure the process designed and qualified in the previous stages continues to deliver consistent quality One of the main aims of this stage is to detect and resolve process drift The stage involves product sampling analysis and verification at various points in the manufacturing process and requires the involvement of employees with quality control training Again comprehensive record-keeping is required at this stage including logging anomalies and issues with product quality

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 90

Reason Why Process validation that increasing safety of drug product[2829]

1 Simple process 2 Moisture sensitive and heat sensitive product 3 Consistent through output 4 Reduction in rejection and rework 5 Fewer complaints about process related failure 6 Reduce testing in process and finished goods 7 Easier scale-up from development work 8 Easier maintenance of equipment 9 28More rapid and accurate investigation of process deviation 10 Increase confidence about process reproducibility and product quality 11 Improve employee awareness of process

Conclusion It is necessary before approval of a new drug that an accurate and reliable assessment for its effectiveness and safety for the intended indication and target patient population is demonstrated Validation is the key element in assuring that quality goals are met References 1 Sharp JR The Problems of Process ValidationPharm J 1986 143-5 2httpenwikipediaorgwikivalidation(drugmanufacture) Dated20th september 2011 3US Department of human and health services Food and Drug Administration Center for drug evaluation and research (CDER) Center for biologics evaluation and research (CBER) Center for veterinary medicine (CVM) Guidance for industry Process Validation General principles and practices 2008 4Patel C Desai D G Seth AK Process validation of artemether and lumefantrine 80480 mg tablet Pharma Science Monitor 6(1) 233-243 (2015) 5 Patel C Desai D G Seth AK Process validation of artemether and lumefantrine 80480 mg tablet Pharma Science Monitor 6(1) 233-243 (2015) 6Recommendations on Validation Master Plan Installation and Operational Qualification Non-Sterile Process Validation Cleaning Validation PICS September 2007 7 Guidelines for Process Validation of Pharmaceutical Dosage Form ndash Saudi Food amp Drug Authority Version 2 February 1992 8 FDA Guide on APIs 1998 48 PIC Guide 1999 32 Gold Sheet 1996 9Chaitanyakumar G Rout RP Ramtake S Bhattacharya S Process Validation The Indian Pharmacist 2005 14-19 10 Elsie Jatto Augustine and O Okhamafe An Overview of Pharmaceutical Validation andProcess Controls in Drug Development Tropical Journal of Pharmaceutical Research December 2002 1 (2) 115-122

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 91

11 Requirements for the Registration of Pharmaceu- ticals for Human Use Geneva ICH-QZA 1995 12 Health Canada Health Products and Food Branch Inspectorate Validation Guidelines for Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms (GUI ndash 0029) December 2009 13 Donald M lsquoVector Corporationrsquo 14 FDA Presentation lsquoICH Q7A GMP Guidancefor API and its use DuringInspectionsrsquolsquohttpwwwfdagovcdrmeetingICH_Q7Aindexhtm 2002 15Nassani Mowafak ldquoCleaning Validation in the Pharmaceutical Industryrdquo Institute of Validation Technology 38 16Shah DH QA Manual 1-7 17Alcock P and Motise P FDA statement Human Drug cGMP Notes 18GMP training Organization websites [httpgmptrainingcomnewshtml] 19 Donald M Rosendale lsquoValidation group managerrsquoVector corporation validation of Pharmaceutical Process Equipment 20 Sharma S Khurana G Gupta R A review on pharmaceutical validation and its implications Indian Journal of Pharmaceutical and Biological Research 1(3) 100-104 (2013) 21 Ojha A Bharkatiya M Santosh K Pharmaceutical process validation of solid dosage forms a review World Journal of Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Sciences 3(6) 476-484 (2014) 22 Pandita R Rana AC Seth N Introduction and general overview of pharmaceutical process validation review International Research Journal of Pharmacy 3(6) 60- 64 (2012) 23 Ahir K B Singh K D Yadav S P Patel H S Poyahari C B Overview of validation and basic concepts of process validation Scholars Academic Journal of Pharmacy 3(2) 178-190 (2014) 24 Ch Sandhya Brahmaiah B Pusuluri D L S Konkipudi V S Process validation an essential process in pharmaceutical industry International Journal of Advances in Scientific Research 1(4) 179-182 (2015) 25 Health Canada Health Products and Food Branch Inspectorate Validation Guidelines forPharmaceutical Dosage Forms (GUI ndash 0029) December 2009 26 Guide to Inspections of Oral Solid Dosage Forms prepost Approval Issue for Development and Validation issue (194) January 2010 27 Rockville MD Guideline on General Principles of Process Validation US Food and Drug Administration US FDA 1987 28 Alam S Pharmaceutical Process Validation An Overview J Advanced Pharm Edu Res 2012 2(4) 185-200 29Ajay S Seema S International Journal of Research in Pharmacy and Science Int J Res Pharm Sc 201312 30Kathiresan K Moorthi C Prathyusha Y Gade B R Reddy B K Manavalan R An overview of pharmaceutical validation Research Journal of Pharmaceutical Biological and Chemical Sciences ISSN 0975-8585 October ndash December 2010 RJPBCS 1(4)1026 31 Kathiresan K Moorthi C Prathyusha Y Gade B R Reddy B K Manavalan R An overview of pharmaceutical validation Research Journal of Pharmaceutical

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 92

Biological and Chemical Sciences ISSN 0975- 8585 October ndash December 2010 RJPBCS 1(4)1026 32ICH Q7A Good Manufacturing Practices Guideline for Active Pharmaceutical Ingredient 2001 33 Guidance for Industry Process Validation General Principles and Practices US Department of Health and Human Services Food and Drug Administration Centre for Drug Evaluation and Research (CDER) Centre for Biologics Evaluation and Research (CBER) Centre for Veterinary Medicine (CVM) January 2011 34 ASTM E2709-10 Standard Practice for Demonstrating Capability to Comply with a Lot Acceptance Procedure 35 FDArsquos guidance for industry Quality Systems Approach to Pharmaceutical Current Good Manufacturing Practice Regulations 36 Guidelines for Process Validation of Pharmaceutical Dosage Form ndash Saudi Food amp Drug Authority Version 2 February 1992 37 ASTM E2281-03 Standard Practice for Process and Measurement Capability Indices Operating procedures for the process

Material handling requirements Process change control Training

Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 93

Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material Control limits of Process (time temperature pressure line speed setup conditions etc) Software parameters Specifications of raw material

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 94

व ीकरण क दौर म फ़ल रह ह द

ज मोहन राव शोधाथ ह द वभाग

आ व व ालय वशाखप टणम

आ दश

भारत क असली ताकत हद भाषा ह आम बोलचाल क हद तानी हद को दश क आधी स अिधक जनस या बोलती समझती ह विभ न भाषा-भा षय क बीच अिधकतर हद ह सवाद सत का काम करती ह

यवसाय क स दख तो बाजार बकन वाली व त क ताकत को दखता ह

हद भाषा म वह ताकत ह यह कारण ह क आज सवािधक व ापन भी हद म आत ह

इटरनट और सोशल मी डया पर भी हद का भाव बढ़ रहा ह अब कई सॉ टवयर और हाडवयर अतिनिमत हद यिनकोड क स वधा क साथ

आ रह ह

व ीकरण बाजार करण और सचना ाित क इस दौर म त ण बदलत व क प र य क बीच हद भाषा एक नए जोश क साथ उभर रह ह आज भारत व क अथजगत म महाश बनकर उभर रहा ह व क सवािधक श शाली मान जान वाल दश अम रका क पव रा पित बराक ओबामा तो अपन दश क नाग रक को कई बार हद सीखन क सलाह द चक ह य क उ ह भी लगता ह क भारत एक उभरती हई व श ह और भ व य म हद सीखना अिनवाय होगा भारत क असली ताकत हद भाषा ह आम बोलचाल क हद तानी हद को दश क आधी स अिधक जनस या बोलती

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 95

समझती ह विभ न भाषा-भा षय क बीच अिधकतर हद ह सवाद सत का काम करती ह

हद भाषा म वह ताकत ह यह कारण ह क आज सवािधक व ापन भी हद म आत ह इटरनट और सोशल मी डया पर भी हद का भाव बढ़ रहा ह अब कई सॉ टवयर और हाडवयर अतिनिमत हद यिनकोड क स वधा क साथ आ रह ह इसस हद क तकनीक सम याए लगभग समा हो गई ह अब समय ह क सभी इटरनट यो ा रोमन िल प म हद िलखन क बजाय दवनागर म ह हद िलख अिधकाश बड़ सचार कपिनय को हद म बड़ा उपभो ा बाजार दख रहा ह जसस व हद तकनीक पर सभी स वधाए दान कर रह ह भारतीय यवा ldquoय यबrdquo पर सवािधक 93 ितशत वी डयो हद म दखत ह

हद पर तरह स स म और समथ भाषा ह इसक सबस बड़ वशषता तो यह ह क इस जस बोला जाता ह वसा ह िलखा भी जाता ह यानी हद भाषा पर तरह स विन और उ चारण आधा रत भाषा ह यह खबी व क अ य कसी भी भाषा म नह ह अ जी स हत व क अ य भाषाओ क िलखन और बोल जान म काफ अतर होता ह हद भाषा का ज म स कत भाषा स हआ ह व ािनक ारा स कत और हद भाषा को विन व ान और दरसचार तरग क मा यम स अत र और अ य अ ात

स यताओ को सदश भज जान क िलए भी सवािधक उपय पाया गया ह

कछ वष पव तक हद को गवार जा हल और कम पढ़-िलख लोग क भाषा माना जाता था ल कन व ीकरण और बाजार करण क इस दौर म यह सोच तजी स बदल रह ह भारत का कॉरपोरट जगत मजबर म ह सह हद को हाथ -हाथ वीकार कर रहा ह भारत म उपभो ा व तओ क वह बाजार को आज अनदखा करना असभव ह वदशी कपिनय क िलए भारतीय बाजार क खलन क साथ ह कई बहरा ीय कपिनय न भारत म पदापण कया वपणन माक टग और यापार म भारतीय स कह यादा मा हर इन कपिनय का यह अनभव था क कसी भी दश म वहा क भाषा स कित और जायका

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 96

जान बना अपन पाव जमाना आसान नह ह ऐस म इन कपिनय न अपन उ पाद को भारतीय ज रत क हसाब स ढालकर पश कया अपन उ पाद क वपणन क िलए इन कपिनय न हद भाषा को चना य क यह भाषा सबस बड़ ल य समह तक पहचती ह

ट इ डयन िम डल लास स सबध रखन वाल इस बाजार म 50 ितशत स अिधक लोग या तो हद भाषी ह या दसर भाषा क तौर पर हद

का योग करत ह ऐस म यह एक सकन दन वाला समाचार ह क हद भाषा का भारत म ह नह ब क समच व म व तार हो रहा ह यहा हद स पयाय सा ह य क किल भाषा स नह ह ब क आम बोलचाल क भाषा स ह जसका उपयोग आज का मी डया खलकर कर रहा ह ऐस म हद क कछ परोकार बदलत सा कितक प र य म भाषा क बदलत बगड़त व प क ित िचितत भी दखाई द रह ह ल कन इस बीच यह भी प हो रहा ह क हद को अ जी स सीध तौर पर कोई खतरा नह दखाई दता आज यापार को व तार क िलए हद का दामन थामना पड़ रहा ह और हद बाज़ार क साथ आग बढ़ रह ह

मी डया और व ापन म हद का योग बहत अिधक बढ़ा ह हाला क इसका उ य हद क सवा कदा प नह ह ब क बहरा ीय और दशी कपिनय क नजर हद भाषी उपभो ाओ क एक बड़ बाजार पर ह पछल एक हजार वष स अिधक समय स भारत म हद का यापक उपयोग होता आ रहा ह अप श स ारभ हआ हद का रचना ससार आज प रप वता क चरम पर ह हद भाषा अनक प म आचिलक और थानीय बोिलय क प म भी चिलत ह अ ज क भारत आगमन स पव ह हद न अपनी जड़ समच

भारतीय उपमहा प म जमा द थी उस समय का भारत आज क ह तरह व यापार का एक मह वपण भागीदार था इसिलए इस दश क जनता क साथ काय यवहार करन क िलए हद का समिचत ान होना आव यक था

भारतीय स वधान म हद को राजभाषा बनान का उपबध 14 िसतबर 1949 को जोड़ा गया था इसिलए हर साल 14 िसतबर को हद दवस क प

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 97

म मनाया जाता ह 26 जनवर 1950 को स वधान क लाग होन क साथ ह स वधान क अन छद 343 क उपबध एक क अतगत दवनागर िल प म िलखी जान वाली हद को भारतीय सघ क राजभाषा का दजा दया गया हद को राजभाषा का दजा तो द दया गया ल कन इसी अन छद क उपबध तीन म यह ावधान कया गया क राजभाषा हद क साथ-साथ अ जी को अगल 15 वष

तक सहभाषा क प म जार रखन का अिधिनयम दश क ससद बना सकती ह बाद म 1967 म त कालीन धानम ी इ दरा गाधी न राजभाषा अिधिनयम म सशोधन कर अ जी को अिन तकाल क िलए भारत क सहभाषा बना दया यह उपबध हद क वकासपथ पर एक बहत बड़ा रोड़ा सा बत हआ और आज भी क और कई रा य का कामकाज अ जी म ह चल रहा ह

राजनीितक इ छाश क अभाव म और वाद क कारण हद को पया शासक य सर ण ा नह हो सका रह -सह कसर दश क दश क अ जी पर त नौकरशाह न पर कर द ए ज ह न अ जी को ह रा भाषा क तरह गल लगाया हद भाषा अ जी और चीनी क बाद व म सवािधक सार वाली तीसर भाषा ह हाला क व तार क कोण स दख तो अ जी

क बाद हद सबस वशाल म बोली जान वाली भाषा ह दिनया क 150 स अिधक व व ालय म हद भाषा पढ़ाई जाती ह हजार क स या म वदशी छा हद सीख रह ह और भारत क कई िश क भी वदश म हद को व तार दन क पनीत काय म जी-जान स जट ह आशा ह क आन वाल समय म हद गवार जा हल और कम पढ़-िलख क भाषा होन क अिभषाप स पर तरह स म हो जाएगी

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 98

QUERCETIN AS AN ANTIUROLITHIATIC DRUG AGAINST ETHYLENE GLYCOL INDUCED CALCULI IN MALE RATS

G Subashini PhD scholar

Department of Biochemistry DKM College Vellore

Tamil Nadu India

Hebsibah Elsie B Asst Professor

Department of Biochemistry DKM College for Women Vellore

Asha S Asst Professor

Department of Biochemistry DKM College for Women Vellore

ShobaK Asst Professor

Department of Biochemistry DKM College for Women Vellore

Abstract

Kidney is vital in the maintenance of homeostasis through the excretion of catabolites like urea creatinine and uric acid and elevated concentration of these indicate compromised renal function Due to the presence of kidney stones there is an obstruction to the outflow of urine in urinary system and the glomerular filtration rate (GFR) decreases The data revealed that ethanol extract of leaves of euphorbia hirta have significant inhibitory activity on calcium oxalate crystallization Laboratory investigation of hypercalciuria hyperuricosuria hyperoxaluria cystinuria hypocitraturia renal tubular acidosis urinary tract infection and reduction of urinary volume is based on the results of 24-hr urine collection and a spot urine for urinary sediment culture and pH Blood analysis for creatinine calcium and uric acid must be obtained Current knowledge does not support calcium restriction recommendation because it can lead to secondary hyperoxaluria and bone demineralization Reduction of animal protein and salt intake higher fluid intake and potassium consumption should be implemented Medical treatments involve the use of thiazides allopurinol potassium citrate or other drugs according to the metabolic disturbances The correction of those metabolic abnormalities is the basic tool for prevention or reduction of recurrent stone formation Further the flavonoid compound quercetin had also shown effective anti-urolithiatic activity

Keywords Kidney stones Nephrolithiasis Hypercalciuria Osteopenia Calcium Quercetin Oxalate Introduction The kidneys are two bean-shaped organs in the renal system one of a pair of organs located in the right and left side of the abdomen The kidneys remove waste products from the blood and produce urine As blood flows through the kidneys the kidneys filter waste products chemicals and unneeded water from the blood Urine collects in the middle of each kidney in an area called the renal pelvis It then drains from the kidney through a long tube the ureter to the bladder where it is stored until

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 99

elimination The kidneys also make substances that help control blood pressure and regulate the formation of red blood cells

Urinary calculus (kidney stones) is one of the painful disorders of the urinary tract urolithiasis refers to the solid nonmetallic minerals in the urinary tract It is estimated that 10 of the population in the industrialized areas of the world are affected by urinary tract stone disease with an incidence of 05ndash19In India upper and lower urinary tract stones occur frequently but the incidence depends on regional climatic and socioeconomic conditions (Marshall and Stoller 2004)Approximately 80 are of calcium-containing stones are in the form of pure calcium oxalate (CaOx) (50) or calcium phosphate (1) and a mixture of both (45) and other stones are Struvite (10) uric acid (9) and cystine (1) (Kirtikar and Basu 2005) Among the several types of kidney stones the most common are calcium oxalate stones representing up to 80 of the analyzed stones Although the mechanisms involved in the formation of calcific stones it is generally agreed that urinary lithiasis is a multifaceted process involving a series of events such as supersaturation of urine crystal nucleation aggregation and growth of insoluble particles that are finally retained in the urinary tractTubular cell injury facilitates CaOx crystal formation and deposition in the renal tubules( Pons 2011)

Kidney Stone Inhibitors and Promoters

Inhibitors are substances which decrease the initiation of supersaturation nucleation crystal growth rate of aggregation or any other processes required to stone formation Normally urine contains chemicals that prevent crystal formation Inhibitors in urine includes small organic anions such as citrate small inorganic anions such as pyrophosphates multivalent metallic cations such as magnesium or macromolecules such as osteopontin glycosaminoglycans glycoproteins urinary prothrombin fragment-1 and TammndashHorsfall proteins (Gaitondeacute andJetmalani 2017) These inhibitors do not seem to work equally for everyone therefore some people form stones But if crystals formed remain tiny usually it travels through the urinary tract and passes out from the body with urine splash without being noticed Inhibitors may act either directly by interacting with crystal or indirectly by influencing the urinary environment When inhibitory compounds adsorb onto the surface of the crystal it inhibits nucleation crystal growth aggregation or crystal-cell adherence ( Visavadiya and Narasimhacharya 2005) In contrast promoters are substances which facilitate stone formation by various mechanisms Some of the promoters include cell membrane lipids (phospholipids cholesterol and glycolipids) calcitriol hormone enhancement via parathyroid hormone stimulation] oxalate calcium sodium cystine and low urine volume Among recurrent stone formers urinary oxalate excretion was found to be higher whereas citrate excretion was lower (Joshi et al 2008)Studies indicated that oxalate can increase chloride sodium and water reabsorption in the proximal tubule and activate multiple signaling pathways in renal epithelial cells In general an imbalance between urinary stone inhibitors and promoters has been suggested to be the cause for stone formation (Meeploy et al 2008)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 100

Herbal Therapy The use of plants or plant extracts for medicinal purposes (especially plants that are not part of the normal diet (Gupta et al 2006)Herbal medicine is also called botanical medicine or phytomedicine It is refers to using a plants seeds berries roots leaves bark or flowers for medicinal purposes (Nigam and Sodhi 2014) Herbalism has a long tradition of use outside of conventional medicine It is becoming more mainstream as improvements inanalysis and quality control along with advances in clinical research show the value of herbal medicine in the treating and preventing disease( Vijayakumar et al 2013) Herbs Herbs are any plant or a part of a plant that are used for medicine food flavoring or perfume Herb consists of flower buds bark seeds leaves or any other parts of the plants Examples of herbs are ginsing chamomile basil thyme etc Herbs journals deals with complete details of plants used on medicine used in the maintenance of health as like in the prevention diagnosis improvement and treatment of illnesses( Gupta and Sharma 2006) Quercetin The name quercetin (33457-pentahydroxyflavone) comes from the Latin word ldquoQuercetumrdquo which means Oak Forest belongs to the class called flavonols that cannot be produced in the human bodyIt is yellow color and is poorly soluble in hot water quite soluble in alcohol and lipids and is insoluble in cold water (Fig -115) Quercetin is said to be one of the most widely used bioflavonoids for the treatment of metabolic and inflammatory disorders (Salvamani et al 2014) Occurrence It is one of the most abundant dietary flavonoids found in fruits (mainly citrus) green leafy vegetables as well as many seeds buckwheat nuts flowers barks broccoli olive oil apples onions green tea red grapes red wine dark cherries and berries such as blueberries and cranberries The highest concentrations of flavonols were found in vegetables such as onions and broccoli fruits such as apples cherries and berries and drinks such as tea and red wine ( Sultana and Anwar2008) 3Materials and Methods 31 Exvivo study Plant collection The leaves of Euphorbia hita were collected from vellore district The plant was identified at Euphorbia hita the Botany Department DKM Collage vellore The voucher specimen of the plant was deposited at the college for further reference Preparation of Extracts Leaves of Euphorbia hirta were shade dried and powdered to get coarse granules which were stored in an air tight container in the dark The 25 g of the powder was subjected to continuous extraction in Soxhlet apparatus using absolute ethanol for 7 h The extract was filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to give a viscous mass The

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 101

concentrated crude extracts were stored at 4degC in a refrigerator and used for further study Ex Vivo Turbidity Assay The oxalate crystal inhibition potential of Euphorbia hirta extract and fractions was also carried out in rat plasma to provide the biological environment The plasma sample was diluted with equal volume of calcium chloride and sodium oxalate (60thinspmmolL each) separately Resulting plasma solutions containing either calcium chloride or sodium oxalate were used for nucleation assay The 950thinspμL of plasma containing sodium oxalate (60thinspmmolL) was mixed with 100thinspμL of Euphorbia hirta extractsfractions at the different concentrations (50-100-150thinspμgmL) Crystallization was carried out by adding 950thinspμL of plasma containing calcium chloride (60thinspmmolL) The mixture solution was incubated for 1thinsph and the temperature was maintained at 37degC The OD of the crystallized suspension was measured at 620thinspnm and the inhibition potential was estimated by comparing with control The percentage of aggregation inhibition was then calculated by comparing the turbidity in the presence of the extract with that obtained in the control using formula Percentagethinspthinspofthinspthinspinhibition=(1minusTurbiditysampleTurbiditycontrol)times100 32 In vivo studies Drug administration The reference drug and isolated compounds (quercetin) were administered orally through stainless steel oral feeding tube Sodium CMC 1 of the weight was added to the isolated compounds for preparing the test doses 25 mg and 50 mg body weight orally given for 10 days Animals Eight healthy male Wistar albino rats weighing between 100 and 150 g were used for the study The animals were housed separately in polypropylene cage at temperature of 23 plusmn 2о`C and 50-60 relative humidity with a 12 h lightdark cycle respectively for one week before and during the commencement of experiment Animals were allowed to access standard rodent pellet diet and drinking water The animals were acclimatized for 10 days before experiments commenced The animals were housed in polypropylene cages and maintained under standard laboratory conditions They were fed with standard pellet diet and water ad libitum Experimental design Invivo study Ethylene glycol- induced urolithiasis The male wistar albino rats were divided in four groups each of six animals Group I Control rats - received normal pelleted diet Group II Urolithiasis induced rats - received 075 vv ethylene glycol and 2 ammonium chloride wv in water for 10 days Group III Urolithiasis induced rats received 075 vv ethylene glycol and 2 ammonium chloride wv in water along with quercetin (25 mgkg body weight) by oral administration for subsequent 10days at a rate of 00025 g of body weight rat day Group IV Urolithiasis induced rats received 075 vv ethylene glycol and 2 ammonium chloride wv in water along with quercetin (50mg kg body weight) by oral

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 102

administration for subsequent 10 days at a rate of 0005 g of body weight rat day The drug were given once daily by oral route Assessment of Antiurolithiatic Activity Serum analysis At the end of 11 days of the experimental period rats were sacrificed anaesthetized and blood collected from the retro-orbital region centrifuged at 10000 times g for 10 min The serum was for urea and creatinine using the respective diagnostic kits by a colorimetric method Estimation of biochemical parameters 1Estimation of creatinine (Bonser and Taussky 1945) The concentration of creatinine was estimated in serum and urine by the method of Roscoe (1953) 1 ml of working reagent was added to all eppendorfs 100 μl of serumurine was added for test while in blank purified water was added and mixed well as shown above and allowed to stand at room temperature exactly for 20 minutes The optical density of Blank (B) Standard (S) and Test (T) was measured immediately against purified water at 520 nm 2Estimation of uric acid (Fossati et al 1980 Young et al 1997 Newman et al 1999) 1 ml of uric acid reagent was added to all eppendorfs Thereafter 20 μl urineserum was added for the test while in blank uric acid reagent was added They were then mixed well and incubated at room temperature for 5 min The absorbance was read at 546 nm 3 Estimation of Urea (Young et al 1997) The concentration of urea was estimated in serum and urine by the method as described by Young et al( 1997)

Test tubes were labeled as Blank (B) Standard (S) and Test (T) and serum samples and reagents were added Tubes were mixed well and incubated at 37oC for 5 minutes Absorbance of Standard followed by Test was measured at 578 nm 4Estimation of alanine amino transferase (ALT) activity- Reitman and Frankel (1957) The method of Reitman and Frankel (1957) was followed to determine alanine transaminase activity in serum 1 ml of working reagent was added to all eppendorfs 100 μl of serum was added for testwhile in blank purified water was addedTubes were mixed well and incubated at 37oC for 5 minutes Absorbance of Standard followed by Test was measured at 340nm 4Estimation of aspartate amino transferase (AST) activity- Reitman and Frankel (1957)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 103

The aspartate transaminase (AST) activity was assayed in serum by the method of Reitman and Frankel (1957) 1 ml of working reagent was added to all eppendorfs 100 μl serum was added for test They were mixed well and incubated at room temperature for 2 min and Absorbance of Standard followed by Test was measured at 340nm 5Estimation of alkaline phosphatase (ALP) activity - Malloy and Evelyn (1937) 1 ml of working reagent was added to all eppendorfs 20 μl serum was added for test while in blank purified water was added They were mixed well and absorbance was read at 405 nm The mean absorbance change per minute (ΔA min) was determined Histopathological studies The rats were killed by high doses of ether abdomen was cut opened and the kidneys were removed The abdomen was cut open to remove both kidneys from each animal on 11th day The kidneys were stored in formalin (10) fixed in bouin liquid soaked in paraffin cut at 2ndash3 μm intervals and the slices were stained using hematoxylin and eosin Tissue slices were photographed using optical microscopy under polarized light architecture of the kidney Statistical Analysis Results were expressed in terms of mean plusmn standard error mean Differences among data were determined using one-way ANOVA test followed by Dunnetts multiple comparison test (SPSS Software) and P lt 005 was considered statistically significant The value of probability less than 5 (P lt 005) was considered statically significant 4 RESULTS Exvivo Study In order to provide the biological environment Antiurolithiatic activity of an extract of Euphorbia hirta was carried out in rat in rat serum by Exvivo assay It was found that the ethanol extract was responsible for the inhibition of calcium oxalate crystal formation It was found that ethanol extract showed 7311 of inhibition at 005g and 9632 of inhibition at 010gmWhereas at 015 gm the percentage of inhibition was found to be 9823 99 (Figure 41 ) Thus the percentage of inhibition increases as concentration increases This phenomenon may be due to the presence of copound quercetin which in turn inhibits glycolate oxidase Invivo studies Physical parameters Action of drug on change in body weight At the start of the body weight of the animals in all the animals in all the groups were found to be 10005 plusmn 878 with no significance But after 10 days body weight was found to be significantly lowered in Ethylene glycol induced group (11011 plusmn 59 p value lt 001 ) as compared to normal animals (130688 68)Whereasquercetin at 25 mgbwt (12118 plusmn 86) showed no significance when compared to the control group A

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 104

significance rise in body weight was showen in quercitin (50 mgbwt-12552 plusmn 84 p value lt001) treated groups as compared to Ethylene glycol induced rats(Table 41) Effect on water intake The level of water intake in ethylene glycol induced rats showed a level of 79 plusmn 09 with a significance of plt005 when compared to the control group (1313 plusmn 30)whereas the quercetin administered animals exhibited a decreased intake level of 88 plusmn 08 and 101 plusmn 011 with no significance when compared to induced animals (Table 42)

Figure 41 Effect of different concentration of ethanol extract of leaves of Euphorbia hirta on calcium oxalate crystallization in rat plasma by Exvivo model Bio chemical parameters Action of drugs on creatinine The serum creatinine levels was significantly increase in the nephrolithiatic group (262 plusmn 043 with p value of lt 0001) when compared to all the control groups (125 plusmn 034)Treatment with quercetin showed a significant decrease (plt001) in the creatinine levels in the serum compared to the nephrolithiatic animals with a concentration range of (160 plusmn 037 and 153plusmn035respectively) However in the 25 mg kg bwt quercetin administered group of serum creatinine levels remained lower than the quercetin (50 mgkg bwt) treated group (Table 41 ) Action of drugs on uric acid The serum uric acid levels were significantly higher in the group 2 animals (2345plusmn 00 4 lt005)when compared to the group 1 animals whereas treatment group at both dose (25 and 50 mgkg bwt) showed a significant reduction in the serum uric acid levels (17 plusmn 006 and 13plusmn 004 plt001 respectively) compared to the group 2 animals Among

0

005

01

015

02

005 01 015 O

F IN

HIB

ITIO

N

CONCENTRATION OF ETHANOL EXTRACT

Ex vivo study

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 105

the treated groups quercetin at 50 mgkg b wt showed a better results than 25 mgkg b wt (Table 41) Action of drugs on blood urea nitrogen The effect of the administration of quercetin was assessed on the BUN and the data is represented in Table 41 The ethylene glycol indued group showed an signicant elevation (6015 plusmn34 plt0001)in the BUN values than control group (3145plusmn51) A significant decrease was found in the BUN levels in both the quercetin treated groups 3 and 4 (4089plusmn34 and 3566plusmn51plt005 respectively)On comparison among the quercetin treated groups the higher concentration showed a higher activity Table ndash 41 Alteration in the level of biochemical parameters in various test group in experimental male albino rats

Sno Parameter Group -1

Group -2 Group -3 Group -4

1 Body weight (gm) ndash Initial

10005 plusmn878

10005 plusmn878 10005 plusmn878 10005 plusmn878

Final 130686plusmn 8

11011plusmn 59 12115plusmn 86 12552plusmn 84

2 Water intake (ml)

135plusmn 30 79plusmn 09 88plusmn 08 101plusmn 011

3 Creatinine (mgdl)

125plusmn 034

262plusmn 043 160plusmn 037 153plusmn 035

4 Uric acid (mgdl)

0978plusmn 007

2345plusmn004 17plusmn 006 13plusmn 004

5 BUN (mgdl)

3145plusmn 51

6015plusmn 34 4089plusmn34 3566plusmn51

6 ALT (IUL)

3555plusmn 57

9666plusmn 88 449plusmn 57 4010plusmn 77

7 ALP (IUL)

3222plusmn 42

7822plusmn 72 433plusmn 33 3718plusmn 69

8 AST (IUL)

6823plusmn 74

13042plusmn104 8156plusmn956 7475plusmn 811

Results are expressed as mean plusmn SEM n = 5 indicates p lt 001 indicates p lt 0001 indicates p lt 005 Group 1 - Normal rat Group 2- Ethylene glycol induced rat Group 3- quercetin treated rat (25 mgbwt) Group 4- quercetin treated rat (50 mgb wt) Group II compared with Group I

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 106

Group III and IV compared with Group II Action of drugs on ALT The serum ALT levels in the animals at the end of the experimental regimen was shown in Table 41 There was a significant increase plt001 in the serum ALT levels in the Ethylene glycol induced group (9666 plusmn 88) when compared to the controls group(3555plusmn57)On quercetin administration (Group 3 and 449plusmn57 and 4010plusmn77respectively)there was a significant reduction in serum ALT level as concentration increases when compared to the ethylene glycol All the treated groups showed a significant reduction in serum ALT when compared to the ethylene glycol induced group (plt005 and plt 01 respectively ) Action of drugs on ALP Calculi induced group showed a significant increase in ALP level of 7822 plusmn72 with a significant value of plt005 when compared to the control group (3222 plusmn 42 )In addition group 3 rats showed a significant decreased (433 plusmn 33 p lt005) in the level of ALP when compared to the group 1 rats While group 4 rats revealed a market decreased (3718 plusmn69 plt001) in the activity of enzyme ALP compared to Group 1 rats Among the treated groups Group 4 showed more activity than the Group 3 animals (Table 41 ) Action of drugs on AST On ethylene glycol administration the level of AST (13042 plusmn 104) was found to be remarkedly increased with a significance of p lt 001 compared to normal animals (6823 plusmn 74) However on quercetin administration as treatment drugs (8156 plusmn 956 25 mg kg b wt and 7475 plusmn 8111 50 mg kg b wt) showed a significant decrease (plt005 and plt 001respectively) in the level of AST compared to the ethylene glycol induced animals with a dose dependent activity Thus quercetin shows a concentration dependent activity (Table 41) Histopathological Evaluation of Kidney Liver and Spleen The histopathological evaluation of the kidney of experimental animals was represented in Figure 42 ) Histopathological section of normal control animal kidney revealed no abnormalities like interstitial inflammation and proximal tubules dilation within the renal tissue (Figure 42 a )While Kidney of urolithiasis group animal showed a marked inflammation in the interstitial space of calculi development on continuous administration of the renal tissue along with proximal tubules dilation and deposition of the intratubular and interstitial crystal inside the tubules was a found as a characteristic sign of calculi development on continuing administration of 075 ethylene glycol (vv) (Figure 42 (b) Figures 42(c) and (d) at both quercitine 25 mg and 50 mg treated rats showed a reduced degenerative changes in the kidney tissue like interstitial infiltration of the inflammatory cell and proximal tubules dilation inside the tubules The results revealed that quercetin has a protective effect on kidney liver and spleen as revealed from histopathological results and this supports the therapeutic efficiency of quercetin as an anti ndash urolithiatic drug

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 107

Fig 42 Microscopic images of kidney sections under a light microscope (40x) after hematoxylin and eosin staining from animals of (a) Group -1 (Normal ) (b) Group - 2 (Ethylene glycol induced) (c) Group -3 (Quercetin Treated rats 25mgKg bwt) (d) Group - 4 (Quercetin Treated rats 50 mgKg bwt)

(a) (b)

(c) (d)Fig ndash 43 Microscopic images of Liver sections under a light microscope (40x)

after hematoxylin and eosin staining from animals of (a)Group -1 (Normal ) (b)

Group - 2 (Ethylene glycol induced) (c) Group -3 (Quercetin Treated rats-

25mgKg bwt) (d) Group - 4 (Quercetin Treated rats-50mgKgbwt)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 108

(a) (b)

(c) (d)Fig ndash 44 Microscopic images of Spleen sections under a light microscope (40x)after hematoxylin and eosin staining from animals of (a) Group -1 (normal ) (b)Group ndash 2 (calculi induced group) (c) Group -3 (Quercetin treated group ndash25mgKgbwt) (d) Group- 4 (Quercetin treated rats-50mgKgbwt)

Discussion Kidney is vital in the maintenance of homeostasis through the excretion of catabolites like urea creatinine and uric acid and elevated concentration of these indicate compromised renal function Due to the presence of kidney stones there is an obstruction to the outflow of urine in urinary system and the glomerular filtration rate (GFR) decreases This is also attributed to the rise in tubular pressure caused by renal tubular cell necrosis as a result of intraluminal crystal deposition (Bardaoui et al 2010) Reduction in the GFR leads to accumulation of the waste products particularly nitrogenous substances such as blood urea nitrogen (BUN) creatinine and uric acid in blood and urine (Ghodkar 1994) Urolithiasis or Urinary stone formation in kidney has ever been an annoying urinary disease for human This disease is mainly the result of supersaturation of urine with certain urinary salts such as CaOx and phosphate the most common constituent of kidney stones (Daudon et al 1993) Kidney stone or urolithiasis is a complex process that results from a succession of several physicochemical events including supersaturation nucleation growth aggregation and retention within renal tubules (Atmani et al 2004) Different chemicals used to induced urolithiasis in experimental animals includes ethylene glycol glycolic acid insertion of calcium oxalate crystals in to urinary bladder calculi-producing diet model using Gentamicin and 5 ammonium

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 109

oxalate insertion of zinc disc in to bladder sodium oxalate (Perez et al 1998 Bahuguna et al 2009 Doddola et al 2008) The administration of ethylene glycol in drinking water caused a dose dependent significant reduction in the body weight of rat A significant loss in body weight correlates with the decrease in feed consumption Similar decrease in body weight due to the decrease in the food consumption has also been reported in an earlier study (Ringold et al 2005) A considerable reduction inbody weight and increase in kidney weight in rats was also observed when treated with ethylene glycol in drinking water (Parmar et al 2012) Uric acid concentration highly elevates that causing hyperuricaemia thus leading to associated rise in urinary uric acid (Sakhaee L et al 2002) The superior of crystals of uric acid in CaOx calculi amp uric acid combining proteins are able to combining to CaOx amp regulate crystallization shows its function in calculi formation (Yadav RD et al 2011)An increase in uric acid and associated binding proteins has been shown to play an important role in calcium oxalate crystallisation process (Kalaiselvi et al 1999) Uric acid interferes with calcium oxalate solubility and reduces the inhibitory activity of compounds such as glycosaminoglycans (Divakar et al 2010) In the present study alsowe have observed an elevation in serum and urine uric acid levels in the nephrolithiatic group Acute worsening of renal function due to crystal deposition in the renal tubules results in glomerular dysfunction Renal damage induced by oxidative stress was associated with impaired renal function and a marked increase in serum creatinine calcium urea uric acid and phosphorus (Bhalodia 2010) Histopathological results revealed no serious damage in the hepatic structure and spleen by used concentration The administration of quercetin extract having flavonoids can prevent liver tissue injury in a normal pattern Damaging of liver cells depends on the dose of the extract indicating that our selected dose is appropriate and it can be used for the management of urolithiasis In summary it was demonstrated that B ligulata extract does not have any toxic effect at the mentioned dose(Amer2012) Histopathological evaluation of kidney through microscopic examination showed accumulation of calcium oxalate deposits inside the tubules in calculi-induced animals Marked changes such as dilation of the proximal tubules along with interstitial inflammation were observed in urolithiasis rats The quercitine alone treated significantly decreased the number and size of calcium oxalate deposits in different parts of renal tubules and also reduced damage to the renal tubules quercetin which protect the kidney from oxidative injury by oxalate and crystal deposition Thus Quercetin has the curative effect for the kidney stone formation Conclusion In the present study dried powder of leaves of Euphorbia hirta were subjected to extraction using 70 vv ethanol Ex vivo activity used as a model to study antiurolithiatic potential of ethanol extract using rat plasma From the findings it was found that as the concentration increases from 005 to 015 g the percentage of

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 110

inhibition also found to be increased and this indicates the inhibitory activity of extract towards the calcium oxalate formation The study was extended to evaluate the antiurolithiatic activity of quercetin using ethylene glycol (075) and ammonium chloride (2) induced renal calculi in male albino rats The kidney stone formation induced in rats as a result of 10 days simultaneous administration This was significantly inhibited by oral administration of quercetin at two selected doses (25 and 50 mgkg of body weight) Lithogenic animals showed a marked decrease in body weight and water intake compared to control group while quercetin treatment reversed these changes Induced group of animals showed a significant increase in all the parameters such as serum creatinine uric acid BUN AST ALP ALT levels compared to control group All these changes were brought to near normal level on quercetin administration as a treatment Histopathological changes observed due to ethylene glycol induction also reversed on treatment In conclusion the presented data revealed that ethanol extract of leaves of euphorbia hirta have significant inhibitory activity on calcium oxalate crystallization Further the flavonoid compound quercetin had also shown effective anti-urolithiatic activity Hence it may be concluded that the flavonoid compound quercetin can be used for the treatment of urolithiasis

References bull Abate N Chandalia M Cabo-Chan AV Jr et al The metabolic syndrome and uric

acid nephrolithiasis novel features of renal manifestation of insulin resistance Kidney Int 200465386ndash92

bull Begum AN Terao J Protective effect of quercetin against cigarette tar extract-induced impairment of erythrocyte deformability J Nutr Biochem 200213265ndash72

bull Clarke AM Mckenzie RG Ileostomy and the risk of urinary uric acid stones The Lancet 1969294395ndash7

bull Prasad KVSRG Bharathi K Srinivasan KK Evaluation of Musa (Parasidica Linn Cultivar) Puttubale stems juice for antilithiatic activity in albino rats Indian journal Physiology and Pharmacology 1993 37 337-341

bull Huang HS Ma MC Chen J Chen CF Changes in the oxidant- antioxidant balance in the kidney of rats with nephrolithiasis induced by ethylene glycol Journal of Urology2002 167 2584 2593

bull Atmani F Slimani Y Mimouni M Hacht B Prophylaxis of calcium oxalate stones by Herniaria hirsute on experimentally induced nephrolithiasis in rats British Journal of Urology International 2003 92 137-140

bull AdhiraiM Selvam R Vitamin E pretreatment prevents cyclosporine A-induced crystal deposition in hyperoxaluric rats Nephron 1997 75 77-81

o Huang HS Ma MC Chen J Chen CF Changes in the oxidant- antioxidant balance in the kidney of rats with nephrolithiasis induced by ethylene glycol Journal of Urology2002 167 2584 2593

bull Elias Edwin Jarald Pankaj Kushwah Sheeja Edwin Suhail Asgharand Showkat Ahmad Patni Effect of Unex on ethylene glycol-induced urolithiasis in rats Indian J Pharmacol 2011 Jul-Aug 43(4) 466ndash468

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 111

bull Marshall L Stoller MD Urinary stone disease In Tanagho EA McAninch JW editors Smiths General Urology 16th ed New York McGraw-Hill Lange Medical Books 2004 pp 256ndash91

bull Kirtikar K Basu B 2nd ed vol II International Book Distributors Dehradun 2005 (Indian medicinal plants

bull Pons CA Custer RP Acute ethylene glycol poisoning clinico-pathologic report of eighteen fatal cases Am J Med Sci 2011 211 544ndash52

bull Salvamani S Gunasekaran B Shaharuddin NA Ahmad SA Shukor MY Antiartherosclerotic effects of plant flavonoids Biomed Res Int 2014 2014

bull Blokhina O Virolainen E Fagerstedt KV Antioxidants oxidative damage and oxygen deprivation stress A review Ann Bot 200391179ndash94

bull Sandhar HK Kumar B Prasher S Tiwari P Salhan M Sharma P A review of phytochemistry and pharmacology of flavonoids Int Pharm Sci 2011125ndash41

bull Agrawal AD Pharmacological activities of flavonoids Review Int J Pharm Nanotechnol 201141394ndash7

bull Pal DK Verma P Flavonoids A powerful and abundant source of antioxidants Int J Pharm Pharm Sci 2013595ndash8

bull Prochaacutezkovaacute D Boušovaacute I Wilhelmovaacute N Antioxidant and prooxidant properties of flavonoids Fitoterapia 201182513ndash23

bull Lakhanpal P Rai DK Quercetin A versatile flavonoid Int J Med Update 2007222ndash 37

bull Begum AN Terao J Protective effect of quercetin against cigarette tar extract-induced impairment of erythrocyte deformability J Nutr Biochem 200213265ndash72

bull Xiao X Shi D Liu L Wang J Xie X Kang T et al Quercetin suppresses cyclooxygenase-2 expression and angiogenesis through inactivation of P300 signaling PLoS One 20116(8)e2293

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 112

FOUR HISTORIC VISITS OF MAHATMA TO ASSAM

Gautam Sarmah Assistant Professor

Department of History Rupahi College Nagaon

Assam Abstract

MK Gandhi - The man we have known as Mahatma and father of our nation Who had a very close relation with the people of Assam Gandhi visited Assam in 1921 1926 1934 and 1946 These four historic visits to Assam by Gandhi immensely enriched the history of Assam Gandhi was not only a person he was an institution When he went to a new place in his lifetime thousands of his followers always surrounded him to meet and talk with him People of Assam also was not excepted from this genuine truth Which truth was proved within his all four historical arrivals to Assam Key-words Assam Gandhi Public meetings Swadeshi Visit Introduction History of India was enriched by a new chapter through the emergence of Mahatma Gandhi in 1919 After joining by Gandhi to Indian freedom struggle the whole picture of the contemporary Indias had been changed Gandhi was an iconic figure who united the people of India against British Raj Gandhis four times visit of Assam gave a new power to the people of Assam and also united them against the foreign rules as well as contemporary India In one sentence four visits of Assam by Gandhi made a strong nationalism among all the people of Assam they also became more conscious of their rights and duties Therefore except the discussion of Gandhis four historic visits to Assam the history of Assam is always incomplete Aim and objectives of the study To highlight about the Gandhis visits in different parts of Assam Responsible factors Gandhis visits to Assam also will be focused Treats of the people of Assam towards Gandhi will be discussed Impact on the people of Assam by Gandhis views also will be mentioned Methods of the Study Method of the writing of this paper is descriptive with applying historical analysis Data has been collected from the different secondary sources like books research papers research thesis newspapers souvenirs etc

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 113

Discussion On 18 August 1921 Gandhi first came to Assam along with his eleven companies He first reached at Golakganj Assam Pradesh Congress Committees general secretary a prominent freedom fighter of Assam Nabin Chandra Bordoloi along with his followers received Gandhi from Golakganj On the way people of Dhubri and Goalpara districts of Assam heartily welcomed him to their state By passing those districts when Gandhi finally reached at Gauhati (present Guwahati) he shocked to see a long line of gathering people at Gauhati from Pandu to Bharalumukh They eagerly waiting to see Gandhi from near and talk with him In this first visit to Assam Gandhi stayed at Tarun Ram Phukans residence who was a patriotic figure and prominent leader of freedom struggle also known as Desabhakt of Assam The residence was decorated by the flags of INC In that place or in front of the Tarun Ram Phukans residence of Bharalumukh Gandhi addressed in a public meeting where more than 25000 Gandhis followers were present In that public meeting Gandhis speeches translated into Assamese by Tarun Ram Phukan for the understanding of general people Through the impact of Gandhis speeches a rapid change came into existence It is notable the year of 1921 was the time of Swadeshi movement against British misrule in India By listening Gandhis views on Swadeshi movement at once people of Assam jumped into this movement As the rapid impact of Gandhis speeches in that same day in evening people of Assam started burning the foreign cloths and started a boycott movement against British Raj However in his first visit Gandhi was staying in Assam from 18 August to 30 August 1921 Specially to expand the swadeshi feelings among the people of Assam he also visited Nagaon Jorhat Tezpur Dibrugarh Silchar and Sylhet He visited almost all important districts of undivided upper and lower Assam People of those districts had arranged some public meetings In each meeting Gandhi delivered his powerful speeches on swadeshi movement and self-independence He inspired to all people of Assam to adopt and expand swadeshi feeling in every walk of their life In 1926 for second time Gandhi came to Assam In this time the main reason was to visit Assam by him to attend 41 no INC session at Pandu Gauhati Noteworthy that this was the only and first Congress session accomplished in Assam before pre-independent To this session Gandhi came as an important representative of INC Congresss representatives had set a target of collecting 10000 yards of khadi clothes to decorate the pandal of that Congress session Actually by this work they tried to expand the Gandhis views and activities on Swadeshi movement far and wide To attend the meeting of Harijan Sewak Sangh Gandhi again visited Assam in 1934 in the month of April On 10 April Gandhi reached Assam after a day on 11 April he addressed a meeting at Rupashri Dhubri district of Assam In that meeting he appealed to the people to eradicate untouchability from their

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 114

mind and brain Aiming to the all gathering people he said Im glad to be in Assam again after a very long period This time my mission is in connection with the Harijan movement It is said that there is no considerable untouchability in Assam and Bengal But I dont think that the statement squares with facts We are guilty of untouchability as soon as we make distinctions between man and man and we have grades of high and low Surely there are distinctions enough in Assam In this third visit Gandhi also went to Gauripur Bansbari Chaprakata Sorbhog Howly and Sarupeta In those places on the same day Gandhi attended some another important public meetings where he also said to the people to the removal of untouchability feelings from their mind Next dupay he went to Goreswar Tangla Udalguri Bindukuri Rangapara and Tezpur On 13 April he reached Gauhati by a steamer from Tezpur In Gauhati Gandhi inaugurated a Seva Ashram He also visited a leprosy asylum and the quarters of Harijans in Gauhati On the same day he attended a meeting was arranged by Marwari people of Assam After meeting he went to Khetri Chaparmukh Nagaon and Furkating He attended some public meeting in Golaghat Dergaon and Jorhat Through this third visit to Assam Gandhi adopted and expanded a message to uplift the Harijans Within two weeks staying in Assam Gandhi collected almost 17000 rupees to Harijans of Assam Finally by finishing his great mission he moved to his homeland from Assam In 1946 Gandhi last visited to Assam He came via Brahmaputra by a steamer from Bengal Some prominent leaders of INC like Lokapriya Gopinath Bordoloi Bishnuram Medhi Siddhartha Sarma and others received Gandhi from the river port of Brahmaputra In his last visit he inaugurated the Assam Branch of Kasturba Gandhi National Memorial Trust Under this trust a branch was named the Gram Sevika Vidyalaya was started in Assam Gandhi gave the responsibilities to managing this branch to Amal Prabha Das Gandhi stayed on a small hillock was known as Sarania The owner of this hillock was Dr Harekrishna Das father of Amal Prabha Das He was a faithful follower of Gandhi However when Gandhi was at Sarania suddenly the hillock was surrounded by some poor people to meet and talk with Gandhi about their problems To meet those people by the suggestion of Gandhi at once a temporarily a small hut was constructed by Harekrishna Das Gopinath Bordoloi Bhubaneswar Barua etc INC leaders or followers of Gandhi Later the hillock was donated to the Gram Sevika Vidyalaya by Dr Harekrishna Das and his family where Gandhi was last staying This is fourth or last historic visit of Gandhi to Assam before the independent of our country

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 115

Conclusion Thus we have found that between 1921 to 1946 Gandhi visited Assam for four times to take some important agendas and initiatives like to expand the swadeshi message to uplift the socio-economic status of harijans removal the untouchability from the society and development of nationalist feeling among the people of Assam However in finally undoubtedly we can say that Gandhis these four historic visits to Assam will always remain as a golden chapter of Assam History References 1 Barpujari HK (1992) The comprehensive history of Assam Assam

Publication Board Guwahati 2 Barua SL (1995) A comprehensive history of Assam MM Publication

New Delhi 3 Chandra B (1989) Indian Struggle for Independence Penguin Pub New

Delhi 4 Gait EA (1990) A history of Assam LBS publication 5 Goswami P (2012) The history of Assam from yandabo to partition 1826-

1947 Orient Blackswan Publication 6 Sharma D (1993) Assamese Women in the Freedom Struggle Punthi

Pustak Publication Calcutta

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 116

SKYSCRAPERS LINKED WITH IMPENDING FINANCIAL CRASHES

Girisha Nayak S Research Scholar

Department of Commerce Manipal University Jaipur

Dr Gaurav Lodha Research Supervisor

Department of Commerce Manipal University Jaipur

Abstract Economic experts sometimes call the skyscraper effect the skyscraper curse or Tower of Babel curse a reference to the myth of Genesis in which people have dispersed abroad and received different languages to build a city or tower that reached the heavensThe skyscraper effect is an economic indicator that combines the construction of the tallest skyscrapers in the world with an impending economic recession The theory that there is a positive correlation between the development of megawatt buildings and financial crises was developed by British economist Andrew Lawrence in 1999 The skyscraper effect is also known as the Skyscraper Index The skyscraper index designed by economist Andrew Lawrence shows the relationship between the construction of the tallest building in the world and the business cycle Is this just a coincidence or are skyscrapers causing business cycles The technical foundations of Cantillon effects for a building indicator are presented here proving how essential skyscraper construction components such as technology are linked to key technical concepts in economics such as the construction of production The findings practical and theoretical suggest that the business cycle theory of the Austrian School of Economics can significantly contribute to our understanding of business cycles particularly serious onesTheconcept that any country that creates a record skyscraper will be punished with an economic crisis may at first seem too far-reaching However dig a little deeper and it will become clear that Lawrences theory has some validity The relationship between the construction of a skyscraper taller than the recent height record holder and the aftermath of the economic crisis can be explained in many ways The financial crisis usually occurs after a period of economic boom characterized by higher gross domestic product (GDP) low unemployment rate and rising asset pricesWhen a project such as a worlds tallest building receives the necessary funds to start construction the countrys economy can be seen as one that has developed so much that the probability of a crack shortly is high Keywords Tall buildings new technologies urban design future cities sustainability

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 117

Introduction Historically bull market booms and real estate bubbles primarily commercial real estate go hand in hand The same irrational enthusiasm that convinces average stock investors that everything they touch turns to gold also infects developers who reach for the hilt with cheap money near the top of the cycle And the most visible indicator of this is the skyscraper In the past the completion of record skyscrapers was the proverbial bell that rings at the top of the market At this time the massive construction of super-high residential and business towers especially in Manhattan can signal that the bulls end is near The first skyscrapers were built at the shift of the century In the 1920s the Life Tower metropolis and Singer building were built in Lower Manhattan before panic in 1907 The magnificent Woolworth building was opened as the tallest building in the world a few years later It was soon overshadowed by the Chrysler Building an Art Deco miracle that opened in 1928 followed by 40 Wall Street The Empire State Building which began construction before the stock market crash in 1929 was finally opened in 1931 During the Great Depression Review of Literature In 2015 Jason Barr Bruce Mizrach and Kusum Mundra conducted in-depth analysis regarding the relationship between skyscraper height and the business cycle Economists have theorized that if building the highest structures shows that the business cycle has reached its peak then the plan to make these structures can also be used to forecast GDP growth The researchers compared GDP growth per capita in four countries - America Canada China and Hong Kong - with the height of the tallest buildings in these countries and assumed that both of these factors are tracking each other This means that during the economic boom building developers are increasing the height of buildings trying to capitalize on growing revenues that result from increased demand for more office space In other words how tall a construction depends on how suddenly the economy is expanding but it does not indicate an imminent recession Andrew Lawrence sees the upcoming trouble in skyscraper mushrooms in China and India The man who created the term skyscraper index in 1999 directs research into the Asian regional real estate sector at Barclays Capital Lawrence looks out that India and China are in the midst of a skyscraper boom and claims that it bodes poorly for the economies of these rapidly developing nations This is an argument that has caused strong reactions in the Indian real estate sector Methods of data collection The research-based upon secondary data and hence the data has collected from various books magazines and websites

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 118

Skyscrapers and Economic Crisis

Source Economictimesindiatimes

Source Economictimesindiatimes

Source Economictimesindiatimes

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 119

After the panic in 1907 - which led to the creation of the Federal Reserve in 1913 - the construction of the New York Singer building (612 feet) in 1908 was completed shortly thereafter and the Metropolitan Life building (1900 feet) in 1909 was also marked by a flood of skyscrapers 927-meter-high 40 Wall Street in 1929 1046-meter Chrysler building in 1930 and 1250-meter Empire State building in 1931 Completed in 1972 and 1973 the Two World Trade Centre towers - 1368 and 1362 feet respectively - and the ribbon cutting of the 1445-meter Sears Tower in 1974 It coincided with the oil crisis in 1973 the stock market crash in 1973 I recession in 1973ndash1975 The Asian economic crisis of 1997ndash98 coincided with the opening of the 1483-foot Petronas towers in Kuala Lumpur in 1997 and the dotcom internet bubble burst in 2000 And the construction in Taiwan in the years 1999ndash2004 of 1671 feet And finally the Great Recession of 2007ndash2010 was announced by the construction of the 2717-meter Burj Khalifa in Dubai which was completed in 2010 With China which Bloomberg News calls the skyscraper mania - China is home to 53 of current high-rise construction projects in the world including Sky City 2749 feet in Changsha which is expected to start construction in July The Taipei 101 was completed in 2004 four years after the Internet bubble burst and Burj Khalifa was completed three years after the financial crisis of 2007-10 Yes both are in the range but a few years is an aeon for investors If you tried to measure time on the stock market with the construction of a skyscraper you would make an extremely costly mistake This is a more subtle risk indicator than a precise tool Conclude - Skyscrapers have an harmful connection with the threatening financial breakdown The researchers showed out that the worlds first skyscraper the Equitable Life building in New York was built in 1873 during a five-year depression while the Empire State Building coincided with the Great Depression According to Barclays China may be particularly affected by the current largest skyscraper developer responsible for 53 of the structures currently under construction Barclays Capital analysts said Usually the tallest buildings in the world are simply the construction of a wider boom for skyscrapers reflecting the widespread misallocation of capital and the impending economic correction Investors should therefore pay special attention to China and India they added Barclays Capitals Skyscraper Index has been published every year since 1999

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 120

It was stated Our high-rise index still shows a weak correlation between the construction of the next tallest building in the world and the impending financial crisis New York 1930 Chicago 1974 Kuala Lumpur 1997 and Dubai 2010 Dark announcements were supported by a separate JPMorgan Chase report cited by the BBC He warned that the Chinese real estate market could fall by up to 20 in major cities References 1 A Sev and A Oumlzgen ldquoSpace efficiency in high-rise office buildingsrdquo

METU Journal of the Faculty of Architecture vol 26 no 2 pp 69-89 December 2009

2 J Barr ldquoSkyscraper heightrdquo The Journal of Real Estate Finance and Economics vol 45 no 3 pp 723-753 October 2012

3 J Barr ldquoSkyscrapers and the skyline Manhattan 1895ndash2004rdquo Real Estate Economics vol 38 no 3 pp 567-597 June 2010

4 M M Ali and A Aksamija ldquoToward a better urban life Integration of cities and tall buildingsrdquo in Proc 4th Architectural Conference on High Rise Buildings pp 1-21 Amman Jordan June 2008

5 N W Alnaser ldquoTowards sustainable buildings in Bahrain Kuwait and United Arab Emiratesrdquo Open Construction and Building Technology Journal vol 2 pp 30-45 2008

6 R Lacayo C Estulin and S Jakes ldquoGoing up and up When height is all that mattersrdquo Time vol 164165 no 261 pp 172-173 December 2004

7 R W Helsley and W C Strange ldquoA game-theoretic analysis of skyscrapersrdquo Journal of Urban Economics vol 64 no 1 pp 49-64 July 2008

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 121

ASSESSMENT OF KNOWLEDGE AND PRACTICE OF WOMEN REGARDING PLASTIC WASTE AND PREVENTION OF ITS USAGE

IN SELECTED URBAN AREA TIRUPATHI A DESCRIPTIVE STUDY

M Lakshmi Devi

Research scholar Department of Women Studies

Sri Padmavathi Mahila Viswavidhyalayam

Tirupathi Chittoor Dist Andhra Pradesh

Dr PNeeraja Assistant professor

Department of Women Studies Sri Padmavathi Mahila

Viswavidhyalayam Tirupathi Chittoor Dist

Andhra Pradesh

Abstract A plastic material is a wide range of synthetic or semi synthetic organic solids and typical organic polymers of high molecular substances They are usually synthetic most commonly derived from the petrochemicals but many are partially natural Plastic products become an integral part of our daily life as a result of which the plastic is produced at a massive scale worldwide The present study was aimed to assess the knowledge and knowledge on practice regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage among urban women carried out in tirupati Andhra Pradesh Selected research design was descriptive design from non-experimental research A total of hundred women sample were selected by non probability convenient sampling method Data was collected by administering self answered questionnaire Descriptive and inferential statistics were used to analyses the data Major findings of the study includes 37 of sample were inadequate knowledged 35 of the sample are having moderately adequate knowledge and 28 of the women are having adequate knowledge regarding plastic waste Regarding knowledge on practice 50 of the sample having inadequate 28 of the women having moderately adequate and remaining 22 of the sample are adequately knowledged The observed mean score was 1316 and standard deviation was 345 for knowledge with observed mean of 10 and 291 of standard deviation score for knowledge on practice Demographic characters like age and education were significant at 005 and 001 level respectively

1 Introduction A plastic material is a wide range of synthetic or semi synthetic organic solids and typical organic polymers of high molecular substances They are usually

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 122

synthetic most commonly derived from the petrochemicals but many are partially natural Plastic products become an integral part of our daily life as a result of which the plastic is produced at a massive scale worldwide Plastic materials are inexpensive lightweight strong durable corrosion resistant materials with high thermal and electrical insulation properties Plastic materials are inexpensive available at low cost ease of manufacture versatility and imperviousness to water plastics are used in an enormous and expanding range of products from paperclips to space ships Plastics are replaced by displacing some of the traditional materials like wood stone horn and bone leather paper metal and glass in most of their former uses In developed countries about one third of plastic is used in packaging and another third in building materials such as piping used in plumbing or vinyl siding Other uses includes in automobiles furniture and toys In developing countries the ratio may different like example reportedly 42 of Indiarsquos consumption is used in packaging Global production of plastic crosses 150 million tons per year on an average Its broad range of usage is in packaging films wrapping materials shopping and garbage bags fluid containers clothing toys household and industrial products and building materials Approximately it is estimated that 70 of plastic packaging products are converted in to plastic waste in a short span Once plastic is discarded after its utility is over it is known as plastic waste It is fact that plastic waste never degrades and remains on landscape for several years Most of the plastic waste is recyclable but recycled products are more harmful to the environment as this contains additives and colors The recycling of a plastic material can be done 2-3 times only because after every recycling the plastic material deteriorates after every recycling and its lifespan is reduced So recycling is not a permanent solution for plastic waste is a serious concern due to improper collection and segregation system According to the reports for the year 2017-18 Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) has estimated that India generates approximately 94 million tons of plastic waste (which amounts to 26000 tons of waste per day) and out of this approximately 56 million tons per annum plastic waste is recycled (ie 15600 tons of waste per day) and 38 million tons per annum plastic waste is left uncollected or littered (9400 tons of waste per day) Out of 60 of recycled plastic 70 is recycled at registered facilities 20 is recycled by unrecognized sector 10 of the plastic is recycled at home Plastic pollution is the accumulation of plastic objects in the earth environment that adversely affects wild life habitat and humans Plastics that act as pollutants are categorized in to micro debris meso debris and macro debris based on the size Plastics are in expensive and durable and as a result levels of plastic production by humans are high However the chemical structure of most plastics

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 123

renders them resistant to many natural processes of degradation and as a result they are slow to degrade Together these two factors lead to high prominence of plastic pollution in the environment Plastic pollution can affect land water ways and oceans it is estimated that 11 to 88 million metric tons of plastic waste enters the ocean from coastal communities each year From the year 1950 up to 2018 an estimated 63 billion tons of plastic has been produced worldwide of which is estimated 9 has been recycled and another 12 has been reused Sources of household plastic waste includes salad dressing containers processed meat packages plastic soft drink and water bottles milk bottles shampoo bottles detergent bottles oil jelly cans toys fruit plastic packaging sweet trays frozen food bags squeezable bottles clothing furniture carpet shrink wraps garment bags margarine and yogurt containers caps of the containers egg cottons fast food trays disposable plastic silver ware etc In 1990 ndash 1991 India produced 0363 metric tons of plastics polymer but in a decade an incredible 890 increase leads to total plastic production up to 32 metric tons in 2000 ndash 2001 Plastic production in India further raises to 477 metric tons in 2005 ndash 2006 in 1990 ndash 1991 per capita consumption of plastic in India was 08 kg but within a decade per capita consumption significantly increases to 35kg in 2000 However it is still far below than the global average 18 kg However the projected estimates per capita plastics consumption in 2021 may reach to substantial figure of 109kg which is realistic considering the rapidity with which plastics are replacing its competitive materials Packaging represents the largest single sector of plastic use in the India The sector accountants for 42 of plastic consumption and plastic are the material of choice in nearly half of all packaged goods Apart from the use in packaging plastics are also extensively used in the consumer products such as furniture and house wears building and construction and in industrial sector According to the research findings of National Plastic Waste Management Task Force packaging constitutes 52 of the total Indiarsquos plastic consumption After primary use of this portion of plastic annually 093 metric tons of waste plastics are discarded along with the household waste In this connection the researcher was so much interested towards conducting a study on household plastic waste and prevention of its usage 2 METHODOLOGY Aim The present study was aimed to assess the knowledge regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage among household women residing in urban area Objectives The objectives of the study are as follows To study the knowledge and knowledge on plastic among women regarding

plastic waste and prevention of its usage

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 124

To correlate the knowledge with knowledge on practice of women regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage

To measure the association between the selected demographic variables and knowledge and practice of women regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage

Research hypotheses 1 There is a significant knowledge and knowledge on attitude regarding

plastic waste and prevention of its usage 2 There is a positive correlation knowledge and knowledge on practice of

women regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage 3 There is a significant difference between knowledge and attitude scores with

their selected demographic variables Research approach Non experimental research approach was adopted to achieve the objectives of the present study which is felt to be most appropriate in the field of education Research design As the researcher has attempted to describe the knowledge and knowledge on attitude regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage among resident women in urban mandal Hence adopted research design was descriptive design Variables under study Knowledge and knowledge on practice regarding plastic waste and prevention of its usage Population and setting of the study Population of the present study includes women between the age of 20 ndash 50 years residing in urban area Bazar street Tirupathi urban mandal Sample size and sampling technique The selected sample size was 100 household women and sample was selected by non probability convenient sampling technique Development and description of the tool The tool was developed with the help of related literature from various textbooks journals websites discussion from experts The study data was carried out by using structured knowledge questionnaire on plastic waste and prevention of its usage The questionnaire consists of three sections First section consists of seven questions which includes age religion education occupation type of family type of drainage system and available facility for waste disposal Second section consists of thirty four questions related to knowledge on plastic waste and third section consists of seventeen questions on prevention of plastic usage Reliability of the tool Reliability was established by Karl Pearson Split Half Method The tool was found highly reliable with a score of r=088 Plan of data collection The data was obtained by using self administered questionnaire from the participants Analysis of data Data analysis done by the following methods

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 125

Mean Standard deviation Chi-square test lsquoprsquo test

3 Major findings of the study Table 1 Frequency Percentage and Distribution of socio- demographic characteristics

SNo Demographic Variables Frequency Percentage 1 Age 20-35 Yrs 45 450 35-50 Yrs 43 430 50 Yrs and above 12 120 Total 100 1000 2 Religion Hindu 88 880 Muslim 7 70 Christian 5 50 Total 100 1000 3 Educational status Primary education 28 280 Secondary education 35 350 Intermediate and above 37 370 Total 100 1000 4 Occupation Government employee 9 90 Private employee 16 160 Home maker 75 750 Total 100 1000 5 Type of family Nuclear family 85 850 Joint family 15 150 Total 100 1000 6 Type of drainage system Open 36 360 Closed 64 640 Total 100 1000

7 Availability facility for waste disposal

Discarding waste 32 320

Using municipality dustbins 34 340

Throwing in streets 34 340 Total 100 1000

Socio ndash demographic characteristics Above table represents that

More than one third (45) of the respondents are between the age of 20 ndash 35 years

Majority of the respondents are(88) belongs to hindu religion

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 126

72 of the sample studied secondary education and above Majority of the sample (75) are home makers 85 of the respondents are living in nuclear families Majority (64) of the respondents are having closed drainage system in

their home Only 34 of the respondents are using municipality dustbins

Table 2 Distribution of the level of knowledge regarding Plastic waste

Above table findings of the study includes 37 of sample were inadequate knowledged 35 of the sample are having moderately adequate knowledge and 28 of the women are having adequate knowledge regarding plastic waste Table 3 Distribution of the level of knowledge on practice regarding Plastic waste and prevention of its usage

Above table of scores representing regarding knowledge on practice 50 of the sample having inadequate 28 of the women having moderately adequate and remaining 22 of the sample are adequately knowledged

Level of knowledge

Frequency Percentage

Inadequate 37 370 Moderate 35 350 Adequate 28 280 Total 100 1000

Level of knowledge

Frequency Percentage

Inadequate 50 500 Moderate 28 280 Adequate 22 220 Total 100 1000

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 127

Table 4 Mean and standard deviation scores of the level of knowledge and knowledge on practice regarding Plastic waste and prevention of its usage

The above table observed mean score was 1316 and standard deviation was 345 for knowledge with observed mean of 10 and 291 of standard deviation score for knowledge on practice Table -5 Association between socio-demographic variables and the level of knowledge regarding Plastic waste and prevention of its usage

(n=100)

variable Mean Standard deviation

Knowledge on plastic waste 1316 345 Knowledge on practice regarding plastic waste

100 291

SNO Socio-Demographic Variables

Level of knowledge regarding plastic waste and its management among household women Chi-

square

lsquoprsquo-value Sig Inadequate

Moderate

Adequate Total

1 Age 20-35 Yrs 11 13 21 45

1469 000 35-50 Yrs 20 17 6 43

50 Yrs and above 6 5 1 12 Total 37 35 28 100 2 Religion

710

013

Hindu 34 32 22 88 Muslim 1 1 5 7 Christian 2 2 1 5 Total 37 35 28 100

3 Educational status

1029 003

Primary education 6 15 7 28

Secondary education 19 7 9 35

Intermediate and above 12 13 12 37

Total 37 35 28 100 4 Occupation

Government employee 3 2 4 9

312

053

Private employee 4 6 6 16

Home maker 30 27 18 75

Total 37 35 28 100

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 128

5 Type of family

Nuclear family 33 31 21 85 305 021

Joint family 4 4 7 15

Total 37 35 28 100

6 Type of drainage system

Open 13 10 13 36 217

033

Closed 24 25 15 64

Total 37 35 28 100

7 Availability facility for waste disposal

Discarding waste 16 8 8 32 372 044

Using municipality dustbins

11 13 10 34

Throwing in streets 10 14 10 34

Total 37 35 28 100

From above table data there is a Demographic characteristics like age and education were significant at 005 and 001 level respectively

4 Discussion

Man is behind every development endeavor the large Scale production and improper disposal of waste has became a source of Pollution and further accumulation of plastic has resulted in serious deterioration of quality of life environmental damage water pollution and Imbalance in the ecological system in this regard the researcher wants to give some of the suggestions to government as well as to the individuals Various awareness programmes should be conducted by government to

create awareness on prevention of plastic use Plastic bag production companies should be ordered to produce high micron

plastic bags only Make availability of alternative forms of bags People should give preference to use alternative bags instead of plastic People should not buy cups glasses plates spoons wrapped products

packaging material made up of plastic People should try their level best to reuse plastic material instead of single

use

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 129

5 Conclusion Generalizing the present studyrsquos findings indicated that people are less in knowledge regarding plastic waste prevention of its usage The attitude of the people should change towards the plastic usage Every person in the society should have responsibility towards the prevention plastic usage Everyone living in the planet having duty to protect our environment from plastic pollution References 1 UNDIO Report- Recycling of plastics in Indian perspective by Dr Smita

Mohanty 2 httpsourworldindataorgfoq-on-plastics 3 httpcpcbnicinplastic_wastephp 4 Banerjee T and Srivastava R K(2014) Plastic waste management and

resource recovery in India2nd edition world scientific publishing co Singapore

5 Mutha N H Patel M and Premnath V(2006) Plastic materials flow analysis for India Resources conservation and recycling 47 222-244

6 Thompson R C et al Plastics the environment and human health current consensus and future trends Philos TransR SocLondB Biol Sci 2009 364(1526) 2153-66

7 httpenwikipediaorgwikiplasti_bag 8 httpdeb4unleduChemCHEM869ELikswwwplasticresourcecomplasti

cs_101usesuseshtml 9 httprstbroyalsocietypublishingorgcontent36415622153 10 httpcompositeaboutcomodplasticsaEveryday-Plasticshtm 11 httpwwwcseindiaorgnode3705 12 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlePMC3299092 13 httpwwwearthresourceorgcampainscappcapp-background-infohtml 14 httpwwwsustainableplasticsorgnewsindia-issues-rules-plastic-bags-and-

waste-rejects-full-ban 15 httpwwwearthdayorgbloginternational20130306edn-india-launches-

E2809Cbags-earthE29D-campaign

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 130

A STUDY ON QUALITY OF WORK LIFE OF EMPLOYEES IN BANKING SECTOR

Ms Libina Babu Research Scholar

Pazhassiraja College Pulpally

Mr Koshy C J Pazhassiraja College

Pulpally Abstract Public and Private Sector Banks play a significant role in the Indian economy in terms of both investment and employment In recent years there has been an increasing awareness in India of the need to tone up the performance of public sector banks in order to achieve the twin objectives of rapid national development and greater productivitySince the banks are service organizations their productivity and performance depend on the performance of its personnelIn the context of economic liberalization and growing trend towards globalization various banking sector reforms have been introduced in India to improve the operational efficiency and to upgrade the health and financial soundness of banks The banks are said to be providing a lot of benefits to the employees Still the employees are facing a lot of problems in their working environment This will lead to deterioration of the quality of services offered by them This study aims to understand the quality of work life of employees in banking sector The data has been collected from employees of both private and public sector banking companiesTo measure quality of work life in these banks eight dimensions were undertaken They are economic aspect working condition aspect opportunity for career growth and personal development nature of work atmosphere work and total life space social integration superior subordinate relationship and welfare facilities This will lead to provide sufficient information to banks to improve quality of work life among bank employees Keywords- Quality of Work Life QWL Public and Private Sector Banks Banking Employees Introduction Banking Sectors in India play a significant role in the development of the Indian economy and it is one of the fastest growing economies in the world Evidence from across the world suggests that a sound and evolved banking system is required for sustained economic development India has a better banking system than other developing countries but there are several issues that need to be ironed out To keep the pace with the competitiveness derived from the above

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 131

changes the banking industry which is area of concern being manpower intensive must consider the role of human resource as the most significant key to enhance the profitability efficiency and overall organizational effectiveness Public and Private Sector Banks play a significant role in the Indian economy in terms of both investment and employment In recent years there has been an increasing awareness in India of the need to tone up the performance of public sector banks in order to achieve the twin objectives of rapid national development and greater productivitySince the banks are service organizations their productivity and performance depend on the performance of its personnel The increasing pace of technological change is making manpower the key ingredient to the nationrsquos wellbeing and growth Public and Private sector banks enroll a large number of employees both men and women Prosperity of these banks depends on the performance of the employees which in turn depends on their satisfaction with their jobs Job satisfaction is linked to productivity motivation mental and physical health and general satisfaction in life Lack of it accounts for absenteeism tardiness accidents and the like Quality of Work Life The term Quality of Work life (QWL) refers to the favorableness or un-favorableness of a total job environment for employees QWL programmers are another way in which organizations recognize their responsibility to develop jobs and working conditions that are excellent for people as well as for economic health of the organization The elements in typical QWL programme include open communication equitable reward systems a concern for employeersquos job security and satisfying careers and participation in decision making Many early QWL efforts focus on job enrichment In addition to improve the work system QWL programmes usually emphasis development of employee skills the reduction of occupational stress and development of more co-operative labour-management relations

Statement of Problem In the context of economic liberalization and growing trend towards globalization various banking sector reforms have been introduced in India to improve the operational efficiency and to upgrade the health and financial soundness of banks The banks are said to be providing a lot of benefits to the employees Still the employees are facing a lot of problems in their working environment This will lead to deterioration of the quality of services offered by them This study aims to understand the quality of work life of employees in banking sector

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 132

Significance and Scope of the Study This study is exclusively made to understand analyze and measure quality of work life among the bank employees in Wayanad Two kinds of banks namely-Public sector and Private sector banks are concerned The present study only considers public and private sector bank employees To measure quality of work life in these banks eight dimensions were undertaken They are economic aspect working condition aspect opportunity for career growth and personal development nature of work atmosphere work and total life space social integration superior subordinate relationship and welfare facilities This will lead to provide sufficient information to banks to improve quality of work life among bank employees Objectives of the Study To examine the perception level of bank employees relating to the quality of

work life To compare the quality of work life in private and public sector banks To study the satisfaction level of employees from various dimensions of

quality of work life Sample Size Sampling size of 50 employees from six banks consisting of 25 sample from five public sector banks and 25 sample from fiveprivate sector banks in Wayanad district Review of Literature Lau Wong Chan and Law (2001) defined QWL as the favorable working conditions that support and enhance satisfaction by providing employees with rewards job security and career growth opportunities Indirectly the definition reflects that an employee who is not satisfied with reward may be satisfied with the job security and may be possibly enjoying the career growth opportunity available in the organization for personal as well as professional growthSirgy et al (2002) developed a new measure of Quality of Work Life based on need satisfaction and spillover theories The measure was designed to capture the extent to which the work environment job requirement supervisory behavior and ancillary programs in an organization are perceived to meet the needs of employees Seven major needs were identified each having several dimensions Morin et al (2003) indicated that one major issue in the development of Quality of Work Life practices is the primacy of financial growth to the detriment of values such as health and social welfare They also viewed that organizational performance is assessed with two or three financial indicators

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 133

such as return on investment profit per share and net revenues Although these indicators are essential to profitable organizations but they do not give a complete picture of the firmrsquos performance Dargahi (2007)conducted a study to provide the processes used to investigate and implement a pathway for improving of Quality of Work Life as an approach model This researcher evaluated the outcomes of Quality of Work Life managers and employees teams to improve the employeesrsquo Quality of Work Life Guna (2008)concluded that IT industries in many developing countries are experiencing tremendous challenges in meeting the employment market demand A good human resource practice would encourage IT professionals to be more productive while enjoying their work Therefore Quality of Work Life is becoming an important human resource issue in IT organizations Data Analysis and Intrepretation The data has been collected from 50 employees out of which 57 ofrespondents are male and 43 of respondents are female employees Table No11 Working Environment

Opinion Respondents Percentage Public Private Public Private

Participative 18 10 72 40 Autonomy 7 15 28 60 Total 25 25 100 100

Source Primary data INTERPRETATION In public banks 72 of the respondents indicated thatthey are working in participative environment and 28 of respondents are autonomy In private banks employees indicated that 40 of the respondents works in participative and 60 in autonomy Table No 12 Motivational insights

Insights Respondents Percentage Public Private Public Private

Interesting work 4 3 16 12 Recognition 3 5 12 20 Award amp Reward 2 5 8 20 Compensation 15 10 60 40 Other factors 1 1 4 4 Total 25 25 100 100

Source Primary data

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 134

INTERPRETATIONTheabove table shows that 60 of workers in public and 40 in private have interest in work because of compensation they receive For recognition it is at 12 and 20 In case of interest in work it is 16 and 12 8 of employees in public sector is working for receiving awards and rewards while in private sector it is 20 Table No 13 Level of job satisfaction among employees

Opinion

Respondents Percentage

Public Private Public Private Very High 5 2 20 8 High 12 6 48 24 Moderate 5 8 20 40 Less 2 6 8 32 Very Less 1 3 4 16 Total 25 25 100 100

Source Primary data INTERPRETATIONThe above table shows that out of 50 respondents 20 of the respondents in public sector banks are very highly satisfied in job but in private it is 8 only In public sector banks we can see that 48 of the respondents are highly satisfied while in private sector it is only 24 In private there are 20 of the respondents are moderately satisfied but in public it is 40 32 of respondents in private sector indicated that their job satisfaction level is low Table No 14 Problem faced by the employees

Problems

Respondents Percentage Public Priva

te Public Privat

e Work is over burdened 5 8 20 32 Absence of team work 9 5 36 20 Poor cooperation 5 5 20 20 Lack of career development opportunities 4 4

16 16

Discrimination among employees 2 3 8 12 Total 25 25 100 100

Source Primary data INTERPRETATION The above table shows that out of 50 respondents in

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 135

public 20 of respondents feels that the work is overburdened but in private it is 32 In public 36 feels that there exist an absence of team work but in private it is 20 In public and private 20 feels that there is poor cooperation among themselves In public and private 16 feels that there exist lack of career development12 of private sector employees feels that there exist a discrimination among employees QUALITY OF WORK LIFE (QWL) The term Quality of Work life (QWL) refers to the favorableness or un-favorableness of atotal job environment for employees To measure quality of work life in these banks eight dimensions were undertaken They are economic aspect working condition aspect opportunity for career growth and personal development nature of work atmosphere work and total life space social integration superior subordinate relationship and welfare facilities Table No 15 Perception level of an employees in economic aspect

Economic Aspect Mean Value Public Private

Salary is appropriate for the skill amp experience 38 21 Salary is sufficient to accommodate the cost of living 35 24 Salary reflects the present market rates 32 25 Basic pay DA amp HRA as paid as per industry norms 36 29 Annual increment is given as per the standards 36 31 PF gratuity amp pension plan facility are adequate 35 28 Insurance coverage leave travel concession facilities are reasonable

38 32

Adequate fringe benefits are provided 37 27 Leave encashment benefits are satisfactory 33 24 Amount of flexibility in advance salary option is satisfactory

33 25

Average 351 267 Source Primary data INTERPRETATION The above table shows that out of 50 respondents the highest level of satisfaction among different variables in public sector banks is on insurance coverage and leave enhancement (38) and in private sector it is same (32) Among different variables the least level of satisfaction among public sector is seen on their opinion that the salary reflects the present markets rate (32) While in private sector respondents mentioned that they do not feel the salary is sufficient for the skill and experience (21)By taking the average

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 136

value of mean scores we can see that public sector bank employeesare satisfied more than the privatesector employees in economic aspect Table No 16 Perception level of an employees in working condition

working condition Mean value Public Private

Drinking water facility 41 46 Latest technological facility 35 46 Adequate rest time 31 24 Comfort seating system 34 41 Safety and protection measures 29 26 Cleanliness initiatives 35 38 Lighting and ventilation 39 47 Rest rooms 34 39 Recreational activities 34 31 Work space is well designed 28 35 Average 34 373

Source Primary data INTERPRETATION The above table shows that out of 50 respondents the highest level of satisfaction among different variables is on Lighting and ventilation for both public (39) and private sector (47) Among different variables the least level of satisfaction among public sector is on work space (28) While in private sector respondents mentioned that they do not have adequate rest time (24) By taking the average value of mean scores we can see that private sector bank employees is satisfied more than the public sector in working condition aspect TABLE 17 Perception level of an employees in opportunity for career growth and personal development Opportunity for career growth and personal development

Mean value Public Private

Supports career planning and growth 29 35 Recognition and reward for efforts and hard work 26 29 Reward for innovative ideas and suggestions 16 25 Satisfied with periodic and effective training programmers

27 37

Promotion policies of my organization is fair 33 23 Organization encourages me in pursuing higher education

21 26

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 137

Receive enough help equipment and information 32 36 Opportunity provided for develop my abilities and potentials

31 32

Provided appreciation for better performance 26 29 Highlights outstanding individual contribution 27 29 Average 268 301

Source Primary data INTERPRETATIONThe above table shows that out of 50 respondents the highest level of satisfaction among different variables is on promotion policies among public (33) and in private sector they indicated that they receive enough help equipment and information (37) Among different variables the least level of satisfaction among public and private sector is on reward for innovative ideas and suggestions By taking the average value of mean scores we can see that private sector bank employees is satisfied more than the public sector in career growth and personal development Table No 18 Perception level of an employees in nature of work atmosphere

work atmosphere Mean value Public Private

Full liberty to choose my work and assignment 36 21 Duration of working hours is reasonable 39 35 Work is overburdened 31 36 Job is highly repetitive and boredom 35 26 Job is too much stress 32 43 I feel no discrimination in terms of age sex and religion

34 29

Satisfied with job rotation and varieties in job 29 31 Satisfied with job enlargement and enrichment policy

34 24

Providing job security for me 39 14 Grievance redressal procedure is effective 23 31

Source Primary data InterpretationThe above table shows that out of 50 respondents the majority of respondents in public sector banks agree that they feel job security (39) and in private sector they indicated that the job is too stress for them (43) Among least variable we can see that private sector employees agree with the job security they feels (14) and in public sector they feels the grievance redressal

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 138

mechanism is not effective Table No 19 Perception level of employees in work and total life space

work and total life space Mean value Public Private

Enjoy flexible work options 25 21 Able to balance work and family life 36 24 Organization supports in achieving aspirations and ambitions

33 32

I have sufficient time to spend with family members

36 27

I have good friends at work who can understand and help

33 21

Average 33 25 Source Primary data InterpretationThe above table shows that out of 50 respondents majority of respondents in public sector agrees that they have sufficient time to spend with family members (36) and in private sector they indicated that Organization supports in achieving aspirations and ambitions (32) Among different variables the least mean score among public sector is that they are not enjoying flexible work options (25) While in private sector respondents mentioned that they are not having good friends at work who can understand and help (21) By taking the average value of mean scores we can see that public sector bank employees is satisfied more than the private sector in work and total life aspect Table No 110 Perception level of employees in social integration

social integration

Employees are recognized as individuals I have enough opportunity to interact with others Organization encourages involvement in community and cultural activities

Have a good social status Average

Source Primary data InterpretationThe above table shows that out of 50 respondents majority of respondents in public and private sector agrees that they have a good social status Among different variables the least mean score among public sector is on involvement in community and cultural activities (32) While in private sector respondents mentioned that they are not havingenough opportunity to interact

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 139

with others (18) By taking the average value of mean scores we can see that public sector bank employees is satisfied more than the private sector in social integration aspect Table No 111 Perception level of employees in superior subordinate relationship

superior subordinate relationship Mean value Public Private

The supervisory relationship is satisfactory 31 32 Satisfied with the subordinate relationship 28 31 The colleaguepeer relationship is satisfactory 34 29 Get enough encouragement from the superiorfor theachievement

33 25

Management considers me as a member of the organization

32 35

Comfortable with delegation of responsibility among Subordinates

27 31

Trade union function is highly satisfied 42 19 Frank and fair discussions are allowed in meetings 32 29 Management maintains open channels for communication 25 23 Guidelines issued are in a simplified manner 29 28 Average 32 28

Source Primary data Interpretation The above table shows that out of 50 respondents majority of respondents in public sector agrees that their trade union function is highly satisfied (42) And in private sector they feel that management considers me as a member of the organization (35) Among different variables the least mean score among public sector is onopen channels for communication (25) While in private sector respondents mentioned that they are not satisfied with the trade union function (19) By taking the average value of mean scores we can see that public sector bank employees is satisfied more than the private sector in superior subordinate relationship

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 140

Table No 112 Perception level of employees in welfare facilities

Welfare facilities Mean value

Public

Private

Housing education and transportation facilities encourage me to continue the job

37 24

The medical facility available in the organization is satisfactory

29 28

Recreational facilities available helps me to reduce stress 31 23

Toilets washrooms is available 36 34 Education of employees children is systematically designed 35 31

Average 34 28 Source Primary data Interpretation The above table shows that out of 50 respondents majority of respondents in public sector agrees that Housing education and transportation facilities encourage them to continue the job Among different variables the least mean score among public sector is onmedical facility available in the organization (29) While in private sector respondents mentioned that they are not satisfied with the recreational facilities available helps me to reduce stress (23) By taking the average value of mean scores we can see that public sector bank employees is satisfied more than the private sector in employee welfare aspect Conclusion QWL is the need of the hour Quality of working life is not a concept that deals with onearea but it has been observed as an incorporating hierarchy of concepts that not only include the work based factors There is considerable evidence from this study that bank employees of both public and private can be truly empowered through the measures taken by banks to improve the quality of work life

From the analysis regarding satisfaction level of employees at public and private sector banks majority of the employees at public sector bank are satisfied with their various dimensions in an quality of work life aspect except career growth and personal development and working condition aspectThe private sector doesnrsquot fulfill the other dimensions of QWL So they have to take

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 141

necessary decisions to satisfy the jobs in private sector References [1] Adreine E Eaon M E (1992The impact of Quality of work Life Programs and Grievances system effectiveness on union commitment Industrial and labour relation review Vol 45 No3 [2]Akdere M (2006) Improving quality of work-life Implications for humanresources The Business Review 6(1) 173-177 [3] AlirezaBolhari et al (2011) The Relationship between Quality of Work Life and Demographic Characteristics of Information Technology Staffs International Conference on Computer Communication and Management vol5 IACSIT Press Singapore [4] AloysNK (2013) Working Environment Factors that Affect QWL among Attendants in Petrol stations in Kitale Town in Kenya International Journal of AcademicResearch in Business and Social Sciences 3(5) [5] AnandPawar(2013)quality work-life and job satisfaction of employees in VTPS International journal of management research and review March Volume 3Issue 3Article No-72547-2556 [6]Ayesha Tabassum et al (2012) an evaluation of the quality of work life a study of the faculty members of private universities in Bangladesh Int Journal of Economics and Management 5(1) [7]ChandranshuSinha (2012) factors affecting quality of work life Empirical Evidence From Indian Organizations Australian Journal of Business and Management Research 1(11) [8] D Chitraa V Mahalakshmi (2012) a Panimalar Engineering College Chennai India A Study on Employeesrsquo Perception on Quality of Work Life and Job Satisfaction in manufacturing organization ndash an Empirical study International Journal of Trade and Commerce - IIARTC1 (2) [9] David lewis et al (2001) extrinsic and intrinsic determinants of quality of worklife leadership in health sciences MCB university press 14(2) [10] FH Kashani 2012 A Review on Relationship between Quality of Work Life and Organizational Citizenship Behavior (Case Study An Iranian Company)Journal of Basic and Applied scientific research [11]GS sandhyanair (2013) a study on the effect of quality of work life on organisational citizenship behaviour ndashwith special reference to college teachers is thrissur district keralajournal of basic and applied scientific research vol 2(9) [12] H Mohammadiaamp M A Shahrabib (2013)A study on relationship between quality of work life and job satisfaction an empirical Investigation management science letter2

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 142

[13] Havlovic S J (1991) Quality of Work Life and Human Resource Outcomes Industrial Relations 30(3) 469-479 [14] J GnanayudamampAjanthaDharmasiri (2008)The Influence of Quality of Work-life on Organizational Commitment A Study of the Apparel Industry Sri Lankan Journal of Management 12(3) [15] K M Nalwadeamp S R Nikam(2013) Quality of Work Life in Academic A Review of Literatureinternational journal of scientific researchvolume 2 issue 2 [16] K RNiaamp Maryam Maleki (2013) A study on the relationship between quality of work life and organizational commitment of faculty members at Islamic Azad University International Journal of Research in Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management Vol1No 4 [17] Lau RS M amp Brue E M (1998)A win win paradigm for quality of work life and business performance HumanResource envelopmentQualrterly Vol 9 No3 pp211-226

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 143

IMPACT OF AQUEOUS FRUIT EXTRACT OF HARITAKI (TERMINALIA CHEBULA) ON IMMUNONOLOGICAL

PARAMETERS OF MAMMALIAN MODEL (ALBINO RATS)

Kumari Babli

Department of Zoology Ranchi University

Ranchi India

Tarkeshwar Kumar Department of Zoology

Ranchi University Ranchi India

Manoj Kumar

Department of Zoology St Xavierrsquos College

Ranchi India

MP Sinha

Department of Zoology St Xavierrsquos College

Ranchi India

Abstract The effect of aqueous Terminalia chebula fruit extract on immunological parameters in rat during a seven day oral administration of the low dose of 250mgkg and high dose of 500mgkg body weight was investigated The result showed a significant increase in IgG count and a significant decrease in IgM count at the dose of 250 mgkg and 500 mgkg body weight when compared with control However IgA count showed a significant decrease in case of low dose and non significant at the high dose as compared to control The result of this study suggests that Terminalia chebula fruit extract may have a beneficial effect on immunity dependent disorders Keywords Terminalia chebula Immunology IgG IgM IgA Introduction Ayurvedic science treats different ailments through balancing what they call the three pillars of life vat pitta and kaf- the Tridoshas Herbs are given in different combinations for their ability to inhibit microbial growth at various parts of the body and enhance immune functions Recently there has been an upsurge in the clinical usage of indigenous drugs because of their efficacy and negligible toxic side-effects Moreover the rise in antibiotic resistant strains of bacteria and various side effects caused by synthetic drugs have resulted in scientists searching for herbal immunomodulators for the treatment of infections [1] Herbal concoctions also are said to restore and rejuvenate as they act on the immune system coercing it to positively affect the response of the body towards infection [2] Herbal drugs are also said to enhance the natural resistance of the

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 144

body against several infection [3] and their immunomodulatory roles have been observed in plant based studies[4] T chebula Retz (known as Triphla in India) is a plant species belonging to family Combretaceae and is found abundantly in Madhya Pradesh Gujarat Maharashtra Tamil Nadu Karnataka and Bengal [5] It is also referred to as Chebulic Myrobalan in English Harad or Harra in Hindi and Abhaya in Sanskrit [6-8] Pharmacological use of the fruit extract has been described for a number of diseases [9] T chebula extract has been reported in treatment of diabetes [10-12] jaundice digestion cough pitta oedema asthma constipation [13] as a cardio protectant [14] and as an immunomodulator [15] The biologically active compounds in the extract such as chebulagic acid gallic acid and ellagic acid make T chebula a highly potent antioxidant and that may be responsible for its immunomodulatory roles [161718] Despite its extensive medicinal use no information is available related to its effects on immunological profile Hence the present work investigated the effect of T chebula fruit extract on immunological profile of albino rats Materials and Methods Collection of plant material The fresh fruits of Terminalia chebula were collected from Ranchi district of Jharkhand state of India dried in shade six to seven days and then crushed into coarse powdery substance by using electric grinder The coarse powdery substance was dried again and was then sieved to get fine powder using the fine plastic sieve and stored in an air tight bottle in the laboratory until required [19- 21] Extract preparation 50 g of the sieved powder was subjected to extraction in a Soxhlet apparatus at room temperature using ~350 mL distilled water The extract obtained was filtered concentrated in rotary flash evaporator and maintained at 45ordmC the percentage yield of each extract was calculated [22 23] Animals Male Albino rats (175-200 g) were used in the study They were maintained under standard laboratory conditions at ambient temperature of 25plusmn2degC and 50plusmn15 relative humidity with a 12-h light12-h dark cycle Animals were fed with a commercial pellet diet and water ad libitum The experiments were performed after prior approval by the institutional animal ethics committee of Ranchi University Ranchi Acute Toxicity studies Acute toxicity studies were determined by using fixed dose method according to OECD guidelines Healthy adult mice weighing 175-200g were used 20 albino

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 145

rats of either sex were used to determine the LD50 of the aqueous extract of fruit of Terminalia chebula The animals were randomly [24] divided into two groups of 10 rats each and administered and observed for 90 days as follows Group 1 received 1 ml of distilled water orally Group 2 received 250 mgkg body weight of extract orally Group 3 received 500 mgkg of body weight of extract orally Mortality was not observed up to 500 mgkg of body weight in case of aqueous fruit extract of Terminalia chebula Sample Collection At the end of each experimental period the rats were reweighed starved for 24 hours and sacrificed under chloroform anesthesia 5mL of blood was collected from each animal by cardiac puncture using sterile needle and syringe Part of the blood sample was put into test tubes and allowed to clot for 30 minutes before centrifuging at 800g (Wisperfuge 1384 Samson Holland) for 5 minutes The supernatant was used for the lipid analysis The remaining blood sample was put in an EDTA bottles for hematological determinations Analytical procedure Determination of Biochemical Parameters Biochemical studies involved analysis of Immunoglobulins (IgG IgM IgA) count Estimation of hematological profile The hemoglobin (Hb) level was measured by the cyanmethaemoglobin method The Red blood cell(RBC) and Reticulocyte counts were determined by visual method[25]Packed cell volume (PCV) was measured using microhematocrit method and total white blood cell(WBC) count was estimated by visual method[26]The RBC indices were calculated from the RBC count Hb level and PCV estimations[25 26] Statistical Analysis All results were expressed as mean plusmn standard deviation (mean plusmn SD) Data was analyzed using one-way ANOVA followed by Dennettrsquos- test plt005 was considered as statistically significant Results and Discussion The effect of oral administrations of aqueous extract of terminalia chebula fruit on immunological indices of albino rats is presented in (Table-1 and figure 1-3)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 146

The result showed a significant increase in IgG count and a significant decrease in IgM count in case of both low dose and high dose (group 2 and group 3 respectively) as compared to the control (group 1) However IgA count showed a significant decrease in case of low dose (group2) and non significant at the high dose (group3) as compared to control Table-1 Effect of Administration of aqueous extract of Terminalia chebula extract on immunological profile of Rats (Value are expressed as mean plusmn SD n=6 statistical significance was considered to be a plt001 b plt 0025 c plt010 d plt 00001 relative to control)

PARAMETERS GROUP 1 GROUP 2 GROUP 3 IgG (gml) 2493plusmn0089 8521plusmn0013ad 1086plusmn0019aa

IgM (gmL) 236plusmn0049 203plusmn0016bc 1545plusmn0017bb

IgA (gml) 2703plusmn0096 0565plusmn0018cd 206plusmn0012cd

Figure-1 Effect of fruit extract of terminalia chebula on IgG Value

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

1 2 3

CON

C(g

ml

)

GROUP

aa

ad

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 147

Figure-2 Effect of fruit extract of Terminalia chebula on IgM value

Figure-3 Effect of fruit extract of Terminalia chebula on IgA value An investigation of immunological parameters can be used to determine the extent of beneficial effect of extract on the immune system and also give an explanation regarding the possible immune related function Herbs taken as food or medication can increase the bodyrsquos resistance to illness by acting on various component of the immune system The active components of various medicinal plants regulate the immune system by interacting with various immunocytes and regulating their effector mechanism for instance cytokines and their receptors In an earlier study a possible role of ellagic acid (Tannins) has been reported in immune stimulation [27] Terminalia chebula extract also produced a significant increase in primary antibody IgM titer and secondary antibody IgG titer [28] A plant Echinacea on comparing to brahmi and

0

05

1

15

2

25

3

1 2 3

CON

C(g

mL

)

GROUP

0

05

1

15

2

25

3

1 2 3

CON

C(g

mL

)

GROUP

bb bc

cd

cd

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 148

ashwgandha showed that brahmi diet stimulated more secretion of IgA and IgG in the serum compared to Echinacea or ashwgandha Lectin presence in the diet did not affect the increased production of IgA IgG and IgM in spleen lymphocytes after herbal supplement intake A decline in immune system has been seen to cause multiple myeloma (blood cancer) that develops in the bone marrow In this disease which is characterized by bone pain fatigue loss of appetite increased thirst increased urination restlessness urinary tract infection shortening of breath chest pain neuropathy [29] IgM and IgG mainly protect us from infections inside our body tissues organ and blood IgA is present in blood most of the IgA in the body is in the secretions of mucosal surfaces including tears saliva colostrums genital respiratory and gastrointestinal secretions Selective IgA deficiency is one of the most common primary immunodeficiency diseases It has been found that some patients with IgA deficiency have very low levels of IgG (generally Ig2 and IgG4) Recurrent ear infections sinusitis bronchitisand pneumonia are frequently observed in patients with selective IgA deficiency Another grave problem in this disease is the increased frequency in the occurence of autoimmune diseases Allergies are also commonly observed in IgA deficiency resultion in asthma along with other allergic reactions [30] The result of this study suggests that the T chebula extract studied showed positive immunological activities in rats and can be recommended in improving immunity References

1 Hassan J O Curtiss RVirulent Salmonella typhimurium-induced lymphocyte depletion and immunosuppression in chickens Infect Immun 62 2027mdash2031 (1994)

2 Sehar I Kaul A Bani S Pal HC Saxena AK Immune up-regulatory respose of a non-caloric natural sweetener stevioside Chem Biol Interact 2008173115ndash21 [PubMed 18405890]

3 Atal C K Sharma M L Kaul A Khajuria A Immunomodulating agents of plant origin I Preliminary screening J Ethanopharmacol41 185mdash192 (1986)

4 Dua P R Shankar G Srimal R C Husian A Adaptogenic activity of Indian Panax pseudoginseng Ind J Exp Biol 27631mdash634 (1989)

5 Beusher N Bodinet C Neumann-Haefelin D Marston A Hostettmann K Antiviral activity of African medicinal plants J Ethnopharmacol 199442101ndash9 [PubMed 8072303]

6 Chopra R Nayar SL Chopra IC National Institute of Science Communication 1st ed New DelhiIndia CSIR 1956 Glossary of Indian medicinal plants p 242

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 149

7 Chadha YR Vol 10 New Delhi India CSIR 1976 The Wealth of India Raw Materials p 285

8 New Delhi India Dept of ISM and H 1986 API Govt of India Ministry of Health and Family

9 Das B 1991Materia Medica of Ayurveda New Delhi B Jain Publishers 8

10 Sohni YR PKaimal andRMBhatt 1995 The antiamoebic effect of a crude drug formulation of herbal extracts against Entamoeba histolytica in vitro and in vivo J Ethnopharmacol 45(1)43-52

11 Chattopadhyay RR and SK Bhattacharyya 1999Plant Review Terminalia Jammu Tawi154-9 Sukhdev SH Deepak M Joseph GVR Joseph S and Nagar chebula An update Phcog Rev 20071(1) 151-6

12 Kokate CK APPurohit and Gokhale SB Pharmacognosy 200112th ed Pune India NiraliPrakashan p 216-7

13 Nalamolu K and Srinivas N 2006 Antidiabetic and renoprotective effects of chloroform extracts of t chebula retz seeds in streptozotocin- induced diabetic rats

14 Tasduq SA K Singh NK Satti DK Gupta andKASuri 2006 Terminalia chebula (fruit) prevents liver toxicity caused by sub-chronic administration of rifampicin isoniazid and pyrazinamide in combination Hum Exp Toxicol25111-18

15 Cheesbrough M 2000 District Laboratory Practices in Tropical Countries part 2 Low price edition pp267-334

16 Lee HS Won NH Kim KH Lee H Jun W Lee KW Antioxidant effects of aqueous extract of Terminalia chebula in vivo and in vitro Biol Pharm Bull 2005281639ndash44 [PubMed 16141531]

17 Lee HS Jung SH Yun BS Lee KW Isolation of chebulic acid from Terminalia chebula Retz and its antioxidant effect in isolated rat hepatocytes Arch Toxicol 200781211ndash8 [PubMed 16932919]

18 Tejesvi MV Kini KR Prakash HS Subbiah V Shetty HS Antioxidant antihypertensive and antibacterial properties of endophytic Pestalotiopsis species from medicinal plants Can J Microbiol 200854769ndash80 [PubMed 18772940]

19 Kumar M S Dandapat A Kumar and M P Sinha 2014 Pharmacological screening of leaf extract of Adhatoda vasica for therapeutic efficacy Global Journal of Pharmacology 8(4) 494-500

20 Dandapat S MKumar AKumar and M P Sinha 2013 Therapeutic efficacy and nutritional potentiality of Indian Bay leaf (Cinnamomum tamala Buch Hem) International Journal of Pharmacy 3(4) 779 ndash 785

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 150

21 Kumar M S Dandapat and M P Sinha 2016 Antioxidant activity of Chiraita (Swertia chirayita) and Anar (Punica granatum) European Journal of Pharmaceutical and Medical Research 3(2) 267-269

22 Kumar M SDandapatand M PSinha 2015 Hepatoprotective activity of Adhatodavasicaand Vitexnegundo leaf extracts against carbon tetrachloride induced Hepatotoxicity in Rats Advances in Biological Research 9(4) 242 ndash 246

23 Dandapat S M Kumar andM P Sinha 2014 Effects of Aeglemarmelos (L) leaf extract and green nanoparticles on lipid profile The Ecoscan Spl issue (V) 157 ndash 167

24 Demers LM and C Spencer 2006 The thyroid pathophysiology and thyroid function testing In Burtis CA Ashwood ERBruns DE Editor Tietz text book of clinical chemistry and molecular diagnostics 4th edition New Delhi Elsevierrsquos pp2063-2073

25 Adebayo JO AAAdesokan LAOlatuji DOBuoro and A OSoladoye 2005Effect Of Ethanolic Extract Of Bougainvillea spectabilis Leaves On Haematological And Serum Lipid Variables In Rats Biokemistri17(1)45-50s

26 Rogers Kara Ed 2011 Leukocytosis definition Blood physiology and circulation Chicago Britanica Educational Publishing 198

27 NamKoong S Kim Y-J Kim T amp Sohn E-H (2012) Study on the immunomodulatory effects of ellagic acid and their mechanisms related to Toll-like receptor 4 in macrophages Korean Journal of Plant Resources 25 561ndash567

28 Ishrina R and Shakir A 2016 Dried fruit extract of Terminalia chebula modulates the immune response in miceFood and agricultural immunology27 1-22

29 (Primary immuneorggthomegtabout primary immune deficiencies) 30 Kullu AR Wazid T and Sinha MP 2013 Effect of Pisidum guajava

aqueous extracts on hematological profile and serum lipids variables of Albino rats The Bioscan 8(2)743-746

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 151

MARITAL RAPE MANrsquoS FANTASY AND WOMANrsquoS NIGHTMARE A BRIEF STUDY ABOUT NON-CRIMINALIZED CRIME IN INDIA

Dr Koneru Anuradha

Assistant Professor in Law SVD Siddhartha Law College

Kanuru Vijayawada Krishna DT AP

ldquoHappy marriages begin when we marry the ones we love And They blossom when we love the ones we marryrdquo

- Tom Mullen1 Introduction It is not shocking to say that even in modern era which almost all the world countries saying it as a society with equal treatment of men and women women still under the crux of men in several issues One of the best examples for this is lsquomarital rapersquo which is not addressed by many nations through proper law Unfortunately Indian is also one of the nations among the thirty-six nations that still have not fully criminalized marital rape2 One may have a dought that there is a provision in IPC-1860 about marital rape even though researcher saying this concept was not properly addressed in India Yes here is the point still today according to section 375 of IPC says that ldquoSexual intercourse by a man with his own wife the wife not being under fifteen years of age is not raperdquo In fact the marital age of the girl as per law in India is 18 years and what about forced sex of the husband without the will of wife after 15 years More over in several cases court also held that forced sex or deceitful sexual inter course is a violation of women right to privacy under Article 21 of the Constitution of India But under the noble social institution of marriage the human rights and Constitutional rights of the women has been under oppression In India the marital rape is the most common and repugnant form of masochism This violent activity is a manrsquos fantasy and womanrsquos nightmare This shows clearly the male dominated society even at present and women inability due to social religious and moral norms and more importantly because of physical weakness The forced sexual inter course by husband even without wife consent after 15 years can be called as lsquorapersquo yes absolutely one can but this kind of rape under the mask of marriage was not recognized by Indian law Is it not subsided womenrsquos right to equality and justice And is it not violation of women (human)

1 Tome Mullen Quotes httpwwwwisdomquotescomquotetom-mullen 2 Marital Rape in India 36 countries where marital rape is not a crime India today Mar 12 2016

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 152

basic human as well as fundamental rights like Article 14 15 (3) and 21 of the Indian Constitution So the researcher felt that it is the need of the hour to address all these issues to help women to overcome the social chaos religious crux and fight for justice Meaning and Concept of the Marital Rape Though still ages all over the world including in India this forced sexual intercourse under the shadow of marital relation happening but no where it was defined In ancient societies in some tribal groups force sexual intercourse or sexual intercourse without the consent of women or making her in cable to resist or to oppose with a motive to marry her is also accepted In many incidents in offence against women (sexual or any other) viewed by society equal to offence towards cattle or thing Hence it is offence against owner or guardian like father brother husband son etc Though in modern period forced or deceitful sexual inter course recognized as lsquo an offence of rapersquo under IPC Up to Joshape shine v Union of India (2018) the apex court of Indiarsquos historic judgment the sexual intercourse with permission of husband to his wife prevailed in Indian society and excluded from the preview of adultery In this scenario it is highly difficult to say the exact meaning for the word lsquomarital rapersquo But simply one can saw that marital rape is lsquoa undesired intercourse by a husband with his wife with or without her willing by use of force threat of force or physical assault or when she is not able to give consentrsquo The marital rape was classified by scholars in to three categories based on force inflected by husband They are Battering rape

The majority marital rape cases fall under this category Here the women battered and raped by her husband Though sexual inter course itself is a matter related to mental and physical activity In this form physical violence by husband to satisfy his gratification is presents So one can say it as physical as well as sexual violence

Force-only rape

Here the husband only applies a limited force to coerce or to deter his wife to satisfy his gratification More mental force than physical force one can find here Like stop talking to wife betting or scolding children or wifersquos parents and relatives showing aggressive behavior etc

Compulsive Sadistic Obsessive rape

It is more cruel form In this form the sexual intercourse accompanies to much torture and or perverse activities or sadistic activities In this form the frequent pornography may also one can witness3

3 Gosselin DK Heavy Hands An Introduction to the Crimes of Domestic violence (1st ed 2000)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 153

In fact with the invention of technology the marital rapes became more and more violent and in human Though in several countries through feminist movements demanded to criminalize this act still today this inhuman act prevailing in many societies as no offence Ill-effects of marital rape It is fact that this act of marital rape undisputedly results ill-effects on women This marital rape has physical mental short term and long term effects on women During marital rape it will have serious effect on mental condition of the women like fear tension sleeplessness shock depression suicidal tendencies distrust about relation and on opposite gender loneliness attractions towards illegal relations fear to give birth to female child leads to get divorce or separation of bonding and many more these will have short term prevalence if there is repetitive activities then it will have long term effect also the act of marital rape includes mental effect as well as it includes dangerous physical effects like bone breakings bloody nose lips and several parts black eyes smaller or major wounds on body even at privet parts miscarriages infertility problems stillborn babies bladder infections and even prone to get contraction diseases like HIV etc This act of though confined to wife and husband it will also has impact of children families even on society Many times this may lead to other crimes like confinement of women (wife) in house to protect reputation cruel treatment towards wife children other family members displacement of emotional stress in professions against others in the society murders committing rape against own children against others when partner is not available etc many international surveys conducted by the United nations populations fund in 2000 International Center for research on women survey in the year 2011 Committee on the elimination of discrimination against women in year 2014 reveals that one ndash third of Indian men admitting that they are perpetrating some form of sexual violence against their wives and the husbands donrsquot know the seriousness of this issue More over victims also donrsquot know that it is a kind of violence against their basic human rights and the womenrsquos also saying that it is a common factor in almost all houses Many women are not interested to revel the matter because of fear of reputation In fact marital rape is a serious psychological disorder which needs immediate treatment to the actor and protection to the victim Position of Indian law Even though it is harsh one should admit that the first step regarding reorganization of marital rape as offence done during British period through IPC-1860 under section 375 In fact they made this act only up to certain age It exempted act of marital rape after certain age to women (15 years) This exemption has its roots in England law In 17th century Sir Matthew Hale CJ

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 154

in England held that ldquothe husband cannot be guilty of a rape committed by himself upon his wife for by their mutual matrimonial consent and contract the wife hath given herself in kind unto the husband whom she cannot retractrdquo4 Even today it is prevailing in our society It is shame to share that even after 73 years of freedom in India Indian legal system careless about this silent and secret offence Fortunately by the 42nd report recommendations of the law commission of India in the year 1983 section 376A was added to IPC It says that if the husband had forced sexual intercourse with a judicially separated wife separated under any decree or custom or usage then it will be treated as offence While dealing with marital rape law commission held that marriage is note the license to rape Hence under section 376A a husband can now be indicted find and imprisoned up to 2years of punishment Later through the Protection of women from domestic violence Act 2005 at least this marital rape was considered as civil offence that to it is a de facto but not de jure In fact several countries recognized this act as criminal offence After that by the Criminal law amendment Act 2013 many necessary and substantive changes occurred to lsquoconcept of rapersquo under IPC Cr P C Evidence Act etc but it is failed to criminalize marital rape by retaining an exception to Section 376A of the IPC Even though the former CJ Late JSVerma Committee which was established by Central government to recommend on amendment and enhancing laws against rape and sexual assault recommended along with several recommendations to repeal exception to marital rape because it creating the notions of women being the property of their husbands Though based on this committee recommendation the Criminal law amendment Act took place it neglected the committee recommendation on lsquomarital rapersquo Hence one can say that at present only piece meal legislation is available on marital rape but not a commendable law Judicial contribution It is also fact that Indian judiciary has been playing a sympathetic role towards women issues contributing sensitive role and protecting and promoting women rights In number of cases being custodian of the Constitution the higher judiciary in India well addressed the issues of rape and sexual assault against women In Bodhisattwa Gautam v Subhra Chakraborty5 the apex court of India held that rape is a crime against basic human rights and violation of the victimrsquos fundamental rights namely the right to equality dignity privacy and life In Vishaka amp others v the State of Rajastha6 Court has given wider definition as sexual harassment which conveys any unwanted or uninvited physical touch or 4 Hale History of the Pleas of the Crown p 629 (1778) 5 (1996) 1 SCC 490 6 AIR 1997 SC 3011 at 3014

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 155

conduct or showing of pornography or any definable sexual comments or texts will come under the ambit of sexual harassment This kind of activities directly hampers the right of women to work to life and it also affects their dignity to live It also hinders the mental and physical health of women So it shall be avoided and the equality between the genders shall be established at workplace In Chairman Railway Board and Others v Chandrima Das7 the proactive court gave a very extensive definition of life It that rape is an act which invades the privacy dignity and life of the women more over in this case court also held that the victim in the case should be compensated with 10 lake rupees even though this amount will never take back her honor it may helpful her to live with dignity In the State of Karnataka v Krishnappa8 the apex court of India held that ldquosexual violence apart from being a dehumanizing act is an unlawful intrusion of the right to privacy and sanctity of a female and non-consensual sexual intercourse amounts to physical and sexual violencerdquo In Suchita Srivastava v Chandigarh Administration9 the Supreme Court of India equated the right to make choices related to sexual activity with rights to personal liberty privacy dignity and bodily integrity under the Article 21 of the Constitution of India In Justice KS Puttuswamy (Retd) v Union of India10 Court held that right to privacy as a fundamental right of all citizens and held that the right to privacy includes lsquodecisional privacy reflected by an ability to make intimate decisions primarily consisting of onersquos sexual or procreative nature and decisions in respect of intimate relationsrsquo Like above in many cases the Indian judiciary has recognized the right of equality privacy dignity and life of the women It also said the activities of the rape or sexual harassment is the violation of above rights and to abstain from sexual activity for all women irrespective of their marital status as a fundamental right conferred by Article 14 and 21 etc of the Constitution But unfortunately honorable Indian judiciary also fails to address properly this evil practice of marital rape It is evident in Independent Thought v Union of India11 in this case the apex court had a chance to interpret exception 2 of Section 375 of the IPC Supreme Court Justices Madan B Lokur and Deepak Gupta rationalized that IPC Section 375 exception 2 should be understood as less than eighteen years instated of 15 years Here the court held that distinction between the married girl child and the unmarried girl child is contrary to the spirit of the Constitution of India specifically Article 14 15(3) and Article 21 The court also recognized the importance of a womenrsquos autonomy over own

7 (2000) 2 SCC 465 8 (2000) 4 SCC 75 (India) 9 (2008) 14 SCR 989 (India) 10 (2017) AIR 2017 SC 4161 (India) 11 (2017) 382 SCC (India)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 156

body her right to bodily integrity and her right of privacy Forced sexual intercourse by husband with his child bride would be a violation of the Protection of Human rights Act 1993 and fundamental rights under Article 14 and 21 of the Indian constitution Hence from the above interpretation by apex court one can understand that again court also restricted the marital rape extension up to certain age (18 years) In fact in this modern era court has to interpret this marital rape concept irrespective of rape and in widest scope as like many other developed countries Honorable court failed to understand that sexual intercourse with force with married child and unmarried child is not sufficient in fact forced intercourse with women at any age irrespective of marital status should be understand Rebuttal of arguments against criminalization of marital rape It is known fact that every issue will have pros and cons In case of criminalization of marital rape also there are several arguments against the idea The act of marital rape is impossible to prove because it happened within four walls so one should believe the words of women But it is also true that it may be misused by women to black mail their husbands At present in our society one is able to witness many false cases field by women under 498A domestic violence Sexual harassment at work place etc so innocent husbands may be victims of this criminalization of marital rape It may be one of the preventive in case of the possible reconciliation of husband and wife because husband reputation in society will fall down However a study conducted by the joint women programme an NGO found that one out of seven married women had been raped by their husband at least once It is not reporting by women because there is no family support and more importantly law support It is fact that it is a age old silent unreported crime spreading in society Conclusion According to mythology marriage is a devotional institution It should be based on trust belief caring adjustment affection love etc but not with force coerce violence etc undoubtedly forced intercourse by husband with his own wife is a in human activity and it should be stopped Men and women both should have concern towards others each should respect rights of the other If they failed to respect the rights of the others than the law should take that liability so it is the need of the time to recognize marital rape irrespective of age limit and it should be criminalized As it is proved that this in human activity has long term short term physical and mental ill effect on women as well as on society It should be stopped But simply making of law itself is not sufficient for fruitful results women must rise their voice and the society must come out of several myths like husband has every right over his wife rape by onersquos spouse is inconsequential etc

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 157

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 158

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 159

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 160

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 161

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 162

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 163

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 164

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 165

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 166

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 167

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 168

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 169

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 170

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 171

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN 2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR ndash 6014 IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286 VOLUME 8 ISSUE 11(1) NOVEMBER 2019

wwwijmerin 172

Page 7: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 8: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 9: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 10: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 11: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 12: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 13: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 14: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 15: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 16: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 17: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 18: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 19: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 20: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 21: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 22: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 23: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 24: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 25: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 26: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 27: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 28: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 29: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 30: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 31: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 32: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 33: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 34: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 35: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 36: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 37: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 38: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 39: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 40: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 41: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 42: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 43: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 44: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 45: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 46: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 47: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 48: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 49: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 50: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 51: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 52: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 53: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 54: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 55: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 56: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 57: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 58: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 59: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 60: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 61: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 62: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 63: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 64: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 65: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 66: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 67: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 68: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 69: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 70: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 71: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 72: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 73: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 74: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 75: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 76: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 77: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 78: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 79: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 80: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 81: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 82: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 83: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 84: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 85: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 86: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 87: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 88: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 89: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 90: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 91: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 92: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 93: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 94: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 95: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 96: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 97: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 98: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 99: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 100: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 101: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 102: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 103: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 104: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 105: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 106: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 107: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 108: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 109: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 110: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 111: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 112: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 113: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 114: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 115: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 116: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 117: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 118: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 119: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 120: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 121: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 122: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 123: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 124: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 125: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 126: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 127: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 128: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 129: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 130: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 131: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 132: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 133: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 134: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 135: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 136: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 137: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 138: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 139: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 140: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 141: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 142: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 143: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 144: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 145: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 146: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 147: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 148: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 149: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 150: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 151: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 152: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 153: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 154: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 155: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 156: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 157: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 158: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 159: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 160: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 161: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 162: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 163: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 164: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 165: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 166: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 167: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 168: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 169: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 170: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 171: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 172: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 173: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 174: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 175: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 176: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 177: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019
Page 178: Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019 International Journal of …s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume8/volume... · 2019. 11. 30. · Volume 8, Issue 11(1), November 2019